COMMISSION STAFF WORKING DOCUMENT IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT Combatting microplastic pollution in the European Union Accompanying the document Proposal for a REGULATION OF THE EUROPEAN PARLIAMENT AND OF THE COUNCIL on preventing plastic pellet losses to reduce microplastic pollution

Tilhører sager:

Aktører:


    1_EN_impact_assessment_part1_v3.pdf

    https://www.ft.dk/samling/20231/kommissionsforslag/kom(2023)0645/forslag/1988501/2766224.pdf

    EN EN
    EUROPEAN
    COMMISSION
    Brussels, 16.10.2023
    SWD(2023) 332 final
    PART 1/3
    COMMISSION STAFF WORKING DOCUMENT
    IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT
    Combatting microplastic pollution in the European Union
    Accompanying the document
    Proposal for a REGULATION OF THE EUROPEAN PARLIAMENT AND OF THE
    COUNCIL
    on preventing plastic pellet losses to reduce microplastic pollution
    {COM(2023) 645 final} - {SEC(2023) 346 final} - {SWD(2023) 330 final} -
    {SWD(2023) 333 final}
    Offentligt
    KOM (2023) 0645 - SWD-dokument
    Europaudvalget 2023
    1
    TABLES OF CONTENTS
    TABLES OF CONTENTS…………………………………………………………………………………....1
    TABLES OF CONTENTS OF THE ANNEXES…………………………………………………………….2
    GLOSSARY………………………………………………………………………………………………….3
    1 INTRODUCTION: POLITICAL AND LEGAL CONTEXT............................................................... 6
    2 PROBLEM DEFINITION .................................................................................................................... 9
    2.1 What are the problems related to microplastics in general? ...................................................... 9
    2.2 What are the problems related to plastic pellets? .....................................................................12
    2.3 The impacts of pellet losses......................................................................................................18
    2.4 What are the problem drivers? .................................................................................................21
    2.5 How likely is the problem to persist? .......................................................................................23
    3 WHY SHOULD THE EU ACT? .........................................................................................................23
    3.1 Legal basis................................................................................................................................23
    3.2 Subsidiarity: Necessity of EU action........................................................................................24
    3.3 Subsidiarity: Added value of EU action...................................................................................24
    4 OBJECTIVES: WHAT IS TO BE ACHIEVED? ................................................................................24
    4.1 General objectives....................................................................................................................24
    4.2 Specific objectives....................................................................................................................25
    5 WHAT ARE THE AVAILABLE POLICY OPTIONS? .....................................................................25
    5.1 What is the baseline from which options are assessed? ...........................................................25
    5.2 Description of policy options assessed in this impact assessment............................................32
    5.3 Options discarded at an early stage ..........................................................................................35
    5.4 The intervention logic ..............................................................................................................36
    6 WHAT ARE THE IMPACTS OF THE POLICY OPTIONS? ............................................................37
    6.1 Option 1: Mandatory standardised methodology to measure pellet losses...............................38
    6.2 Option 2: Mandatory requirements to prevent and reduce pellet losses in a new EU law .......41
    6.3 Option 3: Improved packaging for logistics of pellets .............................................................47
    6.4 Option 4: EU target to reduce pellet losses ..............................................................................49
    7 HOW DO THE OPTIONS COMPARE?.............................................................................................51
    8 PREFERRED OPTION .......................................................................................................................54
    8.1 Elements of the preferred option..............................................................................................54
    8.2 Impacts of the preferred policy option .....................................................................................58
    8.3 REFIT & administrative costs..................................................................................................62
    8.4 Policy instrument......................................................................................................................62
    9 HOW WILL ACTUAL IMPACTS BE MONITORED AND EVALUATED?...................................62
    2
    TABLES OF CONTENTS OF THE ANNEXES
    ANNEX 1: PROCEDURAL INFORMATION
    ANNEX 2 : STAKEHOLDER CONSULTATION (SYNOPSIS REPORT)
    ANNEX 3: WHO IS AFFECTED AND HOW?
    ANNEX 4: ANALYTICAL METHODS
    ANNEX 5: COMPETITIVENESS CHECK
    ANNEX 6: LEGISLATION AND ACTIONS RELEVANT TO REDUCING PELLET LOSSES TO THE EU
    ENVIRONMENT
    ANNEX 7: MICROPLASTICS AND PELLETS IN THE ENVIRONMENT
    ANNEX 8: PROBLEM DEFINITION – PELLET LOSSES TO THE EU ENVIRONMENT
    ANNEX 9: BASELINE
    ANNEX 10: POLICY OPTIONS TO REDUCE PELLET LOSSES
    ANNEX 11: IMPACTS OF POLICY OPTIONS TO REDUCE PELLET LOSSES
    ANNEX 12: IMPACTS ON SMES
    ANNEX 13: PRODCOM CODES USED TO QUANTIFY PELLET PRODUCTION, EXPORT AND IMPORT INTO
    THE EU IN 2020
    ANNEX 14: OTHER SOURCES OF MICROPLASTICS IDENTIFIED BUT NOT RETAINED
    ANNEX 15: PRELIMINARY ANALYSIS OF THE MAIN SOURCES OF MICROPLASTIC EMISSIONS
    3
    Glossary
    Term or
    acronym
    Meaning or definition
    Microplastics Microplastics are small pieces of plastic, usually smaller than 5mm
    Pellets Plastic pellets, also referred to as nurdles, nibs, preproduction pellets, and resin
    pellets, are the starting material used for all plastic production worldwide. Pellets are
    defined within ISO 472:2013 as “a small mass of preformed moulding material,
    having relatively uniform dimensions in a given lot, used as feedstock in moulding
    and extrusion operations”.
    Pellet spill One-off escape of pellets from primary containment not necessarily resulting in loss
    to the environment (if contained inside the operating boundary).
    Pellet loss One-off or prolonged escape of pellets to the environment. The escape would
    therefore result in loss outside the operating boundary into the environment (e.g.
    water, soil).
    Textiles In the context of this assessment, textiles refer to synthetic clothes made out of
    chemically produced fibers that can be based on polymers produced by oil
    distillation, such as polyester, acrylic, polyamide (nylon), acetate, and PPT
    (polyparaphenylene terephthalamide i.e. Kevlar™).
    Paints Paint means a pigmented or clear coating material, supplied in a liquid paste or
    powder form, which, when applied to a substrate, forms an opaque film having
    protective, decorative or specific technical properties and after application dries to a
    solid, adherent and protective coating. It is a mixture of pigment (absent in the case
    of vanishes), additives and binder (resin) in a solvent (organic solvent and/or water).
    Most binders are synthetic polymers such as acrylic, alkyd, polyurethane, epoxy or
    chlorinated rubber.
    Detergent
    capsules
    These are small pouches containing highly concentrated detergent used in washing
    machines and dishwashers. They are mostly made of dissolvable plastics such as
    polyvinyl alcohol.
    Geotextiles Geotextiles are a type of geosynthetics used for a variety of civil engineering
    applications such as building roads, coastal protection, diking, flooding protection,
    etc. They are primarily made of polymers such as polypropylene or polyester and are
    mostly manufactured in two different forms woven and nonwoven.
    CPR Construction Product Regulation
    DDT Dichlorodiphenyltrichloroethane
    EDC Endocrine disrupting compounds
    EPR Extended Producer Responsibility
    EQSD EU Directive 2008/105/EC on Environmental Quality Standards
    EQS Environmental Quality Standards
    ESPR Ecodesign for Sustainable Products Regulation
    EURO7 European vehicle emissions standards – Euro 7 for cars, vans, lorries and buses
    GHG Greenhouse gases
    4
    Term or
    acronym
    Meaning or definition
    GWD EU Groundwater Directive 2006/118/EC
    GPP Green Public Procurement
    IA Impact Assessment
    IED Industrial Emissions Directive
    IMDG International Maritime Dangerous Goods
    IMO International Maritime Organisation
    LCA Life-cycle Assessment
    MARPOL International Convention for the Prevention of Pollution from Ships
    MSFD EU Marine Strategy Framework Directive
    OCS Operation Clean Sweep
    OCS CS Operation Clean Sweep Certification Scheme
    OSPAR Convention for the Protection of the Marine Environment of the North-East Atlantic
    PAH Polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons
    PCB Polychlorinated biphenyls
    PET Polyethylene terephthalate
    PM Particulate Matter
    PVOH/PVA Polyvinyl alcohol
    PVC Polyvinylchloride
    PVOH based
    products
    Different Polyvinyl alcohol-based compositions used as protective films in detergent
    capsules for laundry & dishwashers
    REACH Regulation (EC) No 1907/2006 on the registration, evaluation, authorisation and
    restriction of chemicals
    SDG Sustainable Development Goals
    SME Small and medium-sized enterprises. They are defined in the Commission
    Recommendation of 6 May 2003 concerning the definition of micro, small and
    medium-sized enterprises. SMEs are enterprises which employ fewer than 250
    persons and which have an annual turnover not exceeding EUR 50 million, and/or an
    annual balance sheet total not exceeding EUR 43 million. In particular, within the
    SME category, a small enterprise is defined as an enterprise which employs fewer
    than 50 persons and whose annual turnover and/or annual balance sheet total does not
    exceed EUR 10 million; a microenterprise is defined as an enterprise which employs
    fewer than 10 persons and whose annual turnover and/or annual balance sheet total
    does not exceed EUR 2 million. Large-sized enterprise means an enterprise that is not
    a micro, small or medium-sized enterprise.
    5
    Term or
    acronym
    Meaning or definition
    SQAS Safety & Quality Assessment for Sustainability system
    SSD Sewage Sludge Directive
    SUP Single-use plastics
    SWO Storm water overflows
    TPMS Tyre Pressure Management System
    TRWP & TWP Due to tyre’s friction with the road surface, the tyre wear particles (TWP) get
    contaminated and encrusted as a mixture of road wear, tyre particles and other road
    dust substances, called Tyre and Road Wear Particle (TRWP)
    UWWTD Urban Wastewater Treatment Directive
    Water FD Water Framework Directive
    WEEE Waste from electrical and electronic equipment
    WFD Waste Framework Directive
    WWTP Wastewater treatment plants
    6
    1 INTRODUCTION: POLITICAL AND LEGAL CONTEXT
    Microplastics are ubiquitous, persistent, very mobile and virtually impossible to capture once
    released into the environment. In 2018, the EU Strategy for Plastics in a Circular Economy
    acknowledged the risks posed by microplastics and advocated innovative solutions targeting different
    sources. In 2019, the European Commission’s group of Chief Scientific Advisers recognised the
    potential risks posed by these microplastics and encouraged action to reduce and prevent further
    pollution.1
    In 2020, as a follow-up action of the European Green Deal, the Circular Economy Action
    Plan 2.0 committed the Commission to tackling the presence of microplastics in the environment by:
    - restricting intentionally added microplastics in products (e.g. cosmetics, detergents,
    fertilisers, artificial infill)2
    ;
    - addressing unintentional releases of microplastics by developing labelling, standardisation,
    certification and regulatory measures; harmonising methods for measuring unintentional
    releases of microplastics; closing the gaps in scientific knowledge related to the risks and
    occurrence of microplastics in the environment, drinking water and foods.
    In 2021, in its Action plan: ‘Towards Zero Pollution for Air, Water and Soil’, the Commission
    proposed that, by 2030, the EU should reduce both (intentional and unintentional) microplastic
    releases into the environment by 30%. This target does not include the contribution of the degradation
    and fragmentation of macroplastics abandoned, discarded or improperly disposed of into the
    environment.3
    Microplastic pollution observed in the environment originates from:
    (i) the degradation and fragmentation of larger ‘macroplastic’ pieces abandoned, discarded
    or improperly disposed of in the environment;
    (ii) microplastics that are added intentionally to certain products, such as cosmetics, and
    ultimately find their way into the environment; and
    (iii) microplastics that are released unintentionally, mainly due to abrasion during use or poor
    handling.
    Although “macroplastics” are likely a large source of microplastics, their degradation and
    fragmentation are not addressed in this Impact Assessment as these processes can take between a
    couple of years and up to several centuries so no reliable information is available on the amount of
    microplastics generated from macroplastics yearly. In addition, the most effective way of tackling
    the degradation of macroplastics as a source of microplastics is by reducing the improper disposal of
    macroplastics into the environment. The EU has already introduced an extensive strategy4
    and
    legislative framework to tackle macroplastic pollution, including the Single Use Plastics Directive
    1
    Scientific opinion on the environmental and health risks of microplastic pollution, April 2019.
    2
    Commission Regulation (EU) …/… amending Annex XVII to Regulation (EC) No 1907/2006 concerning the
    Registration, Evaluation, Authorisation and Restriction of Chemicals (REACH) as regards synthetic polymer
    microparticles.
    3
    Instead, the Zero Pollution Action Plan sets a 50% reduction target for plastic marine litter which will help contribute
    to a reduction in the releases of microplastics from this source (see also Annex 2 of the Zero pollution action plan).
    4
    A European Strategy for Plastics in a Circular Economy, 2018.
    7
    (SUPD)5
    , the Waste Framework Directive (WFD)6
    , the Packaging and Packaging Waste Directive
    (PPWD)7
    and the Marine Strategy Framework Directive (MSFD).8
    Similarly, intentionally added microplastics are not addressed in this IA because the Commission
    has proposed a draft REACH restriction. This restriction was adopted on 25 September 2023.9
    On microplastics unintentionally released, while several main sources were initially being
    examined (see Table 1)10
    , this Impact Assessment focuses on plastic pellets. They also referred to
    as nurdles, nibs, preproduction pellets, and resin pellets, are the starting material used for all plastic
    production worldwide11
    . Due to their nature and size, they are regarded as being microplastics. The
    focus on pellets is due to the conditions being in place for the application of the precautionary
    principle12
    and for immediate regulatory action tackling this source:
    • Contrary to other sources of microplastics unintentionally released, for which an EU legal
    framework exists or is being negotiated with the European Parliament and the Council, there is
    no existing or forthcoming EU legislation specifically preventing and reducing pellet losses as a
    form of pollution occurring along the entire supply chain in the EU. The proposal would remedy
    a loophole in the current EU legislative framework.
    • Sufficient evidence is available documenting the problem and the impacts related to pellet losses,
    justifying intervention and allowing the design of specific policy measures, while this is not yet
    the case for most other sources of unintentionally released microplastics.
    • Contrary to other sources of microplastics unintentionally released, pellet losses are due to poor
    handling and therefore largely preventable today in a cost-effective manner. No changes to
    product or consumer behaviour are required to prevent and reduce pellet losses.
    • Techniques to prevent pellet losses are already available to economic operators at an acceptable
    cost.
    • They are the third source of releases and account for 7-10% of microplastics unintentionally
    released in the EU.
    • Preventing and reducing pellet losses now does not impede any future action on other sources
    later, as there is no interference between the different sources of microplastics.
    In contrast, the other sources identified (paints, tyres, synthetic textiles, geotextiles and detergent
    capsules) were not pursued in this Impact Assessment for several reasons. Measures tackling
    microplastic releases from tyres had already been included in the EURO 7 Regulation proposal.
    While the preliminary analysis showed that there is potential to reduce releases from paints, synthetic
    textiles, geotextiles and, to a lesser extent, detergent capsules, it also highlighted uncertainties and
    5
    Directive (EU) 2019/904 on the reduction of the impact of certain plastic products on the environment.
    6
    Directive 2008/98/EC on waste and repealing certain Directives.
    7
    Directive 94/62/EC on packaging and packaging waste.
    8
    Directive 2008/56/EC establishing a framework for community action in the field of marine environmental policy.
    9
    Commission Regulation (EU) …/… amending Annex XVII to Regulation (EC) No 1907/2006 concerning the
    Registration, Evaluation, Authorisation and Restriction of Chemicals (REACH) as regards synthetic polymer
    microparticles.
    10
    Different approaches were used to estimate the releases from these sources because of the heterogeneity of the
    available data or data unavailability. For pellets, textiles, detergent capsules and geotextiles, researchers have
    estimated varying emission levels, as well as a range of possible emissions scenarios. For tyres, a modelling approach
    was used to estimate the potential microplastic releases. For paints, a confidence interval was used in the estimations.
    11
    Pellets are defined within ISO 472:2013 as “a small mass of preformed moulding material, having relatively uniform
    dimensions in a given lot, used as feedstock in moulding and extrusion operations”.
    12
    Communication from the Commission on the precautionary principle, 2000.
    8
    data gaps and concluded that other policy instruments may be better suited to tackle them. More
    information and additional analysis is needed to better understand their patterns and frame the most
    appropriate interventions. Where appropriate and necessary, separate impact assessments will be
    prepared, to support possible measures to tackle microplastics releases. Box 1, below, provides an
    overview of the conclusions for each source not pursued in this impact assessment. Annex 15 contains
    the preliminary analysis undertaken for each of these sources.
    Table 1: Estimated releases from six main sources of unintentional microplastic releases to the EU
    environment
    Source Quantity (tonnes/year), 2019*
    Paints 231 000 – 863 000
    Tyres 360 000 – 540 000
    Pellets 52 140 – 184 290
    Textiles 1 649 – 61 078
    Geotextiles 6 000 – 19 750
    Detergent capsules 4 140 – 5 980
    TOTAL of the selected six sources 654 929 – 1 674 098
    (90-93% of total emissions)
    TOTAL of all sources 729 087 – 1 808 198
    (*) Estimations based on the supporting study for this Impact Assessment
    Box 1: Preliminary assessment of the other main sources of microplastic pollution not pursued in this
    impact assessment13
    Paints – Paints are widely used and on average 37% plastic polymer-based, making them a significant
    source of microplastic releases. While shifting towards mineral paints would help reduce microplastic
    releases, it is not clear yet if this would lead to an increase of other environmental impacts. The full
    environmental profile andlife-cycle assessments of polymer and mineral paints are not available yet. Once
    this information is obtained, requirements on microplastics in paints could be introduced via the Ecodesign
    for Sustainable Products Regulation (ESPR)14
    , where paints is one of the twelve priority products.
    Tyres – Tyre abrasion leads to the release of microplastics. These releases are already being targeted in
    the EURO 7 Regulation proposal15
    and may be addressed by a delegated act under the Tyre Labelling
    Regulation.16
    Synthetic textiles – Most apparel is now made out of plastic fibres and releases microplastics. Some key
    challenges encountered in the course of the assessment are that microplastic releases from synthetic fibres
    occur throughout the value chain, that most of their production takes place outside of the EU, and that there
    13
    More details in Annex 15.
    14
    Proposal for a regulation of the European Parliament and of the Council COM/2022/142 final establishing a
    framework for setting ecodesign requirements for sustainable products and repealing Directive 2009/125/EC.
    15
    Proposal for a regulation of the European Parliament and of the Council COM/2022/586 final on type-approval of
    motor vehicles and engines and of systems, components and separate technical units intended for such vehicles, with
    respect to their emissions and battery durability (Euro 7) and repealing Regulations (EC) No 715/2007 and (EC) No
    595/2009.
    16
    Regulation (EU) 2020/740 on the labelling of tyres with respect to fuel efficiency and other parameters, amending
    Regulation (EU) 2017/1369 and repealing Regulation (EC) No 1222/2009.
    9
    is not sufficient data regarding the profiles of different synthetic fibres and fibre combinations in terms of
    microplastic releases. Subject to a better understanding of releases from synthetic textiles thanks to a
    standardised measurement methodology, along with more life-cycle data of alternatives’ impacts, relevant
    measures could be introduced in the framework of the Ecodesign for Sustainable Products Regulation, as
    announced in the EU Strategy for Sustainable and Circular Textiles. Such an approach will ensure the
    environmental sustainability challenges of textiles are addressed in a coherent and integrated way.
    Detergent capsules – Laundry and dishwasher detergent capsules often rely on a dissolvable plastic film
    to dispense their product during the wash. However, the complete biodegradation of this film is not
    guaranteed and may cause microplastic pollution. Subject to scientific evidence pointing towards a need
    for biodegradability criteria, future action could be taken under the Detergents Regulation.
    Geotextiles – Geotextiles are a source of microplastic releases as they are mostly synthetic, used in harsh
    conditions and not removed at the end of their service life. However, data on their uses and profile in terms
    of degradation and microplastic releases is scarce. Once more data is available future action could be taken
    in the framework of the Construction Products Regulation.17
    In May 2023, five EU Member States and Norway called on the Commission to introduce the
    necessary measures tackling unintentional microplastic releases, to reach the 30% reduction target in
    microplastic releases by 2030. According to these countries, tackling microplastics pollution is a
    cross-border challenge, and therefore national and voluntary measures alone are not sufficient.
    Measures at EU level are needed.18
    In March 2022, the United Nations Environmental Assembly launched international negotiations on
    a Global Treaty on Plastic Pollution , which is expected to target inter alia microplastics. Other
    international conventions and agreements are looking at the microplastics issue, such as the
    Convention for the Protection of the Marine Environment of the North-East Atlantic (OSPAR) which
    issued a non-binding recommendation.
    In the EU submission to UNEP in view of the second session of the Intergovernmental Negotiating
    Committee on an international legally binding instrument on plastic pollution (INC-2)19
    , the EU and
    its Member States “stress the need for the future instrument to include measures to reduce unintended
    release of microplastics. This could include, for example, measures to minimise the risk of leakages
    of plastic pellets from production, handling and transport”.
    The EU has committed to implementing the UN 2030 Agenda for Sustainable Development guided
    by the 17 Sustainable Development Goals (SDG). This initiative would contribute to goal 12 on
    sustainable consumption and production, goal 14 on the conservation and sustainable use of the
    oceans, seas and marine resources for sustainable development and goal 15 on life on lands, together
    with goals 3 (Good health), 9 (Industry, innovation and infrastructure), 13 (Climate).
    2 PROBLEM DEFINITION
    2.1 What are the problems related to microplastics in general?
    Microplastics are ubiquitous, persistent and transboundary. They are detrimental to the
    17
    Regulation (EU) No 305/2011 laying down harmonised conditions for the marketing of construction products and
    repealing Council Directive 89/106/EEC.
    18
    Non-paper: Call for ambitious EU measures to reduce and prevent microplastic pollution, May 2023.
    19
    UNEP, The EU’s Pre-session Submission ahead of Second Session of Intergovernmental Negotiating Committee to
    develop an international legally binding instrument on plastic pollution, 2023.
    10
    environment and potentially harmful to human health, and their mobility is an aggravating
    factor (see an extensive analysis in Annex 7). Microplastics are easily transported through the air
    and by surface and marine waters. They are found in soils (including agricultural lands), lakes, rivers,
    estuaries, beaches, lagoons, seas and oceans. They travel across entire continents and are found in
    the most remote, once pristine regions such as the Antarctic and Mount Everest, or in vulnerable
    ecosystems like coral reefs and deep seas. Adverse impacts of pellets are described in detail in Section
    2.3.
    Risks of microplastic pollution were highlighted in a publication revealing that the 5th
    planetary
    boundary of novel entities was exceeded.20
    Chemicals at large, including plastics, have been
    identified as fulfilling the characteristics of a novel entity. The concept of planetary boundaries was
    defined as the nine “boundaries within which we expect that humanity can operate safely”21
    ,
    demonstrating the threat microplastics pose to the environment and potentially to humans.
    Microplastic releases to the environment will continue to increase unless action is taken. All global
    scenarios point to an increase. A 2019 global scenario22
    suggests an exponential increase in
    microplastic releases to the oceans unless their release is stopped urgently. In Figure 1, the global
    accumulation of microplastics in the surface ocean is shown under three plastic emission scenarios.
    A recent OECD scenarios for 206023
    also highlight the importance of closing leakage pathways. This
    scenario estimates that 298 610 tonnes of microplastics leak annually into the environment in the EU-
    27 (intentional and unintentional).24
    This IA has found a much higher figure for the annual (2019)
    releases of (only) unintentional microplastics into the European environment: between 0.7 and 1.8
    million tonnes. This estimate is considered an update, as it considers all recent relevant research on
    the sources. It considers in particular the quite recent estimate on paints, which was neglected by
    many studies before, but is now considered as probably the largest source of unintentional
    microplastic releases.25
    Annex 14 gives an overview of all sources of unintentional microplastics
    identified. Annex 15 includes the calculations for the five other sources analysed in the preliminary
    phase of this impact assessment.
    20
    Persson, L., Carney Almroth, B., Collins, C. et al., ‘Outside the Safe Space of the Planetary Boundary for Novel
    Entities’, Environmental Science and Technology, Vol. 56, No 3, 2022, pp. 1510–1521, American Chemical Society.
    21
    Rockström, J., Steffen, W., Noone, K. et al., ‘Planetary boundaries: exploring the safe operating space for humanity’,
    Ecology and Society, Vol. 14, No 2, Article 32. The planetary boundaries framework was updated in 2023 suggesting
    the novel entities boundary is transgressed see ‘Earth beyond six of nine planetary boundaries’, Science Advances,
    Vol. 9, Issue 37, Sep 2023.
    22
    Ourworldindata.org, “Microplastics in the surface ocean, 1950 to 2050”
    (https://ourworldindata.org/grapher/microplastics-in-ocean).
    23
    OECD (2022), Global Plastics Outlook: Policy Scenarios to 2060, OECD Publishing, Paris,
    https://doi.org/10.1787/aa1edf33-en.
    24
    The European Chemicals Agency ECHA (2020) estimated 176 000 tonnes of microplastics annually due to abrasion
    and weathering of plastic products and an additional 42 000 tonnes of microplastics deliberately added to products
    that are subsequently discharged. Opinion of the Committee for Risk Assessment and Opinion of the Committee for
    Socio-Economic Analysis on an Annex XV dossier proposing restrictions on intentionally-added microplastics.
    25
    Paruta et al. (2022) Plastic Paints the Environment, EAEnvironmental Action 2022, ISBN 978-2-8399-3494-7.
    11
    Figure 1: Microplastics on the surface ocean 1950 to 205026
    In 2019, the Commission’s Group of Chief Scientific Advisors considered that ‘although the
    currently available evidence suggests that microplastic pollution at present does not pose a
    widespread risk to humans or the environment, there are significant ground for concern and for
    precautionary measures to be taken’27
    (see Box 2).
    Box 2: Recommendations by the European Commission’s Group of Chief Scientific Advisors
    Since then, microplastic pollution has been extensively researched, and new evidence has emerged
    confirming the need for precautionary measures to be taken.
    Stakeholder views (see Annex 2) largely refer to the hazardous nature of microplastic pollution in
    the EU and its negative impact on the environment (79% of all respondents completely or somewhat
    agreed) and on human health (81% of all respondents completely or somewhat agreed). Regarding
    the harmful economic effects of microplastics, 58% of EU citizens completely or somewhat agreed
    with the statement, including half of the business organisations and two-thirds of the NGOs. All
    stakeholders agreed action to reduce microplastics should be undertaken by all levels of public
    authorities (EU, national, regional and local levels). Regarding pellets, stakeholders mostly agreed
    that there is improper handling in current pellet-related activities. As to the type of action, 95% of all
    respondents supported international action, 87% of them called on the EU to set up a comprehensive
    legislative system for pellet-handling companies, and 71% of them supported voluntary measures.
    26
    Microplastics in the surface ocean, 1950 to 2050, Our World In Data.
    27
    Scientific opinion on the environmental and health risks of microplastic pollution, April 2019.
    • Broaden existing policy to prevent and reduce microplastic pollution in both marine and freshwater
    environments, and in air and soil, and prioritise substance- and context-specific measures for high-
    volume, high-emission sources;
    • Ensure that any new measures are of benefit to society by undertaking cost/benefit and similar
    analyses;
    • Develop a coordinated international response consisting of research collaboration (including filling
    knowledge gaps on nanoplastic pollution), data sharing and standards development for
    measurement, monitoring and risk assessment.
    12
    2.2 What are the problems related to plastic pellets?
    Current practices for handling pellets lead to losses at each stage in the supply chain, causing
    adverse environmental and potential human health impacts.
    The problem of pellet losses has been known about since the 1980s with the US Environmental
    Protection Agency (EPA) and the Center for Marine Conservation (now known as the Ocean
    Conservancy) “detecting plastic pellets in US waterways from the Atlantic to the Pacific”.28
    Plastic industrial raw materials come in different forms, including pellets, flakes, powders and in
    liquid forms, all referred to collectively as “pre-production plastic pellets”.29
    The umbrella term of
    “pellets” will be used in this IA. In Europe, approximately 80 % of all plastic industrial raw materials
    produced are in the form of round to oval granules of approximately 2 mm to 5 mm in diameter.30
    A
    relevant part of the remaining 20% is even smaller than 2 mm, such as powders, and a minor part can
    be slightly bigger.
    The pellet supply chain
    Pellets can reach the environment through losses occurring at every stage in the supply chain:
    production (virgin or recycled), processing (compounding, masterbatch making, converting, etc.),
    distribution, other logistic operations (storage and tank cleaning), waste management, etc. Therefore,
    tackling pellet losses clearly requires a supply chain approach.
    The pellet supply chain is complex, involving several operators as outlined in Box 3. Virgin pellets
    are manufactured at large installations and then stored in silos. They are mostly filled directly into
    tankers, or packed for transport to conversion sites, where final plastic products are made. Transport
    occurs by road, rail, air and cargo ship. Distribution methods vary from small bags (20‐25 kg) to silo
    trucks (up to 35 t) and large maritime containers. Not all bags are sealed, airtight and puncture-
    resistant to prevent damage and tears. Losses can also occur at recycling facilities, where plastic
    waste is recycled back into pellets in order to be reintroduced into the plastic manufacturing cycle.31
    Box 3: Companies handling pellets
    28
    Document Display | NEPIS | US EPA; Plastics Industry Association (2016) Operation Clean Sweep Celebrates 25
    Years
    29
    The Convention for the Protection of the Marine Environment of the North‐East Atlantic (OSPAR) Commission,
    OSPAR Background document on pre-production plastic pellets, 2018. Technically, according to ISO 472:2013, a
    pellet is a “small mass of preformed moulding material, having relatively uniform dimensions in a given lot, used as
    feedstock in moulding and extrusion operations”.
    30
    Plastics Europe, ‘Operation Clean Sweep® Progress Report 2017’, 2018
    (https://www.opcleansweep.eu/application/files/8316/3456/6233/PlasticsEurope_OCS_progress_report-2017.pdf).
    31
    Hann, S., Sherrington, C., Jamieson, O., Hickmann, M., Kershaw, P., Bapasola, A., Cole, G. (2018). Investigating
    options for reducing releases in the aquatic environment of microplastics emitted by (but not intentionally added in)
    products, Eunomia.
    • Producers who create virgin plastic pellets from oil, gas and other raw materials;
    • Recyclers who collect, sort, clean and process plastic waste into recycled plastic flake or pellets;
    • Traders/brokers who purchase the plastic material and store it or otherwise handle it before selling it
    to converters or exporting;
    • Intermediary facilities that handle the plastic material between the producer and the processor, such as
    storage and repacking facilities;
    13
    Producers: in Europe, there are close to 100 large polymer-producing companies that are members
    of the trade association “Plastics Europe”.32
    These companies produce some 54.8 million tonnes of
    virgin pellets per year and represent 90% of the total EU production. In 2021, circa 138 000 people
    worked for plastic manufacturers in the EU27. The number of individual enterprises was around 2
    300. In 2021, plastic manufacturers created a turnover of EUR 117 billion.
    Processors / converters: their situation is significantly different as Figure 2 shows: the trade
    association “European Plastic Converters” (EuPC) totals about 51 national and European industry
    associations, representing 90% of the total EU processing, equivalent to ca 48 000 individual
    companies, out of which 66% are micro-companies (some 31 400 micro-enterprises handling an
    average tonnage below 100 tonnes and representing an average turnover of EUR 300 000 annually,
    equivalent to 4% of the total turnover of the industry).33
    Converters employ 1.3 million people and
    have an annual turnover of EUR 269 billion.34
    Recyclers: in 2021, there were some 730 plastic recycling companies in the EU. They have more
    than 20 000 employees and create a turnover of EUR 8.5 billion annually. In 2021, they produced
    7.6 million tonnes of recycled pellets, while the installed capacity is roughly 11 million tonnes. About
    165 organisations are members of the trade association “Plastics Recyclers Europe” (PRE)
    regrouping both national industry associations and individual, mostly large, companies.35
    These
    companies represent 80% of the EU market installed capacity.
    Transporters: the “European Chemical Transport Association” (ECTA) represents approximately
    100 transport companies active in the transport of chemical products, with about half handling also
    pellets.36
    Most of these ECTA members are not SMEs. They cover about 30% of the total pellet
    transport in Europe. Beyond ECTA members, ca. 13 000 transporter providers are mainly micro and
    small enterprises.
    Other logistic operators: the “European Federation of Tank Cleaning Organizations” (EFTCO)
    declares that around 440 tank cleaning stations in Europe deal with tanks containing pellets. Also,
    there would be at least 850 storage or warehouse providers in Europe storing pellets. These
    companies are mainly micro and small enterprises.
    32
    Plastics Europe, ‘Membership’ (https://plasticseurope.org/about-us/membership/).
    33
    European Plastic Converters (EuPC), ‘Organisation’ (https://www.plasticsconverters.eu/).
    34
    Eurostat (2021 figures) for EU-27 (Statistics | Eurostat (europa.eu))
    35
    Plastics Recyclers Europe, ‘Plastics Recycling Industry in Europe: Mapping of Installed Plastics Recycling Capacities
    2021 Data’, 2023 (https://www.residuosprofesional.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/Plastics-Recycling-Industry-
    in-Europe-2023.pdf).
    36
    European Chemical Transport Association, ‘List of ECTA and ECTA RC* Members 2023’
    (https://www.ecta.com/organization/list-of-members/).
    • Processors who transform the plastic pellets by either mixing them with other materials to alter their
    physical properties or by transforming them directly into manufactured goods (the former are called
    compounders and the latter converters). In this IA, we refer to all of them as “converters”;
    • Distributors who sell (a small portion of) the plastic pellets to sectors such as construction;
    • Logistic companies (including importers, transport and cleaning stations); and
    • Waste management companies.
    14
    More information on the share of SMEs37
    in the pellet supply chain is presented in Annex 12.
    Figure 2: Breakdown of plastic processors
    Pellet losses
    Pellet losses can be the result of:
    1) chronic, ongoing pellet incidents during routine operations. These losses usually occur as a
    result of lack of awareness and improper training, poor handling and housekeeping practices
    and due to the absence of pellet loss preventive and mitigating measures. They typically
    happen during both bulk and packed loading and unloading operations at special installations
    and during transport and logistic operations. The industry corroborates this presumption by
    adding process and mixing points as other pellet loss hotspots.38
    2) acute, one-off, pellet incidents. These usually occur as a result of accidents during transport
    or major equipment failures in the absence of pellet loss preventive and mitigating measures.
    37
    SMEs are defined in the Commission Recommendation of 6 May 2003 concerning the definition of micro, small and
    medium-sized enterprises. In particular, within the SME category, a small enterprise is defined as an enterprise which
    employs fewer than 50 persons and whose annual turnover and/or annual balance sheet total does not exceed EUR 10
    million; a microenterprise is defined as an enterprise which employs fewer than 10 persons and whose annual turnover
    and/or annual balance sheet total does not exceed EUR 2 million.
    38
    Plastics Europe, ‘Operation Clean Sweep® Progress Report 2019’, 2020 (https://plasticseurope.org/knowledge-
    hub/operation-clean-sweep-progress-report-2019/).
    15
    Figure 3: pellets lost in the environment & pellets ingested by fishes
    (Credits last picture: Sri Lanka Marine Environment Protection Authority)
    Chronic pellet incidents have been reported at production sites in the Netherlands39
    , Belgium40
    ,
    Spain41
    , Denmark42
    and Sweden.43
    Logistics platforms like ports are hotspots for pellet losses: the
    ports of Rotterdam, Antwerp and Tarragona have been reported to be heavily polluted locations by
    several organisations active in the monitoring of pellet losses.44
    An important part of chronic pellet
    incidents also happens during the transport of pellets across land (e.g. road and rail), such as in
    Belgium45
    , or during maritime transport.46
    Acute pellet incidents have happened in industrial facilities in Italy47
    and during the transport of
    pellets across land, e.g. in France48
    and during maritime transport, e.g. in the Netherlands49
    or in
    Denmark.50
    Acute pellet incidents where entire containers are lost at sea result in large quantities of
    pellets being released directly into the marine environment.51
    Some big incidents with unknown
    origin have also to be mentioned, such as in the Loire-Atlantique coastline of France52
    , among several
    others in Europe and worldwide.53
    Chronic and acute pellet incidents are presented in Annex 8.
    Existing monitoring programs in Europe show the presence of plastic pellets in the marine
    environment. In addition to those implemented in the context of the Marine Strategy Framework
    Directive, which requires all Member States54
    to monitor and assess microlitter on beaches55
    , there
    are programs like the Port of Antwerp’s collaboration with PlasticsEurope.56
    However, plastic pellets
    have been observed, since the 1970s, all over the world, in marine environments that are not close to
    petrochemical or polymer industries. NGOs such as SOS Mal de Seine and Fidra have documented
    this using different observation protocols. This demonstrates that while pellet losses can be
    39
    Westerschelde-plastic-nurdles-versie-definitief-21-11-2021-2.pdf (plasticsoupfoundation.org)
    40
    Ecaussinnes (Belgium): Surfrider Foundation tackles industial plastic granules
    41
    New report out exposes alarming impacts of plastic pellets across Europe - Good Karma Projects
    42
    Tackling sources of Marine Plastic Pollution through effective corporate engagement: a Danish Case Study
    43
    The unaccountability case of plastic pellet pollution - ScienceDirect
    44
    Plastic Giants polluting through the backdoor. New report out exposes alarming impacts of plastic pellets across
    Europe - Good Karma Projects
    45
    Ecaussinnes (Belgium): Surfrider Foundation tackles industial plastic granules
    46
    Sources, fate and effects of Microplastics in the marine environment: a global assessement
    47
    Nurdle pollution hotspot identified in Italy (nurdlehunt.org.uk)
    48
    Morbihan. A truck loses its cargo, 28 tons of plastic pellets on the road (ouest-france.fr)
    49
    24 million plastic pellets from MSC Zoe on northern Dutch coastline – The Northern Times
    50
    Plastic pellets spill pollutes Danish, Norwegian, Swedish coastlines – KIMO (kimointernational.org)
    51
    In 2021, the container ship MV X-Press Pearl caught fire and sank losing approximately 1680 tonnes of plastic pellets
    in a single event (some 84 billion pellets). In Europe, in 2020, the MV Trans Carrier lost more than 10 tonnes of
    plastic pellets in the German Bight. Plastic pellets spill pollutes Danish, Norwegian, Swedish coastlines – KIMO
    (kimointernational.org) 24 million plastic pellets from MSC Zoe on northern Dutch coastline – The Northern Times
    52
    Les plages de la côte Atlantique polluées par une marée de granulés plastiques, l’Etat porte plainte (lemonde.fr). In
    less than an hour, volunteers collected more than 80,000 pellets from the Tréguennec in Finistère beach.
    53
    Nurdle Map (nurdlehunt.org.uk)
    54
    Commission Decision (EU) 2017/848 of 17 May 2017 laying down criteria and methodological standards on good
    environmental status of marine waters and specifications and standardised methods for monitoring and assessment,
    and repealing Decision 2010/477/EU
    55
    In 2016, pain started the MSFD subprogram on microplastics on beaches, and pellets were detected with an average
    concentration of 47.8 pellets/kg or 419.2 pellets/m2. Currently, the MSFD Technical Group on Litter is developing a
    protocol for monitoring pellets on beaches.
    56
    Plastics Europe, ‘Port of Antwerp Activity report 2021’, 2021 (https://plasticseurope.org/knowledge-hub/port-of-
    antwerp-activity-report-2021/).
    16
    concentrated in one geographical area, they are also extremely mobile and can be dispersed by surface
    water and sea currents, as well as through the air.
    Pellet pathways
    Spilled pellets can reach the environment and become losses through several pathways (Figure 4).
    Figure 4: Pellet pathways (solid lines are pellet movements; dotted lines are loss pathways)
    From production, processing and recycling installations, spilled pellets can either reach industrial
    or urban wastewater treatment facilities (via wet cleaning pushing pellets to drains57
    ) or can enter the
    environment directly (air, soil, surface and marine waters, but also via overflows making pellets
    bypass the wastewater treatment facilities). In industrial wastewater treatment facilities, pellets are
    captured in sludge and incinerated. However, the effluent may still contain some pellets (particularly,
    flakes and powders). In urban wastewater treatment facilities, pellets are captured in sludge (between
    95-99%, depending on the treatment efficiency). On average, half of sludge, which has captured
    pellets, in the EU is spread on agricultural lands as fertiliser.
    Pellets lost during logistic and shipping operations often reach the environment directly. Therefore,
    the main pellet loss pathways are water-related, i.e. urban, rain and storm water for losses occurring
    in terrestrial areas and marine water for losses at installations close to ports or occurring in the sea.
    Scale of the problem
    While observable, these losses are not routinely measured, or indeed readily measurable at any
    specific step. There is no harmonized methodology for measuring pellet losses and not many
    measurements have been made at different steps of the supply chain, nor are any systemic monitoring
    and reporting data available within the Member States or the industry to calculate pellet losses.
    Hence, it is impossible to establish exact figures on pellet losses at each step because it depends on
    the installation size, actors involved, handling practices, etc., and all these aspects are very
    heterogeneous in the EU. Nevertheless, efforts to quantify the amount of pellets entering the
    57
    In case of dry cleaning, pellets go to waste management (mostly for incineration) except for recyclers who collect and
    put them back in the recycling process.
    17
    environment typically apply a ‘loss rate’ as well as a number of handling steps to the total pellet
    volume handled. Robust empirical evidence to inform a ‘loss rate’ or a number of handling steps is
    scarce. However, the greater the number of steps at which pellets are handled, the greater the
    opportunities for loss. The major handling steps occur at production plants (of both virgin and
    recycled pellets), processing installations and during logistic operations, i.e. all loading and unloading
    operations to transport pellets from one installation to another, including warehouse installations,
    where pellets are stored and/or re-packed, and cleaning installations.
    Several studies use the figures for pellet losses of 0.01%-0.04%.58
    However, all these studies refer to
    the same estimate from just one processor and is based on measurement in the effluent, so it does not
    measure losses at other steps of the supply chain or emissions happening otherwise, i.e. direct
    emissions to air, water and soil. Given the high uncertainty and potential double counting, rates in
    the range of 0.001% and 0.1% have been suggested by some studies.59
    The Convention for the
    Protection of the Marine Environment of the North-East Atlantic (OSPAR)60
    found an even bigger
    range in various publications; loss estimates show a variation from 0.0003% to 1% of total plastic
    demand, making it difficult to estimate the exact magnitude of the problem. The reason for such a
    large variation is that the actors involved in the supply chain range from micro-enterprises to large
    companies and the level of awareness and measures in place to prevent pellet losses vary
    considerably. Similarly, the number of handling steps in a typical supply chain is influenced by the
    size of the operation.
    To take into account these uncertainties, a range of loss rates has been used to calculate the losses
    occurring at four major steps: production, processing, recycling and logistics (including distribution),
    starting from the most often cited loss rates. It is estimated that losses happen at a higher rate at
    processing and recycling installations because of relatively small installations and a large number of
    handling steps (0.02%-0.06% of the total volume processed or recycled) than at production ones
    (0.01%-0.03% of the total volume produced), and at an even higher rate during transport and logistic
    operations because pellets more often reach the environment directly at these steps, but with a higher
    uncertainty (0.03%-0.12%). These rates count for the major handling steps in the production,
    processing, recycling and transport/logistic phases. These figures can be improved once the reporting
    obligation under REACH (possibly complemented with a harmonised methodology under this
    initiative) is in place.
    Chronic losses in reference year
    High volumes of pellets are produced and handled every year, both globally and in the EU. In 2019,
    about 65.3 million tons of pellets (57.9 million tonnes of virgin, 6.5 million tonnes of recycled, and
    0.9 million tonnes of bio-based) were produced in the EU.61
    In the same year, 12.7 million tonnes of
    pellets were imported to the EU to be converted into final plastic products at a converting site in the
    EU, while 14.9 million tonnes of pellets were exported.
    This IA has found that the amount of pellets lost to the environment in the EU in 2019 can be
    estimated to be between 52 140 tonnes and 184 290 tonnes (logistics 27 870 – 111 480 tonnes,
    converters 15 600 – 46 800 tonnes, producers 7222 – 21 665 tonnes and recyclers 1448 – 4345
    58
    Sea-based sources of microplastics to the Norwegian marine environment. Norwegian Environment Agency
    (Miljødirektoratet) (2021). (according to Sundt et al. (2014)
    59
    Peano et al., ‘Plastic Leak Project’, 2020 (https://quantis.com/who-we-guide/our-impact/sustainability-
    initiatives/plastic-leak-project/).
    60
    OSPAR, ‘Assessment document of land-based inputs of microplastics in the marine environment’, 2017
    (https://www.ospar.org/documents?v=38018 Page 22).
    61
    Based on data from Eurostat and industry.
    18
    tonnes), equivalent to 0.08% to 0.28% of total pellet volumes in the EU. The methodology used to
    calculate these losses is presented in detail in Annex 8.
    2.3 The impacts of pellet losses
    Four types of adverse impacts can be observed from pellets finding their way into the
    environment: on the environment; on climate; on human health; and on the economy.
    These impacts are summarised below and explained in more detail in Annex 7. Most of these impacts
    are related to microplastics in general, due to a lack of research specifically assessing the impact of
    pellets. However, as a subset of microplastics, it is assumed that most of the impacts of pellets are
    comparable to those of microplastics. Indeed, approximately 80 % of all plastic raw materials
    produced are approximately 2 mm to 5 mm in diameter, therefore well within the usual size of
    microplastics (up to 5mm). Of the remaining 20%, a significant portion is smaller than 2 mm, such
    as powders, and a minor part can be slightly bigger. In particular the portion with the smallest size
    can have an impact on health. The disintegration of pellets into smaller particles also increases their
    number and impacts. The sections below clearly state when the discussed impacts pertain to pellets
    or microplastics more generally.
    While certain categories of impacts (environment, climate and economy) are well documented and
    relatively well known, the impacts on human health are still poorly understood, despite their
    extensive presence in the human body. Nevertheless, as concluded by the General Scientific Advisers
    of the Commission and the European Chemicals Agency, this gap in understanding should not
    prevent action from being taken as it is likely that they pose a risk to human health. The precautionary
    principle should therefore be applied. Research efforts are ongoing, in part thanks to EU support
    under LIFE and Horizon2020, to further elucidate these risks and impacts. Global trends suggest that
    microplastic emissions will continue to increase. We would generally expect that the adverse impacts
    of pellets will be proportional to their part in the total microplastic emissions (see Annex 7).
    Impacts on the environment
    International Pellet Watch, initiated in 2005 by Hideshige Takada62
    and The Great Nurdle Hunt63
    ,
    organised by UK charity FIDRA, both relied on pellet samples collected by citizens to demonstrate
    that pellet pollution is a global issue. Indeed, they are highly mobile and have been found thousands
    of kilometres from the nearest pellet production or conversion facility64
    in areas including important
    Natura 2000 areas65
    . Once in the environment, pellets are known to be eaten by a range of organisms
    and animals and to cause harm to biodiversity and habitats66,67
    . As pellets are mainly composed of
    either polyethylene or polypropylene, once in the aquatic environment68
    , they normally float. If a
    62
    edge://newtab (pelletwatch.org)
    63
    The Great Nurdle Hunt, Reducing plastic pellet pollution at sea.
    64
    Corcoran P. L. et al., A comprehensive investigation of industrial plastic pellets on beaches across the Laurentian
    Great Lakes and the factors governing their distribution, Science of the Total Environment, 747:141227, 2020.
    65
    The unaccountability case of plastic pellet pollution - ScienceDirect
    66
    Cole, M., Lindeque, P., Halsband, C. and Galloway, T. S., ‘Microplastics as contaminants in the marine environment:
    A review’, Marine Pollution Bulletin, Vol. 62, 2011, pp. 2588-2597.
    67
    Koelmans, A. A. et al., Risk assessment of microplastic particles, Nature Reviews Materials, 7:138–152, 2022.
    68
    The persistence of a pellet in the aquatic environment may be measured over decades or more, depending on the resin
    type, the types and amounts of additives, and the reactions of the resins and additives to environmental processes (e.g.
    weathering, sunlight, wave action). P. L. Corcoran, Degradation of Microplastics in the Environment, Handbook of
    Microplastics in the Environment, 2022, 531–542. N. Kalogerakis et al., Microplastics Generation: Onset of
    Fragmentation of Polyethylene Films in Marine Environment Mesocosms, 2017, doi.org/10.3389/fmars.2017.00084
    19
    biofilm starts to form on the pellets, which may change the buoyancy of the particle. Harm is caused
    by pellets when they float or are in the water column, where they can be eaten by organisms and
    marine animals either intentionally because they are mistaken for food or unintentionally when filter
    feeding animals take in seawater.69
    Several documented accounts describe pellet and other plastic
    ingestion by wildlife, most notably seabirds and sea turtles.70,71,72
    Seabirds, like fulmars, ingest pellets
    more frequently than any other animal, as they capture prey from the sea surface, and approximately
    one-quarter of all seabird species are known to ingest pellets.73
    The ingestion of pellets, as with any
    microplastic, can cause physical harm such as internal injuries and impair the ability to breathe,
    swallow, digest food properly, or lead to death.74
    In certain cases, microparticles cannot pass through
    the digestive system, leading to malnutrition or starvation by creating a false feeling of fullness.75
    Pellets’ and microplastics’ potential to act as a carrier for pathogenic microorganisms and their
    potential toxicity are other integral parts of the problem. There is an emerging concern that
    microplastics can act as a carrier for pathogenic microorganisms, including species of bacteria,
    resulting in an increase in the occurrence of non-indigenous species.76,77,78
    Although microplastics
    do not pose acute fatal effects on living organisms, they can cause chronic toxicity over the longer
    term. Due to their physical and chemical properties, microplastics can absorb and transport numerous
    organic contaminants. Microplastics can also contain a complex mixture of chemicals, which may
    subsequently be released into the environment and constitute new routes of exposure for organisms.
    Impacts on climate
    Microplastics represent a non-climatic pressure on ecosystems as carbon and nutrient cycling
    processes in soil can be greatly affected by the presence of microplastics and their further
    decomposition79
    (and might therefore lead to a decreased capacity for GHG absorption). In addition,
    plastics and microplastics are a source of GHG emissions, putting additional pressure on the climate.
    GHGs are emitted throughout the plastic life cycle, because all related activities (extraction, refining,
    manufacturing and end of life management) are carbon intensive. Conventional plastics (based on
    fossil fuels) produced in 2015 accounted for 3.8% of total global CO2 emissions, and their share could
    69
    Werner S; Budziak A; Van Franeker J; Galgani F; Hanke G; Maes T; Matiddi M; Nilsson P; Oosterbaan L; Priestland
    E; Thompson R; Veiga J; Vlachogianni T. Harm caused by Marine Litter. EUR 28317 EN. Luxembourg
    (Luxembourg): Publications Office of the European Union; 2016. JRC104308
    70
    Lacroix C. et Huvet A.,
    https://enviroplast2019.sciencesconf.org/data/TR1_1_PPT_journe_es_plastiques_et_environnement_Lacroix_Huvet
    .pdf [Roundtable n°1 : Outlook and management in ports and coastal environments – scientific introduction : the
    characterisation of pollution and associated risks], June 2019.
    71
    Ryan, P. G., ‘Seabirds indicate changes in the composition of plastic litter in the Atlantic and south-western Indian
    Oceans’, Marine Pollution Bulletin, Vol. 56, no. 8, 2008, pp. 1406-1409.
    72
    Sheavly, S.B. and Register, K.M., ‘Marine Debris & Plastics: Environmental Concerns, Sources, Impacts and
    Solutions’, Journal of Polymers and the Environment, Vol. 15, 2007, pp. 301-305.
    73
    Plastic particles in fulmars | OSPAR Commission
    74
    Group of Chief Scientific Advisors, ‘Scientific opinion on the Environmental and Health risks of microplastics
    pollution’, Aprile 2019.
    75
    The Convention for the Protection of the Marine Environment of the North‐East Atlantic (OSPAR) Commission,
    OSPAR Background document on pre-production plastic pellets, 2018.
    76
    Sources, fate and effects of Microplastics in the marine environment: a global assessement
    77
    Cole, M., Lindeque, P., Halsband, C. and Galloway, T. S., ‘Microplastics as contaminants in the marine environment:
    A review’, Marine Pollution Bulletin, Vol. 62, 2011, pp. 2588-2597.
    78
    Khalid, N. et al., Linking effects of microplastics to ecological impacts in marine environments, Chemosphere, 264:
    128541, 2021.
    79
    Rilling M. C. et al., Microplastic effects on carbon cycling processes in soils, Plos Biology, 2021,
    https://doi.org/10.1371/journal.pbio.3001130
    20
    reach 15% by 205080
    . A more recent study estimates even higher CO2 emissions from plastic
    production (1.96 Gt of CO2e)81
    .
    Microplastics are widely found in aquatic environments.82
    Their presence may cause more
    greenhouse gas emissions as they can negatively affect multiple factors, such as phytoplankton
    photosynthesis, which contribute to carbon sequestration.83
    Impacts on human health
    Humans are exposed to microplastics via food consumption84
    and inhalation. The annual intake of
    microplastics by humans has been estimated to range from 70 000 to over 120 000 particles a year,
    depending on age, gender, region, and consumption, including ~70 000 particles inhaled in air and
    ~50 000 particles ingested in food and drink. Seafood is one of the main concerns for humans85
    ;
    however, microplastics can also enter the food chain through plants.86
    Microplastics have been found
    in human stool,87
    and some studies suggest that they may be present in pregnant women’s placenta,88
    and more recently, in human blood.89
    Although there is still no scientific consensus on their impacts, microplastics may be of concern to
    human health mainly due to their small size, mobility and extensive presence in different
    environments, increasing chances of exposure.90
    High levels of exposure to microplastics are
    believed to induce inflammatory reactions and toxicity, possibly due to the additives used to produce
    the plastic.91
    In addition to being toxic, there is evidence to suggest that additives such as dyes or
    plasticisers could be carcinogenic and mutagenic.92,93
    Pellets are likely to carry toxic chemicals as
    well since persistent organic pollutants (POPs) such as polychlorinated biphenyls (PCBs), dichloro-
    diphenyltrichloroethane (DDT), hexachlorocyclohexanes (HCHs), and polycyclic aromatic
    hydrocarbons (PAHs) can be easily adsorbed to their surface and then released over time.94
    The health
    80
    IPCC Working Group III Report: Mitigation of Climate Change (2022) https://www.ipcc.ch/report/sixth-assessment-
    report-working-group-3/
    81
    Cabernard, L., Pfister, S., Oberschelp, C. et al. Growing environmental footprint of plastics driven by coal
    combustion. Nat Sustain 5, 139–148 (2022).
    82
    Phytoplankton response to polystyrene microplastics: Perspective from an entire growth period - ScienceDirect
    83
    Can microplastics pose a threat to ocean carbon sequestration? - ScienceDirect
    84
    Sciencealert.com, Study shows how microplastics can easily climb the food chain. Should we be worried?, 2022.
    85
    Cox, K. D. et al., ‘Human consumption of microplastics’, Environmental Science and Technology, Vol. 53, No 12,
    2019, pp. 7068–7074.
    86
    Sciencealert.com, ‘Study shows how microplastics can easily clim the food chain. Should we be worried?’, 2022
    (https://www.sciencealert.com/study-shows-how-microplastics-can-easily-climb-the-food-chain-should-we-be-
    worried).
    87
    Schwabl, P. et al., ‘Detection of various microplastics in human stool’, Annals of Internal Medicine, Vol. 171, No 7,
    2019, pp. 453–457, American College of Physicians.
    88
    Ragusa, A. et al., ‘Plasticenta: First evidence of microplastics in human placenta’, Environment International, Vol.
    146, 2021, Elsevier BV.
    89
    Leslie, H. A. et al., ‘Discovery and quantification of plastic particle pollution in human blood’, Environment
    International, Vol. 163, 2022, Elsevier BV.
    90
    Marine microplastic debris: An emerging issue for food security, food safety and human health - ScienceDirect
    91
    Potential Health Impact of Environmentally Released Micro- and Nanoplastics in the Human Food Production Chain:
    Experiences from Nanotoxicology | Environmental Science & Technology (acs.org)
    92
    Gasperi, J., et al., Microplastics in Air: Are We Breathing It In?, Current Opinion in Environmental Science & Health,
    1–5. 2018. https://doi.org/10.1016/J.COESH.2017.10.002
    93
    Blackburn, K., Green, D., The potential effects of microplastics on human health: What is known and what is
    unknown, Springer, Ambio, 51:518–530, 2021.
    94
    Corcoran P. L. et al., A comprehensive investigation of industrial plastic pellets on beaches across the Laurentian
    Great Lakes and the factors governing their distribution, Science of the Total Environment, 747:141227, 2020.
    21
    impacts of POPs are not immediate but result rather from chronic, cumulative and long-term
    exposure.95
    In addition, microplastics could potentially act as vectors for pathogens and microbes.96
    Impacts on the economy
    Generally, the growing evidence on microplastics’ presence in seafood, salt, honey, fruits, vegetables
    and drinking water could undermine consumer confidence and bear economic consequences.
    There are potential negative economic impacts on activities such as commercial fishing and
    agriculture (e.g. reduced fishing due to impacts of microplastics on marine eco-systems and fauna,
    which eats it) as well as tourism and recreation (e.g. reduced attractiveness due to impacts of
    microplastics on beaches and vulnerable areas like national parks, rivers and lakes97
    ). Clean-up
    operations are challenging and, according to OSPAR, often costly, as clean-up off-site and in the
    environment requires time and specialist equipment. Operations are usually the responsibility of local
    communities with a negative impact on their budgets. Clean-up costs are often unknown. However,
    beach clean-ups are estimated to cost the city of Marseille (France) EUR 1 000 000 per year.98
    KIMO
    Netherlands reported that the clean-up costs of the 2019 pellet spill of the MSC Zoe in the Wadden
    Sea would be approximately EUR 100 000 annually.99
    Monitoring costs of pellet ingestion by species
    are also often unknown. However, la Rochelle Aquarium’s monitoring of microplastic ingestion by
    loggerhead sea turtles cost a total of EUR 50 000 over four years. Another relevant example is the
    monitoring of microplastic ingestion by fulmars provided by ornithological groups, which costs EUR
    33 300 for one winter season.
    The cost of pellets lost to the environment is equivalent to an economic loss for the businesses owing
    them of EUR 52 – 184 million, coming from about 52 140 – 184 290 tonnes of lost pellets (with
    around 1000 EUR/t).
    2.4 What are the problem drivers?
    There are several market and regulatory failures, which are summarised below and explained in more
    detail in Annex 8.
    2.4.1 Market failures
    Prices do not reflect negative externalities: The activities of economic operators do not integrate
    the negative externalities caused by pellets finding their way into the environment, leading to a
    suboptimal market outcome. On one side, due to their small size, pellets are easy to spill; on the other
    side, it is relatively costly to prevent spills or to clean up after spills as good handling practices require
    measures to be taken, such as training of staff. The cost of lost pellets, incurred by economic operators
    95
    Nadal, M. et al., Climate change and environmental concentrations of POPs: A review, Environmental Research, 143:
    177-185, 2015.
    96
    Microplastics from textiles: towards a circular economy for textiles in Europe — European Environment Agency
    (europa.eu)
    97
    Plastic Giants polluting through the backdoor; Silent Pollution – Who is contaminating Puglia’s coastline with plastic
    pellets?; Plastic pellets spill pollutes Danish, Norwegian, Swedish coastlines; Microplastic pollution in the surface
    waters of Italian Subalpine Lakes; Granulés plastiques industriels sur le littoral français
    98
    OSPAR Background document on pre-production Plastic Pellets 2018. SOS Mal de Seine Association highlighted
    the lack of capacity of public authorities to deal with large‐scale pollution of pellets on beaches (e.g. caused by lost
    containers). As a matter of fact, clean‐up operations are complex to undertake because these particles are difficult to
    see due to their size or vegetation which may hide them, and they should be carried out within an hour of an incident
    to prevent widespread pollution by wind, rain, and/or tides.
    99
    Fishing for Litter fleet cleans up after MSC Zoe but who pays the costs? – KIMO (kimointernational.org)
    22
    involved in the production, use and transport of pellets, is not sufficiently high to motivate a change
    in behaviour. In addition, once spilled, pellets are considered contaminated and therefore become
    waste.100
    There are no other incentives for economic operators to integrate the negative externalities
    caused by pellets finding their way into the environment.
    Imperfect information: Economic operators do not have sufficient information to be fully aware of
    the pellets that are unintentionally lost from their operations (and of consequential impacts). As no
    systematic reporting is in place, they are not aware of quantities released, and because there is no or
    insufficient awareness raising about the impacts, they are not aware of the negative externalities.
    Furthermore, as information on available preventive and mitigating measures by responsible
    companies is not sufficiently promoted throughout the supply chain, they are not aware of possible
    actions to be taken. Under these circumstances, it is difficult for economic operators to make
    sustainable choices when investing in the equipment, determining their internal procedure or
    choosing partners along the supply chain.
    As such, no sufficient information about quantities, impacts, actions etc., is routinely sought or
    promoted throughout the supply chain and economic operators do not sufficiently integrate concerns
    about pellet losses in their operations. This problem of insufficient information is particularly acute
    among the smaller companies, mostly on the conversion and logistic side.
    Lack of specific support and attention for the smaller companies present in the pellet supply chain,
    to which the measures to implement would be costly, also explains a suboptimal market outcome.
    2.4.2 Regulatory failures
    Existing EU legislation does not address pellets sufficiently: The absence of specific requirements
    to implement best handling practices is arguably the most significant of the problem drivers. While
    existing EU regulatory frameworks could be relevant (governing chemicals, marine litter, water,
    industrial emissions, waste, packaging and transport activities), they do not specifically address the
    issue of pellet losses and their responsible handling to prevent and reduce losses to the environment.
    In particular, pellets are only very partially covered by the REACH restriction on microplastics
    intentionally added to products101
    as: 1) the requirements i.e. instructions for use and disposal and
    reporting on estimates on quantities released on an annual basis, are generally defined and 2) they do
    not help as such to effectively reduce pellet losses or prevent them (e.g. they are not a requirement
    on their handling). No methodology is foreseen to measure pellet losses (it was left to the industry to
    develop a methodology).
    At the national level, France is the only Member State who has adopted legislation specifically to
    prevent pellet losses. This is described in detail in Section 5.1.2. Generally, the very large majority
    of facilities involved in the pellet conversion or the pellet logistic are too small to attract any public
    attention and routine visits from the environmental regulators.
    The absence of specific requirements in EU legislation to implement best handling practices is
    explained in detail in Annex 8.
    100
    Hann, S., Sherrington, C., Jamieson, O., Hickmann, M., Kershaw, P., Bapasola, A., Cole, G. (2018). Investigating
    options for reducing releases in the aquatic environment of microplastics emitted by (but not intentionally added in)
    products, Eunomia.
    101
    Commission Regulation (EU) …/… amending Annex XVII to Regulation (EC) No 1907/2006 concerning the
    Registration, Evaluation, Authorisation and Restriction of Chemicals (REACH) as regards synthetic polymer
    microparticles.
    23
    2.5 How likely is the problem to persist?
    It is likely that without EU action, the problems related to plastic pellets would worsen.
    Table 2: Assumptions on whether / how the identified problems will persists
    Problem Assumptions on whether / how this problem persists
    (I) Market failure -
    economic operators do not
    integrate negative
    externalities of pellet
    pollution
    • In the absence of external factors (economic crisis, pandemic etc.), the
    demand and consumption of plastic products is expected to increase.
    Pellets losses are also expected to continue in the coming years, as
    without EU action, there are no incentives for economic operators to act,
    particularly for some actors in the supply chain (e.g. actors with a low
    public profile).
    • Recently adopted voluntary initiatives and regulatory actions at Member
    State level (i.e. France; other MS are mostly relying on industry efforts
    or waiting for EU action) are expected to lead to some reduction in pellet
    losses. However, the effectiveness of these initiatives and actions is also
    likely to remain limited considering current enforcement issues and the
    lack of enforcement mechanisms in the new initiatives and actions,
    particularly for some actors in the supply chain (e.g. actors with a low
    public profile).
    (II) Market failure –
    economic operators do not
    have sufficient
    information and
    awareness as to pellet
    losses (and consequential
    impacts)
    • As scientific understanding of environmental and human health impacts
    of pellet pollution is further updated, new risks may be identified and
    pressure to take action may increase.
    • Recently adopted voluntary initiatives and regulatory actions are also
    expected to increase the availability of information.
    • However, the level and quality of information are likely to remain
    limited. In particular, competencies, training and awareness of staff for
    all actors in the supply chain may not improve substantially in the
    absence of proper and mandatory training requirements. Similarly,
    accessibility of information may not improve substantially in the
    absence of proper and mandatory transparency mechanisms.
    (III) Regulatory failure,
    even if some aspects of
    this can be addressed by
    ongoing initiatives
    (REACH reporting
    obligation)
    • The REACH reporting obligation may increase information on pellet
    losses and improve the quality of the information collected to assess
    future risks.
    • However, the obligation is not specific to pellets but generic to all
    ‘derogated uses’, and it does not reduce pellet losses or prevent them
    (e.g. it is not a requirement on their handling). Moreover, in the absence
    of a harmonised methodology for measuring pellet losses, there will be
    inconsistencies in estimates reported, and comparing data will be
    difficult.
    3 WHY SHOULD THE EU ACT?
    3.1 Legal basis
    This initiative is based on Article 192(1) of the Treaty on the Functioning of the European Union
    (TFEU).
    24
    3.2 Subsidiarity: Necessity of EU action
    Transboundary nature of the problem
    This is the most important aggravating factor and reason to act. Microplastic pollution is readily
    transported from one geographical place to another by atmosphere and surface waters and seas, and
    can be found in the most remote places on the planet. National action alone cannot address the
    problem of transboundary pellet pollution. As an example of this, 60% of European river basin
    districts are international (either shared between EU Member States or between an EU Member State
    and a third country), and the Water Framework Directive made cooperation between countries
    sharing a basin within the EU mandatory. As an answer to this transboundary pollution, the Regional
    Seas Conventions for the protection of the marine and coastal environment around Europe (for the
    Mediterranean, Baltic, Northeast Atlantic and the Black Sea) have regional plans against marine
    litter, including microplastics, and recommend actions to reduce them. In particular, the Convention
    for the Protection of the Marine Environment of the North-East Atlantic (OSPAR) has adopted a non-
    binding Recommendation102
    containing guidelines to reduce the loss of plastic pellets into the marine
    environment.
    3.3 Subsidiarity: Added value of EU action
    There is a clear benefit in taking action at the EU level on pellet losses, as this can efficiently ensure
    a high level of environmental protection throughout the EU territory, and a harmonised and well-
    functioning internal market across all Member States (same requirements for pellet pollution
    prevention and reduction, reduced costs of harmonised approaches). Fragmented approaches, such
    as national actions on one aspect only of pellet pollution (e.g. measuring), actions not covering the
    entire pellet supply chain (e.g. producers and converters but not transporters) or actions limited to
    one or a few Member States, would not bring efficiency gains as they are less effective in reducing
    transboundary pellet pollution and overall more costly in achieving wider policy goals on reducing
    releases of microplastics.
    Furthermore, the size of the internal market provides a critical mass enabling the EU to promote
    handling practices that release fewer pellets that could influence the pellet supply chain worldwide.
    It will also guide EU actions at the global level in the context of the negotiations on a Global Plastic
    Agreement and at the level of Regional Seas Conventions.
    The principle of proportionality requires EU action to be limited in its content and form to what is
    necessary to achieve the objectives of the Treaties it intends to implement. The application of this
    principle is linked to the principle of subsidiarity and the need to match the nature and intensity of a
    given measure to the identified problem. The principle of proportionality is considered throughout
    the impact assessment and, in particular, in Annex 11 where the costs of the regulatory option for
    SMEs are assessed.
    4 OBJECTIVES: WHAT IS TO BE ACHIEVED?
    4.1 General objectives
    The general objective of this initiative is to contribute to the reduction of microplastic-related
    pollution by preventing and reducing pellet losses to the environment that are due to current handling
    102
    OSPAR Recommendation 2021/06 on the reduction of plastic pellet loss into the marine environment.
    25
    pellet practices at all stages of the supply chain within the EU, thus reducing the adverse
    environmental, economic and potential human health consequences of pellet pollution.
    4.2 Specific objectives
    Accordingly, the above general objective translates into three specific objectives:
    • To reduce and prevent pellet losses in an economically proportionate manner to a level
    consistent with the Commission’s 2030 target of a 30% reduction in both intentional and
    unintentional microplastic releases (compared to 2016 levels);
    • To improve information on the magnitude of pellet losses throughout the pellet supply chain,
    in particular the accuracy of loss estimates, and to raise awareness among relevant actors; and
    • To ensure the appropriate mitigation of impacts on SMEs involved in the pellet supply chain.
    5 WHAT ARE THE AVAILABLE POLICY OPTIONS?
    5.1 What is the baseline from which options are assessed?
    The baseline has been developed using 2019 as the base year and the following data sources and
    assumptions.
    • 2019 is taken as the base year, as 2020 is an outlier because of COVID, and we are seeing
    positive growth trends again from 2021.
    • For virgin pellets, the projections are made from 2019 figures103
    ; a growth rate of 0.9% per
    year is assumed till 2030.104
    • Source for recycled pellets production data (2019-2021) is Plastic Recyclers Europe; a
    growth rate of 5.6% per year is assumed.105
    • Source for bio-based pellets production data (2019-2021) is Plastics Europe; for growth rate
    a CAGR of 14% for 2022-2027106
    , and the same trend is assumed to continue till 2030.
    • Pellets imports and exports figures for virgin pellets are from Eurostat, a growth rate of 0.9%
    is assumed till 2030.
    Using these assumptions, the total EU pellet production is expected to reach about 80 million tonnes
    in 2030. If we take into account imports and exports, the net volume of pellets used in the EU would
    be around 76 million tonnes in 2030. The total figures estimated here are within a 1% range of to the
    estimates from the recent OECD scenario107
    that used a modelling approach.
    103
    Plastics Europe changed the calculation method in 2021, excluding adhesives, paints and coatings, thus not used to
    be coherent with previous year estimates and also with import/export figures
    104
    Plastics Europe and SystemIQ
    105
    K 2022 - Trend Report Europe https://www.k-online.com/en/Media_News/Press/Technical_article/K_2022_-
    _Trend_Report_Europe
    106
    Nova Institute (2023) Bio-based Building Blocks and Polymers Global Capacities, Production and Trends 2022–2027
    https://renewable-carbon.eu/publications/product/bio-based-building-blocks-and-polymers-global-capacities-
    production-and-trends-2022-2027-short-version-pdf/
    107
    OECD (2022) Global Plastics Outlook: Policy Scenarios to 2060. https://www.oecd.org/publications/global-plastics-
    outlook-aa1edf33-en.htm
    26
    Figure 5: Pellet production volumes in EU-27 and projections until 2030
    To define the projected development of total pellet losses by 2030, consideration was given to the
    following: Existing and forthcoming EU legislation; National and international initiatives; Industry
    initiatives. These legislation and initiatives are presented below.
    5.1.1 Existing and forthcoming EU legislation
    The requirement to report estimates of pellet losses under the REACH restriction on microplastics
    intentionally added to products108
    aims to increase information on pellet losses and improve the
    quality of the information collected to assess the risks deriving from these microplastics in the future.
    The reported information aims to allow uses with high releases to be identified and prioritised for
    further regulatory risk management. However, the requirement does not help as such to effectively
    reduce pellet losses or prevent them (e.g. it is not a requirement on their handling), and is lacking a
    methodology to measure pellet losses (it was left to the industry to develop a methodology).
    The Marine Strategy Framework Directive (MSFD) addresses the monitoring and assessment of the
    impacts of microlitter, including microplastics, in coastal and marine environments in a way that they
    can be linked to point-sources.109
    An update of the first MSFD guidance110
    on monitoring marine
    litter guidance document is under development in view of harmonised methodologies, including the
    monitoring of the presence and distribution of plastic pellets along the coastline. However, this does
    not include specific requirements concerning the prevention or reduction of pellet losses at the source.
    The revised Urban Wastewater Treatment Directive (UWWTD)111
    and the evaluation of the Sewage
    Sludge Directive (SSD)112
    are not explicitly considered in the baseline as (1) the analysis was done
    at the same time, and (2) more importantly, the measures under consideration for the UWWTD are
    108
    Commission Regulation (EU) …/… amending Annex XVII to Regulation (EC) No 1907/2006 concerning the
    Registration, Evaluation, Authorisation and Restriction of Chemicals (REACH) as regards synthetic polymer
    microparticles.
    109
    Directive 2008/56/EC establishing a framework for community action in the field of marine environmental policy:
    “…micro-litter shall be monitored in the surface layer of the water column and in the seabed sediment and may
    additionally be monitored on the coastline. Micro-litter shall be monitored in a manner that can be related to point-
    sources for inputs (such as harbours, marinas, waste-water treatment plants, storm-water effluents), where feasible.”
    110
    Guidance on Monitoring of Marine Litter in European Seas (europa.eu)
    111
    COM/2022/541 final, 2022.
    112
    Council Directive 86/278/EEC on the protection of the environment, and in particular of the soil, when sewage sludge
    is used in agriculture.
    27
    limited in scope and impact (mainly monitoring and in larger plants, additional treatment to remove
    microplastics, which would go to sludge). As for the SSD, which is currently being evaluated, it is
    not clear yet which measures would be proposed in a potential future revision. More information on
    the links between water legislation and pellet losses is presented in Annex 6.
    The Industrial Emissions Directive (IED)113
    regulating the prevention and management of pollution
    arising from industrial activities in large industrial installations, is only partially suited to address
    pellet losses as a form of pollution occurring along the entire supply chain. While activities like the
    production of polymeric materials on an industrial scale fall under the scope of the IED, other
    activities like the conversion, storage or transport of pellets, usually operated by small and medium
    enterprises, are not covered. Moreover, the BAT (Best Available Technique) Reference Document
    (BREF) for the production of polymers was adopted in 2007 and does not address the specific issue
    of pellet losses.114
    Waste legislation such as the Waste Framework Directive (WFD)115
    and Packaging and Packaging
    Waste Directive116
    does not specifically address the pellet loss issue as they do not regulate emissions
    during the production of products or packaging. The WFD imposes Member States a generic
    obligation to take waste preventive measures addressing the industrial generation of waste as pellets
    can be.
    Therefore, there is no comprehensive EU legislation addressing pellets to reduce their losses and their
    environmental and potential health impacts, with a full supply chain approach.
    5.1.2 National and international initiatives
    A few Member States have already started to introduce measures to tackle pellet losses. These
    measures are summarised in Table 3 and presented in detail in Annex 6.
    Table 3: Member State actions targeting pellet losses
    Country Actions
    Austria • Law adopted addressing “filterable substances” to which pellets belong
    Belgium
    (Flanders)
    • Introducing environmental permit system / Best Available Techniques
    • Examining an environmental management system with possible certification
    Denmark • Monitoring
    • Waiting for OCS certification scheme implementation and Commission’s proposal
    France • Law adopted providing minimum obligations to prevent pellet losses for all actors in
    the supply chain along with mandatory external auditing
    The
    Netherlands
    • Monitoring
    • Waiting for OCS certification scheme implementation
    Spain • Promoting OCS certification scheme implementation
    Sweden • Revising current guidelines to make them more comprehensive and include more actors
    across the supply chain
    113
    Directive 2010/75/EU on industrial emissions (integrated pollution prevention and control) (recast)
    114
    https://eippcb.jrc.ec.europa.eu/reference/production-polymers
    115
    Directive 2008/98/EC on waste and repealing certain Directives.
    116
    Directive 94/62/EC on packaging and packaging waste.
    28
    France is the only Member State who has adopted legislation specifically to prevent pellet losses.
    This legislation covers businesses making and handling pellets in quantities higher than 5 tonnes
    including logistic platforms but not transporters. The threshold has been reduced from what initially
    proposed, i.e. 10 tonnes following public consultation. Businesses are subject to equipment and
    procedural obligations to prevent the loss and leakage of pellets, and are required to be regularly
    audited by independent and accredited certification bodies.117
    Obligations remain of a relatively
    generic nature. For instance, a business must identify areas where pellets are more likely to spill,
    check that the packaging used is designed to minimise the risk of spills and train and raise awareness
    among staff. As a unique transparency measure, the company must make the summary of the auditing
    report available on its website. The Decree entered into force on January 1, 2022 for new sites, while
    for existing sites, it will enter into force in 2023, at the same time as equipment obligations.
    In 2021, the British Standards Institution published the Publicly Available Specification PAS
    510:2021.118
    This PAS is for use by any organization of any size in any part of the supply chain that
    handles pellets. It builds on the industry-led Operation Clean Sweep® (OCS) programme by creating
    a standardized and consistent approach to risk management and containment of pellets.119
    The PAS
    can be considered for further development as a British standard or constitute part of the UK input
    into the development of a European or International standard on pellets.
    In 2021, the parties to the Convention for the Protection of the Marine Environment of the North-
    East Atlantic (OSPAR) adopted the non-binding Recommendation 2021/06120
    to reduce the loss of
    plastic pellets in the marine environment by promoting the timely development and implementation
    of effective and consistent pellet loss prevention standards and certification schemes for the entire
    plastic supply chain. The Recommendation was accompanied by supporting guidelines which set out
    essential requirements for standards and certification schemes. The first full implementation report
    is due in January 2025. However, an interim report on the progress made will be published in 2024.
    A preliminary interim report was informally shared by OSPAR in February and the actions reported
    by the Member States that are parties to the OSPAR Convention are presented in the above Table 3.
    In the International Maritime Organization (IMO), a Correspondence Group on Marine Plastic Litter
    from Ships looked at measures that could be relevant in reducing the environmental risk associated
    with the maritime transport of plastic pellets. While three primary measures including packaging
    were identified as particularly relevant to reduce the environmental risks associated with the maritime
    transport of plastic pellets (and a voluntary circular to this effect was drafted), the Group was not in
    117
    Décret no 2021-461 du 16 avril 2021 relatif à la prévention des pertes de granulés de plastiques industriels dans
    l’environnement [Decree n. 2021-461 of 16 April 2021 related to the prevention of the leakage of industrial plastic
    pellets into the environment], Journal official “Lois et Décrets” no. 0092 du 18 avril 2021 [JORF] [Official journal
    “Laws and Decrees” no. 0092 of 18 April 2021], 18 April 2021, Fr.
    118
    BSI Knowledge, ‘Plastic pellets, flakes and powders. Handling and management throughout the supply chain to
    prevent their leakage to the environment. Specification - PAS 510:2021101’, 2021.
    119
    The PAS provides requirements in the following areas: a) Organizational responsibilities; b) Leadership and
    commitment; c) Competence, training and awareness; d) Risk assessment of pellet loss to the environment; e)
    Operational controls, i.e. prevention, containment and clean-up, procurement and suppliers; f) Internal and external
    communication; g) Performance evaluation, i.e. monitoring and documentation, auditing and verification of
    conformity; h) Improvement, i.e. internal and external non-conformity and corrective action, and continual
    improvement.
    120
    www.ospar.org/convention/strategy
    29
    a position to conclude on the most appropriate instrument for mandatory measures.121
    The Group
    noted that experience gained from the implementation of the voluntary measures could be useful in
    the further consideration of the most appropriate instrument for mandatory measures.
    A similar international initiative is ongoing on containers lost at sea, and discussions are held on the
    possibility of making the information on containers lost at sea available publicly (to date, sufficient
    information is reported only to insurance companies). If retained, this measure would allow for a
    better understanding of the scale and magnitude of pellets lost at sea and would facilitate liability
    identification and compensation arrangements in line with the polluter pays principle.
    5.1.3 Industry initiatives
    In 1991, the industry-led Operation Clean Sweep (OCS) initiative was created by SPI (the US Plastics
    Industry Trade Association, now known as the Plastics Industry Association), with companies
    voluntarily signing a pledge to work towards zero plastic pellet loss.
    Since 2015, the European plastic manufacturing industry has progressively adopted the Operation
    Clean Sweep® programme (OCS)122
    as a voluntary pledge. Under this programme, each company
    making or handling pellets recognises the importance of making zero pellet losses by:
    1) improving worksite set-up to prevent and address spills;
    2) creating and publishing internal procedures to achieve zero pellet losses;
    3) providing employee training and accountability for spill prevention, containment, clean-up
    and disposal;
    4) auditing performance regularly;
    5) complying with all applicable local and national regulations governing industrial pellet
    containment;
    6) encouraging partners to pursue the same objectives.
    Recommendations on how to deliver on each of these six actions are given in the form of a manual.
    While best practices are generally well understood by OCS signatories they have not been
    comprehensively implemented. As of September 2023, 2790 companies have committed to OCS123
    .
    This figure includes all PlasticsEurope’s members (these are producers; adherence to OCS is
    mandatory for the members of this association). Only around 2% of EuPC’s members (converters)
    have committed to OCS (around 1 000 converters out of 48 000); and only around 500 transport
    companies. As no precise reporting has been made available within OCS, it is not possible to say
    whether those who have committed have also effectively or fully implemented the programme, with
    121
    The three primary measures identified as relevant are: Packaging provisions for plastic pellets carried at sea;
    Provisions for notifying the carrier so that containers containing plastic pellets can be identified; Stowage provisions
    for freight containers containing plastic pellets. Among the options for mandatory measures, the Group considered
    the three following options/instruments: Assignment of an individual UN Number (class 9) for plastic pellets
    transported at sea in freight containers (UN Number); Amendment to Appendix I of MARPOL Annex III that would
    recognize plastic pellets as a “harmful substance” (Harmful substance); A new chapter to MARPOL Annex III that
    would prescribe requirements for the transport of plastic pellets in freight containers without classifying the cargo as
    a harmful substance/dangerous goods.
    122
    www.opcleansweep.eu
    123
    www.opcleansweep.eu
    30
    evidence showing the opposite. Both acute and chronic pellet incidents have been reported to
    continue over the last years, including at sites that are OCS signatories.124
    The launch of the OCS Certification Scheme (OCS CS) aims to address these issues. Recognising
    the low uptake of OCS by the industry, in 2019, European plastic manufacturers (PlasticsEurope)
    and converters (EuPC) announced plans to develop a voluntary certification scheme building on OCS
    and including requirements, third-party, independent auditing, certification and some level of
    transparency (all aspects not foreseen under the current OCS programme). In January 2023, the new
    scheme was officially launched by its promoters following preparatory work by a Supervisory Board
    gathering producers, converters, representatives of some governments (Scotland, Germany and
    Spain), one NGO (Fauna & Flora International), some certification bodies (Aenor and Tuv-Nord) as
    well as one European Institution (the European Parliament). Representatives of the European
    Commission, the European Chemical Transport Association (ECTA) and Cefic took part in the
    discussions as observers.
    Under the new scheme, companies are invited to comply with requirements from the following broad
    categories:
    • Commit to making zero loss of pellets, flakes, and powder a priority;
    • Improve worksite set to prevent and address spills, meaning site risk assessments;
    • Create and publish internal procedures to achieve zero pellet loss goals meaning documented
    procedures, including, for instance, description of roles and responsibilities, but also
    recording, investigation and follow-up of incidents and effectiveness of procedures,
    equipment and instructions in place;
    • Provide employee training, including theory and practical hands-on exercises and
    accountability for spill prevention, containment, clean-up and disposal;
    • Audit performance regularly, meaning internal audits;
    • Comply with all applicable local and national regulations governing pellet containment;
    • Encourage partners to pursue the same objectives to be monitored, for instance, via the % of
    contracts containing an OCS clause.
    Compliance will be verified at site level by third-party independent auditors. Once successfully
    audited, companies will be certified compliant and will have the name of the company and the site
    location listed in a public register. The certification will be valid for 3 years after the date of the first
    audit, subject to an annual follow-up control audit. First audits started in June 2023.
    While it goes in the right direction, the new scheme does not encompass the whole supply chain and
    is, therefore, only a partial attempt to pursue zero pellet pollution effectively. First of all, while the
    requirements are in principle applicable to all companies handling pellets, and all companies can get
    audited and certified, the new scheme does not apply to the whole supply chain in the same way: it
    is mandatory for members of PlasticsEurope (adherence to the existing OCS programme is already
    mandatory for them) but is for the moment voluntary for key players in the pellet supply chain such
    as converters, transporters, warehousing operators and recyclers.
    124
    Regarding chronic pellet losses in the Netherlands, Belgium and Spain, see
    https://www.plasticsoupfoundation.org/wp-content/uploads/2022/03/Westerschelde-plastic-nurdles-versie-
    definitief-21-11-2021-2.pdf; https://surfrider.eu/en/learn/news/ecaussinnes-belgium-surfrider-foundation-tackles-
    industrial-plastic-granules-1211028228325.html; https://goodkarmaprojects.org/2020/11/20/new-report-out-
    exposes-alarming-impacts-of-plastic-pellets-across-europe/?lang=en.
    31
    EuPC found it difficult to make adherence to the new scheme mandatory for their members (to date,
    adherence of converters to the existing OCS programme is very low). Members of EuPC are
    European and national associations representing close to 48 000 individual companies, out of which
    66% are micro-companies. It is estimated that while the certification process is carried out over a
    relatively short period of time for producers (PlasticsEurope expect all their members to be certified
    by the end of 2024, some producers reporting however a longer period before certifying all their
    sites), this process will likely take much longer for converters, with no assurance that it would cover
    a major part of converters at all.
    Transporters, warehousing operators and clean tankers are observers of the new OCS certification
    scheme and will be assessed (not certified) under the chemical industry’s Safety and Quality
    Assessment for Sustainability (SQAS) system, which contains revised requirements to tackle pellet
    losses since March 2023125
    . Full alignment between the new OCS certification scheme and the SQAS
    system is still pending. In particular, there are no plans currently to oblige OCS-certified companies
    to work exclusively with SQAS-assessed transport, warehousing and cleaning companies. To date,
    there are approximately 3 000 transport companies which are SQAS-assessed and even more
    transport companies which are not SQAS-assessed. According to the sector, SQAS-assessed
    transport companies cover about 80% of the total pellet transport of virgin pellet producers in Europe.
    Cleaning stations are mostly SQAS assessed, while among warehousing operators, only a part is
    SQAS assessed.
    To test the new scheme, nine pilot audits covering producers, converters and transporters were held
    in 2021 in five countries: Belgium, Netherlands, Portugal, Spain and France. The audits are
    conducted by well-known boddies like Aenor, Bureau Veritas, SGS, etc. All audited companies failed
    to pass.
    At the end of 2021, Fauna and Flora International (FFI) decided to resign from the Supervisory Board
    of the new OCS certification scheme arguing that it does not fully align with the OSPAR
    Recommendation and citing issues with the governance of the scheme, the level of transparency, the
    lack of a formal standard from a recognised standardisation body, the fact that the whole supply chain
    is not captured adequately and that timelines for compliance have not been set. Instead, FFI called
    for the introduction of effective legislation applicable to all pellet handling companies and based on
    a supply chain approach to fully eliminate this source of pollution126
    .
    Recyclers are neither promoters nor observers of the new scheme and have their own certification
    scheme in place (RecyClass), which has a section on pellet losses requiring the implementation of a
    procedure to prevent leakages within the premises of and surrounding the recycling plant and the
    training of staff. To go a step further, recyclers are conducting a study on potential areas in the
    recycling processes where microplastics can be generated and released and on preventive measures.
    The recommendations of this study would be used to complete the RecyClass certification scheme
    on the pellet losses/microplastics requirements.
    125
    SQAS questionnaires. A first addition to the SQAS assessment questionnaire was made in January 2022.
    126
    FFI call for the introduction of effective legislation that will require all pellet (flake and powder) handling companies
    across the whole supply chain to provide independent verification that pellet loss prevention measures have been
    implemented, maintained and monitored for effectiveness towards the goal of zero pellet loss to the environment,
    prior to materials being placed on the market. They also call for tighter restrictions on the packaging and labelling of
    pellets being prepared for transport to reduce the risk of loss and improve communication. Finally, EU legislation
    should complement international maritime legislation for pellets currently being considered by IMO to reduce the
    risk of catastrophic pellet pollution at sea.
    32
    5.1.4 The baseline
    All in all, the above national and international initiatives are expected to contribute to a limited
    change in pellet loss reduction by 2030. The only national legislation adopted to prevent pellet losses
    via legal obligations (i.e. France) is relatively generic and does not cover transporters. An assumed
    reduction is considered for France. Both the BSI PAS and the OSPAR Recommendation provide are
    reference documents in the field as they provide a comprehensive but non-binding set of guidelines.
    However, in both cases, it is up to the companies or parties to implement such measures, and it was
    not possible, at the moment of the impact assessment, to evaluate their precise implementation. The
    IMO work on pellets focuses on one aspect only i.e. shipping of pellets, and has resulted so far in
    voluntary measures only, with very limited effects up to date.
    Once fully in place, the new industry-led OCS certification scheme is expected to contribute to some
    reduction in pellet losses by 2030. However, the new scheme does not adopt a full supply chain
    approach and uncertainties persist about its enforceability. In particular, it is difficult to estimate the
    take-up of the new scheme by the industry, and therefore its effectiveness, and this counts equally
    for the schemes by the recyclers and logistic companies (respectively, RecyClass and SQAS). It is
    generally expected that smaller firms will implement voluntary schemes to a lesser degree than larger
    ones. This results in different assumptions for the producers (larger firms) compared to converters
    and logistics (smaller firms).
    Therefore, for the baseline, it has been assumed that by 2030:
    1) 90% of the total virgin pellet volume produced (by the members of Plastics Europe) and 5%
    for the non-Plastics Europe members will be certified compliant against OCS new rules and will
    be effectively implementing such rules with a success rate ranging from 60% to 80%;
    2) 20% of the total recycled pellet volume will be certified compliant against RecyClass pellet
    provisions and will be effectively implementing the new provisions with a success rate ranging
    from 40% to 60%;
    3) 30% of the total volume processed will be certified compliant against OCS’ new rules and will
    be effectively implementing such rules with a success rate ranging from 40% to 60%;
    4) 40% of the total volume handled by logistics companies will be SQAS assessed and will be
    effectively implementing such a scheme with a success rate ranging from 40% to 60%.
    5) The French legislation will cover about 85% of the French pellet volume (about 10% of the EU
    volume), leading to a 60-80% pellet loss reduction in 2030.
    Based on these assumptions, there will still be pellets lost in the range of 42 050 – 170 266 tonnes
    per year by 2030.
    5.2 Description of policy options assessed in this impact assessment
    This impact assessment considers four policy options addressing the general and specific objectives
    defined under Section 4. These options were selected based on literature review and input from
    stakeholders, either bilateral or in six stakeholder workshops, and a seventh workshop organised in
    December 2022 to specifically address pellets, the related baseline and preferred option. Information
    provided in response to the Inception Impact Assessment and the Public Consultation was also taken
    into account along with the findings of a survey carried out between January and February 2023
    specifically targeting SMEs active in the pellet supply chain as requirements would affect them more
    33
    than larger companies. Each selected option has been screened from a longer list of potential options
    developed with experts and stakeholders that are presented in detail in Annex 10. As the IA focussed
    on measures with direct impact and in alignment with the Commission’s overall 30% reduction target
    by 2030, research actions were screened out at an early stage. However, they might still be needed to
    foster further innovation in actions that could have an impact in the longer term. It was also estimated
    that a full value chain approach should be privileged in order to assure that all parts would implement
    pellet reduction measures.
    5.2.1 Option 1: Mandatory standardised methodology to measure pellet losses
    Focus: Develop a mandatory standardised methodology to measure pellet losses.
    Description: under this option, the Commission initiates the development of a mandatory
    standardised methodology to measure pellet losses from the range of relevant pellet-related industrial
    activities (i.e. production, conversion, recycling, transport and other logistic operations), to be used
    for the reporting on estimates of quantities released on an annual basis, as obliged under the REACH
    restriction. Reporting is needed to increase information on pellet losses and improve the quality of
    the information collected to assess the risks deriving from these microplastics in the future. This
    methodology would need to be coherent with the requirements of the restriction. The new standard
    will improve the quality of the reporting on the quantities released (one methodology for all instead
    of several, different ones) improving the information on the magnitude of pellet losses throughout
    the pellet supply chain, while also raising awareness among relevant actors as they can measure pellet
    spills and losses and assess their evolution over time.
    This option would be developed via the European Standards Organisation (CEN), which typically
    takes 3-4 years to complete. The umbrella association of European converters (EuPC) is developing
    for the OCS certification scheme signatories a methodology for measuring pellet losses, named the
    Bow-tie model, and this work can serve as the basis of the mandatory harmonised methodology.
    This option addresses mainly the problem drivers of market (imperfect information), but also of
    regulatory failures and support to SMEs. It would address the information failure problem and allow
    for the effective implementation of the other options. Indeed, a standard methodology is essential to
    monitor the implementation of Option 2 and the evolution of pellet losses. It would facilitate the
    comparison of different packaging solutions for pellets, under Option 3. It would also be necessary
    to set up an EU target under Option 4. It is therefore the best and fastest option to address information
    failure on pellets and monitor the possible success of the options.
    5.2.2 Option 2: Mandatory requirements to prevent and reduce pellet losses in a new EU law
    Focus: Impose mandatory requirements on proper handling of plastic pellets combined with
    mandatory certification.
    Description: under this option, mandatory requirements are defined and imposed on the entire pellet
    supply chain thus maximising the opportunities of preventing and reducing pellet losses. The
    requirements to comply with at the site level are based on those already identified by stakeholders in
    the framework of the BSI PAS and OSPAR recommendation and the industry-led OCS certification
    scheme. Firms will need to provide evidence of the following:
    1. The creation and publication of internal procedures such as defining organisational
    responsibilities, a pellet loss prevention policy with pellet loss prevention objectives, a regular
    risk mapping exercise and corresponding risk management assessment at site level;
    34
    2. Competence, training and awareness of staff to prevent, contain and clean up spills including
    maintaining a record of spills;
    3. Operational controls including preventive, mitigating and clean up measures and equipment;
    4. Communication of implemented policies, measures and objectives both within the
    organisation and externally, as well as of improvement as reaction to non-conformity.
    A risk mapping exercise needs to be performed to identify the leakage potential of all necessary,
    handling steps in all high-risk areas and pathways to the external environment. Once this is done,
    there needs to be a risk management assessment performed to determine where actions are required
    for equipment, best practice handling, mitigation and remediation.
    Knowing that the first step should be to avoid all unnecessary handling of pellets, preventive barriers
    include “Avoidance of unnecessary handling” (as the possibility of minimising the number of transfer
    points in the supply chain is the starting point for reducing spill opportunities) and “Best practice
    handling”. The latter can take the form of collection and retention trays. Mitigation and clean-up
    measures can take the form of filters, vacuum systems to remove accumulated pellets, and tools for
    immediate cleaning (shovel, broom, brush, vacuum cleaner).
    To demonstrate compliance with the defined mandatory requirements, all pellet handling companies
    including transporters and logistic platforms must be externally audited and certified at the site level
    by independent certifying bodies selected among accredited organisms, as a condition to operate.
    This implementation approach is consistent with the OSPAR Recommendation, adopted by OSPAR
    contracting parties including the EU and 11 Member States, which promotes certification schemes
    for the entire supply chain. It is fully in line with the polluter pays principle as companies are required
    to bear the compliance costs referring to the needed measures. It allows for a harmonised
    implementation across the EU as a whole, ensuring a level playing field among operators in the single
    market. Certification obligations will be imposed in a phased manner. Once externally audited,
    companies or the auditors must notify the public authority about the outcome of the external audit
    (i.e. whether the site was successfully certified as compliant or not, following the external audit). In
    the case of non-compliance, the public authorities in the Member States are responsible for imposing
    corrective measures and, where relevant, penalties.
    This option does not include reduction targets and it is assumed that over a period of time the
    certification process will deliver results. Once the measure under Option 1 is in place, the reduction
    targets could possibly be defined. The measure under Option 1 would enable measuring its possible
    success rate.
    In light of concerns raised during a targeted SME consultation, three sub-options were assessed in
    the form of:
    - lighter requirements for the micro companies (sub-Option 2a);
    - lighter requirements for the micro and the small companies (sub-Option 2b); and
    - lighter requirements for the micro, the small and the medium companies in the pellet supply
    chain (sub-Option 2c)
    The possibility of lighter requirements was only considered for micro-, small and medium companies
    because large operators (mainly producers) did not raise concerns about the economic burden of
    complying with mandatory requirements during stakeholder consultations and bilateral meetings.
    Instead, they indicated that as long as these requirements would build on existing industry best
    practices (e.g. Operation Clean Sweep) then they would be relatively straightforward and quick to
    implement. In addition, the relative cost of these requirements is low for large entreprises.
    35
    This option addresses the problem drivers of market and regulatory failures, as well as support to
    SMEs.
    5.2.3 Option 3: Improved packaging for pellet logistics
    Focus: Impose packaging provisions for pellet logistics.
    Description: this option imposes the use of specific types of bags and containers for transport,
    intermediate storage and handling during these operations. It aims to ensure that all bags and
    containers used for pellet logistics (transport, intermediate storage) are environmentally sealed,
    airtight and puncture-resistant to prevent damage and tears, which could lead to pellet losses. It can
    be set up as an independent legislation or can be implemented as part of the legal proposal in Option
    2.
    This option addresses the problem drivers of market and regulatory failures.
    5.2.4 Option 4: EU target to reduce pellet losses
    Focus: Introduce EU target to reduce pellet losses
    Description: this option is to establish an EU emission reduction target for pellet losses in line with
    the Commission’s overall microplastic releases reduction target of 30% by 2030. Companies must
    introduce the same preventive, mitigation and clean up measures as in Option 2. Each Member State
    must introduce the necessary transposing legislation and measures to ensure delivery, including
    compliance assurance, reporting by economic operators to track progress against the target, and
    enforcement. Periodic reporting by national public authorities to the Commission would also be
    necessary to ensure delivery and appropriate remedial action in case of shortfall in reducing pellet
    losses.
    This first requires the establishment of a mandatory standardised methodology to measure pellet
    losses (Option 1). Without it, it would be challenging to establish a baseline and measure the
    achievement/non-achievement of the established target.
    This option addresses the problem driver of regulatory failure.
    5.3 Options discarded at an early stage
    Overall, 173 ideas were identified during desk research and in stakeholder workshops. The main
    discarded ideas are presented below.
    Voluntary commitments like the one under the industry-driven OCS and in particular its new
    certification scheme were considered as suitable options to address the identified problem driver
    ‘Market failure (prices do not reflect negative externalities)’. It was discarded as the new scheme was
    in the meantime launched by its promoters. Therefore, this impact assessment considers such
    commitment as part of the baseline. In Annex 6, the actions of industry are detailed.
    The option of developing voluntary verification of best practices using well-designed standards and
    certification schemes is ongoing under the work of the Commission of the regional convention for
    the protection of the Marine Environment of the North-East Atlantic (OSPAR) and in the framework
    of the above mentioned industry efforts. Therefore, this impact assessment considers such
    development as part of the baseline. Also, certification is an essential part of Option 2.
    36
    Information/awareness raising on the handling of pellets throughout the pellet supply chain, and the
    development of a universal information leaflet and labelling for packaging of plastic pellets for their
    transport, were not considered as suitable options as they are already partially covered by OCS, they
    would not trigger sufficient change, and where appropriate, they would be better taken up by the
    mandatory requirements in Option 2.
    Training obligations (with regular updates) for all actors in the pellet supply chain are not sufficient
    as stand-alone measure, but would be better taken up by the mandatory requirements in Option 2.
    Indeed, training is an essential part of this option.
    The possibility of using the Industrial Emissions Directive127
    to address pellet losses at relevant
    installations was discarded on the ground of effectiveness, efficiency and relevance. The IED is not
    suited to address pellet losses as a form of pollution occurring along the entire supply chain. While
    activities like the production of polymeric materials on an industrial scale fall under the scope of the
    IED, other activities like the conversion, transport or storage of pellets, usually operated by small and
    medium enterprises, are not covered. Moreover, the BAT Reference Document (BREF) for the
    production of polymers was adopted in 2007 and does not address the specific issue of pellet losses.
    Supporting SMEs, including via financial incentives, is integrated in Option 2 as a way to mitigate
    the regulatory burden on SMEs.
    The possibility of setting extended producer responsibility schemes and environmental damage
    remediation funds, financed by industry, were discarded on the ground of technical feasibility and
    relevance. EPR targets a product, while for pellets, we have different types of “producers”, those who
    manufacture the pellets, those who transform them into a product etc. Also, EPR aims to tackle the
    end-of-life, i.e. when the product becomes waste, while for pellets, it is a diffused pollution issue
    along the entire supply chain.
    An initiative on classifying pellets as a “harmful substance” in the International Maritime Law is
    currently already ongoing in the International Maritime Organization with the support of the
    European Union. At the same time, the Ship Source Pollution Directive128
    is under revision, and one
    of the options could be to extend the scope of this Directive to cover this provision. Therefore, while
    addressing the maritime transport of pellets by means of more stringent packaging or stowing
    provisions may help reduce pellet losses at sea, this impact assessment considers such initiatives as
    part of the baseline. The same applies to developing a mandatory reporting system for containers lost
    at sea in international waters.
    5.4 The intervention logic
    The diagram below illustrates the logical connection between the problem, its drivers and the specific
    objectives and policy options, which are assessed in Section 6.
    127
    Directive 2010/75/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of 24 November 2010 on industrial emissions
    (integrated pollution prevention and control) (recast).
    128
    Directive 2005/35/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 7 September 2005 on ship-source pollution
    and on the introduction of penalties, including criminal penalties, for pollution offences.
    37
    Figure 6: The intervention logic
    6 WHAT ARE THE IMPACTS OF THE POLICY OPTIONS?
    Each policy option is assessed as regards its expected environmental, economic and social
    consequences, as well as the costs and administrative burden it is likely to cause. This is based on a
    qualitative and, where possible, quantitative assessment. All calculations are made in relation to the
    baseline for 2030.
    This assessment places particular focus on the pellet loss reduction that is possible under each policy
    option as a contribution to the Commission’s 30% reduction target on microplastic releases to the
    environment (compared to releases in 2016).
    Environmental consequences mainly refer to the specific objective of reducing ‘pellet losses to a
    level consistent with the Commission’s 30% reduction target’. A degree of uncertainty remains
    around the impact of the policy options on pellet losses as the baseline pellet loss data is based on
    incomplete data, as highlighted and addressed by the use of ranges to present pellet losses.
    Assumptions, including on the impact of policy options on pellet loss rates, are explained in Annex
    4. Monetising benefits on the environment (e.g. benefits on ecosystems and biodiversity) is difficult
    due to the lack of available data. That is why a qualitative analysis is added.
    Economic consequences refer to both the direct and indirect economic costs and benefits that are
    generated from taking measures to reduce pellet losses. Taking measures to reduce pellet losses will
    have positive knock-on economic effects on the pellet industry such as reduced waste, modernised
    equipment, improved reputation, a level playing field among operators and the economic gain of
    fewer pellets lost. These effects also include the positive knock-on economic effects on activities that
    are affected by pellet losses (i.e. commercial fishing, agriculture as well as recreation and tourism in
    affected areas). Taking measures will, however, generate direct compliance costs for the sector (both
    adjustment and administrative costs), especially for SMEs.
    Social consequences mainly refer to whether the policy option increases or decreases the creation of
    jobs.
    38
    The administrative cost / burden on public authorities depends on the degree to which public
    authorities are involved in the design, implementation or enforcement of the policy option.
    The benefit to cost assessments are relative to the other options to allow for more effective
    comparison of the different options. These impacts are presented in detail in Annex 11, along with
    the stakeholder groups affected. The following coding is used to present the likely impacts.
    Table 4: Coding used to present likely impacts (relative scale)*
    Score Description
    +++ Very significant direct positive impact or benefit
    ++ Significant direct positive impact or benefit
    + Small direct positive impact or benefit
    (+) Indirect positive impact or benefit
    +/- Both direct positive and negative impacts, and balance depends on how implemented
    0 No impact or only very indirect impacts
    (-) Indirect negative impact or cost
    - Small direct negative impact or cost
    -- Significant direct negative impact or cost
    --- Very significant direct negative impact or cost
    High High benefits significantly outweigh costs of measure
    Medium Medium benefits on balance outweigh costs of measure
    Low Low benefits close to or even below costs of measure
    Uncertain Potential high benefits, but significant questions as to whether the measure can deliver
    outcome
    (*): The benefit to cost comparison is done in a relative scale, not in absolute values. Indications of
    “high/medium/low” reflect therefor the comparison with the other option. E.g., “high” means that the benefit
    to cost ration of the option is higher than for the option that has “medium”.
    6.1 Option 1: Mandatory standardised methodology to measure pellet losses
    Table 5: Summary of impacts of Option 1
    Consequences/Impacts Assessment and considerations Benefit
    to cost
    Environmental Economic Social Cost
    (+) (+) 0 (+) A mandatory standardised methodology benefits
    all the other options by replying to the information
    failure. While it can imply some (development and
    testing) costs for the sector (but these might be
    taken up by the Commission), it will still result in
    cost savings as only one method needs to be
    developed and applied, also leading to lower
    verification costs.
    The benefit to cost ratio is considered to be high
    because the multiple benefits outlined above
    outweigh the costs of developing this methodology.
    High
    Under this option, there are no direct reductions of pellet losses, but a mandatory standardised
    methodology to measure such losses. Such a methodology will enable relevant actors to tackle
    pellet losses, thus reducing the impacts on the environment. One methodology for all will be used,
    instead of several, different ones that otherwise might be developed. The common standard will
    simplify the reporting on the quantities released improving also the information on the magnitude
    and evolution of pellet losses throughout the pellet supply chain, and raising awareness among
    39
    relevant actors. Setting reporting obligation is a necessary step to measure any reduction measure's
    success rate.
    This option benefits all other options as the magnitude of pellet losses is a critical knowledge gap
    which requires a standardised measurement methodology. In addition, it will contribute to their
    effective implementation and monitoring their success rate.
    No significant social impacts are expected.
    This option entails both costs and cost savings. The cost of developing (and testing) the
    methodology is one-off and depends on the time required to develop the methodology. The European
    Standards Organisation (CEN) typically takes 3-4 years to complete the process. Either the industry
    could bear this cost, or the Commission could provide support through a dedicated study. The latter
    approach is more likely if the standard has to be taken up in legislation.
    When developing the common standard, CEN could take into account the methodology that is being
    developed under the OCS certification scheme.
    This assessment has estimated the cost of developing the common standard to be between EUR 558
    087 (12 months development) and EUR 1 674 263 (36 months development). The testing at one
    facility costs about EUR 700-1500 per test, depending on the installation size. Assuming that about
    1 000 installations test the standard during the development phase, the testing therefore costs between
    EUR 700 000 and EUR 1 500 000. The total costs would thus be between EUR 1 258 000 and EUR
    3 174 000 (rounded figures). As the common standard would be based on developments under the
    OSC certifications scheme, it is estimated that the lower end of the cost estimation is more likely.
    The implementation costs incurred to use the common standard, once this is developed and tested,
    are already considered under the REACH restriction (as part of the reporting costs) and do not need
    to be taken into account here as the scope of companies is basically the same as it is in the REACH
    restriction and its requirement to report pellet losses (the REACH restriction encompasses all uses,
    while the upcoming pellet proposal would be limited to uses above 5 tonnes). These costs would
    consist of the costs for the companies to set up specific reporting systems and for the public authority
    to set up verification and evaluation systems129
    .
    At the same time, imposing a standardised methodology to measure pellet losses has the potential to
    save costs on different levels:
    - The plastic industry is developing a methodology, however, it is not clear how much such a
    method would be accepted by the whole value chain. Some parts of the value chain and
    Member States might also develop a methodology on their own. Under Option 1, there is only
    one cost for developing the methodology, and not several;
    - More importantly, businesses have to apply only one methodology in the different parts of
    the supply chain and in different countries; and
    - The verification and evaluation of the reporting by the public authority is simplified.
    129
    For the Committee for Socio-economic Analysis (SEAC), established under REACH, the total costs of reporting
    could be substantial as the number of companies affected is likely to be large. SEAC considers that there are different
    options to reduce such costs, e.g. by excluding certain actors (small or micro-sized companies) from the requirement
    or by setting a threshold for microplastics volumes used or released to be reported. However, SEAC did not draw a
    firm conclusion on how these different options would compromise the value of information obtained and hence the
    benefits of reporting in terms of facilitating better risk management.
    40
    While it is difficult to do an exact cost-benefit assessment, the cost savings would be higher than the
    development costs of the standard. These cost savings are fully in line with the Communication
    COM(2021) 219 final on joining forces to make better laws130
    .
    Stakeholder views: Stakeholders generally agree on this option. In the targeted SMEs consultation
    conducted early 2023, a standardised methodology to measure pellet spills and losses was mentioned
    by 51% of respondents as a support measure that could best help them to take action to reduce pellet
    losses. The testing costs for one facility would be around EUR 700 per test, which means a
    proportionally greater cost for small compared to large companies. However, these costs are already
    covered under the REACH restriction.
    Summary: This is the basis for setting up the framework to measure pellet losses and thus
    fundamental for monitoring pellet losses and their evolution in the future. This option will therefore
    be instrumental to achieving the objective of improving the availability of data on pellet losses. It
    will facilitate and improve the quality of the reporting on pellet losses required by the REACH
    restriction on intentionally added microplastics. Coherence with the REACH restriction will need to
    be assured. It will also raise awareness among relevant actors as they can measure pellet spills and
    losses and assess their evolution over time. While an exact cost-benefit assessment could not be made,
    the cost savings are expected to be higher than the development costs of the standard.The measures
    in this option are considered to be proportional to the objectives it aims to achieve.
    130
    COM(2021) 219 final of 29 April 2021 on joining forces ro make better laws.
    41
    6.2 Option 2: Mandatory requirements to prevent and reduce pellet losses in a new EU law
    Table 6: Summary of impacts of Option 2 and suboptions
    Impacts Assessment and considerations Benefit -
    cost
    Env Eco Soc Cost
    2 +++ + + --- Mandatory requirements & certification have the highest reduction
    in pellet losses, and highest direct compliance costs for the sector.
    This option was awarded a medium benefit to cost ratio because
    while there are costs associated with these requirements for both
    authorities and industry, the benefits to the environment, human
    health and affected communities still outweigh these costs.
    However, relative to option 2b it scores a bit less good.
    Medium
    2a +++ + + -- The reduction of pellet losses is still very high, but costs are lower
    than under 2 thanks to lighter requirements for micro-enterprises.
    This sub-option has a medium benefit to cost ratio because the
    benefits outweigh the associated costs, but a bit less good then 2b.
    Medium
    2b +++ + + - Reduction of pellet losses is still very high; costs are lower than
    under 2a thanks to lighter requirements for micro- & small
    enterprises. This sub-option has a high benefit to cost ratio because
    the economic operators for whom associated costs would be the
    most burdensome, are subject to lighter requirements, which
    reduces costs. The benefits are still high and therefore significantly
    outweigh the costs compared to the other options.
    High
    2c ++ + + - The reduction of pellet losses is lower than under the other sub-
    options, and costs are only slightly lower than under Option 2b due
    to lighter requirements for micro-, small, and medium enterprises.
    This sub-option has a medium benefit to cost ratio because while
    the costs to industry have been significantly lowered, the resulting
    benefits have also lowered due to more companies being eligible
    for the lighter requirements. The lower costs for medium
    enterprises are less important than for micro- and small ones.
    Medium
    In this option, imposing mandatory requirements and certification for all pellet handling companies
    is the EU’s responsibility, while the sector bears the costs of the measures to implement and of the
    audits, and the public authorities in the Member States are responsible, in the case of non-compliance,
    for imposing corrective measures and, where relevant, penalties.
    As it is a mandatory approach covering the full supply chain with explicit requirements, a certification
    obligation and checks and enforcement activities by public authorities in the case of non-compliance,
    we estimate that the sector will have a high degree of compliance (95% of the total virgin pellet
    volume handled) and will be effectively implementing such rules with a success rate ranging from
    80 to 95% (meaning that pellet losses would reduce with these percentages).
    The economic impacts are primarily related to the direct compliance costs for the sector of
    implementing the measures. Lighter requirements are assessed for SMEs in sub-options. The
    environmental impacts are primarily related to the environmental benefits associated with the
    reductions in pellet losses. A derogation for companies making and handling pellets in quantities
    42
    lower than 5 tonnes also applies (as done in the existing French legislation131
    - this limit was decided
    as a consequence of a public consultation in France), which avoids requiring costly investments with
    very limited environmental benefits in terms of pellet loss reduction.
    Environmental impacts
    As this option requires that all actors of the supply chain comply with mandatory requirements and
    certification (with the only exception of companies making and handling pellets in quantities lower
    than 5 tonnes), the main expected environmental impact from this option is a significant reduction
    of pellet losses that are likely to be harmful to ecosystems and biodiversity and may affect human
    health.
    Under this option, the reduction of pellet losses is expected to be between 27 128 tonnes/year (low
    emission scenario) and 148 879 tonnes/year (high emission scenario), representing respectively a
    65% and 87% reduction overall, compared to the baseline. This also leads to a saving of 106 to 583
    ktCO2e, representing 11 – 58 M€/year in savings132
    .
    When providing for lighter requirements for the micro-enterprises, the reduction of pellet losses
    ranges from 26 730 tonnes/year to 147 227 tonnes/year (105 – 576 ktCO2e). With lighter
    requirements for the micro- and small enterprises, the reduction of pellet losses ranges from 25 142
    tonnes/year to 140 621 tonnes/year (98 – 551 ktCO2e). Similarly, with lighter requirements for micro-
    , small and medium-enterprises, the reduction of pellet losses ranges from 21 569 tonnes/year to
    125 757 tonnes/year (84 – 492 ktCO2e).
    Economic impacts
    This option will entail both economic benefits and costs. These are presented below with the
    indication of the stakeholder group affected.
    Direct compliance costs for the sector
    There is limited direct information available regarding the costs to companies of taking measures to
    adhere with best practice handling over the value chain. Discussions with stakeholders in the course
    of this IA suggest that the costs of implementing Option 2 would be limited for some parts of the
    plastics industry, as these actors (producers and some converters and logistic companies) are already
    moving towards measures and a system of external auditing and certification based on OCS. At the
    same time, costs of this option vary significantly according to the types of companies. For example,
    micro and small companies (which constitute 89% of all converters in numbers, but only 20% in
    terms of turnover) would be significantly affected by the costs incurred by the upgrade of their
    facilities, the introduction of procedures including internal and external audit and the training of their
    personnel. There is also a significant number of transport companies handling pellets.
    Stakeholder views: the NGOs active in the field have strongly supported harmonised minimum
    requirements for pellet handling to be established at the EU level, along with a comprehensive and
    transparent certification scheme requiring a secure chain of custody. The umbrella association of
    European manufacturers, PlasticsEurope, has agreed that the most effective approach to tackling
    131
    Décret no 2021-461 du 16 avril 2021 relatif à la prévention des pertes de granulés de plastiques industriels dans
    l’environnement [Decree n. 2021-461 of 16 April 2021 related to the prevention of the leakage of industrial plastic
    pellets into the environment], Journal official “Lois et Décrets” no. 0092 du 18 avril 2021 [JORF] [Official journal
    “Laws and Decrees” no. 0092 of 18 April 2021], 18 April 2021, Fr.
    132
    1 tonne of CO2
    estimated value is 100 €/t.
    43
    pellet losses is mandatory external auditing and certification building on OCS and applied to all actors
    throughout the supply chain. Producers therefore consider a legislative proposal requiring
    certification of an OCS-like pellet loss prevention management system would be very quickly
    implementable throughout the whole supply chain because it would benefit from the existing industry
    initiative and would reinforce it. The umbrella association of European converters, EuPC, has pointed
    to limited resources as a barrier to implementing voluntary measures under the industry-driven OCS
    programme. The umbrella association of European recyclers, PRE, favour an EU-wide legally
    binding instrument to enable a level-playing field in the single market among all actors in the supply
    chain and across all Member States.
    A second consultation targeting all SMEs handling pellets was conducted from January to February
    2023 in all EU languages (Annex 12). Based on the 330 replies received, it emerges that a majority
    of respondents prefers a lighter version of requirements. Specifically, they reported that the
    requirement on the training of staff should be made mandatory in the same way for all companies,
    but the obligation of being externally audited and certified should not be imposed on SMEs. The
    survey also indicates that the direct economic impacts of this option would be too high to be
    sustainable for micro and small companies, as well as companies with capacities below 1000 t.
    Among the various best handling practices, the mandatory use of specific equipment and of specific
    packaging (i.e. airtight, puncture-resistant and environmentally sealed) is identified as the most
    expensive measure. Generally, the cost per tonne of the measures to be implemented would become
    insignificant for companies with capacities above 5000 t. Finally, financial support and standardised
    methodology to measure pellet losses are identified as the support that would best help respondents.
    Costs of Option 2 are presented in Annex 11. They were calculated using industry estimates, where
    available, on one hand, for producers (including recyclers) and converters and, on the other hand, for
    logistic operators (transporters and storage/warehouse operators). As the industry has already started
    implementing some of the proposed measures through their voluntary commitments (i.e. OCS CS,
    RecyClass and SQAS), some of these costs are already incurred under the baseline.
    The costs were calculated for micro, small, medium and large plastic enterprises. The upfront
    investment costs and costs per tonne of pellets handled are relatively more important for SMEs,
    especially for micro-and small enterprises than for other enterprises. It was therefore estimated that
    lighter requirements would be needed to alleviate a part of these costs to mitigate concerns from
    SMEs (e.g. lack of staff/time, lack of information on risks and solutions and lack of financial
    resources). This is also consistent with the replies and requests received throughout the stakeholder
    consultations. In light of the above, three sub-options were assessed in the form of:
    - lighter requirements for the micro companies (sub-Option 2a);
    - lighter requirements for the micro and the small companies (sub-Option 2b); and
    - lighter requirements for the micro, the small and the medium companies present in the pellet
    supply chain (sub-Option 2c).
    These lighter requirements include, for example, additional time before entry into force of the
    requirements and for renewal of the certificate and no costly investments (in particular into sewage
    treatment system). It is estimated that this lighter regime will help reduce the costs of compliance by
    10% (e.g. due to less paperwork).
    The costs of applying lighter requirements for micro, small and medium sized companies for typical
    plant capacities are presented in Annex 11. With these reduced requirements, we assume that the
    pellet losses will be 35% higher from converters and 20% higher from logistics providers than under
    the main scenario. This assumption means that the remaining requirements are still the most
    important ones to reduce pellet losses, but that there is already a significant increase in pellet loss.
    44
    Overall, the cost of implementing Option 2 would be 742 and that of sub-options 2a, 2b, and 2c
    would be 615, 516 and 479 million EUR/year respectively.
    In particular for the converters, the lighter requirements reduced the cost per tonne to about half of
    the ones under Option 2. For medium enterprises, this difference is smaller. Option 2 represented
    already less than 0,5% of their turnover. An important reasons for the relatively high cost of
    converters compared to the producers is that it is assumed that producers would already subscribe to
    the OCS CS, while only a limited number of converters would do so.
    The cost-effectiveness of the options ranges from 2 672 EUR/tonne avoided per year to 26 342
    EUR/tonne avoided per year, depending on the sub-option and the lower/higher estimation of losses.
    What would the costs be for the public authorities?
    The costs will depend on its implementation in Member States, which may vary significantly. The
    focus is on administrative costs, including monitoring, delays, complaint-handling mechanism, and
    access to justice. Further costs for competent authorities can be related to the setting up and
    maintaining of the system, including enforcement of the regulation. However, it may be covered by
    existing systems through other legislation. In addition, the public authorities in the Member States
    could be required to hold a public register of certified companies to ensure full transparency and
    traceability of the supply chain and compliance with the requirements. This registry could be set up
    in pre-existing systems to lower the costs. There might also be minor reporting costs (188 000 € per
    year) for the economic operators (to notify the outcome of the certification), as reporting already
    exists under REACH (see option 1).
    The processing and enforcement costs for the public authorities in the Member States would be EUR
    313 000 for the first year and EUR 125 000 per year for the whole EU (see Annex 11). These cost
    will vary across Member States as they would be higher for larger ones and lower for smaller ones.
    What would the benefits be for the sector?
    For businesses owning the pellets, this option could prevent the estimated economic loss of EUR 42
    to 170 million associated with about 42 050 to 170 266 tonnes of pellets being lost per year (1000
    EUR/t)133
    .
    For SMEs implementing similar requirements under the international initiative of the BSI PAS, the
    following benefits were reported:
    • modernised equipment thanks to grants they secured;
    • less legacy pellet pollution, which had previously been extensive around the sites;
    • reduced waste (and lower waste management costs);
    • improved staff awareness and training;
    • reduced fire risk because proper and regular site assessments revealed build-up of dust in
    areas previously unchecked;
    • involvement of suppliers/customers – all site visitors are required to read and accept rules
    relating to proper pellet management; and
    • improved reputation.
    133
    Prices of plastics are fluctuating and depend on the exact polymer type and the stage of processing.
    45
    What would the benefits be for the economy at large and society?
    Under this option, reducing pellet losses may have positive knock-on economic impacts on sectors
    such as commercial fishing, agriculture, tourism and recreation, in areas where these activities are
    affected by the releases with significant harm to ecosystems and biodiversity. In particular, there
    would be fewer pellets lost to the marine environment and, thus, fewer perturbations to all marine
    organisms, including economically important organisms such as oyster and seabass134
    . Considering
    that the ecosystem services provided by the oceans are estimated to be worth over USD 24 trillion,
    the regulation of microplastics to help the protection of marine ecosystems and organisms seem to
    be of significant importance135
    . Similarly, there would be fewer pellets lost in the installations’
    wastewater and in the sludge resulting from their treatment. Consequently, there will be less pellets
    lost to the soil after the application of sludge on agricultural land.
    Benefits would also include avoided costs to society such as those related to clean up and remediation
    activities by local communities that are affected by the releases, that are normally challenging to
    these communities in terms of technological, human and financial resources.
    Social impacts
    This measure requires additional staff to prevent pellet losses and for training. With the same
    assumptions made on the share of the volume between micro, small, medium and large factories,
    implementing the measure would need from 3 772 to 4 103 FTE personnel.
    Since this option may increase the cost of plastic raw materials, the general public may be impacted
    by an increase in the cost of plastic goods. Since plastic is used everywhere, any increase in its cost
    is felt in society. However, the cost increase is likely to be limited as the cost of the measure is small
    compared to the turnover of the sector. For large companies, in particular, it is possible that the
    manufacturer would absorb such a slight increase in its production costs and that consumers would
    be unaffected.
    Summary: The introduction of mandatory requirements and certification would result in significant
    reductions of pellet losses and plug a clear regulatory gap. This option would therefore be critical to
    achieving the overall objective of this initiative of preventing and reducing pellet losses, while
    mitigating its impacts on SMEs through its sub-options. The more losses are avoided, the greater the
    positive impacts are for the environment and for economic activities like commercial fishing,
    agriculture, tourism and recreation. The costs incurred by the sector under Option 2 and its sub-
    options (without micro/without micro and small /without micro, small and medium companies) may
    increase the cost of plastic goods produced and/or converted in the EU.
    This option has less risks as to the probability of reaching the objectives and massively reduces the
    number of free riders that exist in the voluntary approach. The system is set up in a way to limit
    public costs as it involves third party auditing and certification. The possibility of a public register of
    certified companies at national level would further increase the transparency and traceability of the
    supply chain, with limited processing costs for the public authorities in the Member States. The
    measures in this Option are therefore considered proportional to its objective.
    134
    Zhu, X. et al. (2020) ‘Bioaccumulation of microplastics and its in vivo interactions with trace metals in edible oysters’,
    Marine Pollution Bulletin, 154, 111079. doi: https://doi.org/10.1016/j.marpolbul.2020.111079 83 Barboza, L.G.A et
    al. (2018) ‘Microplastics cause neurotoxicity, oxidative damage and energy-related changes and interact with the
    bioaccumulation of mercury in the European seabass, Dicentrarchus labrax (Linnaeus, 1758)’, Aquatic Toxicology,
    195, pp. 49-57. doi: https://doi.org/10.1016/j.aquatox.2017.12.008.
    135
    WWF Report 2015; Reviving the ocean economy
    46
    Although the net costs of sub-option 2c are only slightly lower than sub-option 2b, the reduction in
    pellet losses is also lower so sub-option 2c’s effectiveness and efficiency are slightly lower than 2b’s.
    In addition, the reductions in costs are much more significant for micro- and small companies (under
    option 2b) than medium companies (option 2c). Indeed, the costs to comply with requirements
    represent less than 0.5% of medium companies’ turnover. Therefore, option 2c alleviates costs which
    are less significant for medium enterprises, while significantly reducing the reduction of pellets lost
    to the environment. In contrast, option 2b significantly alleviates the burden of the costs for micro-
    and small enterprises, while nevertheless achieving a relatively high reduction in pellet losses.
    The comparison of different options 2 and its sub-options 2a-c needs to take into account what the
    ranges consist of (lower and higher figures under each option). The ranges are determined by the
    uncertainty around pellet loss. Therefor, when comparing these ranges, one should always keep in
    mind to compare either a low pellet loss scenario, a high pellet loss scenario or any intermediate one.
    Therefore, the lower end figure of the costs of option 2 is linked with a lower end figure of the costs
    of the other options 2a, 2b or 2c as these are all linked with the scenario of lower pellets losses.
    Higher costs within the range of a specific option should be compared with the higher costs within a
    range of another option, as they are linked to higher pellet reductions.
    Table 7: Summary of impacts in 2030 of Option 2 and sub-options 2a, 2b and 2c
    Option 2 Option 2a: Lighter
    requirements for
    micro-enterprises
    Option 2b:
    Lighter
    requirements for
    micro-and small
    enterprises
    Option 2c:
    Lighter
    requirements for
    micro-, small and
    medium-
    enterprises
    Environmental
    impacts (reduced
    pellet losses)
    (tonnes)
    27 128 – 148 879 26 730 – 147 227 25 142 – 140 621 21 569 – 125 757
    Environmental
    impact (Savings of
    GHG emission)
    (tonnes of CO2
    eq)
    106 210 – 582 890 104 655 – 576 424 98 437 – 550 560 84 446 – 492 366
    Reduction in
    trucks (number, of
    25 t microplastics)
    1085 – 5595 1069 – 5889 1006 – 5625 863 – 5030
    Economic impacts
    Cost of the
    measure
    (MEUR/y)
    742 615 516 479
    Savings from the
    pellet losses
    (MEUR/y)
    27 – 149 27 – 147 25 – 141 22 – 126
    Net cost to
    businesses
    (MEUR/y)*
    593 – 715 468 – 588 376 – 491 353 – 457
    Cost-effectiveness
    (EUR/tonne/y)
    3 982 – 26 342 3 177 – 22 005 2 672 – 19 536 2 805 – 21 186
    47
    Option 2 Option 2a: Lighter
    requirements for
    micro-enterprises
    Option 2b:
    Lighter
    requirements for
    micro-and small
    enterprises
    Option 2c:
    Lighter
    requirements for
    micro-, small and
    medium-
    enterprises
    Savings from
    GHG emission
    (MEUR/y)
    11 – 58 10 – 58 10 – 55 8 – 49
    Other economic
    impacts
    Public Administrations: increased costs for data collection (i.e. public register) and
    overall monitoring of the implementation, intervention in case of non-compliance
    (i.e. enforcement of the sanctions)
    Citizens: limited increase of the cost of plastics goods
    Tourism and recreation: increased attractivity through the reduction of pellets in
    coastal areas and other vulnerable areas
    Fisheries: fewer pellets released in water and improved ecosystem services due to
    fewer pellets absorbed by marine organisms and animals in areas affected
    Agriculture: fewer pellets released on soils and improved ecosystem services due
    to fewer pellets affecting soil properties in areas affected
    Society: fewer costs related to clean up and remediation activities by local
    communities in affected areas
    Social impacts
    (jobs in FTE)
    4 103 4 004 3 858 3 772
    *Net cost: cost – savings. In every option there are 2 scenarios of the projection of the pellet losses. Therefore,
    higher pellet loss reduction refers to lower costs and vice versa.
    6.3 Option 3: Improved packaging for logistics of pellets
    Table 8: Summary of impacts of Option 3
    Consequences/Impacts Assessment and considerations Benefit
    to cost
    Env Eco Soc Cost
    + - 0 -- Improved packaging reduces pellet losses throughout the supply
    chain (not quantified), but generates more GHG emissions (subject
    to the packaging type), while entailing potentially quite high
    investment costs for the sector. This option’s benefit to cost ratio is
    considered medium to low because while it could significantly
    reduce pellet losses, its costs could be high for industry.
    Medium
    to Low
    This option specifically targets the producers of plastic pellets and logistics operators to prevent and
    reduce pellet losses from transport (in case of re-packaging), intermediate storage and handling
    during these operations. It could also be included in the mandatory requirements under Option 2.
    Current packaging materials used to transport pellets are:
    • plastic bags (up to 25kg of pellets) stacked on pallets;
    • octabins (cardboard containers containing between 0.5 and 1.3 tonnes of pellets);
    • big bags, containing from 0.5 to 1 tonne of pellets;
    • containers, containing up to 25 tonnes of pellets; and
    • silo trucks, containing up to 35 tonnes of pellets.
    48
    These different packaging materials do not present the same pellet loss risks, with plastic bags
    holding the most risks for pellet losses and silo trucks the least. However, the plastic bags also hold
    several advantages over rigid HDPE barrels and intermediate bulk containers (IBC) because they
    allow for more flexibility in the size of shipments and prevent dust contamination. They also allow
    for more volume to be transported per unit of transport, thus reducing GHG emissions and transport
    costs. Silo trucks have airtight suction mechanisms and the loading and unloading of these trucks
    leave little room for pellet spills, but if they are spilled, then they are collected for disposal.
    Plastic bags are the packaging material which would be targeted first because of their poor resistance
    to tears during operations. OSPAR136
    mentions that plastic bags and octabins could be replaced with
    reusable rigid HDPE barrels or with IBC (Intermediate bulk containers). Replacing existing
    machinery and processes might also generate extra costs. Another approach could be to propose
    thicker plastics bags which are more resistant to tears. The IMO Correspondence Group on Marine
    Plastic Litter from Ships considered packaging provisions for plastic pellets carried at sea as primary
    measures to take forward for further assessment.
    The proposal for a packaging and packaging waste regulation137
    includes a provision that requires
    transport packaging to be reusable. The impact of this proposal was not examined as the focus of this
    option is on the increased resistance of packaging.
    Environmental impacts
    This option could potentially significantly reduce pellet losses during logistics operations
    (transport, intermediate storage and handling during these operations) thus bringing potentially
    significant environmental benefits. However, there is not data available to quantify the losses due to
    torn plastic bags or octabins. Also, replacing plastic bags with alternatives would increase GHG
    emissions. Indeed, rigid HDPE barrels and IBC do not offer the same flexibility as plastic bags. When
    not entirely filled up with material, they increase storage volume for a given quantity of material,
    increasing the GHG emissions incurred by the storage. If thicker bags would be chosen, there would
    only be a minor increase of GHG emissions (due to more use of plastics).
    Economic impacts
    What would the costs of this option be for the sector?
    This option could potentially entail quite high costs, especially for producers, who may have to
    change their production lines since plastic bags are automatically filled on-site through their own
    manufacturing chain, and for SMEs. Similarly, logistics operators would have to adapt their transport
    and storage approaches depending on the type of packaging. However, due to important data gaps, it
    was not possible to quantify the direct compliance costs (mainly investment costs) for the sector
    deriving from this option.
    The cost per tonne of pellet losses avoided is expected to be higher than with Option 2 because it
    would force the industry to overhaul their production lines to effectively remove the bagging lines
    and replace for instance plastic bags with reusable and resistant rigid HDPE barrels or IBC. Imposing
    thicker more resistant plastic bags could lower such costs. However, as all these solutions mainly
    represent an investment cost, smaller enterprises would be affected more than bigger ones respective
    to their size.
    136
    OSPAR Commission, Background document on pre-production plastic pellets, 2018,
    https://www.ospar.org/documents?v=39764. Accessed 12 Apr 2022.
    137
    COM(2022) 677 final. Proposal Packaging and Packaging Waste (europa.eu)
    49
    Social impacts
    There are no social impacts foreseen for this measure. However, moving towards more automated
    solutions like silo trucks could reduce the number of jobs (more workforce is needed for manual
    loading and unloading of pellet containers/bags).
    Stakeholder views: NGOs often emphasise the importance of improving packaging to reduce pellet
    losses, while industry is less convinced, especially in light of the expected high costs of improved
    packaging. Plastics Europe, representing producers, considers that addressing packaging does not
    address the root cause of the problem. From the second consultation conducted early 2023 targeting
    all SMEs handling pellets, it emerged that while two-thirds of respondents consider the use of specific
    packaging effective to reduce pellet losses, only 54% do it always or often (and a third never does it
    or has no opinion). Views on whether this should become a mandatory requirement are mixed: 33%
    in favour, 20% in favour if lighter requirements for SMEs, and 27% against, while the use of specific
    packaging is estimated as the most costly measure both in terms of person/days and euros/tonne/year.
    Financial support was identified as the support that would best help respondents along with a
    standardised methodology to measure pellet losses.
    Summary: The use of more resistant packaging materials and spill-proof packaging options would
    reduce pellet losses throughout the supply chain. However, the impacts differ according to the type
    of improved packaging chosen. While switching out plastic bags for barrels would likely present a
    greater reduction in losses, it would also increase the GHG emissions and costs of transport, in
    addition to require greater investment costs (as infrastructure will need to be replaced). Opting for
    thicker more resistant plastic bags would avoid these investment costs and allow for greater volumes
    to be transported per unit of transport. This option could be incorporated into a more comprehensive
    set of requirements, such as those laid out in Option 2. Therefore, while this option would help
    contribute to a reduction in pellet losses at certain stages of the value chain (eg. transport), it is
    considered to be less effective than the more comprehensive Option 2. Due to the high associated
    investment costs and the impact on pellet losses being limited to transport, the measures in this Option
    were not considered proportional to the overall objectives of this initiative.
    6.4 Option 4: EU target to reduce pellet losses
    Table 9: Summary of impacts of Option 4
    Consequences/Impacts Assessment and considerations Bene
    fit to
    cost
    Env Eco Soc Cost
    ++ + + --- An EU emission target has potentially a high reduction of pellet losses,
    as operators have to adopt preventive, mitigation and clean-up
    measures, but the enforcement might be challenging. Its costs are
    comparable / slightly higher than those of Option 2 and higher than
    those under sub-options 2a-c. As it depends on Option 1, it can only be
    implemented afterwards, leading to a delay in implementation time.
    This option is considered to have a low benefit to cost ratio because
    while its costs are similar to option 2, its benefits would be delayed and
    will likely not be as high due to the challenges linked to its
    enforcement.
    Low
    An EU emission reduction target for pellet losses is set in this option. This option can only be
    achieved in the medium to long term as it first requires the establishment of a mandatory standardised
    methodology to measure pellet losses (Option 1) (including its testing in various sites of different
    50
    sizes over a significant period of minimum 12 months). Further to that, knowledge should be gathered
    on quantities released, through the REACH reporting requirement, before implementing this option.
    Once developed, the standard would need to be applied over 12 to 36 months to generate a statistically
    strong database including prevention, mitigation and clean-up measures. The target could be defined
    as the result of this observation phase.
    The target could be set either for the whole plastics industry, or at sector level. In the latter case, there
    could be differentiated targets depending on the place in the supply chain. These approaches are
    presented in Annex 11.
    This measure could be implemented by including the emission threshold in legislation. It is a medium
    to long-term measure, as time is necessary for the data to become available and for identifying the
    relevant threshold. Once the threshold is defined, it could be possible to include it in legislation.
    Environmental impacts
    The reductions of pellet losses are expected to be in the same order of magnitude as in Option 2.
    However, implementation and enforcement by Member States seem more challenging in this
    option than in Option 2, which might lead to less reduction of pellet losses.
    Economic impacts
    The costs of this option are expected to be comparable to those in Option 2 as similar prevention,
    mitigation and clean-up measures would be implemented. The cost of setting the target would depend
    on the mandatory standardised methodology developed under Option 1.
    However, other considerations seem equally important, possibly increasing costs of this option
    compared to those of Option 2. First, accurate monitoring following the standardised methodology
    developed under Option 1 would be needed to ensure that the target is respected (not included in
    Option 2 which focuses on mandatory requirements and certification). Further, each Member State
    must introduce the necessary transposing legislation and measures to ensure delivery, including
    compliance assurance, reporting by economic operators to track progress against the target and
    enforcement. Periodic reporting by national public authorities to the Commission would also be
    necessary to ensure delivery and appropriate remedial action in case of shortfall in reducing pellet
    losses. Similarly to Option 2, lighter requirements would be needed for SMEs, especially for micro-
    and small firms, as achieving the same reduction objective would be more costly for smaller than
    larger firms.
    Social impacts
    The main social impact is additional job creation mainly for the industry (for reducing pellet losses
    and reporting) and some for competent authorities (for enforcement) – these are relatively similar to
    Option 2.
    Stakeholder views: This option was not discussed by stakeholders in detail. It was however
    mentioned that setting up a performance monitoring system would be costly.
    Summary: Defining an EU emission reduction target for pellet losses, once a mandatory standardised
    methodology has been developed, tested and applied, can significantly reduce pellet losses as it
    requires preventive, mitigation and clean-up measures to be taken. Both implementation and
    enforcement are the tasks of the Member States, which are required to introduce transposing
    legislation and measures to ensure delivery. However, this option only looks at the objective, and not
    at the means to achieve it. It requires setting up a new system, instead of fully benefiting from the
    existing good practices in industry, such as under OCS. Implementing a reduction target will also
    take considerably more time. For these reasons, this Option is considered to be as efficient as Option
    51
    2 but less effective. It leaves it up to Member States to design their own regimes so this Option is
    nevertheless considered proportional to the objectives of the initiative.
    7 HOW DO THE OPTIONS COMPARE?
    The qualitative analysis and comparison of the different options is done in a relative scale as there is
    few evidence on absolute values. Also, using ranges for the estimation of the costs in options is linked
    to the respective pellet loss. Option 1 has the potential to benefit all options by improving information
    on and accuracy of pellet losses, thus ensuring the identified information failure is tackled. It also
    presents synergies with the REACH reporting requirement on estimates of quantities released. It is
    therefore considered that all options should build upon option 1 to ensure all identified problems are
    addressed in the preferred option. Option 2 significantly contributes to the Commission’s 2030
    overall microplastic releases reduction target, as proposed in the Zero Pollution Action Plan,
    increasing policy coherence, and its sub-options 2a-c respond to the need to limit EU action to what
    is necessary and proportional by building on industry commitments and by providing lighter
    requirements for smaller businesses. While there was not enough data to calculate the exact costs of
    Option 3, this option would entail quite high investment costs for the sector, and it was estimated that
    the cost effectiveness of this option would be lower than for Option 2. Option 4 requires a
    performance monitoring system first, which would take time, its implementation seems more
    challenging and its costs would be slightly higher than under Option 2 (because of Member State
    involvement) and its sub-options 2a-c. This option is not favoured in the short term.
    Although the exact impact of each option cannot be assessed in detailed way, the relative scale to
    compare different options will show which option would be relatively the best option and therefor
    the preferred option. The estimation of costs is linked to the pellet volume that would be lost (in case
    of higher costs there would be lower pellet losses and in case of lower costs there would be higher
    pellet losses). The net costs per tonne avoided microplastic emission of the preferred policy option
    are 3-4 times lower than costs under the REACH restriction138
    on microplastics intentionally added
    to products. The net costs of the options can also be compared to those calculated in the Impact
    Assessment for single-use plastics (SUP), for the relevant Directive139
    (see section 8.2.1).
    There are some data gaps and uncertainties in the comparison of different options. The principal
    uncertainty comes from the pellet loss rates used for production, recycling, processing and logistics
    phases. There are uncertainties regarding the potential success of existing and upcoming measures
    on the reduction of pellet loss. There are data gaps on the structure of the sector (except for converters
    and producers), as well as on the exact costs and benefits that should be attributed under the different
    options, leading to some uncertainties. Therefore, assumptions are used (more detail can be found in
    Annex 4). Table 10 gives an overview of how the assessed policy options compare.
    138
    Commission Regulation (EU) …/… amending Annex XVII to Regulation (EC) No 1907/2006 concerning the
    Registration, Evaluation, Authorisation and Restriction of Chemicals (REACH) as regards synthetic polymer
    microparticles.
    139
    SWD(2018) 254 final (EUR-Lex - 52018SC0254 - EN - EUR-Lex (europa.eu))
    52
    Table 10: Summary of impacts of all options (and sub-options)
    Impacts Assessment and considerations Benefit -
    cost140
    Option Env Eco Soc Cost
    1 (+) (+) 0 (+) A mandatory standardised methodology benefits all
    other options as it targets the information failure. While
    it can imply costs (development and testing) for the
    sector (or the Commission can take this up), it will
    result in cost savings as only one method needs to be
    developed and applied, also leading to lower
    verification costs.
    High
    2 +++ + + --- Mandatory requirements and certification have the
    highest reduction in pellet losses, with the highest
    direct compliance costs for the sector.
    Medium
    2a +++ + + -- The reduction of pellet losses is still very high, but costs
    are lower than under Option 2 thanks to lighter
    requirements for micro-enterprises.
    Medium
    2b +++ + + - The reduction of pellet losses is still very high, and
    costs are lower than under Option 2a thanks to lighter
    requirements for micro- and small enterprises. This has
    the highest cost-effectiveness of the (sub)options 2, 2a-
    c.
    High
    2c ++ + + - The reduction of pellet losses is lower than under the
    other sub-options, and costs are only slightly lower than
    under Option 2b due to lighter requirements for micro-
    , small, and medium enterprises.
    Medium
    3 + - 0 -- Improved packaging reduces pellet losses throughout
    the supply chain (not quantified) but generates more
    GHG emissions (subject to the packaging type), while
    entailing potentially quite high investment costs for the
    sector.
    Medium
    - Low
    4 ++ + + --- An EU emission target has potentially a high reduction
    of pellet losses, as operators have to adopt preventive,
    mitigation and clean-up measures, but the
    implementation and enforcement might be challenging.
    Its costs are comparable / slightly higher than those of
    Option 2 and higher than those under suboptions 2a-c.
    As it depends on Option 1, it can only be implemented
    afterwards, leading to a delay in implementation time.
    Low
    Table 11 provides an overview of the relative effectiveness, efficiency, coherence and proportionality
    of the options assessed in this initiative.
    A simple relative scoring system has been used to assess each option along the dimensions of
    effectiveness, efficiency, coherence and proportionality ranging from “+” to “++++” with “+” being
    the lowest score and “++++” the highest. Brackets “(+)” indicate a half-point. Effectiveness considers
    how successful each option would be in achieving or progressing towards the objectives of this
    initiative. Efficiency considers the resources used by each option to achieve the desired changed.
    140
    The benefit to cost comparison is done in a relative scale, not in absolute values. Indications of “high/medium/low”
    reflect therefor the comparison with the other option.
    53
    Coherence considers how each option fits with existing or forthcoming EU legislation.
    Proportionality considers whether the means required by each option are suitable and necessary to
    achieve the desired end. These assessments are based on each option’s relative costs, economic,
    environmental and social impacts, laid out in Section 6.
    Table 11: Comparison of options according to effectiveness, efficiency, coherence and proportionality
    Option Effectiveness Efficiency Coherence Proportionality
    1 ++ ++++ +++ ++++
    2 +++ ++ ++++ ++
    2a +++ +++ ++++ ++
    2b +++ ++++ ++++ +++
    2c ++(+) +++(+) ++++ +++
    3 ++ + ++++ ++
    4 ++ +++ ++++ +++
    Explanation of the scores (relative scale, based on impacts described in Table 7 and Table 10):
    • Effectiveness: No option got score “++++” as each option would need other option(s) to be
    most effective. Options 2 and sub-Options 2a and 2b scored “+++” as being most effective
    options to achieve the objectives outlined in section 4 (better information and reduce pellet
    loss). Sub-Option 2c has slightly lower effectiveness with less pellet loss reduced than
    previous options, scored “++(+). Options 1, 3 and 4 have scored “++” as having lower
    effectiveness than Options 2 and sub-Options 2a-2c with less clear evidence on achieving the
    objectives.
    • Efficiency: Options 1 and sub-Option 2b scored “++++” with Option 1 requiring low costs
    and sub-Option 2b being the most cost-efficient. Sub-Options 2c, 2a and Option 2 have a
    decreasing degree of pellet loss versus costs. Option 4 scored “+++” having high costs, but
    also high impacts. Option 3, with high costs and limited reduction in pellet losses, scored “+”.
    • Coherence: All options, besides Option 1, got the highest score as being coherent with
    existing or forthcoming EU legislation. Option 1 got lower score “+++” due its linkages to
    REACH legislation where coherence is slightly less (but it can be managed).
    • Proportionality: Option 1 got highest score “++++” as being the basis of achieving the
    objectives. Sub-Options 2b, 2c and Option 4 got scored “+++” as being proportional regarding
    the costs and impacts they would achieve, but lower than Option 1. Options 2 and sub-Option
    2a got scored “++” considering the costs and impacts they would entail. Option 3 got scored
    “++” due to the high associated investment costs and the impact on pellet loss reduction being
    limited to transport.
    54
    8 PREFERRED OPTION
    8.1 Elements of the preferred option
    Following the analysis of the different policy options, a preferred option has been constructed with a
    view to addressing the problem identified in section 2 and achieving the specific objectives outlined
    in section 4, in particular contributing to the Commission’s 2030 overall reduction target.
    The preferred policy option is a combination of Option 1 (Mandatory standardised methodology to
    measure pellet losses) and sub-Option 2b (Mandatory requirements in a new EU law with lighter
    requirements for micro and small companies). The identified problem is about the mishandling of
    pellets by businesses and consequential impacts, so public intervention is warranted.
    Option 1 is needed to address the specific objective “To improve information on the magnitude of
    pellet losses throughout the pellet supply chain, in particular the accuracy of loss estimates”. This
    will be done through the REACH reporting requirement, which would be applied to all companies.
    In that context, it could also be decided to exclude companies handling less than 5 tonnes per year.
    Sub-Option 2b is needed to address the specific objective “To reduce and prevent pellet losses in an
    economically proportionate manner to a level consistent with the Commission’s overall microplastic
    releases reduction target of 30% by 2030” and the specific objective “To ensure the appropriate
    mitigation of impacts on SMEs involved in the pellet supply chain”. This assessment shows that sub-
    Option 2b has the highest benefit-to-cost ratio. It also aligns with the results of the targeted SME
    survey where micro- and small companies expressed the main concerns about the burden of
    complying with mandatory requirements. It will have a strongly positive environmental impact in
    terms of reduced pellet losses compared to the baseline, reducing microplastic pollution, preserving
    ecosystems and biodiversity and decreasing potential health impacts. Indeed, it could reduce pellet
    releases into the environment by 60% to 83% compared to the baseline. The reduction potential is
    expressed using a range due to a lack of reliable and comparable data creating uncertainty around the
    baseline figure for pellet losses. However, the comparison of the different options is relatively more
    certain as it shows how options rank as a relative scale is used to compare different options (see Table
    10). This sub-option should represent on average a 7%141
    reduction of the total amount of
    microplastic releases. It is estimated that this initiative will contribute to around 1/4th
    of the
    Commission’s 30% reduction target for microplastics.
    Sub-Option 2b will have positive knock-on economic impacts on sectors such as commercial fishing,
    wastewater management, agriculture, recreation and tourism. It will also increase transparency and
    significantly reduce the number of free riders. Costs for business (65 000 companies are expected to
    be impacted of which 7 700 are medium or large companies) are expected to be higher in the
    beginning as some initial investments are needed to be done. There will also be a learning curve
    which will reduce process costs later on. However, costs are mitigated for micro and small
    companies, and kept within acceptable limits for the other companies, ensuring a level playing field
    in the single market (reinforcing the position of companies applying reduction measures vis-à-vis
    companies not applying such measures). Those companies could also benefit from phased
    implementation, financial and non-financial support (see examples in Annex 13). In light of the
    impacts of microplastics (including pellets) on the environment and possibly health, it was judged
    that the benefits of significantly reducing microplastic releases (by 1/4th
    ) would outweigh the
    additional cost for industry. In addition, the existing industry scheme OCS has been mainly taken up
    by larger companies who produce pellets, meaning that most of the pellets value chain does not abide
    141
    Based on 2018 data.
    55
    by these best practices. It is also difficult to assess the successful implementation of OCS and
    therefore whether it is significantly reducing pellet losses. Option 2 addresses these issues by ensuring
    all actors in the supply chain are subject to these requirements (thus preventing free riders and
    levelling the playing field), and enforcing implementation of the requirements (thus reducing pellet
    losses to the environment).
    There is a balance to be sought between the magnitude of cost effects, in particular on SMEs, and
    reducing pellet losses. It is observed that the preferred policy option reaches the appropriate balance,
    but should the college want to go further, additional lighter requirements (not foreseen in sub-Option
    2b) are described, mainly for micro- and small companies. These additional lighter requirements
    would help reduce further administrative costs for micro-, small and medium companies, along with
    carriers transporting pellets, but are assumed to increase pellet losses. Box 4 captures all requirements
    for all operators, including additional lighter requirements conceived to mitigate further burden on
    SMEs. As carriers do not have permanent facilities, they also warrant a differentiated approach.
    Box 4: Overview of all requirements for all operators, including additional lighter requirements
    conceived for SMEs (the latter not yet foreseen in sub-Option 2b)
    A standard to measure pellet losses will be requested to help tackle the market and regulatory failure and
    facilitate companies’ reporting on pellet losses, as required by the REACH restriction.
    Large companies (Operators with 250 or more employees) with a capacity of over 1000t/year will be subject
    to the following regime:
    (1) Set up, implement and keep up-to-date a risk assessment;
    (2) Train their staff;
    (3) Monitor and keep records of relevant implementation actions and of estimates of losses;
    (4) Internal assessment to monitor compliance with the pellet handling requirements, plus some other
    additional requirements (i.e. formal management meetings reviewing compliance and awareness
    and training programme);
    (5) External audit by certifiers, based on data from internal assessment, to monitor compliance; and
    (6) Certification, using the results of the external audit, to certify compliance and be listed in a public
    register set up by public authorities in Member States.
    Medium companies (operators with 50 to 249 employees) with a capacity of over 1000t/year will be subject
    to the following regime:
    (1) Set up, implement and regularly review a risk assessment;
    (2) Train their staff;
    (3) Monitor and keep records of relevant implementation actions and of estimates of losses;
    (4) Internal assessment to monitor compliance with the pellet handling requirements, plus some other
    additional requirements (i.e. formal management meetings reviewing compliance and awareness
    and training programme);
    (5) External audit by certifiers, based on data from internal assessment, to monitor compliance; and
    (6) Certification, using the results of the external audit, to certify compliance and be listed in a public
    register set up by Member States, with a longer transitional period before first certification (36
    months instead of 24) and longer validity of the certificate (four years instead of three).
    Micro- and small companies (operators with fewer than 50 employees) and companies with a capacity of
    less than 1000t/year will be subject to the following regime:
    (1) Set up, implement and keep up-to-date a risk assessment; the risk assessment is sent to public
    authorities in Member States alongside the self-declaration (below) and made available to them on
    demand at all times;
    (2) Train their staff;
    (3) Monitor and keep records of relevant implementation actions and of estimates of losses;
    56
    (4) No obligation of independent, third-party certification but self-declaration of compliance, as well
    as a longer validity of their assessment (five years);
    (5) No obligation to carry out internal assessments;
    (6) No obligation to review compliance assessments at formal management meetings; and
    (7) No obligation to establish an awareness and training programme and schedule.
    Carriers providing transport of pellets will be subject to the following regime:
    (1) Implement actions to prevent, contain and clean up losses;
    (2) Train their staff;
    (3) Monitor and keep records of relevant implementation actions and of estimates of losses;
    (4) No obligation to carry out internal assessments;
    (5) No obligation to obtain certification, or third-party environmental audit;
    (6) No obligation to acquire certain equipment;
    (7) No obligation to review compliance assessments at formal management meetings; and
    (8) No obligation to establish an awareness and training programme and schedule;
    Stakeholder feedback: In the OPC responses (Annex 2), stakeholders agree that there is improper
    handling of pellets. There is also awareness that the measures undertaken so far are voluntary, at the
    industry level, which needs more control to ensure compliance. The NGOs active in the field as well
    as a group of Member States have strongly supported a regulatory approach at the EU level as the
    only way to tackle pellet losses effectively. Converters have pointed to high costs and limited
    resources as a barrier to implementing mandatory requirements, especially for SMEs. Producers have
    considered a legislative proposal requiring certification of an OCS-like pellet loss prevention
    management system as quickly implementable throughout the whole supply chain because it would
    benefit from the existing industry initiative and would reinforce it.
    This assessment showed that the preferred policy option does not go beyond what is necessary to
    achieve the objectives of the initiative. It aligns with what the industry had indicated would be
    appropriate to effectively reduce pellet losses, and includes lighter requirements for micro and small
    companies, who had indicated the necessity of this.
    Table 12: Preferred policy option gives an overview of the preferred policy option, based on the
    comparison of options and the analysis of synergies and complementarities across options.
    Table 12: Preferred policy option
    Preferred option Benefit to cost142
    Mandatory standardised methodology (Option 1) High
    Mandatory requirements (sub-Option 2.b lighter
    requirements for micro- and small companies)
    High
    142
    The benefit to cost comparison is done in a relative scale, not in absolute values. Indications of “high/medium/low”
    reflect therefor the comparison with the other option.
    57
    Table 13 summarises the policy options that are not retained to their full extent (these may be still
    addressed partially, also due to positive spill-over effects from the preferred policy option).
    58
    Table 13: Discarded policy options
    Options discarded Benefit to cost
    Mandatory requirements (Option 2) Medium
    Mandatory requirements (sub-Option 2.a lighter
    requirements for micro-companies)
    Medium
    Mandatory requirements (sub-Option 2.c lighter
    requirements for micro-, small and medium
    companies)
    Medium
    Improved packaging for pellets logistics (Option 3) Medium - Low
    EU target to reduce pellet losses (Option 4) Low
    8.2 Impacts of the preferred policy option
    8.2.1 Costs and benefits
    The following table sets out the different types of costs and benefits of the preferred option – more
    information is available on this in Annex 3.
    Table 14: Overview of the preferred policy option’s benefits and costs
    Benefits
    Direct The preferred option will reduce pellet losses to the environment by 2030 with 25 142 to 140 621
    tonnes (saving 98 – 551ktCO2e). This will benefit the environment and society thanks to higher
    environmental quality. There will be positive knock-on economic benefits including job creation.
    The measurement standard will help improve understanding around pellet loss quantities,
    pathways and impacts by increasing the quality and availability of data on pellet losses. This will
    allow industry to adapt their operations to reduce pellet losses, and enable public authorities to
    monitor more effectively reduction measures.
    The measurement standard will also make it easier for industry to measure their pellet losses and
    for authorities to collect and verify data related to pellet losses, leading to cost savings.
    The preferred option will help the level playing field in the single market across the supply chain
    in the EU and improve the global reputation of the EU industry around environmental protection.
    Indirect It will decrease possible risks to human health. It is a precautionary measure.
    It will increase employee safety by reducing injury risks, due to fewer pellet spills to the work
    floor.
    It will result in healthier soil and water due to less pellets directly lost or indirectly through the use
    of sewage sludge, improving ecosystem services and benefiting agriculture and fisheries.
    It will reduce the quantities of pellets in affected areas, thus benefiting tourism and recreation.
    It will prevent local populations from having to finance clean-up operations following losses.
    59
    Costs
    Citizens/consumers Businesses Administrations
    One-off Recurrent One-off Recurrent One-off Recurrent
    None Possible
    minor
    increase
    in the
    price of
    plastic
    products.
    Developing a
    measurement
    standard will
    entail adjustment
    costs of EUR 1.3
    to 3.2 million, but
    compensated by
    recurrent savings
    in reporting.
    Applying the new requirements will
    cost an additional EUR 376 – 491
    million (including administrative
    costs). Businesses could absorb
    these or pass them on to consumers.
    Costs if the
    EU directly
    supports the
    development
    of the
    measurement
    standard.
    There will be
    minor costs
    for Member
    States
    associated
    with the
    processing of
    the
    certification
    and
    enforcement
    of the
    regulation
    EUR 125 000
    per year for
    the whole
    EU).
    Operators need to
    adapt their
    administrative
    procedures to the
    new
    requirements,
    entailing one off
    costs (EUR 0.1
    million)143
    .
    Businesses will face administrative
    costs for internal assessments,
    external auditing and certification
    of about EUR 43.9 million):
    - internal assessment – EUR 30.8
    million
    - external audit and/or certificate –
    EUR 12.9 million
    - filling forms and tables – EUR 0.2
    million (for notifying public
    authorities of the certification).
    Costs to set up
    at national
    level a public
    register of
    certified
    companies
    (EUR 36
    700144
    per year
    for the whole
    EU).
    There is a balance to be sought between the magnitude of cost effects, in particular on SMEs, and
    reducing pellet losses. It is observed that the preferred policy option reaches the appropriate balance,
    but should the college want to got further, additional lighter requirements (not foreseen in sub-option
    2b) are assessed. These additional lighter requirements would help reduce further administrative costs
    for micro-, small and medium companies, along with carriers transporting pellets, but are assumed
    to increase pellet losses. The overall measures and procedures are described in Box 4. Possible further
    reductions in administrative costs are quantified in Box 5 and they are different from other figures in
    the Impact Assessment.
    Box 5: Possible further reductions in administrative costs due to additional lighter requirements
    conceived for SMEs (not yet foreseen in sub-Option 2b)
    Possible additional lighter requirements for SMEs and transport providers would further reduce costs for
    internal assessments, external audit and/or certification and notification by EUR 24.6 million (from EUR
    44 million down to EUR 19.4 million) compared to sub-option 2b. These include:
    • For micro- and small companies and for transport providers: a EUR 12.7 million additional
    reduction in costs due to carry out risk assessments only instead of the obligation to carry out risk
    assessments and internal assessments (foreseen in sub-option 2b145
    ) and 9.2 million additional reduction
    in costs due to no obligation to obtain external audit and/or certification (foreseen in sub-option 2b);
    143
    Total initial costs are EUR 0.5 million for businesses, which have been annualised over a 5 year period using a
    discount rate of 3% (0.5 hour for medium and large businesses and 0.25 hour for small and micro businesses and
    using EU average wages (29 €/hour)). It is estimated that the internal assessment is already covering most of the
    related cost.
    144
    Total initial costs are EUR 313 000 million for public authorities, which have been annualised over a 10 year period
    using a discount rate of 3% (50 person days in average for each Member State using EU average wages (29 €/hour)).
    145
    Although micro and small companies and the transport providers do not need to carry out internal assessment, it is
    still estimated that 50% of the related cost needed to carry out risk assessments and compile the self-declaration.
    60
    • For medium companies: EUR 1.9 million additional reduction due to a reduced frequency of
    certification (every 4 years instead of every year as foreseen in sub-option 2b);
    • For large companies: EUR 0.8 million additional reduction due to a reduced frequency of
    certification (every 3 years instead of every year as foreseen in sub-option 2b).
    In addition to the reduction of EUR 24.6 million described above, it can be assumed that these measures
    would also lead to an additional 10% reduction in personnel costs (related to pellet reduction measures) for
    micro- and small enterprises and for all transport providers (in addition to the 10% reduction already
    foreseen in sub-option 2b). This would translate to an additional cost reduction of EUR 16.9 million.
    The sum of the possible additional reduction of costs of EUR 41.5 million would be around 8-11% of the
    total net cost as calculated for sub-option 2b. For micro and small enterprises, the additional reduction is
    equivalent to almost 15% of the net cost.
    It is difficult to estimate the consequence of these additional lighter requirements on the reduction of pellet
    losses; there is no data available. It is probable that additional lighter requirements lead to an increase in
    pellet losses.
    If assumed that pellet losses would increase with 10%, then these additional lighter requirements would
    lower the reduction in pellet losses by about 2 500 to 14 000 t/year compared to sub-option 2b.
    The net costs of the preferred policy option can be compared to those calculated for the REACH
    restriction on microplastics intentionally added to products146
    . The REACH restriction would result
    in a cumulative emission reduction of approximately 500 000 tonnes of microplastics (central
    scenario) over the 20-year period following its entry into force (including an 8-year transitional
    period for fragrance encapsulates); the corresponding total restriction costs would be EUR 9.3 billion
    (between EUR 2.1 billion and EUR 20.6 billion)147
    . While the costs calculated for the preferred
    option 2b would be similar the ones in REACH, the preferred option 2b would reduce significantly
    more microplastics (83 000 tonnes per year) than under the REACH restriction (an average of 25 000
    tonnes per year). Therefor the preferred policy option 2b is about 3 to 4 times more efficient than the
    REACH restriction.
    The net costs of the preferred policy option can also be compared to the Impact Assessment for
    single-use plastics (SUP), for the relevant Directive148
    . It was estimated that the SUPD would save
    around 9 000 tonnes of SUP, for a loss of business turnover of around 3.8 billion EUR and additional
    costs of 2.8 billion on information, compliance and waste management. While the methodologies
    used in both IA are clearly different, the cost efficiency ratio on pellets is clearly higher than for the
    SUPD, as this analysis estimates a minimum reduction in pellet losses to the environment of 25 000
    tonnes for net costs of 491 million EUR per year.
    The proposal will also make a significant contribution to the EU reduction target for microplastic
    releases, as outlined in Box 6.
    146
    Commission Regulation (EU) …/… amending Annex XVII to Regulation (EC) No 1907/2006 concerning the
    Registration, Evaluation, Authorisation and Restriction of Chemicals (REACH) as regards synthetic polymer
    microparticles.
    147
    Compiled opinion of the Committee for Risk Assessment (RAC) and of the Committee for Socio-economic Analysis
    (SEAC)
    148
    SWD(2018) 254 final (Circabc (europa.eu))
    61
    Box 6: Contribution of the preferred option to Zero Pollution Action Plan target
    This Impact Assessment concludes that the preferred option could contribute to achieving ¼ of the
    Zero Pollution Action Plan target for a 30% reduction in releases by 2030. This is a relatively high
    contribution compared to its contribution to microplastic releases (7-10%) and suggests that this
    course of action should be pursued.
    8.2.2 SMEs
    A consultation targeting specifically SMEs handling pellets was conducted from January to February
    2023 in all EU languages (Annex 12). For a majority of the 330 replies received, only a lighter version
    of requirements could be imposed. Specifically, they reported that the requirement on the training of
    staff should be made mandatory for all companies, but that the obligation of being externally audited
    and certified should not be imposed at all on SMEs. The survey also indicated that the direct
    economic impacts of all the requirements would be proportionally more significant for micro and
    small companies, considering their limited staff compared to medium and large companies. They also
    appeared to be too burdensome for companies with a capacity below 1 000 tonnes per year. Among
    the various best handling practices, the mandatory use of specific equipment and of specific
    packaging (i.e. airtight, puncture-resistant and environmentally sealed) was identified as the most
    expensive measure. Generally, the cost per tonne of the measures to be implemented would become
    insignificant for companies with capacities above 5000t. Finally, financial support and a
    measurement standard for pellet losses were identified as the support that would best help
    respondents.
    In order to reply to the survey and minimise burden, sub-Options were assessed, and sub-Option 2b
    with lighter requirements for micro- and small enterprises chosen. Medium companies are not
    included in the lighter regime as the costs are significantly less burdensome to them, as emerged both
    during the targeted survey and our cost analysis. Further mitigating measures can be envisaged, such
    as a delayed phasing-in of the requirements, longer validity periods for the auditing results,
    differences in obligations (external audit or certification) and financial and non-financial support to
    tackle concerns raised by SMEs (lack of staff/time, lack of information on risks and solutions and
    lack of financial resources, see Box 5 and Annex 12). In addition, SMEs can benefit from various
    EU programmes and support mechanism to help them implement this initiative (COSME, Enterprise
    Europe, InvestEU, Horizon), along with national support through Cohesion policy and NEXTGEN
    EU.
    The Commission and Member States could provide some non-financial support. For example, a
    project could be supported by the Commission which would:
    1 develop SME-specific guidance and training materials and tools to help compliance with the new
    legal requirements and certification;
    2 deliver advisory services; and
    3 establish a help desk/expert pool to assist first-level advisers and deal with more difficult
    questions or issues.
    Such support can be open potentially to larger companies. This non-financial support would incur
    costs for the competent authorities and/or the Commission (with a budget of around EUR 1 million).
    62
    8.2.3 Competitiveness
    According to EUPC, the turnover of the plastics sector in the EU27 in 2021 was EUR 405 billion.
    Therefore, the additional estimated cost of option 2b would represent about 0.13% of the EU plastics
    sector turnover. The additional costs are likely to have a very minor negative impact on the
    competitiveness of the EU pellet producers, as their competitors outside the EU will not be subject
    to the requirements (logistical operators importing pellets will have to comply within the EU). Annex
    5 further details the preferred option’s impact on the competitiveness of the sector and of SMEs.
    8.3 REFIT & administrative costs
    There are no administrative costs for citizens.
    There are administrative costs of EUR 44 million for businesses:
    • One-off costs (EUR 0.1 million149
    ) of setting up systems in businesses for administrative
    procedures to report pellet losses;
    • Reccurent costs (EUR 43.9 million) for internal assessments, external auditing and
    certification:
    o internal assessment – EUR 30.8 million;
    o external audit and/or certificate – EUR 12.9 million;
    o filling forms and tables – EUR 0.2 million (for notifying public authorities of the
    certification).
    These costs are calculated for the preferred option 2b; they do not take into account the additional
    reductions described in Box 5.
    8.4 Policy instrument
    A Regulation would be best suited to delivering the mandatory requirements foreseen under the
    preferred option, as it will ensure pellet-handling companies will only have to comply with one set
    of requirements across the Union that will be directly applicable ensuring equal implementation in
    the Member States. The entire pellet supply chain will be subject to these requirements, and Member
    States will be responsible for enforcement.
    9 HOW WILL ACTUAL IMPACTS BE MONITORED AND EVALUATED?
    Whilst the existing data is sufficient to underpin a policy response, more monitoring is needed to
    further understand the dimension and impacts of the problem, inform further policy developments
    and track the possible success of the proposed actions. Therefore, Option 1 was proposed under the
    preferred options. In order to track performance against the 30% microplastic emission reduction
    target (by 2030), an estimate of total pellet losses is required. An initial estimate has been compiled
    for this IA, but further work should continually improve and expand this into the coming years. Based
    on the results of the monitoring in 2030, a review of this initiative will take place.
    149
    Total initial cost are EUR 0.5 million for businesses, which have been annualised over a 5 year period using a discount
    rate of 3% (0.5 hour for medium and large businesses and 0.25 hour for small and micro businesses and using EU
    average wages (29 €/hour)). It is estimated that the internal assessment is already covering most of the related cost.
    63
    In the OPC, apart from business associations who somewhat agree, all other stakeholders completely
    agree with a system to monitor and report microplastic releases throughout the life-cycle.
    The following monitoring of microplastics could be helpful:
    • The proposed monitoring of microplastics at the inlet and outlet of UWWTPs, as well as in the
    sludge, included in the proposal for the revision of the UWWTD.
    • The obligation to monitor and assess microplastics (including pellets) in coastal and marine
    environments, in the framework of the MSFD. Regulatory thresholds for the concentration of
    microlitter, including microplastics, are under preparation.
    • The preparatory work for the revision of the list of polluting substances under the EQSD, the
    GWD and the Water Framework Directive, including the setting of a methodology to monitor
    microplastics in the aquatic environment as well as in the Drinking Water Directive.
    In addition, standardised measurement measures could be developed for the unintentional releases of
    microplastics from the other five main sources. These could be pursued through Research and
    Innovation Programmes by relevant research projects or under the Standardisation Regulation.150
    The information will need to be reported at Member State level and collated at EU level in order to
    create synergies and consistency between policies. This could also help identify new sources of
    microplastics that would need to be addressed by specific measures in the future
    150
    Regulation (EU) No 1025/2012 on European standardisation, amending Council Directives 89/686/EEC and
    93/15/EEC and Directives 94/9/EC, 94/25/EC, 95/16/EC, 97/23/EC, 98/34/EC, 2004/22/EC, 2007/23/EC,
    2009/23/EC and 2009/105/EC and repealing Council Decision 87/95/EEC and Decision No 1673/2006/EC.
    

    1_EN_impact_assessment_part3_v3.pdf

    https://www.ft.dk/samling/20231/kommissionsforslag/kom(2023)0645/forslag/1988501/2766226.pdf

    EN EN
    EUROPEAN
    COMMISSION
    Brussels, 16.10.2023
    SWD(2023) 332 final
    PART 3/3
    COMMISSION STAFF WORKING DOCUMENT
    IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT
    Combatting microplastic pollution in the European Union
    Accompanying the document
    Proposal for a REGULATION OF THE EUROPEAN PARLIAMENT AND OF THE
    COUNCIL
    on preventing plastic pellet losses to reduce microplastic pollution
    {COM(2023) 645 final} - {SEC(2023) 346 final} - {SWD(2023) 330 final} -
    {SWD(2023) 333 final}
    Offentligt
    KOM (2023) 0645 - SWD-dokument
    Europaudvalget 2023
    234
    TABLES OF CONTENTS
    ANNEX 15: PRELIMINARY ANALYSIS OF THE MAIN SOURCES OF MICROPLASTIC EMISSIONS
    ...........................................................................................................................................................235
    1 THE ORIGINALLY IDENTIFIED SOURCES OF MICROPLASTIC EMISSIONS ......................235
    2 INTRODUCTION TO THE PRELIMINARY ANALYSIS OF THE FIVE SOURCES ..................236
    3 RELEVANT LEGISLATION FOR REDUCING MICROPLASTIC EMISSIONS & ONGOING
    INITIATIVES....................................................................................................................................239
    3.1 Ecodesign for Sustainable Product Regulation ......................................................................239
    3.2 Tyres labelling and EURO 7 ..................................................................................................240
    3.3 Construction Products Regulation..........................................................................................240
    3.4 EU Strategy for Sustainable and Circular Textiles.................................................................240
    3.5 Research .................................................................................................................................240
    3.6 Member state and international actions on microplastics.......................................................240
    3.7 Industry initiatives..................................................................................................................243
    3.8 Multilateral Actions................................................................................................................245
    4 PROBLEM DEFINITION BY SOURCE ..........................................................................................245
    4.1 Problem definition for tyres ...................................................................................................245
    4.2 Problem definition for textiles................................................................................................258
    4.3 Problem definition for paints..................................................................................................265
    4.4 Problem definition for detergent capsules..............................................................................269
    4.5 Problem definition for geotextiles..........................................................................................274
    5 BASELINE BY SOURCE .................................................................................................................276
    5.1 Baseline for tyres....................................................................................................................276
    5.2 Baseline for textiles................................................................................................................281
    5.3 Baseline for paints..................................................................................................................290
    5.4 Baseline for detergent capsules ..............................................................................................302
    5.5 Baseline for geotextiles ..........................................................................................................307
    6 POTENTIAL MEASURES ...............................................................................................................310
    6.1 Measures for tyres..................................................................................................................310
    6.2 Measures for textiles ..............................................................................................................321
    6.3 Measures for paints ................................................................................................................332
    6.4 Measures for detergent capsules.............................................................................................347
    6.5 Measures for geotextiles.........................................................................................................350
    6.6 Summary of policy measures .................................................................................................355
    7. INITIAL IDENTIFICATION AND SCREENING OF IMPACTS ...................................................356
    7.1 Identifying and selecting of impacts.......................................................................................356
    7.2 Impact of measures for tyres ..................................................................................................361
    7.3 Impact of measures for textiles ..............................................................................................386
    7.4 Impact of measures for paints ................................................................................................413
    7.5 Impact of measures for detergent capsules.............................................................................433
    7.6 Impact of measures for geotextiles.........................................................................................438
    7.7 Overview of possible measures to improve source characterisation ......................................445
    7.8 Abatement curve of assessed measures..................................................................................445
    8. RATIONALE FOR NOT YET PURSUING THE MEASURES FOR SOURCES: PAINTS, TYRES,
    TEXTILES, DETERGENT CAPSULES, GEOTEXTILES ..............................................................447
    235
    Annex 15:
    Preliminary analysis of the main sources of microplastic emissions
    This Annex reflects the initial analytical work that was undertaken while developing this impact
    assessment. While six major sources of unintentional releases of microplastic were identified (paints,
    tyres, pellets, textiles, detergent capsules and geotextiles), pellets were the only source retained for
    further legislative action in this impact assessment. The preliminary analysis showed that subject to
    further analysis of cost-effectiveness, and the impacts of alternatives, existing or forthcoming
    legislative instruments were better suited to tackling microplastic releases from paints, tyres,
    textiles, detergent capsules and geotextiles. This Annex outlines the preliminary analysis of these
    five sources in view of guiding any future analysis.
    1 THE ORIGINALLY IDENTIFIED SOURCES OF MICROPLASTIC EMISSIONS
    A UN Environment study1
    identified as many as 74 sources for the release of microplastics (both
    primary and secondary microplastics) into the environment. Depending on the literature source, the
    importance and share of sources contributing to the unintentional release of microplastics vary
    widely. Microplastics are released in different stages of the product life cycle, such as production,
    transport, use, and end-of-life. Regarding industrial sources, the plastic and textile industries are
    considered to be the major contributors.
    It is to note that the present monitoring data lacks harmonization of sampling and analytical methods,
    and data is difficult to compare. Different approaches were used to estimate the emissions from
    sources because of the heterogeneity of the available data or data unavailability. Several studies have
    indicated tyres, textiles and pellets as the main sources of the unintentional release of microplastics2
    .
    Further desk research and stakeholder consultation3
    pointed to three additional sources, as the
    preliminary analysis estimated them as main sources of unintentional releases of microplastics:
    • Paints, probably the largest emitter, including also road markings and marine paints;
    • Geotextiles;
    • Detergent capsules (comprising laundry and dishwater capsules).
    For pellets, textiles, detergent capsules and geotextiles, reliable estimates were not available on the
    quantity of material or for the microplastic emission rate, and therefore researchers have estimated
    1
    UN Environment (2018): Mapping of global plastics value chain and plastics losses to the environment with a
    particular focus on marine environment
    2
    Germany (2014) Sources of microplastics relevant to marine protection, Report for Federal Environment Agency.
    Norway (2014) Sources of microplastic pollution to the marine environment, Report for Norwegian Environment
    Agency.
    Denmark (2015): Occurrence, effects and sources of releases to the environment in Denmark, Report for The Danish
    Environmental Protection Agency.
    Sweden (2016): Swedish sources and pathways for microplastics to the marine environment, Report for Swedish
    Environmental Protection Agency
    OSPAR (2017): Assessment document of land-based inputs of microplastics in the marine environment
    Eunomia (2018): Investigating options for reducing releases in the aquatic environment of microplastics emitted by
    (but not Intentionally added in) products: Final report.
    Ryberg et al. (2019): Global environmental losses of plastics across the value chains. Resource, conservation and
    Recyling.
    3
    A dedicated website https://microplastics.biois.eu was maintained to ensure constant interaction with stakeholders
    236
    varying emission levels. A range of possible emissions scenario was provided for these four sources,
    which varies significantly for some sources such as textiles.
    For tyres, on the other hand, in the absence of data, a modelling approach was used for estimating
    the potential microplastic emissions, resulting in an average figure. On the basis of the uncertainty of
    the input data and the modelling parameters, an uncertainty factor of about 20% was applied to
    calculate the upper and lower ranges. For paints, a confidence interval for the micro-plastic leakage
    to the environment was estimated using a Montecarlo approach. The first step is to set confidence
    intervals for the input parameters. Since the data availability surrounding plastic losses from paint is
    scarce, a qualitative approach rather than a data-driven approach is used to set the intervals on the
    input parameters4
    . Ultimately, the 95% confidence interval for the total paint micro-plastic leakage
    to the environment in EU-27 is 231 - 863 kt a year. Estimated releases from these six sources are
    captured in Table 1.
    Table 1: Estimated releases from the six sources of unintentional microplastics release to the EU
    environment
    Source Quantity (tonnes/year), 2019*
    Paints 231 000 – 863 000 (average 482 000)
    Tyres 360 000 – 540 000 (average 450 000)
    Pellets 52 140 – 184 290
    Textiles 1 649 – 61 078
    Geotextiles 6 000 – 19 750
    Detergent capsules 4 140 – 5 980
    TOTAL of the selected six sources 654 929 – 1 674 098 (90-93% of total emissions)
    TOTAL of all sources 729 087 – 1 808 198
    (*) Estimations based on the supporting study for this Impact Assessment
    Other sources were also considered and summarised in Annex 14. It also includes further information
    on each of these other sources that we did not retain in the analysis because they were considered as
    microplastics coming from the intentional use of microplastics added to products or due to a lack of
    sufficient information.
    2 INTRODUCTION TO THE PRELIMINARY ANALYSIS OF THE FIVE SOURCES
    In this chapter, we present the preliminary analysis undertaken for five of the originally
    identifiedmajor sources: tyres, textiles, paints, detergent capsules and geotextiles. These sources were
    analysed by identifying measures to tackle the following two interlinked problem areas:
    ➢ The negative environmental and (potential) health impacts associated with the
    unintentional releases of microplastics into the environment from the five sources into
    the environment. Most of the problems are associated with microplastics in general,
    4
    Paruta et al. (2022) Plastic Paints the Environment, EAEnvironmental Action 2022, ISBN 978-2-8399-3494-7
    237
    irrespective of their source. Specific impacts are explained when discussing the most relevant
    sources.
    ➢ Insufficient data / information on unintentional microplastics releases from five sources.
    There is an absence of comprehensive information on the unintentional releases of
    microplastics from different sources (thus a high uncertainty). While existing information
    might be sufficient to take action in some cases, also in line with the precautionary principle,
    in other cases more information and research is needed in order to understand the sources of
    microplastics and their impacts so that effective policies can be designed.
    Although microplastics is an active field of research and the number of publications on microplastics
    has increased rapidly in recent years, a standardised procedure for identifying/quantifying
    microplastics from different sources is still lacking. Investigations are generally conducted using
    different methods, covering differing particle sizes and expressed in different units that cannot be
    converted, overall making it difficult to compare results across studies. Hence, the reported
    abundance of microplastics and respective sources in the environment have high variability and may
    differ by several orders of magnitude.
    Data Uncertainties
    This IA identifies, for each of the five sources, different uncertainties and data gaps that are
    explained in more detail in the baseline of this Annex. Some salient features include:
    Tyres: Several factors influence the release of Tyre Wear Particles (TWP) into the environment, e.g.
    tyre material and design (which consists of many components), road composition, and driving
    behaviour. Analysing tyre abrasion in environmental samples is challenging, and an interpretation of
    the analytical data should reflect the external conditions. Additionally, reproducible quantification of
    particles in the environment depends on the laboratories’ sampling and analytical techniques, where
    weaknesses and knowledge gaps exist. The ongoing work to develop a harmonised test method and
    standard to measure TWP emissions should help. In addition to uncertainties with the overall
    emission factors for tyre abrasion, there is also a lack of data on the mix of tyres currently in use and
    how they vary in terms of abrasion rates. A number of studies have demonstrated significant variation
    in abrasion rates between different tyre models and types both across different categories (i.e. tyre
    sizes and types) as well as within categories.
    Textiles: the uncertainty of the microplastic estimations is high. In the baseline, they vary between
    2 058 and 74 111 t per year in the EU. The data quality is low for production and wearing life-cycle
    stages. There is no data for the end-of-life. The uncertainty comes from the limited data to quantify
    microplastic emissions and not from the baseline extrapolation.
    Paints: Some uncertainties and data gaps exist relative to market statistics of paint sold per paint
    sector and the plastic content within it. For wear and tear losses, the lifetime of the paint system is
    not a subject that is systematically researched and assessed, but its assessment is key in order to
    determine microplastic pollution during the use phase of the object.
    Detergent capsules: The estimated amount of potential microplastic losses through capsules to the
    environment bears several uncertainties. The principal uncertainty results from the fact that this
    source relates to a water soluble and biodegradable polymer. There is a lack of information on the
    composition of PVOH and related mixtures used for detergent capsules due to trade secrets and the
    subsequent lack of data on whether all PVOH-based grades are fully degradable in all environmental
    media.
    238
    Geotextiles: There are several uncertainties and data gaps, in particular concerning the quantities
    installed and for which application they are used, along with the related microplastic emissions.
    Depending on the application, geotextiles do not represent the same microplastic emission potential,
    e.g., geotextiles used to stabilise the soil during road construction are not exposed to UV, air, or
    abrasion in the same way as geotextiles used for coastal protection. However, limited data is
    available.
    Table 2: Problem evolution and objectives of EU actions
    Problem
    area
    How would the problem
    evolve without action?
    Why is action needed at the
    EU level?
    Objectives for remediation
    Tyres The trends show an increase in
    tyre wear emissions, with
    increases of around 20-30%
    expected by 2030. Whilst a test
    method for measuring TWP
    emissions is under
    development, this alone will
    not necessarily drive any
    reductions.
    Type approval testing for tyres
    with a standard on tyre abrasion
    is foreseen and then needs to be
    implemented at a European and
    international level to ensure
    harmonisation of tyre quality and
    characteristics.
    EU action is required to set limits
    also for tyre abrasion in order to
    limit the emissions of
    microplastics from tyres, as well
    as to ensure a consistent
    implementation of measures and
    to avoid distortions in the market
    and between Member States.
    To reduce emissions from tyres
    through actions targeted at the
    tyres themselves as well as other
    factors impacting emissions.
    Textiles The trends show an increase in
    microplastic emissions from
    textiles, around 22% expected
    by 2030.
    EU action is required to improve
    the understanding of microplastic
    emissions over the life cycle of
    synthetic textiles. EU action will
    also ensure a consistent
    implementation of measures and
    avoid distortions in the market
    and between Member States.
    To improve the knowledge base
    and bridge the data gaps through
    better source characterisation.
    To reduce microplastic emissions
    from textiles through actions
    targeted at the life-cycle
    (production, washing, etc.) of
    textiles.
    Paint Paint is the key to asset
    protection as it extends objects'
    lifetime. How polymer-based
    paint is used, though, is the
    source of microplastic
    pollution in the environment.
    Without action, the business-
    as-usual scenario is a never-
    ending accumulation of
    microplastic pollution in all
    environmental compartments.
    In order to prevent microplastic
    emissions from paints,
    mandatory action is needed to
    make sure that measures are
    applied in different sectors which
    use paints.
    Action at EU level would create
    a coherent framework from
    which every Member state will
    benefit.
    To improve the knowledge base
    and bridge the data gaps through
    better source characterisation.
    To reduce microplastic emissions
    from paints and incentivise the
    development of new technologies
    for paint application, maintenance
    and capture.
    Detergent
    Capsules
    The general increase in the use
    of PVOH and related blends in
    detergent capsules could raise
    concerns regarding their
    possible emissions in
    wastewater. There is a lack of
    data on whether all available
    PVOH-based grades are fully
    degradable in all
    environmental media.
    EU action would ensure a
    consistent implementation of
    measures to tackle microplastic
    release from detergent capsules
    and create a coherent framework
    from which every Member state
    will benefit.
    To improve the knowledge base
    and bridge the data gaps through
    better source characterisation.
    To ensure that PVOH does not
    cause any adverse environmental
    impacts, the objective of the
    remediation is to actively reduce
    the release of PVOH into the
    European environment.
    Geotextiles The geotextiles market is
    seeing significant growth
    (expected to grow by 2.5
    times by 2029 compared to
    An EU-wide action on tackling
    microplastic emissions from
    geotextiles will ensure deeper
    insight into the problem and
    To improve the knowledge base
    and bridge the data gaps through
    better source characterisation.
    239
    Problem
    area
    How would the problem
    evolve without action?
    Why is action needed at the
    EU level?
    Objectives for remediation
    2019). This would result in a
    significant release of
    microplastics (particularly
    from coastal erosion and river
    margins applications).
    create a coherent framework
    from which every Member state
    will benefit.
    The reduction of microplastic
    emissions from geotextile use.
    3 RELEVANT LEGISLATION FOR REDUCING MICROPLASTIC EMISSIONS & ONGOING INITIATIVES
    The following legislation and ongoing initiatives were identified as relevant to the reduction of
    microplastic emissions. This overview aims to provide insight into the EU’s and Member States’
    current approach to microplastics and point to any regulatory gaps. This section only contains the
    legislation relevant to the five sources discussed and not to pellets. The legislation relevant to pellets,
    such as the REACH restriction, is explained in Annex 6 of this IA on legislation related to pellets.
    Several EU policies and instruments (waste management, air quality, industrial emissions legislation,
    tyre labelling, motor vehicle type approval legislation) affect or could affect directly or indirectly the
    generation and release of microplastics in the environment. The Fertilising Products Regulation
    contains a provision on ‘Controlled Release Fertilisers’ targeting microplastic releases used for
    fertilisers. But none of these has already taken decisive action.
    3.1 Ecodesign for Sustainable Product Regulation
    In March 2022, the European Commission adopted a proposal5
    for Regulation establishing a
    framework for setting ecodesign requirements for sustainable products and repealing Directive
    2009/125/EC. This proposal is the cornerstone of the Commission’s approach to more
    environmentally sustainable and circular products. The proposal builds on the existing Ecodesign
    Directive6
    , which only covers energy-related products.
    This proposal will set harmonised rules on environmental sustainability for products, including
    textiles and paints, to make them more durable, reliable, reusable, upgradable, reparable, easier to
    maintain and refurbish, and energy and resource-efficient. A preliminary assessment of the products
    to be included in the first Working Plan for the ESPR is currently ongoing. Textiles, detergents, tyres
    and paints may be part of the working plan in the framework of the ESPR proposal – this is to be
    determined at a later stage. The implementation of the ESPR is expected to include information and
    performance requirements on products at the source of microplastic release and using the
    corresponding testing and measurement method.
    The Implementing Regulation on eco-design for washing machines and washer-dryers7
    , adopted
    in 2019, recognises the need to consider, in the next review of the Regulation foreseen by 2025, the
    feasibility of new requirements for reducing micro-plastics in the water outlet, such as filters.
    5
    European Commission, Commission Proposal for a Regulation establishing a framework for setting eco-design
    requirements for sustainable products and repealing Directive 2009/125/EC, COM(2022)142 final, 2022.
    6
    See Energy label and ecodesign (europa.eu)
    7
    Commission Regulation (EU) 2019/2023 of 1 October 2019 laying down ecodesign requirements for household
    washing machines and household washer-dryers pursuant to Directive 2009/125/EC of the European Parliament and
    of the Council, amending Commission Regulation (EC) No 1275/2008 and repealing Commission Regulation (EU)
    No 1015/2010, OJ L 315, 5.12.2019, pp. 285-312.
    240
    3.2 Tyres labelling and EURO 7
    In the recent revision of the Tyre Labelling Regulation8
    , the co-legislators agreed to empower the
    Commission to adopt delegated acts in order to include parameters or information requirements for
    tyre “abrasion and mileage” (as soon as a suitable method is available). The co-legislator had clearly
    in mind how an indicator of abrasion alone was not going to be effective in orienting consumer
    purchase choice, and a complementary indicator, possibly combined and highly “valued” by
    consumers, such as mileage, was necessary. The type approval legislation refers to the same testing
    methods for the same parameters and sets the minimum requirements for efficiency, safety and health
    protection. The Euro 7 standard adopted by EC in November 2022 has a placeholder to introduce the
    abrasion limits for tyres once the emissions’ measurement methodology is developed.
    3.3 Construction Products Regulation
    The revised Construction Products Regulation introduces the requirements for construction products,
    such as cement, steel, aluminium and plastics, to improve the protection of health, safety and the
    environment, in line with the new Ecodesign for Sustainable Product Regulation.
    3.4 EU Strategy for Sustainable and Circular Textiles
    The EU strategy for sustainable and circular textiles9
    , adopted on 30.03.2022, sets the vision for a
    more sustainable textile sector by looking at the entire life-cycle of textile products and proposing
    actions to change how to produce and consume textiles. The Strategy identifies microplastics releases
    as one of the main issues to be addressed and refers to the current initiative. The Strategy also
    mentions that “the Commission will propose harmonised EU extended producer responsibility rules
    for textiles with eco-modulation of fees, as part of the forthcoming revision of the Waste Framework
    Directive in 2023”.
    3.5 Research
    Besides the policy and legislative activities, the EU is dedicating substantial resources to better
    understanding and combating marine litter (including microplastics) through a number of projects
    funded by the LIFE, EMFF/EMFAF, Horizon 2020 and Horizon Europe Programmes or other
    projects, including enlargement neighbourhood funding and regional (e.g. Interreg) funding.
    3.6 Member state and international actions on microplastics
    Several EU member states have implemented measures to tackle microplastic emissions, particularly
    in recent years. If most of these measures are aimed at banning intentionally added microplastics
    (such as in cosmetics) or single-use plastics, there are examples of initiatives taken on unintentionally
    released microplastics that are presented in
    8
    Regulation (EU) 2020/740 of May 2020
    9
    European Commission, Commission Communication – EU Strategy for Sustainable and Circular Textiles,
    COM(2022)141 final, 2022.
    241
    Table 3.
    242
    Table 3: Selected actions in Member States
    Countries Sources Measure
    France Textiles Mandatory requirement for all new washing machines to be equipped with
    microfiber filters by January 1st
    2025.10
    Denmark Microplastics Monitoring program of Danish Marine Strategy including monitoring of marine
    litter, analyses of microplastic in sediments, as well as analyses of macro and
    microplastics in stomachs of two fish species.11
    Netherlands Microplastics Research program on mitigation measures to avoid microplastic emissions from
    pellets, tyres, textiles and paints.
    Investigation on the supply chain by January, mainly on spills.
    Developing a plan with a focus on small companies.12
    Sweden Microplastics Research program in 2017 to identify the main sources of microplastic emissions in
    Sweden.13
    Similarly, outside of the EU, several countries have started actions against microplastic emissions,
    which are summarised in Table 4.
    Table 4: Selected international actions
    Countries Sources Measure
    Chile Microplastics National Strategy for Marine Waste and Microplastics Management, launched in
    2021, with the objective for sustainable plastic waste management throughout
    their life cycle, preventing and reducing the discharge of plastic waste in aquatic
    ecosystems.
    Commission for
    Environmental
    Cooperation
    (CEC)
    Microplastics Transformation of recycling and solid waste management in North America”
    brings Mexico, Canada, and the US together to accelerate the adoption of circular
    economy and sustainable management practices regarding materials (plastics and
    microplastics) in North America.
    UK Microplastics The UK government commissioned research projects to better understand the
    issue of microplastics losses from tyres and clothing. A Rapid Evidence Review
    has been commissioned to gather the evidence to progress approaches to more
    consistent definition, sampling and assessment methodologies for monitoring
    and reporting microplastics in water. Collaboration is also ongoing with the water
    industry to establish methods to detect, characterise and quantify microplastics
    in waste water and evaluate the removal efficiency of treatment processes.
    10
    LOI n° 2020-105 du 10 février 2020 relative à la lutte contre le gaspillage et l’économie circulaire (1) [Law n°2020-
    105 of 10 February 2020 related to the fight against waste and the circular economy (1)], Journal official “Lois et
    Décrets” no. 0035 du 11 février 2020 [JORF] [Official journal “Laws and Decrees” no. 0035 of 11 February 2020],
    11 February 2020, Fr.
    11
    Ministry of Environment and Food of Denmark; Microplastics: Occurrence, effects and sources of releases to the
    environment in Denmark, Environmental project No. 1793, 2015
    12
    Dutch Government, Policy Programme on (micro) plastics – European Marine Strategy Framework Directive, 2020
    (https://g20mpl.org/partners/netherlands).
    13
    Swedish Government, ‘Microplastics’, 2022 (https://www.naturvardsverket.se/amnesomraden/plast/om-
    plast/mikroplast/).
    243
    Countries Sources Measure
    Australia Textiles The National Plastics Plan 2021 announced that the Australian Government will
    work with industry to phase in microfibre filters on new residential and
    commercial washing machines by 1 July 203014
    Canada Textiles
    Research
    Under the Zero Plastic Waste strategy, Canada is implementing a comprehensive
    approach to reduce plastics pollution, which includes investing in science to close
    research gaps on macro and microplastics. The government provided funding to
    support research on microfibre release occurring during washing, to design
    dedicated test methods and to develop sampling methods for microfibres in
    laundry effluent and wastewaters.
    Norway Tyres,
    Textiles, Turfs
    The Norwegian Climate and Environment Ministry commissioned a review on
    microplastics pollution, which includes measures to target wear and tear of
    vehicle tires and textiles and losses from artificial turfs.
    Norway has implemented speed limits to reduce local air pollution caused by
    road dust will likely also reduce microplastic emissions.
    USA
    (Connecticut)
    Textiles
    Research
    Development of research programs, awareness-raising campaigns and best
    consumer practices to reduce microfibre shredding and microplastics emissions
    during laundering
    House Bill 5360 (2018) to target microfibres emitted during laundering. The bill
    mandated further research on microfibres, awareness-raising initiatives and the
    development of best consumer practices and industry efforts to prevent
    microfibre shedding.
    USA
    (California)
    Textiles Microfiber bill AB 129: development of a standard methodology to assess the
    efficiency of microfiber filtration in washing machines
    Bill AB 1952 (under preparation): launch of a pilot program on microfibre filters
    USA (New
    York)
    Textiles New York State proposed Assembly Bill A01549 in 2018. This would require
    the following labelling for all products containing more than 50% synthetic
    material: “This garment sheds plastic microfibers when washed”.
    USA (NASA) Monitoring Using a new technique relies on data from NASA’s Cyclone Global Navigation
    Satellite System (CYGNSS), a constellation of eight small satellites that
    measures wind speeds above Earth’s oceans and provides information about the
    strength of hurricanes, the NASA team looked for places where the ocean was
    smoother than expected given the wind speed, which they thought could indicate
    the presence of microplastics. Then they compared those areas to observations
    and model predictions of where microplastics congregate in the ocean.
    3.7 Industry initiatives
    Selected voluntary initiatives are presented in Table 5.
    14
    Australian Government, ‘National Plastics Plan 2021’, 2021
    (https://www.agriculture.gov.au/sites/default/files/documents/national-plastics-plan-2021.pdf).
    244
    Table 5: Selected voluntary initiatives (Industry and NGO)
    Name Sources Details
    Microfibre
    Consortium
    Textiles Development of practical solutions for the textile industry to minimise microfibre
    release to the environment from textile manufacturing and product life cycle.
    Voluntary
    Cross
    Industry
    Agreement
    Textiles Several industry associations (International Association for Soaps, Detergents and
    Maintenance Products, Comité International de la Rayonne et des Fibres
    Synthétiques, European Outdoor Group, Euratex and the Federation of the European
    Sporting Goods Industry) have formed a voluntary Cross Industry Agreement. The
    partnership aims to contribute to the development of international standardised test
    methods to identify and quantify microfibres, share information on the progress of
    research, knowledge gaps, options and priorities and support and participate in
    industrial research for the development of feasible and effective solutions
    Clothing
    Industry
    initiative
    Textiles Patagonia, Arc’teryx, REI and MEC and MetroVancouver commissioned Ocean
    Wise’s Plastic Lab to investigate microfibers, the tiny textile particles that shed from
    garments over their lifetime.
    Tire Industry
    Project
    Tyres This project, launched by 11 major tyre manufacturing companies under the
    umbrella of the World Business Council of Sustainable Development (WBCSD),
    aims to identify and implement feasible measures in order to reduce the impact of
    the life cycle of tyres on the environment, also in the context of microplastics
    pollution. 15
    European
    Tyre and
    Road Wear
    Particle
    Platform
    Tyres The European Tyre and Rubber Manufacturers Association (ETRMA) initiated this
    multi-stakeholder platform aimed to facilitate research, encourage stakeholder
    cooperation and knowledge-sharing and explore mitigation options to reduce TRWP
    pollution.
    European
    Tyre and
    Rime
    Technical
    Organization
    (ETRTO)
    Tyres ETRTO is working on assessing the feasibility and accuracy of a standard test
    method for the tyre abrasion rate to propose to the European Commission.
    Plastic soup
    foundation
    Textiles
    Cosmetics
    With their Beat the Microbead app, one can scan all your personal care and cosmetic
    products for yourself to see if they contain plastic ingredients. Their Ocean Clean
    Wash campaign additionally raises awareness about microfibers and the relationship
    between clothes and plastic in the ocean.
    Race for
    Water
    Odyssey
    Microplastics Raise awareness about microplastics16
    Rethink
    plastic
    alliance
    Microplastics Awareness raising, policy lobbying
    Seas at Risk Microplastics Awareness raising, policy lobbying
    15
    https://tireparticles.info/our-research
    16
    https://www.raceforwater.org/en/news/microplastics/
    245
    3.8 Multilateral Actions
    In March 2022, the second session of the 5th
    United National Environment Assembly unanimously
    adopted resolution 14: End Plastic Pollution: towards an international legally binding instrument17
    (hereafter referred to as the resolution). The preamble to the resolution highlights that “plastic
    pollution includes microplastics”. This inclusion indicates that the intergovernmental negotiating
    committee (INC) will have to consider how to address microplastics in a forthcoming global
    agreement.
    In May 2019, the Conference of the Parties to the Basel Convention adopted a decision by which it
    amended Annexes II, VIII and IX of the Convention in relation to plastic waste. A Plastic Waste
    Partnership was created with the aim, among other things, to significantly reduce and eliminate the
    discharge of waste plastics and microplastics in the environment. The OECD Council
    Recommendation on Water calls for Adherents to prevent, reduce and manage water pollution from
    all sources while paying attention to pollutants of emerging concern, such as microplastics. UNEP’s
    Clean Seas campaign raises awareness on microplastics, such as on cigarette filters, textiles and
    cosmetics.
    4 PROBLEM DEFINITION BY SOURCE
    4.1 Problem definition for tyres
    Tyre wear is caused by the friction process between tyres and the road surface. Accordingly, tyre
    wear is emitted wherever and whenever vehicles travel. From the point of origin, it can either be
    transported directly into the three environmental compartments (soil, air, water) or indirectly through
    remobilisation and deposition. Most tyre wear is initially deposited on or near the road surface. The
    finer fractions (PM2.5 and PM10) can be transported much further by airborne drift18
    . As exhaust
    emissions of particular matter continue to decline due to legislation such as Euro 6, the contribution
    that tyre wear and other non-exhaust emissions make to total PM emissions from road transport are
    increasing significantly. For example, in the UK, non-exhaust emissions (i.e. particles from brake
    wear, tyre wear and road surface wear) have been estimated to contribute around 60% and 73% (by
    mass) of primary PM2.5 and PM10 emissions, respectively, from the road transport sector (and 7.4%
    and 8.5% of total primary UK PM2.5 and PM10 emissions, respectively)19
    . In the EU, non-exhaust
    PM, emissions from brake, tyre or road wear, have all increased and become the dominant transport
    emission source for PM10 (since 2012) and PM2.5 (since 2018)20
    .
    17
    United Nations Environment Assembly, Resolution – End plastic pollution: towards an international legally binding
    instrument, UNEP/EA.5/Res.14, 02.03.2022.
    18
    Air Quality Expert Group, Report for UK Department for Environment, Food and Rural Affairs, Scottish Government,
    Welsh Government, and Department of the Environment in Northern Ireland, ‘Non-Exhaust Emissions from Road
    Traffic’, 2019 (https://uk-
    air.defra.gov.uk/assets/documents/reports/cat09/1907101151_20190709_Non_Exhaust_Emissions_typeset_Final.pd
    f).
    19
    Air Quality Expert Group, Report for UK Department for Environment, Food and Rural Affairs, Scottish Government,
    Welsh Government, and Department of the Environment in Northern Ireland, ‘Non-Exhaust Emissions from Road
    Traffic’, 2019 (https://uk-
    air.defra.gov.uk/assets/documents/reports/cat09/1907101151_20190709_Non_Exhaust_Emissions_typeset_Final.pd
    f).
    20
    Vanherle, K. et al., ‘ETC/ATNI Report 5/2020: Transport Non-exhaust PM-emissions. An overview of emission
    estimates, relevance, trends and policies’, Eionet Portal, 2021 (https://www.eionet.europa.eu/etcs/etc-
    atni/products/etc-atni-reports/etc-atni-report-5-2020-transport-non-exhaust-pm-emissions-an-overview-of-emission-
    estimates-relevance-trends-and-policies).
    246
    4.1.1 Pathways to the environment and the scale of their impact
    The impact of tyre wear on individual environmental compartments and the organisms living there
    is not sufficiently understood. However, there are already many studies that have estimated the total
    emissions of tyre wear for a region or country. These have typically been developed by combining
    activity rates (generally vehicle kilometres) with emission factors (i.e. the rate of microplastic release
    per vehicle kilometre), sometimes disaggregated by road and/or vehicle type, although other
    approaches have also been taken. A comprehensive literature review on tyre wear has been prepared
    by Baensch-Baltruschat et al.21
    This provides estimates of the mass losses of the tyres. In some cases
    (e.g., in Sundt et al.), the calculated TWP (total) is supplemented by the polymer shares (polymer).
    Table 6: Annual tyre wear emissions for different countries and regions from Baensch-Baltruschat et
    al.22
    supplemented by Hann et al.23
    and ETRMA.242526
    Country Tyre wear
    emissions in
    total (referring
    to tyre tread)
    tonnes/years
    Calculation
    method
    Emission
    Factor
    applied
    Remarks Reference
    EU28 572,157 own data (ETRMA, 2018)
    EU28 503,586 b k (Hann, 2018)
    EU28 1,327,000 b Estimates based on EU
    Registered LDV and HDV
    X Total vehicle km derived
    from data of Germany / no
    differentiation of road type
    (Wagner, 2018)
    Germany 61,000 b own data Derivation of EF is not
    explained
    (Baumann, 1997)
    Germany 111,420 b i (Hillenbrand, 2005)
    Germany 60,000-
    111,000
    c (Essel, 2014)
    Germany 133,000 b i (Wagner, 2018)
    21
    Baensch-Baltruschat, B. et al., ‘Tyre and road wear particles – A calculation of generation, transport and release to
    water and soil with special regard to German roads’, Science of the Total Environment, Vol. 752, 2021, Elsevier BV.
    22
    Baensch-Baltruschat, B. et al., ‘Tyre and road wear particles – A calculation of generation, transport and release to
    water and soil with special regard to German roads’, Science of the Total Environment, Vol. 752, 2021, Elsevier BV.
    23
    Hann, S., Sherrington, C., Jamieson, O. et al., Investigating options for reducing releases in the aquatic environment
    of microplastics emitted by (but not intentionally added in) products, Eunomia report for the Directorate-General for
    Environment, 2018.
    24
    Data provided by the European Tyre & Rubber Manufacturers Association (ETRMA) in: Hann, S., Sherrington, C.,
    Jamieson, O. et al., Investigating options for reducing releases in the aquatic environment of microplastics emitted
    by (but not intentionally added in) products, Eunomia report for the Directorate-General for Environment, 2018.
    25
    Hann, S., Sherrington, C., Jamieson, O. et al., Investigating options for reducing releases in the aquatic environment
    of microplastics emitted by (but not intentionally added in) products, Eunomia report for the Directorate-General for
    Environment, 2018.
    26
    Data provided by the European Tyre & Rubber Manufacturers Association (ETRMA) in: Hann, S., Sherrington, C.,
    Jamieson, O. et al., Investigating options for reducing releases in the aquatic environment of microplastics emitted
    by (but not intentionally added in) products, Eunomia report for the Directorate-General for Environment, 2018.
    247
    Country Tyre wear
    emissions in
    total (referring
    to tyre tread)
    tonnes/years
    Calculation
    method
    Emission
    Factor
    applied
    Remarks Reference
    Germany 75,200 b j (Baensch-Baltruschat,
    2020)
    Germany 98,400 k (Baensch-Baltruschat(b),
    2020)
    Germany 125,188 b (Kole, Wear and Tear of
    Tyres in the Global
    Environment: Size
    Distribution, Emission,
    Pathways and Health
    Effects, 2019)
    Denmark 6514 – 7660 b l Recalculation of data
    estimated by Lassen et al.
    2015
    (Kole, Wear and Tear of
    Tyres: A Stealthy Source
    of Microplastics in the
    Environment. , 2017)
    Denmark 4200 – 6600 d (Lassen, 2015)
    Denmark 7310 d (Kole, Wear and Tear of
    Tyres: A Stealthy Source
    of Microplastics in the
    Environment. , 2017)
    France 37 646 d (Unice, 2018)
    Seine River
    basin (FR)
    13 804 e (Unice, 2018)
    Italy 50 000 n/a (Milani, 2004)
    Netherlands 15452 (total) b n (Sherrington, 2016)
    Netherlands 7726
    (polymer)
    b n (Sherrington, 2016)
    Netherlands 17300 (only
    tyre wear)
    b o (Verschoor, 2016)
    Netherlands 15030 b p (Kole, Wear and Tear of
    Tyres: A Stealthy Source
    of Microplastics in the
    Environment. , 2017).
    Netherlands 8768
    (corrected for
    amounts
    trapped in
    open pore road
    surface)
    b p (Kole, Wear and Tear of
    Tyres: A Stealthy Source
    of Microplastics in the
    Environment. , 2017)
    248
    Country Tyre wear
    emissions in
    total (referring
    to tyre tread)
    tonnes/years
    Calculation
    method
    Emission
    Factor
    applied
    Remarks Reference
    Norway 7500 (total) b l, m (Sundt, 2014)
    Norway 4500
    (polymer)
    b l, m (Sundt, 2014)
    Norway 9600 (total) f (Sundt, 2014)
    Norway 5700
    (polymer)
    f (Sundt, 2014)
    Norway 7100 (total) b l,k (Vogelsang, 2020)
    Norway 4300
    (polymer)
    b l,k (Vogelsang, 2020)
    Sweden 13000 b q (Magnusson, 2016)
    Great
    Britain
    38000 – 75000 d (UK, 1999)
    Great
    Britain
    42000 – 84000 d Update of data given by EA
    UK
    (Kole, Wear and Tear of
    Tyres: A Stealthy Source
    of Microplastics in the
    Environment. , 2017)
    A Own calculation, data source for number of inhabitants: total Europe (Eurostat, 2020), others (CIA, 2018).
    B Estimation based on emission factors and total vehicle km.
    C Data based on (Gebbe, 1997) and WDK (Association of German Rubber Manufacturing Industry, reporting year 2005)
    D Estimation based on consumption of tyres and abrasive loss (weight loss during use).
    E Derived from data for entire France based on population density and lengths of urban and rural roads in the Seine river basin
    F Estimation based on the number of tyres collected for retreading and weight loss during use.
    G Estimation based on the number of registered vehicles, life expectancy of tyres and loss during life time
    H
    Extrapolated from the emission data for DEU, DNK, GBR, ITA, NLD, NOR, SWE, AUS, BRA, CHN, IND, JPN, and USA, and
    the world’s number of vehicles
    I Emissions factors compiled by (Hillenbrand, 2005)
    J Emissions factors compiled by (Gebbe, 1997)
    K Emission factors by (Deltares-TNO, Emissieschattingen Diffuse bronnen Emissieregistratie. Remslijtage., 2016).
    L (Luhana, 2004)
    M (Anonymus, 2012)
    N (Deltares-TNO, Emissieschattingen Diffuse bronnen Emissieregistratie. Remslijtage. , 2014)
    O (Klein, 2015) (Dutch Pollutant Release and Transfer Register).
    P Van Duijnhove et al. (2014)
    Q (Gustafsson, 2008)
    R (Aatmeeyara, 2009)
    S Unified EF: 50 mg/km.
    The total amount for the EU28, as shown in the table, is in the range of about 500 000 – 1 300 000
    t/a (with the UK included). If the amount of emissions from the UK is excluded, according to Kole
    249
    (2017)27
    , the emissions from the EU27 based on these studies would be about 460,000-1,220,000 t/a
    (a specific quantification has been developed for this study and is described later in in the baseline.
    Where tyre wear ends up in the environment is the subject of current research. The tyre wear mapping
    study28
    has calculated the input pathway after more direct emission of tyre wear for Germany and
    selected regions in a comprehensive model. According to this, in Germany as a whole, tyre abrasion
    is emitted in approximately 57% in urban areas, 43% to open spaces and forests. Direct input into
    water bodies is only 0.4%, but indirect input from precipitation drainage must be considered.
    The tyre wear deposited on the road surface can be flushed into surface waters via the road runoff
    after precipitation, depending on the sewer system. Figure 1 shows the two possible sewer systems
    “separate system”, where the road runoff is discharged directly into a surface water body, and the
    “combined sewer system”, where the road runoff is discharged to a wastewater treatment plant.
    During heavy rainfall events, the combined sewer system may be overloaded and drain directly to a
    surface water body by means of a sewer overflow. Figure 2 shows volume flows based on the example
    of Berlin and shows that about 78% of precipitation water is discharged untreated into surface waters.
    The discharge via the sewer overflow amounts to 7% (15 million m³) and thus represents a pathway
    that also needs to be taken into account.29
    Sustainable drainage systems can be an efficient measure
    to reduce emissions from tyre wear into the surface water, but such systems are mainly used on
    motorways due to the space required. Further measures are discussed later in this section. WWTP is
    not seen as a sink because microplastics from tyre wear will typically end up in sludge which is either
    applied to fields as fertiliser and thus contributes to microplastic accumulation in the soil, or it is
    incinerated or landfilled.
    Figure 1: Volume shares of storm water in separations system and combined sewer system in Berlin30
    27
    Kole, P.J., Löhr, A.J., Van Belleghem, F.G.A.J. and Ragas, A.M.J., ‘Wear and Tear of Tyres: A Stealthy Source of
    Microplastics in the Environment’, International Journal of Environmental Research and Public Health, Vol. 14, No.
    10, 2017.
    28
    German Federal Ministry of Traffic and Digital Infrastructure (BMVI), ‘Schlussbericht 19F2050A-C:
    TyreWearMapping: Reifenabrief – ein unterschätztes Umweltproblem?’ [Final report 19F2050A-C:
    TyreWearMapping: Tyre abrasion – an underestimated environmental problem?], 2021
    (https://www.umsicht.fraunhofer.de/content/dam/umsicht/de/dokumente/kompetenz/prozesse/tyrewearmapping-
    schlussbericht.pdf), De.
    29
    TyreWearMapping - Digitales Planungs- und Entscheidungsinstrument zur Verteilung, Ausbreitung und
    Quantifizierung von Reifenabrieb in Deutschland. Final report 19F2050A-C
    30
    Wicke, D. et al., ‘Projekte: Relevanz organischer Spurenstoffe im Regenwasserabfluss Berlins (OgRe)’ [Project: The
    relevance of organic trace substances in Berlin stormwater runoff], organischer Spurenstoffe im Regenwasserabfluss
    Berlins. Hg. v. Kompetenzzentrum Wasser Berlin. Kompetenzzentrum Wasser Berlin.
    250
    Baensch-Baltruschat et al.’s study defines the total release of tyre and road wear particles in Germany.
    Up to 20% of tyre abrasion was estimated to enter surface waters depending on the sewer systems.
    According to Baensch-Baltruschat et al., 74% ends up in the soil, which is within the range of the
    studies31,32
    (49% - 85%). There is a lack of data on how microplastics behave once they enter soil
    and surface water and the extent to which degradation occurs.
    Figure 2: Releases of microplastics from tyre wear into the environment for Germany33
    4.1.2 Factors affecting the scale of the problem
    This section discusses the key parameters influencing tyre wear, building on the problem drivers
    identified in the figure above. A comprehensive overview of the key parameters influencing tyre
    wear, according to Boulter et al.34
    presented in figure below.
    Figure 3: Influences on the emission factor of tyre wear
    Possible influencing variables are divided into driving behaviour, tyre, road surface and vehicle
    characteristics. From a technical measurement point of view, it is very difficult to evaluate the
    individual influencing factors separately. The RAU project “Tire wear in the environment” has
    31
    Unice et al., Characterizing export of land-based microplastics to the estuary – Part II: Sensitivity analysis of an
    integrated geospatial microplastic transport 250odelling assessment of tire and road wear particles, 2018
    32
    Hann, S., Sherrington, C., Jamieson, O., Hickman, M., Kershaw, P., Bapasola, A., & Cole, G. (2018). Investigating
    options for reducing releases in the aquatic environment of microplastics emitted by (but not intentionally added in)
    products. Report for DG Environment of the European Commission, 335.
    33
    Baensch-Baltruschat, B. et al., ‘Tyre and road wear particles – A calculation of generation, transport and release to
    water and soil with special regard to German roads’, Science of the Total Environment, Vol. 752, 2021, Elsevier BV.
    34
    Boulter, P. G. „A Review of emission factors and models for road vehicle non-exhaust particulate matter.“ Project
    Report PPR0065, Department for the Environment, Food and Rural Affairs, Scottish Executive, Welsh Assembly
    Government, and the Department of Environment in Northern Ireland, 2006
    251
    identified the factors (Figure 4) that influence tyre wear35
    . According to this, road topology and
    driving behaviour have the most significant influence on tyre wear emissions. The road topology
    describes the road layout and can be divided into different driving situations such as curves,
    intersections, slopes and straight roads etc. Changing the topology (e.g. increasing the curve radius)
    is certainly not technically feasible on a large scale. But a reduction of the permitted maximum speed
    could be an agreed adjustment here. In addition, hot spots can be identified with the description of
    the topology so that specific measures, such as the treatment of road runoffs or optimised road
    cleaning, can be implemented. The driving behaviour can be described, for example, by acceleration
    behaviour. An aggressive driving behaviour (high accelerations) leads to more tyre wear than a
    moderate driving behaviour (low accelerations).
    Also, the project team carried out road dust studies that underlined the influence of road topology. In
    the local investigations, traffic lights, curves, gradients and straight roads were considered and
    compared. In the analysis of the road dust samples, increased SBR (styrene-butadiene rubber)
    contents were found at the locations of curves and traffic lights.
    Figure 4: Factors influencing the formation of tyre wear and maximum influence36
    Development in transport volume and mode of transport
    In the OECD report37
    , a reduction of PM10 emissions from road traffic by 251 approx. 40 % from
    2000 to 2014 was determined (Figure 5). However, the decrease is only caused by exhaust emissions;
    the emissions from non-exhaust (tyres, brakes, roads) remained constant. With further internal
    combustion engine vehicles (ICEVs) optimisation and progressive replacement of ICEVs by electric
    vehicles (EVs), a further reduction in exhaust emissions can be expected, and the non- exhaust
    emissions will become the main source of PM10 emissions in road traffic.
    35
    Barjenburch, M. and Venghaus, D., ‘Präsentation: Reifenabrieb in der Umwelt’ [Presentation: Tyre abrasion in the
    environment], Abschlusskonferenz "Plastik in der Umwelt" [Conference "Plastic in the environment"], 2021
    (https://bmbf-plastik.de/sites/default/files/2021-05/Session-B_Venghaus_RAU.pdf).
    36
    Barjenburch, M. and Venghaus, D., ‘Präsentation: Reifenabrieb in der Umwelt’ [Presentation: Tyre abrasion in the
    environment], Abschlusskonferenz "Plastik in der Umwelt" [Conference "Plastic in the environment"], 2021
    (https://bmbf-plastik.de/sites/default/files/2021-05/Session-B_Venghaus_RAU.pdf).
    37
    OECD, Non-exhaust Particulate Emissions from Road Transport: An ignored environmental policy challenge, 2020,
    OECD Publishing, Paris.
    252
    Figure 5: Annual PM emissions from road transport, EU-28, 2000-2014
    A key driver of tyre wear emissions is driving mileage. It is expected that there will be a significant
    increase in road transport volumes over the next decades. The JRC estimates (Figure 6) show a 16%
    increase in passenger road transport between 2010 and 2030 and 30% for 2010-2050. Freight
    transport is estimated to increase by 33% by 2030 and 55% by 205038
    .
    Figure 6: Estimated passenger and freight transport on roads in Europe39
    Tyre characteristics
    The influence of tyre characteristics and construction was investigated in detail by the German
    Automobile Association (ADAC). Under representative conditions, car tyres from various
    manufacturers were tested for emission factor (EF) and driving safety. A distinction was made
    between the three tyre types: summer, winter and all-season tyres with different tyre dimensions. Due
    to the limited data available, all-season tires are only listed for one dimension. Driving safety was
    assessed for dry and wet road surfaces and on snow for winter tyres. The figure below shows the tyre
    wear emissions in mg/vehicle km, as an average of all four vehicle tyres.
    38
    Alonso Raposo, M. and Ciuffo, B., The Future of Road Transport: Implications of automated, connected, low-carbon
    and shared mobility, JRC116644, 2019, Publications Office of the European Union, Luxembourg.
    39
    Barjenburch, M. and Venghaus, D., ‘Präsentation: Reifenabrieb in der Umwelt’ [Presentation: Tyre abrasion in the
    environment], Abschlusskonferenz "Plastik in der Umwelt" [Conference "Plastic in the environment"], 2021
    (https://bmbf-plastik.de/sites/default/files/2021-05/Session-B_Venghaus_RAU.pdf), De.
    253
    Figure 7: Emission factors of different tyres40
    Figure 7 shows a significant difference in EF due to the tyre dimension. As the tyre dimension
    increases, it also increases the average EF. However, the scattering of the EF within a tyre dimension
    is particularly interesting, where the deviations between the manufacturers are up to 100% apart. A
    significant correlation between EF and driving safety was not observed in the study. Both low-
    emission tyres achieved good results in driving safety and tyres with high EF, and vice versa. The
    study identified tyre models in all categories that have low tyre wear and do not compromise on
    safety. There are data gaps in terms of the volumes of each of these tyre models that are sold each
    year as well as the distances driven, which, combined with the emission factors, influence overall
    emissions from tyres. The challenge in tyre development is to move the composition (and
    construction) towards higher abrasion resistance while ensuring the same driving safety.
    Nevertheless, as shown in the ADAC study41
    , there is a large potential for tyre manufacturers to
    produce TWP emission-optimized tyres that also provide driving safety.
    The ADAC study also highlighted the need to adopt good practices, such as shaving tyres (i.e.
    removing fine rubber protrusions or pins that might be left over from the production process) before
    putting them in the market to avoid releasing them into the environment during the first kilometres
    of their use. Fine rubber pins are created when the rubber is injected into the tyre mould through fine
    channels. Many manufacturers remove these residues in a further production step in order to return
    the material directly to the material cycle. However, it appears that some manufacturers do not
    remove the residues and directly place the tyres on the market with these rubber residues. However,
    it is highly uncertain exactly what proportion of tyres placed on the market include these rubber pins.
    They seem to be more commonplace for budget tyres than more premium brands and potentially
    more frequent for winter tyres where the injection channels are necessary due to the fine tread
    structure compared to summer tyres. Whilst it is very challenging to quantify the exact contribution
    that they may make to overall tyre wear emissions, some initial estimations appear to indicate that
    their overall impact is expected to be very low, less than 0.5% and potentially closer to 0.1% of the
    total wear from a tyre42
    .
    40
    ADAC, ‘Tyre wear particles in the environment’ / 31940 RMU
    41
    ADAC, ‘Tyre wear particles in the environment’ / 31940 RMU
    42
    Personal communication with the JRC, May 2022.
    254
    In materials science and R&D, innovations are also reported, such as the use of dandelions43
    or
    moss44
    . One possibility would be using innovative additives such as nanotubes (TUBALL45
    ), which
    should be effective for improved performance. However, the effect on tyre wear emission is unclear.
    A test method covering tyres for both light and heavy-duty vehicles is currently being developed by
    the European Commission through a study led by IDIADA. The study is expected to propose and
    validate appropriate test methods, evaluate the performance of current tyres in Europe with these
    methods and perform a cost-benefit analysis of possible tyre abrasion limits by third quarter of 2022.
    The results of the project will allow the inclusion in the future of abrasion limits in Euro 7 emission
    standards for motor vehicles and their components (such as tyres) adopted in November 2022. The
    UNECE WP.29 established a joint Task Force between its Working Party on Noise and tyres (GRBP)
    and its Working Party on Pollution and Energy (GRPE) in February 2022 to develop the tyre abrasion
    test method and a Global Technical Regulation. This is expected by 2024.
    In general, a standardized test method and limit should consider the physical properties and chemical
    composition of the emitted tyre wear. The physical characteristics include the emitted particle mass,
    number and size distribution. It is essential to prevent an increase in the potentially toxic particulate
    matter fraction (especially PM2.5).46
    A limit value based only on mass may lead to less tyre wear
    being emitted in general, but it does not reflect a shift from large/few particles to small/many
    particles. Furthermore, it is assumed that larger particles are better retained during emission
    treatment. However, the consideration of chemical composition is also highly relevant from the point
    of view of environmental protection. Until now, tyre manufacturers have not been required to disclose
    the components used. In the Emission Analytics/PEW report47
    , 100 different tyres available on the
    European market were analysed for tyre wear rate and chemical composition. More than 400 organic
    components were found in an average tyre, with 49% of the organic mass consisting of often-
    carcinogenic aromatic and polycyclic hydrocarbons. In this study, there is a factor of 4 between the
    highest and lowest emitting tyre manufacturers. In order to regulate or prevent the use of
    environmentally harmful substances, disclosure of the ingredients by the tyre manufacturers would
    be recommended.
    Tyres are also sold with only part of the vent spews shaved off: sometimes, even those on the tread
    are left there. Vent spews, also known as “tyre hairs” or “Tire hairs” (or vent sprue, nibs, or nippers),
    are the result of excess rubber expelled through air channels in the tyre mould (needed because of the
    intense heat and pressure used during curing).
    43
    Continental, ‘Erste Versuchsreifen aus Löwenzahn-Kautschuk’ [First test tyres made from dandelion rubber]
    (https://www.continental-reifen.de/specialty/unternehmen/sustainability/taraxagum/continental-tires-dandelion-
    taraxagum), De.
    44
    Goodyear, ‘Der internationale Reifenhersteller Goodyear stellt heute auf dem Autosalon in Genf seine jüngste
    Mobilitätsvision für die Städte von morgen vor: den neuen Konzeptreifen „Oxygene“, der dazu beiträgt, dass urbane
    Mobilität in Zukunft sauberer, komfortabler, sicherer und nachhaltiger wird’ Kautschuk’ [International tire
    manufacturer Goodyear is presenting its latest mobility vision for the cities of tomorrow at the Geneva Motor Show
    today: the new concept tyre "Oxygene" will help make urban mobility cleaner, more comfortable, safer and more
    sustainable in the future], 2018 (https://www.goodyear.eu/de_de/consumer/why-goodyear/geneva-motor-show.html),
    De.
    45
    OCSiAl, ‘TUBALL: Revolutionary Carbon Nanotubes for the Tyre Industry’, 2017 (https://ocsial.com/de/news/-
    tuball-revolutionary-carbon-nanotubes-for-the-tyre-industry-/).
    46
    ETRMA (in Hann et al. 2018)
    47
    Emission Analytics / PEW report (2022) - Research report - Tire chemical composition and wear emissions
    255
    Vehicle characteristics
    A shift of passenger vehicles from internal combustion engine vehicles (ICEVs) to electric vehicles
    (EVs) is assumed48
    , whereby the influence of EVs on tyre wear emissions is controversially
    discussed. The absolute vehicle weight of an EV may increase when directly comparing the same
    vehicle model available as ICEVs and EVs due to the weight of the batteries. In this case, tyre wear
    emissions will also increase. It is expected that future development of the batteries (higher energy
    density for the same weight or volume) might decrease this weight difference
    Another factor to consider is the engine power or drive torque. EVs bring full torque to the road
    already at start-up. Although efficient traction control (anti-slip control) is possible, there is still a
    higher point-to-point power transfer. The negative influence on tyre wear emissions due to engine
    power has been studied, among others, in Gebbe et al49
    . In the OECD report50
    , the focus is on airborne
    non-exhaust particulates, with EVs classified into light weight (driving range up to 160 km) and
    heavy weight (driving up to 480 km or more). The OECD report’s assessment shows:
    • Light weight: 11-13% less non-exhaust PM2.5 and 18-19% less PM10 than ICEVs;
    • Heavy weight: reduce PM10 by only 4-7% and increase PM2.5 by 3-8% relative to
    conventional vehicles.
    There is a trend towards heavier vehicles and with bigger wheels and tyres, which has a negative
    effect on tyre wear emissions. A market share analysis by the International Council on Clean
    Transportation (ICCT)51
    shows the significant development of demand for Sport Utility Vehicles
    (SUV) in Europe over the last 20 years. Since EV variants are also offered for these SUV models, a
    decline in the trend is not expected.
    48
    Venghaus et al. 2021 RAU - "Reifenabrieb in der Umwelt" Abschlusskonferenz "Plastik in der Umwelt"
    (20./21.04.2021)
    49
    Gebbe et al., ‘Quantifizierung des Reifenabriebs von Kraftfahrzeugen in Berlin’ [Quantification of tyre wear of motor
    vehicles in Berlin], Technische Universität Berlin [Technical University of Berlin], 1997, De.
    50
    OECD, ‘Policies to reduce microplastics pollution: Focus on textiles and tyres’, 2021 (https://www.oecd-
    ilibrary.org/environment/policies-to-reduce-microplastics-pollution-in-water_7ec7e5ef-en).
    51
    The International Council on Clean Transportation, ‘European vehicle market statistics: Pocketbook 2021/22’, 2021
    (https://theicct.org/wp-content/uploads/2021/12/ICCT-EU-Pocketbook-2021-Web-Dec21.pdf). Diaz et al. 2020
    European vehicle market statistics 2020/21
    256
    Figure 8: Passenger car registrations by vehicle segment52
    Road surface characteristics
    Although porous asphalt can have a negative impact on the tyre wear emission rate, porous asphalt
    is seen as a positive influence due to its retaining effect.53
    In order for the retaining to be effective,
    regular cleaning of the road surface is needed. The use of this asphalt is currently planned primarily
    for motorways. The use of rubber asphalt also needs to be considered. Although the addition of tyre
    material results in a reduction potential of CO2 emissions and noise and contributes to the recycling
    process of waste tyres, it also improves the temperature properties and fatigue resistance of the
    asphalt.54
    Nevertheless, it must be critically examined whether additional tyre material from the
    asphalt is emitted into the environment during the use phase.55
    Collection and treatment of road run-off is a challenge, especially in urban areas. Due to the high
    investment costs, no significant use is assumed without regulatory intervention. There is also a
    crossover with some elements of the Urban Wastewater Treatment Directive.
    Vehicle operation
    Speed limits (motorways) are under discussion because of their impact on exhaust emissions.
    Germany is the only country in the EU27 without a general speed limit. Whether a speed limit will
    be introduced is currently the subject of political discussions. According to the UBA, a speed limit
    could reduce CO2 emissions by 6.7% at 120 km/h and 13.8% at 100 km/h.
    In several Member States, there is a growing tendency to limit speed in urban areas for both safety
    and environmental reasons (in particular, for air quality and climate change reasons). For example,
    52
    Ibid.
    53
    European Tyre and Road Wear Particles (TRWP) Platform, ‘Way Forward Report’, 2019 (https://www.etrma.org/wp-
    content/uploads/2019/10/20200330-FINAL-Way-Forward-Report.pdf).
    54
    Wang, Q.Z. et al., ‘Waste Tire Recycling Assessment: Road Application Potential and Carbon Emissions
    Reduction Analysis of Crumb Rubber Modified Asphalt in China’, Journal of Cleaner Production, Vol. 249, 2020,
    Elsevier BV.
    55
    Bhashyam, S.S. et al., ‚Microplastics in the marine environment sources, impacts and recommendations‘,
    Research@THEA, 2021.
    257
    Spain has introduced a 30 km/h speed limit in urban areas for roads with one lane in each direction.
    Similarly, Paris implemented a general speed limit of 30 km/h in 2021.
    The significance of an urban speed limit of 30km/h in Germany and its federal states in terms of tyre
    abrasion emissions has been investigated by the TyreWearMapping project56
    . With the physical
    model, a reduction of about 50% was calculated for both passenger cars and heavy-duty vehicles,
    considering 50 km/h as the maximum permitted speed in urban areas.57
    Figure 9: Impact – urban speed limit 30 km/h
    An increase in the proportion of autonomously driving vehicles could have a reducing effect on tyre
    wear emissions. Autonomous driving makes it possible to optimise the flow of traffic and thus reduce
    braking and starting manoeuvres and moderate the driving style, for example.58
    Moreover,
    autonomous driving is expected to have vehicles move more smoothly and calmly. The development
    of the share of fully autonomous driving vehicles, for which the impact is most effective, in the total
    number of autonomous vehicles is shown in the following figure.59
    56
    German Federal Ministry of Traffic and Digital Infrastructure (BMVI), ‘Schlussbericht 19F2050A-C:
    TyreWearMapping: Reifenabrief – ein unterschätztes Umweltproblem?’ [Final report 19F2050A-C:
    TyreWearMapping: Tyre abrasion – an underestimated environmental problem?], 2021
    (https://www.umsicht.fraunhofer.de/content/dam/umsicht/de/dokumente/kompetenz/prozesse/tyrewearmapping-
    schlussbericht.pdf), De.
    57
    German Federal Ministry of Traffic and Digital Infrastructure (BMVI), ‘Schlussbericht 19F2050A-C:
    TyreWearMapping: Reifenabrief – ein unterschätztes Umweltproblem?’ [Final report 19F2050A-C:
    TyreWearMapping: Tyre abrasion – an underestimated environmental problem?], 2021
    (https://www.umsicht.fraunhofer.de/content/dam/umsicht/de/dokumente/kompetenz/prozesse/tyrewearmapping-
    schlussbericht.pdf), De.
    58
    Center of Automotive Management 2021 https://auto-institut.de/automotiveinnovations/emobility/elektromobilitaet-
    in-europa/
    59
    Center of Automotive Management 2021 https://auto-institut.de/automotiveinnovations/emobility/elektromobilitaet-
    in-europa/
    258
    Figure 10: Range of sales projections for AVs (fully automated) until 2055 (as% of AV of total vehicles
    sold) (sc=scenario)
    Other factors
    On-board information on driving behaviour or awareness campaigns (e.g. “deadly dust”60
    initiated
    by the tyre wear collective and how&how) can positively influence driving behaviour or even reduce
    vehicle kilometres in general. Furthermore, on board tyre pressure monitoring systems (TPMS),
    which warn drivers when tyre pressure is dangerously low, can also help to reduce microplastic
    emissions as tyre pressure is an important factor in abrasion rates. Such systems are currently
    calibrated from a safety perspective but could be adapted to also optimise for tyre wear.
    The alignment of the wheels can also play an important role in tyre wear as well as tyre lifetime.
    Directive 2014/45/EU on periodic roadworthiness tests61
    sets minimum requirements (and
    frequencies) for periodic testing of road vehicles which includes specific technical elements that are
    to be covered. These include wheels and their alignment. However, the requirements for checks on
    wheel alignment are indicated to be “…not considered essential in a roadworthiness test”, so may
    not be applied uniformly across the EU.
    4.2 Problem definition for textiles
    Most scientific papers discuss the unintentional release of microplastics from textiles used in clothing
    with a focus on the emission of microplastics during the use phase and, more specifically, on textile
    washing. Due to the lack of data on microplastic emissions from polycotton (used in household and
    professional textiles/furnishing), and the amount of polyester contained in the polycotton blend, no
    estimation could be made. According to the first approximations made by RDC Environment,
    microplastic emissions from professional textiles would represent less than 5% of the emissions from
    clothing. The focus is, therefore, on the microplastic emissions of clothing from households.
    It is known that synthetic textiles are prone to release microplastics in water during washing because
    of abrasion. The water is then treated in WWTP. According to the Swedish Environmental Protection
    Agency, most of the microplastic (around 98%) is removed from water in WWTP and retained in
    60
    How & How and The Tyre Collective, ‘Deadly Dust Campaign, 2020 (https://how.studio/work/deadly-dust).
    61
    European Parliament and Council of the European Union, Directive 2014/45/EU on periodic roadworthiness tests for
    motor vehicles and their trailers and repealing Directive 2009/40/EC, OJ L 127, 29.4.2014, pp. 51.
    259
    sewage sludge62
    . About half of the sewage sludge is then spread on agricultural land63
    , used in soil
    production, or incinerated. However, microplastic releases can occur during the entire lifetime of
    textiles, including production, wearing, washing, drying and end-of-life. Consequently, the fibres
    may not only enter the environment via WWTP discharges but also via airborne emissions, landfill
    leakages, etc. Fibrous microplastics have been found in freshwater, seas, soils, air and remote ice and
    polar regions64
    . The figure below presents the different pathways followed by unintentionally
    released microplastics from textiles.
    Figure 11: Emission pathways for secondary microplastics from synthetic textile in the air, water and
    soil (ETC/WMGE, 2021)
    4.2.1 Factors affecting the scale of the problem
    Three general problem drivers impact the unintentional release of microplastics from textiles:
    • Increase in production and use of synthetic textiles;
    • Regulatory failure as the microplastic release from textiles is an externality;
    • Lack of knowledge and practice (for consumers and producers).
    These general problem drivers can be divided into several specific problem drivers, discussed further.
    Increase in production and use of synthetic textiles
    Since microplastics from textiles are emitted during production as well as during use, an increase in
    production necessarily implies a bigger release of microplastics from textiles. More intensive use of
    textiles, such as an increasing washing frequency, will also lead to more microplastic emissions.
    Problem driver 1: Increase in demand for textiles
    Between 1996 and 2012, there was a 40% growth in the number of clothes purchased per person in
    the EU65
    . This trend is expected to increase in the future, as at a global level, the consumption of
    62
    Magnusson et al. (2017) Swedish sources and pathways for microplastics to the marine environment, Report for
    Swedish Environmental Protection Agency.
    63
    When sewage sludges are applied to soil, the microplastics end up back in the environment and can be washed away
    by rain. Some sludge is also incinerated.
    64
    Zhang, Y-Q., et al., ‘Microplastics from textile origin – emission and reduction measures’, Green Chemistry, No. 15,
    2021.
    65
    ETC/WMGE, ‘Textiles and the environment in a circular economy’, 2019 (https://www.eionet.europa.eu/etcs/etc-
    wmge/products/etc-wmge-reports/textiles-and-the-environment-in-a-circular-economy/).
    260
    clothing and footwear is expected to increase by 63% between 2019 and 2030. This increase in
    textiles consumption leads to an increase in textiles production, thus increasing microplastics
    emissions from textiles (both from production and in use). In practice, this increase in consumption
    is accompanied by a decrease in the number of uses per piece66,67
    . A higher renewal rate also means
    more textiles being thrown away and more emissions at the end-of-life stage, especially if the textiles
    are recycled (shredding can cause a lot of microplastic emissions68
    ).
    Several factors and drivers explain the increase in textile consumption, including production trends
    based on low-cost and fast fashion, a respective decrease in the price of clothing, the increasing
    affluence of consumers, and further trade liberalisation. Beyond the increase in textiles consumption,
    the growing population in Europe also implies an increase in the use of textiles. This will lead to
    more microplastic emissions in the air (because of wearing and drying) and water (because more
    washing cycles will be performed). According to OECD statistics, the EU population is expected to
    increase by 1.3% by 203069
    . The European Commission has recently adopted the EU strategy for
    sustainable textiles70
    . As summarised by Interreg Europe71
    , “the new strategy sets out the vision and
    concrete actions to ensure that by 2030 textile products placed on the EU market are long-lived and
    recyclable, made as much as possible of recycled fibres, free of hazardous substances and produced
    in respect of social rights and the environment. Moreover, consumers will benefit longer from high-
    quality textiles -fast fashion should be out of fashion- and economically profitable re-use and repair
    services should be widely available.” Regarding microplastics, the European Commission plans to
    address the unintentional release into the environment by a set of prevention and reduction measures
    at the different life-cycle stages.
    Problem driver 2: Increase in use of plastic as raw materials for textiles
    The figure below shows the evolution of the split of world fibre production72
    between 1980 and 2030.
    Synthetic fibres represent 75% of total fibres in 2020, a share that will reach 85% in 2030 (with 70%
    for polyester alone).
    66
    Deutsche Gesellschaft für Internationale Zusammenarbeit (GIZ) [German Agency for International Cooperation],
    ‘Study for the German Federal Ministry for Economic Cooperation and Development (BMZ): Circular Economy in
    the Textile Sector’, 2019
    (https://www.adelphi.de/de/system/files/mediathek/bilder/GIZ_Studie_Kreislaufwirtschaft_Textilsektor_2019_final
    .pdf).
    67
    European Environment Agency (EEA) (2019) Textiles and the environment in a circular economy
    68
    RDC Environment assessment based on experts’ estimates literature review
    69
    OECD, ‘Population projections: evolution forecasts of EU (28 countries) population between 2021 and 2030’, 2022
    (https://stats.oecd.org/Index.aspx?DataSetCode=POPPROJ#).
    70
    European Commission, Commission communication - EU Strategy for Sustainable and Circular Textiles;
    COM(2022)141 final, 2022.
    71
    Interreg Europe, ‘New EU Strategy for sustainable and circular textiles’, 2022 (https://www.interregeurope.eu/news-
    and-events/news/new-eu-strategy-for-sustainable-and-circular-
    textiles#:~:text=The%20new%20strategy%20sets%20out,social%20rights%20and%20the%20environment).
    72
    Yang Qin, M. (2014). Global fibres overview. Tecon OrbiChem: Synthetic Fibres Raw Materials Committee Meeting
    at APIC 2014.
    261
    Figure 12: World fibre production per fibre between 1980 and 2030
    According to Fibre2Fashion73
    , the increase in the use of synthetic fibres will probably continue for
    the next few decades because of the relatively low cost of synthetic fibres compared to natural fibres
    and the availability of raw materials. Viscose staple fibres are an alternative to cotton fibres because
    of their physiological performance. Cellulose fibres have specific properties that make them difficult
    to substitute with petroleum-based synthetic fibres. Given the limited production of cotton fibres, the
    share of viscose is likely to increase to cover the increase in textile consumption and the increase in
    population. In terms of environmental impact, the CO2 equivalent of producing viscose staple fibre
    is similar to that of cotton fibre. However, the impact on ecosystem diversity is better in the case of
    cotton, see next figure.
    73
    Fibre2Fashion, ‘Man-made fibres driving growth’, 2017 (https://www.fibre2fashion.com/industry-article/7895/man-
    made-fibres-driving-growth).
    262
    Figure 13: Environmental impact of fibre production processes74
    Problem driver 3: Increase in textile washing frequency
    According to AISE, the average amount of washing cycles in the EU is staying relatively stable at
    around 3.5 washes a week per household (a slight decrease was observed between 2008 and 2017,
    followed by a slight increase between 2017 and 2020), as well as the average load, which remains
    around 80%. However, the capacity of the average washing machine sold in the EU has been
    increasing: while in 2004, 97% of washing machines sold in the EU had a capacity of less than 6 kg,
    in 2014, 60% of them had a capacity of 7 kg or more. This means that there is an average increase in
    the quantity of textiles washed per washing cycle and thus an increase in textile washing frequency.
    Regulatory failure as the microplastic release from textiles is an externality
    Problem driver 1: No eco-design requirements on the unintended release of microplastics
    No eco-design requirement is currently defined at the production level to reduce microplastic
    emissions from textiles. Furthermore, no document or information has been developed to guide
    producers on this matter, which is not tackled in the main guides. For instance, the BREF (Best
    Available Techniques Reference Document) for the Textiles Industry developed under the Industrial
    Emissions Directive groups microplastic emissions with TSS (Total Suspended Solids), and does not
    provide specific solution or guidance for reducing microplastic emissions during the production
    phase75
    . The Textiles BREF mentions that there is currently a lack of information about microplastic
    emissions76
    .
    The implementation of eco-design criteria is limited by knowledge gaps and the lack of standardised
    measurement methods to quantify microplastic emissions. These methods are currently under
    development and could be used in the future to set a threshold on microplastics released from textiles.
    74
    JRC, Environmental Improvement Potential of textiles (IMPRO Textiles), January 2014.
    (https://publications.jrc.ec.europa.eu/repository/handle/JRC85895)
    75
    JRC, ‘Best available techniques (BAT) Reference Document for the Textiles Industry’, 2023
    (https://eippcb.jrc.ec.europa.eu/sites/default/files/2023-01/TXT_BREF_2023_for_publishing%20ISSN%201831-
    9424_final_1_revised.pdf).
    76
    Textiles BREF ”In conclusion, at the time of drafting this document, there was little information available as to
    the emissions of microplastics to water from textile production facilities, in terms of emissions actually
    monitored and therefore in terms of the significance of these emissions.”
    263
    However, as shown in figure below, nearly 80% of textiles consumed in Europe are imported and
    produced outside of Europe. Regulation at the producer level would then require developing an
    international approach and commitment. In addition, to effectively enforce ecodesign measures and
    avoid barriers to free trade inside the EU as a result of the implementation of national measures,
    ecodesign measures should be implemented at the EU level. The European Commission proposed a
    new Ecodesign for Sustainable Products Regulation (ESPR) in 2022. This framework aims to set
    ecodesign requirements for specific product groups to significantly improve their circularity, energy
    performance and other environmental sustainability aspects. Textiles are identified as a priority in
    this framework.77
    Figure 14: Overview of the import, export, production and consumption flows of textile products, EU,
    2017, kg per person78
    Problem driver 2: No legal requirements to prewash textiles
    High microplastic emissions occur during pre-washing due to loose fibres resulting from the
    manufacturing process. No prewashing step is required at the producer level before selling the
    textiles. A pre-wash step could be added during production to specifically remove microplastics and
    must be associated with the obligation of having a proper wastewater treatment plant. This could also
    be an ecodesign requirement. Currently, pre-washing can be done by consumers to eliminate certain
    chemical residues before wearing clothes.79
    With the goal of eliminating pre-washing for consumers,
    the pre-wash should cover both functions: removing microplastics and removing chemical residues.
    Problem driver 3: No legal requirements for washing machines and tumble dryers to reduce the
    release
    In France, a law was approved in February 2020 mandating that, as of January 2025, all washing
    machines sold in France be equipped with a filter for synthetic microfibres. An amendment to this
    77
    European Commission, Commission Proposal for a Regulation establishing a framework for setting eco-design
    requirements for sustainable products and repealing Directive 2009/125/EC, COM(2022)142 final, 2022.
    78
    ETC/WMGE, ‘Textiles and the environment in a circular economy’, 2019 (https://www.eionet.europa.eu/etcs/etc-
    wmge/products/etc-wmge-reports/textiles-and-the-environment-in-a-circular-economy/).
    79
    Time, ‘Why You Should Always Wash New Clothes Before Wearing Them’, 2019 (https://time.com/5631818/wash-
    new-clothes/).
    264
    law was adopted in June 2021, enabling the implementation of other technologies80
    (alternative to
    filters) such as capturing bags or absorbing balls to reduce microplastic emissions from washing.81
    The use of filters in washing machines was also studied in Sweden, but there does not appear to be
    any such initiative in other EU countries.82
    Ecodesign requirement on washing machines and tumble
    dyers could also facilitate the use of filters. However, particular attention should be paid to how
    consumers handle the filters. If they are eventually washed or rinsed in a sink, there will be no
    decrease in microplastic release.
    Problem driver 4: Very costly to invest in end-of-pipe wastewater treatment (including preventing
    microplastics in sludge)
    Most wastewater treatment plants contribute to reducing microplastic concentration in water
    efficiently. However, decreasing the amount of microplastics in sludge is more challenging. Almost
    half of this sludge is usually spread on soil, which leads to microplastic releases into the soil.
    Implementing an additional treatment step to treat sludge would be costly, and there do not yet appear
    to be commercially available techniques to do so effectively.
    Lack of knowledge and practice
    There is a lack of knowledge and practice, both at the consumer and producer level. At the consumer
    level, the awareness is low, and there is no communication or guidance on how to reduce releases,
    while at the producer level, there is a lack of knowledge on eco-design measures and how to improve
    manufacturing processes in order to reduce emissions.
    Problem driver 1: No or limited awareness among consumers
    There is very limited awareness of the microplastics issue among consumers. According to a survey
    in the US in July 2020, 57% of the population had never heard of microplastics before. It means that
    the aware public represents around 40% of the population. About 50% of those who do know about
    microplastics have learned about them in the past year83
    . According to this study, around 30% of US
    consumers think microplastics need to be addressed urgently.
    Problem driver 2: No guidance to consumers on how to avoid or reduce unintentional releases
    Information on how to reduce microplastic emissions from household washing machines is available
    online for consumers already aware of the issue. Several websites list the different existing options
    available for consumers (laundry bags, balls or filters, and general information on washing).84,85
    However, this information is directed to an aware public (representing around 40% of the population,
    80
    Alternatives to the filters.
    81
    Sénat français [French Senate], Amendement n°2143 au projet de loi relatif à la lutte contre le dérèglement climatique
    [Amendment n°2143 to draft legislation on the fight against climate change], 10.06.2021
    (http://www.senat.fr/amendements/2020-2021/667/Amdt_2143.html), Fr.
    82
    Australia also announced its intention to “Work with the textile and whitegoods sectors on an industry-led phase-in
    of microfibre filters on new residential and commercial washing machines by 1 July 2030”.
    83
    The Nature Conservancy and Bain & Company, ‘Toward eliminating pre-consumer emissions of microplastics from
    the textile industry’, 2021
    (https://www.bain.com/globalassets/noindex/2021/tnc_bain_white_paper_eliminating_microplastics.pdf).
    84
    The New York Times, ‘Your Laundry Sheds Harmful Microfibers. Here’s What You Can Do About It’, 2021
    (https://www.nytimes.com/wirecutter/blog/reduce-laundry-microfiber-pollution/).
    85
    Irish Examiner, ‘Green washing: How to reduce microplastic in your laundry’, 2022
    (https://www.irishexaminer.com/property/homeandgardens/arid-40951550.html).
    265
    see section above). At the same time, there is no or limited communication on this issue to the general
    public. If filters become mandatory or more widely used, particular attention should be paid to how
    consumers handle the filters or other devices to avoid microplastic releases. If they are eventually
    washed or rinsed in a sink, there will be no effect on overall microplastic emissions.
    Problem driver 3: Lack of knowledge on eco-design measures and how to improve manufacturing
    processes in order to reduce emissions among producers
    At the producer level, no or few technical solutions are defined. The implementation of eco-design
    criteria is limited by knowledge gaps and sometimes contradictions in the literature, as well as the
    lack of standardised measurement methods to quantify and compare microplastic emissions. At this
    stage, it is hard for producers to efficiently change the design of their textiles to reduce microplastic
    emissions.86
    Producer voluntary initiatives reported so far are limited in terms of market shares; some examples
    of initiatives include the following:
    • TextileMission project87
    : project carried out with several partners such as Adidas AG (retailer
    of sporting goods) and VAUDE Sport GmbH & Co (retailer of mountain equipment). The
    main work areas are the microplastic output of marketable textiles, retention capacity of
    different cleaning or purification steps in wastewater treatment plants, sustainability aspects
    of alternative materials, biodegradable materials and new cutting and processing possibilities,
    and production and testing of prototypes.
    • Cross Industry Agreement (CIA)88
    : voluntary collaboration for the prevention of microplastic
    release into the aquatic environment during the washing of synthetic textiles of five European
    industry associations representing the global value chain of garments and their associated
    maintenance, namely AISE, CIRFS, EOG, EURATEX and FESI
    • Patagonia (retailer of outdoor equipment and clothing)89
    : the company initiated two studies.
    The first study focused on measuring the amount of microfibers that come off the products in
    the wash (and comparing them to lower-quality items). The objective of the second study is
    to understand better the fibre and fabric characteristics that lead to microfiber release and to
    develop a rapid test method to assess the potential of fabrics to shed during laundering. Both
    studies are conducted to enable the research and development of new materials.
    4.3 Problem definition for paints
    Generally, paints are made from the following components: pigments (absent in the case of
    varnishes), solvents (organic solvents and/or water), various additives and a binder. With few
    exceptions (e.g., pure mineral paint, which contains inorganic binders), the binder is a polymer, most
    commonly a synthetic resin, which binds all the other ingredients together and influences durability,
    and flexibility, and it is responsible for the general mechanical properties of the film (Bierwagen et
    al., 2017). Common binders are alkyls and epoxies, but paint might also contain polyurethanes,
    polyesters, polyacrylates and polystyrenes (C. Gaylarde et al. 2021). After the paint has been applied,
    86
    Opting for natural fibres would stop microplastics emissions but would also increase other environmental impacts
    (CO2 emissions, land use, etc.).
    87
    TextileMission, Project: Microplastics of Textile Origin - A Holistic View: Optimized Processes and Materials,
    Material Flows and Environmental Behavior, 2017-2021 (https://bmbf-plastik.de/en/joint-project/textilemission).
    88
    Euratex, ‘Cross Industry Agreement’ (https://euratex.eu/cia/).
    89
    Patagonia, ‘An update on microfiber pollution’, 2018 (https://www.patagonia.com/stories/an-update-on-microfiber-
    pollution/story-31370.html).
    266
    the solvents (and/or water) evaporate, leaving binder, additives and pigments behind, forming the
    solid content.
    The majority of paint formulations do not contain microbeads as an ingredient90
    ; however, due to
    their resin content, paint particles (dried together with additives or in liquid form as polymers) are
    considered as microplastic91
    . Out of the 52 Mt of paint produced globally in 2019, 19.5 Mt are
    synthetic polymers92
    , representing 5% of total world polymer production (368 Mt - PlasticsEurope,
    2020). Paint has, in fact, a high polymer content - on average 37% - and can be found on a wide range
    of objects and infrastructures used in our society: cars, boats, indoor walls, buildings, and bridges,
    among others. It is not without reason, as paint delivers value by protecting objects from
    environmental degradation and corrosion. Thus, by increasing the lifetime of objects, paint eliminates
    the need for frequent replacement or maintenance that would otherwise be necessary, with the
    associated environmental impacts. But since paint is often applied on exterior surfaces to protect
    them from wear and tear and corrosion, it should come as no surprise that paint lost during the
    application, wear and tear, or removal will eventually find its way to the environment.
    Many studies have already pointed out that paint particles are part of the increasingly important
    microplastic source in our oceans. Ingredients of the paint binders such as polyurethanes, polyesters,
    polyacrylates, polystyrenes, alkyls and epoxies have been increasingly identified in environmental
    samples all over the globe93
    ,94
    ,95
    ,96
    ,97
    ,98
    , highlighting the importance of better assessing the
    contribution of paint to plastic pollution.
    90
    Microbeads are intentional added microplastics which are covered by the REACH restriction: European Chemicals
    Agency, Bakcground Document to the Opinion on the Annex XV report proposing restrictions on intentionally added
    microplastics, 2020 (https://echa.europa.eu/documents/10162/b56c6c7e-02fb-68a4-da69-0bcbd504212b).
    91
    Verschoor, A. et al., ‘Emission of microplastics and potential mitigation measures: Abrasive cleaning agents, paints
    and tyre wear’, Dutch National Institue for Public Health and the Environment, 2016
    (https://rivm.openrepository.com/bitstream/handle/10029/617930/2016-0026.pdf?sequence=3)
    92
    Market research from MarketsandMarkets Research Private Limited
    93
    Turner, 2021, Paint particles in the marine environment: An overlooked component of microplastics,
    https://doi.org/10.1016/j.wroa.2021.100110)
    94
    Dibke et al. Microplastic Mass Concentrations and Distribution in German Bight Waters by Pyrolysis–Gas
    Chromatography–Mass Spectrometry/Thermochemolysis Reveal Potential Impact of Marine Coatings: Do Ships
    Leave Skid Marks? https://doi.org/10.1021/acs.est.0c04522
    95
    Schell, T., Hurley, R., Buenaventura, N. T., Mauri, P. V., Nizzetto, L., Rico, A., & Vighi, M. (2022). Fate of
    microplastics in agricultural soils amended with sewage sludge: Is surface water runoff a relevant environmental
    pathway?. Environmental Pollution, 293, 118520;
    96
    Turner, A., Ostle, C., & Wootton, M. (2022). Occurrence and chemical characteristics of microplastic paint flakes in
    the North Atlantic Ocean. Science of The Total Environment, 806, 150375;
    97
    Cardozo, A.L.P., Farias, E.G.G., Rodrigues-Filho, J.L., Moteiro, I.B., Scandolo, T.M., Dantas, D.V. (2018). Feeding
    ecology and ingestion of plastic fragments by Priacanthus arenatus: What's the fisheries contribution to the problem?
    marine Pollution Bulletin 130: 19-27;
    98
    Herrera, A., Ŝtindlová, A., Martínez, I,. Rapp, J., Romero-Kutzner, V., Samper, M.D., Montoto, T., Aguiar-González,
    B., Packard, T., Gómez, M. (2019). Microplastic ingestion by Atlantic chub mackerel (Scomber colias) in the Canary
    Islands coast. Marine Pollution Bulletin 139: 127-135)
    267
    Figure 15: Different ways of microplastic release from paints
    From the EA-Environmental Action analysis published in January 202299
    , a large part of the paint is
    mismanaged in the EU (40%) and thus leaks to the environment. The majority (63%) of this leakage
    occurs in the form of microplastics emitted during paint application, maintenance and wear and tear.
    The remaining 37% of the leakage (mostly microplastics) stems from unused paint or is associated
    with the end-of-life of the painted objects. The leakage occurs predominantly on land (63%) and in
    oceans and waterways.
    If one looks in more detail, this 37% of the global leakage is the result of different forms of solid
    waste mismanagement and the leakage occurring directly in the ocean (e.g., through wear and tear or
    maintenance of commercial ships or offshore rigs), the latter accounting for 18% of total leakage.
    Paint leakage is geographically ubiquitous, with leakage rates ranging from 22% in high-income
    North America to 50% in low and middle-income Europe. This means, for instance, that half of the
    paint applied in European low-income countries will eventually leak into the environment in one way
    or another. Because of its larger population, the highest contribution to total leakage in absolute terms
    comes from the Asia Pacific region (54% of total leakage).
    The six paint sectors analysed in the EA’s global study are architectural, marine, automotive, road
    markings, industrial wood and general industrial. They contribute to the total leakage with individual
    leakage rates ranging from 28% (automotive sector) to 74% (road markings sector). The architectural
    sector is the largest contributor to the total leakage (48%), and the road markings sector is the smallest
    contributor (2%). In terms of leakage specifically to ocean and waterways, the contribution from
    architectural paint is similar to that of marine or general industrial paints. EA-Environmental Action’s
    report100
    shows that the paint industry is potentially the sector with the highest contribution to
    microplastics leakage to ocean & waterways (1.9 Mt/year), higher than tyre dust, synthetic textile
    99
    Paruta, P., Boucher, J., Pucino, M. (2022). Plastic Paints the Environment, EA- Environmental Action, ISBN 978-2-
    8399-3494-7
    100
    Paruta, P., Boucher, J., Pucino, M. (2022). Plastic Paints the Environment, EA- Environmental Action, ISBN 978-2-
    8399-3494-7
    A pplicat ion Removal
    Leakage
    Wear&Tear
    Unused
    EndOfLife
    Design credits to: Martha Perea Palacios marpereapalacios@orotaller.com
    268
    and other known sources combined (less than 1.5 Mt/year in total101,102
    . This finding does not imply
    that these other sources are not part of the problem, as the paint leakage identified in the EA study
    only adds up to the leakage from these other sources, which was already high in absolute value. To
    understand the reasons behind this change in the methodology, one needs to look at the previous
    research focusing on other sources of microplastics. Some of the previous studies on plastic leakage
    have included paint but under “other sources” of primary microplastic release in the environment.
    The contribution of paints to the total microplastic leakage was estimated to range from 9.6% to 21%
    in different studies (see Table 7). Although none of the studies takes into account all paint sectors
    and all geographies, this alone is not enough to explain the difference with the EA’s assessment.
    The root differences are rather that not all loss types are accounted for in previous studies, and that
    wear and tear and removal rates are very different. For example, the Eunomia report103
    excludes all
    losses due to overspray. Furthermore, most studies base their wear and tear and removal rates on an
    OECD report104
    or on values provided by CEPE (the association representing the interests of the
    coatings sector at European level)105
    . For instance, Eunomia estimates that only 0.5% of the
    antifouling marine paint will be lost to the environment due to wear and tear during the lifetime of
    the boat, even when most antifouling paint is meant to “erode” or “peel off” in order to prevent
    fouling on the boat hull. The EA study assumes that within 4 years, 35% of the antifouling paint will
    be lost and thus is an important source of microplastics release. This is a conservative estimate, as
    according to a paper by paint manufacturer International Paint Ltd.106
    , CEPE considers all the biocide
    contained in the antifouling paint to be released during the antifouling coating lifetime (100% loss
    rate). The same paper claims that the actual emission is a factor 2.9 smaller (34% loss rate).
    101
    Boucher, J., & Friot, D. (2017). Primary microplastics in the oceans: a global evaluation of sources (Vol. 10). Gland,
    Switzerland: IUCN
    102
    Lau, W. W., Shiran, Y., Bailey, R. M., Cook, E., Stuchtey, M. R., Koskella, J., & Palardy, J. E. (2020). Evaluating
    scenarios toward zero plastic pollution. Science, 369(6510), 1455-1461
    103
    Hann, S., Sherrington, C., Jamieson, O., Hickman, M., Kershaw, P., Bapasola, A., & Cole, G. (2018). Investigating
    options for reducing releases in the aquatic environment of microplastics emitted by (but not intentionally added in)
    products. Report for DG Environment of the European Commission, 335.
    104
    OECD (2009). Emission scenario document on coating industry (paints, lacquers and varnishes). OECD Health and
    Safety Publications, Series on Emission Scenario Documents, 22: 201.
    105
    CEPE, 2021. About us. Accessed on 19/11/2021. https://cepe.org/about-us/who-we-are/
    106
    Finnie (2006) Improved estimates of environmental copper release rates from antifouling products. Biofouling : The
    Journal of Bioadhesion and Biofilm Research
    269
    Table 7: Comparison of studies on plastic leakage from paints
    4.4 Problem definition for detergent capsules
    Industry claims that detergent capsules have revolutionised the world of household care and
    professional cleaning and hygiene industry within the last ten years. They afford several key
    advantages by being more convenient for consumers (easy and correct dosing), avoiding skin contact
    with active ingredients like detergent, salt and rinse aid and optimising resource use and packaging.
    The cornerstone of these detergent capsules relies on using a water-soluble plastic film that must be
    dissolved during the washing cycle. The water-soluble plastic films are mainly composed of
    polyvinyl alcohol (PVOH). The typical thickness for these water-soluble plastics is between 30 and
    50 µm. For instance, in the case of liquid laundry detergent capsules, the volume of each liquid
    laundry detergent capsule is considerably lower than that of an equivalent dose of traditional
    detergent. Yet, it cleans the same full load of laundry. All active ingredients are contained in a single
    unit dose capsule, which dissolves after contact with water inside the washing machine and then
    Source Geography Sectors
    Paint
    microplastic
    leakage
    (kt/ yr)
    Per capita
    equivalent
    (g/ cap/ yr)
    Paint share
    of micro-
    plastic
    leakage (%)
    IUCN
    Boucher & Friot,
    20 1
    7
    Global
    • Marine
    • Road
    markings
    1
    56
    (to ocean &
    waterways)
    23
    (to ocean &
    waterways)
    1
    0 ,7%
    EUNOMIA
    Hann et al, 20 1
    8
    EU
    • Architectural
    • Marine
    • Automotive
    • Road
    markings
    20
    (to ocean &
    waterways)
    40
    (to ocean &
    waterways)
    1
    1
    .6%
    MEPEX
    Sundt, Schulze
    & Syversen,
    20 1
    4
    Norway
    • Architectural
    • Marine
    • Road
    markings
    1
    .1
    (to
    environment)
    21
    4
    (to
    environment)
    1
    4%
    UNEP
    Ryberg et al.,
    20 1
    8
    Global
    • Architectural
    • Marine
    • Road
    markings
    640
    (to
    environment)
    84
    (to
    environment)
    21
    %
    Sw edish
    EPA
    Magnuson et al.,
    20 1
    6
    Sw eden
    • Architectural
    • Marine
    • Road
    markings
    • General
    Industrial
    1
    .8
    (to
    environment)
    1
    86
    (to
    environment)
    9.6%
    EA
    Paruta et al.
    20 21
    Global
    • Architectural
    • Marine
    • Road
    markings
    • General
    Industrial
    • Automotive
    • Industrial
    wood
    1
    ’857
    (to Ocean &
    W aterways)
    267
    (to Ocean &
    W aterways) 58%
    270
    releases the detergent. In addition to this convenience, the high concentration level leads to lower
    product amounts/job needed to be transported through the supply chain, which is a sustainability
    advantage by reducing CO2 emissions. Additionally, the film performs the containment function,
    enabling high-efficiency cleaning agents that facilitate low-temperature and low-water wash cycles
    (which directly improves sustainability, as a significant portion of the carbon emissions from a
    laundry cycle comes from the use phase of heating water). As a unit dose, precise portion control is
    a key feature to dispense only the quantity needed per load, effectively reducing excessive use and
    consumer/end-user overdosing.107
    The key enabler of this capsule is a water-soluble film, which holds
    the concentrated detergent solution. This film is generally based on PVOH, with polymer backbone
    modifications and specific performance additives such as salts (e.g., calcium carbonate) and
    plasticizers (e.g., glycerol). The films are developed to readily dissolve as intended in the washing
    process, including in sustainability-driven cold-water cycles, and meet the technical challenges of
    mass volume production and regulatory compliance.
    The definition of “microplastics” of the REACH restriction might not be applicable to PVOH, either
    because it is in the form of a film (then not complying with the size limits of the definition) or because
    it fulfils the solubility criteria set in the restriction. However, even if PVOH is water-soluble and as
    such not in the scope of the REACH restriction, it may adversely impact the environment (see
    Rolsky108
    ). Detergent capsules frequently contain multiple compartments, allowing the formulators
    to separate ingredients which at the elevated concentrations of liquid laundry detergent capsules
    would not be compatible with each other. To ensure consumer safety and avoid spillage, the film is
    designed not to dissolve and rupture during routine transport and handling (e. g. when touched with
    wet hands); to resist compression (e. g., during transport or dosing); and to trigger an aversive reaction
    in case of oral contact. These features are required for liquid laundry detergent capsules in the EU
    under Regulation (EU) No. 1297/2014 (amending the CLP Regulation (EC) 1272/2008), which was
    put in place to help reduce accidental exposures involving young children observed in the market.
    With respect to their powder analogues, these detergent capsules provide better protection against
    any allergic issues related to skin contact and any accident related to misuse by children.
    As far as water-soluble films are concerned, more particularly related to their water-solubility feature,
    the use of PVOH can be expanded to other applications as a sizing and finishing agent in the textile
    industry and as a thickening or coating agent for paints, glues, packaging of meat, pharmaceuticals
    and paper and food industries. The fate of PVOH relating to these different applications remains
    uncertain.
    With a yearly global production of 650,000 tonnes, PVOH is becoming increasingly popular, with
    an annual growth rate of 4% from 2018 to 2023. In Europe, the use of PVOH is estimated to be
    around 100 000 tonnes per year, of which 20 000 tonnes are used as protective films for detergent
    capsules (see further in the calculation of the baseline).109
    Other uses are papermaking, textile warp
    sizing, as a thickener and emulsion stabilizer in polyvinyl acetate (PVA) adhesive formulations, in a
    variety of coatings, and 3D printing. As aforementioned, the PVOH films can be used for all relevant
    products (capsules filled with detergent for the washing machine and all chemicals for the household
    107
    AISE report on SOLUBLE FILMS IN SINGLE-DOSE DETERGENT PRODUCTS: Information on their purpose,
    technical characteristics, testing and usage (April 2022, Provided by A.I.S.E. in support of the study for the European
    Commission on “Microplastics pollution – measures to reduce its impact on the environment”)
    108
    Rolsky, C. and Kelkar, V., Degradation of Polyvinyl Alcohol in US Wastewater Treatment Plants and Subsequent
    Nationwide Emission Estimate’, International Journal of Environmental Research and Public Health, Vol. 18, no.
    11: 6027, 2021.
    109
    Renewable Carbon, ‘BioSinn – Products for Which Biodegradation makes sense’, 2021 (https://renewable-
    carbon.eu/publications/product/biosinn-products-for-which-biodegradation-makes-sense-pdf/).
    271
    and garden, such as chlorine tablets for the garden pond). However, in the case of PVOH-based
    capsules, they have a direct environmental impact as these capsules are directly delivered into grey
    water before wastewater treatment plants.
    The common way to obtain PVOH is through a hydrolytic deprotection process conducted on
    polyvinyl acetate (PVA). To facilitate the processability window, PVOH can also be used as blends
    or mixtures (PVAI, Polyviol, Alcotex, Covol, Gelvatol, Lemol, Mowiol, Mowiflex, and Rhodoviol)
    when used as a protective film for laundry and dish detergents110
    . For the sake of clarity, the term
    “PVOH types” indicates the generic composition of these protective films.
    As reported by Rolsky111
    , the general increase of PVOH and related blends used in capsules and
    others could be more and more considered as one of the most ubiquitous pollutants in wastewater.
    Some reports112
    highlight that when PVOH is discharged into water bodies, PVOH and related blends
    likely have an adverse effect on the environment. Due to its surface properties, it has been reported
    that PVOH's ability to foam can inhibit oxygen transfer, causing irreparable harm to aquatic life at
    high concentrations. In addition, PVOH can potentially adsorb dangerous chemicals or contaminants,
    such as antibiotics or heavy metals, at high concentrations, posing a threat to the environment and
    our food chains, similar to traditional polluted plastics at high concentrations.
    The fate of PVOH in wastewater treatment systems113
    has been explored (using radio-labelling to
    have a clear follow up about the complete biodegradation), with some studies indicating the
    degradation of PVOH-films during the wastewater treatment process even if the complete
    degradation has not been established following this process. For instance, some claims have
    highlighted that the PVOH and related mixtures used as detergent capsules are fully biodegradable,
    but they require additional investigations to confirm this statement. The biodegradation of PVOH
    occurs under specific circumstances, which may not be present during wastewater treatment or in the
    natural environment (river, seas, and oceans). The PVOH biodegradation is usually conducted in the
    presence of oxidative bacteria in which they oxidize the tertiary carbon atoms, leading to the main
    endo-cleavage of PVOH molecules and ultimately to the formation of hydrolysable by-products
    (hydroxy ketone and 1,3-diketone). Other microorganisms such as bacteria Pseudomonas can utilize
    PVOH as a carbon source, and many of these processes can take place simultaneously to begin the
    degradation of the polymer. While several bacterial species have been documented degrading PVOH,
    110
    Julinova, M. et al., ‘Water-soluble polymeric xenobiotics - Polyvinyl alcohol and polyvinylpyrrolidon - And potential
    solutions to environmental issues: A brief review’, Journal of Environmental Management, No. 228, 2018, pp. 213-
    222.
    111
    Rolsky, C. and Kelkar, V., Degradation of Polyvinyl Alcohol in US Wastewater Treatment Plants and Subsequent
    Nationwide Emission Estimate’, International Journal of Environmental Research and Public Health, Vol. 18, no.
    11: 6027, 2021.
    112
    (a) Cole, M., Lindeque, P., Halsband, C. and Galloway, T. S., ‘Microplastics as contaminants in the marine
    environment: A review’, Marine Pollution Bulletin, Vol. 62, 2011, pp. 2588-2597.
    (b) Li, J., Zhang, K. and Zhang, H., ‘Adsorption of antibiotics on microplastics’, Environmental Pollution, Vol. 237,
    2018, pp. 460-467.
    (c) Brennecke, D., Duarte, B., Paiva, F., Caçador, I. and Canning-Clode, J, ‘Microplastics as vector for heavy metal
    contamination from the marine environment’, Estuarine, Coastal and Shelf Science, Vol. 178, 2016, pp. 189-195.
    (d) Lei, L. et al., ‘Oxidative degradation of poly vinyl alcohol by the photochemically enhanced Fenton reaction’, Journal
    of Photochemistry and Photobiology A: Chemistry, Vol. 116, No. 2, 1998, pp. 159-166.
    (e) Sun, W., Chen, L. and Wang, J., ‘Degradation of PVA (polyvinyl alcohol) in wastewater by advanced oxidation
    processes’, Journal of Advanced Oxidation Technologies, Vol. 20, No. 2, 2017.
    (f) Hollman, P.C.H., Bouwmeester, H. and Peters, R.J.B., ‘Microplastics in Aquatic Food Chain: Sources, Measurement,
    Occurrence and Potential Health Risks’, RIKILT-Institute of Food Safety, 2013 (https://edepot.wur.nl/260490).
    113
    Wheatley, Q. and Baines, F., ‘Biodegradation of polyvinyl alcohol in wastewater’, Textile Chemist & Colorist, Vol.
    7, No. 2, 1976, pp. 28-33.
    272
    they are present in soils and not usually in natural water compartments.114
    In the case of old sludge,
    the microorganisms are usually acclimatised and could effectively biodegrade these PVOH and
    related mixtures. Knowing that these PVOH and related mixtures used as water-soluble films can
    contain certain additives (e.g. salts and plasticizers), the related additives could likely modify and to
    some extent, inhibit their biodegradation ability.115
    To clearly demonstrate the full biodegradation of
    these PVOH after wastewater treatments, specific procedures and related characterization techniques
    must be employed, such as radiolabelling PVOH in order to follow up the ultimate fate of these
    PVOH types.
    A recent report has highlighted that the PVOH films used for detergent capsules were shown to be
    potentially biodegradable in OECD screening test conditions.116
    The OECD 301 series of
    biodegradation tests are commonly used by manufacturers and users of these water-soluble films.
    They are considered stringent screening tests, conducted under aerobic conditions, in which a high
    concentration of the test substance (in the range of 2 to 100 mg/L) is used and ultimate biodegradation
    is measured by non-specific parameters like Dissolved Organic Carbon (DOC), Biochemical Oxygen
    Demand (BOD) and CO2 production. These tests are also used under existing EU legislation to
    measure the biodegradability of mixtures (surfactants under Regulation (EC) No 648/2004 on
    detergents) and polymers (under the recently adopted REACH restriction on intentionally added
    microplastics). These tests are considered stress tests for the test chemical since the system does not
    have an environmentally realistic ratio of a test chemical to microbes (which in an actual WWTP
    would be orders of magnitude higher). The inoculum is sourced from a well-operated domestic
    wastewater treatment plant with a diverse and robust microbial population, and no pre‐exposure to
    the test chemical is allowed. In these studies, the test material is the sole carbon and energy source
    for the population of microorganisms to use and grow. Using 6 representative PVOH and related
    mixtures, the extent of biodegradation after 28 days was estimated at 60.4% on average, but the full
    biodegradation has not been demonstrated except on the basis of extrapolation models.
    Figure 16: Model extrapolation beyond 28 days
    114
    Yamatsu, A., Matsumi, R., Atomi, H. and Imanaka, T.: Isolation and characterization of a novel poly(vinylalcohol)-
    degrading bacterium, Sphingopyxis sp. PVA3. Appl Microbiol Biotechnol 72 (2006), 804 – 81. PMid:16583228;
    DOI:10.1007/s00253-006-0351-4
    115
    Byrne et al., Biodegradability of Polyvinyl Alcohol Based Film Used for Liquid Detergent Capsules, Environmental
    Chemistry, (2021)
    116
    Byrne et al., ‘Biodegradability of polyvinyl alcohol based film used for liquid detergent capsules’, Tenside Surfactants
    Detergents, Vol. 58, No. 2, 2021.
    273
    There are some international standards (e.g., ISO standard 14593: 1999) that can be used to
    demonstrate the complete biodegradation of biodegradable plastics, such as some microbial
    polyesters in natural aqueous compartments (marine), i.e., the complete metabolisation of C-substrate
    into CO2. However, the standards are commonly conducted at temperatures above room temperature
    and do not correspond to the real environmental situation. Therefore, PVOH removal during
    wastewater treatments is still in question due to a lack of comprehensive research and must be even
    experimentally demonstrated in some natural compartments, such as in marine conditions in which
    the rate of biodegradation can be slowed down due to a low temperature (e.g., 4°C in oceans).
    4.4.1 Value chain of water-soluble plastics
    The main actors in the value chain are:
    • Detergent manufacturers
    • Water-soluble plastic producers
    • Water-soluble plastic processors
    • Wastewater management companies
    Below is a description of their respective roles.
    • Detergent manufacturers belong to the European household care and professional cleaning
    and hygiene industry, particularly those manufacturing detergent capsules for laundry and
    dishwasher capsules. More than 1700 companies are active in the domains of soaps,
    detergents or maintenance products.
    • Water-soluble plastic producers are manufacturers of virgin PVOH materials for water-
    soluble productions. Historically, air Products and DuPont were among the first PVOH
    manufacturers of PVOH, but today Kuraray (Japan) is one of the largest manufacturers of
    PVOH resins.
    • Water-soluble plastic processors transform PVOH pellets by mixing them with plasticizers
    and salt to alter their physical properties, particularly water-solubility. Such activities are
    related to compounders. The major supplier in Europe is Kuraray under the brand name
    monosol.
    • Wastewater management companies are treating urban and industrial wastewater with a
    fundamental role in ensuring public health and environmental protection by removing
    suspended solids, harmful bacteria, and pollutants of emerging concern. They can be of
    private and public bodies. Urban wastewater treatment in Europe has improved over recent
    decades, largely above 80% of wastewater treated since 1995.
    4.4.2 Routes of water-soluble plastics loss
    Related to its inherent water-solubility, the major release of PVOH and its blends as detergent
    capsules occur through conventional water treatments in the form of greywater from domestic, public,
    and industrial sources. One might not exclude that other PVOH fractions not used as detergent
    capsules, such as chlorine tablets, can be found elsewhere, such as in soils. In this respect, the major
    route of PVOH and its blends is related to water discharges of greywater from domestic, public, and
    industrial sources, mainly reaching most wastewater treatment plants in Europe. There are different
    wastewater treatment levels (primary, secondary, sludge, and disinfection) before leaving the
    wastewater treatment plant. The primary treatment based on mechanical treatments (stirring,
    filtration, etc.) and the secondary treatment based on biological actions (digestion, etc.) are
    compulsorily implemented in the EU and in the case of sensitive areas (coasts, etc.), additional
    treatments (tertiary treatments based on advanced filtration, etc.) are even considered. For instance,
    for discharges to sensitive waters, the wastewater treatment plant directive requires that all urban
    274
    areas populated by more than 10 000 people provide primary, secondary and tertiary treatment. In a
    highly dense EU country such as The Netherlands, more than 90% of wastewater treatment is based
    on a tertiary treatment, consisting of a disinfection chamber and a filtration unit. 117 118 119 120
    Figure 17: Collection rate of urban wastewater in the Netherlands
    Related to the misuse or non-intentional release of PVOH in some natural compartments (e.g. soil),
    we may not exclude that all PVOH cannot reach the facilities related to wastewater treatment plants.
    Therefore, PVOH residues could be likely found in both treated sludge and water.
    Water-soluble plastics used for detergent capsules have been recently extended to other types of more
    environmentally friendly resins, such as the LACTIPS company121
    . They propose a casein-based
    packaging film for dishwasher tabs claimed as “OK bio-degradable WATER” by the private company
    TÜV Austria, but are not endorsed by any CEN or ISO standard. However, at this moment, these
    alternatives are still unsuitable as these LACTIPS products derived from milk protein are non-
    VEGAN products and could not be widely accepted as water-soluble films. Another issue is related
    to their poor transparency as water-soluble films. Some suppliers in Germany can provide
    biodegradable films based on natural products (starch) with the EU Ecolabel. The EU-Ecolabel
    recognised the biodegradability of these products, in which the water-soluble films were a part of the
    overall composition.
    4.5 Problem definition for geotextiles
    Geotextiles are a type of geosynthetics used for various civil engineering applications. They are
    primarily made of polymers such as polypropylene or polyester and are mostly manufactured in two
    different forms woven and nonwoven. Figure 18 below shows various examples of geosynthetics.
    117
    European Environment Agency, ‘Urban wastewater treatment in Europe’, consulted March 18th
    2022
    (https://www.eea.europa.eu/data-and-maps/indicators/urban-waste-water-treatment).
    118
    European Environment Agency, ‘Urban wastewater treatment in Europe’, consulted March 18th
    2022
    (https://www.eea.europa.eu/data-and-maps/indicators/urban-waste-water-treatment).
    119
    European Environment Agency, ‘Urban wastewater treatment in Europe’, consulted March 18th
    2022
    (https://www.eea.europa.eu/data-and-maps/indicators/urban-waste-water-treatment).
    120
    European Environment Agency, ‘Urban wastewater treatment in Europe’, consulted March 18th
    2022
    (https://www.eea.europa.eu/data-and-maps/indicators/urban-waste-water-treatment).
    121
    Lactips, ‘Polymère naturel et biodégradable en milieu aquatique’, consulted on March 18th 2022
    (https://www.lactips.com/).
    275
    Figure 18: Various samples of geosynthetics
    From bottom to top: the rough black surface of high-density polyethylene (HDPE) geomembrane,
    white carrier nonwoven geotextile, black geonet, white nonwoven filter geotextile (folded back),
    black woven geogrid and a white.122
    There is a real environmental advantage in using geotextiles as their mechanical properties enable
    civil engineers to significantly increase the tensile strength of soils. They are lightweight materials,
    so they have lower carbon emissions than equivalent concrete or metal. Furthermore, they weigh
    significantly less than other materials which can be used to stabilise soils, e.g., gravel and rock. As a
    result, the CO2 balance when using geotextiles versus gravel or more traditional stabilising materials
    is in favour of geotextiles123,124
    . Indeed, rising sea levels and increasing storm strength are disrupting
    European coasts to a greater extent than before, and geotextiles are used for protecting coasts.
    Although geotextiles are, in theory, designed to withstand the harsh conditions to which they are
    exposed in these applications, there are examples of these geotextiles failing and not serving their
    intended purposes nor being removed (after use) from coastal areas where they can become hotspots
    for macro and microplastics emissions.
    The issue seems to stem from two main factors: first, the materials may not have sufficient resistance
    to the environmental conditions they are exposed to (temperature variation, exposure to water, salt
    water, UV light, abrasion, etc.) and second, the extreme weather events such as storms which the
    material can be exposed to. Some autoclave tests performed in 2021125
    exhibit good life expectancies
    (a half-life of 330 years for mechanical properties retainment) for different geotextile types. However,
    the mechanical wear of the materials was not taken into account, which is unfortunate considering
    that mechanical wear in coastal erosion protection applications is a very destructive force.
    The industry has estimated the longevity of geotextiles by studying the influence of thermal and UV
    ageing on the reduction in mechanical properties of the geotextiles. Their results showed that for an
    unexposed 1.5 mm thick HDPE geomembrane, the life expectancy for the retention of 50% of
    mechanical capacity could be up to 450 years, whereas it was 97 years for the exposed membranes.
    122
    Müller, W.W. and Saathoff, F., ‘Geosynthetics In Geoenvironmental Engineering’, Science And Technology Of
    Advanced Materials, Vol. 16, No. 3, 2015.
    123
    Dixon, N., Raja. J., Fowmes, G. and Frost, M., ‘Sustainability Aspects Of Using Geotextiles’, Geotextiles, 2016, pp.
    577-596.
    124
    Edana, ‘Why use nonwovens in geosynthetics and civil engineering?’, Consulted 6 January 2022
    (https://www.edana.org/nw-related-industry/nonwovens-in-daily-life/geosynthetics-and-civil-engineering).
    125
    Scholz, P. et al., ‘Environmental Impact Of Geosynthetics In Coastal Protection’, Materials (Basel), Vol. 14, No. 3,
    2021, pp. 634.
    276
    126
    A study indicates that the successive exposure of polypropylene geotextile to UV degradation, sea
    water and thermal cycle “showed the existence of relevant interactions between the degradation
    agents and the reduction factors obtained by the traditional methodology were unable to represent
    accurately (by underestimating) the degradation occurred in geotextiles.”127
    The tests performed128
    to evaluate the life expectancy of these materials emulated the thermal,
    radiative and chemical processes to which geotextiles are exposed. However, they did not consider
    the mechanical abrasion which happens when geotextiles are exposed to the outside environment.
    One can infer that adding mechanical abrasion to the three degradation tests discussed would reduce
    the life expectancy of these materials even more for the geotextiles used in harsh environments, such
    as when used for coastal erosion protection. The general problem drivers for the microplastic
    emissions from geotextiles are similar to other sources, viz. market failure, regulatory failure and
    information/knowledge failure.
    Scale of microplastic emissions from geotextiles
    Estimations of the emissions of microplastics from geotextiles are scarce, but there are no lab results
    or experiments conducted, except the Bai, Xue et al. experiment in China. There are several
    explanations for this; first of all, geotextile weathering and environmental impact because of
    microplastics is a newly studied subject. Moreover, in-situ sampling is extremely difficult because
    these materials are either directly exposed to harsh environments and water (e.g., coastal erosion
    protection) where any microplastic particle emitted is extremely difficult to sample from the
    environment, either they are buried in the foundations of roads, building, or any other large
    construction works where to sample any microplastics; one would need to dig up the surrounding
    soil. The fate of geotextiles buried underground and potential microplastic emissions are also not
    known.
    5 BASELINE BY SOURCE
    5.1 Baseline for tyres
    A key driver of tyre wear emissions is driving mileage. It is expected that there will be a significant
    increase in road transport volumes over the next decades. The JRC estimates a 16% increase in
    passenger road transport between 2010-2030 and a 30% increase for 2010-2050. Freight transport is
    estimated to increase by 33% by 2030 and 55% by 2050129
    . Most recently, in the context of preparing
    the Fit for 55 Package130
    , the Commission assumed the increase in passenger car transport will grow
    by around 30% and around 20% for road freight transport131
    . Additionally, climate change effects,
    126
    Koerner, R. M., Hsuan, Y.G. and Joerner, G.R., ‘Lifetime Predictions Of Exposed Geotextiles And Geomembranes’,
    Geosynthetics International, Vol. 24, No. 2, 2017, pp. 198-212.
    127
    Carneiro, J.R., Almeida, P.J. and De Lurdes Lopes, M., ‘Laboratory Evaluation Of Interactions In The Degradation
    Of A Polypropylene Geotextile In Marine Environments’, Advances In Materials Science And Engineering, Vol.
    2018, 2018, pp. 1-10.
    128
    The thermooxidation tests were carried out according to method A of EN ISO 13438 and the damage suffered by the
    geotextile (during the degradation tests) was evaluated by tensile tests according to EN 29073-3 [33] (the method
    specified in EN 12226 [19] for determining the changes in the tensile properties of aged nonwoven geotextiles).
    129
    Alonso Raposo, M. and Ciuffo, B., The Future of Road Transport: Implications of automated, connected, low-carbon
    and shared mobility, JRC116644, 2019, Publications Office of the European Union, Luxembourg.
    130
    European Council and Council of the European Union, ‘European Green Deal - Fit for 55’, 2022
    (https://www.consilium.europa.eu/en/policies/green-deal/fit-for-55-the-eu-plan-for-a-green-transition/).
    131
    European Commission, ‘Policy scenarios for delivering the European Green Deal’, 2022
    (https://energy.ec.europa.eu/data-and-analysis/energy-modelling/policy-scenarios-delivering-european-green-
    deal_en#scenario-results).
    277
    e.g. more frequent heavy rainfall events, will exacerbate the problems linked with releases of those
    microplastics from urban runoff and stormwater overflows (SWO). Finally, the increasing
    electrification of vehicle fleet may negatively influence tyre wear emissions and abrasion since
    ‘electrified vehicles’ (i.e. hybrid ICE) are generally heavier compared to their conventional
    counterparts. Battery electric vehicles are not necessarily heavier than conventional ICE vehicles of
    comparable class and power, particularly the larger ones132
    . Moreover, energy density (in weight and
    volume) is predicted to improve, so longer-range battery electric vehicles (BEVs) are expected in the
    future without an increase in weight. The possible effects of the introduction of electrified vehicles
    on non-exhaust emissions have been summarised in a recent OECD report133
    .
    With regards to tyre abrasion, important improvements could be expected since the proposal for a
    Euro 7 Regulation includes a review clause and related empowerments in order to include tyre
    abrasion limits in the type approval process. An ongoing Commission study and work performed in
    the UN Forum for Harmonisation of vehicle regulations on tyre abrasion test method will provide the
    basis for a tyre abrasion standard. The Tyre Labelling Regulation134
    included the possibility of a
    delegated act on tyre abrasion when the standard on abrasion (and mileage) becomes available.
    5.1.1 Analytical approach
    It is still a challenge to collect representative environmental samples of tyre wear, whether in water,
    soil or air.135
    Due to a lack of reliable methodologies, measurement uncertainties and incomplete
    databases, no reliable results can be quantified. An analytical or a top-down approach is possible.
    Analytical problems hamper the environmental monitoring of emitted TWP. Emitted TWP cannot be
    analysed using FTIR or Raman spectroscopy, commonly used for other microplastics. Since tyre
    tread and emitted TWP have a complex chemical composition and emitted TWP are difficult to
    separate from environmental matrices, markers are needed to detect the particles in environmental
    samples. In general, chemical compounds that are additives in tyre tread materials in sufficiently high
    concentrations are used as markers. A reliable marker should i) be specific to tyre rubber polymer, ii)
    be present in comparable concentrations, preferably independent of tyre brands, iii) not easily leach
    out or be transformed under environmental conditions and iv) be easily and precisely detectable.
    Typical markers used are inorganic Zn, benzothiazoles such as 2-(4-morpholinyl)benzothiazole
    (24MoBT) and N-cyclohexyl-2-benzothiazolamine (NCBA) (components of vulcanization
    accelerators), NR (natural rubber) and SBR/BR (styrene butadiene rubber/ butadiene rubber). For all
    markers, a sample preparation to separate emitted TWP from other particles is useful to reduce the
    background concentration, prevent matrices effects and concentrate emitted TWP to get a
    representative sample. By using thermoanalytical methods, a fractionation in several size classes is
    useful. The reason is that bigger particles have a high influence on the total mass, but in general, the
    number of particles is less than for smaller particles.136
    Furthermore, by analysing the air samples,
    the particle size <10µm is more relevant to evaluating health hazards.
    132
    E.g. A Tesla Model 3 LR, 4x4, 441 HP weighs 1726 kg, while a BMW 330e, 4x4 292 HP weighs 1820 kg.
    133
    OECD, Non-exhaust Particulate Emissions from Road Transport: An ignored environmental policy challenge, 2020,
    OECD Publishing, Paris.
    134
    European Parliament and Council of the European Union, Regulation (EU) 2020/740 on the labelling of tyres with
    respect to fuel efficiency and other parameters, OJ L 177, 5.6.2020, pp. 1–31.
    135
    Peter Tromp et al., Presentation on the ‘Comparison and improvement of analytical techniques for quality data on TWP
    in the environment’, Conference Setac Europe, 2021 (https://globe.setac.org/tire-wear-and-microrubber-particles/).
    136
    Venghaus, D. et al., Report on project RAU (Tyre abrasion in the environment) – ‘Tire Wear in the environment –
    RAU’, 2021, Funded by the German Federal Ministry of Education and Research (BMBF).
    278
    Top-Down approach
    Based on a mileage approach, tyre abrasion emissions can be estimated theoretically. An emission
    factor (EF) is defined and multiplied by the distance travelled. The resulting quantity corresponds to
    the losses on the tyre tread and represents the emitted TWP. The EF can be made dependent on
    various influencing variables, which are explained below.
    Quantification of emissions
    By differentiating between vehicle types (motorcycle, passenger car, HDV, etc.) and road types
    (urban, rural and motorway), the influencing variables from Boulter et al.137
    - tyre and vehicle
    characteristics, road surface characterisation and vehicle operation - can be taken into account, i.e.
    emission factors of the vehicle types are adjusted according to the driving situation
    (urban/rural/motorway). Based on the methodology for determining the emission rate described
    above and considering influencing factors, emission factors (EF) can be determined.
    The figure below shows an overview of EF from various studies138
    . It is clear that the EF for
    motorcycles, passenger cars and light/medium vehicles show hardly any deviations. The EF for
    heavy-duty vehicle (HDV) and buses, on the other hand, fluctuate strongly.
    Figure 19: Emission rates according to vehicle type in various studies139
    The EF, according to Deltares and TNO140
    , has already been used several times in the calculations of
    the Netherlands Environmental Agency141,142,143
    . Furthermore, the EF served as a basis for the TWP
    137
    Boulter, P.G., Thorpe, A., Harrison, R.M. and Allen, A.G., ‘Road Vehicle Non-exhaust Particulate Matter: Final
    Report on Emission Modelling’, TRL, 2006.
    138
    Peano, L. et al., ‘Plastic Leak Project. Methodological Guidelines’, Quantis, 2020 (https://quantis.com/report/the-
    plastic-leak-project-guidelines/).
    139
    Ibid.
    140
    Deltares and TNO, ‘Emissieschattingen Diffuse bronnen Emissieregistratie - Bandenslijtage wegverkeer’ [Emission
    estimates Diffuse sources Emission registration - Tyre wear road traffic], 2016 (https://docplayer.nl/22104153-
    Bandenslijtage-wegverkeer.html), Nl.
    141
    Geilenkirchen, G. et al., ‘Methods for calculating the emissions of transport in the Netherlands’, PBL Netherlands
    Environmental Assessment Agency, 2020 (https://www.pbl.nl/sites/default/files/downloads/pbl-2020-methods-for-
    calculating-the-emissions-of-transport-in-the-netherlands-2020-4139.pdf).
    142
    Verschoor, A. et al., ‘Emission of microplastics and potential mitigation measures: Abrasive cleaning agents, paints
    and tyre wear’, Dutch National Institue for Public Health and the Environment, 2016
    (https://rivm.openrepository.com/bitstream/handle/10029/617930/2016-0026.pdf?sequence=3).
    143
    Klein, J. et al., ‘Methods for calculating the emissions of transport in the Netherlands’, 2019
    (https://english.rvo.nl/sites/default/files/2019/05/Klein%20et%20al%202019%20Methodology%20report%20transp
    ort%202019.PDF).
    279
    emissions calculations in numerous studies144
    . To estimate TWP emissions for the EU27, the most
    recent road traffic data from the Eurostat database were used (Table 8).
    Taking into account the given data and assumptions, this results in an annual emission quantity of
    450,000 t/a TWP for the entire EU27 for 2020, which is at the bottom end of the range from other
    studies (460,000-1,220,000 t/a) discussed previously. The shares of the road sectors
    (urban/rural/motorway) in the total emissions can be estimated on the basis of the available mileage
    data. According to this, most tyre wear is emitted on urban (39%) and rural (38%) roads. The share
    of motorways is 23%.
    Figure 20: Annual estimated TWP emissions for the EU27, 2020
    In order to develop an estimate for the final release of tyre wear (i.e. to which environmental
    compartments they are released), the methodological guidelines of the Plastic Leak Project145
    were
    used. The tool published for this project takes all input pathways into account and allows specific
    parameters to be adjusted. Although there are uncertainties in the data, e.g. the share of
    separate/combined sewer systems or the recycling of sewage sludge, it nevertheless provides
    information on how different measures could affect it.
    The table below shows the calculated estimates for the final release of tyre wear into the environment.
    Table 8: Estimation of the final release of emitted TWP
    FINAL RELEASE COMPARTMENTS
    Removed from
    the
    environment
    share
    of
    roads
    OCEANS
    (sediments
    and water
    column)
    FRESH-
    WATER
    (sediments
    and water
    column)
    SOILS AIR
    OTHER
    TERRESTR
    IAL
    COMPAR-
    TMENTS
    Average 2% 14% 59% 5% 9% 12%
    144
    Vogelsang, C. et al., ‘Microplastics in road dust – characteristics, pathways and measures’, 2019
    (https://www.miljodirektoratet.no/globalassets/publikasjoner/M959/M959.pdf).
    145
    Quantis, ‘The Plastic Leak Project’ (https://quantis.com/who-we-guide/our-impact/sustainability-initiatives/plastic-
    leak-project/).
    280
    Urban 39% 2% 19% 48% 5% 12% 19%
    Rural 38% 0% 3% 91% 5% 5% 0%
    Motorway 23% 3% 26% 38% 5% 12% 21%
    The table shows that the majority of the emission is deposited in the soil (59%), which is the
    significant input pathway for rural roads in particular. This includes wind drifts to roadside and
    ditches as well as WWTP sludge agriculture and compost use. With regard to the input into the
    aquatic environment, urban areas and motorways are of particular importance. Other terrestrial
    compartments include stormwater sludge and sewage sludge listed in Eurostat as other and unknown.
    Sludge for incineration is evaluated as "removed from the environment". Although it can be assumed
    that airborne particles will deposit in the environment over time and thus contribute to the input of
    soil, surface waters or oceans, the intention of the pathway estimation is to identify which
    compartments and the living organisms in them are affected by the emission. The proportion of
    airborne particles is therefore set to 5%, according to Baensch-Baltruschat et al.
    The baseline is the projection of emissions over the assessment period. The different factors that
    could potentially influence tyre wear emissions in the future have been assessed above. The following
    table summarises the expected effect of these factors on the tyre wear emissions. In addition to these
    factors, any future potential regulatory actions on abrasion rates could have a significant positive
    effect.
    Table 9: Key factors and their effect on tyre wear emissions.
    Factor Estimated Impact on TWP Emissions
    Development in transport volume and
    mode of transport
    Increase
    Tyre material innovations High effect and high potential
    Road material innovations Limited effect but high potential
    Electric vehicles
    Increase – depending on battery technology developments which might
    reduce the effect
    Vehicle weight (SUV trend) Increase
    Speed limits Decrease
    Porous asphalt Limited decreasing effect – but medium potential impact
    Driving behaviour
    Changes in behaviour can lead to increases (greater acceleration, sharp
    breaking etc.) or decreases (slower acceleration / speeds, reduced ./
    smoother breaking)
    Autonomous driving / connected
    driving
    Limited decreasing effect in the short term, but medium potential impact
    in the longer term
    For transport volumes, there are EU projections available that quantify how it is expected to evolve.
    In preparation of the European Green Deal Package, the Commission carried out a scenario
    assessment, including projections of the development of the transport sector and transport volumes.
    The policy scenarios assume continued transport growth. Though they include some reductions
    281
    compared to the reference scenario, the increase in passenger car transport is assumed to grow by
    around 30% and about 20% for road freight transport146
    . It means that an increase in emissions can
    be expected due to the continued road transport growth.
    Considering the different factors, it is difficult to quantify the expected change in emissions in the
    future. The increase in road traffic and the (assumed) higher weight of electric vehicles would all
    lead to an increase in tyre wear emissions. More restrictive speed limits, better tyres, and improved
    driver behaviour through autonomous driving and awareness campaigns would lead to lower
    emissions. The following assumptions have been made:
    • It is assumed that all factors except the transport volume increase cancel each other out. For
    example, effects of increases in the weight of passenger cars are offset by the factors that
    reduce emissions such as speed etc.
    • The projected increase in transport volumes by 2030 of 30% for passenger transport and 20%
    for freight transport lead to proportionate increases in the microplastic emissions by the
    respective vehicle categories.
    In total, the emissions are therefore expected in the baseline to increase from around 450,000 tonnes
    per year to 570,000 tonnes per year in 2030.
    5.1.2 Uncertainty and data gaps
    Several factors influence the release of emitted TWP into the environment, e.g. tyre material and
    design, which consists of many components, road composition, and driving behaviour. The analysis
    for the determination of tyre abrasion in environmental samples is a challenge, and an interpretation
    of the analytical data should be carried out, taking into account the external conditions. In general,
    these variables' comparison and inclusion are not explored. Additionally, reproducible quantification
    of particles in the environment depends on the laboratories' sampling techniques and analytical
    techniques. Currently, there is a knowledge gap which is a combination of sampling techniques and
    evaluation procedures most suitable for quantification of emitted TWP to get realistic values. This
    gap should be at least partially filled with the ongoing work to develop a harmonised testing method
    and standard.
    In addition to uncertainties with the overall emission factors for tyre abrasion, there is also a lack of
    data on the mix of tyres currently in use and how they vary in terms of abrasion rates. Several studies
    have demonstrated significant variation in abrasion rates between different tyre models and types
    both across different categories (i.e. tyre sizes and types) as well as within categories.
    5.2 Baseline for textiles
    The European demand for synthetic textiles is estimated at 8 million tonnes (ETC/WMGE, 2021c),
    representing almost 14 % of Europe’s total plastic consumption. Between 1996 and 2012, there was
    a 40% increase in the amount of clothes purchased per person in the EU, and, according to the
    European Environmental Agency (EEA), between 1996 and 2018, clothing prices in the EU dropped
    by over 30 %, relative to inflation. Since 2000, Europeans have purchased more pieces of clothing
    but spent less money in doing so. These trends are expected to increase in the future, as at a global
    level, the consumption of clothing and footwear is expected to increase by 63% between 2019 and
    2030. The global consumption of synthetic fibres increased from a few thousand tonnes in 1940 to
    146
    European Commission, ‘Policy scenarios for delivering the European Green Deal’ (https://energy.ec.europa.eu/data-
    and-analysis/energy-modelling/policy-scenarios-delivering-european-green-deal_en).
    282
    more than 60 million tonnes in 2018, and continues to rise. Since the late 1990s, polyester has
    surpassed cotton as the fibre most commonly used in textiles. While the majority of synthetic textile
    fibres are produced in Asia, Europe stands out as the world’s largest importer of synthetic fibres by
    trade value147
    , and also produces and exports such fibres.148
    This increase in consumption leads to an
    increase in textiles production thus increasing microplastic emissions from textiles. In practice, this
    increase in consumption is accompanied by a decrease in the number of uses per piece149
    . A higher
    renewal rate also means more textiles being thrown away and more emissions at the end-of-life stage.
    Due to their low cost, synthetic materials are one of the levers of fast fashion.
    The global increase in textile consumption implies a wider use of synthetic fibres, namely polyester
    and a consequent increase in fibre production. More than half of the global fibre production is
    polyester, making it the most common synthetic fibre (55 million tonnes in 2018) (Textile Exchange,
    2019)150
    , in with a large majority of polyester, which should represent around 70% of the total fibre
    production in 2030. The growing share of synthetic fibres is linked to the limited production of cotton
    and its relatively high price, as well as the increasing use of synthetic fibres in industries (synthetic
    fibres are used in a wide range of technical products: tyres, conveyor belts, reinforcement in
    composites, etc.).
    147
    Birkbeck, C.D., Global Governance Brief: Strenghthening international cooperation to tackle plastic pollution:
    options for the WTO, The Graduate Institute of Geneva, 2020.
    148
    Manshoven, S., Smeets, A., Arnold, M. and Fogh Mortensen, L., ‘Plastic in textiles: Potentials for circularity and
    reduced environmental and climate impacts’, European Environment Agency and European Topic Centre on Waste
    and Materials in a Green Economy, Eionet report ETC/WMGE 2021/1, 2021.
    149
    Hemkhaus, M., Hannak, J., Malodobry, P. et al., ‘Circular economy in the textile sector’, study for the German Federal
    Ministry for Economic Cooperation and Development, 2019.
    150
    Textile Exchange, ‘2019 Preferred Fiber & Materials Report’, 2019 (https://store.textileexchange.org/product/2019-
    preferred-fiber-materials-report/).
    283
    Table 10 sums up current microplastic emissions from synthetic textile per year in the EU. Data
    quality was assessed according to the number of sources and the uncertainty151
    . Not all emissions to
    water reach the environment. Indeed, part of the emissions to water will be captured by wastewater
    treatment plants. A large majority of microplastics are captured in the sludge152
    . However, in Europe,
    approximately 50% of all sludge are applied in agriculture as fertilizer153
    . So, due to sludge usage as
    fertilizer (the other half being incinerated, the microplastics are not emitted to the environment), 50%
    of emissions to water will reach the environment. Outside Europe, all emissions to water are
    considered to be emitted to the environment.
    151
    The data used for calculating the emission ranges are presented in the appendices of the supporting study for this
    Impact Assessment.
    152
    Lares, M. et al., ‘Occurrence, Identification And Removal Of Microplastic Particles And Fibers In Conventional
    Activated Sludge Process And Advanced MBR Technology’, Water Research, Vol. 133, 2018, pp. 236-246, Elsevier
    BV.
    153
    Hann, S., Sherrington, C., Jamieson, O. et al., Investigating options for reducing releases in the aquatic environment
    of microplastics emitted by (but not intentionally added in) products, Eunomia report for the Directorate-General for
    Environment, 2018.
    284
    Table 10: Microplastic emissions from synthetic textile per year in the EU27 - 2021
    Production Washing Drying Wearing End-of-Life
    Microplastic emissions
    per year due to EU
    consumption (tonnes)
    [841 ;
    22,704]
    Of which
    21%
    happen in
    the EU
    [635 ;
    5506]
    [137 ;
    7501]
    [37 ;
    25,367]
    NA
    Type of emissions Air / water Water Air Air Air / water
    Data quality Low Medium Medium Low NA
    Number of sources 1 6 4 2 0
    These quantifications need to be refined along with standardised measurement methods in order to
    understand the influence of each factor and to be able to compare data. Standardisation should specify
    all the experiment criteria and impose only one measurement method to compare studies with one
    another. However, these values already underline the need to tackle microplastic emissions and
    generation directly at the source.
    The baseline scenario has been developed for the year 2030. The quantities of microplastics emitted
    per year in 2030 are estimated by taking into account the evolution of the parameters related to the
    general problem driver “Increase in production and use of textiles”, such as the increase in clothing
    consumption and the increase in the share of synthetic materials in clothing. The following table lists
    the parameters used to define the baseline scenario and gives their evolution between the current
    situation and the foreseen situation in 2030. The values for 2030 are either estimated on the basis of
    the literature or are assumed (details provided in “Comments” column).
    Table 11: Evolution of the parameters of the microplastic emissions from textiles between the current
    situation and 2030 (parameters marked with an * are used directly in the emission calculations)
    Parameter Sub-
    category
    Unit Data
    considered
    in the state
    of the art
    (current
    value)
    Baseline
    scenario
    (forecast
    data)
    Comments
    Evolution of the
    population
    Population * - million 447 449 154
    Households in
    Europe (1)
    - million
    households
    195 198 Population increase: 1.3% 155
    Market data
    154
    Toute l’Europe.eu, ‘A quoi ressemblera l’Europe en 2030’ [What will Europe look like in 2030?], 2020
    (https://www.touteleurope.eu/environnement/a-quoi-ressemblera-l-europe-en-2030/), Fr.
    155
    Calculation according to OECD projections between 2021 and 2030.
    285
    Parameter Sub-
    category
    Unit Data
    considered
    in the state
    of the art
    (current
    value)
    Baseline
    scenario
    (forecast
    data)
    Comments
    Consumption of
    textile products *
    - million
    tonnes
    7.4 156
    9.0 Increase in textile production: +23% 157
    Proportion of
    man-made fibres
    in clothing sector
    - % 33.9% 38% Assumption: 38% of man-made materials
    (cf. section “Increase in production and
    use of synthetic textiles” / problem driver
    2)
    Polyester * Woven % 8.40% 9.38%
    Knitted % 8.60% 9.60%
    Polypropylene * Woven % 0.20% 0.22%
    Knitted % 1.20% 1.34%
    Acrylic * Woven % 0.30% 0.33%
    Knitted % 8.40% 9.38%
    Polyamide * Woven % 1.50% 1.67%
    Knitted % 5.30% 5.92%
    Washing
    Number of
    washes per
    household (2)
    - washes a
    week
    3.35 No
    change
    According to 2008, 2017 and 2020 AISE
    data, no change in frequency158, 159
    Average capacity
    of a washing
    machine (3)
    - kg 6.5 7 Assumption based on (JRC, 2016)
    Relative load of
    one wash (4)
    - % 82% -
    156
    Calculation based on the following data: 6.4 million tonnes of clothing consumed in the EU in 2015 (source: ECAP,
    ‘Mapping clothing impacts in Europe: the environmental cost’, 2017 (http://www.ecap.eu.com/wp-
    content/uploads/2018/07/Mapping-clothing-impacts-in-Europe.pdf)) and “40 per cent growth in the amount of
    purchased clothes per person in the EU between 1996 and 2012”, which means 2.5% growth per year (source:
    ETC/WMGE, ‘Textiles and the environment in a circular economy’, 2019 (https://www.eionet.europa.eu/etcs/etc-
    wmge/products/etc-wmge-reports/textiles-and-the-environment-in-a-circular-economy/))
    As in the EC/Eunomia (2018) report, professional textile washing – namely in hospitals or hotels – was not considered.
    Professional and household linens are mainly composed of cotton or polycotton (polyester/cotton blend) . Due to the
    lack of data on microplastics emissions from polycotton, the amount of polyester contained in the polycotton blend,
    no estimation could be made. According to first approximations made by RDC Environment, microplastics emissions
    from this source would represent less than 5% of the household emissions from clothing.
    157
    Calculation based on the following data: “40 per cent growth in the amount of purchased clothes per person in the EU
    between 1996 and 2012” (source: ETC/WMGE, ‘Textiles and the environment in a circular economy’, 2019
    (https://www.eionet.europa.eu/etcs/etc-wmge/products/etc-wmge-reports/textiles-and-the-environment-in-a-
    circular-economy/))
    158
    AISE, ‘A.I.S.E.’s pan-European habits survey 2020’, 2021 (https://www.aise.eu/our-activities/information-to-end-
    users/consumer-research.aspx).
    159
    AISE, ‘A.I.S.E. Pan-European Consumer Habits Survey 2017’, 2018
    (https://www.aise.eu/documents/document/20180528165059-
    aise_consumershabitssurvey2017_summary_final.pdf).
    286
    Parameter Sub-
    category
    Unit Data
    considered
    in the state
    of the art
    (current
    value)
    Baseline
    scenario
    (forecast
    data)
    Comments
    Machine load *
    (3)*(4)
    - kg of
    textile
    washed per
    cycle
    5.33 5.33 Calculation based on the average capacity
    of a washing machine and the relative
    load of one wash
    Note: no increase in load despite the
    increase in capacity.160
    Number of
    washes per year *
    (1)*(2)
    - billion
    washes
    34.0 34.5 Assumption: increase in the number of
    washes according to the population
    Drying
    Number of
    tumble dryers in
    use in European
    households *
    - million 78.0 78.3 Assumption: increase in the number of
    dryers according to the population
    Number of uses
    per year *
    - times per
    year
    107 No
    change
    Average load * - kg 4.4 No
    change
    161
    The microplastic emissions per year for 2030 are presented in the following table. It should be noted
    that emissions of microplastics per year for the year 2030 are calculated using the following
    assumption, “there is no change in the quantities of microplastics emitted per kg (kg worn, kg
    washed or kg dried)”. This assumption is based on the fact that the time considered is too limited
    to identify and implement eco-design and research & development actions as a baseline without
    policy measures fostering changes. No quantified data is available for microplastic emissions related
    to the end of life of clothing. For these emissions, the evolution of emissions (in % terms) is estimated
    only based on the increase in clothing consumption.
    160
    European Commission, Final report - Review study on household tumble driers, 2019 (https://www.applia-
    europe.eu/images/Library/Review_study_on_tumble_dryers_06-2019.pdf).
    161
    Ibid.
    287
    Table 12: Evolution of the quantities of microplastics emitted per year (tonnes/year)
    Emissions Data estimated
    in state of the art
    (current value)
    Baseline
    scenario
    (forecast data)
    Evolution Comments
    Production in
    Europe (emissions
    to air and water)
    159 - 4293 217 - 5869 + 37% Emissions in Europe.
    Evolution estimates based on the increase
    in textile consumption and increase in the
    share of synthetic materials
    Production
    outside Europe
    (emissions to air
    and water)
    682 – 18 411 932 – 25 172 + 37% Emissions outside Europe.
    Evolution estimates based on the increase
    in textile consumption and increase in the
    share of synthetic materials
    Use phase –
    wearing
    (emissions to air)
    37 – 25 367 42 – 28 438 + 12% Increase due to the increase in the share of
    synthetic materials and population growth
    Washing
    (emissions to
    water)
    635 - 5506 714 - 6223 + 12% Increase due to the increase in the share of
    synthetic materials and the evolution of
    washing habits
    Drying (emissions
    to air)
    137 – 7501 153 – 8410 + 12% Increase due to the increase in the share of
    synthetic materials and population growth
    End-of-life
    (emissions to air
    and water)
    No quantified
    data
    No quantified
    data
    + 37% Evolution estimates based on the increase
    in textile consumption.
    The evolution of the emissions linked to the
    end of life corresponds to an overestimation
    because no stock is considered.
    The evolution of microplastic emissions varies between +12% and +37%, depending on the type of
    emissions considered. Among the four parameters used to define the baseline scenario, the most
    influencing parameters are:
    • Increase in the consumption of clothing (for production and end of life)
    • Increase in the share of synthetic materials (for wearing, washing and drying).
    Note: According to CircularInnoBooster Fashion and Textile project, second-hand clothing accounts
    for 2% of the total weight of the fashion and luxury goods sector in the world162
    . This figure is
    expected to grow by 15 to 20% over the next five years. At present, the market for second-hand
    clothes is still limited. The use of second-hand clothes makes it possible to: reduce the consumption
    of new clothes and therefore reduce production (thus avoiding microplastic emissions at this stage).
    On the other hand, studies163, 164
    show that microplastic emissions during care increase with the age
    of the garment. Thus, emissions could increase during washing.
    162
    CircularInnoBooster Fashion and Textile project, ‘Second-hand fashion, a new impetus for clothing consumption’,
    2021 (https://circoax.eu/second-hand-fashion-a-new-impetus-for-clothing-consumption).
    163
    Hann, S., Sherrington, C., Jamieson, O. et al., Investigating options for reducing releases in the aquatic environment
    of microplastics emitted by (but not intentionally added in) products, Eunomia report for the Directorate-General for
    Environment, 2018.
    164
    Textile Mission, ‘Textiles Mikroplastik reduzieren - Erkenntnisse aus einem Interdsziplinären Forschungsprojekt’
    [Reducing textile microplastic emissions: Insights from an interdisciplinary research project], 2021
    (https://textilemission.bsi-sport.de/fileadmin/assets/Abschlussdokument-
    2021/TextileMission_Abschlussdokument_Textiles_Mikroplastik_reduzieren.pdf), De.
    288
    The following figures show the evolution of microplastic emissions between 2021 and 2030 for the
    min and max values. In Figure 21, the microplastic emissions are expressed in tonnes/year. In Figure
    22: the emissions are represented relative to 2021 emissions (i.e. 2021 = 100%). Microplastic
    emissions increase by +25% or +21% depending on whether the min and max thresholds are
    considered. There is not enough data to estimate what is the most plausible between min and max.
    The average microplastic emissions were used to quantify the impact of the policy measures.
    Figure 21: Evolution of microplastic emissions between 2021 and 2030 (in tonnes/year)
    a) b)
    Figure 22: Evolution of microplastic emissions between 2021 and 2030, a) for min thresholds, b) for max
    thresholds
    5.2.1 Uncertainty and data gaps
    The uncertainty of the microplastic estimations is high. In the baseline, they vary between 2,058 and
    74,111 t per year in the EU. The data quality is low for production and wearing life-cycle stages.
    289
    There is no data for the end-of-life. The uncertainty comes from the limited data to quantify
    microplastic emissions and not from the baseline extrapolation (see following table).
    Table 13: Microplastic emissions from synthetic textile per year in the EU27 - 2021
    Production Washing Drying Wearing End-of-Life
    Microplastic
    emissions per year
    due to EU
    consumption
    (tonnes)
    [841 ; 22,704]
    Of which 21%
    happen in the EU
    [635 ; 5506] [137 ; 7501] [37 ; 25,367] NA
    Type of emissions Air / water Water Air Air Air / water
    Data quality Low Medium Medium Low NA
    Number of sources 1 6 4 2 0
    These quantifications need to be refined along with standardised measurement methods in order to
    understand the influence of each factor and to be able to compare data. Standardisation should specify
    all the experiment criteria and impose only one measurement method to compare studies with one
    another. No quantified data is available for microplastic emissions related to the end of life of
    clothing. The following figure shows the evolution of microplastic emissions between 2021 and 2030
    for the min and max values. There is not enough data to estimate what is the most plausible between
    min and max. The average microplastic emissions were used to quantify the impact of the policy
    measures.
    Figure 23: Evolution of microplastics emissions between 2021 and 2030 (in tonnes/year)
    290
    5.3 Baseline for paints
    Out of the 52 Mt of paint produced globally (in 2019), 19.5 Mt are plastic polymers165
    . This
    represented 5% of the total global polymer production that year. Paint has a high plastic content - on
    average, 37% - and can be found on a wide range of objects and infrastructures used in our society:
    cars, boats, indoor walls, buildings, and bridges, among others.
    According to data provided by Statista, citing Kusumgar, Nerlfli & Growney as sources (but without
    precise reference), paint volumes have grown steadily from 2009-2021, with yearly growth rates of
    4%-9%. If we perform a linear fitting of this past trend and extrapolate it to 2030, we can expect that
    globally 27 Mt of plastic polymer will be used in paint.
    The results presented hereafter are an extract from the global EA assessment Paruta et al., 2022. The
    analysis focuses on paint microplastic release to the environment during the application, wear and
    tear, removal of paint or handling of the painted object when it reaches its end of life.
    It is important to highlight that loss rates are poorly documented both in the scientific and grey
    literature; therefore, an accurate assessment is not feasible at the moment. The following sections
    present an estimate of the order of magnitude of the paint leakage to determine whether paint
    represents a significant contribution to the total plastic leakage. To navigate through this data-scarce
    environment, expert assumptions have been used for some of the model parameters.
    The first thing to estimate is the paint demand by sector. Figure below shows the way plastic polymers
    were used across the different paint sectors in EU-27 in 2019. The architectural sector ranked first
    with 42% of the total input, followed by the automotive and marine sectors with 17% and 15%,
    respectively.
    Figure 24: Yearly input of plastic in paint by sector for EU-27, data for 2019.
    The total amount of plastic content of paint used in 2019 in the EU was 2,326 thousand tonnes, of
    which 628 kt/year leaked into the environment. The majority of this leakage was in the form of
    165
    Market research from MarketsandMarkets Research Private Limited
    Architecture Automotive Marine General Industrial
    Industrial wood Road markings Others
    General
    Industrial
    Automotive
    Marine
    Industrial
    wood
    Road
    markings
    Architectural
    Others
    42%
    17%
    15%
    11%
    9%
    1% 4%
    Input of plastic in paint by
    sector
    291
    microplastics, for a total of 482 kt/year, of which 298 kt/year was leaked to the ocean and waterways
    and 145 kt/year to land. Despite the uncertainties arising from the leakage calculation, it is clear from
    this study that the majority of applied paint does not benefit from proper management during
    maintenance or end-of-life.
    Figure 25: Total amount of plastic in paint each year for the six sectors, EU27
    Figure above shows the plastic from paint in leaked and well-managed fractions. The plastic leakage
    amount is divided into its fractions of micro- and macro-plastics and the amounts that end up in the
    environment (Ocean & Waterways and Land). On the right side, the picture shows the shares of each
    sector to the total microplastic leakage. In terms of microplastic leakage to the environment, the
    marine sector is the largest contributor to the total leakage (46%), while industrial wood is the least
    important one (1%).
    Figure 26: Contribution by loss mechanism of the microplastic leakage to the environment (Land and
    Ocean & Waterways)
    The paint leakage is mainly due to wear & tear (41%) and removal (29%) loss mechanisms (Figure
    26). About 16% of the micro-leakage happens at the end-of-life (EoL) of the painted object. In this
    case, the losses are associated with the practice of shipbreaking of European commercial vessels,
    which takes place on the beaches of India, Bangladesh, Pakistan, China and for a small part (3.5%)
    in Turkey (UNCTAD, 2019). All the six sectors contribute to the total leakage, with leakage rates
    ranging from 2% (industrial wood) to 63% (marine sector) (Table 14), where the leakage rate is
    defined as the ratio between the microplastic leakage to the environment and the total plastic input.
    292
    Table 14 presents the overview of the total leakage contribution for both environmental
    compartments of each sector and its split between micro- and macro-leakage.
    Table 14: Overview of plastic leakage from paint by sector, for EU-27 (2019), in kt
    The results are obtained following the approach described in Paruta et al. 2022. The values are in
    thousand tonnes (kt), and they refer to plastic quantities. In the case of marine paints, the microplastic
    leakage to the environment includes paint lost during maintenance and shipbreaking of European
    vessels in other countries, for a total of 127 kt. Furthermore, the paint lost while European vessels
    are at sea has been allocated to the EU – 27 countries, for a total of 68 kt.
    In the following sub-sections, we provide an insight into the analysis by sector to illustrate how paint
    flows across the various stages of its life cycle before reaching its final fate.
    293
    5.3.1 Architectural
    Figure 27: The Sankey diagram of the flow of plastic in architectural paint (2019)
    Paint can be lost before reaching its supporting material (application), it can detach from it (wear and
    tear or removal), or it can be disposed of with or without it (unused or end-of-life). Ultimately, the
    lost paint can be well managed (disposed to a sanitary landfill or incineration facility), embedded in
    new products, or leaked to land or oceans and waterways. Here we highlight the part of the leakage
    that happens in the form of microplastics. In 2019, 1,019 kt of plastic was used in architectural paint
    within the EU-27 countries. This includes paint used on interior and exterior surfaces. About 71% of
    the plastic is from paint used on interior surfaces (Hann et al., 2018). The predominance of interior
    paint is intuitively justified by the fact that there is more interior than exterior surface to paint and
    that interior paint is re-painted more frequently than exterior due to aesthetic purposes. The amount
    of architectural paint used in the EU-27 was estimated using the following sources:
    • The total amount of plastic used for architectural paint globally, i.e. 10,801 kt according to
    MarketsandMarkets Research Limited;
    • The number of households in EU-27 is computed as the total population divided by the
    average number of people per household (United Nations, 2019. Database on Household Size
    and Composition 2019). Total population by country as reported by the World Bank "What a
    Waste" database 2.0 (Kaza, S. et al., 2018).
    The number of households is not the only parameter that impacts the amount of paint used. The
    income level, the paint type, the weather, and the building material could be additional factors
    influencing the paint consumption by region. However, they have not been considered here, as no
    models are available to determine the quantitative impact on the paint used. Nonetheless, according
    to Hann et al., 2018, 947 kt of plastic was used in architectural paint in Europe in 2018, which is
    closed to the estimate presented here of 1,019 kt for 2019.
    294
    Figure 28: Sankey diagram focusing on the portion of architectural paint that ultimately leaks to the
    environment in the form of microplastic
    Overall, 12% of the plastic in architectural paint put on the EU market leaks into the environment in
    the form of microplastics, i.e. a total of 121 kt. Of this, 93 kt leaks to land, while 28 kt to oceans and
    waterways. The leakage is mainly due to exterior paint being lost to the surroundings due to wear &
    tear and paint removal done without ensuring paint collection. Some of the paint is also lost to the
    environment during the application, either because of overspray of exterior paint or rinsing brush or
    rollers for interior and exterior paint. Although losses related to overspray are estimated at 15% (85%
    transfer efficiency), architectural paint is mostly applied by brush or roller, which accounts for 1.6%
    of paint losses to wastewater.166
    This assessment assumed that interior paint is always applied by
    brush or roller and that exterior paint is applied 80% of the time by brush or roller.
    We estimate that a large part (68%) of the paint applied to a building will stay on until its demolition
    (end-of-life). Dust formation during demolition is a known phenomenon, and it has been investigated
    mostly because fine particles suspended in the air are known to be hazardous to human health167
    .
    Lacking quantitative estimates, we assume 10% of the paint that is still on the walls during demolition
    is lost to the environment as dust. The remaining paint follows the end of life of the supporting
    material. Both concrete, wood and plasterboard (the main support of interior paint) can be recycled.
    The EU had set a mandatory target of 70% recovery rate of construction and demolition waste by
    2020 and concrete is mostly recycled as granulate that is then used in backfilling or road
    foundations168
    . On average, in the EU, 83% of the mineral waste from construction and demolition
    was "recycled" in 2016169
    . Plasterboard, which is mainly made of gypsum, can be recycled into new
    plasterboard through mechanical grinding, and it is then refined to have a uniform texture and be re-
    used to form plasterboards. According to British Gypsum, a UK manufacturer of interior lining
    systems, paper flakes (coated with paint) can be separated from gypsum during the recycling process
    and used as cattle bedding170
    . The hazardous risk to the health of the animals and the food chain
    safety linked to this practice is still to be investigated. Finally, painted or varnished wood is
    166
    A.J. Verschoor and E. de Valk, RIVM 2017, Potential measures against microplastic emissions to water, RIVM
    Report 2017-0193
    167
    Ebadian et al. Technology assessment of dust suppression techniques applied during structural demolition, 1996
    168
    Wahlström, M., Bergmans, J., Teittinen, T., Bachér, J., Smeets, A., & Paduart, A. (2020). Construction and
    Demolition Waste: challenges and opportunities in a circular economy.
    169
    European Environment Agency, 2021. Accessed on https://www.eea.europa.eu/publications/construction-and-
    demolition-waste-challenges/construction-and-demolition-waste-challenges
    170
    British Gypsum (2021). Accessed on 21/10/2021. https://www.british-gypsum.com/about-us/csr/environmental-
    challenges/plasterboard-recycling
    295
    sometimes considered recyclable to produce wood chippings for plywood or particle board. In
    another context, regulation asks for painted wood to be disposed of as waste.
    Overall, knowledge of paint losses during demolition and recycling practices of the support material
    (EoL) is lacking. They appear to be outside the scope of this assessment on the unintentional release
    of microplastics. However, the proper management of paint at the EoL needs attention since most of
    the paint is left on the building material until its end-of-life and the management of the construction
    and demolition waste stream still remains a challenge.
    5.3.2 Marine
    Figure 29: Sankey diagram of flow of plastic in marine paint (2019)
    Paint can be lost before reaching its supporting material (application), it can detach from it (wear &
    tear or removal), or it can be disposed of with or without it (unused, end-of-Life). Ultimately, the lost
    paint can be well managed (disposed to a sanitary landfill or incineration facility), Embedded in new
    products, or can leak to land or oceans and waterways. Here we highlight the part of the leakage that
    occurs in the form of microplastics.
    In 2019, 357 kt of plastic was used in marine paint within the EU-27. This includes plastic used in
    marine paint for commercial vessels (84%) and leisure vessels, both professional and Do It Yourself
    (DIY)171
    . Marine paint can be applied to the interior of the boat, the superstructure, or the hull, and
    antifouling paint is applied above the hull and protects the boat from biofouling. The amount of
    marine paint applied on boats and vessels in the EU-27 was estimated using:
    171
    Hann et al. 2018 Investigating options for reducing releases in the aquatic environment of microplastics emitted by
    (but not intentionally added in) products
    296
    • The total amount of plastic used on boats and vessels paint globally, i.e. 10,801 kt, according
    to MarketsandMarkets Research Limited172
    • The share of commercial vessels and leisure boats that are owned by EU-27
    The share of commercial vessels is computed based on the UNCTAD database, which provides the
    ownership of propelled seagoing vessels of 1000 gross tonnes and above by dead-weight tonnage.
    Overall, this leads to a 36% share attributed to the EU (2017 data). If we were to base the assessment
    only on container-carrying vessels, the share would be 45%173
    . Leisure boats share is based on the
    share of recreational global boat park per country, as provided by ICOMIA174
    .
    It is worth highlighting that most of the paint applied on commercial vessels is not applied in
    European drydocks but in Asia. In this analysis, we account for all paint that is applied on European
    vessels independently of where the maintenance takes place. Overall, 63% of the plastic in the paint
    applied on European vessels will leak into the environment in the form of microplastics, for a total
    of 223 kt/year, of which 210 kt leaks to land, while 13 kt to ocean and waterways.
    There are three main pathways of microplastic leakage to oceans and waterways:
    • Wear and tear of exterior boat paint at sea;
    • Removal of paint during maintenance of commercial vessels at the dry dock (mostly in Asia),
    or of leisure vessels, mostly in the EU;
    • End of life of commercial vessels at ship graveyards.
    Other minor pathways are maintenance of superstructure paint that takes place while the vessel is at
    sea. Little is known about the waste management of paint at drydocks. If sand blasting is used, paint
    dust can travel hundreds of meters before depositing175
    . The world commercial fleet is dismantled in
    ship graveyards on the beaches of India, Bangladesh, Pakistan, China, and for a small part (3.5%). In
    Turkey176
    . In Bangladesh, India and Pakistan, ships are broken apart directly on the beach instead of
    on an industrial site (NGO Shipbreaking Platform, 2021). Therefore, a portion of the commercial
    paint that is left on the ships will be lost to the ocean.
    About 57% of microplastic leakage to the environment occurs in drydocks or beaches outside Europe,
    for a total of 127 kt.
    172
    Market research from MarketsandMarkets Research Private Limited
    173
    UNCTAD (United Nations Conference on Trade and Development). (2017, October). Review of Maritime Transport
    2017. Geneva: United Nations.
    174
    ICOMIA (International Council of marine Industry Associations). (2018). Recreational boating industry statistics
    2017
    175
    Swedish Environmental Protection Agency, Report n° C183 - ‘Swedish sources and pathways for microplastics to the
    marine environment’, 2016
    (https://www.ivl.se/download/18.7e136029152c7d48c205d8/1457342560947/C183+Sources+of+microplastic_1603
    07_D.pdf).
    176
    UNCTAD (United Nations Conference on Trade and Development). (2017, October). Review of Maritime Transport
    2017. Geneva: United Nations.
    297
    5.3.3 General industrial
    Figure 30: Plastic flow in general industrial paint from the net input to the fates (2019)
    In 2019, 269 kt of plastic was used for general industrial paint in the EU-27. General industrial paint
    is considered here the protective paint used to protect steel or metal surfaces from corrosion. It is
    used in the oil & gas sector (refineries, pipelines, offshores), petrochemical sector, power generation
    applications, water and waste treatment, and many other applications.
    The amount of general industrial paint used at the EU - 27 level was estimated using the following
    sources:
    • The total amount of plastic used for general industrial paint globally, i.e. 2,915 kt, according
    to MarketsandMarkets Research Limited177
    • It is assumed that steel is the main surface on which general industrial paint is applied. The
    share of paint used in Europe is based on the steel used by country in 2018, as provided by
    World Steel Association, 2021178
    Overall, 37% of the plastic in general industrial paint put on the EU market leaks to the environment
    in the form of microplastics, for a total of 102 kt. Of this, 55 kt leak to land, while 47 kt to oceans
    and waterways. The leakage is mainly due to losses during the application, wear and tear and removal.
    Many aspects surrounding paint practices by the general industrial sectors are undocumented. It
    would be crucial to know the paint distribution within the sub-sector in the different EU-27 countries.
    How much of the paint is destined for structures that are close to aquatic environments (e.g. offshores,
    underwater pipelines, bridges)? The maintenance frequency and general practices are also not clear.
    General industrial is the sector where data is the scarcest.
    177
    Market research from MarketsandMarkets Research Private Limited
    178
    World Steel Association (2021). 2021 World steel in figures
    298
    5.3.4 Road markings
    Figure 31: Flow of plastic in road markings paint from the net input to the fates (2019)
    In 2019, 36 kt of plastic was used for road markings paint in EU-27 countries. Hann et al., 2018 lists
    four different types of paint (solvent-based, water-based, thermoplastics, cold plastics) and provides
    their demand in the European market. The different paint types have different compositions and
    plastic content. The amount of plastic used for road markings paint used at the EU-27 level was
    estimated using the following sources:
    • the total amount of plastic used for road markings globally, i.e. 234 kt according to
    MarketsandMarkets Research Limited179
    • the kilometres of road country, as reported by CIA180
    Overall, 56% of the plastic in the road markings paint will leak to the environment in the form of
    microplastics, for a total of 20 kt. Of this, 10.5 kt leak to land, while 9.5 kt leak to ocean and
    waterways. The main pathway for road markings losses to the environment is wear and tear from
    mechanical abrasion, and this is primarily due to contact with vehicle tyres. Another possible pathway
    leading to losses of microplastic in the environment could be during the road markings, paint removal
    to redesign traffic lanes, parking slots, etc. Removal of paint for redesign can be performed in several
    ways: blasting, grinding, using lasers, chemical methods and even burning181
    . The literature mentions
    dust formation (in the case of grinding) as a health concern to the removal workers. Still, no evidence
    has been found of pollution due to the removed paint being uncollected. Interviews conducted with
    road marking companies in Switzerland affirmed that the removed paint is collected independently
    from the technique used. Assuming a similar situation in the EU, about 90% of the paint is collected
    and disposed of as solid waste in EU-27, and 10% is left on the road in the form of finer dust particles
    and uncollected.
    179
    Market research from MarketsandMarkets Research Private Limited
    180
    CIA. (2021). Roadways. Accessed on 9/11/2021. https://www.cia.gov/the-world-factbook/field/roadways/
    181
    Pike, A. M., & Miles, J. D. (2013). Effective removal of pavement markings (Vol. 759). Transportation Research
    Board.
    299
    5.3.5 Automotive
    Figure 32: Flow of plastic in automotive paint from the net input to the fates
    In 2019, 422 kt of plastic were used for automotive paint in EU-27 countries. About 71% of the paint
    is used for automotive OEM, applied during the car manufacturing process, and 29% for automotive
    refinish, applied at a later stage, for example, due to accident damage, damage to the original paint
    system, or to change the car colour.
    The amount of automotive paint used at the EU-27 level was estimated using the following sources:
    • the total amount of plastic used for automotive paint globally, i.e. 2'041 kt according to
    MarketsandMarkets Research Limited182
    • for automotive OEM, the shares of motor vehicles manufacturing by country in 2019, as
    provided by OICA183
    .
    • the share of automotive Refinish is based on a dataset of motor Vehicles per 1000 people by
    country. The data set is published on OurWorldInData184
    , which cites NationMaster185
    as the
    source.
    182
    Market research from MarketsandMarkets Research Private Limited
    183
    OICA (2022). International Organization of Motor Vehicles Manufacturers. 2019 Production Statistics.
    https://www.oica.net/category/production-statistics/2019-statistics/
    184
    OurWorldInData, 2014. Accessed on 25/10/2021. Motor vehicles per 1000 inhabitants vs GDP per capita, 2014.
    https://ourworldindata.org/grapher/road-vehicles-per-1000-inhabitants-vs-gdp-per-capita
    185
    NationMaster, 2014. Accessed 25/10/2021. Motor vehicles per 1000 people: Countries Compared.
    https://www.nationmaster.com/country-info/stats/Transport/Road/Motor-vehicles-per-1000-people
    300
    Figure 33: Portion of automotive paint that ultimately leaks to the environment in the form of
    microplastics
    Overall, 3% of the plastic in automotive paint put on the EU market leaks to the environment in the
    form of microplastics, for a total of 12 kt. Of this, 9 kt leak to land, while 3 kt to oceans and
    waterways. One of the main pathways for microplastic leakage is the loss at the application of refinish
    paint.186
    The transfer efficiency of spray guns in body shops is as low as 50%, and an interview with
    industry experts put the figure closer to 60%. We assume that only a minor part of the over-sprayed
    paint will be lost to the environment, while the rest will deposit on masking material and will be
    disposed of with it.
    The wear and tear losses include flaking and chipping of the paint due to weathering (such as
    exposure to ultra-violet sun rays), but also due to accidents and collisions. According to an interview
    with an automotive paint expert, these types of losses are minimal. Therefore, we assume a 2% loss
    rate even though, according to OECD, flaking and chipping losses of automotive paint are quantified
    at 10% (after rescaling by the OECD application losses).187
    5.3.6 Industrial wood
    Figure 34: Flow of plastic in industrial wood paint from the net input to the fates
    In 2019, 223 kt of plastic was used for industrial wood paint in EU-27 countries. We did not
    distinguish between the possible direct applications of industrial wood paint. It is typically applied
    186
    OECD (2009) Emission Scenario Document On Adhesive Formulation, 2009
    187
    OECD (2009) Emission Scenario Document On Adhesive Formulation, 2009
    301
    on wooden surfaces such as “joinery, kitchen cabinets, furniture, flooring, millwork, speciality wood
    products, and exterior building products” (American Coatings Association, 2018)188
    .
    The amount of industrial wood paint used at the EU-27 level was estimated using the following
    sources:
    • the total amount of plastic used for Industrial Wood paint globally, i.e., 1,232 kt, according
    to MarketsandMarkets Research Limited189
    • the EU-27 share is determined based on the wood consumption by country. FAO online
    database "Forestry Production and Trade" 190
    allows to select the specific wood application
    and track their production and trade around the world. The applications selected for this study
    are hardboard, MDF/HDF, OSB, other fibreboards, particle board, plywood, sawn wood, and
    veneer sheet. The reference year is 2019.
    Overall, 2% of the plastic in industrial wood paint put on the EU market leaks to the environment in
    the form of microplastics, for a total of 3.4 kt, of which, 3.2 kt leak to land, while 0.2 kt leak to ocean
    and waterways. According to OECD191
    analysis of the wood furniture sector, around 50% of the paint
    is lost at the application when using a dry booth (other techniques being wet booth or curtain coating).
    We assume that application takes place in an industrial setting and that the over-sprayed paint is dealt
    with as solid waste.
    5.3.7 Data gaps and uncertainties
    Microplastic pollution from paint has only recently been investigated, for this reason there are still
    many uncertainties and data gaps.
    Some uncertainties and data gaps are relative to market figures of paint sold per paint sector and
    plastic content within it. In order to estimate microplastic pollution one needs to know on which type
    of objects the paint is applied, but often market data are split by type of paint sold or sectors such as
    "coil coatings” which are not easily related to the final painted object. Therefore, a common
    understanding between scientific community and paint industry is needed in order to gain insight on
    the paint market in a way that is useful for microplastic calculations.
    In terms of paint loss mechanisms (application, wear & tear, removal, unused, at end-of-life), the
    estimates used in this assessment are mostly conservative. An example of conservative estimate
    performed in the study are paint losses due to overspray, which are modelled to be at 15%, i.e., 85%
    transfer efficiency (Paruta et al. 2022). This performance is well above that of some technologies
    listed in the Best Available Techniques Conclusions document, related to the Industrial Emission
    Directive, (Chapter 4 of the Directive 2010/75/EU on Industrial Emissions (the Directive)), which
    have transfer efficiency of 50%-60%. A transfer efficiency of 60% means that 40% of the applied
    paint is lost to the surrounding environment.
    Another example is unused paint. It is believed that, on average, 3%192
    of professional paint and 15%
    of DIY paint are unused (Verschoor, A., De Poorter, L., Dröge, R., Kuenen, J., & de Valk, E. (et al.,
    188
    www.paintcare.org
    189
    Market research from MarketsandMarkets Research Private Limited
    190
    Forestry production and trade, 2021. Accessed on 25/10/2021. Forestry production and trade.
    https://www.fao.org/faostat/en/#data/FO
    191
    OECD (2009) Emission Scenario Document On Adhesive Formulation, 2009
    192
    OECD (2009) Emission Scenario Document On Adhesive Formulation, 2009
    302
    2016,).193
    These are the same values used in this assessment, but, according to a personal
    communication with ADEME (the French agency for ecological transition), paint cans recovered
    through an EPR scheme targeting household chemicals are, on average, 40% full. Additionally, an
    internal paint company document indicates that 30-40% of paint prepared for an offshore
    maintenance job can end up being unused and subsequently disposed of. Furthermore, this
    assessment assumes all unused paint to be properly disposed, while a personal conversation with an
    industry expert revealed that according to their own experience, disposal of paint down the household
    drainage system is common practice for both professionals and DIYers.
    For wear & tear losses, the lifetime of the paint system is not a subject that is systematically
    researched and assessed, but its assessment is key in order to determine microplastic pollution during
    the use phase of the object.
    From the modelling point of view, a key assumption in Paruta et al. 2022, is that “Wear & Tear”
    happens in a localized fashion, meaning that if the outmost layer of paint (top-coat) is affected in a
    certain place, then the deeper layers will also be affected." This has important consequences on the
    assessment of wear & tear losses. The hypothesis was formulated after discussing with paint industry
    experts, but it should be validated through testing on the ground. Other sector-specific assumptions
    that were used to overcome uncertainty and data-gaps are mentioned in the baseline itself, and more
    can be found in Paruta et al. 2022, but the aforementioned data gaps are believed to be the key ones
    to investigate in order to improve the baseline assessment, namely:
    • Volumes (in mass) of paint sales per sector (with sector split based on final painted object) as
    well as plastic content (in mass);
    • Average transfer efficiency of spraying technologies;
    • Volumes of unused paint and its fate;
    • Lifetime of paint (see Measure PNT#1);
    • Validation of the assumption that wear & tear happens in localised form and affects all paint
    layers.
    5.4 Baseline for detergent capsules
    Among the water-soluble plastic films available for the protective film for laundry and dishwasher
    detergents, polyvinyl alcohol (PVOH) is the most widely used. With a yearly global production of
    650 000 tons, PVOH is therefore becoming more and more used with an annual growth rate of 4%
    between 2018 and 2023. In Europe, around 100 000 tonnes of PVOH is estimated to be used every
    year, of which 20 000 tonnes are used as protective films for detergent capsules.194
    A similar growth
    rate is expected for the coming years.
    5.4.1 Calculation of the baseline
    To define the baseline about the loss of detergent capsules into the environment, we have estimated
    their contributions following both bottom-up and top-down approaches.
    193
    Release of microplastics and potential mitigation measures: Abrasive cleaning agents, paints and tyre wear, OECD,
    2009.
    194
    Renewable Carbon, ‘BioSinn – Products for which biodegradation makes sense’, 2021.
    303
    In our bottom-up approach, we used the data about the number of washes per household in Europe
    as provided in our report and this article195
    for data on laundry capsules. It roughly estimates the
    amount of PVOH released into the environment as follows.
    Number of wash cycles in the EU: 34 000 000 000
    Weight of the shell of a capsule: 0.4g – 1.6g (we will use 1g as the average value)
    Share of PVOH in a capsule shell: 65% - 99% (we will use 85% as the average value)
    The survey performed in the US study evaluates capsule usage at 70% of all laundry detergent use,
    but there is no information available regarding the European use of capsules and we assume the EU
    situation comparable to the US. Upon this assumption, we can use a conservative estimation of 50%
    capsule usage since, in the EU, powder and liquid detergents are more or less used in the same
    proportion as the US.
    By considering the share of washes done using capsules (50%), the total amount of PVOH entering
    wastewater due to detergent capsules is:
    T = 34 000 000 000 * 1g * 0.85 * 0.50 = 14 450 tonnes per year
    To estimate dishwasher capsules' contribution, we assumed that 45% of European households are
    equipped with a dishwasher196
    and the number of cycles per household per year (280)10
    . As there are
    195 455 million households in Europe197
    , the dishwasher capsule shell weighs 0.3g – 0.7g (we use
    0.5g as the average). Moreover, the dishwasher capsule shell has the same composition as detergent
    capsules.
    As no information on dishwasher capsule usage in Europe could be found and considering the US
    situation, we assumed that the number of dishwasher cycles per year is close to that of Europeans
    (280 cycles), i.e., 34% of the time.
    Thus, the total amount of PVOH entering wastewater due to dishwasher capsules is:
    195 455 000 * 0.45 * 280 * 0.34 * 0.5g * 0.85 = 3 559 tonnes per year
    The total microplastics emitted to wastewater from the use of detergent capsules and dishwasher
    capsules can be estimated at 18 009 tonnes per year.
    This number is a rough estimation but remains close to the value reported by Nova Institute in a
    bottom-up approach. The EU market for dishwasher tabs with water-soluble film is around 400 000
    195
    Rolsky, C. and Kelkar, V., Degradation of Polyvinyl Alcohol in US Wastewater Treatment Plants and Subsequent
    Nationwide Emission Estimate’, International Journal of Environmental Research and Public Health, Vol. 18, no.
    11: 6027, 2021.
    196
    APPLiA, ‘What if all Europeans had a dishwasher?’, 2021, Accessed November 19th
    2021 (https://www.applia-
    europe.eu/images/2017-03---DW-campaign-analysis.pdf).
    197
    Eurostat, ‘How many single-parent households are there in the EU?’, 2021
    (https://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/web/products-eurostat-news/-/edn-20210601-
    2#:~:text=In%202020%2C%20there%20were%20195.4%20million%20households%20in,single%20parents%2C%
    20accounting%20for%204%25%20of%20total%20households).
    304
    tonnes annually, corresponding to 20 billion tabs of 20 grams each. The film itself weighs less than
    1 g, which puts its total volume in the EU at around 20 000 tonnes.198
    In another bottom-up approach199
    , the recent data provided by International Association for Soaps,
    Detergents and Maintenance Products (A.I.S.E.) indicates that 20.5 ktonnes of dissolved capsules in
    2021 were emitted from the use of liquid laundry detergent capsules (8.4 kt), automatic dishwashing
    tablets (12.1 kt) and WC care products (0.03 kt) in the EU, including Norway (non-EU member) in
    this estimation. We must highlight that even if Norway as a non-EU member is included in these
    estimations, the contribution of this country with respect to the EU doesn’t impact the overall
    emission of PVOH grades in the EU. In the case of the first two categories (i.e., liquid laundry
    detergent capsules and automatic dishwashing tablets), we assumed that 5% of the total capsule or
    tablet was exclusively derived from PVOH based on the NOVA report200
    .
    Table 15: Liquid laundry detergent capsules – retail volume (in kilotonnes)*
    2017 2018 2019 2020 2021
    EU+Norway 103.2 121.1 137.3 152.6 167.1
    PVOH release** 5.2 6.0 6.9 7.6 8.4
    * AISE reports that these figures may be slightly underestimated based on their own PVOH consumption. (which may
    also include internal wastage). The population of Norway is about 1% of that of the EU.
    ** Based on a conservative assumption of max. 1g PVOH film per capsule (5%).
    Table 16: Automatic dishwashing tablets – retail volume (in kilotonnes)*
    2017 2018 2019 2020 2021
    EU+NO 197.5 202.0 209.2 237.3 242.9
    PVOH release** 9.9 10.1 10.5 11.9 12.1
    * AISE member reports that these figures may be slightly underestimated based on their own PVOH consumption (which
    may also include internal wastage). The population of Norway is about 1% of that of the EU.
    ** Based on a conservative assumption of max. 1gPVOH film per capsule (1% - values to be confirmed by AISE).
    However, we made the same assumption as in the case of liquid laundry detergent capsules) to be comparable to the
    estimations made in the NOVA report, i.e., 5%.
    NB. Euromonitor provides sales data for all tablets without differentiation between wrapped/unwrapped or
    removable/soluble film.
    Moreover, WC care products contain a small proportion of toilet cleaning products, such as rim
    hangers and cistern blocks, corresponding to an estimated total PVOH quantity of 0.03 kt/annum
    in 2021.
    In Table 17, a US study201
    indicates that 61% and 18% of PVOH fractions reached the sludge route
    and the aqueous route (via soil contamination)) respectively. However, the estimations about the 18%
    losses out of wastewater treatment plants must be considered prudently as the study was conducted
    198
    Renewable Carbon, ‘BioSinn – Products for Which Biodegradation makes sense’, 2021 (https://renewable-
    carbon.eu/publications/product/biosinn-products-for-which-biodegradation-makes-sense-pdf/).
    199
    Annex AISE (sent on April 27th
    , 2022).
    200
    Annex AISE (sent on April 27th, 2022).
    201
    Rolsky, C.; Kelkar, V. Degradation of Polyvinyl Alcohol in US Wastewater Treatment Plants and Subsequent
    Nationwide Emission Estimate. Int. J. Environ. Res. Public Health 2021, 18, 6027.
    305
    in India (Kaur et al., 2012)202
    and do not correspond to the situation in the EU. In Europe, we may
    therefore assume that the situation about the wastewater treatment (even if soil contamination cannot
    be excluded) is almost optimal, assuming that nearly 50-60% of PVOH and related mixtures shall
    reach the sludge route and the other fractions 40-50% shall reach the environment, but no studies
    have addressed this issue after wastewater treatment plants up to now.
    Considering the biodegradation level reported in OECD testing, i.e., a simulated degrading
    environment representative of wastewater treatment plants, 40% of non-biodegradable PVOH could
    release into the environment using the data reported in the study. Indeed, this study considered a 28-
    day window while 10 days is the average length of time usually considered for wastewater treatment
    plants. Other studies have shown that biodegradation of PVOH in acclimated wastewater systems
    can be even enhanced and reach a degradation rate close to 80% as suggested by Schonberger et al.
    (1997)203
    . Several conditions must be encountered: (1) steady PVOH influx, (2) sufficiently low food
    to microorganisms and sufficiently high sludge age and (3) adaptation of the microorganisms (as a
    rule demands several weeks). The fate of PVOH after wastewater treatment remains challenging as
    specific approaches (e.g., radioisotope labelling) will have to be developed accordingly. After
    wastewater treatment, the trace of PVOH has never been reported due to the difficulty of assessing
    their presence using classical detection techniques to their high solubility in water, and their impact
    may somehow be underestimated by contrast with microplastics well-identified in sewage sludge204
    .
    Additional investigations shall be made to assess this.
    Table 17: Assessment of PVOH release of detergent capsules into the environment via the sludge route
    Source Geography Sectors PVOH leakage to
    wastewater
    treatment plants,
    Tonnes
    PVOH release
    into the sludge
    in % related to
    the leakage
    PVOH
    release into
    sludge,
    Tonnes
    PVOH release into
    the environment,
    Tonnes (40% from
    sludge)
    BOTTOM-UP
    APPROACH
    Nova Institute,
    2021
    Byrne 2020
    EU-27 Protective films
    for laundry and
    dish detergents
    Garden pond
    20 000 20-40% 4 000-
    8 000
    1 600-3 200
    BOTTOM-UP
    APPROACH*
    AISE
    EU-27 Liquid laundry
    detergent
    capsules
    Automatic
    dishwashing
    tablets
    20 500 20-40% 4 100-8
    200
    1 640-3 280
    TOP-DOWN
    APPROACH
    EU-27 Protective films
    for laundry and
    dish detergents
    18 000 20-40% 3 600-
    7 200
    1 440-2 880
    (*) Including Norway. Excluding Norway, the estimates would approach the Nova Institute figures.
    In the EU, the overall amount of PVOH leakage issued from protective films for laundry and dish
    detergents is estimated to be around 18 000 – 20 000 tonnes annually using different approaches
    (bottom-up & top-down) obtained from technical literature and stakeholder information. As the
    202
    Kaur et al. Wastewater production, treatment and use in India, 2012
    203
    Schonberger, H., Baumann, A. and Keller, W., ‘Study of microbial degradation of polyvinyl alcohol (PVA) in
    wastewater treatment plants’, American Dyestuff Reporter, Vol. 86, 1997, pp. 9-18.
    204
    Chand, R., Rasmussen, L.A., Tumlin, S. and Vollertsen, J., ‘The occurrence and fate of microplastics in a mesophilic
    anaerobic digester receiving sewage sludge, grease and fatty slurries’, Science of the Total Environment, Vol. 798,
    2021, Elsevier BV.
    306
    PVOH issued from protective films for laundry and dish detergents is directly discharged into urban
    wastewater, the overall amount related to PVOH leakage is exclusively through waste water followed
    by sludge. In the wastewater treatment plants, around 60-80% of the overall amount of PVOH is
    totally biodegraded, and the remaining fraction, i.e., around 20-40%, is mainly released to the sludge
    from which the ultimate release of PVOH in the environment is not properly assessed from the current
    scientific literature. This means that from the microplastics released into wastewater treatment plants,
    around 3 600-8 000 tonnes reach the sludge. In the EU, about 40% of sludge is applied on agricultural
    land. Assuming that about 40% (EU average) of this sludge is applied to agricultural land, i.e. 1 440-
    3 280 tonnes. Of this, about 60% will reach natural waters and the rest remain in the soil. Recent
    evidence shows that microplastics in soil could also be taken by the crops.205
    There is only one study estimating the PVOH release in the environment directly through wastewater
    at 15.7%206
    , which would represent around 2 700 tons a year for the EU. The PVOH in water could
    biodegrade over a period of time, but the extent of biodegradation in natural conditions has not been
    studied. The possible non-biodegraded part of PVOH could still remain in the water.
    Adding the share of PVOH through aqueous and sludge routes, we can assume that 4 140 – 5 980
    tonnes (thus on average around 5000 tonnes) of microplastics coming from PVOH of detergent
    capsules would be directly released into the environment.
    5.4.2 Uncertainties and data gaps
    The estimated amount of microplastic losses through capsules to the environment bears several
    uncertainties. The principal uncertainty comes from a lack of information on the composition of
    PVOH and related mixtures used for detergent capsules due to trade secrets and uncertainties about
    the fate of PVOH in WWTP and later in the marine environment and soils upon the existing testing
    protocols as:
    • Initial discussions with the International Association for Soaps, Detergents and Maintenance
    products/AISE (March 12th, 2022) highlighted that the current PVOH and related mixtures
    used for detergent capsules are trade secrets due to their long history of implementation as
    water-soluble plastics not only in detergent applications but other applications. The report
    made by AISE (April 27th
    , 2022) has reduced the uncertainties on the PVOH release even
    though the AISE members report that these figures may be slightly underestimated based on
    their PVOH consumption (which may also include internal wastage). However, no better
    basis is currently available to calculate quantities of film placed on the market/released by
    dissolution during use.
    • The testing protocols used for assessing the biodegradation extent of PVOH and related
    mixtures are related to OECD norms in which a 28-day duration is applied during testing.
    However, it could be affected because these PVOH and related mixtures are associated with
    mixtures and/or contaminated with detergents.
    • Depending on the characteristic features of wastewater systems, a PVOH biodegradation in
    acclimated wastewater systems could reach a degradation rate close to 80%, as referenced by
    205
    Sciencealert.com, ‘Study shows how microplastics can easily clim the food chain. Should we be worried?’, 2022
    (https://www.sciencealert.com/study-shows-how-microplastics-can-easily-climb-the-food-chain-should-we-be-
    worried).
    206
    Rolsky, C.; Kelkar, V. Degradation of Polyvinyl Alcohol in US Wastewater Treatment Plants and Subsequent
    Nationwide Emission Estimate. Int. J. Environ. Res. Public Health 2021, 18, 6027.
    307
    Schonberger et al. (1997)207
    , but this need to be confirmed. There exist some more appropriate
    protocols (e.g., EU ECOLABEL)208
    .
    5.5 Baseline for geotextiles
    According to the supporting study for this IA, a total of 530 712 tonnes of geotextiles were used in
    the EU in 2019 and since 2002, 5 048 962 tonnes of geotextiles have been installed.209
    Geotextiles
    are used for various construction applications, from building roads to protecting coasts from erosion
    and enabling vegetation to root. Because of climate change, sea levels are rising, and the intensity of
    storms is increasing, which in turn will increase the demand for geotextiles. Various market
    projections suggest a threefold growth in the geotextiles market in Europe during 2019-2029210
    , and
    one can expect similar growth in emissions.
    5.5.1 Calculation of the baseline
    Different market data were compiled to estimate the quantities of geotextiles used worldwide yearly.
    Table 18: Existing sources on geotextile use and microplastics emissions
    Source Year of
    estimate
    Geotextile
    quantity
    Geotextile type Emissions
    Bai, Xue et al.211
    2021 14 billion m2 All types, 2% natural
    fibre, 17% PET-based
    materials
    0.24 – 0.79 million tonnes emitted by
    PET geotextiles. However the findings
    of this study have been strongly
    criticised for their unreliability.
    Prambauer et al.
    212
    2019 1.4 billion m2 All types, 2% natural
    fibre
    Methacanon 213
    2010 700 million m2 All types, 2% natural
    fibre
    US Department
    of Agriculture 214
    1991 700 million m2 All types, 2% natural
    fibre
    Own
    calculations
    2021 530 712 tonnes
    (EU)
    2 653 560 tonnes
    (worldwide)
    All types, 62.5% non-
    woven textiles, 27.5%
    woven, 10% other
    207
    Schonberger, H., Baumann, A. and Keller, W., ‘Study of microbial degradation of polyvinyl alcohol (PVA) in
    wastewater treatment plants’, American Dyestuff Reporter, Vol. 86, 1997, pp. 9-18.
    208
    European Commission, ‘EU Ecolabel’, EU Ecolabel - Home (europa.eu).
    209
    Grand View Research Inc, ‘Geotextiles Market Size & Share, |Industry Report, 2020-2027’, 2022
    (https://www.grandviewresearch.com/industry-analysis/geotextiles-industry).
    210
    Ibid.
    211
    Bai, X., Li, F., Ma, L. and Chang, L., ‘Weathering of geotextiles under ultraviolet exposure: A neglected source of
    microfibers from coastal reclamation’, Science of the Total Environment, Vol. 804, 2022, Elsevier BV.
    212
    Prambauer, M., Wendeler, C., Weitzenböck, J., & Burgstaller, C.‚ ‘Biodegradable geotextiles – An overview of
    existing and potential materials’, Geotextiles And Geomembranes, Vol. 47, No. 1, 2019, pp. 48-59, Elsevier BV.
    213
    Methacanon, P., Weerawatsophon, U., Sumransin, N., Prahsarn, C., & Bergado, D., ‘Properties and potential
    application of the selected natural fibers as limited life geotextiles’, Carbohydrate Polymers, Vol. 82, No. 4, 2010,
    pp. 1090-1096.
    214
    English, B.W., ‘Geotextiles, A special Application of biofibers’, United States Department of Agriculture, 1995
    (https://srs.fs.usda.gov/pubs/5718).
    308
    Source Year of
    estimate
    Geotextile
    quantity
    Geotextile type Emissions
    Miszkowska et
    al. 215
    2017 NA Non- woven
    grammage: 200, 280,
    450 g/m2
    Grand View
    Research 216
    2020 4.323 billion m2
    All types, non-woven
    1 561million m2
    ,
    knitted, 279.8 million
    m2
    Notably, the table's first source (Bai, Xue et al.)217
    is the only one to estimate geotextile emission but
    also includes many errors in the methodology and calculations. As a result, it is impossible to rely on
    the results provided by this study. The quantification of the total quantity of geotextiles used in civil
    engineering applications is presented here. This will serve as a basis for applying the precautionary
    principle because although geotextiles are built to last, they will eventually break down into
    microplastics. The exact emission estimates are being made.
    The data used to calculate the figures given below are from Edana, the nonwoven and related
    industries association. Using this data, the total non-woven production in the EU in 2019 was 1.775
    million tonnes218
    (calculated from their country data).
    Non-woven materials are used for a wide variety of applications; Edana lists the applications for
    which their members' products are used, and these percentages are assumed to be the same for non-
    members. Thus, it is assumed that out of all non-wovens:
    • building and roofing industry applications represent 9.8% of the market,
    • filtration (air & gas and liquid) applications represent 3.7% of the market, and
    • civil engineering / underground applications represent 5.4 % of the market.
    Thus, 18.9% of the non-woven production can be considered geotextiles.
    Since not all geotextiles produced in the EU are used in the same geographical area perimeter, the
    export and import of non-woven must be taken into account when estimating the total EU
    consumption. The EU imports close to 370 000 tonnes of non-woven materials and exports close to
    390 000 tonnes, so the total quantity of nonwoven used in the EU is roughly as follows:
    1 775 000 + 370 000 – 390 000 = 1 755 000 tonnes
    The share of nonwoven used in geotextile applications is 18.9%, so the total quantity of non-woven
    geotextiles used in the EU is:
    215
    Miszkowska A., Lenart, A. and Koda, E., ‘Changes of Permeability of Nonwoven Geotextiles due to Clogging and
    Cyclic Water Flow in Laboratory Conditions’, Water, Vol. 9, No. 9, 2017, pp. 660.
    216
    Grand View Research Inc., ‘Grand View Research Forecasts Global Geotextiles Market’, 2014
    (https://www.estormwater.com/grand-view-research-forecasts-global-geotextiles-market).
    217
    Bai, X., Li, F., Ma, L. and Chang, L., ‘Weathering of geotextiles under ultraviolet exposure: A neglected source of
    microfibers from coastal reclamation’, Science of the Total Environment, Vol. 804, 2022, Elsevier BV.
    218
    Edana, ‘Nonwovens markets, facts and figures’, Consulted March 21st
    2022 (https://www.edana.org/nw-related-
    industry/nonwovens-markets).
    309
    1 755 000 * 0.189 = 331 695 tonnes.
    Assuming that the EU geotextile market is similar to the US one, nonwovens represent 62.5% of the
    market, woven represent 27.5%, and the other types represent 10%. 219
    Thus, the total tonnage of geotextiles used in the EU in 2019 was estimated to be:
    331 695/0.625 = 530 712 tonnes
    As discussed earlier, since geotextiles, once installed, are for the large majority not removed, and
    despite being stable for an extended period, are going to eventually break down, the total amount of
    geotextiles installed over the last 20 years was calculated. To do so, a constant CAGR of 10% was
    used, 220
    and so the total geotextile tonnage installed in the EU in the period 2002 – 2022 is:
    ∑
    530712
    1.1𝑛
    = 𝟓 𝟎𝟒𝟖 𝟗𝟔𝟐 𝒕𝒐𝒏𝒏𝒆𝒔
    𝑛=20
    𝑛=0
    The figures calculated before are estimations of installed quantities and not microplastic emissions.
    However, they represent the total quantity of material susceptible to emitting microplastics into the
    environment. In order to provide an estimate of microplastic emissions from geotextiles, a worst-case
    scenario is developed. It is based on the microplastic emissions figures presented in the article from
    Bai Xue et al221
    , which, although clearly flawed, is the only source quantifying emissions which we
    could find.222
    Their estimate global microplastic emissions from non-woven PET geotextiles used in
    erosion control applications are between 240 thousand tonnes and 790 thousand tonnes. However, as
    stated previously, they misquoted their source for market data and used multiplied it by a factor of
    10. Therefore, their figure for microplastic emissions will be divided by a factor of 10, bringing it
    down to between 24 thousand tonnes and 79 thousand tonnes. The EU represents 25% of the global
    geotextile market223
    , the worst-case estimate for microplastic emissions from geotextiles (assuming
    all geotextiles sold in the EU will be used in applications where microplastic emissions could occur)
    would be:
    between 6 000 and 19 750 tonnes per year in the EU.
    There are several caveats to these figures, which bear a lot of uncertainties:
    • PET geotextiles are not the only materials used for erosion control applications, in fact, the
    polymers used are more generally polypropylene and polyethylene-containing additives to
    increase their UV resistance. However, we don’t have market figures for other polymer types
    and thus cannot be extrapolated.
    219
    Geotextiles Market Analysis Report By Material, By Application, By Product, By Region And Segment Forecasts
    From 2020 To 2027. (2020). Retrieved from https://www.millioninsights.com/industry-reports/geotextile-market
    220
    Markets and Markets, ‘Geotextile Market by Material Type (Synthetic, Natural), Product Type (Nonwove, Woven,
    Knitted), Application (Road Construction and Pavement Repair, Erosion, Drainage, Railway Work, Agriculture), and
    Region – Global Forecast to 2022’, 2017 (https://www.marketsandmarkets.com/Market-Reports/geotextiles-market-
    492.html).
    221
    Bai, X., Li, F., Ma, L. and Chang, L., ‘Weathering of geotextiles under ultraviolet exposure: A neglected source of
    microfibers from coastal reclamation’, Science of the Total Environment, Vol. 804, 2022, Elsevier BV.
    222
    Stakeholders were consulted on that matter but did not send us articles or scientific data quantifying microplastic
    emissions.
    223
    Fact.MR, ‘Geotextile Market – Forecast to 2019 to 2029’, 2022 (https://www.factmr.com/report/4655/geotextile-
    market).
    310
    • Not all geotextile materials are exposed to the harsh conditions necessary to degrade the
    polymers and cause microplastic emissions.
    • The emissions figures are coming from a study of questionable quality and so are difficult to
    trust.
    5.5.2 Uncertainties and data gaps
    There are several uncertainties and data gaps when discussing geotextiles in the EU. The quantities
    installed and for which application they are used, and the related microplastics emissions are the most
    important ones. Indeed, depending on their applications, geotextiles do not represent the same
    microplastic emission potential, e.g., geotextiles used to stabilise the soil during road construction
    are not exposed to UV, air, or abrasion in the same way as geotextiles used for coastal protection.
    From these differences will stem variations in microplastic emissions.
    6 POTENTIAL MEASURES
    6.1 Measures for tyres
    6.1.1 Long list of measures
    Tyre wear emissions can be reduced by measures that impact one or more of the parameters.
    Furthermore, there are measures to increase the treatment of road run-off after the emissions have
    been released. Hence, potential measures have been grouped in the following way:
    Tyre characteristics: The most direct type of measure would be to improve tyre characteristics by
    introducing regulatory limits for tyre wear. Such a measure would aim at banning tyres with high
    emissions from the market. More broadly, it could require developing tyres with lower tyre wear
    emissions. There are potential trade-offs with other functionalities of the tyres, notably safety, which
    need to be taken into account. This would impact the overall tyre design and composition. In terms
    of specific policy instruments, the Commission should prepare a report on tyre abrasion by the end
    of 2024 to review the measurement methods and state-of-the-art in order to propose tyre abrasion
    limits. A placeholder for such limits was introduced in the recently adopted Euro 7 Regulation. The
    existing legislation on tyre labelling224 could be amended to include tyre abrasion as a criterion for
    the labelling in addition to energy use, safety and noise. Another measure could be to oblige
    manufactures to clean the tyres from the fine rubber pins (remaining from the production process)
    when placing tyres on the market.
    Vehicle characteristics: Vehicle characteristics can affect tyre wear emissions. The trends towards
    the higher weight of passenger cars and consumers buying bigger vehicles potentially increase the
    wear. Whether it is possible to introduce measures that would limit the weight of the vehicles is
    difficult to assess, and it depends partly on innovation and development in battery technology. The
    engine power and acceleration potential also impact tyre wear, so it could be limited in some way to
    reduce tyre wear emissions. Changing the vehicle characteristics in order to indirectly affect tyre
    abrasion is not considered an effective method to limit microplastics release.
    Road infrastructure characteristics: The use of alternative road surface materials could decrease
    tyre wear. More generally, the whole layout of the infrastructure plays a role. Given that the design
    of roads is subject to many requirements, a possible measure would be to also include tyre wear as a
    224 European Parliament and Council of the European Union, Regulation (EU) 2020/740 on the labelling of tyres with respect to fuel efficiency and other parameters, OJ L 177,
    5.6.2020, pp. 1–31.
    311
    criterion in the overall design i.e. to try and reduce overall tyre wear. This could include road layout
    and/or the materials used for road surfaces. However, there are also important safety aspects (i.e.
    level of grip) to take into consideration.
    Sustainable mobility: Vehicle operation, including the total volume of road transport, is subject to
    various policy instruments and strategies at local, national and EU levels. Currently, there is a
    significant focus on the need to decarbonise transport and reduce impacts of air pollution. Most
    instruments are not directed against the transport volume, but rather reducing transport externalities.
    The trade-off between the benefits of mobility and the external costs of road traffic demonstrates that
    it is not likely that transport volumes can be affected as an instrument to reduce the amount of tyre
    wear. However, adding microplastic pollution to the list of external effects of transport could give a
    prominence to incentives aiming at reducing the amount of road transport.
    Emissions treatment: On the emissions side, measures can be taken by treating the stormwater. A
    set of rules for treating stormwater runoff for discharge into surface waters, “Requirements for
    stormwater treatment-DWA A102” (DWA-A 102)225 has been published in Germany. The DWA
    102 requires that the stormwater must be treated from a traffic volume of 2000 motorised vehicles /
    24 h. As already mentioned above, decentralised filter systems or sustainable drainage systems can
    be used here. Furthermore, optimised street cleaning is also a potential measure for reducing the
    input, e.g., cleaning the roads at hot spots before rain events. This requires intelligent networking of
    street cleaning and weather forecasting. Finally, measures could be taken to remove microplastics
    from the sewage sludge generated at urban wastewater treatment plants. Microplastics are generally
    well captured by existing techniques applied at such plants. However, they can then be released into
    the environment when the sludge is used as a fertiliser and spread on agricultural land.
    Overall, 205 measures (including duplicates and measures that could be grouped together) were
    identified during desk research and by participants of the 2nd stakeholder workshop (24 November
    2021). Using this feedback and literature review, a long list of 29 unique measures was established.
    A number of the measures identified by stakeholders at the workshop were duplicates and/or could
    be grouped together hence the much smaller number of measures taken forward for the screening
    process (discussed below).
    6.1.2 Measures discarded prior to assessment
    The table below summarises the measures that have been screened out from the evaluation as well as
    the reasons for their exclusion. It should be noted that, in some instances, the measures that have been
    screened out could be effective for reducing microplastic releases from tyre wear but are not
    considered appropriate for EU intervention and/or interact/overlap with existing EU initiatives.
    225
    DWA-A [German Association for Water, Wastewater and Waste], DWA-A Arbeitsblatt 102-2/BWK-A 3-2 –
    ‘Grundsätze zur Bewirtschaftung und Behandlung von Regenwetterabflüssen zur Einleitung in Oberflächengewässer
    – Teil 2: Emissionsbezogene Bewertungen und Regelungen’ [DWA-A worksheet 102-2/BWK-A 3-2 – ‘Principles
    for the management and treatment of stormwater runoff for discharge into surface waters - Part 2: Emission-related
    assessments and regulations’], 2020 (https://webshop.dwa.de/de/dwa-a-102-2-regenwetterabflusse-12-2020.html),
    De.
    312
    Table 19: Screening of measures for tyres
    Problem area Measure description Reason for screening out
    Market failure /
    Information
    failure
    Disclose tyre composition:
    transparency of all tyre
    components and additives to
    reduce toxic leakage into the
    environment. As tyres are
    recycled as materials for
    playgrounds and sports pitches,
    this would be important to
    understand.
    This measure has been excluded on the grounds of technical
    feasibility and political acceptability due to concerns over the
    confidentiality of information on the exact composition of
    different tyre models. Tyre composition for generic families of
    tyres is already made available with more details in data sheets
    provided by the manufacturers when supplying tyres to the
    vehicle manufacturers. The use of hazardous substances could
    be regulated through REACH. The measure is also not
    considered specific enough on microplastics.
    Market failure /
    Information
    failure
    Monitoring tyre emissions in the
    environment by adding a tracing
    material to the tyres.
    Whilst this measure would be valuable from a research
    perspective, it has been excluded from the evaluation on the
    grounds of proportionality and effectiveness and efficiency.
    There is already a significant body of research on tyre particle
    emissions with lots of ongoing attention. Further research
    should be continued under the Commission’s Horizon
    programme.
    Market/Regulat
    ory failure
    Alternative materials (e.g.,
    biodegradable materials):
    Prioritise sustainable and
    regenerative materials that do
    not have externalities (e.g.
    cutting down forests for more
    rubber plantations).
    The measures is excluded on the grounds of technical
    feasibility as there are no commercially available alternative
    materials that could replace current materials without
    compromises for lifetime, safety etc. Additional research and
    development is required before this can be considered further.
    Market/Regulat
    ory failure
    Extending tyre lifetime to reduce
    wear.
    A measure focused on extending tyre lifetime could incentivise
    manufacturers to innovate to reduce abrasion, but it could also
    lead to manufacturers simply producing tyres with a thicker
    tread. This would lead to heavier tyres with implications for
    fuel efficiency and not necessarily any reductions in TWP
    emissions. The measure to establish an abrasion limit value is
    considered a more appropriate measure to avoid such
    outcomes. Therefore, this measure has been excluded on
    effectiveness and efficiency grounds.
    Market/Regulat
    ory failure
    Reducing vehicle weight:
    Incentives for reducing vehicle
    weight
    While reducing vehicle weight can reduce TWP emissions, it
    is not so simple to do so, not least with the increasing
    development and uptake of electric vehicles. At present these
    are generally heavier than their internal combustion
    counterparts due to the weight of the batteries (however higher
    energy density in future batteries might compensate the
    difference). There is also a shift towards greater uptake of
    larger vehicles, e.g., SUVs, with larger wheels and tyres.
    Therefore, this measure has been excluded for technical
    feasibility reasons as well as coherence/overlaps with wider
    EU policies such as those focused on, e.g. decarbonisation.
    Market/Regulat
    ory failure
    Install particle catchment
    systems to collect tyre particles
    from cars, light-duty vehicles
    and/or heavy-duty vehicles
    This measure has been excluded on technical feasibility
    grounds. The techniques themselves are not fully commercially
    available, and there are some technical constraints with their
    implementation, e.g. space constraints.
    Market/Regulat
    ory failure
    Acceleration limitation in urban
    areas: Acceleration reduction
    could be installed in new
    Whilst these measures tackle driver behaviour and could help
    reduce TWP emissions, they have been excluded on the
    313
    Problem area Measure description Reason for screening out
    vehicles. Buses already use it to
    prevent people from falling
    during acceleration. / Kick-
    downs for emergency situations
    can be limited to a certain
    number per time / Slip: traction
    control system (TCS)
    grounds of political feasibility as they are expected to face
    significant opposition from the industry and consumers.
    Market failure /
    Information
    failure
    Advanced driver information
    systems in vehicles to reduce
    abrasion
    Whilst measures to change driver behaviours can help to
    reduce TWP emissions, this measure would only be voluntary,
    so it has been excluded as effectiveness is unlikely to be
    significant.
    Regulatory
    Failure
    Speed limits for motorway
    and/or urban areas
    All of the sustainable mobility measures identified act to either
    reduce overall vehicle kilometres and/or change driver
    behaviour, all of which can impact TWP emissions. However,
    these measures have been excluded on proportionality and
    coherence grounds and subsidiarity. Traffic management and
    other related measures fall within the remit of local, regional
    and national authorities and are not appropriate for EU
    intervention. Furthermore, there is already significant action on
    sustainable mobility driven by other agendas, including
    decarbonisation and local air quality.
    However, whilst these measures have been excluded from
    further consideration for a specific microplastics intervention,
    the impacts of such measures on TWP releases (as co-benefits)
    should be taken into account for their development and review.
    This may help to make an even stronger case for their adoption.
    Market failure /
    Regulatory
    failure
    Improve traffic management to
    support smoother traffic flows
    Market failure /
    Information
    failure
    Awareness campaigns:
    consumer awareness campaigns
    on driving impact
    Market failure /
    Information
    failure
    Reduction in individual
    automotive traffic promoting
    shared rides and communal
    transport as well as public
    transport.
    Market failure /
    Regulatory
    failure
    Distance/ Road transport
    reduction: Reduce road transport
    (passenger and freight) to limit
    microplastic released from
    abrasion of car and truck tyres
    Market failure /
    Regulatory
    failure
    Bicycle traffic: improved cycle
    safety and connectivity, e.g. bike
    lanes
    Market failure /
    Information
    Failure
    Field research: Research to
    determine pathways of TWP to
    the environment, including
    through drainage infrastructure
    and storm water pipes, combined
    sewer overflows (CSOs),
    wastewater treatment plants
    (WWTP) / hotspot
    identification/marker substance
    A number of stakeholders indicated that further research was
    required in order to understand the pathways of TWP to the
    environment better. There is already a considerable body of
    research focused on this topic, with more ongoing, including
    through EU programmes, and further EU intervention is not
    considered necessary.
    314
    Problem area Measure description Reason for screening out
    Market failure /
    Regulatory
    failure
    Sludge treatment:
    Reducing/preventing the
    spreading of sewage sludge on
    agricultural land
    The recent revision of the Urban Wastewater Treatment
    Directive (UWWTD)226
    identified that existing practices
    remove up to 80-94% of microplastics from the wastewater and
    then transfer them to the sludge. According to the ongoing
    evaluation of the Sewage Sludge Directive (SSD), 40% of
    sewage sludge is spread on agricultural land and used as a
    fertiliser. Some MS have introduced a ban on the use of sewage
    sludge in agriculture. As for the EU level, around half of
    sewage sludge is applied on agricultural land. The Sewage
    Sludge Directive (SSD) may be revised in the coming years
    (depending on the findings of the evaluation) and could
    consider this issue further.
    Market failure /
    Regulatory
    failure
    Sludge treatment: Enhancement
    of capabilities of water treatment
    facilities to eliminate
    microplastics from sludge
    Whilst current treatment techniques at UWWTPs have a
    relatively high removal rate for capturing microplastics from
    the wastewater, and this is mostly transferred to the sewage
    sludge. There are yet commercially available techniques to
    remove the microplastics (at least to any significant extent)
    from the sewage sludge prior to its application on agricultural
    land (in those Member States where it is spread and not
    incinerated). The supporting study to the evaluation of the
    Sewage Sludge Directive227
    concluded that further research is
    needed to understand the potential impacts of sewage sludge
    treatments on microplastics. Therefore, the measure has been
    excluded due to a lack of technical feasibility.
    Market failure /
    Information
    Failure
    Artificial intelligence /
    promoting autonomous driving
    and advanced driver assistance
    systems vehicles to reduce
    abrasion (TYR#4)*
    This measure is already being taken up by the car industry
    Regulatory
    failure
    Improve capture and treat road
    run-off water (e.g. filter systems
    for gullies)
    A voluntary approach through guidelines would be the best
    approach in this phase. This is taken up in another measure
    Regulatory
    failure
    Improve road cleaning in high
    emission hotspots (intelligent
    network)
    A voluntary approach through guidelines would be the best
    approach in this phase. This is taken up in another measure
    Regulatory
    failure
    Mandatory shaving off of vent
    spews
    IDIADA information given to the JRC (unpublished) indicates
    that for a specific tyre brand the total amount of the rubber pins
    (also called vent spews) could reach approximately 10 g per
    tyre. Considering an average abrasion of approximately 1.0-1.5
    kg during the tyre’s lifespan, the overall effect is calculated to
    be at the level or lower than 1%. Taking into account that most
    tyres in the fleet do not feature these rubber pins, the overall
    impact is expected to be much less than 0.5% and probably
    closer to 0.1%.
    Further implications: Based on the available information, there
    are tyres with almost no or very few rubber nibs, while some
    226
    European Commission, Commission staff working document - Evaluation of the Urban Waste Water Treatment
    Directive; SWD(2019)701 final, 2019.
    227
    Wood et al., Study report in support to the evaluation of the Sewage Sludge Directive, Exploratory study - final report,
    2021.
    315
    Problem area Measure description Reason for screening out
    other tires feature long and numerous rubber nibs. One can
    safely assume that this amount of extra rubber will be much
    different from one tyre to another depending on each tyre
    manufacturer. Furthermore, there is no information regarding
    the additional cost of removing the rubber pins at the
    manufacturing procedure.
    (*) To note that this measure was discarded later in the process, which is the reason why it has a number
    (TYR#4) that cannot be found later in this study.
    6.1.3 Measures to be assessed for tyres
    Measure TYR#7: Road design and cleaning guidelines
    Type of measure: Non-binding approach
    Description of the measure
    This measure is about the support the EC could give to the development of guidelines at a European
    level for use by the Member States for road design (design, materials and capture and treatment of
    run-off water) and cleaning. These guidelines would encompass the following:
    • The development of criteria to define the contribution of the road design and material to
    tyre abrasion and specifications for road design, including considering road materials that
    can absorb TWP (e.g. porous asphalt) and/or TWP rates (e.g. rubber asphalt).
    • Approaches for increasing uptake of capture and treatment systems for road run-off water
    (focused on urban areas) to prevent or minimise direct runoff into surface waters.
    • Options for changing current road cleaning practices to optimise the removal of TWP.
    This would cover the timing of the cleaning where it should take place before any major
    rainfall as well as more cleaning of road/street sections with a high level of tyre wear.
    How would the measure work?
    There are still a number of uncertainties on the effectiveness and technical feasibility of such
    measures, so a regulatory intervention is not considered feasible. Therefore, the measure would entail
    the development of guidance and specifications for road design requirements (including options for
    capture and treatment of road run-off) and material characteristics, which the Member States could
    then apply when maintaining and building roads. The measure could include criteria for when to
    collect and treat road run-offs as well as when and how to undertake road cleaning. The guidance
    could identify best practices to demonstrate examples where such approaches have been delivered in
    practice and the benefits that have been realised.
    For road cleaning, the guidelines would support more informed cleaning of roads in high-release
    hotspots ahead of major rain and storm events to reduce run-off to UWWTPs and the environment.
    It could encourage the cleaning of roads with the largest traffic volumes and, therefore, the most
    significant amounts of TWP and would encourage timings based on weather forecasts. It should be
    noted that treatment of the run-off water would lead to the generation of sludge and that no
    commercially available technology is currently available for removing the microplastics from the
    sludge (to any significant extent). It means that the sludge would need to be incinerated to be removed
    entirely.
    316
    How could the measure be implemented?
    The measure could be implemented by developing guidance and technical materials informed by a
    technical working group to be established. There could also be potential for amendment of the Green
    Public Procurement (GPP) criteria for road transport in the future to accommodate microplastic
    considerations228
    .
    Measure TYR#3: Modulated fees in EPR for tyres
    Type of measure: Market-Based Instrument
    Description of the measure
    Introducing or modifying an EPR scheme so that it covers the use phase of tyres would require that
    all companies placing a tyre on the EU market would incur fees related to the emissions of the tyre,
    and the revenue from the fees could then finance the treatment of run-off from roads in order to
    capture and remove the microplastics and/or consumer awareness raising activities.
    How does the measure work?
    There are already EPR schemes for tyres in 20 Member States229
    , and they have been introduced for
    managing end-of-life tyres (ELTs). In such a scheme, a producer would be responsible for the
    disposal and management of tyres after their use. Other systems which exist for managing ELTs in
    the EU are free market systems and tax systems.230
    Under a tax system, the government is responsible
    for ELT management, as seen in Denmark and Croatia. A tax on tyre producers is used to finance the
    government’s management of ELTs and will be passed on to the consumer. 231
    EPR schemes and tax
    systems are similar in that producers face a cost to manage ELTs; however, under an EPR, the
    responsibility of the management falls upon the producer.
    A free market system is operated in Germany and Austria. Under a free market system, laws are
    usually set regarding the transportation, use, disposal and storage of ELTs.232
    Unlike other systems,
    there is no party which is designated as responsible for the management of ELTs. Any operations to
    recover ELTs are contracted under free market conditions to comply with the relevant legislation.
    This is often accompanied by voluntary action within the industry to promote best practices. Unlike
    EPR and tax systems, there is no direct payment from producers which can go towards ELT
    management.
    228
    JRC, JRC Technical report and criteria proposal – Revision of the EU Green Public Procurement Criteria for Road
    Transport, 2021 (https://ec.europa.eu/environment/gpp/pdf/criteria/EUGPP_roadtransport_technicalreport.pdf).
    229
    Includes Belgium, Bulgaria, Czech Republic, Estonia, Finland, France, Greece, Hungary, Ireland, Italy, Latvia,
    Lithuania, Netherlands, Poland, Portugal, Romania, Slovakia, Slovenia, Spain and Sweden. Based on: European Tyre
    & Rubber Manufacturers’ Association (ETRMA), ‘Circular Economy’ (https://www.etrma.org/key-topics/circular-
    economy/#:~:text=In%20the%20EU%2C%20three%20different,of%20a%20product's%20life%20cycle).
    230
    European Tyre & Rubber Manufacturers’ Association (ETRMA), ‘Circular Economy, 2019
    (https://www.etrma.org/key-topics/circular-economy/).
    231
    World Business Council for Sustainable Development (WBCSD), ‘Global ELT Management – A global state of
    knowledge on regulation, management systems, impacts of recovery and technologies, 2019
    (https://docs.wbcsd.org/2019/12/Global_ELT_Management%E2%80%93A_global_state_of_knowledge_on_regulat
    ion_management_systems_impacts_of_recovery_and_technologies.pdf).
    232
    World Business Council for Sustainable Development (WBCSD), ‘Managing End-of-Life Tires’, 2018
    (https://docs.wbcsd.org/2018/02/TIP/End_of_Life_Tires-Full-Report.pdf).
    317
    It is unclear how Cyprus, Luxembourg and Malta conduct ELT management or whether any formal
    system is in place. In 2018, high percentages of ELT were treated in Cyprus (145%) and Malta
    (100%), suggesting that measures are in place.233
    No data is available for Luxembourg.
    The measure considered here would be about the use phase of tyres. The scheme could be designed
    in alternative ways with regard to how the fees would be calculated and what the revenue would
    finance. Current EPR schemes and tax systems, as seen across 22 countries in the EU, could be
    adapted with modulated fees (EPR) or taxes to cover microplastic releases. For Austria and Germany
    and a free market system, it is unclear if they could be adapted to also account for microplastic
    releases or if an EPR scheme or similar system would need to be introduced. For those Member States
    without any such scheme in place, then there would be a need to introduce something new. Any EPR
    scheme for abrasion (new or modulated fees for an existing scheme) would have to comply with
    Article 8a(4) of the Waste Framework Directive (Directive 2008/98/EC). It requires that
    Member States shall take the necessary measures to ensure that the financial contributions paid by
    the producer of the product to comply with its extended producer obligations: ..
    (b) in the case of collective fulfilment of extended producer responsibility obligations, are
    modulated, where possible, for individual products, or groups of products, notably by taking into
    account their durability, reparability, reusability and recyclability and the presence of hazardous
    substances, thereby taking a life-cycle approach and aligned with the requirements set by relevant
    Union law, and where available, based on harmonised criteria in order to ensure smooth functioning
    of the internal market234
    This requirement could potentially be challenging as the cost of removing the microplastic from road
    run-off might be difficult to estimate and also challenging to agree on the criteria for what the EPR
    should cover. See the discussion below under Implementation.
    The proposed revision of the Urban Wastewater Treatment Directive (UWWTD) establishes an EPR
    scheme. It would cover releases of micropollutants by introducing a fee for products that lead to their
    release (e.g. pharmaceuticals), based on the quantities and the toxicity of the products placed on the
    market. An EPR scheme could be implemented in a similar way.
    How could the measure be implemented?
    As mentioned above, there are already EPR schemes in many Member States, although it seems that
    they differ in the way they are implemented. In several Member States, there is more than one
    scheme235
    . EPR schemes that deal with end-of-life management are more straightforward in many
    ways. They are focused on ensuring that used tyres are managed safely and ensuring a high level of
    reuse or recovery of materials/energy. The introduction of EPRs in all Member States would therefore
    require EU legislation, and it would be necessary to specify some minimum requirements for an EPR.
    Though there are existing EPRs, changes to their working might be needed, or it might be necessary
    to define new and specific EPRs to cover tyre wear.
    233
    European Tyre & Rubber Manufacturers’ Association (ETRMA), ‘End of Life Tyres Management – Europe 2018
    Status’, 2020 (https://www.etrma.org/wp-content/uploads/2020/09/Copy-of-ELT-Data-2018-002.pdf).
    234
    European Parliament and Council of the European Union, Directive 2008/98/EC on waste and repealing certain
    directives, OJ L 312, 22.11.2008, pp. 3-30.
    235
    Winternitz, K., Heggie, M. & Baird, J., 'Extended producer responsibility for waste tyres in the EU: Lessons learnt
    from three case studies – Belgium, Italy and the Netherlands', Waste Management, Vol. 89, 2019, pp. 386-396.
    318
    The practical implementation would require the definition of:
    • Who should pay the fee, and what should be the level and differentiations?
    • What should the collected fee cover?
    • Definition of the governance and the practical organisation set-up for the EPR
    While the specific governance set-up might be left to the discretion of each Member State, issues of
    minimum fees etc. might be required at an EU level.
    There is a recent OECD study on modulated fees in EPR schemes236
    . The study lists key
    considerations for an EPR with a more advanced fee structure. Generally, there are few actual
    examples, but there could be an issue if the EPR is not perceived as fair and transparent. For an EPR
    to work, the test standard needs to be defined as required for the previous measures (TYR#1 and
    TYR#2). Then the fee would be correlated to the emission level of each tyre in order to provide an
    incentive for innovation in tyres with lower emission rates. The next question is what the revenue
    should cover. Currently, experience suggests that much of the microplastics are actually captured by
    the wastewater treatment processes but then released into the environment in some Member States
    via the spreading of sewage sludge. The share of road run-off is not covered; which are collected by
    separate storm-water systems or just discharged into the ditches along the roads. An EPR system
    could be used to fund the treatment of stormwater that is not being treated and improve the collection
    and treatment of road run-off currently not collected. It could also cover consumer awareness-raising
    activities.
    The challenge in setting up the system would be:
    • The emissions are not constant along the road network, but the hotspots might not be known
    or registered.
    • An EPR would probably not be able to fund improvement for all roads, and it would be
    necessary to define priority criteria.
    • Collection and treatment of road run-off would also potentially remove other types of
    pollution.
    Given the described issues and challenges, there is a need for further clarifications of the legal aspects
    on what can and should be defined at an EU level and what will be for Member States to define. For
    those Member States that currently do not have an EPR scheme in place for the end-of-life tyres,
    there are two main options:
    • Require the establishment of an EPR scheme but potentially only covering microplastic
    releases.
    • Adapt existing approaches (e.g. taxation) to provide a financial mechanism for charging
    manufacturers depending on the abrasion rates of their tyres, e.g. taxes could be modulated
    to account for microplastic releases.
    Measure TYR#1: Emission limit value for particles from tyre wear/abrasion
    Type of measure: Regulatory action
    236
    OECD, OECD Environment Working Paper No. 184 - Modulated fees for Extended Producer Responsibility schemes
    (EPR); ENV/WKP(2021)16, 2021.
    319
    Description of the measure
    The aim of this measure would be to phase out the worst-performing tyres from an abrasion point of
    view through the implementation of an emission limit value. This would require an appropriate test
    method and standard, which is already under development, as discussed previously. Only then could
    the absolute limit values be defined for different tyre types (sizes and models). In principle, lower
    abrasion tyres should also have a longer lifetime, thus increasing the time before they need to be
    replaced, although tyre design means that no direct comparison can be made between different tyres
    in terms of durability. As discussed previously, data from recent studies show quite a high variation
    across different tyre brands and tyres with respect to their abrasion rates. Hence, by restricting the
    use of the worst-performing tyres, TWP emissions would be decreased. The measure could have an
    impact fairly quickly, considering that the average lifetime of a tyre before being replaced is around
    5-10 years (dependent on usage and driver behaviour).
    How does the measure work?
    There is no internationally agreed standard for measuring the emission rate of a particular tyre.
    However, as discussed earlier, such methods are now under development. Then an emission limit for
    tyre wear can be set (broken down for different tyre types), and only tyres that pass that emission
    limit value using the agreed test method will be approved. A ban on the worst-performing tyres will
    lead to lower average emission rates and lower total emissions of TWP from tyres. Limits would
    need to be defined separately for different types (i.e. summer, winter, all-year tyres, sizes and
    performance classes) and light-duty and heavy-duty vehicles. Options for setting limits could be
    based on the lower, e.g. 10% of performers in each category or a certain percentile. Limit values
    could be phased over time, with limits being tightened (within technical feasibility bounds) as
    manufacturers innovate to produce tyres with lower abrasion rates.
    How could the measure be implemented?
    Abrasion limits will be introduced in recently adopted Euro 7 Regulation once the methodology is
    available.
    Measure TYR#2: Emission labelling of particles released from tyre wear.
    Type of measure: Regulatory action
    Description of the measure
    There is already a labelling scheme for tyres focused on safety, energy efficiency and noise. This
    measure would add tyre abrasion as a fourth element to the label.
    How would the measure work?
    All tyres placed on the EU market would have to be tested to determine their abrasion rate. As with
    measure TYR#1, this measure would require that a technical standard and method for measuring the
    emission rates be established. Once this has been adopted, different emission levels would be defined
    by label values (like A, B, C etc.) and a symbol to be placed on the label. The label would give the
    consumer a possibility of taking the microplastic emissions into account when purchasing new tyres.
    It may be most effective to consider including the abrasion rate alongside impacts on tyre lifetime as
    lower abrasion rates may equate to an increase in tyre lifetime, thus saving consumers money. This
    320
    is considered to be a greater driver for consumer purchasing than microplastic emissions237
    . In the
    future, such a label could also be utilised by city and other local/regional authorities where emissions
    are greatest, e.g. to apply restrictions on the sale of certain tyres with higher abrasion rates.
    How could the measure be implemented?
    Regulation (EU) 2020/740 includes a provision for the Commission to introduce tyre abrasion and
    mileage criteria as soon as reliable test methods are in place (Article 13).
    Measure TYR#6: Regular wheel alignment to minimise tyre wear
    Type of measure: Regulatory action
    Description of the measure
    This measure is about ensuring the axis (wheel) alignment is maintained so that the abrasion rate is
    kept at the level that follows the vehicle design. Misalignment can appear through the use and wear
    of the vehicle and lead to increased abrasion. Therefore, this measure would be a requirement to test
    the alignment regularly and correct and adjust the wheels in case of any misalignment.
    How would the measure work?
    By a requirement to regularly test the alignment, the negative effects of misaligned wheels could be
    reduced or eliminated. This could be done as part of the mandatory roadworthiness tests. As the
    roadworthiness tests only take place every fourth year (as a minimum, in many Member States they
    are more frequent), there would still be an effect from misalignment, assuming the misalignment
    happens gradually.
    How could the measure be implemented?
    There are already some requirements on wheel alignment captured by existing EU legislation, namely
    Directive 2014/45/EU on periodic roadworthiness tests238
    . This sets minimum requirements (and
    frequencies) for periodic testing of road vehicles, including specific technical elements to be covered.
    These include wheels and their alignment (namely, to check that the alignment of the wheels is in
    accordance with the vehicle manufacturer’s requirements). However, this specific requirement is
    marked with an “X” which the footnote specifies: “(X) identifies items which relate to the condition
    of the vehicle and its suitability for use on the road but which are not considered essential in a
    roadworthiness test,” i.e. it does not appear to be a mandatory requirement for roadworthiness testing.
    The test is also focused on the steered wheel requirement on driving safety. The alignment of the axis
    is an additional requirement, but it could be implemented as amendments to the existing legislation.
    Measure TYR#5: Enhance monitoring of tyre pressure
    Type of measure: Regulatory action
    237
    European Commission, ‘Study assessing consumer understanding of tyre labels, 2019
    (https://ec.europa.eu/info/sites/default/files/energy_climate_change_environment/overall_targets/documents/tyre-
    label_final-report_0.pdf).
    238
    European Parliament and Council of the European Union, Directive 2014/45/EU on periodic roadworthiness tests for
    motor vehicles and their trailers and repealing Directive 2009/40/EC, OJ L 127, 29.4.2014, pp. 51.
    321
    Description of the measure
    The measure would entail enhancing the on-board monitoring of tyre pressure in new vehicles to
    reduce TWP emissions.
    How would the measure work?
    According to the ETRMA239
    , under-inflated tyres can increase fuel consumption (up to 4%) and have
    implications for the tyre's lifespan (reduction up to 45%). Tyre pressure monitoring systems (TPMS)
    are currently required for new cars and vans and will be for trucks but are primarily calibrated for
    driver safety, i.e. TPMS currently shows if tyres are at dangerously low pressure, typically 20% below
    optimal. The measure would entail a more sensitive calibration of the TPMS to flag when the pressure
    is not optimal from a tyre wear perspective (i.e. it would alert the driver sooner when the pressure
    has dropped). The feasibility of tightening current thresholds (in the context of the uncertainties of
    the systems) and the exact threshold at which alerts would need to be determined based on a more
    in-depth technical assessment of the optimal level for reducing tyre wear, the sensitivity of the
    systems and likely driver behaviour (including the risk of driver annoyance if set too low). This could
    be combined with a communication campaign to make consumers aware of the importance of proper
    tyre pressure.
    It should be noted that if the system is very sensitive, then it might face opposition from industry and
    car users. It might also lead to car users having the system switched off or ignoring it if it is very
    sensitive.
    How could the measure be implemented?
    The change of the TPMS to give warnings when lower pressure increases the abrasion rate could be
    implemented as amendments to the existing type approval regulations.
    6.2 Measures for textiles
    6.2.1 Long list of measures
    Following a workshop with stakeholders and a review of relevant literature, a long list of measures
    to reduce microplastics releases from synthetic textiles was developed. About 155 measures were
    identified during the workshop. After removing duplicates and regrouping some measures, the list
    was refined to 29 measures. The long list of measures is described in the table below. They can be
    classified by the type of measure:
    Standardisation: There is a need to quantify microplastic release from synthetic textiles on the whole
    life-cycle with a standardised method.
    Regulating releases: Microplastic releases can be limited by setting thresholds for specific life-cycle
    steps. For example, it could be at the production plant or in washing machines by households.
    Technological: Technologies can help reduce microplastic releases from textiles at different life-
    cycle steps.
    Communication and behaviour change: To raise awareness and promote behaviour by reducing
    microplastic releases (purchase decision, washing practice, etc.) could also be relevant to reducing
    releases and supporting other measures.
    239
    European Tyre & Rubber Manufacturers’ Association (ETRMA), ‘The tyre industry’s role in advancing Connected
    & Automated Driving’ (https://www.etrma.org/key-topics/mobility/).
    322
    Incentives and disincentives: Taxes and subsidies could provide incentives/disincentives to
    companies/consumers to change their production process (material input, plant equipment, etc.) and
    purchase behaviour favouring less microplastic releases.
    Research needs: There are still a lot of uncertainties regarding microplastic releases from textiles
    (quantification, health impact, production techniques to limit releases). Research would help reduce
    these uncertainties and help companies implement the changes in their production process.
    6.2.2 Measures discarded prior to assessment
    The table below summarises the measures that have been screened out from the evaluation and the
    reasons for their exclusion. It should be noted that, in some instances, the measures that have been
    screened out could be effective for reducing microplastic releases from textiles but are not considered
    appropriate for EU intervention and/or interact/overlap with existing EU initiatives.
    Table 20: Screening of measures for synthetic textiles
    Problem area Name of the
    measure
    Description Reason for screening out
    Market failure /
    Regulatory
    failure
    Professional
    laundries'
    emissions
    regulation
    Making microplastics filters
    compulsory for professional
    large-scale laundries. There
    would be a need to define a
    minimum efficiency threshold
    for the filter and define a set of
    criteria to identify the
    laundries subject to the
    regulation.
    This measure has been excluded on the grounds
    of relevance because this measure was very close
    to another measure that was kept (the one making
    filters compulsory on all washing machines) but
    with a smaller scope.
    Information
    failure
    Textiles
    production
    facilities
    reporting
    requirement
    The reporting of releases of
    the production facility would
    be compulsory for all textiles
    sold on the EU market.
    This measure has been excluded on the grounds
    of effectiveness because this measure does not
    entail reductions in microplastic releases directly.
    It is only a means to compare production plants
    on their microplastics releases more easily. In
    addition, textiles production installations which
    are regulated by the Industrial Emissions
    Directive and the European Pollutant Release and
    Transfer Register (E-PRTR), are already subject
    to reporting.
    Market failure /
    Regulatory
    failure
    Technological
    solutions to
    reduce
    microplastic
    releases
    Improving the efficiency of
    the microplastics filters.
    This measure has been excluded on the grounds
    of effectiveness because it is not prone to create
    short-term results, as it is an R&D measure. It
    would need to support another measure, like the
    measure to make washing machine filters
    compulsory.
    Market failure /
    Regulatory
    failure
    Emission limit
    for textiles placed
    on the EU market
    An emission limit that targets
    the whole life-cycle will lead
    to technology changes that
    enable the textile
    manufacturer to respect the
    emission limit.
    A custodial sequence that occurs as ownership or
    control of the material supply is transferred from
    one custodian to another in the supply chain295
    has to be organised to ensure the traceability of
    the textile’s characteristics regarding microplastic
    emissions. It could be organised via certificate
    323
    Problem area Name of the
    measure
    Description Reason for screening out
    trading, stating a microplastic emission category,
    for example296.
    This measure has been discarded as most of the
    production is outside the EU, often in SMEs in
    developing countries, making the implementation
    very difficult for products place on the EU
    market. This measure would not be feasible,
    proportionate nor political feasible. Other
    measures also seem much more suited, like
    TEX#3: Restriction of synthetic fibres and fabrics
    with high releases of microplastics.
    Market failure /
    Regulatory
    failure
    Emission limit
    during
    production
    During production, an
    emission limit will lead to
    technology changes that
    enable the production plants
    to respect the emission limit.
    Discarded for the same reasons as the measure
    before (emission limit for textiles placed on the
    EU market)
    Regulatory
    failure/
    Information
    failure
    Develop
    guidance on Best
    Available
    Techniques
    Developing Best Available
    Techniques (BAT) on textiles
    and their associated levels of
    releases for these parts of the
    value chain for which there
    are no BATs. This measure
    would make information more
    easily accessible to a greater
    number of professionals.
    This measure has been excluded on the grounds
    of effectiveness because this measure would only
    make information more easily accessible.
    However, it would not create any constraint or
    incentive to reduce microplastic releases in the
    short/medium term.
    Market failure /
    Regulatory
    failure
    Mitigate and
    control WWTP
    Equipping WWTP above a
    size threshold (e.g., > 50 000
    PE) with compulsory filters.
    This measure has been excluded. It would rather
    belong to the evaluation of the Urban
    Wastewater Treatment Directive, which is dealt
    with in a distinct policy process. Further, the
    measures is also excluded on the grounds of
    effectiveness because an extra filter in WWTP
    would not be cost-effective as most of the
    microplastics are already captured (between 80
    and 95 %, according to EurEau).
    Market failure /
    Regulatory
    failure
    WWTP sludge
    incineration
    Compulsory incineration of
    WWTP sludge.
    This measure was screened out on several
    grounds, including technical feasibility,
    coherence with other EU objectives,
    proportionality, and political feasibility.
    Mandating incineration of sewage sludge instead
    of spreading is not considered realistic. In some
    Member States, it is an important fertiliser.
    There is not the capacity to incinerate it, and/or
    it would conflict with other objectives,
    including, e.g. decarbonisation, circular
    economy and agriculture.
    324
    Problem area Name of the
    measure
    Description Reason for screening out
    Information
    failure
    School
    intervention
    Funding
    programs/associations that
    intervene in schools to raise
    awareness on the issue of
    microplastics and
    communicate best practices
    surrounding the issue.
    This measure has been excluded on legal
    feasibility because education is not one of the
    EU areas of action. Moreover, this measure was
    close to another that consisted of funding
    communication campaigns to raise awareness on
    microplastics and communicate best practices.
    Regulatory
    failure
    Taxing
    microplastic
    release
    Taxing textiles sold in the EU
    based on their estimated
    microplastic releases over
    their life-cycle.
    The measure was screened out on the grounds of
    proportionality and political feasibility of
    common taxation between all MS.
    Regulatory
    failure
    Taxing textile
    plastic content
    Taxing textiles sold in the EU
    based on the quantity of
    plastic in their production.
    The measure was screened out on
    proportionality and the political feasibility of
    common taxation between all MS.
    Market failure /
    Regulatory
    failure
    Subsidising
    sustainable
    clothing
    Subsidising clothes producers
    who make clothes following
    the product environmental
    footprint category rules on
    textile and apparel. This is a
    long-term measure, and the
    implementation could take
    place through the textile EPR
    scheme (by using eco-
    modulation).
    The measure was screened out on the grounds of
    proportionality and the political feasibility of
    subsidies.
    Market failure /
    Regulatory
    failure
    Subsidising
    innovative
    textiles
    Subsidising the producers of
    textiles who apply techniques
    prone to reducing
    microplastic releases to their
    textiles.
    This measure was screened out on the grounds
    of (1) political feasibility, as to subsidise a part
    of the textile sector, and (2) technical feasibility
    as there are not yet innovative textiles with much
    lower microplastic releases made with synthetic
    fibres. It is too soon to think about subsidizing
    producers of innovative textiles, as the industry
    is still at the R&D stage on this question.
    Information
    failure
    Research
    yarn/fabric
    characteristics
    Funding research on the link
    between microfibers release
    and yarn/fabric
    characteristics.
    These measures are screened out on the grounds
    of effectiveness because R&D measures cannot
    create short-term results and have highly
    uncertain outcomes. R&D is nevertheless
    already happening under EU programmes and
    will continue to be pursued.
    Information
    failure
    Textiles
    microplastics
    release sources
    database
    Developing a database of the
    risk of microplastic release
    depending on several
    characteristics (yarn type,
    fabric, age, washing
    condition, etc.).
    Information
    failure
    Research textile's
    use phase
    Funding research on
    microfibers releases during
    textiles' use phase.
    Information
    failure
    Research dying
    techniques
    Funding research on less
    emitting dyeing techniques.
    325
    Problem area Name of the
    measure
    Description Reason for screening out
    Information
    failure
    Research
    biodegradable
    Research on biodegradable
    microplastics.
    Information
    failure
    Research mixing
    organic/synthetic
    fabric
    Funding research on the link
    between microfibers release
    and the mixing of
    organic/synthetic fabric.
    Information
    failure
    Research on
    health effects
    Funding research on the
    health effects of microplastics
    (airborne included).
    Information
    failure
    Research on pre-
    wash releases
    Funding research on the
    amount of microplastic
    released during pre-wash.
    Information
    failure
    Research
    Microfibre
    Consortium's
    roadmap
    Funding research on the need
    for the Microfibre
    Consortium's roadmap.
    6.2.3 Measures to be assessed for textiles
    Measure TEX#8: Raising awareness on best practices for consumers of textiles
    Type of measure: Supply chain/consumer information to enable selection of less polluting products
    or change in behaviour
    Description of the measure
    The measure would involve a communication campaign aiming to raise awareness on microplastics
    and communicate best practices surrounding the issue.
    How does the measure work?
    The Member States could coordinate the communication campaign.
    The list below gives a few communication examples:
    • Which fibres emit microplastics
    • Washing practices to reduce microplastic releases
    • Washing machine filter maintenance
    • Impact of fast fashion on microplastic releases
    Consumers and households will be affected by this measure as the communication campaign will
    target them.
    How could the measure be implemented?
    326
    The measure would be implemented through dedicated actions or legislation changes (ecodesign for
    textiles and electrical and electronic equipment).
    Measure TEX#9: Mandatory label showing textiles’ emissions of microplastics
    Type of measure: Supply chain/consumer information to enable selection of less polluting products
    or change in behaviour
    Description of the measure
    The measure implies that each textile item must have a label informing the consumer of the estimated
    microplastic releases during the product's life-cycle.
    How does the measure work?
    It is important to note that there is currently no methodology to quantify the microplastic releases of
    textiles over the life-cycle. Therefore, the mandatory label measure needs to be combined with the
    measure TEX#1 “Create a standardized measure to quantify microplastic releases on the life-cycle”.
    How could the measure be implemented?
    The measure would be implemented through legislation changes (ESPR or Textiles Labelling
    Regulation).
    Measure TEX#7: Modulated fees in EPR for textiles
    Type of measure: Market-Based Instrument
    Description of the measure
    By 2025240
    , there will be targets at the EU level to increase the separate collection of textile waste.
    Whether it will be applied via an EPR by the Member States is unclear. The European Commission
    also adopted an EU strategy for sustainable and circular textiles241
    , which states that “the Commission
    will propose harmonised EU extended producer responsibility rules for textiles with eco-modulation
    of fees”. This measure aims to include a “microplastic release” component in existing and future
    textile EPR schemes242
    .
    How does the measure work?
    Including a “microplastic release” component to existing and future textile EPR schemes can be done
    via eco-modulated fees, the microplastic release externality into account or financing measures
    reducing microplastic releases. The EPR is a tool to combine with other measures. The administrative
    cost of a waste management EPR for textiles with a microplastic component should not be completely
    allocated to microplastics as the EPR serve many purposes. The cost of the microplastic part in the
    eco-modulated fee might be very low. An EPR scheme could also be dedicated to microplastics for
    textiles or combined with other sources of microplastics if reduction measures are similar.
    240
    European Parliament and Council of the European Union, Directive (EU) 2018/851 on waste, OJ L 150, 14.16.2018,
    pp. 109-140, article 12b.
    241
    European Commission, Commission communication - EU Strategy for Sustainable and Circular Textiles;
    COM(2022)141 final, 2022.
    242
    Extended Producer Responsibility.
    327
    How could the measure be implemented?
    The measure would be implemented through legislation changes (Waste Framework Directive).
    Measure TEX#2: Restrict synthetic fibres for certain applications
    Type of measure: Regulatory action
    Description of the measure
    For some types of clothes, synthetic fibres could be replaced by natural or artificial ones. The use of
    synthetic textiles could be restricted by law to technical applications (see table further).
    How does the measure work?
    The measure consists of replacing synthetic fibres in all non-technical clothes243 with natural fibres
    or non-oil based man-made fibres (such as cellulose-based fibres), except for those categories of
    clothes for which it is impossible to do without synthetic polymers because of their technical
    specificities (waterproofing, flexibility, etc.). The table below summarises the proportion of such
    clothing that is not considered feasible to be replaced by natural fibres or non-oil based man-made
    fibres.
    Table 21: Technical products
    Products Proportion of
    technical clothing
    (assumption)
    T-shirts (sportswear) 50%
    Trousers and shorts (sportswear) 50%
    Technical jackets -
    Anoraks, ski jackets, etc. 100%
    Anoraks, ski jackets, etc. (knitted or crocheted) 100%
    Raincoats 100%
    Overcoats, car coats, capes (other) 50%
    Overcoats, car coats, capes (knitted or crocheted) 50%
    Swimwear 100%
    Tracksuits 100%
    Ski suits 100%
    Hosiery 100%
    For all other products, oil-based synthetic materials (polyester, polypropylene/elastane, acrylic and
    polyamide) are replaced by natural or other artificial materials (cotton, viscose, flax, wool). The
    current fibre mix was assumed to replace the oil-based synthetic fibres244
    :
    243
    The focus is on clothes because the majority of microplastics emissions arise from clothes and not from households
    textiles.
    244
    Beton, A. et al, ‘Environmental Improvement Potential of textiles (IMPRO Textiles)’, Publications Office of the
    European Union, EUR 26316, JRC85895, 2014.
    328
    • Cotton: 66%
    • Viscose: 15%
    • Wool: 15%
    • Flax: 3%
    Weight, numbers of units and composition data from the JRC Impro textiles study245
    have been used.
    The Impro Textiles study is still relevant because the technological changes have been limited since
    then. Moreover, this study compares the fibres with a consistent methodology relevant to this impact
    assessment. With this measure, the proportion of oil-based synthetic materials used falls from 38%
    (baseline scenario) to 12%. Other important assumptions and limitations include the following:
    • Natural materials also emit microfibres. There is little evidence about the fate and persistence
    of natural fibres such as wool and cotton. In addition, natural fibres could be the source of the
    leaching of chemicals present on the fibres following the dyeing or finishing stages. (ETC,
    Microplastic pollution from textile consumption in Europe, February 2022). This is, therefore,
    a limit of this measure.
    • The measure was defined by considering an increase in the proportion of cotton in clothing
    from 41% to 58%. In practice, the proportion of cotton is subject to the constraints of the
    production (notably land use) and the demand for this material.
    • The proportions of natural and man-made materials following the implementation of measure
    1a have been calculated based on the current proportions of these materials in clothing. In
    practice, each fibre has particular characteristics, and its use depends on the properties
    expected for the product. The replacement of oil-based synthetic materials will therefore
    require identifying the most suitable natural or artificial material(s) for each use.
    How could the measure be implemented?
    The measure would be implemented through legislation changes (ESPR).
    Measure TEX#3: Restrict synthetic fibres & fabrics with high releases of microplastics
    Type of measure: Regulatory action
    Description of the measure
    For the type of clothes with high releases of microplastics, oil-based synthetic fibres could be
    replaced by natural or artificial ones. The use of synthetic textiles could be restricted by law in these
    clothes with high releases of microplastics.
    How does the measure work?
    Replacing oil-based synthetic fibres in clothes with natural or other man-made fibres where it is
    feasible from a technical and production capacity points of view and only where the highest emitting
    types of fibres and categories of clothes are targeted. Synthetic fibres are kept for the specific
    categories of clothes for which synthetic fibres are necessary for their technical characteristics
    245
    Ibid.
    329
    According to the literature246
    , knitted polyester, acrylic and polyamide lead to the highest
    microplastic releases.
    In addition, the following figure shows that the main categories of clothing, in terms of tonnes, are
    tops, underwear, nightwear and hosiery and bottoms. These categories also correspond to products
    with high wash frequencies, which are therefore likely to emit more during washing (variation
    between 1 and 5 for the number of uses before washing: 1 for T-shirts and underwear, 2 for the shirts,
    5 for pullovers, 3 for trousers) (PEFCR Apparel and footwear, draft version, 2021).
    Figure 35: Consumption of different categories of clothing and household textile products in the EU-27
    (source: IMPRO textile, 2014)
    For non-technical applications with the highest releases of microplastics, oil-based synthetic
    materials are replaced by natural or other artificial materials (cotton, viscose, flax, wool).
    The current natural fibre mix was taken to replace the synthetic fibres247
    :
    • Cotton: 66%
    • Viscose: 15%
    246
    Cai Y., Mitrano, D.M., Heuberger, M., Hufenus, R. and Nowack, B., ‘The origin of microplastic fiber in polyester
    textiles: The textile production process matters’, Journal of Cleaner Production, Vol. 267, 2020, Elsevier BV.
    Folkö, A., ‘Quantification and characterization of fibres emitted from common synthetic materials during washing’,
    Environmental Science, 2015.
    Hann, S., Sherrington, C., Jamieson, O. et al., Investigating options for reducing releases in the aquatic environment of
    microplastics emitted by (but not intentionally added in) products, Eunomia report for the Directorate-General for
    Environment, 2018.
    247
    Beton, A. et al, ‘Environmental Improvement Potential of textiles (IMPRO Textiles)’, Publications Office of the
    European Union, EUR 26316, JRC85895, 2014.
    330
    • Wool: 15%
    • Flax: 3%
    Weight, numbers of units and composition data of the JRC Impro textiles study248
    are used. Only few
    synthetic fibres have been replaced by natural ones. The proportion of synthetic materials falls from
    38% (baseline scenario) to 21%
    How could the measure be implemented?
    The measure would be implemented through legislation changes (ESPR)
    Measure TEX#4: Mandatory prewashing of textiles before placing on the market
    Type of measure: Regulatory action
    Description of the measure
    Prewashing would be mandatory for all the textiles put on the EU market. Therefore, the plants in
    and outside the EU putting textiles on the EU market would need to equip themselves (washing and
    drying machines).
    How does the measure work?
    In practice, a certification mechanism with a chain of custody model could attest to the prewashing
    of the textiles. The amount of microfibre released from synthetic fabrics is bigger in the first few
    washes than at other stages. Therefore, at the end of the production phase and/or before the
    textiles/garments are put on the EU market, mandatory prewashing could reduce the microplastic
    released during the washing phase. To be efficient, especially outside the EU, where wastewater
    treatment is limited, this measure should be combined with measure TEX#5: Specific wastewater
    treatment in production plants.
    How could the measure be implemented?
    The measure would be implemented through legislation changes (review of the IED Directive, BREF
    for the companies in the EU and potentially the non-quantitative performance requirements of the
    ESRP).
    Measure TEX#5: Specific wastewater treatment in textile production plants
    Type of measure: Regulatory action
    Description of the measure
    A specific wastewater treatment would be mandatory for all the textiles put on the EU market.
    Therefore, the plants in and outside the EU putting textiles on the EU market would need to equip
    themselves. This measure implies a microplastic filtering system for the wastewater of textile
    production plants. Some of the production plants in the EU are covered by the IED and by the BAT
    248
    Ibid.
    331
    Conclusions for the Textiles Industry249,
    in which cases the corresponding permits must contain
    emission limit values based on the BAT Conclusions. The BAT Conclusions contain, inter alia, levels
    for direct emissions of suspended solids into water bodies.
    This measure is associated with measure TEX#4: Mandatory prewashing before placing on the
    market. There are microplastic emissions at several steps of textile production (pre-treatment of the
    fibres, dyeing, etc.). Therefore, wastewaster treatment is more relevant than only filters for
    prewashing.
    How does the measure work?
    In practice, a certification mechanism with a chain of custody model could attest to a specific
    wastewater treatment to capture microplastics during the production phase, especially during wet
    processing as dyeing, printing, and chemical finishing.
    How could the measure be implemented?
    The measure would be implemented through legislation changes (possibly through the
    Urban Wastewater Directive for the companies in the EU).
    Measure TEX#6: Compulsory filters for washing machines
    Type of measure: Regulatory action
    Description of the measure
    This measure aims to reduce microplastic releases from the washing process during the use phase by
    making filters compulsory for household washing machines.
    How does the measure work?
    A filtration device can be added to the drum of the washing machine or positioned at the end of the
    drainpipe (external filters), or it can be a built-in filter (internal filter). Performance criteria and
    handling criteria have to be defined. There is a risk of mishandling the retained microplastics. For
    example, if the consumer rinses the filter in the sink, the microplastics will still be transferred to the
    urban wastewater system. Therefore, clear communication is needed to advise on and promote best
    practices of filter cleaning.
    A filter could be mandatory for new machines sold as those filters are more cost-efficient than the
    filters added to existing machines. External filters would be advised to consumers with high
    awareness who would like to reduce their microplastic emissions because they are likely to apply
    best practices and avoid rinsing the filtering system in the sink. It would take between 7 and 12 years
    to cover all washing machines with internal filters based on the uptake in new and existing stock and
    the average lifetime of washing machines.
    249
    COMMISSION IMPLEMENTING DECISION (EU) 2022/2508 of 9 December 2022 establishing the best available
    techniques (BAT) conclusions, under Directive 2010/75/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council on
    industrial emissions, for the textiles industry, OJ L 325, 20.12.2022, p. 112–161
    332
    How could the measure be implemented?
    The measure would be implemented through legislation changes (implementing measure under the
    Ecodesign Directive for electrical and electronic equipment or possibly under the proposal for
    Ecodesign for Sustainable Products Regulation).
    Measure TEX#1: Standardised methodology to quantify microplastics releases from textiles
    Type of measure: Standardised measurement methodology
    Description of the measure
    This measure entails creating a standard for the measurement of microplastics releases over the life-
    cycle of synthetic textiles.
    How does the measure work?
    This measure requires defining a reference method to quantify (via weight, for example) microplastic
    release at each step of the life-cycle and a standard testing method (filter to use, washing temperature,
    etc.) for synthetic textiles. The result could be a CEN standard that covers the microplastic releases
    of textiles on the whole life-cycle.
    How could the measure be implemented?
    It could be implemented through voluntary or regulatory channels (e.g. a new EU legislation).
    6.3 Measures for paints
    6.3.1 Long list of measures
    Microplastic releases from paints can be reduced by measures that impact one or more of the life
    cycle stages of the paint and the painted object. Hence, potential measures have been grouped in the
    following manner:
    Knowledge and capacity building: Paint with respect to other sources of microplastic pollution has
    only recently caught the attention of policymakers. Thus, several actions could be taken to deepen
    the understanding of the paint microplastics problem and address it at both a scientific and
    legal/policy level. Awareness-raising and education on the issue is also a key point to tackle.
    Product Design; Measures could be taken at the very first stage of the paint life, meaning improving
    the paint formulations and improving the quality of the products on the market in the light of
    environmental compatibility.
    Application & Maintenance Actions can also be taken at a later stage, at the moment of application
    or once the paint is already on the intended object (e.g. maintenance and removal).
    During the stakeholder workshop organised on 17 March 2022, 53 proposals in total were identified,
    out of which 7 were excluded as they were only comments and not measures. 5 were screened out.
    The remaining 41 selected measures were grouped and merged to form 12 more comprehensive
    measures.
    333
    6.3.2 Measures discarded prior to assessment
    The table below summarises the measures that have been screened out from the evaluation as well as
    the reasons for their exclusion. The reasons for exclusion are mainly technical feasibility or their lack
    of coherence with other EU objectives.
    Table 22: Screening of measures for paints
    Category Measure
    description
    Reason for screening out
    Market failure
    / Regulatory
    failure
    Use more biocide anti-
    fouling agents to
    prevent organisms from
    sticking to the hull and
    thereby prolong the
    lifetime of antifouling
    paint
    The measure has been discarded for lack of coherence with other EU
    objectives. This is because it is in contrast to other efforts at the
    European level to reduce the detrimental effects of biocide in nature
    Biocidal Products Regulation (BPR), Regulation (EU) 528/2012.
    Promote the use of self-
    healing paints
    The idea of self-healing paints is based on the reparability of applied
    paint layers. Repair of the paint layer is currently only possible once
    for each crack, and this technique is still under development. The
    expected full-scale application could still take 10 years […].250
    In light
    of this information, we discarded the measure for reasons of technical
    feasibility as we want to focus on more promptly available solutions.
    Promote the use of
    paints with higher
    content of solids (less
    solvent/water) in order
    to consume less of the
    paint itself
    This measure was discarded as it doesn’t address the problem. The
    share of the paint that solidifies is the one constituted by the polymers;
    what renders the mixture liquid is a solvent. Therefore, having thicker
    paint (i.e. with less solvent) would not affect its microplastic release.
    Replace antifouling
    paint with silicone paint
    Antifouling paint is used to prevent biofouling, which causes increased
    ship fuel consumption, reduces the ship’s top speed, and can spread
    invasive species. Most antifouling paints release biocide to prevent
    biofouling, and silicone paint is a biocide-free alternative that prevents
    fouling by creating a sleek surface. The measure has been discarded
    because it does not necessarily reduce microplastic releases.
    Market failure
    / Regulatory
    failure
    Since winter
    maintenance of roads
    can influence road
    marking wear (e.g.
    street sweeping), one
    could provide a monitor
    and reporting scheme
    on when street
    sweeping should be
    carried out in relation to
    precipitation events,
    etc.
    This measure has been discarded for low efficiency and lack of
    coherence with other EU objectives; road maintenance is designed
    to prioritise safety and not avoidance of wear and tear of road
    markings.
    250
    Faber, M., Marinković, M., de Valk, E., & Waaijers-van der Loop, S. L., ‘Paints and microplastics. Exploring the
    possibilities to reduce the use and release of microplastics from paints. Feedback from the paint sector’, RIVM (Dutch
    National Institute for Public Health and the Environment) report, 2021.
    334
    Category Measure
    description
    Reason for screening out
    Introduce microplastic
    releases during paint
    maintenance as a
    criterion in the
    Taxonomy Regulation.
    The measure would require economic activities that wish to be labelled
    as sustainable to not emit microplastics during paint maintenance. The
    measure would, therefore, target only selected sectors such as wind
    energy. Consequently, the measure has been discarded due to a
    potential lack of effectiveness and efficiency.
    EPR to finance proper
    disposal of paint
    removed during surface
    maintenance
    The measure was discarded because it is not possible to clearly
    attribute the responsibility (from an EPR perspective) to paint
    producers as they are not alone responsible for the poor application
    and maintenance of paints.
    Information
    failure
    Assess and try to better
    understand which paint
    substitutes can be used
    for specific
    applications.
    The measure has been discarded for technical feasibility reasons.
    Differentiating the use of paint and pairing it with possible substitutes
    would require a comprehensive assessment of the economic,
    environmental, and social impact of all those substitutes. Also, a
    substitute for application A may not work for application B. Different
    aspects such as climatic conditions also needs to be considered.
    Investigate the
    degradation process of
    paints
    “Degradation” in this context refers to the change in polymer-based
    product (paint particles in the environment) properties such as tensile
    strength, shape, colour, molecular weight etc., under the influence of
    one or more external (environmental) factors such as heat, light,
    chemicals, or other applied forces. Investigating degradation
    mechanisms alone will not be efficient in reducing microplastic
    releases, and consequently, this measure has been discarded due to a
    lack of effectiveness and efficiency.
    Innovation challenges The measure has been discarded due to a lack of effectiveness in
    controlling microplastic release in the short term.
    Monitoring of paint
    microplastic pollution
    in the aquatic
    environment
    This measure has been discarded because it is not specific to paints.
    This can be dealt with by including microplastic monitoring in
    environmental monitoring through existing policies.
    Market failure
    / Regulatory
    failure
    Preventing boats from
    undergoing ship-
    breaking beaching
    practices
    The measure has been discarded because of proportionality.
    6.3.3 Measures to be assessed for paints
    Measure PNT#2a: Mandatory label on paint lifetime and plastic content
    Type of measure: Supply chain/consumer information to enable selection of less polluting products
    or change in behaviour. The label requirement should be mandatory. Possibly, the measure could be
    set up as a voluntary label (not assessed). Further on, the requirement could be transformed as a
    threshold value needed for product authorisation and to enter the EU market. This is assessed in
    Measure PNT#2b.
    335
    Description of the measure
    This measure aims to inform consumers on key properties of paint, i.e., the plastic content of paint
    (expressed, for example, as a percentage of the total weight) and the paint lifetime, so that they can
    make an informed choice based on their needs and avoid polluting behaviour. Paint is a mixture;
    therefore, its performances and properties are correlated to the nature and the relative quantities of
    its components, a major one being the binder, which is the one commonly made of synthetic organic
    polymers. Plastic content is, therefore, to some extent, correlated to the paint system properties, for
    example, the lifetime, but that largely depends on the nature of the polymers themselves and the
    conditions to which they are exposed. A higher plastic content could, in fact, increase the paint
    lifetime and therefore decrease the need for repaint). However, examples of completely different
    systems also exist, such as mineral-based architectural paint, which contains less than 5% of plastic
    and requires repainting every 20-25 years on exterior surfaces, while most plastic-based paint used
    for exterior surfaces requires repainting every 8-12 years. Not all applications require long-lasting
    paint systems. Interior walls, for example, tend to be repainted every 3-4 years, not because the paint
    system breaks and the substrate risks being damaged, but for aesthetic purposes. Interior decorative
    paint is estimated to cover 70% of the architectural paint demand251
    , which itself covers more than
    50% of the market share. The DIY sector is another sector where probably weather-enduring paint
    systems are unnecessary (e.g., for paintings, woodworks, etc.), although this sector covers a much
    smaller portion of the market.
    How does the measure work?
    The measure requires paint producers that sell on the EU market to add on the paint label the plastic
    content and the lifetime of the paint. To reach this goal, several steps are required. Having a clear
    definition of plastic content in paint is key: whereas the REACH252
    only refers to polymers (chapter
    2), and the Single use plastics directive 253
    – point 11 – clearly excludes paint from the scope, a
    definition of the plastic content in the paint is missing. This creates disagreement among stakeholders
    regarding the issue.
    As a first step, a scientific task force can be created to investigate the use of synthetic polymers in
    paint and come up with a definition of plastic content in paint that is sufficiently inclusive to cover
    the development of a new formulation of synthetic polymers. In that regard, after scientific
    discussions conducted with polymer experts in academia, the following point of discussion (non-
    exhaustive list) need to be considered:
    • Should the plastic in the paint definition include all synthetic polymer-based materials? The
    definition of plastic material should comprise the terms polymer and resin as well, as resins
    are actually polymers. Also, the definition should be inclusive enough to account for the
    current paint formulation and synthesis/usage of new polymers.
    • In which physical state is a substance considered plastic: solid/liquid/gas? Typically, with
    the term plastics, only solid polymers are considered, but one has to pay attention to the fact
    251
    Hall et al., Constructing sustainable tourism development: The 2030 agenda and the managerial ecology of sustainable
    tourism, J. of Sustainable Tourism, 27:7, 2018.
    252
    European Parliament and Council of the European Union, Regulation (EC) 1907/2006 concerning the Registration,
    Evaluation, Authorisation and Restriction of Chemicals (REACH), establishing a European Chemicals Agency,
    amending Directive 1999/45/EC and repealing Council Regulation (EEC) No 793/93 and Commission Regulation
    (EC) No 1488/94 as well as Council Directive 76/769/EEC and Commission Directives 91/155/EEC, 93/67/EEC,
    93/105/EC and 2000/21/EC, OJ L 396, 30.12.2006, pp. 1.
    253
    European Parliament and Council of the European Union, Directive (EU) 2019/904 on the reduction of the impact of
    certain plastic products on the environment, OJ L 155, 12.6.2019, pp. 1-19.
    336
    that an amorphous solid polymer is considered liquid by thermodynamics because it is not
    crystalline. In this context, though, a liquid should be considered as a material showing the
    container's shape. Polymer dispersions instead could also be solid (e.g. pigmented plastics)
    but also liquid as those in paint. The inclusion of liquid polymers and PLF (Polymer in Liquid
    Formulations), which can solidify in various circumstances (type of polymer, temperature,
    evaporation of solvent etc.), should also be discussed.
    • What should be biodegradability? For this point is particularly important to discuss whether
    to include biodegradable polymers (if so, which are the characteristics of the material to be
    considered biodegradable)? A valuable starting point is represented by the analysis done in
    the RIVM report 2016 (Verschoor et al., 2016). To be noted that in this case, the definition of
    what should matter is the final product and not the synthetic route nor the source (e.g., bio-
    sourced polymer) as they do not affect potential risk assessments.
    The measure would require that agreements are made on the definition of paint lifetime and that the
    use of a standardised test is being ensured (see PNT#1).
    Thresholds to limit plastic content below a certain amount and/or lifetime above a certain number
    of years could be set to access the European market (PNT#2b).
    Antifouling paints should be excluded from this legislation. Antifouling paints are applied on ship
    hulls to prevent marine biofouling (e.g., algae, barnacles, and mussels). Biofouling reduces the speed
    and increases fuel consumption, which is crucial in preventing non-indigenous species contamination
    from one water basin to another. The principle through which the paint works is based on the presence
    of the release of active substances, i.e., toxic biocides, from the coating that acts to repel and/or poison
    fouling organisms. These types of paint are either hard paints, which are more durable (but still wear
    off over time) or ablative paints, also known as self-polishing paint, which slowly slough off in the
    water. This kind of paint contaminates the environment by design with both toxic substances and
    microplastic particles. We suggest excluding antifouling paint from the scope as plastic releases being
    one of the concerns, as antifouling paint is also related to biocides emissions, CO2 emissions and the
    spread of non-indigenous species. Therefore, for antifouling paint, a more inclusive approach needs
    to be taken into account to avoid trade-offs between a reduction in microplastic releases and an
    increase in biocides or CO2 emissions, for example.
    Benefit:
    The expected/desired impact is:
    • Consumers choose less plastic-intense paints, especially when a long paint lifetime is not a
    key requirement for the application (e.g., interior architectural paint, DIY decorative works)
    • Promote the use of mineral-based paints (as opposed to plastic-based paints), especially for
    exterior architectural paint
    • Inspire formulations of new products or improvement of existing ones or other technological
    alternatives to paint to reduce the environmental impact of paint coatings
    Negative environmental impacts in terms of CO2 emissions or toxicity cannot be excluded, for
    example, a more toxic compound could be introduced by extending the lifetime of the paint. There
    is insufficient evidence on the effects of reduced plastic content, and whether it could impact the
    functional properties of the paint and its cost. Once a definition of plastic paint is agreed upon at the
    EU level, it should be easy for paint producers to determine the amount of plastic in paints based on
    the paint formulation. The plastic content could be expressed as a “wet” share, i.e., plastic
    weight/paint weight, as a “dry” share, i.e., plastic weight / (paint weight when cured), or in grams.
    Probably, the “dry” share, in %, is the one that would have the most significant impact in driving
    consumer behaviour, as it is easier to understand than values in grams, and it is higher than the “wet”
    337
    share. Having the plastic content in grams instead would simplify reporting of plastic content for
    paint importers (see the measure on a deposit-return scheme for paint containers).
    The crucial step is the development and adoption at the EU level of a standardised methodology to
    determine the paint-system lifetime (linked to the wear & tear rate)254
    . While in light of new
    legislation, testing the lifetime of the paint products should not be a burden for big paint producers,
    small businesses might encounter difficulties. Open access or creating conventions with testing
    facilities at the European level for companies might be a valuable means of implementation.
    Alternatively, a threshold on the amount of paint put on the market could be set to exclude smaller
    companies from the labelling requirements. Attention should be put on how the consumer
    understands the concept of paint “lifetime”. The lifetime should be understood as “time needed before
    repaint” and not as “time before the paint degrades in the environment”. The label's design must be
    agreed upon so that it is easily understandable and highly visible since the main target group of the
    measure is the general public. A monitoring framework should verify compliance with the legislation.
    In order to facilitate monitoring of compliance with the label requirements, standardised tests to
    assess plastic content could be put in place.
    We believe imposing thresholds to enter the EU market should take place at a later stage (see measure
    PNT#2b). Following this reasoning, if the thresholds on maximum plastic content would be imposed,
    the compositions of the paints will need to change to provide the same (or improved) performances.
    There is no way to predict what new formulations would look like in terms of environmental impact
    (one possibility out of many: lower plastic content, same lifetime but more toxic degradation products
    once released into the environment).
    How could the measure be implemented?
    At the EU level, some directives on paint composition exist already, for example, to define eligibility
    requirements that minimize environmental impact (e.g. Ecolabel255
    ), or GPP that requires the
    inclusion of clear and verifiable environmental criteria for products and services in the public
    procurement process and also directives on the VOCs (Volatile Organic Compounds256
    ) aimed to
    prevent the negative environmental effects of emissions of chemicals included in paint. Other
    relevant legislation which could take up this measure include the Construction Products Regulation
    and the Ecodesign for Sustainable Products Regulation.
    Measure PNT#3a: Promote mineral paint in the architectural sector
    Type of measure: Non-binding approach
    Description of the measure
    Measure ‘PNT#3b: Restrict polymer-based paints in the architectural sector’ has a similar set-up, but
    with a regulatory, binding approach. Currently, the paint market is dominated by formulations based
    on polymeric organic binders. This doesn’t leave much space for alternatives, which might be
    valuable for some sectors that might not necessarily require high plastic content paints or might even
    benefit from different formulations. Mineral paint (formulations based on inorganic binders like
    silicate or lime) is a valuable alternative in the Architectural sector. Mineral paint should contain less
    254
    KTA-Tator, ‘Expected service life and cost considerations for maintenance and new construction protective coating
    work’, 2016 (https://kta.com/kta-university/expected-service-life-coatings/).
    255
    https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/?uri=CELEX%3A32014D0312
    256
    Directive 2004/42/EC
    338
    than 5% organic compounds (including binder, solvent, and additives) (according to German
    regulation DiN 18363 2.4.1), while the rest is mineral raw materials (e.g., alkali potassium silicate).
    The very nature of the chemical bonds within the ingredients renders these products robust and
    resistant, especially to UV radiation (in contrast to paint based on organic binders). When applied to
    a mineral substrate, these products present a lifetime which can go up to two folds the one of usual
    dispersion paint (the one based on organic binders), i.e., a lifetime of 20-25 years compared to a
    standard 8-12 years, for exterior coatings257
    . This measure aims to increase the market for mineral
    paint and render it the primary product used in architecture. The desired impact is to decrease the use
    of paints with high plastic content in the Architectural paint sector, which represents the highest
    market share. This will significantly decrease the amount of microplastic pollution due to paint
    particles from buildings.
    How does the measure work?
    This measure will use voluntary approaches to increase the penetration of mineral paints through
    market demand and supply.
    How could the measure be implemented?
    The measure could be implemented as an inclusion of the mineral paint in the GPP or the
    ECOLABEL in a way that will be a soft push towards this kind of no-plastic-containing coatings.
    Measure PNT#5: Good practices for paint applications in all sectors
    Type of measure: Non-binding approach
    Description of the measure
    This measure is about the EC support to draft guidelines by the paint sector on good practice guidelines
    for all sectors using paints to prevent microplastic releases to the environment during the paint
    application and maintenance of the painted layer of an asset. This measure could indirectly incentivise
    the technological development of clean maintenance techniques. The measure requires compiling a
    set of good practices for various assets (buildings, road markings, industrial facilities, auto, industrial
    wood items) for paint application, removal, surface preparation and waste management. In terms of
    enforcement, environmental permits granted to asset owners could include the requirement of
    compliance with good practices. The expected impact of the measure is the reduction of microplastic
    release from paint maintenance in Europe and incentivising the technological development of clean
    paint removal methods.
    How does the measure work?
    The first step is to define a set of good practices to limit paint releases to the environment. These
    practices should cover (non-exhaustive list):
    1) Paint application in a closed environment
    2) Paint application in an open environment
    3) Paint removal in a closed environment
    4) Paint removal in an open environment
    257
    Personal communication by a stakeholder
    339
    Furthermore, they should include best practices for surface preparation, as good surface preparation
    is key to guaranteeing good paint adherence to the substrate and maximising the paint lifetime
    (reducing paint input on the market and microplastic releases during the use phase).
    Overall, we estimate that around 139 kt of microplastic is leaked into the environment due to
    improper paint removal (note that of this, 48 kt are lost during ship maintenance outside of Europe).
    Losses at applications are also to be considered, especially in sectors where spray is used (automotive
    and industrial wood) and in situations where the application cannot be made indoors (e.g. general
    industrial settings). The architectural sector, in this respect, contributes less than others because
    brushes and rollers are used.
    Specifically for the sectors of Marine, Road Markings, Architectural, General Industrial, and
    Automotive, good practices are already available, as presented below.
    Marine:
    Various activities occur at shipyards that can lead to paint microplastic releases into the environment.
    Overall, we estimate that around 50 kt of microplastic is lost to the ocean during commercial ship
    maintenance at dry-dock, and another 10 kt is lost due to the maintenance of leisure vessels. For
    commercial vessels, the activities performed in shipyards are: paint application during boat building,
    paint removal and re-paint during boat maintenance (for example, at dry-dock or floating dock), and
    in-water removal of biofouling of the boat hull. For leisure vessels, instead is generally paint removal
    and re-paint (mostly done onshore, in the open air).
    The good practices for ship maintenance should cover (non-exhaustive list):
    1) Paint application in a closed environment (for leisure boat maintenance or ship-building)
    2) Paint application in an open environment (for leisure boat maintenance onshore and commercial
    boat maintenance in dry-dock or floating dock)
    3) Paint removal in a closed environment (for leisure boat maintenance)
    4) Paint removal in an open environment (for leisure boat maintenance onshore and commercial
    boat maintenance in dry-dock or floating dock)
    5) In water hull cleaning
    Furthermore, they should include best practices for surface preparation, as good surface preparation
    is key to guaranteeing good paint adherence to the substrate and maximising the paint lifetime
    (reducing paint input on the market and releases during the use phase). For points 1 and 3, it is
    straightforward to identify good practices, as the paint losses are confined to a closed space. On the
    other hand, avoiding releases requires technological development or capturing mechanisms when it
    comes to maintenance in the open environment or in water.
    Some of the technologies known to prevent releases during maintenance of metallic surfaces are
    vacuum blasting and ultra-high pressure water jetting with vacuum systems and filter technology.
    For the maintenance of wood surfaces (mostly for leisure vessels), infrared paint removal prevents
    dust formation and facilitates the collection of removed paint. For paint application, air-less spray
    guns have a higher transfer efficiency, 90%, than air guns, 70% (International Labour Office (2012).
    Encyclopaedia of Occupational Health and Safety 5th
    edition). For in-water hull cleaning, which is
    done to remove biofouling but can also lead to antifouling paint losses, technologies exist that provide
    in-water vacuum cleaning of the hull. In general, open-sand blasting of painted surfaces should be
    avoided in open environments, as it has been shown that the dust formed can travel hundreds of
    meters from the blasting site (EPA, 2016. Evaluation distances for effective air quality and noise
    management.), directly polluting ocean and seas. Dust formation during maintenance has been a
    concern mainly for the workers’ health. During a personal communication, a stakeholder mentioned
    340
    that China is now banning the use of open sandblasting in shipyards and promoting hydro-blasting
    instead. Hydro-blasting without a pump/vacuum system prevents dust formation, requiring the water
    to be collected and filtered to remove microplastic. Currently, some shipyards are using gravitational
    settling tanks to “treat” the water collected from drydocks (email exchange with InfoMil
    Netherlands). This could be insufficient to guarantee to capture microplastics, which have specific
    gravity similar to that of water (0.9 – 1.4g/cm3, Andrady AL, 2011.)
    The Best Available Techniques Conclusions document for surface treatment using organic solvents
    including preservation of wood and wood products with chemicals define Best Available Techniques
    for painting of ships, including removal of old paint, for those shipyards using a large quantities of
    organic solvents. Shipyards in the scope of this document are required to implement the BAT in order
    to operate. The techniques allowed during drydocking involve the use of protection systems like nets
    when sandblasting or the use of wet blasting methods. Both these techniques redirect the removed
    paint residues to the water that is collected at the bottom of the drydock. The document indicates that
    the water should be collected, separated, and sent to wastewater treatment plants. In addition, a
    document of the Infomil Knowledge centre in the Netherlands258
    also states that the water collected
    from the dock is to be sent to wastewater treatment or treated aside with settling tanks and then
    released to surface water or water treatment plants.
    In conclusion, in application of the current set of BAT, the paint lost during surface preparation and
    paint re-application would be redirected to wastewater. Unfortunately, as a study made by the Tumlin
    and Bertholds for the Swedish Svenskt Vatten shows, 40-60% of the microplastic in the incoming
    wastewater is then found then in the sludge, which in Europe is often used as a soil fertilizer. Another
    aspect on which the guidelines could be clear and strict is the spraying techniques. In fact, some of
    the spray techniques listed in the BAT have a transfer efficiency of 50% or 60%, which is much lower
    than the transfer efficiency of 90% that one can obtain with airless spray guns. Transfer efficiency of
    50% would imply that half of the paint is lost at application, and if the paint application is made
    outdoors, this is a significant direct leakage to the environment.
    The conclusions that can be drawn from the analysis of the BAT document show that the good
    practices for ship maintenance should then involve techniques that maximise transfer efficiency at
    application and minimize dust formation at removal. The latter can include both vacuum blasting
    techniques and water blasting, but in the second case (as for any technique involving water usage),
    the wastewater should be appropriately treated; otherwise, the microplastics that end up in the sludge
    would just be used in agricultural soil.
    Road Markings: The document “Effective Removal of Pavement Markings” by the National
    Academies of Sciences, Engineering, and Medicine 2013. Washington, DC: The National Academies
    Press259
    reports various techniques for removing road markings, and for our purposes, we may focus
    on those with low to no dust formation. These will be grinding, shot blasting, excess oxygen, laser
    and chemical removal. Another potential solution is the creation of inlaid road markings; although
    this is a quite demanding technique which might compromise the integrity of the road, therefore it is
    valuable only in countries with heavy snowfalls where snow can ruin the markings260
    .
    258
    Rijkswaterstaat Environment [The Directorate-General for Public Works and Water Management], ‘Kenniscentrum
    InfoMil [Knowledge Centre InfoMil] (https://www.infomil.nl/), Nl.
    259
    Pike, A.M. and Miles, J.D., ‘Effective Removal of Pavement Markings’, National Cooperative Highway Research
    Program, Report 759, 2013.
    260
    Johannesson, M., & Lithner, D., ‘Potential policy instruments and measures against microplastics from tyre and road
    wear: mapping and prioritisation’, Swedish National Road and Transport Research Institute (VTI), No. 1092, 2021.
    341
    Architectural: For the application of paint products on buildings, mineral paint can be used when
    mineral substrates are as concerned (see PNT#3a & PNT#3b). For interior surfaces, using paint
    products with low polymer content should be considered, as performance against harsh weather is
    not an issue.
    In the removal phase, especially on wood substrates, the best practices to minimise paint release from
    wood surfaces are vacuum sanding or infrared removal. For metal surfaces, instead, the best option
    is to optimise the applications using technologies with a high transfer rate.
    General Industrial: This sector is characterised almost exclusively by metal surfaces on which the
    paint is applied. The best option to reduce microplastic leakage is to optimise the applications,
    reducing overspray losses using higher transfer rates. Technologies with transfer rates from 50% to
    75% could be found in the Best Available Techniques Conclusions by Chronopoulos et al.261
    .
    According to the ILO, air-less spray guns have a transfer efficiency of 90% (International Labour
    Office (2012). Encyclopaedia of Occupational Health and Safety 5th
    edition).
    During the removal phase, it is imperative to use technologies that capture the paint particles during
    operation. This will guarantee the elimination of releases into the environment. Lastly, during
    removal, a critical step is to perform proper surface preparation prior to reapplication. Indications on
    the process are provided by the paint product warranty, and this will maximise the paint lifetime.
    Automotive: The only recommendation we can provide is to increase the transfer efficiency of paint
    guns for repair jobs. Several studies exist where they relate spray systems and application conditions
    to transfer efficiency. Heitbrink et al., 1996; Poozesh, S., et al., 2018. The recommendation is always
    to use the best system and condition possible to minimize the losses of paint ad application.
    Once good practices have been developed, they could be implemented by granting a certification to
    paint professionals who comply with good practices to promote their work and incentivize the use of
    clean methods for asset maintenance.
    How could the measure be implemented?
    A set of guidelines should be developed per sector and adopted by the relevant industrial sectors
    voluntarily.
    Measure PNT#4: Deposit-return scheme for paint containers
    Type of measure: Market-Based Instrument
    This measure should be mandatory.
    Description of the measure
    The aim of this measure is to put in place an EPR scheme to drive knowledge creation and gather
    valuable insight on the volume of unused paint, its contribution to environmental pollution and its
    fate (points 1-3 above). Subsequently, once a better understanding exists, the EPR scheme will be
    valuable in driving change, reducing unused paint, microplastic pollution and increasing circularity.
    261
    Chronopoulos G. et al., ‘Best Available Techniques (BAT) Reference Document on Surface Treatment Using Organic
    Solvents including Preservation of Wood and Wood Products with Chemicals’, Publications Office of the European
    Union, EUR 30475 EN, JRC122816, 2020.
    342
    It will address the problem of market failure and regulatory failure. I will also address the information
    failure problem because:
    1. The amount of unused paint is potentially currently underestimated
    2. It is unknown how much unused paint is improperly disposed of in EU-27 (e.g., disposal to
    unauthorised dumpsites, disposal through household drainage system), leading to
    environmental pollution
    3. Of the unused paint that is collected, only a small fraction is recycled
    Point 1
    It is believed that, on average, 3% (OECD, 2009) of professional paint and 15% of DIY paint are
    unused.262
    (Release of microplastics and potential mitigation measures: Abrasive cleaning agents,
    paints and tyre wear)., OECD, 2009.). But, according to a personal communication with ADEME
    (the French agency for ecological transition), paint cans recovered through an EPR scheme targeting
    household chemicals are, on average, 40% full. Additionally, an internal paint company document
    indicates that 30-40% of paint prepared for an offshore maintenance job can end up being unused
    and subsequently disposed of.
    Point 2
    In terms of fate, in our baseline assessment, we assumed that the 85 kt of plastic within unused paint
    in Europe is always disposed of as waste. A personal conversation with an architectural paint industry
    expert revealed that professionals and DIYers might use the domestic drainage system to dispose of
    unused paint. Since sludges recovered from wastewater treatment in Europe (except for the
    Netherlands) are spread on agricultural land as fertilizer, the disposal of unused paint in the domestic
    drainage system leads to microplastic pollution to the environment. Moreover, some paint is also
    disposed of in unauthorised dumpsites (personal conversation with ADEME), although an assessment
    of the volumes of improperly disposed paint is not yet available.
    Point 3
    Unused paints are a valuable resource, and their recycling is technically feasible263
    . Paint is 37%
    plastic as the binder. Added microbeads are a specific case used only in some technical coatings (e.g.
    road markings). So unused paint has also plastic and though emission from unused paint into the
    environment is not necessarily in the form of microplastic, but as plastic, that in turn will be
    fragmented in microplastics. It is unknown how much of the unused paint is recycled in EU-27.
    According to a personal communication with ADEME, in France, where there is an EPR system in
    place to target the disposal and management of household chemicals (including paint), it is estimated
    that less than 1% of the recovered paint is recycled. The lack of recycling is due to a conflict between
    the PRO and the only paint recycler on French territory. “The vast majority of the waste is still
    incinerated (mostly with energetic valorisation – R1 treatment)”. But in the process, metallic
    containers are also incinerated.
    262
    Verschoor, A. et al., ‘Emission of microplastics and potential mitigation measures: Abrasive cleaning agents, paints
    and tyre wear’, Dutch National Institue for Public Health and the Environment, 2016
    (https://rivm.openrepository.com/bitstream/handle/10029/617930/2016-0026.pdf?sequence=3).
    263
    AkzoNobel, ‘AkzoNobel launches recycled paint to help close loop on waste’, 2019
    (https://www.akzonobel.com/en/media/latest-news---media-releases-/akzonobel-launches-recycled-paint-to-help-
    close-loop-on-waste).
    343
    Benefit: The ultimate desired impact is to increase the disposal of unused paint through proper
    channels and finance its recycling. An efficient way to target DIYers could be by actively involving
    the distribution chains through deposit-return schemes (i.e., easily accessible collection points and
    communication/promotion campaigns to encourage the general public) or by promoting the door-to-
    door collection.
    How does the measure work?
    This measure requires setting up an EPR scheme where paint producers pay based on how much
    plastic they put on the market. The money collected will be used in the first phase to drive knowledge
    creation and in the second phase to drive change.
    The EPR scheme requires paint producers, as well as paint importers within the EU market, to declare
    to the EPR operator how much (wet) paint they put on the market and how much of that paint is
    plastic. In order to harmonise the reporting, a standard definition for plastic in the paint should be
    agreed upon. A threshold could be set to only target the main producers, therefore avoiding excessive
    administrative burdens for the authority as well as for small paint producers. A small number of large
    producers dominate the paint industry. Both European and non-European paint companies sell paint
    on the EU market. We could not find figures for the paint sold to the European market from non-
    European producers, but there are figures for paint sold by European producers264
    . These indicate
    that the top 3 European producers cover more than 50% of the paint sales (from EU producers to the
    EU market), and the top 10 cover 80%. At the global level, the trend is similar, with the top 20
    producers covering 80% of the global paint sales265
    . Input from ADEME confirms the trend;
    according to their data, the top 5 paint producers represent 81% of the market.
    For each paint sector, after it has been determined how much paint is sold in the EU market, one
    could decide that all producers and importers of more than a tenth of it should be included in the EPR
    scheme. This would probably limit the number of paint producers/importers to 3-5 per sector. There
    is currently no single definition of the different paint sectors. In this assessment, we used a split based
    on the asset on which the paint is applied, but a different split could be more suitable for the paint
    industry. In the first phase, the objective of the EPR scheme and the role of the PRO would be to:
    1. Assess the amount of unused paint as well as the amount of paint put on the market
    2. Finance research and assessment studies of improper disposal of unused paint
    3. Assess the current recycling rate of unused paint and the potential recycling capacity
    In the second phase, the objective of the EPR scheme will be to increase the collection rate of unused
    paint through the proper channels (e.g. by setting up deposit-return schemes, door-to-door collection,
    etc.) and reduce microplastic pollution through preventive measures (such as communication
    campaigns) or curative measures (e.g., by financing wastewater treatment). Ultimately, the EPR
    should incentivise the recycling of unused paint. A successful example of a take-back scheme seems
    to be PaintCare, a program of the American Coatings Association, active in 10 US states, that
    encourages households and businesses to bring unused paint to the collection site.266
    In Denmark, the
    city of Odense put in place a door-to-door collection system for hazardous household waste (see
    GOOD PRACTICE ODENSE: Hazardous Waste Collection October 2014, for reference).). In
    264
    European Coatings, ‘Ranking: The 25 largest coatings producers in Europe’, 2018 (https://www.european-
    coatings.com/articles/archiv/ranking-the-25-largest-coatings-producers-in-europe).
    265
    Coatings World, ‘Top Companies Report’, 2021 (https://www.coatingsworld.com/issues/2021-07-01/view_top-
    companies-report/top-companies-report-163001/).
    266
    PaintCare, ‘Home page’(www.paintcare.org).
    344
    Odense, paint accounts for 75% of the volume of the recovered hazardous waste. On the other hand,
    a distribution chain in France, Tollens, currently allows for the take-back of paint cans. However, a
    conversation with a local distribution centre revealed that they accept only clean cans or small
    quantities of paint residue. The recovered cans are sent to recycle the can itself and not the paint.
    Therefore, if a take-back scheme is put in place, the scheme's basic principles and organization should
    be clearly stated and communicated to actually target the paint and avoid the return of the can alone.
    The information gathered through the EPR scheme and the PRO should be made publicly available.
    Such a report could also implicitly allow keeping track of the amount of paint that has not been
    recovered and improperly disposed of by comparing the performance in the different Member States.
    To facilitate the comparison, it would be better to require the paint producers or the importers to
    declare the amount of “wet” paint put on the market, i.e., including the solvent or water that
    evaporates upon application.
    How could the measure be implemented?
    This measure would require setting up a Producer Responsibility Organisation (PRO).
    Measure PNT#2b: Threshold on lifetime and plastic content for paints
    Type of measure: Regulatory action
    This measure is dependent on measure PNT#1 and PNT#2a.
    Description of the measure
    This measure aims to regulate access to the European market only to paints that have plastic content
    below a chosen threshold (expressed, for example, as a percentage of the total weight) and a lifetime
    above a certain threshold, in order to reduce microplastic pollution. A better insight on how plastic
    content and paint lifetime are defined and their relation to plastic pollution is available in measures
    PNT#1 and PNT#2a.
    How does the measure work?
    The measure aims on building on the knowledge created through the introduction of labels on paint
    lifetime and plastic content (PNT#2a), in order to exclude from the market the worst performing
    paints in terms of microplastic pollution potential. The thresholds could become increasingly
    stringent over the years. The measure should be applied on all paints sold on the European market
    (with the exception of antifouling paints – see measure PNT#2a). The thresholds could be different
    for the different paint sectors. The direct benefits of setting an upper threshold for plastic content and
    a lower threshold for paint lifetime would be:
    • Reduction of wear & tear losses (due to longer lifetime of paint system), which should be
    visible as a reduction of paint demand (less repaint needed);
    • Reduction in microplastic releases due to lower plastic content in paint formulation.
    It is necessary for measure PNT#2a to be introduced first in order to have a clear idea of what is the
    current configuration of the market in terms of plastic content and its correlation with paint lifetime.
    As this becomes clear, thresholds can be imposed. After the introduction of thresholds, the
    compositions of the paints will need to change to provide the same (or improved) performances.
    There is no way to predict what new formulations would look like in terms of environmental impact
    345
    (one possibility out of many: lower plastic content, same lifetime but more toxic degradation products
    once released into the environment).
    How could the measure be implemented?
    Imposing thresholds on plastic content and lifetime is a type of product regulation.
    Measure PNT#3b: Restrict polymer-based paints in the architectural sector
    Type of measure: Regulatory action
    Description of the measure
    This measure builds on the analysis of ‘Measure PNT#3a: Promote mineral paint in the architectural
    sector’, but going from a non-binding to a binding, regulatory approach. Currently, the paint market
    is dominated by formulations based on polymeric organic binders. This doesn’t leave much space for
    alternatives, which might be valuable for some sectors that might not necessarily require high plastic
    content paints or might even benefit from different formulations. Mineral paint (formulations based
    on inorganic binders like silicate or lime) is a valuable alternative in the Architectural sector. Mineral
    paint should contain less than 5% organic compounds (including binder, solvent, and additives)
    (according to German regulation DiN 18363 2.4.1), while the rest is mineral raw materials (e.g.,
    alkali potassium silicate). The very nature of the chemical bonds within the ingredients renders these
    products robust and resistant, especially to UV radiation (in contrast to paint based on organic
    binders). When applied to a mineral substrate, these products present a lifetime which can go up to
    two folds the one of usual dispersion paint (the one based on organic binders), i.e., a lifetime of 20-
    25 years compared to a standard 8-12 years267
    , for exterior coatings. This measure aims to increase
    the market for mineral paint and render it the primary product used in architecture.
    How could the measure be implemented?
    The measure requires a new regulation which imposes limits on the use of dispersion paint (based on
    organic polymeric binders) for the architectural sector. The desired impact is to decrease the use of
    paints with high plastic content in the Architectural paint sector, which represents the highest market
    share. This will significantly decrease the amount of microplastic released due to the paints used in
    buildings.
    How does the measure work?
    It could be in the form of imposing limits on the use of dispersion paint (based on organic polymeric
    binders) in the architectural sector. It can be intended as a full ban on this kind of product or a
    limitation on the allowed share. We advise this measure not to be imposed on architectural coatings
    intended for wood and metal, as mineral-based paint is brittle and weak when tensile forces are
    applied. At the moment, to the best of our knowledge, only one independent study was done
    (Trischler & Partner GmbH, Ökobilanzierung von Silikatfarben- und Kunstharzdispersionsfarben –
    ein systematischer Produktvergleich, Darmstadt u. Freiburg, 1996) and points in favour of the mineral
    paint. But it is an outdated report with respect to new LCA standards and to new technologies in paint
    production. Therefore, an updated life cycle assessment would be needed first.
    267
    Personal communication with a stakeholder
    346
    How could the measure be implemented?
    The measure could be implemented through the CPR or a new legislation.
    Measure PNT#1: Standardised methodology of paint lifetime
    Type of measure: Standardised measurement methodology
    Description of the measure
    When a plastic-based coating (for this measure, we consider any organic polymer-based coating)
    starts losing its intended properties, it is at risk of detaching from the support and being released into
    the environment contributing to microplastic release. Evaluating how well and how long a paint
    coating will last on the support is one of the big challenges the paint industry has to face. There is no
    unique way to do it as it depends on numerous factors: paint formulation (type and quantities of
    ingredients) and substrate properties, environmental conditions, coating thickness, etc. Currently, the
    “expected lifetime” is reported for certain paints to establish a warranty for the product. The
    definition of the expected lifetime, though, is currently open to interpretation and it can be different
    for decorative paints and performance coatings. In the case of decorative coating, it indicates the time
    after which the coating loses its decorative purpose; in the case of performance coatings, it indicates
    the time after which the coating loses its functional purpose. The lifetime is usually estimated by the
    paint producers using different techniques. For example, for coatings designed to protect assets in
    exterior environments, accelerated testing is one means by which formulators assess the specific
    performance properties relevant to different end-use applications. Long-term performance under
    harsh conditions is, as a matter of fact, required for coatings used in the oil and gas, petrochemical,
    and wastewater industries.
    There are several internationally applied standardised test methods — ISO (e.g., ISO 12944 on
    corrosion), ASTM (e.g., B117 salt fog test for evaluation of corrosion performance, D4587
    weathering assessment based on UV exposure coupled with condensation, D5894 cyclic salt fog/UV
    testing, etc.) — but not all are required nor applicable for every coating and, to the best of our
    knowledge, are not mandatory. Furthermore, these standardised tests assess only one phenomenon at
    time, be it abrasion, corrosion, exposure to UV light, resistance to water, etc, but the lifetime is
    determined by the combination of all. These testing methods are also not free from limitations,
    evolving coating technologies, lack of real-time monitoring for test conditions, new expectations of
    coating performances, regulations and a certain level of subjectivity involved in reporting the results,
    only to mention a few. In addition, there is a need to identify the appropriate tests to perform for a
    given coating formulation and application.268
    A word of caution is needed at this stage: a direct, clear, positive correlation between one parameter,
    plastic content, and lifetime or other properties of paint cannot exist, or at least cannot be the same
    for all paint types. It is, in fact, the combination of all the components of the paint mixture (which
    includes the polymers) and how they interact with each other that determines the product's
    performance. Polymer properties (strength, elongation at break, elasticity, environmental resistance
    etc.) are determined by the chemical composition, the molecular weight and molecular weight
    distribution, the morphology of the polymer particles and of the polymer film itself. The first step
    should be to agree on a definition of paint lifetime, valid for all sectors, and this should be intended
    as “time needed before repaint” and not as “time before the paint degrades in the environment”. For
    268
    Element, ‘Materials testing: Abrasion & wear testing’ (https://www.element.com/materials-testing-services/abrasion-
    and-wear-testing).
    347
    example, it could be defined as the time until 5%-10% of coating breakdown occurs (KTA, 2017),
    which implies a release of 5-10% of the paint (and plastic) to the surrounding environment. This
    measure is applicable for all paint types independently from the solvent they are based on (water-
    born – dispersion paints and water-soluble paints - or solvent-born) because they can all release
    microplastics. A special case could be constituted by those paints which are both water-soluble and
    water-sensitive. These, in fact, might release polymers as molecular dispersions in water.
    Nevertheless, they should be assessed and accompanied with a lifetime because they do release
    polymeric content into the environment, just on occasion, not in solid form269
    .
    How could the measure be implemented?
    It could be implemented through voluntary or regulatory channels. A scientific panel with coating
    experts should develop a definition for paint lifetime and identify the best testing methods available
    – which should be regularly updated by the agency which develops them – for each type of paint
    application.
    6.4 Measures for detergent capsules
    6.4.1 Long list of measures
    During the stakeholder meeting (17 March 2022), a preliminary list of policy measures was first
    presented to the stakeholders, such as the eventual environmental persistence and the complete
    biodegradability of these PVOH in different natural compartments; the most suitable standard to
    assess the biodegradation of these PVOH and related mixtures; the use of alternatives to PVOH and
    related mixtures such as casein- and starch-based products in which their water-solubility and
    biodegradability in water have been demonstrated; and the redesign of the capsules in such as a way
    that the use of PVOH is not necessary. After discussing these different measures, six main ideas were
    identified in the stakeholder workshop, divided into different themes. After eliminating the
    duplicates, the list of selected measures is shown below:
    • Commitment to propose a fully biodegradable water-soluble plastics and related additives;
    • Redesign the capsules in such a way to avoid the use of PVOH;
    • Ensure the implementation of a suitable standard to demonstrate the biodegradation of PVOH
    films with respect to microorganisms/references used for testing in real-life conditions (e.g.,
    wastewater treatment plants);
    • Implement the OECD test guidelines selectively to PVOH and related mixtures;
    • Use instructions on how to load the capsules in an appropriate way to avoid any overloading;
    • Strengthening enforcement and sanctioning for breaches of relevant obligations deriving from
    applicable EU legislation.
    269
    Kopeliovich, D., ‘Classification of paints’, Substances & Technologies, 2014
    (https://www.substech.com/dokuwiki/doku.php?id=classification_of_paints).
    348
    6.4.2 Measures discarded prior to assessment
    Table 23: Screening of measures for detergent capsules
    Problem area Measure title Reasons for screening out
    Market/Regulatory
    failure
    Implementing
    alternatives to
    PVOH
    The detergent industry is willing to deliver more sustainable products,
    mainly based on bio based and biodegradable alternatives.
    However, the current biodegradable alternatives derived from biomass
    cannot meet the minimum technical requirements of PVOH and related
    mixtures, i.e., an appropriate water-solubility on use, a good compatibility
    with detergent products and good film-performances.
    Market/Regulatory
    failure
    Make
    biodegradation
    standards
    compulsory for
    marine and
    freshwater
    The biodegradation assessment is conducted on the basis of six tests in
    OECD 301, and each method results in an assessment of aquatic effluent
    biodegradability in fully aerated conditions. Briefly, OECD 301A
    measures the disappearance of organic carbon, OECD 301B quantifies the
    generation of carbon dioxide, OECD 301C, 301D, and 301F monitor
    oxygen uptake, and OECD 301E monitors the disappearance of dissolved
    organic carbon. These tests are stringent tests that provide clear figures
    about biodegradation. A compound giving a positive result in such a test
    may be assumed to biodegrade quickly in municipal wastewater treatment
    plants and the environment.
    A separate measure is not needed at this moment.
    Market/Regulatory
    failure
    Banning PVOH
    and related
    mixtures
    Even if the measure could solve the microplastic releases from PVOH, it
    could result in excess use of detergents, leading to increased
    environmental impact.
    Another reason is related to the health issue because using PVOH and
    related mixtures avoids any skin contact with detergents and any allergic
    issues during handling and using the capsules.
    Market failure Load the capsules
    in an appropriate
    way
    This is already part of existing policy and market practices.
    Regulatory failure Strengthening
    enforcement
    Biodegradation standards are not taken up yet so enforcement of this
    cannot happen.
    6.4.3 Measures to be assessed for capsules
    Measure CAP#1: Standardised methodology to quantify microplastics releases from detergent
    capsules
    Type of measure: Standardised measurement methodology
    Description of the measure
    As there is a critical knowledge gap, this measure will enable an understanding of the volume and
    scale of capsule losses occurring at different life cycle stages and addresses the problem driver,
    “information/knowledge failure”. There remain some uncertainties on the release of PVOH into the
    environment, particularly the exact usage of PVOH and related mixtures as detergent capsules and
    after wastewater treatment in which the biodegradation of PVOH depends on acclimatised
    349
    microorganisms. These uncertainties are related to the fact that the current standards to assess the
    biodegradation of commercial PVOH and related mixtures, particularly OECD 301, gives a quick
    figure about the biodegradation of tested compounds in municipal wastewater treatment plants.
    However, a positive result is obtained when a certain value of biodegradation (beyond 60%) is
    achieved after 28 days, and it is assumed that the compounds will continue to get biodegraded after
    water waste treatments. The complete biodegradation of the tested compounds is not required for
    validating the test, giving some uncertainties on the fate of PVOH, particularly whether the non-
    degraded fractions will completely biodegrade after or not.
    How could the measure be implemented?
    It could be implemented through voluntary or regulatory channels (REACH, Detergents Regulation,
    ESPR, new EU Framework on microplastics), including the use of appropriate characterization
    techniques to assess the biodegradation of PVOH and related mixtures after wastewater treatments
    in an appropriate manner.
    Measure CAP#2: Apply current biodegradability standards to detergent capsules
    Type of measure: Regulatory action
    Description of the measure
    This measure will enable complete biodegradation of PVOH and related mixtures after wastewater
    treatments. Currently, no tests are applied to evaluate the biodegradability of PVOH. The measure
    would mean that PVOH is required to comply with an already available biodegradability test method
    potentially the OECD 301B270
    (with or without the relevant 10-day window) which would ensure a
    higher level of biodegradation. According to the OECD guidelines for the testing of chemicals, the
    10-day window begins when the degree of biodegradation has reached 10% Dissolved Organic
    Carbon (DOC) removal, theoretical oxygen demand (ThOD) or theoretical carbon dioxide (ThCO2)
    and must end before or at day 28 of the test. Pass levels after 28 days (with 10–day window):
    • 60% ThCO2 - Theoretical carbon dioxide production
    • 60% ThOD - Theoretical oxygen demand
    • 70% DOC - Dissolved organic carbon removal
    Chemicals which reach the pass levels after the 28-day period are not deemed to be readily
    biodegradable.
    How could the measure be implemented?
    The Detergents Regulation could be adapted to use an existing biodegradation standard.
    Measure CAP#3: Redesign biodegradability standards for detergent capsules
    Type of measure: Updated standardised measurement methodology and its application
    270
    Test No. 301: Ready Biodegradability | OECD Guidelines for the Testing of Chemicals, Section 3 : Environmental
    fate and behaviour | OECD iLibrary (oecd-ilibrary.org)
    350
    Description of the measure
    This measure will enable assessing the biodegradability of any water-soluble plastics in normal
    environmental conditions.
    How does the measure work?
    Once the films are dissolved in water after use, the dissolved polymer chains are disposed of and
    degraded during the wastewater treatment. In principle, they must be biodegraded afterwards, but
    some PVOH could remain intact and could be released into the environment. However, the natural
    conditions are different in terms of temperature and the likely absence of acclimatized
    microorganisms. The adaptation of biodegradability standards to more relevant natural conditions
    could be envisioned in such a way that even if PVOH traces are released, their full biodegradation is
    ensured.
    How could the measure be implemented?
    This could be taken up potentially in the detergents regulation or a new legislative framework.
    6.5 Measures for geotextiles
    6.5.1 Long list of measures
    After desk research, through the stakeholder workshop held on 17 March 2022, and bilateral
    discussions with industrial stakeholders, 58 measures were identified. After refining this list, 6
    measures were retained; a large reduction in the number of measures came from the removal of
    duplicates and the combination of measures that different stakeholders identified. Following is the
    longlist of measures:
    • Guidelines for correct installation, use and maintenance of geotextiles in different
    applications
    • Work with relevant industry groups/associations to gather data
    • Define an appropriate testing protocol to measure the potential release of microplastics
    • Design product to ensure adequate durability and end-of-life handling, and optimum Life
    Cycle assessment (including global warming)
    • Ban of geotextiles
    • Plastic-free alternatives should replace geosynthetics used for coastal or riverbank
    protection
    • Publication of product passports to give the exact list of contained chemicals for each
    product
    • Work on developing erosion-control applications in which the geotextile is covered and
    unlikely to be able to release microplastics
    • Procedure to request and receive approval by authorities to use the geotextile must be
    established, not just free for all
    • Inform municipalities and other public administrations on the environmental impacts of
    geosynthetics in the open environment
    • Make producers/users responsible for regular reporting on the condition and maintenance
    of geotextiles in use
    351
    6.5.2 Measures discarded prior to assessment
    The table below presents the measures which were discarded after the preliminary screening of
    measures, along with the justification for discarding.
    Table 24: Screening of measures for Geotextiles
    Problem Area Measure Title Reason for screening out
    Information/knowledge
    failure
    Work with relevant
    industry
    groups/associations to
    gather data
    This measure was discarded because it is included in other
    retained measures. It is not a standalone measure but an element
    that can be used in other measures to achieve a goal.
    Product design Design product to
    ensure adequate
    durability and end-of-
    life handling, and
    optimum Life Cycle
    assessment (including
    global warming)
    This measure is part of other retained measures.
    Regulatory failure Blanket ban of
    geotextiles
    It doesn’t seem politically acceptable nor proportionate nor
    efficient to ban geotextiles in general; they serve a purpose and
    should be kept among the possible solutions for civil engineering
    solutions available in the EU.
    Market failure/
    Regulatory failure/
    Information failure
    Product passport gives
    the exact list of
    contained chemicals
    for each product
    This measure would not reduce microplastic releases nor
    increase our understanding of microplastic releases from
    geotextiles; it would only give information regarding the
    potential release and toxicity of microplastics from geotextiles as
    well as some information on their material properties.
    Information failure Inform municipalities
    and other public
    administrations on the
    environmental impacts
    of geosynthetics in the
    open environment
    The gains from this measure are expected to be minimal if
    enforced on its own because geotextiles are cheaper to install
    than traditional materials and so will still be used in construction
    works. It is also covered by a retained measure.
    6.5.3 Measures to be assessed for geotextiles
    Measure GEO#2: Guidelines for geotextile use
    Type of measure: Non-binding approach
    Description of the measure
    This measure requires the industry to develop guidelines for: the selection of geotextiles for specific
    applications, the proper installation methods for geotextiles to limit microplastic releases, the correct
    maintenance of geotextiles (how to repair damaged materials, when to replace damaged geotextiles,
    352
    their end-of-life management, etc.). The industry has extensive knowledge regarding the applications
    that their products can be used for as well as the optimal conditions to use their materials in, e.g.,
    during an exchange with members of the International Geotextiles Society (IGS), we were informed
    that the society does not recommend using geotextiles to reduce glaciers melting and that geotextiles
    exposed to UV light should have high stabilizer content to reduce their weathering.
    How does the measure work?
    Whenever a project is designed to contain geotextiles, the industry would follow the guidelines
    provided with the material. Moreover, the clients would be able to verify that the selected material
    and its installation are up to the industry’s standard set by the guidelines.
    How could the measure be implemented?
    A set of guidelines for the proper usage of geotextiles (which material, what manufacturing process
    and how to install them) will be published by the industry and used when appropriate when
    geotextiles are installed.
    Measure GEO#3: Use biodegradable geotextiles for specific applications
    Type of measure: Regulatory action
    Description of the measure
    There are applications of geotextiles for which geotextiles are needed for a limited time, such as
    holding vegetation still while they root. For these applications, a plastic mesh (Figure 36) is used,
    which will then biodegrade and released into the environment.
    Figure 36: Geotextile mesh used for vegetation support
    These materials might not be fully biodegradable; the measure GEO#3 would require that only
    geotextiles biodegradable, following certain standards, are used in the EU for vegetation support
    applications.
    How does the measure work?
    The measure works by restricting the use of non-biodegradable geotextiles for vegetation support
    applications.
    How could the measure be implemented?
    353
    This measure could be implemented through the CPR or the Waste Framework Directive. However,
    in the current version of the CPR, it would be non-binding for the Member States.
    Measure GEO#4: Establish geotextile classes according to emissions of microplastics
    Type of measure: Regulatory action
    Description of the measure
    This measure aims to develop an emission control framework. Similar to existing classifications in
    the CE marking for construction materials, a classification system for geotextiles would be
    developed. It would be based on the microplastic release potential of the geotextile (depending on its
    material and manufacturing process). This classification would then be used to define applications
    where, depending on the class, only certain geotextiles could be used, requiring the highest class of
    materials to be used for the harshest applications.
    How does the measure work?
    First, using a testing method for microplastic releases (currently non-existing) from geotextiles (see
    GEO#1), the materials would be classified according to the quantity of microplastics they emit. Then,
    the applications for which a certain class of material are required (because their environment is
    harsher than others) will be defined. The result would be a list of applications for which each class
    of geotextile could be used. As a result, the geotextiles with higher microplastic release potential
    would be only used in certain conditions (e.g. not exposed to UV, sea water etc.). Consequently, only
    geotextiles with low microplastic release potential would be used in exposed conditions, which will
    limit releases
    How could the measure be implemented?
    It could be implemented through the existing CPR271
    , which already has the class concept
    implemented for other materials. This measure can be implemented under the current version of CPR,
    provided that GEO#1 has been implemented.
    Measure GEO#1: Standardised methodology to quantify microplastics released from geotextiles
    Type of measure: Standardised measurement methodology
    Description of the measure
    Develop measurement standards and testing protocols for microplastic release from geotextiles to
    assess the impact of UV, temperature variations, water and salt-water and abrasion on release rates
    for all types of geotextiles. These measurement protocols will need to be designed so that they
    consider the interactions between the different weathering agents. Indeed, a recently published study
    shows that the interactions have a non-negligible impact on the weathering of geotextiles. Moreover,
    the measurement protocols will need to be designed to monitor microplastic releases since current
    standards used to monitor the impact of different weathering agents on geotextiles focus on their
    271
    European Parliament and Council of the European Union, Regulation (EU) No 305/2011 laying down harmonised
    conditions for the marketing of construction products and repealing Council Directive 89/106/EEC, OJ L 88, 4.4.2011,
    pp. 5-43.
    354
    influence on the mechanical properties (e.g. tensile strength) of the materials, not on the microplastic
    releases. Some work is already done, or first steps are taken; for instance, the method to assess the
    effects of internal hydrolysis/oxidation is regulated and included in CE marking; the method for
    abrasion is an ISO standard and needs further development to include microplastic release potential.
    The impact of UV and temperature variation needs to be assessed further because the internal
    hydrolysis test is done at 100ºC. The assessment of microplastic release makes sense for the leaching
    obtained from the abrasion test, but further ageing approaches because the test is not aggressive
    enough to produce microplastic release. This point needs to be verified.
    How does the measure work?
    This measure requires defining a reference method to simulate the influence of different weathering
    agents (such as UV light, temperature variation, exposure to fresh and seawater, abrasion, etc.) on
    microplastic releases from geotextiles and then quantify the microplastic releases.
    How could the measure be implemented?
    It could be implemented through voluntary or regulatory channels (new EU Framework).
    355
    6.6 Summary of policy measures
    The following table summarises the policy measures initially retailed for assessment.
    Table 25: Summary of policy measures
    Sources Policy measures
    Paints PNT#1: Standardised methodology of paint lifetime
    PNT#2a: Mandatory label on paint lifetime and plastic content
    PNT#2b: Threshold on lifetime and plastic content for paints
    PNT#3a: Promote mineral paint in the architectural sector
    PNT#3b: Restrict polymer-based paints in the architectural sector
    PNT#4: Deposit-return scheme for paint containers
    PNT#5: Good practices for paint application in all sectors
    Tyres TYR#1: Emission limit value for particles from tyre wear/abrasion
    TYR#2: Emission labelling of particles released from tyre wear/mileage
    TYR#3: Modulated fees in EPR for tyres
    TYR#5: Enhance monitoring of tyre pressure
    TYR#6: Regular wheel alignment to minimise tyre wear
    TYR#7: Road design and cleaning guidelines
    Textiles TEX#1: Standardised methodology to quantify microplastic releases from textiles
    TEX#2: Restrict synthetic fibres for certain applications
    TEX#3: Restrict synthetic fibres & fabrics with high releases of microplastics
    TEX#4: Mandatory prewashing of textiles before placing on the market
    TEX#5: Specific wastewater treatment in textile production plants
    TEX#6: Compulsory filters for washing machines
    TEX#7: Modulated fees in EPR for textiles
    TEX#8: Raising awareness on best practices for consumers of textiles
    TEX#9: Mandatory label showing textiles’ emissions of microplastics
    Detergent
    capsules
    CAP#1: Standardised methodology to quantify microplastics releases from detergent capsules
    CAP#2: Apply current biodegradability standards to detergent capsules
    CAP#3: Redesign biodegradability standards for detergent capsules
    Geotextiles GEO#1: Standardised methodology to quantify microplastics released from Geotextiles.
    GEO#2: Guidelines for geotextile use
    GEO#3: Use biodegradable geotextiles for specific applications
    GEO#4: Establish geotextile classes according to emissions of microplastics
    356
    7. INITIAL IDENTIFICATION AND SCREENING OF IMPACTS
    The first step in assessing the impacts is a screening to identify the most important ones. The
    identification of impacts covers both direct and indirect impacts. The following section sets out how
    we have screened the impacts to be considered in the impact assessment.
    7.1 Identifying and selecting of impacts
    The list of impacts that need to be considered is based on the Better Regulation Toolbox Tool #18.
    The table below presents the impact by the three categories: environmental, economic, and social.
    Table 26: Potential economic, social and environmental impacts
    Economic Social Environmental
    Climate √
    Quality of natural resources √
    Biodiversity √
    Animal welfare √
    Working conditions etc √
    Public health & safety and health systems √
    Culture √
    Governance, participation and good administration √
    Education and training √ √
    Conduct of business √
    Position of SMEs √
    Administrative burden on business √
    Sectoral competitiveness, trade and investment flows √
    Functioning of the internal market √
    Public authorities (and budgets) √
    Sustainable consumption and production √ √
    Efficient use of resources √ √
    Land use √ √
    The likelihood or scale of environmental risks √ √
    Employment √ √
    Income distribution, social protection and inclusion √ √
    Technological development/digital economy √ √
    Consumers and households √ √
    Capital movements, financial markets and stability of the euro √ √
    Property rights, intellectual property rights √ √
    Territorial impacts (specific (types of) regions and sectors) √ √ √
    Innovation and research √ √ √
    Fraud, crime, terrorism and security √ √ √
    Resilience, technology sovereignty, open strategic autonomy,
    security of supply
    √ √ √
    Transport and the use of energy √ √ √
    Food safety, food security and nutrition √ √ √
    Waste production, generation and recycling √ √ √
    Third countries, developing countries, and international relations √ √ √
    Sustainable development √ √ √
    Fundamental rights √ √ √
    357
    For the issues to be covered in the impact assessment, we have screened the following as potentially
    relevant impacts (but not necessarily significant).
    Table 27: Potentially relevant impacts
    Environmental impacts
    Quality of natural resources / reducing pollution of microplastics for the biodiversity
    Efficient use of resources
    Waste production, generation and recycling and its impact on land use
    Climate change
    Economic impacts
    Conduct of business (operating costs)
    Administrative burdens on businesses
    Position of SMEs
    Public authorities including local communities (and budgets) Change in costs to MS authorities for
    administrative, compliance and enforcement activities; Change in costs to EU institutions
    Innovation and research
    Technological development / digital economy
    Functioning of the internal market and competition
    Macroeconomic environment
    Third countries and international relations
    Consumers and households
    Social impacts
    Public health & safety
    Employment
    Governance, participation and good administration
    When selecting the most relevant and significant impacts, the following criteria have been taken into
    consideration:
    • The relevance of the impact within the intervention logic: this considered whether the impact
    is relevant to assessing the policy options' direct contribution to the objectives.
    • The expected absolute magnitude of the expected impacts.
    • The relative size of expected impacts for specific stakeholders: this considered whether any
    of the impacts would be particularly relevant and significant for a specific stakeholder group,
    even if the impact overall may be small. This includes whether impacts will be concentrated
    on specific Member States or industries and whether they will add to the existing regulatory
    burden for any specific stakeholder group. Impacts on SMEs are also considered.
    • The importance for Commission’s horizontal objectives and policies: this considered
    whether the impact is relevant to determine any trade-offs between the objectives for
    amending the Regulation and other EU objectives and policies.
    The outcome of this step is the final list of impacts that have been examined, indicating whether they
    are likely to be positive or negative (using the following signs: ++, +, o, -, --) and which stakeholder
    groups they are most likely to impact. Colour coding is used to summarise the impacts referring to
    the direction (positive or negative) and size (small or large) of any expected impacts.
    358
    Table 28: Coding used to present expected impacts
    -- - 0 + ++ U
    Strongly
    negative
    Weakly
    negative
    No or limited
    impact
    Weakly
    positive
    Strongly
    positive
    Unclear
    Table 29: Screening of significant impacts
    Impact Significance Impact on key
    stakeholder groups
    Justification for inclusion / exclusion
    Impacts included
    Environmental impacts
    Quality of natural
    resources
    ++ Reduced microplastic
    pollution or better
    quality of natural
    resources means
    improved eco-systems,
    improved biodiversity
    and improved services
    for the economy and
    society (e.g. fishery), but
    the general public is the
    affected group
    The objective is to reduce microplastic
    pollution, so this is a key impact
    category.
    Efficient use of
    resources
    +/- No specific group is
    impacted
    Reducing waste is about more efficient
    use of resources. In particular, the
    objective is to reduce the waste, and
    therefore this category should be
    included. Some mitigation strategies
    could in turn, lead to increased resource
    use (e.g. reduction of product lifespan
    leading to increased renewal rate), e.g.
    reducing paint spillage. It is, therefore,
    an important category that should be
    included.
    International
    environmental
    impacts
    ++ Reduced eco-system
    services could impact
    fisheries, but it is the
    general public being the
    affected group
    Pollution with microplastic affects both
    cross-border river basins and the seas
    and is, therefore, an important
    international impact that should be
    included.
    Waste production,
    generation and
    recycling and its
    impact on land use
    + Wastewater treatment
    companies
    Sectors potentially
    affected by microplatics
    waste such as tourism
    and agricultural sectors
    The amount of microplastics is
    impacting the infrastructure needed for
    waste water treatment.
    If not properly managed, microplastics
    can pile up in certain areas (such as
    coastal areas) and negatively impact
    other activities (tourism, agriculture)
    As with efficient resources, reducing
    and managing waste is part of the
    objectives, and the impact category
    should be included.
    Climate change + / - No specific group is
    impacted
    Reducing waste will lead to less GHG
    emissions, for example, during the
    359
    Impact Significance Impact on key
    stakeholder groups
    Justification for inclusion / exclusion
    production of plastics. Some mitigation
    strategies could, in turn, lead to
    increasing or decreasing GHG
    emissions. It is, therefore, an important
    category that should be included.
    Economic impacts
    Operating costs and
    conduct of business
    -- Industrial operators Most measures will affect the operating
    costs of industries.
    Administrative
    burdens on
    businesses
    -- Industrial operators Some of the considered measures will
    have administrative costs that should
    be quantified and included.
    Operation / conduct
    of SMEs
    - / 0 SMEs are part of the
    affected sectors.
    The affected industries include SMEs.
    There are high shares of SMEs in the
    textile industry.
    Functioning of the
    internal market and
    competition
    ++ Industrial operators Several Member States are starting to
    take action, it is therefore important to
    tackle this at EU level, preserving the
    internal market. The proposed
    measures are not expected to
    significantly affect the internal
    market's functioning. As the options
    will place the same obligations on
    industries and businesses in all
    Member States, the functioning of the
    market should not be affected.
    However, if EU policies replace
    national policies affecting only a few
    Member States, the impact will be
    more equal competition across the EU
    and therefore have a positive impact on
    the internal market.
    Public authorities:
    Change in costs to
    authorities for
    administrative,
    compliance and
    enforcement
    activities
    - Member State
    competent authorities (at
    local, regional and/or
    national levels
    depending on PRTR
    responsibilities).
    The considered measures will impact
    Member State authorities in terms of
    data collection, verification, correction
    and enforcement activities.
    Public authorities:
    Change in costs to
    the Commission
    - European Commission The considered policy options could
    have impacts on the Commission and
    its services.
    Innovation and
    research
    + Industrial operators. Some of the options could provide
    incentives for innovation and research.
    Third countries and
    international
    relations
    +/- Third countries There could be effects on countries
    outside of the EU with both direct and
    indirect impacts, and this category
    should be included.
    Consumers and
    household
    - Households Some measures directly target
    consumer behaviour or affect
    consumers through prices or
    availability of products. The impacts
    are likely to be negative (price
    increase)
    360
    Impact Significance Impact on key
    stakeholder groups
    Justification for inclusion / exclusion
    Social impacts
    Reduced health
    impacts due to lower
    pollutant emissions
    ++ Public It is an objective of the considered
    measures to reduce risks to human
    health.
    Governance,
    participation and
    good administration:
    Improved public
    access to information
    +/0 Public The options are not expected to change
    governance and public administration
    significantly. Though the options
    might not directly target access to
    information, there might be improved
    data on microplastic pollution.
    Impacts not included
    Macroeconomic
    environment
    0 Manufacturers primarily Though there could be significant costs
    associated with some of the considered
    measures, it is not likely to have
    macroeconomic impacts.
    Technological
    development / digital
    economy
    0 Industrial operators,
    Member State
    authorities,
    manufacturers
    The innovation and research impact
    category covers the impacts on
    technological development related to
    the sectors concerned.
    The economic impacts primarily include the costs of implementing the measures. The benefits of the
    measures are reductions in emissions of microplastics. Whilst it is not feasible to quantify or value
    changes in environmental impacts, reductions in emissions of microplastics will reduce the negative
    environmental impacts from the baseline. In most cases, the emission reductions will affect emissions
    to all environmental compartments. Hence, the environmental impacts will be more or less
    proportional to the reduced emissions. There may also be impacts on fuel efficiency for some
    measures and associated changes in GHG emissions. Similarly, the social impacts, which include the
    possible negative human health effects, are also likely to be affected proportionally by reductions in
    emissions. It means that all measures have more or less the same types of environmental and social
    impacts, and only the magnitude differs. Where there are differences, they are described under the
    respective measure.
    The approach to the assessment of cost impacts draws on evidence identified as part of the literature
    review and stakeholder consultations. In many cases, the costs are affected by multiple factors, so the
    cost estimates presented are generally an order of magnitude estimates. Similarly, for the assessment
    of the reduction potential and the likely realisation of it. Many factors influence the assessment of
    the reduction potential, and the assessment provides order of magnitude estimates.
    361
    7.2 Impact of measures for tyres
    Table 30 shows the comparison between all measures evaluated to reduce microplastic emissions
    from tyres.
    Table 30: Comparison of measures for tyres
    Measure Estimated
    reduction
    potential
    Estimated
    Cost-
    effectiveness
    (EUR/tons
    reduced/year)
    Other
    environmental
    impacts
    Other
    economic
    impacts
    Social impacts
    % Ktons/
    year
    TYR#7: Road
    design and
    cleaning
    guidelines
    Not quantified
    – guidance
    only
    Additional
    costs for road
    authorities for
    new road costs
    and road
    maintenance
    TYR#3:
    Modulated fees in
    EPR for tyres
    Not quantified Costs are likely
    to be passed on
    to consumers in
    higher prices
    although they
    can choose to
    purchase lower
    abrasion tyres
    where cost
    increases will
    be much more
    limited.
    TYR#1: Emission
    limit values for
    particles from tyre
    wear/abrasion
    5-
    25%
    85 500 136 Reduction of
    microplastic
    pollution in
    marine
    environment,
    air and soil
    Costs are
    likely to be
    passed on to
    consumers in
    higher prices
    Health and
    environmental
    benefits from
    microplastic
    release
    reductions
    TYR#2:
    Emission/mileage
    labelling of
    particles released
    from tyre wear
    less
    than
    1%
    4 275 1 604 Reduction of
    microplastic
    pollution in
    marine
    environment,
    air and soil
    Costs are
    likely to be
    passed on to
    consumers in
    higher prices
    TYR#6: Regular
    wheel alignment
    to minimise tyre
    wear
    1% -
    2%
    9 108 145 245
    (without fuel
    savings)
    CO2 emission
    reductions due
    to fuel savings
    Reduction of
    microplastic
    Positive
    impact for
    motorists and
    customers
    (increased
    362
    -43 287 (with
    fuel savings)
    pollution in
    marine
    environment,
    air and soil
    tyre lifetime
    and lower fuel
    consumption)
    TYR#5: Enhance
    monitoring of tyre
    pressure
    1% -
    3%
    10 403 996 (without
    fuel savings)
    -23 298 (with
    fuel savings)
    CO2 emission
    reductions due
    to fuel savings
    Reduction of
    microplastic
    pollution in
    marine
    environment,
    air and soil
    Positive
    impact on
    motorists and
    customers
    (increased
    tyre lifetime
    and lower fuel
    consumption)
    Additional
    costs for
    motorists for
    testing and
    alignment
    (where
    necessary)
    Marginal
    positive impact
    on road safety
    and noise
    reduction
    Table 31 shows the comparison of the impacts of the measures assessed to reduce microplastic
    emissions from tyres.
    Table 31: Summary of impacts for measures for tyres
    Policy Option Environmental impact Economic Impact Social impact
    TYR#7: Road design
    and cleaning
    guidelines
    Additional costs for
    road authorities for
    new road costs and
    road maintenance
    TYR#3: Modulated
    fees in EPR for tyres
    Provide incentive for
    manufactures to innovate and
    produce tyres with lower
    abrasion rate
    Provide incentive for the
    consumers to purchase low
    abrasion rate tyres
    Provide financing for road
    infrastructure measures
    Medium costs to
    set-up and manage
    the scheme (where
    required) / minimal
    costs to amend
    existing schemes.
    Costs for industry
    depends on fee
    level and structure
    Fee might be
    passed on to
    consumers –
    higher costs of
    tyres
    There are already EPR
    schemes for tyres
    covering end-of-life
    management in 20
    Member States so limited
    social impact.
    363
    TYR#1: Emission
    limit values for
    particles from tyre
    wear/abrasion
    Benefit in the order of 5-25%
    reduction of emissions
    Benefits can be realised fairly
    quickly
    Precondition to
    have test method in
    place
    Costs of testing is
    assessed as low
    No or low
    additional costs for
    tyres with low
    abrasion rate
    Important to make sure that
    safety is not compromised.
    Testing seems to indicate
    that there are lower
    abrasion tyres on the
    market which do not
    compromise on safety.
    TYR#2:
    Emission/mileage
    labelling of particles
    released from tyre
    wear
    Benefit depends on consumer
    reaction, supporting
    consumer awareness raising
    will be needed
    Benefits in the order of less
    than 1% reduction of
    emissions.
    Precondition to
    have test method in
    place
    Costs of inclusion
    of abrasion levels
    on label minimal
    To maximise the impacts
    of inclusion of tyre
    abrasion levels on labels,
    there should also be
    consideration of impacts
    for tyre lifetimes so
    consumers can see the
    potential financial benefits
    of buying lower abrasion
    tyres.
    TYR#6: Regular
    wheel alignment to
    minimise tyre wear
    Benefit potential depends on
    current situation which is not
    known. Maximum potential
    is in the order of 2%.
    High total costs for
    checking wheel
    alignment at
    regular inspections
    and realigning
    where necessary.
    Significant co-benefit is
    lower energy use and longer
    tyre life. This should
    increase the incentive for
    vehicle users.
    In some Member States
    these checks may already
    be mandatory.
    TYR#5: Enhance
    monitoring of tyre
    pressure
    It is estimated that this
    measure could give up to 10-
    20% emission reduction for
    an individual vehicle, but it
    depends on vehicle user’s
    behaviour i.e. whether they
    actively follow the warning
    signals to inflate tyres.
    System is already
    in place.
    Potentially only
    minor costs of
    calibrating the
    systems.
    Technical
    assessment to
    determine
    feasibility and
    appropriate
    threshold and
    consumer
    awareness raising
    activities.
    Significant co-benefit is
    lower energy use and
    longer tyre life. This
    should increase the
    incentive vehicle users.
    The impact of each measure is outlined below.
    364
    TYR#7: Road design and cleaning guidelines
    What would be the costs of the measure?
    The direct costs of developing guidelines for road design and road cleaning will be relatively small.
    The guidance could be incentivised by the EC and developed by a technical working group comprised
    of relevant Member States experts in road design, road cleaning and tyre abrasion.
    In order for the guidance to achieve results, road authorities in the Member States would have to
    invest in specific technical measures. They are discussed below.
    • For road design:
    o The road design elements where abrasion rate criteria could be added include, for
    example:
    ▪ Choice of road surface materials (porous asphalt / rubber asphalt)
    ▪ Road designs (use of roundabouts and traffic lights, road curvature etc.)
    o Using road surface materials which generate less abrasion is one that can be applied
    on most roads. It is likely that such pavements are more costly than the standards
    used today. Overall, it is difficult to estimate the costs as it will depend on how
    much of the road network where such surfaces would be applied. Applying careful
    identification of sections with high traffic loads and high levels of TWP emissions,
    the cost-effectiveness of this measure can be increased. There are examples of road
    surfaces that lead to more energy-efficient driving and less noise generation, where
    the additional investment costs are in the order of 10%272
    . The Danish example
    illustrates that although the surface is more expensive, the savings on energy
    consumption and the lower noise levels lead to a positive economic cost-benefit
    assessment.
    o Having abrasion rate criteria for road design is mostly relevant for new roads. Existing
    roads are not changed very frequently in terms of the use of different types of
    crossings, curvatures, etc. It is, therefore, a more long-term measure. There are no data
    to allow an assessment of the cost implications of including a criterion on abrasion
    rate in the construction or reconstruction of roads.
    • Collection of road run-off
    o The costs of improving the collection and treatment of road run-off vary according
    to local conditions. There are many factors that make it very difficult to generalise
    the costs.
    o In urban areas with combined sewer systems, run-off is already collected and treated
    at UWWTP, albeit microplastics captured at the plant end up in the sewage sludge,
    which, in some Member States, is then spread on agricultural land. At heavy rain
    events, there may be storm-water overflows meaning the run-off is not treated and is
    released directly into the environment. In urban areas where run-offs are collected in
    a separate system, there are no additional costs of collection, but additional
    treatment needs to be put in place. Additional treatment can be costly to install.
    o Outside of the main urban areas, there might be varying degrees of collection and
    treatment. In many Member States, a collection of road run-off is installed for the
    most utilised roads273
    Upgrading existing collection and treatment could lead to
    272
    See M. Pettinari, Bjarne Bo Lund-Jensen, B. Schmidt (2016) Low rolling resistance pavements in Denmark
    273
    CEDR, 2016, Management of contaminated runoff water: current practice and future research needs
    365
    increased treatment, but the costs would vary depending on the specific local
    conditions.
    o In all cases, increased treatment would result in the generation of volumes of sludge
    with high concentrations of microplastics. There is currently no commercially
    available technology for removing microplastic (at least to any significant extent). It
    means that only the incineration of the sludge will remove the microplastics in the
    sludge.
    • Intelligent road cleaning
    o The costs of this technical measure depend on current practices across the EU. If there
    is already regular road/street cleaning, then by focusing on cleaning of hotspots and
    aligning the timing with weather forecasts might not lead to any significant additional
    costs. If more frequent cleanings are required, the measure will increase the operating
    costs of the responsible authorities.
    o There are no data that provide an overview of the current practices in EU27, and
    therefore, it is difficult to estimate the costs. It would be necessary to have an estimate
    of the length of roads that could be considered as hotspots and costs per km of road
    cleaning.
    o The RIVM (2018) study has assessed the technical measure, and through a small
    survey of 8 municipalities in the Netherlands the study indicates that road cleaning
    takes place from 2 to 12 times annually. This indicates a large possible variation in
    current practices.
    As this measure provides guidance, the actual level of implementation of the specific measures and
    the associated costs will depend on the uptake of the guidance by relevant Member State competent
    authorities.
    What would be the benefits of the measure?
    Given that the measure is guidance, the impacts will, as mentioned above, depend on the uptake by
    Member States.
    Below, we discuss the possible benefits for each type of technical measure: road design, road run-off
    management and road cleaning.
    • Road design:
    o Quantification of the benefits is challenging as there are no data on the distribution
    of emissions by the length of the network. The RAU study has estimated that
    emissions are higher at crossings and curves274
    , but without more specific data, it is
    not possible to estimate the reduction potential. It can be noted that:
    ▪ By considering hotspots, it might be possible to achieve cost-effective
    reduction
    ▪ A full realisation of the measure will only happen in the long term. The road
    designs are not changed very frequently. Also, road surfaces have long
    lifetimes.
    • Collection of road run-off
    o This technical measure will reduce the amounts of microplastic that are being washed
    into the freshwater environment. The total reduction potential is difficult to estimate.
    In principle, all the run-off in urban areas is collected. With the installation of filter
    systems on gullies in urban areas, at least 50% of the emissions collected by not treated
    274
    TyreWareMapping
    366
    road-run off could be removed. Currently, about half the urban emissions are not
    treated. Installation of filters on all urban roads which are currently not subject to
    treatment of the run could amount to reductions in the order of 10%.
    • Intelligent road cleaning
    o The RIVM 2018 study concludes that the effect is relatively low. The study estimates
    an effect of road cleaning in the order of 2% of the emissions being captured. The
    result was based on simulating a large number of cleaning events with varying
    efficiency. Such impacts are very localised in nature.
    Economic impacts
    The economic impacts depend on the use of the guidance and the level of implementation of the
    technical measures covered by the guidance.
    ▪ Road design:
    The choice of using road surfaces that create less abrasion might initially lead to higher investment
    costs for road authorities. The benefits in terms of less energy consumption are gained by the road
    users.
    The economic impacts depend on how road authorities will apply abrasion criteria and whether
    including such criteria will impact the costs of road construction and/or road maintenance. It might
    lead to higher costs, but data do not allow for the estimation of the magnitude of potential costs.
    ▪ Collection and treatment of road run-off
    Increased collection and treatment of road run-off will require investment costs in collection and
    treatment systems. It is important to note that there are considerations on the management of
    stormwater in relation to the ongoing revision of the UWWT Directive. Storm-water overflows and
    non-treated stormwater causes pollution with a number of pollutants. Considering all the pollutants
    from road run-off might increase the cost-effectiveness of increased collection and treatment.
    However, the level of costs that would be attributable to the problem of tyre wear cannot be further
    assessed with significant in-depth analysis.
    ▪ Intelligent road cleaning
    The economic impacts will be increased costs for road maintenance authorities. The costs will depend
    on current practices. In case street cleaning already takes place on a regular basis, optimisation with
    regards to hotspots and before major rainfall might not lead to any additional costs.
    Environmental impacts
    The environmental impacts depend on the use of the guidance and the level of implementation of the
    technical measures covered by the guidance.
    ▪ For road design
    The environmental impacts will be proportional to the reduction in emissions, although they cannot
    be quantified.
    ▪ Collection and treatment of road run-off
    Collection and treatment of road run-off will reduce the emissions reaching soils and being
    discharged into water bodies. The magnitude of the impacts depends on how much road run-off will
    be additionally collected and treated. As discussed above, the ongoing revision of the UWWT
    Directive might lead to changes in the management of stormwater, including road run-offs. If there
    367
    are changes to the management of stormwater, it might have impacts on pollution with nutrients and
    micropollutants as well as microplastics.
    It is important to note that currently, there is no commercially available technology to remove
    microplastics from the wastewater sludge to any significant extent (based on current knowledge). It
    means that the only method to manage the sludge so that the microplastics are permanently removed
    is incineration. Incineration could lead to negative air quality impacts as well as CO2 emissions, and
    it is not in line with EU objectives on the circular economy.
    ▪ Intelligent road cleaning
    The environmental impacts will be proportional to the reduction in emissions which are highly
    uncertain. Furthermore, it should be noted that if the overall level of street cleaning is increased, then
    it will lead to higher energy and water consumption.
    Social impacts
    The social impacts depend on the use of the guidance and the level of implementation of the technical
    measures covered by the guidance.
    ▪ For road design
    The impact on human health from lower microplastic emissions will be proportional to the reductions
    achieved. If the use of more porous asphalt surfaces leads to less noise, it will have a positive impact
    on the human health of residents living nearby the roads.
    ▪ Collection and treatment of road run-off
    The potential impacts on human health will be affected to the degree that the microplastic emissions
    are no longer released into soil or end up in water bodies.
    ▪ Intelligent road cleaning
    The potential impacts on human health from less microplastic emissions will be proportional to the
    achieved reductions.
    Illustrative example of the impacts and cost-effectiveness of collection of road runoff
    An illustrative example comprises the installation of a filter at road gullies that collects the road
    runoff. The possible cost-effectiveness of this measure can be illustrated by estimating the costs of
    measures under different circumstances. It should be noted that local specific conditions can vary and
    the following calculations are illustrative.
    Based on data from a project on improved collection and treatment of road runoff in Berlin275
    , the
    following assumptions can be applied. The area that one gully drains is assumed to be 400 m2. The
    investment cost of a filter system that can retain 50% of microplastic emission is EUR 2000276
    and
    the lifetime of the filter system is assumed to be 20 years. The annual maintenance costs are EUR
    120277
    . Based on these assumptions, the annualised investment costs can be estimated at EUR
    130278
    , so the total annual costs are EUR 250 per gully. The resulting costs for different road
    examples are illustrated below.
    275
    Barjenbruch, Matthias „DSWT - Dezentrale Reinigung von Straßenabflüssen - Projekt im Berliner
    Umweltentlastungsprogramm UEPII/2“ / final report Berlin 2016
    276
    Ibid
    277
    Ibid
    278
    The BR suggested discount rate is 3% and here a lifetime of 20 year is applied.
    368
    Table 32: Illustrative examples of potential costs of installation of filter systems in road gullies
    Road section of 1 km Road width[(*)
    Area Number of gullies Total annual costs in EUR
    500 AADT 10 meter 10000 25 6,361
    5,000 AADT 10 meter 10000 25 6,361
    50,000 AADT 20 meter 20000 50 12,722
    100,000 AADT 20 meter 30000 75 19,082
    Source: Own calculations.
    (*) The assumptions are that each lane including shoulder etc. is about 5 meter in width.
    The annual amount of TWP is estimated using the standard emission rates. The filter is assumed to
    provide 50% efficiency, meaning the 50% of the microplastic will be retained in the filter.
    To complete the illustrative example, the benefits of the gully filters installed at roads with different
    traffic loads has been assessed and is presented in the following table.
    Table 33: Illustrative examples of potential benefits of treatment for different scenarios and overall cost-
    effectiveness
    Road section of 1
    km
    TWP emission reduction in kg per
    year
    Total costs of
    treatment
    Cost-
    effectiveness
    500 AADT 6,400 15 435
    5,000 AADT 6,400 150 44
    50,000 AADT 12,700 1,460 9
    100,000 AADT 19,100 2,920 7
    Source: Own calculations.
    The illustrative example shows that for the busiest roads, the measure might be cost-effective. As
    noted, the filter system for road run-off will prevent the emission to soil and water if the sludge from
    the filters is managed in a safe way, for example, incinerated. The costs of filter sludge incineration
    are not included in the above calculation.
    The above calculation indicates that it will only be cost-effective to install such a filter on the busiest
    urban road. There are no data on how much of the urban emissions are from such roads.
    It should be noted that such filter systems are not likely to be cost-effective for rural roads. Not only
    are traffic volumes often low, but additional investment in collection systems will be needed.
    TYR#3: Modulated fees in EPR for tyres.
    What would be the costs of the measure?
    The administrative costs would comprise:
    • Setting up the organisation that should manage the EPR
    • Running costs of the organisation managing the EPR
    Currently, the majority of Member States (20 MSs) have set up an EPR for the end-of-life
    management of used tyres. These existing EPRs could be expanded to include tyre wear. Then, there
    369
    would be a modulated fee where each manufacturer pays a fee differentiated by the level of abrasion.
    For the Member States with currently no EPR, there would be an initial cost of setting up and
    operating the system (noting that some of these appear to have some form of taxation in place
    covering end-of-life management of used tyres). For existing systems, the additional operating costs
    would be very limited. For new systems, the operating costs would have to be financed by the
    collected fee.
    For all the companies placing tyres on the market, the costs would be:
    • Testing of tyres in order to determine the fee (testing costs would be as defined under measure
    TYR#1)
    • Payment of the fee
    The cost burden of the importers and manufacturers will therefore primarily depend on the fee level.
    The fees are likely to be passed on to the consumers, so the costs will lead to price increases for the
    tyres, where the tyres with the highest abrasion rates will be more expensive.
    The current EPR systems seem to vary with respect to organisational setup. In several Member States,
    there are more than one Producer Responsibility Organisation (PRO)279
    . It would therefore require
    further actions at the level of Member State authorities and industry to define and agree on set-up
    that could include tyre wear.
    What would be the benefits of the measure?
    The measure would provide benefits in several ways:
    • Give manufacturers/importers an incentive to innovate to sell tyres with less emissions (to
    reduce their fee and thereby costs of the tyres)
    • Give consumers an incentive to change to tyres with less tyre wear (assuming the fee would
    be passed on to the price of the tyre)
    • Provide funding for road design and maintenance, collection and treatment of road run-off,
    intelligent road cleaning (see measure TYR#7) and/or other measures to capture and treat
    microplastic emissions from tyres.
    It is not possible to quantify the total potential. Assuming the fee would be passed on the consumers
    and that it would be differentiated by emission rates, the measure might achieve reductions
    comparable with the effects of measure TYR#1 on type-approval although likely towards the lower
    end of the range unless fees were set very high. The likely impacts are highly uncertain and depend
    on the levels at which any fees are set.
    The collected fees would then provide funding for the collection and treatment of road run-off,
    awareness-raising and/or other measures to capture and treat microplastic emissions from tyres. It is
    difficult to estimate how much this funding would be able to increase the collection and treatment of
    road run-off.
    279
    See for example: Winternitz, K, Heggie, M & Baird, J 2019, 'Extended producer responsibility for waste tyres in the
    EU: Lessons learnt from three case studies – Belgium, Italy and the Netherlands', Waste Management, vol. 89, pp.
    386-396. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.wasman.2019.04.023
    370
    Economic impacts
    The economic impacts will include the costs of expanding existing EPR schemes or setting up a new
    EPR scheme to cover the issue of tyre wear. The collected fees will be paid by the manufacturers but
    will be passed on to the consumers of the tyres. How much the consumers will be impacted will
    depend on the level of the fee.
    Environmental impacts
    The environmental damages are estimated to be reduced by the same order of magnitude as the
    reduction of the tyre wear. Potentially, this measure might lead to reductions of around 5% (lower
    end of the range for TYR#1) depending on the level of the fee and how much it would be
    differentiated by abrasion rate of the individual tyre.
    The detailed environmental impacts cannot be assessed. The tyre wear comprises different particle
    sizes and has different content of hazardous substances. There are no data on the detailed composition
    of particle size and substances in the current emissions. Therefore, the impacts of the reduction of
    emissions cannot be estimated (see also the discussion on the health effects).
    The reduction in emissions will be proportional for all the environmental compartments. No
    significant impacts are expected on waste, efficient use of resources or climate change.
    Social impacts
    The social impacts include potential human health impacts associated with microplastic emissions.
    If the measure would achieve emission reductions in the order of 5-25%. As discussed in the problem
    definition, the emissions of tyre wear contain a large number of chemical substances with varying
    levels of toxicity. A study has estimated the difference in a weighted toxicity index of a factor of 4
    between the most and the least toxic tyre280
    . The health impacts will therefore depend on how the
    limit values are defined. If they include particle size and toxicity, the health impacts could be
    significantly reduced. If the criteria only focus on total tear wear mass, then there is a potential risk
    of an increase in the negative health impacts.
    TYR#1: Emission limit value for particles from tyre wear/abrasion
    It should be noted that there are significant uncertainties attached to the assessment. The following
    factors are most important for understanding the nature of the assessment and the inherent
    uncertainties.
    • Test methods: Currently, the test methods for tyres are under development. Before a
    standardised test has been developed and agreed upon, the estimated reduction potentials are
    based on currently applied test approaches which vary between different studies. They might
    therefore give different results than what will be the case when a standard test method has
    been implemented.
    • Volumes of different tyres sold (type, model, size) and their usage (i.e. vehicle kilometres
    driven).
    • Costs of tyres and regulatory costs: As the test is not yet agreed upon, the costs for compliance
    with the test requirements and type approval are not yet known. Whether compliance with the
    280
    Emission Analytics / PEW report (2022) - Research report - Tire chemical composition and wear emissions
    371
    future test requirements might lead to significant additional costs cannot be estimated using
    current evidence and will be evaluated in detail in Euro 7. The thorough analysis that will be
    required for setting limits in Euro 7 will also take into account potential R&D costs in order
    to change the tyre formulation and design in order to comply with the new limits and expected
    cost increases in the tyre price by the different materials/composition.
    Therefore, the estimated values are uncertain, but the assessment provides the order of magnitude
    estimates based on current evidence for most of the measures.
    Key assumptions:
    • The emissions calculation, as presented in section 5 underpins the assessment of impacts on
    emissions as well as costs. The estimation is based on emission factors disaggregated by type
    of vehicle and the total km by urban roads, rural roads and motorways.
    • The distribution of the emissions by environmental compartment, as described in section 4
    underpins the assessment of any changes to where the emissions are released to.
    • Where costs are annualised, the relevant lifetime is included, and the discount rate is 3%281
    .
    • The average lifetime of a tyre is assumed to be between 5-10 years (and depends on driving
    styles and mileage).
    The measures will affect either the emission factors by vehicle types or the distribution of emissions
    by environment compartment.
    What would be the costs of the measure?
    The implementation of the measure would include the following potential cost elements:
    • Compliance costs for type approval and market surveillance
    • R&D Costs for tyre manufacturers of changing their design in case their tyres fail to comply
    with emission limits
    • Cost premium of producing compliant tyres (if applicable)
    Each of these cost elements is discussed below.
    The cost of the type-approval procedure is one of the cost elements to be considered for this measure.
    Introducing an emission limit will require a type-approval procedure for all tyres placed on the EU
    markets. Data from the assessment of testing of tyres on safety, noise, and energy efficiency suggest
    costs in the order of EUR 5 000 - 10 000 per type of tyre282
    . The Eunomia (2018) study assessed and
    estimated the costs of introducing a type-approval requirement. The study estimated testing costs in
    the order of EUR 5 000 – 10 000, but it could be up to EUR 40 000283
    . Information from the industry
    indicates that type approval costs would be in the order of EUR 15 000284
    . The higher value is because
    the test is likely to be on-the-road tests. To reflect the uncertainties in what exactly the final testing
    281
    BR Tool#64 Discount factors
    282
    SWD(2018) 189 final
    283
    Hann, S., Sherrington, C., Jamieson, O. et al., Investigating options for reducing releases in the aquatic environment
    of microplastics emitted by (but not intentionally added in) products, Eunomia report for the Directorate-General for
    Environment, 2018.
    284
    Personal communication from ETRMA, April 2022
    372
    method(s) will entail, this assessment assumes a range of EUR 5 000 - 15 000 with a mid-point of
    EUR 10 000.
    The next step is to estimate the total costs associated with type approval and the cost impact for each
    tyre placed on the market. This impact depends on how many tyres are supplied for each specific
    type and tyre brand. Therefore, more popular tyres will be less cost impacted.
    The Eunomia 2018 study found, through using different databases containing the individual tyre
    brands and types, that there are between 2 500 and 30 000 individual types of tyres (types and brands).
    Feedback provided by ETRMA285
    suggested that, on average, manufacturers renew their ranges every
    four years (or longer for some tyre types). ETRMA also provided a “worst case” estimate of tyres
    requiring type approval of around 1,700 each year. Taking this as an upper estimate and using the
    Eunomia lower estimate (but divided by four to derive an annual figure), the total costs of type
    approvals can be estimated and are presented in the table below.
    Table 34: Total costs of tyre type approval costs (per year)
    Costs per type approval in EUR
    Number of tyre models (brand and type) 5,000 10,000 15,000
    625 3 125 000 6 250 000 9 375 000
    1,700 8 500 000 17 000 000 25 500 000
    Source: Own calculation
    According to the ETRMA database, the annual sales of tyres amounts to 325 million. Based on that
    the approximate cost impact per tyre sold on the market can be estimated assuming that all additional
    costs for type approval would be passed on to the consumer. This is done by dividing the total type
    approval costs by the total number of tyres sold.
    Table 35: Average additional cost per individual tyre of type approval costs
    Type approval costs EUR per type of tyre
    Number of tyre models (brand and type) 5,000 10,000 15,000
    625 0.01 0.02 0.03
    1 700 0.03 0.05 0.08
    Source: Own estimation
    It means that the additional costs will vary between EUR 0.01 to EUR 0.08 per tyre. It is, in any case,
    a relatively low additional cost. This would amount to less than 0.1% of the price of an average
    tyre286
    .
    The introduction of type approval for tyre abrasion would require some market surveillance by the
    Member State authorities in order to ensure that only tyres meeting the requirements are being placed
    285
    Personal communication from ETRMA, June 2022
    286
    Assuming a price around EUR 100 per tyre.
    373
    on the market. Such surveillance will already be done by the Member States to check for other
    requirements; therefore any additional time and cost burdens are expected to be minimal.
    The next cost elements to consider include:
    • Costs for tyre manufacturers of changing their design in case their tyres fail to comply with
    emission limits
    • Cost premium of producing compliant tyres (if applicable)
    Manufacturers will have to ensure that all the tyres they produce comply, and that may require a
    redesign of certain tyres. It should be noted that the tyre industry is constantly developing tyre designs
    aimed at improving tyre performance based on R&D activities. The design of tyres includes balancing
    and optimising a large number of performance criteria. The additional costs for adjusting the tyre
    design to comply with the type approval specifically for abrasion are highly uncertain and cannot be
    quantified.
    There are also no detailed statistics that can allow for an assessment of the cost difference between
    tyres with low or high abrasion rates, and discussions with the industry have not revealed any obvious
    price differentials linked to abrasion rates. The ADAC study indicates that both low and high rates
    of TWP are found in different price segments of the tyre market. It is, therefore, not necessarily the
    case that tyres with lower abrasion rates are more expensive to produce and, therefore, more
    expensive for the consumers. Consultation with the industry has also not identified any evidence of
    lower abrasion tyres costing more. Therefore, for this assessment, no additional costs are assumed
    for producing compliant tyres.
    The last cost-related element to consider is that of a potential longer lifetime of the tyres with lower
    abrasion rates. There is no strict correlation between abrasion rate and lifetime (mileage of a tyre). A
    longer lifetime of tyres can be achieved by improving the quality of the material and adding to the
    thread depths and mass. It means that there could be examples of tyres where poorer material is
    causing the high abrasion rate but also a higher lifetime due to design characteristics. There are no
    data to undertake a detailed assessment of this aspect.
    It is assumed the additional costs for producers to comply with a type approval regulation will be
    passed on to the tyre price. Savings from a longer lifetime might partially offset the additional costs
    of tyres, although this is highly uncertain, as discussed above.
    Therefore, the costs expected for this measure are those associated with type approval which gives
    costs between EUR 3 and 26 million per year depending on the final costs of the test method and
    number of tyre models to be tested each year.
    What would be the benefits of the measure?
    A few studies have assessed the reduction potential of setting emissions standards that prevent the
    worst-performing tyres from being placed on the market. For example, a study by ADAC that tests
    passenger car tyres regularly has compared abrasion rates with safety performance across several
    different tyre models, sizes and types. They conclude that it is possible to find tyres with low emission
    rates and sufficient safety performance. The emission reductions from the best performing tyres to
    the average are about 15-30% in all the tested tyre categories (summer/winter and tyre sizes).
    374
    Table 36: ADAC tyre testing abrasion rates
    Type of tyres Average in g/1000 km Lowest abrasion rate % Difference
    Summer tyres
    185/65/R15 95 60 37
    205/55/R16 115 80 30
    225/40/R118 130 110 15
    Winter tyres
    185/65/R15 110 85 23
    195/65/R15 140 100 28
    205/55/R16 120 85 29
    Source: ADAC
    Another study is by Emissions Analytics 2022287
    . They have measured a sample of 13 tyres, whether
    the wear rate varies between 38 mg/vkm and 89 mg/vkm288
    . The average of the 13 tyres was 65
    mg/vkm. The absolute values cannot be compared as the testing methods might vary. However, the
    study indicates that the tyres with the lowest abrasion rate are around 37% lower than the average,
    and the tyres with the highest abrasion rates are 33% above the average. The distribution of the total
    tyre sales (and their subsequent usage) by abrasion rate for both studies (ADAC and Emissions
    Analytics) is not known.
    The estimated reduction potential will depend on the testing method. As an official testing method is
    still only under development, it might be that the reduction potential will turn out differently when a
    standard test method is finally agreed upon. Another factor is that increased focus on the abrasion
    rate and the potential definition of the limit values for abrasion might lead to innovation given even
    lower abrasion rates. There could be merit in considering phased limits which tighten over time as
    the manufacturers produce new, lower abrasion models.
    A study by RIVM289
    has assessed the likely impacts of this measure (amongst others) on reducing
    emissions from tyres based on a review of available literature and traffic and vehicle statistic for the
    Netherlands. The study estimates a reduction potential in the order of 5-15% out of the total emissions
    from tyre wear.
    Based on the above discussion, a range in the order of 5-25% is estimated as the reduction potential.
    The low end of the range is based on the above considerations on what removing the worst-
    performing tyres would mean on the total emissions combined with the RIVM study results. The high
    end of the range is based on a higher degree of ambition and would require the replacement of at least
    50% of current tyre types with lower-emitting ones.
    The estimated emission reductions for TYR#1 is shown in the table below. The range is estimated to
    be between 29,000 and 143,000 tonnes per year.
    287
    Emissions Analytics 2022 Tire chemical composition and wear emissions
    288
    There is one value of 161 which for this assessment is excluded as it very much different from rest of the tyres.
    289
    A.J. Verschoor and E. de Valk, RIVM 2017, Potential measures against microplastic emissions to water, RIVM
    Report 2017-0193
    375
    Table 37: Estimated emission reductions for TYR#1 – annual emissions in tonnes
    2020 2030
    Effect of measure Total emissions Total emissions Emissions
    with measure
    Effect of measure
    Low (5%) 450 000 570 000 541 500 28 500
    High (25%) 450 000 570 000 427 500 142 500
    Based on the estimated costs and the estimated reduction potential, the cost-effectiveness of the
    measure can be estimated. This is estimated to be between EUR 41 and 612 per tonne of microplastic
    emission reduction (depending on assumptions). There are also likely to be additional benefits in
    terms of a longer lifetime of lower abrasion tyres, although there is limited evidence to quantify this,
    and the industry has noted290
    that tyre lifetime is not just a function of tread but also overall tyre
    structure and integrity.
    Economic impacts
    The economic impacts are summarised in the table below based on the above analysis. Economic
    impacts are expected to be weakly negative overall, with some additional costs for manufacturers.
    These costs are likely to be passed on to the consumers of tyres.
    290
    ETRMA, personal communication, April 2022.
    376
    Table 38: Economic impacts of TYR#1
    Impact category Qualitative
    scoring of
    impact
    Affected
    stakeholders
    Description of impact
    Operating costs and
    conduct of business
    - Importers and
    manufacturers of
    tyres
    It might cost more to produce compliant
    tyres (although the evidence does not
    seem to indicate this), but the cost
    increase will affect all manufacturers
    and importers. Hence it can be passed
    on to the consumer prices.
    Administrative burdens on
    businesses
    - Importers and
    manufacturers of
    tyres
    The estimated cost of type-approval per
    tyre is in the order of EUR 5 000 to 15
    000 based on the costs of different
    options for the testing method.
    Operation / conduct of
    SMEs
    - /0 Few SMEs would
    be affected
    Tyre manufacturers are generally larger
    companies and hence, limited impacts
    on SMEs.
    Functioning of the internal
    market and competition
    0 Importers and
    manufacturers of
    tyres
    The cost impacts are moderate and
    affect all importers and manufacturers
    of tyres. Hence the internal market and
    the level of competition should not be
    affected.
    Public authorities: Change
    in costs to authorities for
    administrative, compliance
    and enforcement activities
    - Member State
    competent
    authorities
    This measure will only require
    resources in the phase of introducing the
    measure.
    Public authorities: Change
    in costs to the Commission
    - European
    Commission and
    EU institutions
    This measure will only require
    resources in the phase of introducing the
    measure.
    Innovation and research -/+ Manufacturers of
    tyres
    There will be an incentive to innovate to
    comply with emission limits, and this
    might take R&D resources away from
    R&D in other aspects of tyre
    performance. Unclear whether there are
    trade-offs or synergies.
    Third countries and
    international relations
    +/- Third countries The measure will require third-country
    manufacturers to comply.
    Consumers and household 0 Households The potential impacts on tyre prices are
    uncertain but are expected to be limited.
    Environmental impacts
    Overall, the emission reduction is estimated in the order of 5-25% (between 28,500 to 142,500 tonnes
    per year) and the environmental damages are estimated to be reduced by the same order of magnitude.
    The detailed impacts cannot be assessed. The tyre wear comprises different particle sizes and has
    different content of hazardous substances. There are no data on the detailed composition of particle
    size and substances in the current emissions. Therefore, the impacts of emissions reduction cannot
    be estimated (see also the discussion on the health effects).
    377
    The reduction in emissions will be proportional to all of the environmental compartments. No
    significant impacts are expected on waste, efficient use of resources or climate change.
    Social impacts
    The social impacts primarily include human health impacts. There are two components to consider:
    • Potential health impacts from reduced emissions of microplastics
    • Possible impacts on road safety leading to more casualties
    Overall, the emission reduction is estimated in the order of 5-25%. As discussed in the problem
    definition, the emissions of tyre wear contain a large number of chemical substances with varying
    levels of toxicity. A study has estimated the difference in a weighted toxicity index of a factor of 4
    between the most and the least toxic tyre291
    . The health impacts will therefore depend on how the
    limit values are defined. If they include particle size and toxicity, the health impacts could be
    significantly reduced. If the criteria only focus on total tear wear mass, then there is a potential risk
    of an increase in the negative health impacts.
    The safety of the tyres could potentially be compromised, but it depends on how the measure is
    implemented (and the level at which a limit value is set) and the choice of the consumers. However,
    there is a minimum standard for safety, so the introduction of a limit value for abrasion cannot lead
    to tyres with safety characteristics below the type-approval requirement292
    . Furthermore, the ADAC
    study has shown that there are already tyres on the market with low abrasion with no compromises
    for safety. Therefore, no reduction in safety is expected.
    No impacts on employment are expected considering the relatively low-cost impacts and the fact that
    any additional costs would likely be passed on to the consumer.
    TYR#2: Emission labelling of particles released from tyre wear
    What would be the costs of the measure?
    The introduction of TWP emission labelling requires – just as the measure on type-approval above –
    that standardised test methods have been developed. As described above under TYR#1, such a test
    method is being developed, and it is considered to be available (and needed) before introducing TWP
    labelling of tyres. Hence, the implementation of the measures would include the following costs:
    • Costs for tyre manufacturers of having their tyres tested
    • Cost of changing the label
    • Consumer information campaigns
    There will be a cost of having each type of tyre labelled. The cost of testing is assumed to be similar
    to the costs of type-approval described above the TYR#1(but if both measures are combined, then
    testing costs here would be zero as already accounted for in 4f). The cost of the testing has been
    estimated to be in the order of EUR 5 000 to 15 000 per type of tyre. It has been estimated to mean
    additional costs per tyre at a level between EUR 0.01 and 0.08 depending on how many individual
    tyres are produced and sold for a given type as well as the final choice of test method; see Table 128.
    291
    Emission Analytics / PEW report (2022) - Research report - Tire chemical composition and wear emissions
    292
    See Type Approval Regulation (EC/661/2009) Annex B
    378
    Tyre manufacturers would not have to redesign their tyres, but the label will give an incentive to
    improve the design in order to achieve a better scoring on the criteria.
    The final cost element is related to the modification of the label to include the abrasion rate. Eunomia
    (2018) concludes that the costs of modifying the label will be marginal when compared to the price
    of each tyre sold on the market. The Commission’s Staff Working Document accompanying the
    proposed revision of the Tyre Labelling Directive provides some estimates of the costs to
    manufacturers of revising the existing labels293
    . This assumes a one-off cost of EUR 40 million for
    the readjustment of label classes and reprinting labels. The costs for incorporating abrasion classes /
    levels in the label have been assumed to be similar to this.
    In addition, it is assumed that some level of consumer information campaigns would be delivered to
    maximise the benefits of the measure and ensure that consumers understand what the labels are
    showing. Based again on the estimates developed for the revision of the Tyre Labelling Directive,
    this is assumed to be a one-off cost of around EUR 12 million.
    Therefore, the total costs associated with the measure (excluding type approval which is
    included within 4f) are around EUR 52 million (one-off) equating to around EUR 6 million per
    year when annualised over 10 years.
    For the motorist, the measure will not lead to additional costs as it will still be possible to purchase
    any tyres (although it is likely that manufacturers would pass on the above costs in tyre prices). If the
    label includes the mileage of the tyre, the consumer will be able to see whether a low abrasion tyre
    would also be the better choice from a financial perspective.
    What would be the benefits of the measure?
    The effect of a label depends on how the consumers will react, which is difficult to assess. The level
    of information that is provided will affect the impacts of the label e.g. whether consumer awareness
    information campaigns are launched.
    Eunomia (2018) has assessed the uptake and effect of introducing a TWP label. The study refers to
    the observed effects of the labels on energy efficiency and wet grip, where the annual changes have
    been in the order of 1% improvement for energy efficiency (in total across all tyres due to changes
    in consumer purchase behaviour). While energy efficiency improvements have a financial
    implication for vehicle users and wet grip has a safety aspect, tyre abrasion is much more abstract for
    the consumer (unless a clear link to tyre lifetime / durability could be established and communicated).
    Therefore, the reduction potential of the label is estimated to be much lower, between 0.1-0.2%
    annual improvement on overall tyre microplastic emissions, which, if introduced in 2025, could give
    a total reduction of 0.5-1% in 2030.
    Table 128: Estimated emission reductions for TYR#2
    2022 2030
    Effect of measure Total emissions Total emissions Emissions with measure Effect of measure
    Low (0.5%) 450 000 570 000 567 150 2 850
    High (1%) 450 000 570 000 564 300 5 700
    293
    Available from : https://ec.europa.eu/info/law/better-regulation/have-your-say/initiatives/1460-Evaluation-and-
    potential-revision-of-the-EU-tyre-labelling-scheme_en
    379
    The costs-effectiveness of the measure is estimated in the order of EUR 1 100-2 100 per tonne
    reduced emissions of TWP.
    Economic impacts
    The main economic impact is the costs of having all type of tyres tested to determine the label rating.
    While the testing costs might turn out differently from what is the current estimate when the final
    testing method has been developed and agreed, it is unlikely to be of a different order of magnitude.
    These costs are described and included under TYR#1. Costs for changing the label and information
    campaigns are expected to be around EUR 6 million per year.
    The testing and label cost will firstly be borne by the manufacturers/retailers but is then expected to
    be passed on to the consumer in the price of the tyre. For the consumers, it means a marginal increase
    in the price of the tyre. Therefore, it is not expected to have any significant impacts on consumers.
    Costs for information campaigns are expected to fall to the Member States and Commission.
    It may be most effective to consider including the abrasion rate alongside impacts on tyre lifetime as
    lower abrasion rates may equate to an increase in tyre lifetime, thus saving consumers money. This
    is considered to be a much greater driver for consumer purchasing than microplastic emissions294
    .
    The effect of a label depends on how the consumers will react, which is difficult to assess. The level
    of information that is provided will affect the impacts of the label e.g. whether consumer awareness
    information campaigns are launched.
    Eunomia (2018) has assessed the uptake and effect of introducing a TWP label. The study refers to
    the observed effects of the labels on energy efficiency and wet grip, where the annual changes have
    been in the order of 1% improvement for energy efficiency (in total across all tyres due to changes
    in consumer purchase behaviour). While energy efficiency improvements have a financial
    implication for the vehicle users and wet grip has a safety aspect, tyre abrasion is much more abstract
    for the consumer (unless a clear link to tyre lifetime / durability could be established and
    communicated). Therefore, the reduction potential of the label is estimated to be much lower,
    between 0.1-0.2% annual improvement on overall tyre microplastic emissions, which, if introduced
    in 2025, could give a total reduction of 0.5-1% in 2030.
    Impacts on other economic impact categories are expected to be similar as for TYR#1.
    Environmental impacts
    Overall, the emission reduction is estimated to be in the order of less than 1% and the environmental
    damages are estimated to be reduced by the same order of magnitude. The detailed environmental
    impacts cannot be assessed. The tyre wear comprises different particle sizes and has different content
    of hazardous substances. There are no data on the detailed composition of particle size and substances
    in the current emissions. Therefore, the impacts of the reduction of emissions cannot be estimated
    (see also the discussion on the health effects).
    The reduction in emissions will be proportional for all of the environmental compartments. No
    significant impacts are expected on waste, efficient use of resources or climate change.
    294
    https://ec.europa.eu/info/sites/default/files/energy_climate_change_environment/overall_targets/documents/tyre-
    label_final-report_0.pdf
    380
    Social impacts
    The social impacts primarily include potential human health impacts. There are two components to
    consider:
    • Potential health impacts from reduced emissions of microplastics
    • Possible impacts on road safety leading to more casualties
    Overall, the emission reduction is estimated to be in the order of less than 1%. As discussed in the
    problem definition, the emissions of tyre wear contain a large number of chemical substances with
    varying levels of toxicity. A study has estimated the difference in a weighted toxicity index of a factor
    of 4 between the most and the least toxic tyre295
    . The health impacts will therefore depend on how
    the limit values are defined. If they include particle size and toxicity, the health impacts could be
    significantly reduced. If the criteria only focus on total tear wear mass, then there is a potential risk
    of an increase in the negative health impacts.
    The safety of the tyres could potentially be compromised, but it is not likely. There are minimum
    standards for safety, so the introduction of a label for abrasion rate cannot lead to tyres the safety
    characteristics below the type-approval requirement296
    . It is not likely that consumers will be more
    inclined to buy tyres where the safety performance is low if a tyre abrasion rate label would be
    introduced. Therefore, no reduction in safety is expected.
    No impacts on employment are expected considering the relatively low-cost impacts and the fact that
    any additional costs would likely be passed on to the consumer.
    TYR#6: Regular wheel alignment to minimise tyre wear
    What would be the costs of the measure?
    The costs of this measure relate to ensuring the wheels are aligned as part of the regular vehicle
    roadworthiness inspection. Some Member States seem to have this included as a mandatory
    requirement as part of regular vehicle inspections (at least France, Ireland and Spain297
    ) although
    there is very limited data on the national practices across all of the EU27 for this particular check and
    therefore, it is difficult to estimate the costs (so costs and benefits presented below may be
    overestimates if more Member States already require such checks). Furthermore, the share of cars
    which may have wheels / axis that are not aligned is not known. RIVM (2017) refers to studies that
    suggest that potentially a large share of cars needs this adjustment. The estimate for the Netherlands
    is that it could affect between 20% to 40% of the total car stock. They estimate that the level of
    abrasion could be around 10% higher for vehicles with poor alignment. It means that if these
    estimates would apply to the EU27, the total reduction potential would be between 2% - 4% (in
    practice it is lower as some Member States already require such checks).
    To assess the cost-effectiveness of this measure, the following assumptions have been used. The cost
    of testing for the alignment would be in the order of EUR 20 and in case the axis would need
    adjustment that would cost around EUR 40298
    . It is assumed that 30% of the inspected cars and vans
    needs the adjustment every 4 years. This gives a total cost of around EUR 1.2 billion per year
    295
    Emission Analytics / PEW report (2022) - Research report - Tire chemical composition and wear emissions
    296
    See Type Approval Regulation (EC/661/2009) Annex B
    297
    Personal communication from the International Motor Vehicle Inspection Committee (CITA), July 2022.
    298
    Expert estimates based on information from car repair shops
    381
    assuming all Member States apply the measure (except for France, Ireland and Spain who already
    require such checks).
    The alignment of wheels would also have an impact on the energy use of the car or van. The RIVM
    (2017) study suggests that it is in the same order as for abrasion rates i.e. 10%. Assuming that 30%
    of existing cars and vans would need adjustment, this would give a potential fuel saving for the fleet
    of around 1.6% (as new cars and vans are excluded). This equates to a financial saving of around
    EUR 1.5 billion per year299
    . The potential saving for tyre costs is highly uncertain so has not been
    quantified but would increase the cost savings further.
    Total estimated costs and cost savings are presented in the table below.
    Table 39: Estimated total costs and cost savings for TYR#6 in 2030 (million Euros)
    Cost element One-off costs Recurring costs Total annualised costs
    Testing and alignment costs 0 1,176 1,176
    Fuel savings 0 -1 526 -1 526
    Total costs 0 -350 -350
    Overall there is expected to be a net cost saving associated with this measure due to the potential fuel
    savings that may be realised. These equate to a cost-effectiveness of EUR -28 900 to -57 700 per
    tonne of microplastics reduced i.e. a saving overall. If fuel savings are excluded, then the cost-
    effectiveness is EUR 96 400 to 193 700 per tonne of microplastics reduced.
    What would be the benefits of the measure?
    Based on RIVM (2017) the emission reductions per car or van which is subject to an adjustment of
    misaligned wheel would be around 10%. Assuming that the vehicle drives 12 000 km per year, the
    savings can be estimated to be around 0.12 kg per car.
    As discussed above, the RIVM also estimated the share of vehicles with misalignment to be between
    20 and 40%. This leads to annual emission reduction of 2% to 4% for cars and vans and 1.1% to
    2.1% for the fleet overall (taking into account that some Member States already require such checks).
    Table 40: Estimated emission reductions for TYR#6
    2022 2030
    Effect of measure Total emissions Total emissions Emissions
    with measure
    Effect of measure
    1.1% reduction 450,000 570,000 563,928 6,072
    2.1% reduction 450 000 570 000 557 856 12,144
    299
    Based on vehicle kilometre data from Eurostat, average fuel economy figures from the IEA Fuel Economy in the
    European Union analysis and average fuel costs from the EEA (available from https://www.eea.europa.eu/data-and-
    maps/daviz/nominal-and-real-fuel-prices-6#tab-chart_1).
    382
    In addition to the reductions in microplastic emissions, improvements in fuel efficiency, discussed
    above, could also lead to a reduction in CO2 emissions of around 6,610 kt in 2030. The CO2 savings
    can also be valued and equate to around EUR 661 million per year300
    . There would also be benefits
    for the reduction of exhaust emissions of air pollutants (for ICEVs).
    Economic impacts
    The main direct economic impacts would be the costs for motorists to have the wheel alignment
    checked at the roadworthiness inspection and the alignment adjusted where needed. The inspection
    is mandatory when the car is four years old and then at least every four years301
    . The additional costs
    at the inspection could be around EUR 20 every four years. For those where adjustment would be
    needed, there would be another EUR 40 to be paid. Total costs would be in the order of EUR 1.2
    billion in annual costs.
    A side-effect of wheel alignment is reduced energy consumption and lower tyres costs due to longer
    lifetimes. These will lead to cost savings for the motorists. As described above, these have been
    estimated to be in the order of EUR 1.5 billion per year due to fuel savings, although these are highly
    uncertain due to limited evidence on the proportion of vehicles that operate with misaligned tyres.
    Environmental impacts
    Based on the RIVM (2017) study, the reduction potential could be estimated in the order of 1.1% to
    2.1% for the fleet overall (taking into account that some Member States already require such checks).
    If testing of alignment is already mandatory in more Member States than those identified, the
    potential would be less. The environmental damages would be reduced by the same order of
    magnitude (as would costs).
    The reduction in emissions will be proportional for all the environmental compartments. The measure
    would also reduce energy consumption. It means a positive impact on climate change as in 2030 a
    significant share of passenger cars would still be with internal combustion engines. Reductions in
    CO2 emissions of around 6,610 kt may be realised in 2030.
    No significant impacts are expected on waste.
    Social impacts
    The social impacts include potential human health impacts. Overall, the emission reduction is
    estimated in the order of 1.1% to 2.1% for the fleet overall (taking into account that some Member
    States already require such checks). Any potential health impacts are estimated to be reduced by the
    same order of magnitude.
    300
    Based on average fleet emission factors from EEA analysis and expectations for the future
    (https://www.eea.europa.eu/ims/co2-performance-of-new-passenger). The avoided CO2 cost is based on the Update
    of the External Costs of Transport, with a central value for the short-and-medium-run costs (up to 2030) of EUR
    100/tCO2 equivalent for external costs of climate change (https://op.europa.eu/en/publication-detail/-
    /publication/9781f65f-8448-11ea-bf12-01aa75ed71a1)
    301
    There are Member States with more frequent inspections.
    383
    TYR#5: Enhanced monitoring of tyre pressure
    What would be the costs of the measure?
    Tyre Pressure Monitoring Systems (TPMS) are already required on new cars and vans (and have
    been since 2014), and will be in the future for trucks. This measure includes two elements:
    • Change the calibration of the systems for new vehicles being placed on the market so that it
    gives a warning with smaller deviations from the optimal pressure levels (exact threshold to
    be determined based on a more in-depth technical assessment).
    • Information campaigns to make all motorists aware of the importance of having the right
    pressure (as it has several benefits).
    Changing the systems to provide a warning at a lower threshold is not expected to entail any
    significant costs for new cars and vans. However, an in-depth technical assessment would need to be
    undertaken at an EU level to determine the feasibility of changing the threshold considering the
    uncertainties associated with the existing systems. Both indirect and direct systems are currently
    applied across the EU and the uncertainties associated with the systems differ. Engagement with
    relevant stakeholders has not identified any clear evidence on whether or not it is feasible to tighten
    the current threshold so further investigations are necessary. Furthermore, if deemed feasible to
    tighten the thresholds, then such an assessment would need to consider the optimal level at which the
    thresholds should be set taking into account levels of tyre abrasion, the sensitivity and accuracy of
    the systems and likely driver behavioural response. This has been assumed as a one-off cost of EUR
    1 million.
    The main effect will only be achieved if motorists are aware of the importance of having the correct
    pressure. Therefore, information campaigns would be useful to actually achieve the desired effects.
    Such campaigns can differ in scope and scale of effort, and with more effort, more impacts are
    expected to be achieved. Assuming the campaign would cost in the order of EUR 0.8 million per
    Member State302
    , the total costs would be around EUR 22 million one-off costs for a campaign across
    the EU. If such campaigns could be done at EU level or based on material produced for all Member
    States, it might be possible to reduce the costs.
    By having the right pressure, energy consumption will also decrease and the lifetime of the tyres
    would increase. It means that motorists that frequently drive with tyres at low pressure will save on
    fuel and tyre costs if they make sure to regularly fill tyres with air. Fuel consumption is estimated to
    increase by 1% every 2,9 psi / 0.2 bar the tyre is under-inflated303
    . Current TPMS systems should
    alert the driver when the pressure drops by 20%304
    . If we assume that the system would be changed
    to alert the driver when tyre pressure drops by 10% instead (actual figure to be determined via an in-
    depth technical assessment) and the average car tyre has a recommended pressure between 2 and 2.2
    bars (when cold)305
    then the impact (benefit) on fuel consumption could be around 1%.
    However, this is based on the assumption that all drivers would refill their tyres when the warning
    shows. Recent surveys have shown that with the current systems (which are much less sensitive than
    302
    Data from Danish Road Safety organisation that runs multiple campaigns indicating that the average costs of a
    campaign is 6 million DKK. (https://www.ft.dk/samling/20191/almdel/TRU/bilag/418/2218983/index.htm)
    303
    https://unece.org/DAM/trans/doc/2007/wp29grrf/ECE-TRANS-WP29-GRRF-62-inf17e.pdf
    304
    https://op.europa.eu/en/publication-detail/-/publication/e96ed45b-d8a8-11e8-afb3-01aa75ed71a1
    305
    Review of selected tyres available on the market.
    384
    they would be under this measure) some drivers still ignore such warnings306
    . TNO (2013)307
    considered a low and high response scenario, with the latter assuming the user always responds to
    TPMS warnings and the former around half respond. The high response scenario is not considered
    realistic here; therefore, a range of 50-75% of users responding to TPMS alerts has been assumed.
    Considering the introduction of the measure in 2025 and around 25% of cars and vans in 2030 having
    such a system, this would give a potential fuel saving for the fleet of around 0.1-0.2%. This equates
    to a financial saving of around EUR 124 to 210 million per year308
    . The potential saving for tyre costs
    is highly uncertain, so it has not been quantified but would increase the cost savings further.
    Total estimated costs and cost savings are presented in the table below.
    Table 41: Estimated total costs and cost savings for TYR#5 in 2030 (million Euros)
    Cost element One-off costs Recurring costs Total annualised costs
    Technical assessment 1.0 0.0 0.1
    Information campaigns 21.6 0.0 7.6
    Fuel savings (low) 0.0 -124.4 -124.4
    Fuel savings (high) 0.0 -210.7 -210.7
    Total costs (low) 22.6 -124.4 -116.7
    Total costs (high) 22.6 -210.7 -203.0
    Overall there is expected to be a net cost saving associated with this measure due to the potential fuel
    savings that may be realised. These equate to a cost-effectiveness of EUR -7,470 to -39,130per tonne
    of microplastics reduced, i.e. a saving overall. If fuel savings are excluded, then the cost-effectiveness
    is EUR 500 to 1500 per tonne of microplastics reduced.
    What would be the benefits of the measure?
    The effect of the measures is difficult to estimate as the share of cars and vans driving with tyres with
    sub-optimal tyre pressure is not known. RIVM (2017) refers to older data on the share of both heavy-
    duty vehicles and cars, indicating that a large share of vehicles is operated with tyres with sub-optimal
    pressure. The RAU project (see Figure 4) suggests that the effect of the tyre pressure on microplastic
    emissions is 30-40%, but it is unclear how low the pressure should be before such an effect
    materialises. RIVM (2017) estimates that the reduction potential could be 10-20%, but the uptake by
    the motorist is key for achieving the full potential.
    Here is assumed that, in combination with information campaigns, the measure can achieve around
    a 10-20% reduction in microplastic emissions, which, when combined with the share of cars and vans
    expected to have the new threshold applied by 2030 (25%) and an assumption that 50-75% of users
    respond to TPMS alerts, gives a total microplastic reduction of around 0.9-2.7%.
    306
    https://www.transportenvironment.org/wp-content/uploads/2021/07/Report%20-
    %20EU%20drivers%20at%20risk%20of%20under-inflated%20tyres.pdf
    307
    https://ec.europa.eu/clima/system/files/2017-03/tno_2013_final_report_en.pdf
    308
    Based on vehicle kilometre data from Eurostat, average fuel economy figures from the IEA Fuel Economy in the
    European Union analysis and average fuel costs from the EEA (available from https://www.eea.europa.eu/data-and-
    maps/daviz/nominal-and-real-fuel-prices-6#tab-chart_1).
    385
    Table 42: Estimated emission reductions for TYR#5
    2022 2030
    Effect of measure Total emissions Total emissions Emissions with measure Effect of measure
    0.9% reduction 450 000 570 000 564 813 5 187
    2.7% reduction 450 000 570 000 554 382 15 618
    In addition to the reductions in microplastic emissions, improvements in fuel efficiency, discussed
    above, could also lead to a reduction in CO2 emissions of around 540 to 910 kt in 2030. The CO2
    savings can also be valued and equate to around EUR 54 to 91 million per year309
    . There would also
    be benefits for the reduction of exhaust emissions of air pollutants (for ICEVs).
    Economic impacts
    The main direct economic impacts will be the costs of undertaking an in-depth technical assessment
    to determine the optimal level at which the systems should be set (assumed as a one-off cost of EUR
    1 million) and the costs for undertaking information campaigns to raise awareness amongst
    consumers (assumed to be around EUR 22 million one-off costs for a campaign across the EU).
    Changing the systems to provide warning at a lower threshold is not expected to entail any significant
    costs for new cars and vans.
    Having the optimal level of tyre pressure will reduce energy consumption and lead to a longer lifetime
    of the tyres. These will lead to cost savings for motorists. As described above, these have been
    estimated to be in the order of EUR 124 to 210 million per year due to fuel savings, although these
    are highly uncertain and depend on the reaction of the consumer to a more sensitive TPMS.
    Environmental impacts
    Overall, the emission reduction is estimated in the order of 0.9-2.7% in 2030 (increasing in future
    years as more vehicles have the new threshold applied) and the environmental damages are estimated
    to be reduced by the same order of magnitude.
    The reduction in emissions will be proportional for all the environmental compartments. The measure
    would also reduce energy consumption. It means a positive impact on climate change as in 2030 a
    significant share of passenger cars would still be with internal combustion engines. Reductions in
    CO2 emissions of around 540 to 910 kt may be realised in 2030 depending on consumer behaviour.
    No significant impacts are expected on waste.
    309
    Based on average fleet emission factors from EEA analysis and expectations for the future
    (https://www.eea.europa.eu/ims/co2-performance-of-new-passenger). The avoided CO2 cost is based on the Update
    of the External Costs of Transport, with a central value for the short-and-medium-run costs (up to 2030) of
    EUR100/tCO2 equivalent for external costs of climate change (https://op.europa.eu/en/publication-detail/-
    /publication/9781f65f-8448-11ea-bf12-01aa75ed71a1)
    386
    Social impacts
    The social impacts include potential human health impacts from reduced emissions of microplastics.
    Overall, the emission reduction is estimated in the order of 0.9-2.7% in 2030, and any potential health
    impacts are estimated to be reduced by the same order of magnitude.
    Having the correct tyre pressure may also have marginal impacts (benefits) on safety and noise, but
    they cannot be further quantified.
    7.3 Impact of measures for textiles
    Table 43 shows the comparison between all measures evaluated to reduce microplastic emissions
    from textiles.
    Table 43: Comparison of measures for textiles
    Measure Estimated
    reduction
    potential
    Estimated
    Cost-
    effectiveness
    (EUR/tons
    reduced/year)
    Other
    environmental
    impacts
    Other
    economic
    impacts
    Social
    impacts
    % Ktons/
    year
    TEX#8: Raising
    awareness on
    best practices for
    consumers of
    textiles
    Not
    quantified
    small
    TEX#9:
    Mandatory label
    showing
    textiles’
    emissions of
    microplastics
    Not
    quantified
    small
    > 411 000 Costs are
    likely to be
    passed on to
    consumers
    TEX#7:
    Modulated fees
    in EPR for
    textiles
    Not quantified Costs are
    likely to be
    passed on to
    consumers
    in higher
    prices.
    TEX#2):
    Restrict oil-
    based synthetic
    fibres for certain
    applications
    26 353
    (1 420 –
    51 285)
    202 000 €/t
    (103 000 –
    3 747 000 €/t)
    Negative impact
    on water
    consumption &
    biodiversity
    Reduction of
    microplastic
    pollution in
    marine
    environment, air
    and soil
    Costs are
    likely to be
    passed on to
    consumers in
    higher
    prices
    387
    Measure Estimated
    reduction
    potential
    Estimated
    Cost-
    effectiveness
    (EUR/tons
    reduced/year)
    Other
    environmental
    impacts
    Other
    economic
    impacts
    Social
    impacts
    % Ktons/
    year
    TEX#3: Restrict
    synthetic fibres
    & fabrics with
    high releases of
    microplastics
    28
    %
    17 168
    (923 – 33
    412)
    176 000
    (90 000 –
    3 265 000)
    Negative impact
    on water
    consumption and
    biodiversity
    Reduction of
    microplastic
    pollution in
    marine
    environment, air
    & soil
    Costs are
    likely to be
    passed on to
    consumers in
    higher prices
    TEX#4:
    Mandatory
    prewashing of
    textiles before
    placing on the
    market
    854
    (96 – 1 613)
    1 802 000
    (955 000 –
    16 102 085)
    TEX#5: Specific
    wastewater
    treatment in
    textile
    production
    plants
    8% 4 024 (287
    – 7 760)
    143 000
    (74 000 –
    2 000 000)
    Negative impact
    on water
    consumption and
    CO2 emissions
    Reduction of
    microplastic
    pollution in
    marine
    environment, air
    and soil
    Costs are
    likely to be
    passed on to
    consumers in
    higher prices
    TEX#6:
    Compulsory
    filters for
    washing
    machines
    5%
    3 087
    (635 –
    5539)
    2 627 000
    (1 464 000 –
    12 764 000)
    Negative impact
    on water
    consumption and
    CO2 emissions
    Reduction of
    microplastic
    pollution in
    marine
    environment
    Costs are
    likely to be
    passed on to
    consumers in
    higher prices
    TEX#1:
    Standardised
    methodology to
    quantify
    microplastics
    releases from
    textiles
    388
    Table 44Table 44 shows the comparison of the impacts of the measures assessed to reduce
    microplastic emissions from textiles.
    Table 44: Summary of impacts for measures for textiles
    Policy measure Environmental impact Economic impact Social impact
    TEX#8: Raising
    awareness on best
    practices for
    consumers of
    textiles
    The communication
    campaign will raise
    awareness about
    microplastic releases, but it
    is uncertain how and if it
    will influence the consumer
    decision about purchases
    and washing/drying
    practices.
    Cost estimated to be EUR
    449 million per year; it
    will depend on the level of
    ambition of the
    communication campaign.
    Job creation in the
    communication sector
    TEX#9:
    Mandatory label
    showing textiles’
    emissions of
    microplastics
    Reduction of microplastic
    releases if the label would
    influence the consumer
    purchase decision in favour
    of textiles releasing less
    microplastics.
    Between 1.41 and 1.72
    billion euros per year,
    depending mainly on the
    testing costs.
    Increase in costs for
    consumers (EUR 0.06) per
    clothing put on the market)
    as the producers might pass
    it on.
    Job creation in labelling
    and certification
    companies
    TEX#7:
    Modulated fees in
    EPR for textiles
    Tool to combine with other
    measures
    EPR cost (PRO, MS,
    companies): The additional
    cost of this measure might
    be relatively low since will
    it only add the inclusion
    microplastics in the criteria
    for modulation of textile
    fees.
    SMEs
    Public authorities
    Consumers and
    households
    TEX#2: Restrict
    synthetic fibres for
    certain
    applications
    Microplastic release
    reduction (26 353 t/year)
    Environment (climate
    change)
    Total cost (5.3 billion
    EUR/year)
    Consumers and
    households
    TEX#3: Restrict
    synthetic fibres &
    fabrics with high
    releases of
    microplastics
    Microplastic release
    reduction (17 168 t/year)
    Environment (water,
    biodiversity)
    Material cost (3 billion
    EUR/year)
    SMEs
    Public authorities (only
    short-term)
    Third countries
    Consumers and
    households
    389
    Policy measure Environmental impact Economic impact Social impact
    TEX#4:
    Mandatory
    prewashing of
    textiles before
    placing on the
    market
    Microplastic release
    reduction (854 t/year)
    Environment (water, climate
    change)
    CAPEX (washing and
    drying machines)
    OPEX (water, energy,
    detergent, labour)
    Total cost (1.54 billion
    EUR/year)
    SMEs
    Public authorities
    Third countries
    Consumers and
    households
    TEX#5: Specific
    wastewater
    treatment in textile
    production plants
    Microplastic release
    reduction (4 024 t/year)
    Environment (water quality,
    climate change)
    CAPEX
    OPEX (energy)
    Total cost (594 million
    EUR/year)
    SMEs
    Public authorities
    Third countries
    Consumers and
    households
    TEX#6:
    Compulsory filters
    for washing
    machines
    Microplastic release
    reduction (3 087 t/year)
    Environment (water, climate
    change)
    CAPEX (filters)
    OPEX (water and energy)
    Total cost (8.1 billion
    EUR/year)
    Public authorities (only
    short-term)
    Already in place France
    (applicable from 2025)
    Consumers and
    households
    TEX#1:
    Standardised
    methodology to
    quantify
    microplastics
    releases from
    textiles
    No emission reduction per
    se but helpful in other
    measures and knowledge
    improvement
    Administrative cost (expert
    group and companies):
    0.85 million EUR/year
    Cost of testing the
    materials between EUR
    10 000 and 20 000
    There could be new
    jobs in the R&D sector
    (private company or
    research organisations)
    unless developed by
    the existing research
    staff
    The impact of each measure is outlined below.
    TEX#8: Raising awareness on best practices for consumers of textiles
    What would be the costs of the measure?
    The cost will be the labour cost to run the communication campaign in the EU.
    390
    What would be the benefits of the measure?
    The benefit would mainly be raising consumer awareness and may lead to a small reduction of
    microplastic releases.
    Economic impacts
    The table below details the data about the administrative cost of the communication campaign.
    Table 45: Data to estimate the communication campaign administrative cost
    Description Data Unit Source
    Days of work to communicate in the EU 1 350 days Assumption based on
    expert judgement
    Overheads 11 % Assumption based on
    expert judgement
    Average hourly labour cost in the "Information and
    communication" sector (EU 27)
    39.40 EUR/hour Eurostat (2020)
    Average EU number of working hours per day 8.12 hours/day
    Considering an average of 50 days of work for each Member State in the EU27, the total cost of a
    communication campaign would be around EUR 449 000 per year. These campaigns could also take
    place at the Member-State level and be financed by the EPR schemes.
    The cost will depend on the level of ambition of the communication campaign. In comparison with
    other measures, the cost would always be low.
    Environmental impacts
    The communication campaign will raise awareness about microplastic releases, but it is uncertain
    how and if it will influence the consumer decision about purchases and washing/drying practices.
    Research310
    shows that price is the most influencing factor in consumer purchasing decisions.
    However, according to the Eurobarometer survey311
    , more than half of respondents think that
    educating people on how to reduce their plastic waste is very important (58%). It is expected that the
    emission reduction potential of this measures is rather low.
    Social impacts
    No significant social impacts are expected.
    TEX#9: Mandatory label showing textiles’ emissions of microplastics
    What would be the costs of the measure?
    The cost of a mandatory label is composed measure of three parts:
    310
    For example: Sanad, R. A. (2016). Consumer attitude and purchase decision towards textiles and apparel products.
    World, 2(2016), 16-30.
    311
    Attitudes of European citizens towards the Environment (Eurobarometer 2019).
    391
    • Tests
    • Audits
    • Label
    The tests and audits cost to apply to each textile collection while the label to each piece of textile.
    This measure will only require the resources of public authorities in the phase of introducing the
    measure. SMEs will be affected as textile production is not limited to larger companies. The measure
    will require third-country companies to comply with placing textiles on the EU market. Consumers
    and households will be affected by this measure as they will likely support the cost of the label.
    What would be the benefits of the measure?
    The benefits would be a reduction of microplastic releases if the label would influence the consumer
    purchase decision in favour of textiles releasing less microplastics. Brands would also feel the need
    to reduce releases in order to improve their rating in terms of microplastic releases and this would
    have impacts along the textiles value chain.
    Economic impacts
    Table 46: Assumptions to estimate the costs of a mandatory label
    Description Data Unit Source
    Total cost of the tests 660 EUR per
    collection
    Assumption based on Bureau Veritas prices in
    ADEME (2020), Définition de critères d’éco-
    modulation applicables à la filière REP
    TLC312
    .
    1 440 EUR per
    collection
    Audit cost for a label 1 700 EUR per
    collection
    EU Ecolabel
    2 000 EUR per
    collection
    EU Ecolabel
    Labelling cost (just the
    label)
    0.03 EUR/
    pieces
    Bilateral discussion with industry.
    Administrative cost 11% % Assumption based on expert judgement
    Number of collections put
    on the market in the EU
    25 157 780 000 pieces JRC, Environmental Improvement Potential of
    textiles (IMPRO Textiles), January 2014.
    Average number of
    pieces per collection
    100 000 pieces per
    collection
    ADEME (2020), Définition de critères d’éco-
    modulation applicables à la filière REP TLC313
    The total average cost of the label is around EUR 1.56 billion per year. The cost range varies between
    EUR 1.41 and 1.72 billion per year, depending mainly on the uncertainty of the test costs.
    312
    https://librairie.ademe.fr/dechets-economie-circulaire/4561-definition-de-criteres-d-eco-modulation-applicables-a-
    la-filiere-rep-tlc.html
    313
    https://librairie.ademe.fr/dechets-economie-circulaire/4561-definition-de-criteres-d-eco-modulation-applicables-a-
    la-filiere-rep-tlc.html
    392
    By assuming that the higher bound consumption change would be that 10 % of the population would
    change their purchase behaviour and therefore reduce the total microplastic releases from textiles by
    10 %, even without taking the additional material cost into account, it would correspond to an average
    cost of 411 000 EUR/t of avoided microplastics.
    If the measure TEX#9 “Mandatory microplastic label for textile” is combined with the variation of
    measure “TEX#1 Create a standardized measure to quantify microplastics emissions on the life-
    cycle”, the cost would be reduced from EUR 1.56 billion per year to EUR 795 million per year. This
    is due to the fact that the variation of TEX#1 already implies the existence of a standard and respective
    testing costs.
    Environmental impacts
    The label will raise awareness about microplastic releases but is it uncertain if the label will influence
    the consumer decision. Research314
    shows that price is the most influencing factor in consumer
    purchase decisions. Also, brands would be incentivised to reduce releases to improve their rating and
    promote their image as sustainable producers.
    Assuming that the higher bound consumption change would be that 10 % of the population would
    change their purchase behaviour and therefore reduce the total microplastic releases from textiles by
    10 %, the average microplastic releases reduction would be 3 808 t per year. However, if the switch
    happens to natural fibres, other impacts (see other measure TEX#2) would increase, in particular,
    related to land use and biodiversity.
    Social impacts
    The consumer would bear the label cost in the end. The average label cost per piece of textile put on
    the EU market is EUR 0.06.
    TEX#7: Modulated fees in EPR for textiles
    What would be the costs of the measure?
    An EPR leads to an administrative cost for several actors:
    • Producer responsibility organisations (PROs)
    • Companies
    • Member States
    The EPR would lead to the use of resources for public authorities and to an administrative burden for
    companies (including SMEs). The consumer will likely support the cost of the EPR system.
    What would be the benefits of the measure?
    The benefits depend heavily on how the microplastic component of the EPR is implemented.
    314
    For example: Sanad, R. A. (2016). Consumer attitude and purchase decision towards textiles and apparel products.
    World, 2(2016), 16-30.
    393
    The EPR could reduce microplastic releases if the modulated fees provided incentives for companies
    to reduce microplastic releases and if the EPR fees financed microplastic releases reduction measures.
    Economic impacts
    The table below details the data for the EPR administrative cost.
    Table 47: Data to estimate the EPR administrative cost
    Description Data Unit Year Source
    Entities placing on the
    market
    Number of marketers in
    the EU – textiles
    160 000 2020 Euratex
    Number of marketers in
    the EU - washing
    machines
    27 Gifam
    One time shot to organise
    EPR - companies
    0.001 FTE - Feasibility of an EPR system for micro-
    pollutants
    (070201/2020/837586/SFRA/ENV.C.2)
    Annual FTE for EPR -
    companies
    0.001 FTE 2000 Fost plus study2
    Overheads for the
    companies, EPR
    11% 2021 Feasibility of an EPR system for micro-
    pollutants
    (070201/2020/837586/SFRA/ENV.C.2)
    PROs
    Number of FTE for the
    EPR
    183 FTE 2021 Feasibility of an EPR system for micro-
    pollutants
    (070201/2020/837586/SFRA/ENV.C.2)
    One shot consultancy cost
    to organise the EPR
    1 235 000 EUR Feasibility of an EPR system for micro-
    pollutants
    (070201/2020/837586/SFRA/ENV.C.2)
    Number of days for
    financial audit per PROs
    and of the quality of the
    declaration and statistics
    of the PRO members
    50 days/
    year
    - Feasibility of an EPR system for micro-
    pollutants
    (070201/2020/837586/SFRA/ENV.C.2)
    Member State
    Number of days per
    Member State to control
    for EPR
    20 days/
    year
    - Feasibility of an EPR system for micro-
    pollutants
    (070201/2020/837586/SFRA/ENV.C.2)
    General
    Average annual EU FTE
    admin cost
    52 309 EUR/
    FTE
    2021 Eurostat
    Average annual EU FTE
    financial and insurance
    activities
    82 430 EUR/
    FTE
    2021 Eurostat
    394
    Description Data Unit Year Source
    Average EU number of
    working hours per day
    7.98 h/day 2021 Eurostat
    Average EU number of
    working days per year
    230 Days
    /year
    2000 Fost plus study315
    Amortisation of the one-
    shot cost
    20 years - Feasibility of an EPR system for micro-
    pollutants (070201/2020/837586/SFRA/ENV.C.2)
    The total administrative cost of an EPR for textiles would be around EUR 21.1 million per year.
    PROs and companies would bear most of the cost; respectively EUR 11.2 and 9.8 million per year.
    The share of the costs of the Members States would be EUR 0.14 million per year. However, this
    measure is not about setting up a new EPR, but including microplastics in an existing one. To include
    a cost component, we have estimated that taken into account microplastics would cost 5% of the total
    cost for the EPR, thus a set up cost of around EUR 1 million. Currently, there is already an EPR for
    textiles in France. An EPR for textiles is expected in the following years in the Netherlands and
    Sweden. The cost of the measure could therefore be a bit lower, but it would not change the impact
    calculations, and the cost of this measure is negligible compared to most of the other measures.
    The EU Strategy for Sustainable and Circular Textiles includes proposing of an EU wide EPR with
    modulated fees. This will be established in the revision of the Waste Framework Directive and
    evaluated in the respective IA. Therefore the additional cost of this measure might be relatively low
    since it will only add the inclusion microplastics in the criteria for modulation of textile fees.
    Environmental impacts
    The environmental impact depends heavily on the way the microplastic release component is
    included in the EPR. The eco-modulated fee could provide incentives for microplastics reduction
    and/or the impact of another measure that the EPR would finance.
    The environmental impacts are difficult to be estimated, as they will depend on the level of the
    modulated fees. If textiles with high emissions have higher fees, microplastics emission of those
    would decrease. In measure TEX#2, we analyse a restriction of synthetic fibers. A modulated fee will
    always have a much lesser effect than such a total ban (restriction). Supposing a perfect price
    elasticity, we can assume that cost efficiency would be similar, but the order of magnitude of the
    reduction much lower and the measure more proportionate.
    Fees could be used to improve technology and wastewater treatment. While technology improvement
    can have a significant effect over the medium to long term, it is to be expected that the level of the
    fees will be too low to have an important improvement in microplastic capture in wastewater.
    Social impacts
    No significant social impacts are expected for the administrative costs.
    315
    RDC Environment, Emploi et investissements liés aux activités de collecte sélective, tri et recyclage des projets FOST
    PLUS, 2000
    395
    The cost of the EPR system will likely be supported by the consumer, but the administrative cost is
    very limited (on average less than EUR 0.001 per piece of textile).
    TEX#2: Restrict synthetic fibres for certain applications
    What would be the costs of the measure?
    The economic cost is the cost difference of the switch of fibres (cotton, wool, flax, viscose, polyester,
    acrylic, polyamide, polypropylene).
    When comparing the production costs of textiles made from the different fibres, the significant
    difference comes from the prices of these fibres. The change in production process is not considered
    significant for the total cost316
    but investments may be required in some cases.
    This measure will only require resources of public authorities in the phase of introducing the measure.
    SMEs will be affected as textile production is not limited to larger companies. The measure will
    require third country manufacturers to comply when placing textiles on the EU market.
    What would be the benefits of the measure?
    This measure acts on the emission of microplastics during production, wearing, washing and drying
    according to the proportion of synthetic materials in clothing.
    Economic impacts
    The costs associated with the foregone synthetic fibres were compared to those associated with the
    additional natural fibres, and the total cost of the measure was computed.
    Table 48: Prices of fibres
    Fibre Data Unit317
    Source
    cotton 2.59 EUR/kg IndexMundi
    wool 10.75 EUR/kg IndexMundi
    flax 3.11 EUR/kg Indexbox
    viscose 3.68 EUR/kg Fiber2Fashion
    polyester 1.23 EUR/kg Fiber2Fashion
    acrylic 2.32 EUR/kg Fiber2Fashion
    polyamide 2.78 EUR/kg Plasticker
    polypropylene 1.40 EUR/kg Plasticker
    316
    The yarn represents more than 50 % of the total fabric cost (Handfield, R., Sun, H., & Rothenberg, L. (2020).
    Assessing supply chain risk for apparel production in low cost countries using newsfeed analysis. Supply Chain
    Management: An International Journal.).
    317
    The used exchange rates were taken from the European Central Bank.
    396
    The total cost of the measure is EUR 5.3 billion per year. It corresponds to 202 000 EUR/t of avoided
    microplastics on average (lower bound: 103 000 EUR/t; higher bound: 3 747 000 EUR/t).
    In addition, further assessment is still needed on the possible scalability of production and
    competitiveness.
    Environmental impacts
    The measure allows an average reduction of 26 353 tonnes per year (lower bound reduction: 1 420
    tonnes per year, higher bound reduction: 51 285 tonnes per year).
    The environmental analysis carried out on the production of raw materials (fibre production) shows
    an increase in the impact of water consumption between the baseline scenario and measure 1a
    (+37%). This increase is linked to the increase in the proportion of cotton. Indeed, cotton production
    involves intensive use of water (Luján-Ornelas C. et al., A Life Cycle Thinking Approach to Analyse
    Sustainability in the Textile Industry:A Literature Review, Sustainability 2020, 12, 10193).
    Figure 37: Water use for the production of textile raw materials (quantities of textiles: 9 million tonnes)
    The figure only shows the production of fibres. The other stages of the life cycle (production, use,
    distribution, end of life) are also impacted by the change of raw materials (e.g. different dyeing,
    different care conditions) but the main impact is the raw material production. (ETC, Microplastic
    pollution from textile consumption in Europe, February 2022).
    The following figure shows the global warming impact of clothing production (including the
    production of raw materials).
    397
    Figure 38: Impact on climate change due to the production of fabric from different fibres types
    For the production of raw materials, cotton and polyester have a similar impact on climate change.
    Cotton has a lower impact than polyester in the production of the fabric (pretreatment to printing and
    dyeing). Thus, cotton fabric has a lower impact than polyester fabric.
    Figure 39: Impact on ecosystem diversity due to the production of fabric from different fibre types
    The impact on ecosystem diversity is bigger for most natural fibres (viscose, flax and cotton) than
    for synthetic fibres.
    Biodiversity was assessed qualitatively in the T-shirts PEFCR pilot318
    as there is currently no
    adequate indicator to express impacts on biodiversity319
    .
    318
    Sandrine Pesnel, Jérôme Payet (Cycleco) on behalf of the Technical Secretariat of the T-shirts PEFCR pilot, Product
    Environmental Footprint Category Rules (PEFCR) T-shirts, February 2019.
    319
    Technical Helpdesk, Mark Goedkoop, Issue Paper - Addressing biodiversity in the Environmental Footprint pilots,
    May 2015.
    398
    Activities related to clothing production contribute to the impact on biodiversity. Mainly, it focuses
    on raw material extraction and production of natural and synthetic fibres. Five potential pressures
    constitute an important effect on biodiversity: loss and degradation of natural habitats,
    overexploitation of biological resources, pollution and excessive nutrient loads, climate change and
    invasive alien species on the ecosystem320
    .
    The relations between raw material and their consequences on biodiversity are described in the
    following list:
    Raw material for natural fibres (from crops) as cotton, hemp, flax, etc.:
    − extensive area cropland could cause degradation and fragmentation of habitats;
    − use of large amount of water with a significant impact on the ecosystem, for instance
    cotton production uses more water consumption than flax or hemp;
    − chemical product as fertilizers or pesticides and other agricultural chemicals
    contributing to excessive nutrient lead in soil and water.
    Raw material for natural fibres (from animals) as wool, silk, etc:
    − impact from multiple land uses affect to degradation and fragmentation of natural
    habitats, however, for the production of silk the area extension impact is limited by way
    of cultivation;
    − the livestock production pollution impact could come from pesticides used to protect
    animals from parasites (for wool);
    − climate change impact has as its source the fossil fuel used in the agrochemicals
    production, the farming and distribution of feed crops, as well as the own livestock.
    Raw material for artificial or regenerated fibres as viscose:
    − lack of management of natural forests and plantations could occasion degradation and
    fragmentation of habitats;
    − utilisation of agrochemical in forest plantations and the pulp mill could discharge
    pollutants into soil and water;
    − loss of forest and use of energy contribute to the climate change impact.
    Raw material for synthetic fibres as polyester: only the areas exploitation for non-renewable
    sources and energy use contribute to impact the pressures mentioned before.
    There are different production processes to obtain viscose. The impact on global warming and human
    toxicity varies greatly depending on the production method (production of the wood pulp and
    chemical process to obtain the viscose) (Li Shen et al., Environmental impact assessment of man-
    made cellulose fibres; Changing Markets Foundation, Dirty Fashion – How pollution in the global
    textiles supply chain is making viscose toxic, June 2017).
    Social impacts
    The economic cost of the measure per piece of clothing is approximately EUR 0.21 which is likely
    to be passed on to consumers in price rises.
    320
    IUCN (International Union for Conservation of Nature), Biodiversity Risk and Opportunities in the Apparel Sector,
    2016
    399
    There are also potential health impacts from reduced emissions of microplastics.
    TEX#3: Restrict synthetic fibres & fabrics with high releases of microplastics
    What would be the costs of the measure?
    The economic cost is the cost difference of the switch of fibres (cotton, wool, flax, viscose, polyester,
    acrylic, polyamide, polypropylene) like for measure TEX#2: Restriction of all synthetic fibres for
    certain applications. The price of the fibres is detailed in Table 48.
    When comparing the production costs of textiles made from the different fibres, the significant
    difference comes from the prices of the fibres. The change in the production process is not significant.
    This measure will only require the resources of public authorities in the phase of introducing the
    measure. SMEs will be affected as textile production is not limited to larger companies. The measure
    will require third-country manufacturers to comply when placing textiles on the EU market.
    What would be the benefits of the measure?
    This measure acts on the emission of microplastics during production, wearing, washing and drying
    according to the proportion of synthetic materials in clothing.
    Economic impacts
    The costs associated with the foregone synthetic fibres were compared to those associated with the
    additional natural fibres, and the total cost of the measure was computed. The assumption taken is
    thus a complete switch from these “high release synthetic fibres” by natural fibres. Hereunder is a
    variation with a switch from these fibres to “low release synthetic fibres”.
    The total cost of the measure is around EUR 3 billion per year. It corresponds to 176 000 EUR/t of
    avoided microplastics on average (lower bound: 90 000 EUR/t; higher bound: 3 265 000 EUR/t).
    Environmental impacts
    The measure allows an average reduction of 17 168 tonnes per year (lower bound reduction: 923
    tonnes per year, higher bound reduction: 33 412 tonnes per year).
    The environmental analysis carried out on the production of raw materials (fibre production) shows
    an increase in the impact of water consumption between the baseline scenario and measure 1b
    (+23%). The explanation is the same as for measure TEX#2: Restrict synthetic fibres for certain
    applications.
    400
    Figure 40: Water use for the production of textile raw materials (quantities of textiles: 9.0 million
    tonnes)
    As for measure TEX#2: Restrict synthetic fibres for specific applications, the other stages of the life
    cycle are also impacted by the change of raw materials, but the main impact is the raw material
    production.
    Social impacts
    The economic cost of the measure per piece of clothing is approximately EUR 0.12 which is likely
    to be passed on to consumers in price rises.
    There are also potential health impacts from reduced emissions of microplastics.
    Variation of the measure
    For the type of clothes with high releases of microplastics, synthetic fibres could be replaced by
    synthetic fibres with lower microplastic releases (instead of natural or artificial ones). The total
    economic cost to replace knitted polyester with acrylic for those clothes would be EUR 670 million
    per year. The measure variation allows an average reduction of 1 249 tonnes of microplastics per
    year (lower bound reduction: 134 tonnes per year, higher bound reduction: 2 365 tonnes per year).
    The microplastic release reduction is low because there is no reduction for production and wearing
    as there is no specific emission data per synthetic fibre despite the fact that these life-cycle steps are
    significant in terms of microplastic releases. This variation measure is not cost-effective as it leads
    to EUR 536 000 per of avoided microplastics on average (lower bound: 283 000 EUR/t; higher
    bound: 4 998 000 EUR/t).
    If we assume that the microplastic release reduction for production and wearing would be the same
    as for washing (around 15 %) by replacing knitted polyester with acrylic, the measure variation will
    allow an average reduction of 5 877 tonnes of microplastics per year (lower bound reduction: 318
    tonnes per year, higher bound reduction: 11 436 tonnes per year). It corresponds to an average cost
    of 114 016 EUR/t of avoided microplastics (lower bound: 58 592 EUR/t and higher bound: 2 109
    597 EUR/t). This estimation is not based on scientific evidence but on an approximate extrapolation.
    401
    If we assume that the microplastic release reduction for production and wearing would be the same
    as for washing (around 15 %) by replacing knitted polyester with acrylic, the measure variation would
    allow an average reduction of 5 877 tonnes of microplastics per year (lower bound reduction: 318
    tonnes per year, higher bound reduction: 11 436 tonnes per year). It corresponds to an average cost
    of 114 000 EUR/t of avoided microplastics (lower bound: 59 000 EUR/t and higher bound: 2 110
    000 EUR/t). This estimation is not based on scientific evidence but on an approximate extrapolation.
    TEX#4: Mandatory prewashing of textiles before placing on the market
    What would be the costs of the measure?
    The main costs would be the operating cost and conduct of business (CAPEX and OPEX) to prewash
    the textiles before placing them on the market.
    This measure will require the resources of public authorities in the phase of introducing the measure
    and to organise the audits to control the certification schemes. SMEs will be affected as textile
    production is not limited to larger companies. The measure will require third-country manufacturers
    to comply when placing textiles on the EU market.
    What would be the benefits of the measure?
    This measure acts on the emission of microplastics during washing and drying with an assumed
    reduction of microplastic releases of 11% (assumption based on Textile Mission (2021) Textiles
    Mikroplastik reduzieren - Erkenntnisse aus einem Interdsziplinären Forschungsprojekt).
    Economic impacts
    The main cost impacts are:
    Capital expenditures:
    o industrial washing machines
    o dryer machines
    Operational expenditures:
    o energy consumption (gas, electricity)
    o water consumption
    o labour
    Table 49: Data to estimate the costs of prewashing
    Description Data Unit Source
    Number of production
    plants in the EU
    160 000 plants Euratex (2019)
    Number of production
    plants outside the EU
    for the EU market
    201 739 plants Assumption based on European Environment
    Agency and Statista data
    EU textile production 6 900 000 tonnes/year European Environment Agency (2020)
    Worldwide textile
    fibres production
    109 000 000 tonnes/year Statista (2020)
    402
    Description Data Unit Source
    Textiles imported into
    the EU in 2020
    8 700 000 tonnes/year European Environment Agency (2020)
    Industrial washing
    machine price (capacity
    of 50kg)
    7 200 EUR Taizhou Haifeng Machinery Manufacturing
    Co,.
    Assumption based on expert judgement -
    Running time of 30 minutes
    Water consumption -
    washing machine
    15 l/kg of textiles
    Gas consumption -
    washing machine
    1.925 MJ/kg of textiles
    Electricity
    consumption - washing
    machine
    0.08 kWh/kg of
    textiles
    Dryer machine price
    (capacity of 50kg)
    54 000 EUR Taizhou Haifeng Machinery Manufacturing
    Co,.
    Assumption - running time of 30 minutes
    Gas consumption -
    washing machine
    4 MJ/kg of textiles
    Electricity
    consumption - washing
    machine
    0.42 kWh/kg of
    textiles
    Average lifetime -
    Industrial dryer and
    washing machine
    12 years Assumption based on literature
    Water price (EU) 4.01 EUR/m³ Economic Information and Forecasting
    Office(BIPE), French Federation of Water
    Enterprises (FP2E), 7th edition of the study on
    public water and sanitation services in France
    and abroad (2020)
    Water price (Asia) 0.68 EUR/m³ CEIC, Price monitoring center
    Electricity price (EU) 0.14 EUR/kWh Eurostat (2020) for EU27, IA electricity
    consumption without taxes
    Electricity price (Asia) 0.11 EUR/kWh Global petrol prices
    Gas price 0.00695 EUR/MJ Eurostat (2019)
    FTE 0.000050 per
    washing/drying
    cycle
    Assumption based on expert judgement - 5
    minutes per washing/drying cycle
    Average yearly labour
    cost for manufacturing
    sector (EU)230
    51 091 EUR/year Eurostat (2020
    Average yearly labour
    cost for manufacturing
    sector (non-EU)
    11 590 EUR/year Trading economics
    Detergent consumption 10 g/kg European Commission - Best Environmental
    Management Practice (2017)
    Detergent price 0.15 EUR/kg
    403
    The energy cost (including gas and electricity) represents the biggest part of the cost, 40% for EU
    plants and 56% for plants outside the EU.
    Figure 41: Prewashing step costs
    The total cost of a prewashing step would be around EUR 1.54 billion per year. It would cost around
    EUR 856 million per year for plants in the EU and EUR 684 million per year for plants exporting to
    the EU from outside of the EU.
    This cost is a higher bound cost because we supposed that textiles are not prewashed in the baseline
    as we do not have data about the numbers of plants and the amount of textiles that is already
    prewashed before placing on the market.
    It corresponds to an average cost of 1 802 000 EUR/t of avoided microplastics (lower bound: 955
    000 EUR/t and higher bound: 16 102 085 EUR/t).
    Environmental impacts
    The measure equates to an average reduction of 854 tonnes per year (lower bound reduction: 96
    tonnes per year, higher bound reduction 1 613 tonnes per year).
    The main impacts on global warming are related to energy consumption (electricity and heat) for
    washing and drying321
    . Considering a European consumption of 9 million tonnes of textiles, the
    impact on GHG emissions for prewashing is 8 364 kt CO2 eq. It corresponds to around 0.93 kg CO2
    eq/kg of clothing. For the whole life cycle, this represents an increase of about 2% of the climate
    change impact of textiles.
    321
    Electricity mix of Asia is used to model prewashing outside Europe. Heat is produced from natural gas.
    0
    100
    200
    300
    400
    500
    600
    700
    800
    900
    EU Non EU
    milion
    €/year
    Dryer and washing machine Detergent
    Energy Water
    Labour
    404
    Figure 42: Impact of prewashing on climate change
    The main impact on water use is related to water consumption during the washing. Considering a
    European consumption of 9 million tonnes of textiles, the impact on water use for prewashing is 1.44
    billion m³. It corresponds to around 160 l/kg of clothing.
    Figure 43: Impact of prewashing on water use (measure 3)
    Social impacts
    The average economic cost of the measure per piece of clothing is EUR 0.06 which is likely to be
    passed on to consumers as a price increase.
    There are also potential health impacts from reduced emissions of microplastics.
    405
    TEX#5: Specific wastewater treatment in textile production plants
    What would be the costs of the measure?
    The main costs would be the operating cost and conduct of business (CAPEX and OPEX) to have a
    wastewater treatment tackling microplastics in textile production plants.
    We do not have data about the number of plants that already have a wastewater treatment system that
    is effective in limiting microplastic releases. The costs and benefits of this measure are higher bound
    estimations because we assumed that none of the plants is equipped with wastewater treatment to
    limit microplastic releases.
    This measure will require the resources of public authorities in the phase of introducing the measure
    and to organise the audits to control the certification schemes. SMEs will be affected as textile
    production is not limited to larger companies. The measure will require third-country manufacturers
    to comply when placing textiles on the EU market.
    What would be the benefits of the measure?
    This measure acts on the emission of microplastics during production and is assumed to reduce
    emissions of microplastics by 25% during production (assumption based on expert judgement).
    Economic impacts
    The table below details the data to compute the costs of this measure.
    Table 50: Data to estimate the costs of wastewater treatment in production plants
    Description Data Unit Source
    Number of production
    plants in the EU
    160 000 plants Euratex ( 2019)
    Number of production
    plants outside the EU for
    the EU market
    201 739 plants
    Assumption based on European Environment
    Agency and Statista data
    EU textile production 6 900 000 tonnes/year European Environment Agency (2020)
    Worldwide textile fibres
    production
    109 00 000 tonnes/year Statista (2020)
    Textiles imported into the
    EU in 2020
    8 700 000 tonnes/year European Environment Agency (2020)
    CAPEX - Textile
    wastewater machine price
    21 420 EUR Gongyuan Environmental Equipment
    Average lifetime of the
    machine
    15 years Assumption based on review of literature
    Electricity 29 000 000 MJ/year
    WP08, E. N. E. A. Life Cycle Assessment of
    silk-and charged silk yarn in I09 company.
    Electricity price (EU) 0.14 EUR/kWh
    Eurostat (2020) for EU27, IA electricity
    consumption without taxes
    Electricity price (Asia) 0.11 EUR/kWh Global Petrol prices
    406
    The total cost of introducing specific wastewater treatment in textiles production plants would be
    EUR 594 million per year. It would cost EUR 267 million per year for plants in the EU and EUR 327
    million per year for plants exporting to the EU from outside the EU.
    The cost for the plants in the EU is a higher bound as some plants may already have a wastewater
    treatment plant that is effective in limiting microplastic releases.
    It corresponds to an average cost of 143 000 EUR/t of avoided microplastics (lower bound: 74 000
    EUR/t and higher bound: 2 000 000 EUR/t).
    Figure 44: Specific wastewater treatment in production plants cost
    The CAPEX of a wastewater treatment represents more than 85% of the total annual cost.
    Environmental impacts
    The measure equates to an average reduction of 4 024 tonnes per year (lower bound reduction: 287
    tonnes per year, higher bound reduction: 7 760 tonnes per year).
    In addition to reducing the microplastic releases from the textile industry, adding a new filter system
    in textile plants could also improve water quality by removing other pollutants from, for example,
    the textile dyeing process.
    Introducing additional wastewater treatment will incur additional energy usage. Considering a
    European consumption of 9 million tonnes of textiles, the impact on global warming for wastewater
    treatment is 1 044 kt CO2 eq. It corresponds to 0.12 kg CO2 eq/kg of clothing.
    407
    For the whole life cycle, this represents an increase of about 0.2% of the climate change impact of
    textiles.
    Figure 45: Impact of wastewater treatment in production plants on GHG emissions
    Social impacts
    The economic cost of the measure per piece of clothing is estimated to be EUR 0.02 which is likely
    to be passed on to consumers as a price increase.
    There are also potential health impacts from reduced emissions of microplastics.
    TEX#6: Compulsory filters for washing machines
    What would be the costs of the measure?
    The main cost would be the cost to equip the washing machines with microplastic filters.
    Filters will be mandatory on new washing machines in France from 2025, but this was not considered
    in the baseline. Therefore, the benefits and costs would be around 15 % smaller by taking the French
    policy measure into account.
    This measure will only require the resources of public authorities in the phase of introducing the
    measure. SMEs will not be affected as washing machine producers are larger companies. The
    measure will require third-country washing machine producers to comply when placing washing
    machines on the EU market. This measure will also require communication to consumers in order to
    avoid inadequate filter maintenance. This is complementary with measure TEX#8: Raising awareness
    on best practices for consumers of textiles.
    What would be the benefits of the measure?
    This measure acts on the emission of microplastics during washing with an assumed efficiency of an
    external filter of 89%.
    408
    Economic impacts
    Table 51: Data to estimate the cost of washing machine filters
    Description Data Unit Source
    Number of washing machines sold
    in the EU per year (2018/2019)
    27 700 000 pcs Applia (2019)
    Number of washing machines in
    the EU
    195 000 000 pcs Eurostat (2019)
    Cost of an internal filter - Xfiltra 100 EUR Industry assumption during a
    bilateral interview
    Efficiency - Xfiltra 78% % Napper, I. E., Barrett, A. C., &
    Thompson, R. C. (2020). The
    efficiency of devices intended to
    reduce microfibre release during
    clothes washing. Science of The
    Total Environment, 738, 140412.
    Lifetime - Xfiltra 12.5 years Assumption - the lifetime is equal to
    the washing machine one
    Cost of an external filter -
    Guppyfriend washing bag
    30 EUR OECD (2021), Policies to Reduce
    Microplastics Pollution in Water:
    Focus on Textiles and Tyres, OECD
    Publishing, Paris.
    Efficiency - Guppyfriend washing
    bag
    54% % Napper, I. E., Barrett, A. C., &
    Thompson, R. C. (2020). The
    efficiency of devices intended to
    reduce microfibre release during
    clothes washing. Science of The
    Total Environment, 738, 140412.
    Lifetime-washing bag 0.25 year The washing bag can last for a
    minimum of 50 cycles, and there are
    on average of 20 cycles per month
    per household
    Cost of an external filter - Filtrol
    160
    141 EUR Filtrol
    Replacement Filter Bag 13.4 EUR Filtrol
    Efficiency - Filtrol 160 89% % Microfiber Policy Brief 2019 -
    Rochman Lab
    Lifetime - Filtrol 1 year For 253 cycles
    Yearly electricity consumption for
    laundry washing
    160 per household
    in kWh
    Pakula, C., & Stamminger, R.
    (2010). Electricity and water
    consumption for laundry washing by
    washing machine worldwide.
    Energy efficiency, 3(4), 365-382.
    Yearly water consumption for
    laundry washing
    10 per household
    in m3
    Water consumption for one cycle 60 Litres Assumption based on literature
    Energy consumption for one cycle 1 kWh/cycle Assumption based on literature
    Additional water use 39 % Association of Home Appliance
    Manufacturers (AHAM)
    Additional run time 15 %
    409
    Figure 46: Cost of microplastic filters for washing machines
    It would cost around EUR 8.1 billion to equip all washing machines with an internal microplastics
    filter based on current costs. It corresponds to an average cost of 2 627 000 EUR/t of avoided
    microplastics (lower bound: 1 464 000 EUR/t and higher bound: 12 764 000 EUR/t).
    The costs are likely to decline as the technology is relatively new. There is probably improvement
    potential to reduce the filter production cost and also to reduce the increased consumption during its
    use (water and electricity).
    Environmental impacts
    The measure equates to an average reduction of 3 087 tonnes per year (lower bound reduction: 635
    tonnes per year, higher bound reduction 5 539 tonnes per year)) based on a filter efficiency of 89 %.
    The microplastic release reduction is relatively low because the microplastic releases of washing are
    small compared to those at the other life-cycle steps (mainly production and wearing).
    The following figure shows the impact on GHG emissions associated with 1 wash322
    . The increase
    in the impact on GHG emissions is mainly related to the increase in electricity consumption (linked
    to the additional run time)—the impact increases by 18%.
    According to the IMPRO Textile study, the use phase accounts for 45% of the life cycle impact of
    the product on global warming. The washing accounts for 56% of climate change impact for the use
    phase. Washing, therefore, accounts for 25% of the product's life cycle impact on global warming.
    For the whole life cycle, the use of a filter represents an increase of about 1 to 2% of the climate
    change impact of textiles (increase depending on the number of wash cycles).
    322
    Depending on the product, there can be up to 104 washes (Impro Textiles)
    410
    Figure 47: Impact of microplastic filters for washing machines on GHG emissions
    The following figure shows the impact on water use associated with 1 wash. The increase in the
    impact is mainly related to the increase in water consumption. The impact increases by 27%.
    Figure 48: Impact of microplastic filters for washing machines on water use
    Social impacts
    The economic cost would lead to an additional cost of EUR 0.24 per washing cycle supported by
    consumers.323
    323
    Based on 174 washing cycles per year (AISE).
    411
    The cost of the filter would represent between 28 and 40 % of the average price of a 7 kg washing
    machine324
    . As mentioned previously, the cost of the filters is likely to decline as the technology is
    relatively new.
    There are also potential health impacts from reduced emissions of microplastics.
    TEX#1: Standardised methodology to quantify microplastic releases from textiles
    This measure was developed in response to the knowledge gaps we identified around the precise
    measurement of microplastic emissions. Developing a standardised measurement methodology will
    enable the development of reduction-specific measures at a later stage.
    What would be the costs of the measure?
    The one-shot costs of creating a standard are divided into two parts:
    • The administrative costs of elaborating the standard (EUR 850 000)
    • The costs of conducting tests for companies (EUR 10 000-20 000)
    This measure will only require the resources of public authorities in the phase of introducing the
    measure.
    What would be the benefits of the measure?
    This measure will benefit all other measures on textiles as the release of microplastics during the life
    cycle of synthetic textile is a critical knowledge gap. The indirect benefits will also include the
    awareness-raising of the textile value chain actors and consumers. If an EPR system is implemented,
    the eco-fee can also be modulated according to the volume of microplastic release and respective
    actors' contributions. It is already a necessary step to measure any reduction measure's success rate.
    This measure would be necessary to support other measures (TEX#9 Mandatory label showing
    textiles’ emissions of microplastics).
    Economic impacts
    The table below details the data to compute the cost of developing the standard.
    Table 52: Assumption and data to estimate the costs of developing and implementing a standard
    Description Data Unit Source
    Number of people working full time necessary to elaborate the
    standard between 8 and 36 months325
    7.25 People ISO website
    Mean cost of labour in EU of one engineer working full-time 39.5 EUR/hour Eurostat
    Number of hours per week in a full-time job 40.6 hours/week Eurostat
    Number of marketers in the EU - textiles 160 000 Number Euratex
    Number of marketers in the EU - washing machines 27 Number Gifam
    324
    Based on an average 7 kg wahsing machine price of EUR 360. ADEME. F. Michel, T. Huppertz, J. R. Dulbecco et J.
    Lhotellier, RDC Environment. décembre 2019. Evaluation économique de l’allongement de la durée d’usage de
    produits de consommation et biens d’équipements– Rapport. 148 pages.
    325
    The ISO technical committee on the environmental aspects of plastics is comprised of 29 members (the national
    standardization organisation). We assume that each member contributes 0.25 FTE to work on the committee.
    412
    Description Data Unit Source
    Fraction of companies conducting tests for elaborating the
    standard
    5 % Assumption
    Number of engineers necessary per company to conduct the
    tests
    1 person Assumption
    Mean worked hours per day in the EU by a full-time employee 8.12 hours/day Eurostat
    Number of hours necessary per company to conduct the tests 24 Hours Assumption
    based on expert
    judgement
    The total cost of the measure on average, is one-shot cost of EUR 8.5 million. The methodology
    would be relevant for at least 10 years. This would lead to an annualised cost of EUR 0.85 million.
    Once the standard is developed, there will be the additional cost of testing the materials (only once
    per material). This cost was evaluated to range between EUR 10 000 and 20 000 by expert
    judgement.
    Environmental impacts
    No significant environmental impacts are foreseen.
    It will raise awareness on microplastic release for the companies that participate to the elaboration of
    the standard.
    Social impacts
    No significant social impacts are foreseen326
    .
    Variation
    In addition to the development of a methodology to quantify microplastic emissions on the life-cycle,
    a variation of the measure would be to make the application of the standardized methodology
    mandatory for the companies putting a lot of pieces of textiles on the EU market. This would imply
    tests, audits and reporting on the microplastic emissions on the whole life-cycle.
    Focussing on the companies putting a lot of pieces of textiles on the market is more cost effective as
    those companies usually have a large number of pieces per collection. This implies that the cost is
    spread on more textile pieces compared to smaller companies with have usually a lower number of
    pieces per collection. This would also spare SMEs.
    In France, based on producer responsibility organisation for textile (Refashion/Eco TLC) data, the
    14% of the biggest companies based on the number pieces of textiles put on the market put 95% of
    the textile’s pieces327
    . If we apply this proportion to pieces put on the market in the EU with an
    average number of pieces by collection of 100 000, the average cost of the test to quantify
    microplastic emissions of the life-cycle stage and the audits would be EUR 769 million per year.
    326
    The total cost of the measure per piece of clothing is EUR 0.0003.
    327
    ADEME (2020), Définition de critères d’éco-modulation applicables à la filière REP TLC
    (https://librairie.ademe.fr/dechets-economie-circulaire/4561-definition-de-criteres-d-eco-modulation-applicables-a-
    la-filiere-rep-tlc.html)
    413
    Seen the huge number of piece, a sampling approach seems to be warranted. A sample of 10% of the
    market (biggest companies) could be tested every year, leading to a cost of EUR 77 million per year.
    If the tests would be realised on all the textiles put on the market, the cost would be like the labelling
    measure as the cost of the label itself is insignificant (EUR 1.56 billion). It seems however
    disproportioned to apply this measures to all.
    Table 53: Assumption and data to estimate the costs of tests, audits and reporting of microplastic
    emissions
    Description Data Unit Source
    Total cost of the tests 660 EUR per collection Assumption based on Bureau
    Veritas prices in ADEME (2020),
    Définition de critères d’éco-
    modulation applicables à la filière
    REP TLC328
    .
    1 440 EUR per collection
    Audit cost for a label 1 700 EUR per collection EU Ecolabel
    2 000 EUR per collection EU Ecolabel
    Administrative cost 11% % Assumption based on expert
    judgement
    Number of pieces put on
    the market in the EU
    25 157 780 000 pieces JRC, Environmental Improvement
    Potential of textiles (IMPRO
    Textiles), January 2014.
    Average number of pieces
    per collection
    100 000 pieces per
    collection
    ADEME (2020), Définition de
    critères d’éco-modulation
    applicables à la filière REP
    TLC329
    .
    7.4 Impact of measures for paints
    Table below shows the comparison between all measures evaluated to reduce microplastic emissions
    from paints.
    328
    https://librairie.ademe.fr/dechets-economie-circulaire/4561-definition-de-criteres-d-eco-modulation-applicables-a-
    la-filiere-rep-tlc.html
    329
    https://librairie.ademe.fr/dechets-economie-circulaire/4561-definition-de-criteres-d-eco-modulation-applicables-a-la-
    filiere-rep-tlc.html
    414
    Table 54: Comparison of measures for paints
    Measure Estimated
    reduction potential
    Estimated Cost-
    effectiveness
    (EUR/tons
    reduced/year)
    Other
    environmental
    impacts
    Other economic
    impacts
    Social
    impacts
    % Ktons/
    year
    PNT#2a:
    Mandatory label
    on paint lifetime
    and plastic
    content
    1-2.5% 3.5 – 6.5
    190–354 EUR/kg
    (1 240 million
    EUR/ 3.5-6.5 kt)
    Potential other
    negative impacts,
    e.g. CO2
    emissions
    Cost for paint
    producers that may
    be borne by
    customers
    PNT#3a:
    Promote
    mineral paint in
    the architectural
    sector
    Not
    relevant
    0kt -
    Reduction of
    microplastics
    released into
    environment
    Negative impact on
    paint costs for paint
    producers that may
    be borne by
    customers. Minimal
    impact expected is
    because most
    polymer-based
    producers will not
    switch to mineral-
    based products
    through a voluntary
    scheme
    PNT#5: Good
    practices for
    paint
    application in
    all sectors
    Low Low Low
    Reduction of
    microplastics
    released into
    environment
    PNT#4:
    Deposit-return
    scheme for paint
    containers
    0% 0 kt
    (increase
    in
    circularity)
    -
    54 -1 000 million
    EUR/year
    / 0 kt
    Positive impacts
    in terms of
    circularity of
    paints (increased
    reuse and
    recycling)
    Negative impact on
    paint cost for paint
    producers that may
    be borne by
    customers
    PNT#2b:
    Threshold on
    lifetime and
    plastic content
    for paints
    Not
    quantified
    Reduction of
    microplastic
    release into
    environment
    Cost for paint
    producers that may
    be borne by
    customers
    PNT#3b:
    Restrict
    polymer-based
    paints in the
    architectural
    sector
    Not
    quantified
    PNT#1:
    Standardised
    methodology of
    paint lifetime
    -
    415
    The table below shows the comparison of the impacts of the measures assessed to reduce microplastic
    emissions from paints.
    Table 55: Summary of impacts for measures for paints
    Policy measures Environmental impact Economic impact Social impact
    PNT#2a:
    Mandatory label
    on paint lifetime
    and plastic
    content
    Reduction of microplastic
    releases as the label would
    raise the knowledge of
    paint-related microplastics
    pollution and it would
    encourage the consumers to
    take a better decision.
    Negative impact on paint
    cost for paint producers that
    may be borne by customers
    Job creation in labelling
    and certification
    companies
    PNT#3a: Promote
    mineral paint in
    the architectural
    sector
    Microplastic release
    reduction (71 kt, non-
    incremental)
    Risk of increased CO2
    emissions
    Material costs limited if
    applied through
    ecolabel/GPP. If
    implemented through a ban,
    very high material costs due
    to complete change of
    production line, for >95% of
    architectural paint sector.
    SMEs
    Consumers and
    households
    PNT#5: Good
    practices for paint
    application in all
    sectors
    Reduction of microplastics
    release from paints into
    environment
    PNT#4: Deposit-
    return scheme for
    paint containers
    1.5 kt reduction of
    microplastics release
    Limited economic impact No social impact
    PNT#2b:
    Threshold on
    lifetime and
    plastic content for
    paints
    Reduction in microplastic
    emissions
    Potential increase in paint
    toxicity, negative CO2
    impacts and increase in
    waste generation
    Negative impact on paint
    cost for paint producers that
    may be borne by customers
    No social impact
    PNT#3b: Restrict
    polymer-based
    paints in the
    architectural
    sector
    Reduction in microplastic
    emissions
    Proper LCA needed to assess
    environmental footprint
    Negative impact on paint
    cost for paint producers that
    may be borne by customers
    Job creation, albeit
    limited
    416
    PNT#1:
    Standardised
    methodology of
    paint lifetime
    No emission reduction per
    se but helpful in other
    measures and knowledge
    improvement
    Material cost 100-500 k
    EUR
    There could be new
    jobs in the R&D sector
    (private company or
    research organisations)
    unless developed by
    the existing research
    staff
    The impact of each measure is outlined below.
    PNT#2a: Mandatory label on paint lifetime and plastic content
    The measure can be associated with a product authorization to enter the EU market, or it can be just
    left as a labelling requirement (see measure PNT#2b).
    The overall economic impact is related to the standardization of the assessment methodology of paint
    lifetime and plastic content. The R&D departments of the paint producers should already be aware
    of the lifetime of their product in various conditions. This is the kind of information generally used
    for issuing a warranty of the paint product when requested by the client, which guarantees, for
    example, that the paint will not blister or peel from properly prepared and primed surfaces and will
    not wear down or weather to expose the previously painted surface. See, for example
    https://www.dunnedwards.com/products/lifetime-warranty/. Seemly, as the paint producers know the
    composition of their paint formulations, they should be able to report the plastic content once the
    definition of plastic in paint is released.
    The real difficulty and potential cost are associated with the necessity of having standard protocols
    for the lifetime assessment and a unique/unambiguous definition of plastic content in paint so that
    different products can be compared to each other. This could entail some scientific research costs but
    mostly should be administrative.
    The labels though, should be changed to comply with the new regulation. The labelling could be
    managed as part of the continuous ongoing redesign from product innovation so the costs could be
    reduced.
    To provide some indications, we refer to Assessment and Review of Directive 2004/42/EC, Annex 26,
    an estimate of re-labelling cost for decorative paint done by CEPE, which estimates a total re-
    labelling cost for decorative paints to be 740 million euros, considering 4000 companies in the EU
    with 1,000-2,000 sku’s (Stock keeping units) each.
    This estimate could be lowered if the compliance deadline to the measure would be set within a
    couple of years (and not immediate), because the relabelling would be facilitated by the normal life
    cycle of the products.
    The amending of the proper legislation and the cost for monitoring compliance and reporting should
    be minor.
    What would be the costs of the measure?
    • Cost of developing the standard methodology for assessment of paint plastic content
    • Cost for paint producers to change the design of their label
    417
    What would be the benefits of the measure?
    The emission pathways and sources that are indirectly targeted by this measure are:
    1) paint used on the architectural exterior (by substitution with mineral-based paint),
    2) paint used on the architectural interior (by substitution with less plastic-intense paint).
    3) improper disposal of unused paint (for non-industrial applications, i.e., marine leisure DIY
    and architectural),
    Point 1)
    Currently, mineral paint covers 10% of the architectural paint market in Germany and Austria. In
    comparison, in all other European countries, the share is likely to be between 0.5 and 2% (from
    communication with a producer of silicate-based paints).
    Mineral paint is used on the mineral substrate but not on wood and metal since it breaks under tensile
    forces.
    We currently estimate that there is 171 kt of plastic used in architecture paint applied on the exterior
    concrete or mineral substrate; of these, 49 kt are leaked to the environment.
    According to a mineral-based paint producer, the main hurdles to further market penetration are
    reputation (silicate-based paint used to be a two-component system that was difficult to apply), and
    price, as they are on average 10-20% more expensive than organic polymer-based paints.
    In order to understand how plastic content labelling will impact consumer behaviour, we can look at
    the packaging and textiles sectors.
    70% of European consumers are actively taking steps to reduce their use of plastic packaging330331
    Plastic packaging consumption in EU-28 + NO/CH was 20.3 Mt in 2017 (PlasticsEurope, 2018),
    20.4 Mt in 2018 (PlasticsEurope, 2019), and 20.1 Mt in 2019 (PlasticsEurope, 2020). Therefore,
    there has been a decrease in plastic packaging consumption of 1% in 2018-2019. Packaging paper &
    board consumption in Europe also decreased by 0.4% in 2018-2019, from 41.51 Mt in 2018 to 41.35
    Mt in 2019 (CEPI, 2020)
    In the textile sector, the use of fossil-based fibres has increased in recent years, while the use of cotton
    has remained constant332
    . In the textile sector, the use of fossil-based fibres has increased in recent
    years, while the use of cotton has remained constant.
    Based on these figures from the packaging and textiles industry, it is unlikely that more than 2% of
    consumers will switch to mineral-based paint within a year, based solely on the plastic content
    information. Mineral-based paints have almost twice the lifetime of regular paint, which should also
    affect consumer behaviour, but we cannot assess the impact on sales. Overall, given the fact that the
    current market share of mineral-based paint is 0.5-10% in Europe, we could estimate that 0% to 3%
    of consumers would switch from plastic-based to mineral-based paint based on labelling information
    only in a year.
    330
    https://www.twosides.info/documents/research/2020/packaging/European-Packaging-Preferences-2020_EN.pdf
    331
    https://www.twosides.info/documents/research/2020/packaging/European-Packaging-Preferences-2020_EN.pdf
    332
    https://textileexchange.org/wp-content/uploads/2021/08/Textile-Exchange_Preferred-Fiber-and-Materials-Market-
    Report_2021.pdf
    418
    In conclusion, the plastic reduction demand for exterior paint on the mineral substrate could be a
    maximum of 5.1 kt in a year (3% of 171 kt), and the related plastic pollution would decrease by 1.5
    kt (3% of 49 kt). Over the years, given the longer lifetime, one should also see a reduction in paint
    demand as a whole, and it would be more or less of the same order of magnitude.
    Point 2)
    Currently, we assume 719 kt of plastic is used every year for architectural interior paint. Of these, 42
    kt are released to the environment in the form of microplastic
    For interior paint, we have not investigated specific alternatives to standard polymer-containing
    paints, but it should be possible to decrease the paint lifetime by decreasing the plastic content, and
    this should not affect the paint demand since interior paint in currently repainted instead for aesthetic
    reasons.
    If we assume that products are available that have half of the plastic content and that 0-3% of the
    consumer would prefer them to the current formulations (based on assessment at point 1), we obtain
    a maximum leakage reduction of 0.6 kt.
    The benefits assessed above are minimal, as they lead, at most, to a 3% of the Architectural paint
    microplastic leakage (yearly).
    Point 3)
    The amount of plastic contained in unused paint from the architectural sector is 58.1 kt, while from
    marine leisure DIY, it is around 3 kt. In the baseline assessment, we assumed that unused paint is
    never improperly disposed of in Europe. However, a stakeholder from the architectural paint industry
    considered that disposal of unused architectural paint in the drainage system has a high probability
    for DIYers and a medium probability for professionals.
    We make the following assumptions:
    • If the plastic content label is sufficiently visible, 50% to 90% of the consumers will become
    aware of the fact that there is plastic in paint
    • 90%-100% of the consumers that are aware that paint contains plastic will not improperly
    dispose of it. In fact, at the European level, the littering rate of disposable plastic items is
    around 7%333
    , while the littering rate of multi-use items is much lower <0.01%.
    As a result, between 45% and 90% of the unused plastic in the paint targeted by the measure, i.e.,
    61kt, would not be improperly disposed of, for a range of 27 – 55 kt. At the moment, though, we
    consider in our baseline assessment that this paint is already properly disposed of.
    333
    Timothy Elliott, R. B., Chiarina, D., Laurence, E., Chris, S., Ayesha, B., Mathilde, B., & Hilton, M. (2018).
    Assessment of measures to reduce marine litter from single-use plastics. ICF Consulting Services Limited and
    Eunomia, M. European Commission, Brussels
    419
    Economic Impact
    Table 56: Economic impact of the measure
    Impact category Qualitative
    scoring of
    impact
    Affected stakeholders Description of impact
    Operating costs and
    conduct of business
    - Paint producer Cost of testing the products with the
    standard methodology.
    Cost relative to the design and
    implementation of new label
    Administrative
    burdens on businesses
    - Paint
    producers/importer
    Some costs might be due to changes in the
    internal policy of the companies due to
    the necessity to be compliant with the
    labelling regulations.
    Operation / conduct of
    SMEs
    - Small paint producers Performing the assessment with the
    standardized methodology might be an
    economic burden for small producers
    who might not have adequate equipment.
    Providing open access or special
    agreements with testing facilities at the
    EU (or member state) level might be a
    valuable strategy to ensure compliance
    with the rules.
    Functioning of the
    internal market and
    competition
    + Paint producers/
    importers
    The measure will probably favour the
    paint producers and importers who
    provide more environmentally friendly
    products.
    Public authorities:
    Change in costs to
    authorities for
    administrative,
    compliance and
    enforcement activities
    - Member State
    competent authorities
    or European
    Commission
    Cost of amending the existing regulation
    or creating a new one
    Monitoring and reporting: at this stage is
    unclear whether the monitoring will be
    run at the EU or Member State level.
    Innovation and
    research
    + Paint maintenance
    professionals
    The measure will be an incentive to
    develop more environmentally friendly
    paint products.
    Third countries and
    international relations
    - Paint producers in
    third countries
    Will be affected as only the paints which
    are compliant with the EU regulation on
    the labels can enter the market.
    Consumers and
    household
    + Paint maintenance
    professionals and
    DIYers
    The potential impacts on paint prices are
    uncertain, but it is possible that the
    economic burden of product testing at the
    producer’s level might be reflected in the
    cost of the paint itself.
    420
    Environmental Impact
    Without enforcement (thresholds and fee system) is challenging for the measure to have a substantial
    environmental benefit. But in the best-case scenario, the label would raise the knowledge of paint-
    related plastic pollution (mostly for the DYI sector), and it would encourage the consumers to use
    the best paint system for their needs maximising the lifetime minimizing plastic content when
    possible.
    There could be an increase in CO2 emissions if the reduction of plastic content happens through
    substitution with material with a higher CO2 footprint. Similarly, we cannot exclude that the
    substituting materials will be more toxic.
    Finally, there could be an increase in waste generation due to the testing needed to assess the paint
    properties.
    Social impact
    No social impact is expected.
    PNT#3a: Promote mineral paint in the architectural sector
    This measure can be applied with a voluntary scheme such as ECOLABEL or GPP.
    What would be the costs of the measure?
    • The costs related to the amendment of the ECOLABEL regulation or the GPP
    • The costs for the producers of mineral paint to apply for the label and include it on their
    product
    What would be the benefits of the measure?
    In measure PNT#2a an estimate is proposed to assess the impact of label showing plastic content of
    paint on the sales of mineral based paint, which has polymeric content below 5%. This estimate is
    based on consumer purchasing trends in the past years of plastic products in favour of an alternative
    material. We cannot use the same estimate here as the ECOLABEL would not display information
    regarding plastic content, furthermore the ECOLABEL is a voluntary label.
    Overall, we envision minimal impact as most polymer-based producers will not switch to mineral-
    based products through a voluntary scheme.
    Economic Impact
    Table 57: Economic impact of the measure
    Impact category Qualitativ
    e scoring
    of impact
    Affected
    stakeholders
    Description of impact
    Operating costs and
    conduct of business
    - Mineral paint
    producer
    Cost of inserting the new label on the paint
    can
    Public authorities: Change
    in costs to authorities for
    administrative, compliance
    and enforcement activities
    - European
    Commission
    Cost of changing the ecolabel Regulation
    421
    Environmental Impact
    No impact expected.
    Social impact
    No impact foreseen.
    PNT#5: Good practices for paint application in all sectors
    This measure is not dependent upon any measure. This measure is voluntary.
    What would be the costs of the measure?
    The costs of the measure are:
    1. The cost of researching good practices for the various paint sectors is estimated to be around
    EUR 100k - 500k, based on the level of ambition.
    2. The cost for the paint professionals and relevant stakeholders of implementing those good
    practices (e.g., by purchasing a different type of paint removal machinery, etc.)
    The latter depends on changes made, but as it is a voluntary measure, we assume that a professional
    will undertake it only if it leads to an economic advantage (e.g., an increase in business volume due
    to stronger appeal for costumer of less polluting techniques). So the actual economic impact is
    expected to be minimal.
    For the marine sector, in particular, good practices for ship maintenance could be more expensive in
    terms of technology (e.g., water treatment to capture microplastic, robotic vacuum technology for
    paint removal), the time required to adopt them (e.g., vacuum cleaning of the drydock before re-
    floating is more time consuming than just re-floating without cleaning), and training of the paint
    maintenance professionals. The costs would ultimately be bear by the ship owners and by the paint
    maintenance professionals.
    In the last 10 years, only 1-3% of the commercial world fleet was built in Europe, but 36% of the
    world fleet belongs to Europe (UNCSTAD). If ship-building capacity is taken as a proxy for ship-
    maintenance capacity, the implication is that European commercial ships undergo maintenance
    overwhelmingly outside of Europe. Conversation with stakeholders from the shipping sector concurs
    with this assessment.
    Estimating the monetary cost of this measure is very difficult as it depends entirely on the actual list
    of good practices – and relative technologies – that will be set up, but to make an estimation one can
    say that the main cost that overshadows all other costs will be that of upgrading the current
    technologies in shipyards in order to capture microplastic releases during paint removal (the last two
    voice costs). There are two options:
    1. Blasting is done with vacuuming technologies that prevent paint emissions
    2. Blasting is done with wet technologies, without dust formation, and then membranes are used to
    filter the paint residues from the water
    422
    Option 1.
    There are already technologies that do vacuum blasting, and the cost of the technology itself is
    competitive. The main challenge vacuum technologies are facing, especially for dry-docking, is
    productivity, i.e. how many square meters per hour they clean from paint residues. According to
    exchanges with stakeholders that develop vacuuming technology, the best way to have high
    productivity is using a robotic solution, which currently is able to clean 10 m2
    /h (but could go up to
    30-40 m2
    /h).
    On the other hand, hydro blasting technologies (no capturing) can clean up to 300 m2
    /h 334
    In the table below, we summarise the key figures impacting the costs of drydocking.
    Table 58: Factors impacting the costs of drydocking.
    The part of the boat that needs more intense cleaning and repainting is the one below the waterline.
    The below-water surface area can vary from 10,000 m2
    for a Panamax, to 60,000 m2
    , for an Ultra
    Large Crude Carrier.
    This means that with one hydro-blasting machine, the ship can be cleaned in 33-200 h, or 3.3-20
    days, assuming a 10h working schedule. Drydocking usually lasts 10-20 days335
    , meaning that paint
    maintenance lasts all throughout the drydocking period. Since the current vacuuming technologies
    are 30 times slower, it would take them 1 000-6 000 h to clean a ship. If this was done by a single
    machine, on a 10h shift, the drydocking would last 100-600 days. Data collected from one of the
    biggest shipyards in the Persian Gulf show that dry-docking costs varied from 30 000-60 000 $/day
    in 2008-. Given the high daily drydocking cost, it is imperative in order for paint vacuum capturing
    technologies to be competitive, to use more machines in parallel. The main cost would be renting
    additional machines, at a cost of EUR 100/day each. Considering the scenario that 30 machines would
    be needed (to compensate for the 30x lower productivity), the cost increase would be EUR 3 000/day.
    Since maintenance would last 3.3-20 days336
    , the overall cost increase per drydocking period would
    be EUR 10 000 – 60 000. This excludes the cost of having a person operating the machine; given that
    the technology is robotic, it is not clear what the impact would be. On the other hand, we are assuming
    a working schedule of 10 h a day, which with robotic technology could (is) probably higher, reducing
    the number of days needed for the rental.
    334
    (http://www.gimsid.ro/aplicatii/Industria%20navala/Hammelmann/Shipcleaning.pdf).
    335
    Apostolidis, A., Kokarakis, J., & Merikas, A. (2012). Modeling the Dry-Docking Cost-The Case of Tankers. Journal
    of Ship Production & Design, 28(3)
    336
    2012 (Apostolidis, A., Kokarakis, J., & Merikas, A. (2012). Modeling the Dry-Docking Cost-The Case of Tankers.
    Journal of Ship Production & Design, 28(3).)
    423
    Considering that there are 1.8 million commercial ships (UNCTAD, 2017), that 36% belong to EU-
    27 countries and that 3% undergo maintenance in EU-27 every 4 years, there would be around 5000
    ships undergoing maintenance in the EU every year.
    The total costs would be at least 50-300 million EUR/year, with the current productivity.
    Option 2
    If hydro-blasting is used instead, then the water should be filtered from the paint residuals before re-
    emitting it to surface water. Sending to a wastewater treatment plant should be discouraged since the
    paint would end up in oil.
    Ultrafiltration units exist that filter particles in the range of 0.01-0.1 microns. Their operating costs
    is 0.235-0.338 $ per m3
    of water filtered337
    .
    Ultra-high water jetting technologies that can operate at around 300 m2
    /h use 85 l/min of water
    338
    Therefore, filtering the water emitted in one hour would cost from 1,200-1,700 $/h. Since it takes
    33-200 h to clean the bottom of a ship during dry-docking with this technology, the overall operating
    cost would be 40-340 k EUR/ship.
    Using the same estimate of the number of ships maintained in EU-27, the total operating costs would
    be between 200-1 700 million EUR/year, depending on the boat size and the number of boats.
    A further cost would be the creation of a European certification for those paint professionals that
    follows the guidelines. This cost is expected to be a bit minimal with respect to the rest.
    What would be the benefits of the measure?
    The benefits in terms of microplastic pollution reduction are potentially high, as the good practices
    would cover losses at both applications, removal (maintenance) level, and surface preparation, which
    impacts wear & tear. Nevertheless, since this is a voluntary measure, the expected compliance is low.
    For the marine sector, there are 40 kt/year of microplastic emissions to ocean and waterways due to
    maintenance of EU commercial vessels. Since only 1-3% of the maintenance takes place in EU-27,
    the measure could potentially tackle 0.4 – 1.2 kt of micro-plastic emissions. Nevertheless, we
    estimate that applying this measure only at EU-27 level (with either a voluntary or a mandatory
    approach) will not lead to any change in the status quo, as commercial ship will choose to dock
    outside of the EU where maintenance will be cheaper.
    337
    Drouiche, M., Lounici, H., Belhocine, D., Grib, H., Piron, D., & Mameri, N. (2001). Economic study of the treatment
    of surface water by small ultrafiltration units. Water SA, 27(2), 199-204
    Yoo, S. S. (2018). Operating cost reduction of in-line coagulation/ultrafiltration membrane process attributed to
    coagulation condition optimization for irreversible fouling control. Water, 10(8), 1076.).
    338
    Shipcleaning.pdf (gimsid.ro)
    424
    Economic Impact
    Table 59: Economic impact of the measure
    Impact category Qualitative scoring of
    impact
    Affected stakeholders Description of impact
    Public authorities:
    Change in costs to the
    Commission
    - European
    Commission / and EU
    institutions
    Cost for the European
    Commission of defining the
    good practices.
    Environmental Impact
    The implementation of good practices would also reduce the emission of biocides contained in
    antifouling paint.
    On the other hand, the use of more advanced technologies or better water management filters and
    systems could lead to an increase in CO2 emissions.
    Social impact
    No social impact is foreseen by this measure.
    PNT#4 Deposit-return scheme for paint containers
    What would be the costs of the measure?
    • Cost for paint producers and importers who should pay the development and maintenance of
    the system
    • Cost of reporting paint quantities put on the market and collected
    • Cost of funding research and study to assess improper disposal of paint and related
    microplastic pollution
    • Cost of setting up improved collection schemes such as DRS scheme (e.g., cost of economic
    analysis to set up the financial scheme behind the EPR scheme - financial incentives, how
    much is the fee, how much is the reward, how much are the running costs) or door-to-door
    collection.
    • Running cost of the organization managing the collection scheme: cost for establishing
    collection systems; collection and transport, administrative costs, public communication,
    and awareness-raising on waste prevention and collection, appropriate surveillance of the
    system
    • Cost of promoting recycling of unused paint
    Unused paint is often considered as special/hazardous waste and like waste oil, chemicals and spent
    batteries; for example, in several countries (e.g. Belgium and Denmark), it is successfully being
    collected with the goal of proper disposal or recycling 339
    The overall cost of running EPR scheme for
    unused paint could be estimated, making a parallel with waste oil. The two products are similar at
    339
    Formation Gestionnaires de déchets, module 2b, Déchets dangereux, Alain Vassart, Mike Van Acoeyen (Arcadis),
    Environment Brussel and GOOD PRACTICE ODENSE: Hazardous Waste Collection October 2014,
    425
    several levels: hazardous waste, and liquid, used both in professional and household settings, hold
    some intrinsic value but might need to be treated to be used again.
    For waste oils, EPR schemes already exist for several European countries340
    , from their review we
    can estimate that the cost of measure PNT#4 in EU will be between 54 million and 1 billion euros
    per year
    To that, the administrative costs, the costs to perform for economic analysis and to develop the
    framework of the EPR itself have to be added. Drawing a parallel with the costs estimated for an EPR
    scheme for the Pharmaceutical and Cosmetic Industry in Europe, we can assume they will be in the
    order of 16 million euros at the EU level.
    What would be the benefits of the measure?
    It will be possible to compute the benefits of the measures solely in terms of microplastic pollution
    reduction once phase one is completed and a better understanding exists especially on the improper
    disposal of unused paint. Then depending on the effectiveness of the measures put in place (e.g.
    citizens awareness campaign, collection scheme), it will be possible to assess the reduction in
    microplastic pollution341
    .
    Based on the current estimates, the measure would target around 85 kt of plastic from unused paint
    in EU-27.
    Even if the fee is applied to the plastic content, it is expected that this will not drive change in the
    product design, as the fee would be too low to drive change.
    Economic Impact
    Table 60: Economic impact of the measure
    Impact category Qualitative
    scoring of
    impact
    Affected stakeholders Description of impact
    Operating costs and
    conduct of business
    - Paint
    producer/importers
    Pay the fee to the PRO (running
    economic impact) to finance
    knowledge creation, as well as the
    collection and management of unused
    paint and the reduction of improperly
    disposed paint
    Administrative burdens
    on businesses
    -/0 Paint
    producers/importers
    Cost of reporting the plastic content
    input on the market.
    340
    Development of Guidance on Extended Producer Responsibility (EPR)”, 2014 by BIO by Deloitte, in collaboration
    with Arcadis, Ecologic, Institute for European Environmental Policy (IEEP), Umweltbundesamt (UBA).
    https://www2.deloitte.com/content/dam/Deloitte/fr/Documents/sustainability-services/deloitte_sustainability-les-
    filieres-a-responsabilite-elargie-du-producteur-en-europe_dec-15.pdf
    341
    https://www.akzonobel.com/en/media/latest-news---media-releases-/akzonobel-launches-recycled-paint-to-help-
    close-loop-on-waste
    426
    Impact category Qualitative
    scoring of
    impact
    Affected stakeholders Description of impact
    Functioning of the
    internal market and
    competition
    - Paint producers/
    importers
    The paint producers/importers that
    input more plastic on the market are
    penalized (pay more through the fee
    payment scheme).
    Public authorities:
    Change in costs to
    authorities for
    administrative,
    compliance and
    enforcement activities
    - Member State
    competent authorities or
    European Commission
    Running cost of the EPR operator
    (including monitoring and reporting).
    Public authorities:
    Change in costs to the
    Commission
    - European Commission /
    and EU institutions
    This measure will only require
    resources in the phase of introducing
    the measure.
    Third countries and
    international relations
    - Paint producers in third
    countries
    Will be indirectly affected because
    importers have to pay based on how
    much plastic they import.
    Consumers and
    household
    0 Paint maintenance
    professionals and
    DIYers
    The potential impacts on paint prices
    are uncertain but are expected to be
    limited.
    Environmental Impact
    If a deposit-return scheme is put in place, there could be a CO2 impact related to the transport of the
    recovered paint, but it could be minimised by matching purchases of new paint with taking back of
    removed paint.
    A potential positive environmental impact could be the development of recycling technologies for
    unused paint and an increase in circularity.
    Social impact
    There are no social impacts foreseen for this measure.
    PNT#2b: Threshold on paint lifetime and plastic content for paints
    This measure depends on measure PNT#2a to be implemented first.
    Product authorisation in the European market depends on compliance with thresholds to regulate an
    upper bound for plastic content and a lower bound for paint lifetime.
    Once it becomes clear, by paint sector (marine, architectural, road markings, etc.) and its sub-
    categories (e.g., architectural interior, exterior-concrete, exterior-wood), what are the ranges of
    plastic content (%) and lifetime for the different paint formulations available for the market,
    427
    regulators can decide to ban from the market products that have a high plastic content and/or a
    lifetime much shorter than that of the painted object.
    What would be the costs of the measure?
    Additional cost with respect to measure PNT#2a:
    • Cost of defining thresholds based on paint properties for entering EU markets and creating
    appropriate legislation
    • Cost of defining and applying a fee system for non-compliant products
    Besides the costs which are common to both the application framework of the measure, we can
    indicate the cost of defining thresholds as the one of a highly qualified consulting company: 100-500
    k EUR, one time.
    Cost for paint producers of adapting the paint formulation to match the new requirements: 500 k
    EUR per paint formulation342
    or 0.4% of sales value343
    , i.e. EUR 500 million.
    What would be the benefits of the measure?
    The benefits of the measures will depend on which types of paint formulations are currently available
    on the market.
    Road markings - case study
    For example, in the case of road markings, there are currently 4 main paints formulations: solvent-
    based (17.3% plastic, 1-2 years lifetime), water-based (16.6% plastic, 1-2 years lifetime),
    thermoplastics (16% plastics, 3-5 years lifetime) and cold plastics (35% plastic, 3-5 years lifetime).
    Here, the plastic contents are taken from the Eunomia report Hann, et al. (2018), while the lifetime
    are taken from Barbara, K. R., & Nicholas, D. O. D. D. (2018). Development of the EU Green Public
    Procurement (GPP) Criteria for Paints, Varnishes and Road Markings. Technical Report with final
    criteria. If these values were to be confirmed, once the standardised methodology is established, the
    preferred road marking type would be thermoplastics, as it has the lowest plastic content and the
    longest lifetime.
    Currently, given the market distribution of the different road markings formulations (Hann et al.
    2018), the polymer content in (dry) road markings paint is 16.6%, and the lifetime – weighted by the
    plastic content – is 3.3 years. If only thermoplastics were used, the polymer content would be 16%
    and the lifetime 4 years.
    The microplastic leakage reduction can be approximated as: Leakage reduction = leakageold *
    reduction rate,
    Reduction rate = (1 - repaint%) *( 1 – plasticnew / plasticold )
    + repaint% * ( 1 - plasticnew / plasticold * lifetimeold / lifetimenew )
    In this case: leakageold = 20 kt, plasticnew = 16%, plastic%old = 16.6%, lifetimeold = 3.3 years,
    lifetimenew = 4 years. The “repaint %” indicates how much of the paint put on the market is used for
    342
    https://circabc.europa.eu/sd/a/2d163ccc-f496-44af-9b6a-8fd2006a4d5e/Final
    343
    https://ec.europa.eu/environment/archives/air/pdf/paint_solvents/decopaint.pdf),
    428
    re-paint jobs. We don’t currently have this quantity, but we could estimate it to be at least 50% in
    Europe, given the road lifetime versus the paint lifetime.
    The leakage reduction in this case would be 20 kt * 12% = 2.4 kt.
    Architectural exterior – case study
    If we apply the equation above to a scenario in which all exterior architectural paint is replaced with
    silicate-based paint, we will obtain:
    Leakageold = 49 kt, plasticnew = 5%, plastic%old = 20%, lifetimeold = 10 years, lifetimenew = 20 years,
    (repaint % = 50%)
    Leakage reduction = 49 kt * 81% = 39 kt
    Total estimate
    Let us assume that through legislation, it would be possible, every few years, to decrease the plastic
    content by 5%, and increase the lifetime by 5%, on all paint formulations besides antifouling paint,
    which has been excluded from the measure. In this case, the reduction rate could be:
    Reduction rate = (1 - repaint %) * (1 – 0.95) + repaint % * (1 – 0.95 * 1/1.05)
    Let us assume the repaint share varies between 0% and 100%, then the range in reduction rate would
    be between 5% and 10% every year.
    Currently, the total microplastic leakage from paint is estimated at 482 kt, but 50kt comes from
    antifouling paints, and another 154 kt comes from other marine paint applied on European ships
    outside the EU. Therefore, this measure could target 278 kt of microplastic leakage by reducing it by
    5% to 10%. The corresponding leakage reduction would be 14–26 kt. Every year, the label
    requirements are made more stringent by 5%, and the leakage would be further reduced by 5-10%.
    According to CEPE, it took 4 years to develop a new paint formulation in 2009 344
    ; therefore, we
    could assume thresholds to become more stringent every 4 years.
    Economic Impact
    The specific costs for measure #2b are the ones of #2a with the addition of the following:
    Table 61: Economic impact of the measure
    Impact category Qualitative
    scoring of
    impact
    Affected
    stakeholders
    Description of impact
    Technological
    development / digital
    economy
    -- Paint producers The threshold imposed for market
    authorisation will require paint companies
    to adapt their production lines.
    344
    European Commission Service Contract N°070307/2007/483710/Mar/C3 Implementation And Review Of Directive
    2004/42/Ec (European Directive Limiting The Voc Content In Certain Products – Current Scope: Decorative Paints
    And Varnishes, Vehicle Refinishing Products) Final Report
    http://ec.europa.eu/environment/air/pollutants/pdf/paints_report.pdf
    429
    Environmental Impact
    It is possible that the measure will have adverse environmental impacts if, for example, a paint has a
    longer lifetime, a smaller plastic content, but higher toxicity or higher CO2 impact.
    The enforcement provided by the thresholds and fee system will most definitely have an
    environmental benefit in terms of microplastic pollution reduction.
    But, if the thresholds on maximum plastic content were imposed, the compositions of the paints
    would need to change to provide the same (or improved) performances, by definition. Therefore,
    since we are talking about new formulations that may not exist at the moment, there is no way to
    predict how those would look like in terms of environmental impact (one possibility out of many:
    lower plastic content, same lifetime but more toxic degradation products once released in the
    environment).
    We state here that a different (not quantifiable) environmental impact is a possibility, such as
    increased toxicity.
    There could be negative CO2 impacts and an increase in waste generation due to the testing needed
    for the assessment of the paint properties.
    Social impact
    No social impact is expected.
    PNT#3b: Restrict polymer-based paints in the architectural sector
    What would be the costs of the measure?
    • Administrative and legal costs associated with the creation of the limitation regulation or ban
    • Costs for the paint producers to produce more mineral paint (investments and shift in
    production volumes)
    • Increased costs for asset owners or managers (the ones that buy the paint products) because
    the mineral paint is more expensive than the dispersive one (based on organic polymer
    binders)
    • Cost of a monitoring and reporting protocol to verify compliance with the new regulations
    • Costs for asset owners in the form of a fee if found non-compliant
    From discussions with mineral paint producers, it appears that silicate-based paint (which is by far
    the kind most available on the market) is 10-20% more expensive than dispersion paints. Their cost
    definitely influences their usage, and it will represent a burden on the consumers. Nevertheless, the
    lifetime is significantly elongated with respect to dispersion paint (almost twice as much). The life-
    cycle cost seems thus to be lower for silicate-based than polymer-based paints.
    Another cost to consider is the market development for such paints. In Europe, the market share of
    mineral paint appears to be, on average, between 0.5 - 2% (both and value), with the highest value in
    Germany at 10%.
    430
    What would be the benefits of the measure?
    The microplastic leakage reduction can be approximated as:
    Leakage reduction = leakageold * reduction rate,
    Reduction rate = (1 - repaint%) *( 1 – plasticnew / plasticold )
    + repaint% * ( 1 - plasticnew / plasticold * lifetimeold / lifetimenew )
    In this case: leakageold = 49 kt, plasticnew = 5%, plastic%old = 20%, lifetimeold = 10 yrs, lifetimenew = 20
    years, (repaint % = 50%). The “repaint %” indicates how much of the paint put on the market is used
    for re-paint jobs. We don’t currently have this quantity, but we could estimate it to be at least 50%.
    Therefore, the leakage reduction of exterior architectural paint (excl. wood and metal substrates)
    would be:
    Leakage reduction = 49 kt * 81% = 39 kt
    If the measure was to be extended to interior paint as well, we could compute the leakage reduction
    using the following parameters:
    Leakage reduction = 49 kt * 81% = 39 kt
    Leakageold = 42 kt, plasticnew = 5%, plastic%old = 20%
    We remove from the equation the part related to the increased lifetime because repaint practices on
    interior paint are not due to paint system failure.
    Reduction rate = (1 – 5%/ 20%) = 75%
    Leakage reduction = 32 kt
    Total leakage reduction = 71 kt
    Economic Impact
    Table 62: Economic impact of the measure
    Impact category Qualitative
    scoring of
    impact
    Affected
    stakeholders
    Description of impact
    Operating costs and
    conduct of business
    - Paint producer Cost related to product design and
    investments for improving or adding
    production of mineral paint to their list
    of products.
    Functioning of the internal
    market and competition
    + Paint producers/
    importers
    The paint producers/importers that
    already produce mineral paint will
    have an economic advantage.
    431
    Public authorities: Change
    in costs to authorities for
    administrative,
    compliance and
    enforcement activities
    - Member State
    competent
    authorities or
    European
    Commission
    Cost of the creation of the
    regulation/ban.
    Technological
    development / digital
    economy
    -- Paint producers The ban on mineral paint will require
    paint companies to adapt their
    production lines.
    Innovation and research + Paint maintenance
    professionals
    The measure will be an incentive to
    develop and use mineral paint in place
    of the more plastic intensive dispersion
    paint.
    Consumers and household 0 Paint maintenance
    professionals and
    DIYers
    There will be potential impacts on
    paint prices due to the higher cost of
    the mineral paint, but they are most
    likely balanced by the longer lifetime
    of the paint layer itself.
    Environmental Impact
    This measure will most definitely have an environmental benefit in terms of microplastic pollution
    reduction as it promotes the use of less plastic-intensive paint for one of the biggest sectors in terms
    of paint consumption, the architectural one. The environmental footprint of shifting the production
    from polymer-based paint should be assessed through a proper LCA (Life Cycle Assessment).
    Social impact
    Product design will also be incentivised. This might create new job positions in R&D, although this
    impact is estimated to be quite small.
    PNT#1: Standardised methodology of paint lifetime
    This measure was developed in response to the knowledge gaps we identified around the precise
    measurement of microplastic emissions. Developing a standardised measurement methodology will
    enable the development of reduction-specific measures at a later stage.
    This measure does not depend upon any other measure but it is necessary for the application of the
    measures PNT#2a and PNT#2b.
    What would be the costs of the measure?
    Cost of a scientific task force to define paint lifetime and how to measure it in a consistent way for
    various types of applications
    The cost then should be relative to the hiring of a scientific committee and/or consultancy firm to
    define the guidelines for the standard methodology of testing. Considering a highly qualified
    consultancy firm, this cost could be EUR 100k-500k. Once the standard is developed, there will be
    the additional cost of testing the materials (only once per material). This cost was evaluated to range
    between EUR 10 000 and 20 000 by expert judgement.
    432
    What would be the benefits of the measure?
    This measure will benefit all other measures on paints as the release of microplastics during the life
    cycle of paints is a critical knowledge gap. The indirect benefits will also include the awareness-
    raising of the paints value chain actors. If an EPR system is implemented, the eco-fee can also be
    modulated according to the volume of microplastic release and respective actors' contributions. It is
    already a necessary step to measure any reduction measure's success rate. This measure is essential
    to the implementation of measure PNT#2.
    Economic Impact
    Table 63: Impact of the measure
    Impact category Qualitative
    scoring of
    impact
    Affected stakeholders Description of impact
    Operating costs and conduct of
    business
    0 Paint producer No cost
    Administrative burdens on
    businesses
    Paint
    producers/importers
    No cost
    Operation / conduct of SMEs 0 Paint producers No cost
    Functioning of the internal
    market and competition
    0 Paint producers/
    importers
    No cost
    Public authorities: Change in
    costs to authorities for
    administrative, compliance and
    enforcement activities
    - European Commission Cost related to the creation
    of the scientific task force
    and remunerating their
    job.
    Public authorities: Change in
    costs to the Commission
    0 European Commission /
    and EU institutions
    No cost
    Innovation and research + Paint maintenance
    professionals
    No cost
    Technological development /
    digital economy
    0 No cost
    Macroeconomic environment 0 No cost
    Third countries and international
    relations
    + Paint producers in third
    countries
    No cost
    Consumers and household 0 Paint maintenance
    professionals & DIYers
    No cost
    Environmental Impact
    Mildly positive indirect environmental impact is foreseen due to the fact that the discussion around
    the plastic definition can help clarify important points for other scientific studies and policy creation
    on the microplastic pollution issue as well.
    Social impact
    No social impact is foreseen.
    433
    7.5 Impact of measures for detergent capsules
    Table below shows the comparison between all measures initially evaluated to reduce microplastic
    emissions from capsules.
    Table 64: Comparison of measures for capsules
    Measure Estimated
    reduction
    potential
    Estimated
    Cost-
    effectiveness
    (EUR/tons
    reduced/year)
    Other
    environmental
    impacts
    Other economic
    impacts
    Social
    impacts
    % Ktons/
    year
    CAP#2: Apply
    current
    biodegradability
    standards to
    detergent capsules
    Uncertain,
    with
    possibly
    high
    potential
    5 060
    (4 140
    –
    5 980)
    2 207
    (1 739-2 676)
    Full
    biodegradation
    is ensured and
    reduction of
    microplastic
    pollution
    Negative impact on
    industry, depending on
    the applicable standard
    (Costs associated with
    the effort to redesign
    their products to
    comply with new
    standards)
    CAP#1:
    Standardised
    methodology to
    quantify
    microplastics
    released from
    detergent
    capsules
    CAP#3: Redesign
    biodegradability
    standards for
    detergent
    capsules
    Table below shows the comparison of the impacts of the measures assessed to reduce microplastic
    emissions from capsules.
    434
    Table 65: Summary of impacts for measures for capsules
    Policy Option Environmental impact Economic Impact Social impact
    CAP#2: Apply current
    biodegradability
    standards to detergent
    capsules
    Reduction of plastic
    emissions from water-
    soluble plastics are
    difficult to estimate, but
    possible high potential
    Estimated increased
    production cost of EUR
    7.2 - 16 million/year
    (initial assessment)
    CAP#1: Standardised
    methodology to
    quantify microplastics
    released from
    detergent capsules
    No emission reduction
    per se but helpful in
    other measures and
    knowledge
    improvement
    EUR 100k-500k There could be new jobs
    in the R&D sector
    (private company or
    research organisations)
    unless developed by the
    existing research staff
    CAP#3: Redesign
    biodegradability
    standards for detergent
    capsules
    Reduction of plastic
    emissions from water-
    soluble plastics
    Standard development
    costs of EUR 500 000 -
    1 million, and increased
    production cost (likely
    higher than CAP#2).
    Other impacts not
    assessed
    Possible jobs in the R&D
    sector. Other impacts not
    assessed
    The impact of each measure is outlined below.
    CAP#2: Apply current biodegradability standards to detergent capsules
    This measure will enable ultimate biodegradation of PVOH and related mixtures during and after
    wastewater treatments.
    What would be the costs of the measure?
    Applying the measure may come at a certain cost as water-soluble plastic producers will have to
    adapt some of their products to the biodegradation standard. The exact costs are difficult to assess,
    because it depends on the exact application of the standard. The standard could for example be
    applied according to its adaptation for polymers (i.e. without the application of the 10-day window).
    Some of the additional costs to redesign their products could be estimated to be around 20% of the
    actual prices of detergent capsules based on technical discussions with some stakeholders (AISE
    members).
    Knowing that the actual price of water-soluble plastics derived from PVOH for detergent capsules is
    around 2-4 EUR/kg and the annual volume of PVOH put on the market is at the low end 18 000 tons,
    thus the total cost to redesign their products would be EUR 7.2 million, or at the high end, the volume
    being 20 000 tons, the total cost would be EUR 16 million in order to comply with this measure. It
    might be expected that this cost would decrease due to innovation.
    435
    Therefore: 2EUR/kg * 18 000 tons * 20% = 7 200 000 EUR
    Emission reduction potential: 4 140 – 5 980 tons
    Cost efficiency, low end: 7 200 000 EUR / 4 140 tons= 1739 EUR per tonne
    Cost efficiency high end: 16 000 000 EUR / 5 980 tons = 2676 EUR per tonne
    This is thus only an initial assessment. As mentioned above, economic costs are difficult to assess
    and depend on the exact application of the standard.
    What would be the benefits of the measure?
    As soon as this measure is enforced, PVOH pollution is expected to reduce. While the exact extend
    of the reduction of microplastic releases is unknown, the maximum potential is full biodegradation,
    this would then result in an emission reduction potential of 4140 – 5980 tons/year.
    Economic impacts
    Table 66: Economic impact of the measure CAP#2
    Impact category Qualitative
    scoring of
    impact
    Affected stakeholders Description of impact
    Operating costs and conduct of
    business
    - Water-soluble plastic
    producers
    EUR 7.2 – 16 million /
    year
    (initial assessment)
    Public authorities: Change in
    costs to authorities for
    administrative, compliance and
    enforcement activities
    - Member State
    competent authorities
    or European
    Commission
    Costs associated with the
    effort to implement these
    standards at the national
    level
    Further analysis is also needed to estimated possible other economic impacts.
    Environmental impacts
    This measure is expected to have a positive impact on the environment in terms of the reduction of
    microplastic releases from water-soluble plastics. Adopting good practices for water-soluble plastics
    can give a real chance to properly manage the water-soluble plastics during wastewater treatment.
    Social impacts
    There are no social impacts foreseen.
    CAP#1: Standardised methodology to quantify microplastics releases from detergent capsules
    This measure was developed in response to the knowledge gaps that were identified around the
    precise level of microplastic emissions. Developing a standardised measurement methodology will
    enable the development of reduction-specific measures at a later stage.
    This measure aims to increase the knowledge about PVOH’s pathway to the different environmental
    compartments it may reach after being released from households. Currently, there is a lack of
    understanding regarding the compartment (sludge or water bodies) in which PVOH finally ends up
    and the repartitioning between them. This is an issue specifically when it comes to testing for the
    436
    biodegradability of PVOH because the complete biodegradation of PVOH in natural conditions and
    after WWTP has not been demonstrated yet. Its degradation depends on environmental conditions as
    well as on the microorganisms present, and it is important to identify in which environmental
    compartments PVOH end up.
    What would be the costs of the measure?
    Its cost would be that of developing a sampling procedure as well as performing the sampling and
    analysing it. This cost would be borne by the Commission and should be then relative to the hiring
    of a scientific committee and/or consultancy firm to define the guidelines for the standard
    methodology of testing. Considering a highly qualified consultancy firm, this cost could be EUR
    100 000-500 000. Once the standard is developed, there will be the additional cost of testing the
    materials (only once per material). This cost was evaluated to range between EUR 500 and 1000 per
    sample.
    What would be the benefits of the measure?
    This measure will provide information on the release of microplastics by using detergent capsules
    since this is a critical knowledge gap that has been identified. The indirect benefits will also include
    raising awareness of the detergent capsule value chain actors and consumers. It is already a necessary
    step to measure any reduction measure's success rate. It would further increase our knowledge and
    understanding of PVOH’s degradation.
    Economic impacts
    Table 67: Economic impact of the measure
    Impact category Qualitative
    scoring of
    impact
    Affected
    stakeholders
    Description of impact
    Operating costs and
    conduct of business
    0 Detergent
    manufacturers
    The use of optimized/enhanced compositions
    used for water-soluble films will probably come
    at a neutral cost as detergent manufacturers are
    innovating to improve their products because of
    the demand of sustainable products. However,
    they need to contribute for the development of
    the method which would entail minor costs.
    Operating costs and
    conduct of business
    0 Water-soluble
    plastic producers
    Having a measurable harmonised method will
    enable them to design better water-soluble films.
    Operating costs and
    conduct of business
    0/- Wastewater
    management
    companies
    The method itself will not impact the wastewater
    treatment companies but would enable them to
    estimate better the proportion of soluble plastics
    in the waste water.
    Public authorities:
    Change in costs to
    authorities for
    administrative,
    compliance and
    enforcement activities
    - Member State
    competent
    authorities or
    European
    Commission
    Public authorities could finance or supervise the
    development of the method, e.g. through national
    standardisation bodies.
    Public authorities:
    Change in costs to the
    Commission
    - European
    Commission &
    EU institutions
    Cost for the European Commission to fund the
    research for the development of the method.
    437
    Impact category Qualitative
    scoring of
    impact
    Affected
    stakeholders
    Description of impact
    Innovation and
    research
    + Scientific
    community
    The measure will deepen the understanding of
    the release of PVOH through detergent capsules.
    Environmental impacts
    This measure is expected to offer a better understanding about the impact of water-soluble films in
    the real environment. It will enable to select the most appropriate water-soluble plastic compositions
    with no adverse impact.
    Social impacts
    There are no social impacts foreseen.
    CAP#3: Redesign biodegradability standards for detergent capsules
    Here, a biodegradability standard would be re-designed, which would reflect the different
    environmental compartments and the associated conditions that PVOH coming from detergent
    capsules may encounter after it is released from WWTP. It would reflect the varying temperature
    conditions, presence (or absence) of the required microorganisms, and selectivity of the
    microorganisms (will it still degrade PVOH when in the presence of other competing food sources?).
    What would be the costs of the measure?
    The cost of setting up this measure would be borne by industry. It would consist in developing other
    testing procedures reflecting the natural environmental conditions met by PVOH once it is released.
    The cost was evaluated to be comparable to that of other similar measures and range between EUR
    500 000 and 1 million. (For geotextiles (GEO#1), the cost of developing a standard would be EUR
    0.63 million and EUR 2.85 million. For, CAP#1, this cost would be EUR 100 000-500 000.)
    The above described measure (CAP#2: Apply current biodegradability standards to detergent
    capsules) is expected to have an impact on producers. It is likely that the impact of this measure
    (CAP#3) would be larger, as biodegradability criteria would be more stringent. This measure
    (CAP#3) can for instance lead to a ban of products already on the market. As at this moment, it is not
    clear how much such a new biodegradability standard would affect which PVOH grades would be
    compliant, it is also difficult to estimate the cost and other impacts, such as on the SMEs that produce
    these capsules.
    What would be the benefits of the measure?
    After the protocol has been developed and declared the right standard to evaluate PVOH’s
    biodegradability, the standard has a potential for a full emissions reduction. However, the
    development of the standard alone will have a limited impact.
    Economic impacts
    A summary of the impacts is given in the table below.
    438
    Table 68: Economic impact of the measure CAP#3
    Impact category Qualitative
    scoring of
    impact
    Affected
    stakeholders
    Description of impact
    Operating costs and
    conduct of business
    -- Water-soluble plastic
    producers
    Water-soluble plastic producers will have
    to set up new standards and replace their
    PVOH grades were needed.
    Public authorities:
    Change in costs to the
    Commission
    - European
    Commission and EU
    institutions
    Cost for the European Commission to
    support the development of the new
    standards
    Innovation and
    research
    + Scientific community The measure will deepen the
    understanding of the fate of PVOH grades
    in the different natural compartments.
    Environmental impacts
    This measure is expected to have a positive impact on the environment in terms of the reduction of
    plastic emissions from water-soluble plastics. The adoption of this measure for water-soluble plastics
    can give a real chance to the collection and good management of water-soluble plastics.
    Social impacts
    There are no social impacts foreseen.
    7.6 Impact of measures for geotextiles
    Table below shows the comparison between all measures evaluated to reduce microplastic emissions
    from geotextiles.
    Table 69: Comparison of measures for geotextiles
    Measure Estimated
    reduction
    potential
    Estimated
    Cost-
    effectiveness
    (EUR/tons
    reduced/year)
    Other
    environmental
    impacts
    Other economic
    impacts
    Social
    impacts
    % Ktons/
    year
    GEO#2:
    Guidelines for
    geotextile use
    18 – 74% 2 880 –
    11 840
    15 – 272 EUR/t No impact on
    already installed
    geotextiles
    Negative impact on
    costs for
    geotextiles users
    (municipalities,
    construction
    companies)
    GEO#3: Use
    biodegradable
    geotextiles for
    specific
    applications
    Not
    quantified
    439
    GEO#4: Establish
    geotextile classes
    according to
    emissions of
    microplastics
    25 – 85% 8 340
    (3 360 –
    13 320)
    27.5
    (20 – 351
    EUR/t)
    No impact on
    already installed
    geotextiles
    Reduction of
    microplastic
    pollution in
    marine
    environment, air
    and soil
    Negative impact on
    costs for
    geotextiles users
    (municipalities,
    construction
    companies)
    GEO#1:
    Standardised
    methodology to
    quantify
    microplastics
    released from
    geotextiles
    Table 70Table 70Table below shows the comparison of the impacts of the measures assessed to
    reduce microplastic emissions from geotextiles.
    Table 70: Summary of impacts for measures for geotextiles
    Policy Option Environmental impact Economic Impact Social impact
    GEO#2: Guidelines
    for geotextile use
    Microplastic release
    reduction by 2 880
    tonnes and up to 11 840
    tonnes
    Between EUR 174 000 -
    785 000 for developing
    the guidelines
    No social impact
    GEO#3: Use
    biodegradable
    geotextiles for
    specific applications
    Reduction in
    microplastics released
    from the use of polymer-
    based geotextiles in
    short-term applications
    Increased product prices
    for end-users
    No social impact
    GEO#4: Establish
    geotextile classes
    according to
    emissions of
    microplastics
    Reduction in
    microplastics released,
    especially combined
    with 2c
    Increased burden for
    geotextile manufacturers
    leading to higher prices
    No social impact
    GEO#1:
    Standardised
    methodology to
    quantify
    microplastics
    released from
    geotextiles
    No emission reduction
    per se but helpful in
    other measures and
    knowledge
    improvement
    One-shot cost of
    developing the standard
    0.63- 2.85 million euros.
    Cost of testing the
    materials is between
    EUR 2 500 per test
    There could be new jobs
    in the R&D sector
    (private company or
    research organisations)
    unless developed by the
    existing research staff
    The impact of each measure is outlined below.
    440
    GEO#2: Guidelines for geotextile use
    This measure would be for the EC to support the development of guidelines by the industry regarding
    how to properly install geotextiles to achieve a certain goal while minimising microplastic releases.
    These guidelines would cover three main areas:
    • What should be the polymer used for certain applications?
    • What should be the manufacturing process?
    • How should the geotextile be installed?
    This could take the form of a decision tree accompanied by a set of guidelines specific for each case
    What would be the costs of the measure?
    The cost of this measure is expected to be mostly borne by the entity that will develop the guidelines
    (European Commission or the industry). The cost of this measure is expected to be between EUR
    174 000 -785 000.
    Indirectly, the cost of geotextile solutions may be increased due to the additional requirements for
    installing them to reduce microplastic releases while still achieving the desired mechanical
    properties. So an indirect impact of this measure would be to increase the cost of coastal erosion
    protection systems for municipalities, for example.
    What would be the benefits of the measure?
    This measure would enable the use of geotextiles for coastal erosion protection applications (and
    others, although this is the application expected to release most microplastics) in optimal conditions,
    which would reduce the microplastic releases significantly from newly installed geotextiles.
    When the guidelines are in place, the reduction in microplastic releases may not be significant as it
    depends on the will of users to follow or not the guidelines. The industry estimate it to range between
    60 and 80% but we consider it will be much lower 20-30%. However, this reduction would only
    concern the newly installed geotextiles; the previously installed materials exposed to the environment
    would continue to release microplastics. Therefore, we estimate that it would reduce microplastic
    releases by 2 880 tonnes and up to 11 840 tonnes.
    Economic impacts
    The economic impacts are expected to be twofold:
    • Economic impact for the industry: they will be the ones developing the guidelines; this
    would require full-time equivalents from the industry association (the EAGM345
    in the EU
    or the IGS346
    if the guidelines are developed at a scale broader than the EU). Additional
    costs would be incurred by testing the materials and installing said materials together with
    the sampling of microplastics to ensure that the guidelines effectively reduce microplastic
    releases.
    • Economic impacts for consumers / users: it is expected that these guidelines will require
    that higher quality materials are used and that they are adequately protected. This will most
    likely increase the cost of using geotextile solutions instead of their alternatives (rocks,
    345
    European Association of Geotextile manufacturers
    346
    International Geotextile Society
    441
    concrete structures, etc.). However, these economic impacts are expected to be reduced.
    Environmental impacts
    Environmental benefits are expected from this measure. Indeed, the guidelines will be designed with
    the goal of reducing microplastic releases. Thus, once they are in place, the emissions are expected
    to be significantly decreased. However, there are two caveats to this positive effect:
    • It is possible that the guidelines may suffer from a significant delay from the industry during
    development, which would postpone the potential reduction of microplastic releases from
    this measure.
    • All geotextiles which were installed before the publication of these guidelines will still
    release microplastics into the environment. Even more so, after they have been weathered
    by the environment, there is currently no scheme to remove geotextiles when they reach
    their end-of-life.
    Social impacts
    No social impact
    GEO#5: Use biodegradable geotextiles for specific applications
    Some geotextile materials are used to keep plants in place while they root. These materials are used
    for applications which are by definition short-lived and which will be impossible to recover once the
    plants have grown through them. Therefore, enforcing the mandatory use of biodegradable and bio-
    based materials made of jute, coco fibres, or others should significantly reduce microplastics from
    these materials.
    What would be the costs of the measure?
    This measure would increase the cost of the materials used for vegetation placement because
    biodegradable fibre geotextiles are more expensive than their non-biodegradable counterparts. In
    most cases, a biodegradable fibre has a natural origin, although not always. So, the cost for
    municipalities would increase. Moreover, members of the industry would suffer losses from the
    inability to sell their products, so an adaptation period will be necessary.
    What would be the benefits of the measure?
    There would be a reduction of microplastic releases from the use of polymer-based geotextile for
    short-term applications.
    Economic impacts
    The main economic impact will be on the end users as they will bear the additional costs of the
    biodegradable material, compared to the non-biodegradable ones.
    Environmental impacts
    This measure is expected to have a good positive impact on the environment in terms of the reduction
    of microplastic release as biodegradable in natural environment. Biodegradation will have to be
    supported by an appropriate standard.
    Social impacts
    There are no social impacts foreseen.
    442
    GEO#4 Establish geotextile classes according to emissions of microplastics
    In the Construction Products Regulation (CPR), material classes can be defined through delegated
    acts depending on the quality/strength requirements for a given construction product. A similar
    system could be used for geotextiles: geotextile materials, depending on their manufacturing method,
    polymer type, and additive content (type of additive and concentration), could be classified according
    to quality standards based on the measurement protocols developed under 5f. Then, requirements
    regarding the minimum material class to use depending on the application would be made available,
    and only the accredited materials could be used for these applications.
    What would be the costs of the measure?
    The measure would need GEO#1 to be implemented before, in order to quantify the microplastic
    releases from geotextiles. The measure’s cost would be due to developing the different material
    classes as well as testing the geotextiles to determine their class and defining for what application
    can a certain class of geotextile be used.
    What would be the benefits of the measure?
    This measure is expected to reduce microplastic releases from the installation of new geotextiles, and
    it is expected to reduce the emission faster than 2c (guidelines for geotextile applications) because it
    is expected to be implemented faster through a regulatory action than what the industry could do.
    The geotextiles may still be exposed to harsh environmental conditions, especially to weather events
    of unpredictable scale such as storms and could release some microplastics.
    Economic impacts
    It is expected to increase the impact on manufacturers to fulfil the class labelling obligations of the
    CPR. Increase costs of geotextile will also impact the cost for installing geotextiles for final users
    (e.g. municipalities, public works companies, landfill management companies etc. However, during
    the stakeholder consultation on levels and classes of performance (Article 27, Article 60) of the CPR,
    64% of the respondents indicated no impact for establishing classes of performance and threshold
    levels in relation to the essential characteristics of construction products, some stakeholders believed
    that the process for establishing classes will be more time consuming and onerous.347
    Environmental impacts
    The reduction of microplastic releases is expected to be higher than 2c but in combination with 2c
    the reductions will be higher.
    Social impacts
    There are no social impacts foreseen for this measure.
    GEO#1: Standardised methodology to quantify microplastics released from geotextiles
    This measure was developed in response to the knowledge gaps that were identified around the
    precise measurement of microplastic emissions. Developing a standardised measurement
    methodology will enable the development of reduction-specific measures at a later stage.
    This measure aims to develop a protocol to effectively measure microplastics released from
    geotextiles over the life cycle. There is evidence that microplastics are emitted from geotextiles;
    however, the quantification of such emissions still eludes researchers. Indeed, a systematic approach
    347
    RPA (2015) Analysis of implementation of the Construction Products Regulation, DG GROW, European
    Commission
    443
    to microplastic sampling for geotextile particles in the environment currently does not exist.
    Moreover, since geotextiles are installed in various ways and for a wide range of applications, there
    would be some value in systematically taking samples to measure microplastic releases to the
    environment from different materials and installation methods.
    The main goal of this measure would be to increase our understanding of the issue by developing a
    measurement methodology valid for measuring microplastic releases from different geotextile
    sources. E.g., different materials (PET, PP, etc.), different manufacturing processes (woven, non-
    woven, etc.). This should cover the complete life-cycle, i.e. producing geotextiles, their use in
    applications and end-of-life management.
    Currently, there are tests used to evaluate the degradation of geotextiles from different weathering
    agents (UV light, temperature variation, water/saltwater,348
    oxygen exposure349
    or
    abrasion350
    ).351,352,353
    The ISO 22182 test method simulates abrasion impacts on geotextiles and
    geotextile-related products such as that caused by the movement of rocks in an embankment or
    transport of sediment in rivers. This test can be used as a performance test by comparison of
    mechanical and/or additionally hydraulic properties before and after abrasion impact. Though not
    intended for assessing microplastic release, it could potentially simulate the development of abrasion-
    resistant geotextiles.354
    These methods do yield results which are currently used for the determination
    of geotextiles’ lifetime expectancy. Still, they may not reflect the weathering power of the natural
    environment, especially when these affect the geotextiles conjointly. A recently published study
    highlighted the destructive effect that interacting weathering agents could have on geotextile aging:355
    “The results, among other findings, showed the existence of relevant interactions between the
    degradation agents and showed that the reduction factors obtained by the traditional methodology
    were unable to represent accurately (by underestimating) the degradation occurred in the
    geotextile.”
    What would be the costs of the measure?
    The costs would be split into two:
    First, there would be the cost of developing the methodology (EUR 630 000-2 850 000).
    Second, there would be the cost of testing the materials (EUR 2500/sample).
    The estimated cost of developing the standard is shown in the below.
    348
    EN 12447, Geotextiles and Geotextile-Related Products-Screening Test Method for Determining the Resistance to
    Hydrolysis in Water, European Committee for Standardization, Brussels, Belgium, 2001.
    349
    EN ISO 13438, Geotextiles and Geotextile-Related Products-Screening Test Method for Determining the Resistance
    to Oxidation, European Committee for Standardization, Brussels, Belgium, 2004.
    350
    ISO 22182 :2020, Geotextiles and geotextile-related products — Determination of index abrasion resistance
    characteristics under wet conditions for hydraulic applications
    351
    EN 14030, Geotextiles and Geotextile-Related Products-Screening Test Method for Determining the Resistance to
    Acid and Alkaline Liquids, European Committee for Standardization, Brussels, Belgium, 2001.
    352
    EN 12224, Geotextiles and Geotextile-Related Products-Determination of the Resistance to Weathering, European
    Committee for Standardization, Brussels, Belgium, 2000.
    353
    EN 12226, Geosynthetics—General Tests for Evaluation following Durability Testing, European Committee for
    Standardization, Brussels, Belgium, 2012.
    354
    Maisner et al. (2019) Geosynthetics in traffic infrastructure construction in contact with groundwater and surface
    water – Environmental aspects. Georesources Journal (special issue)
    355
    Carneiro, José Ricardo et al. "Laboratory Evaluation Of Interactions In The Degradation Of A Polypropylene
    Geotextile In Marine Environments". Advances In Materials Science And Engineering, vol 2018, 2018, pp. 1-10.
    Hindawi Limited, doi:10.1155/2018/9182658. Accessed 2 May 2022.
    444
    Table 71: Assumptions and data to estimate the costs of developing and implementing a standard
    Description Data Unit Source
    Number of people working full time necessary to
    elaborate the standard between 12 and 36 months356
    7.25 people ISO website
    Mean cost of labour in EU of one engineer working
    full-time 39.5 EUR/hour Eurostat
    Number of hours per week in a full-time job 40.6 hours/week Eurostat
    Number of Geotextile manufacturers in the EU 34 Number
    Total EU members of the
    IGS and EAGM
    Fraction of companies conducting tests for
    elaborating the standard 5 % Assumption
    Therefore, the one-shot cost of developing the standard would be in the range of EUR 0.63 million
    and EUR 2.85 million depending on the time it takes to develop the measurement standard.
    In addition, once the standard is developed, there will be the additional cost of testing the materials
    (only once per material). This cost will be about 2,500 euros per test357
    according to ISO 22182.
    What would be the benefits of the measure?
    This measure will benefit all other measures as the release of microplastics during the life cycle of
    geotextiles is a critical knowledge gap. The indirect benefits will also include the awareness-raising
    of the geotextile value chain actors and users of geotextiles. If an EPR system is implemented, the
    eco-fee can also be modulated according to the volume of microplastic release and respective actors’
    contributions. It is already a necessary step to measure any reduction measure’s success rate. Such
    information will also be useful in restricting the use of specific geotextiles in certain applications,
    such as coastal erosion, navigable waterways, etc.
    This could be used to support further legislative development based on the evidence of microplastic
    releases from geotextiles. Another development could be to increase the industry’s awareness about
    the emissions of microplastics from their materials. This would be exhibited by the industry focusing
    their efforts on developing new materials releasing fewer microplastics as well as considering
    microplastic releases whenever they develop geotextiles. Finally, this increased knowledge could be
    used to improve any type of recommendation regarding which material and manufacturing process
    to use for certain geotextile applications, as well as their installation requirements, as the results of
    this measure’s test could point towards certain combinations releasing more than others.
    Economic impacts
    The economic impacts are expected to be limited because the cost of developing the sampling and
    testing protocols would be borne by the Commission.
    356
    The ISO technical committee on the environmental aspects of plastics is comprised of 29 members (the national
    standardization organisation). We assume that each member contributes 0.25 FTE to work on the committee.
    357
    https://materialtestinglab.org/
    445
    Environmental impacts
    The direct environmental impacts are expected to be very limited, given that this measure is targeted
    at increasing our understanding of the issue. However, the secondary environmental impacts could
    be significant, especially if the industry takes up the practice of designing their products with the
    reduction of microplastic releases in mind.
    Social impacts
    There are no social impacts foreseen.
    7.7 Overview of possible measures to improve source characterisation
    The study of the six sources of unintentional microplastics has shown that many knowledge gaps still
    exist in the precise measurement of emissions. These knowledge gaps make the implementation of
    several measures impossible in the short term as it’s not possible to define them (e.g. reduction
    targets) or evaluate their impact adequately.
    Consequently, several measures that aim at increasing the knowledge of microplastic releases
    through the development of standards and methodologies in all sectors but tyres are recommended
    and presented in the table below.
    These measures do not allow any reduction of microplastic releases per se; therefore, their cost-
    effectiveness cannot be assessed. Unlike other measures, the cost would be one-shot. They should be
    seen as enablers for other measures.
    Table 72: Horizontal measures
    Measure Estimated cost
    TEX#1: Standardised methodology to quantify microplastics releases
    from textiles
    EUR 850 000
    Testing cost EUR 10 000-20 000
    PNT#1: Standardised methodology of paint lifetime EUR 100 000 - 500 000
    Testing cost EUR 10 000 -20 000
    CAP#1: Standardised methodology to quantify microplastics released
    from detergent capsules
    EUR 100 000 – 500 000
    Testing cost: EUR 500-1000 per sample
    GEO#1: Standardised methodology to quantify microplastics released
    from geotextiles
    EUR 630 000 - 2 850 000
    Testing cost about EUR 2 500 per sample
    7.8 Abatement curve of assessed measures
    The cost-effectiveness of individual measures was assessed as far as possible with the best available
    data. This has allowed for a ranking of the measures in terms of the cost to abate a tonne of
    microplastics. The abatement curve for all measures evaluated is shown in the figure below. The
    average or most plausible value is used for each measure, knowing that there is uncertainty about the
    data, depending on the source and measure, as explained in the annexes.
    446
    Figure 49: Abatement curve of all evaluated measures358
    As the order of magnitude of the cost-effectiveness of the measure is different, a zoom of selected
    measures is displayed in the figure below.
    Figure 50: Abatement curve of evaluated options with cost effectiveness inferior to 6 k EUR/t
    microplastics/year
    358
    TYR#5 and TYR#6 may have positive impacts in terms of fuel savings for customers.
    447
    8. RATIONALE FOR NOT YET PURSUING THE MEASURES FOR SOURCES: PAINTS, TYRES, TEXTILES,
    DETERGENT CAPSULES, GEOTEXTILES
    This section explains why the analysis of policy measures targeting five of the major sources of
    unintentional releases of microplastics were not pursued in this SWD. Indeed, the Commission’s
    original mandate when this exercise begun was to assess all major sources of unintentional releases
    of microplastics. For this reason, these sources were examined and measures were identified. The
    preliminary analysis presented in Annex 15 shows that there is potential to reduce and prevent
    unintentional microplastics releases from sources such as paints, tyres, synthetic textiles, detergent
    capsules and geotextiles. However, the analysis also demonstrates that existing and upcoming policy
    instruments are better suited to tackle the unintentional microplastics releases from some of these
    sources, subject to additional information on cost-effectiveness, more sustainable alternatives, and
    the impacts and footprint of alternative actions. On a number of other sources, more information is
    needed in order to better understand their patterns and frame the most appropriate interventions.
    Paints – Paints are widely used and on average 37% plastic polymer-based, making them a
    significant source of microplastic releases. While shifting towards mineral paints would help reduce
    microplastic releases, it is not clear yet if this would lead to an increase of other environmental
    impacts. The full environmental profile andlife-cycle assessments of polymer and mineral paints are
    not available yet. Once this information is obtained, requirements on microplastics in paints could be
    introduced via the Ecodesign for Sustainable Products Regulation (ESPR)359
    , where paints is one of
    the twelve priority products.
    Tyres – Tyre abrasion leads to the release of microplastics. It emerged during our analysis that these
    releases are already being targeted in the EURO 7 Regulation proposal360
    and may be addressed by
    a delegated act under the Tyre Labelling Regulation.361
    Synthetic textiles – Most apparel is now made out of plastic fibres and releases microplastics. Some
    key challenges encountered in the course of the assessment are that microplastic releases from
    synthetic fibres occur throughout the value chain, that most of their production takes place outside of
    the EU, and that there is not sufficient data regarding the profiles of different synthetic fibres and
    fibre combinations in terms of microplastic releases. Subject to a better understanding of releases
    from synthetic textiles thanks to a standardised measurement methodology, along with more life-
    cycle data of alternatives’ impacts, relevant measures could be introduced in the framework of the
    Ecodesign for Sustainable Products Regulation as announced in the EU Strategy for Sustainable and
    Circular Textiles. Such an approach will ensure the environmental sustainability challenges of
    textiles are addressed in a coherent and integrated way.
    Detergent capsules – Laundry and dishwasher detergent capsules often rely on a dissolvable plastic
    film to dispense their product during the wash. However, this film could cause microplastic pollution
    if not completely biodegradable. More information on this possible lack of biodegradation is needed.
    Subject to scientific evidence pointing towards a need for biodegradability criteria, future action
    could be taken under the proposed Detergents Regulation through the adoption of delegated acts.
    359
    Proposal for a regulation of the European Parliament and of the Council COM/2022/142 final establishing a
    framework for setting ecodesign requirements for sustainable products and repealing Directive 2009/125/EC.
    360
    Proposal for a regulation of the European Parliament and of the Council COM/2022/586 final on type-approval of
    motor vehicles and engines and of systems, components and separate technical units intended for such vehicles, with
    respect to their emissions and battery durability (Euro 7) and repealing Regulations (EC) No 715/2007 and (EC) No
    595/2009.
    361
    Regulation (EU) 2020/740 on the labelling of tyres with respect to fuel efficiency and other parameters, amending
    Regulation (EU) 2017/1369 and repealing Regulation (EC) No 1222/2009.
    448
    Geotextiles – Geotextiles are a source of microplastic releases as they are mostly synthetic, used in
    harsh conditions and not removed at the end of their service life. However, data on their uses and
    profile in terms of degradation and microplastic releases is scarce. Once more data is available, future
    action could be taken in the framework of the Construction Products Regulation.362
    Horizontal measures for all five sources – In order to bridge the data gaps on the unintentional
    release of microplastics from the above five sources, standardised measurement measures could be
    pursued through Research and Innovation Programmes by funding relevant research projects or under
    the Standards Regulation.363
    In particular for sources of microplastics that were already relatively
    known such as for tyres and textiles, this process is already ongoing.
    362
    Regulation (EU) No 305/2011 laying down harmonised conditions for the marketing of construction products and
    repealing Council Directive 89/106/EEC.
    363
    Regulation (EU) No 1025/2012 on European standardisation, amending Council Directives 89/686/EEC and
    93/15/EEC and Directives 94/9/EC, 94/25/EC, 95/16/EC, 97/23/EC, 98/34/EC, 2004/22/EC, 2007/23/EC,
    2009/23/EC and 2009/105/EC and repealing Council Decision 87/95/EEC and Decision No 1673/2006/EC.
    

    1_EN_impact_assessment_part2_v3.pdf

    https://www.ft.dk/samling/20231/kommissionsforslag/kom(2023)0645/forslag/1988501/2766225.pdf

    EN EN
    EUROPEAN
    COMMISSION
    Brussels, 16.10.2023
    SWD(2023) 332 final
    PART 2/3
    COMMISSION STAFF WORKING DOCUMENT
    IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT
    Combatting microplastic pollution in the European Union
    Accompanying the document
    Proposal for a REGULATION OF THE EUROPEAN PARLIAMENT AND OF THE
    on preventing plastic pellet losses to reduce microplastic pollution
    {COM(2023) 645 final} - {SEC(2023) 346 final} - {SWD(2023) 330 final} -
    {SWD(2023) 333 final}
    Offentligt
    KOM (2023) 0645 - SWD-dokument
    Europaudvalget 2023
    1
    TABLES OF CONTENTS
    ANNEX 1: PROCEDURAL INFORMATION............................................................................................. 4
    1 LEAD DG, DECIDE PLANNING/CWP REFERENCES.................................................................... 4
    2 ORGANISATION AND TIMING........................................................................................................ 4
    3 CONSULTATION OF THE REGULATORY SCRUTINY BOARD ................................................. 5
    4 MAIN LITERATURE SOURCES USED ...........................................................................................17
    ANNEX 2: STAKEHOLDER CONSULTATION (SYNOPSIS REPORT) ................................................33
    1 INTRODUCTION ...............................................................................................................................33
    2 CONSULTATION STRATEGY .........................................................................................................33
    3 MAPPING OF STAKEHOLDERS .....................................................................................................34
    4 OPEN PUBLIC CONSULTATION ....................................................................................................35
    4.1 Scope and Objective.................................................................................................................35
    4.2 Data Preparation.......................................................................................................................35
    4.3 Clustering of Responses and Special Processing .....................................................................36
    4.4 Open Answer Questions and Campaign Identification ............................................................36
    4.5 Methodologies Employed.........................................................................................................37
    4.6 Part I. Respondent Profile ........................................................................................................38
    4.7 OPC Results .............................................................................................................................40
    5 STAKEHOLDER WORKSHOPS .....................................................................................................104
    5.1 First stakeholder workshop: 16 September 2021 ...................................................................104
    5.2 Second series of thematic stakeholder workshops: 22, 24, 25 November 2021.....................104
    5.3 Third stakeholder workshop: 17 February 2022.....................................................................105
    5.4 Fourth stakeholder workshop: 17 March 2022.......................................................................105
    5.5 Fifth stakeholder workshop: 21 March 2022..........................................................................106
    5.6 Sixth stakeholder workshop dedicated to Member States representatives: 23 March 2022 ...106
    5.7 Seventh stakeholder workshop on pellets: 12 December 2022 ..............................................106
    6 SME CONSULTATION....................................................................................................................106
    7 BILATERAL CONSULTATIONS....................................................................................................106
    ANNEX 3: WHO IS AFFECTED AND HOW? ........................................................................................107
    1 PRACTICAL IMPLICATIONS OF THE INITIATIVE ON PELLETS ...........................................107
    2 SUMMARY OF COSTS AND BENEFITS ......................................................................................111
    3 RELEVANT SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT GOALS..............................................................116
    ANNEX 4: ANALYTICAL METHODS ...................................................................................................117
    1 METHODOLOGY USED FOR THE INITIATIVE ON PELLETS .................................................117
    2 OVERVIEW OF METHODOLOGICAL STEPS..............................................................................120
    ANNEX 5: COMPETITIVENESS CHECK ...............................................................................................122
    1 OVERVIEW OF IMPACTS ON COMPETITIVENESS ..................................................................122
    2 ASSESSMENT AND EXPLANATION............................................................................................122
    ANNEX 6: LEGISLATION AND ACTIONS RELEVANT TO REDUCING PELLET LOSSES TO THE EU
    ENVIRONMENT ..............................................................................................................................123
    2
    1 EU POLICIES....................................................................................................................................123
    1.1 The REACH restriction on intentionally added microplastics ...............................................123
    1.2 The Marine Strategy Framework Directive (MSFD) .............................................................124
    1.3 The Urban Wastewater Treatment Directive and its revision.................................................125
    1.4 The Sewage Sludge Directive ................................................................................................126
    1.5 The Industrial Emissions Directive ........................................................................................126
    1.6 The Waste Framework Directive ...........................................................................................127
    2 ACTIONS IN MEMBER STATES ...................................................................................................127
    3 INTERNATIONAL ACTIONS ON PELLETS.................................................................................129
    4 MULTILATERAL ACTIONS...........................................................................................................130
    5 VOLUNTARY ACTIONS ON PELLETS ........................................................................................132
    5.1 Industry actions ......................................................................................................................132
    5.2 NGO activities........................................................................................................................135
    ANNEX 7: MICROPLASTICS AND PELLETS IN THE ENVIRONMENT...........................................137
    1 WHAT ARE MICROPLASTICS?.....................................................................................................137
    1.1 Methodological challenges: lack of standardisation and reliable data....................................138
    1.2 Monitoring..............................................................................................................................138
    2 WHAT ARE THE IMPACTS OF MICROPLASTICS AND PELLETS? ........................................139
    2.1 Impacts on the environment ...................................................................................................139
    2.2 Climate impacts......................................................................................................................142
    2.3 Human health impacts............................................................................................................143
    2.4 Economic impacts ..................................................................................................................146
    ANNEX 8: PROBLEM DEFINITION – PELLET LOSSES TO THE EU ENVIRONMENT..................147
    1 PROBLEM DEFINITION .................................................................................................................147
    1.1 The pellet supply chain ..........................................................................................................147
    1.2 Pellet losses ............................................................................................................................149
    1.3 Pellet pathways.......................................................................................................................154
    1.4 Scale of the problem...............................................................................................................155
    1.5 Chronic losses in reference year.............................................................................................159
    2 ADVERSE IMPACTS.......................................................................................................................161
    3 PROBLEM DRIVERS.......................................................................................................................161
    3.1 Market failures .......................................................................................................................161
    3.2 Regulatory failures.................................................................................................................161
    4 OBJECTIVE ......................................................................................................................................163
    4.1 General objectives..................................................................................................................163
    4.2 Specific objectives..................................................................................................................163
    ANNEX 9: BASELINE..............................................................................................................................164
    1 THE PELLET SUPPLY CHAIN .......................................................................................................164
    2 HOW WILL PELLET LOSSES EVOLVE IN 2030?........................................................................165
    2.1 Existing and forthcoming EU legislation ...............................................................................165
    2.2 National and international initiatives......................................................................................166
    3
    2.3 Industry initiatives..................................................................................................................167
    2.4 The baseline ...........................................................................................................................169
    ANNEX 10: POLICY OPTIONS TO REDUCE PELLET LOSSES .........................................................171
    1 METHODOLOGY TO IDENTIFY MEASURES.............................................................................171
    2 SCREENING OF MEASURES.........................................................................................................172
    3 FINAL LIST OF MEASURES / OPTIONS ......................................................................................174
    4 THE INTERVENTION LOGIC ........................................................................................................177
    ANNEX 11: IMPACTS OF POLICY OPTIONS TO REDUCE PELLET LOSSES .................................178
    1 IDENTIFICATION AND SCREENING OF IMPACTS...................................................................178
    2 OPTION 1: MANDATORY STANDARDISED METHODOLOGY TO MEASURE PELLET LOSSES
    ...........................................................................................................................................................181
    3 OPTION 2: MANDATORY REQUIREMENTS TO PREVENT AND REDUCE PELLET LOSSES IN
    A NEW EU LAW ..............................................................................................................................184
    4 OPTION 3: IMPROVED PACKAGING FOR LOGISTIC OF PELLETS .......................................195
    5 OPTION 4: EU TARGET TO REDUCE PELLET LOSSES ............................................................199
    6 SUMMARY OF THE IMPACTS......................................................................................................202
    ANNEX 12: IMPACTS ON SMES............................................................................................................203
    1 IDENTIFICATION OF AFFECTED BUSINESSES ........................................................................203
    2 GENERAL CONSULTATION OF SMES........................................................................................203
    3 TARGETED SME CONSULTATION..............................................................................................204
    3.1 Summary of the results...........................................................................................................204
    3.2 Details of the results: analysis of estimated costs...................................................................209
    3.3 Other detailed results..............................................................................................................211
    4 MEASUREMENT OF THE IMPACT ON SMES ............................................................................216
    5 MINIMISING NEGATIVE IMPACTS ON SMES...........................................................................217
    ANNEX 13: PRODCOM CODES USED TO QUANTIFY PELLET PRODUCTION, EXPORT AND
    IMPORT INTO THE EU IN 2020.....................................................................................................221
    ANNEX 14: OTHER SOURCES OF MICROPLASTICS IDENTIFIED BUT NOT RETAINED............223
    1 ALL IDENTIFIED SOURCES..........................................................................................................223
    2 SOURCES NOT RETAINED FOR ANALYSIS ..............................................................................224
    2.1 Fragmentation of ‘macro’ plastics in the environment...........................................................224
    2.2 Sewage sludge........................................................................................................................226
    2.3 Brake Pads..............................................................................................................................227
    2.4 Artificial / synthetic turf.........................................................................................................227
    2.5 Cast rubber surfaces for playgrounds.....................................................................................228
    2.6 Fishing Gear...........................................................................................................................229
    2.7 Agriculture plastics ................................................................................................................229
    2.8 City Dust ................................................................................................................................230
    2.9 Shoe soles...............................................................................................................................231
    2.10 Cooking utensils and scouring pads .......................................................................................231
    2.11 Additional sources identified through stakeholder interactions .............................................232
    4
    Annex 1:
    Procedural information
    1 LEAD DG, DECIDE PLANNING/CWP REFERENCES
    The preparation of this file was led by the Directorate–General: DG Environment (ENV). It was
    included as the following items in the DECIDE/Agenda Planning database: PLAN/2020/8355 - ENV
    - Measures to reduce microplastic pollution.
    2 ORGANISATION AND TIMING
    The initiative is a deliverable under the European Green Deal and was further set out in the Circular
    Economy Action Plan1
    (CEAP).
    The Inception Impact Assessment Roadmap was published in 2020.
    The Call for Evidence2
    was published on 30 November 2021 with a feedback period until 18 January
    2022.
    The Open Public Consultation3
    was published on 22 February 2022 with a feedback period until 18
    May 2022.
    The Inter Service Steering Group (ISSG) for the Impact Assessment was set up by the Secretariat-
    General (SG). It included the following DGs and services: AGRI (Agriculture), BUDG (Budget),
    CLIMA (Climate Action), CNECT (Communications Networks, Content and Technology), COMM
    (Communication), COMP (Competition), EMPL (Employment, Social Affairs and Inclusion), ENER
    (Energy), ESTAT (Eurostat), FISMA (Financial Stability, Financial Services and Capital Markets
    Union), FPI (Foreign Policy Instruments), GROW (Internal Market, Industry, Entrepreneurship and
    SMEs), I.D.E.A. (Inspire, Debate, Engage and Accelerate Action), INTPA (International
    Partnerships), JRC (Joint Research Centre), JUST (Justice and Consumers), MARE (Maritime
    Affairs and Fisheries), MOVE (Mobility and Transport), OLAF (European Anti-Fraud Office),
    REGIO (Regional and Urban policy), RTD (Research and Innovation), SANTE (Health and Food
    Safety), SJ (Legal Service), TAXUD (Taxation and Customs Union) TRADE (Trade), NEAR
    (Neighbourhood and enlargement) as well as EEAS (European External Action Service). Meetings
    were organised between autumn 2021 and spring 2023.
    The ISSG discussed the Inception Impact Assessment and the main milestones in the process, in
    particular the consultation strategy and main stakeholder consultation activities, key deliverables
    from the support study, and the draft Impact Assessment report before the submission to the
    Regulatory Scrutiny Board.
    1
    European Commission, Commission communication - A new Circular Economy Action Plan For a cleaner and
    more competitive Europe; COM(2020)98 final, 2020.
    2
    European Commission, Commission call for evidence - Microplastics pollution: measures to reduce its impact on the
    environment, 2022 (https://ec.europa.eu/info/law/better-regulation/have-your-say/initiatives/12823-Microplastics-
    pollution-measures-to-reduce-its-impact-on-the-environment/feedback_en?p_id=27539989).
    3
    European Commission, Commission public consultation - Microplastics pollution: measures to reduce its impact on the
    environment, 2022 (https://ec.europa.eu/info/law/better-regulation/have-your-say/initiatives/12823-Microplastics-
    pollution-measures-to-reduce-its-impact-on-the-environment/public-consultation_en).
    5
    3 CONSULTATION OF THE REGULATORY SCRUTINY BOARD
    In January 2022, the authors consulted the Regulatory Scrutiny Board (RSB) about the Impact
    Assessment (IA) during an upstream support meeting.
    The RSB received the draft version of the IA report on 17 October 2022. Following the meeting with
    the RSB on 16 November 2022, the RSB gave a negative opinion on 18 November 2022. The opinion
    included recommendations that were addressed in the revised IA report as outlined in the table below.
    The major recommendation of the RSB was to restructure the scope of the IA around pellets, where
    it had previously equally considered the other identified sources of unintentional microplastic
    releases (paints, tyres, textiles, geotextiles and detergent capsules). Contextual information and
    preliminary analyses of these sources can now be found in Annex 15 of this IA.
    The revisions to this IA were also the subject of an additional Inter Service Steering Group meeting
    on 05.05.2023.
    Table 1: RSB recommendations and how they were addressed
    RSB Comment How the comment has been addressed
    Main Points in the RSB’s first opinion
    The report does not set out the exact scope of the
    initiative. It is not clear upfront on the issues that
    will be dealt with in parallel and future initiatives.
    It does not sufficiently explain the coherence with
    other legislation.
    The report’s structure has been completely revised to
    streamline the scope of the analysis and make clear
    from the beginning that pellets are the focus of the
    impact assessment. The introductory text makes this
    clear, and also indicates the reasons for targeting
    pellets: sufficient information and best handling
    practices are available and existing EU legislation
    does not specifically address pellets as a form of
    pollution along the entire supply chain. It mentions
    the other sources that had also been initially
    investigated, and explains why those sources are no
    longer dealt with in the main body of this IA.
    The other pieces of legislation and related initiatives
    are covered in section 2.3.2, as well as Annex 6, 8 and
    9.
    The objectives of the initiative are not specific
    enough and do not clearly relate to the problems.
    The report is not clear on how much this initiative
    is expected to contribute to the 30% reduction
    target.
    Due to the change in scope, the problems have been
    revised and made specific focussing on pellets. The
    objectives have also been further specified. The
    intervention logic graph in section 4.3 provides a
    clear overview of this initiative’s objectives and the
    problem it aims to tackle i.e. poor handling of pellets.
    Pellet losses account for 7-10% of total microplastic
    releases to the EU environment (intentional and
    unintentional), being the third largest source of
    releases as calculated by this IA. The preferred option
    (i.e. Option 2.b) would lead to an estimated reduction
    potential of 25 142 – 140 621 tonnes of pellet losses.
    6
    Therefore, it would lead to an estimated 60-83%
    reduction in total pellet microplastic releases, which
    averages at around 7% in total microplastic releases.
    This option is therefore expected to contribute
    roughly to 1/4th
    of the 30% overall reduction target
    set out in the Zero Pollution Action Plan.
    The presentation of measures and options is not
    sufficiently clear or focused on the precise
    problems to be tackled by this initiative. The
    impact analysis is not sufficiently clear and the
    level of uncertainty is not defined.
    Due to the revised structure, the measures analysed
    have been reduced and are now specific to the
    problem of poor handling of pellets and subsequent
    harmful losses. Section 5.2. describes the identified
    four policy options and then sections 6 & 7 assess
    their impacts including on the different stakeholder
    groups, and how they compare.
    The levels of uncertainty (mainly related to
    measuring pellet losses and to the reduction potential
    of ongoing pellet initiatives) are clearly expressed
    and taken into account in section 5.1 where the
    baseline is explained.
    The presentation of stakeholder views is too
    general and does not allow to understand their
    different views.
    Annex 2 on the consultation of stakeholders has been
    completed to better present stakeholder views and
    provide more insight into how this initiative is
    perceived. To further deepen our understanding of
    SMEs’ opinions, an additional survey targeting only
    SMEs was carried out between January and March
    2023. The results of this survey are captured in Annex
    12 and where relevant throughout the report, notably
    under each option assessed.
    Points on what to improve from the first opinion
    The report should clearly frame the scope of the
    initiative in its wider context, better describing its
    boundaries and limits. It should clearly describe
    why it focuses on unintended emissions at source
    level and discuss why, for example, the
    degradation of macroplastics is not considered as
    in scope.
    It should clearly describe and analyse the
    problems posed by microplastics released in the
    environment. It should present the risks to human
    health and the environment, including climate
    impact. This analysis should be supported by solid
    evidence. Where such evidence is lacking or is
    uncertain, the report should indicate this clearly
    and discuss the robustness of the available
    evidence.
    Section 1 has been revised to clearly explain the
    political and legal context where unintentional
    microplastic releases at source had been identified as
    a priority. Once in the environment, such releases are
    almost impossible to capture and their mobility across
    all environments is an aggravating factor. Therefore
    end-of-pipe measures are all but effective. The IA
    explains that a legislative framework is already in
    place to reduce the presence of macroplastics in the
    environment, which is the most effective way of
    tackling the degradation of macroplastics as a source
    of microplastics. It also covers the upcoming REACH
    restriction proposal targeting intentionally added
    microplastics. This first section also clearly states that
    the scope of this initiative is now reduced to pellet
    losses at source level.
    Section 2.2.1 outlines the adverse impacts of pellet
    losses on the environment, the climate, human health
    and the economy. Further information on these
    7
    impacts are provided in Annex 7. Specifically, the
    report, clearly states that there is no scientific
    consensus with regards to the health impacts of
    pellets (and microplastics more generally), while
    explaining why the application of the precautionary
    principle is warranted (due to the observation of
    microplastics throughout the human body and food
    chain).
    The report should better describe the existing and
    on-going relevant initiatives to enable a better
    understanding of the problems and their scale
    posed by different sources of microplastics.
    The dynamic baseline should include other EU
    initiatives, measures already taken by Member
    States, industry-led initiatives, and best practices
    around circularity.
    It should set out the overlap and complementarity
    with existing initiatives in reaching the 30%
    reduction target and clearly present the specific
    contribution of this initiative to meeting the target.
    The revised IA now only focuses on pellet losses
    where there is a market and regulatory gap,
    demonstrated in section 2.3.2.
    The baseline has been revised to ensure that all
    existing initiatives that might contribute to reduce
    pellet losses (i.e. the French legislation, the industry-
    led OCS certification scheme and the SQAS
    assessment scheme) are taken into account according
    to their estimated reduction potential – this is clearly
    explained in section 5.1 and then further detailed in
    Annex 9. The limited contribution of the upcoming
    REACH restriction proposal as to pellet losses (i.e.
    improving data but not effectively reducing pellet
    losses) is also explained in that Annex.
    As laid out in section 4.2, the contribution to the 30%
    overall reduction target set out in the Zero Pollution
    Action Plan is now one of the specific objectives of
    this IA, and of the accompanying legislative proposal.
    The preferred option, which builds on industry-led
    efforts, is expected to contribute to 1/4th of the 30%
    overall reduction target set out in the Zero Pollution
    Action Plan.
    The REACH restriction is expected to contribute to a
    500 000 tonnes reduction in microplastic releases
    over 20 year. Initiatives on tyres would possibly
    contribute to a 10% reduction (with a considerable
    range, depending on the final measures decided). This
    leaves a gap (probably around 10%) to reaching the
    30% overall reduction target, which will eventually
    be dealt with via future initiatives. This initiative
    should also act as a market signal making products
    which release microplastics less popular, thus market
    transformation through demand-side.
    The report should clarify upfront that only one
    specific sectorial issue together with a limited
    horizontal one will be tackled in this initiative and
    the issues related to microplastics releases from
    other sources are left to future or parallel
    initiatives, subject to further analysis. The specific
    objectives are not precise enough to link them
    The scope of the current IA has been completely
    revised, so only the specific issue of pellet losses is
    being dealt with. The preliminary analysis for the
    other sources can now be found in Annex 15. As a
    result of this change in scope, the objectives are now
    much more specific to the problem identified with the
    8
    accurately to the revised set of specific problems.
    They should be expressed in more SMART terms.
    poor handling of pellet losses. The main pellet
    objective is formulated in SMART terms.
    Following a comprehensive problem definition
    and a clear and redefined scope of this initiative,
    the report should present those measures that
    remain useful for tackling the specific problems
    to be addressed by the initiative, discarding all
    measures clearly outside the scope upfront. It
    should then present a clear and consistent
    intervention logic showing how alternative set of
    measures could deliver on the refined set of
    specific objectives.
    Section 2 lays out the problem definition for the
    specific problem of pellet losses, following the
    revised scope of the IA. Section 4 defines the general
    and specific objectives of the IA. Section 5 then
    presents in detail the measures and policy options
    identified as relevant to tackle pellet losses, and
    includes a graph of the intervention logic. The
    measures relating to the other sources have all been
    moved to Annex 15.
    The report should revise the impact analysis so that
    it follows the redefined scope of the initiative. It
    should analyse the impacts of the remaining
    measures in sufficient depth and be clear about the
    stakeholder groups affected.
    It should ensure analytical consistency throughout.
    It should present the methodologies used for
    assessing the measures, comparing them and
    constructing the preferred option. The level of
    certainty in the analysis and conclusions should be
    clear.
    The identified four policy options of relevance to the
    issue of pellet losses are outlined in Section 5, and
    their impacts on the environment, economy and
    society, as well as administrative burden for public
    authorities are assessed in Section 6. Insights into
    stakeholder opinions are also provided for each
    option.
    The various policy options are then directly compared
    in a summary table in Section 7. The methodology
    used to construct the preferred option is described in
    Annex 4, which explains the various assumptions that
    have been made notably to calculate chronic pellet
    losses and the estimated reduction potential of
    ongoing pellet initiatives. The resulting preferred
    option is outlined in Section 8.1. The measures
    proposed in this option are the ones that, in the short
    term and with a view of contributing to 30% overall
    reduction target, are possible to implement at the light
    of the present state of knowledge and in an
    economically cost-effective way.
    The views of the different stakeholders should be
    discussed throughout the report from the scope of
    the initiative, the problem definition to the
    proposed options and their impacts. Dissenting
    views need to be presented and discussed in the
    main report.
    Stakeholder views have been mainstreamed
    throughout the revised version of the IA. Section 2.1
    outlines stakeholders’ unanimous support for the
    need for action against microplastics. Section 6
    assesses the impact of each policy option and includes
    stakeholders’ opinions (where known). Annex 2 has
    been revised so further information is available about
    the results of the stakeholder consultation. An
    additional survey was undertaken during January-
    March 2023 to specifically target SMEs handling
    pellets and collect their views on possible actions to
    reduce pellet losses. The results of this survey are
    used throughout the IA and summarised in detail in
    Annex 12 (including dissenting views). Sub-options
    2.a, 2.b and 2.c were conceived and assessed
    specifically to take account of these results.
    9
    The revised version of the IA report was submitted to the RSB on 17.05.2023. The RSB consequently
    gave a positive opinion with reservations on 12.06.2023. The opinion included recommendations,
    outlined in the table below.
    RSB Comment How the comment has been addressed
    (B1) The report does not sufficiently justify why only measures for pellets are proposed at this
    stage and not for other sources, given that the precautionary principle is invoked.
    (C1) The report should
    reinforce the narrative as
    to why this impact
    assessment focusses
    solely on pellets given
    that it states that the need
    to act is justified by the
    precautionary principle.
    The text and structure in section 1 (pp. 10-12) was changed to clarify why
    pellets are the sole focus of this initiative and highlight several factors that
    justify the application of the precautionary principle and allow for immediate
    action:
    • Contrary to other sources of microplastics unintentionally released, for
    which an EU legal framework exists or is being negotiated with the
    European Parliament and the Council, there is no existing or forthcoming
    EU legislation specifically preventing and reducing pellet losses as a form
    of pollution occurring along the entire supply chain in the EU. The
    proposal would remedy a loophole in the current EU legislative
    framework;
    • Sufficient evidence is available documenting the problem and the impacts,
    justifying intervention and allowing the design of specific policy measures,
    while this is not yet the case for most other sources of unintentionally
    released microplastics;
    • Contrary to other sources of microplastics unintentionally released, pellet
    losses are due to poor handling and therefore largely preventable today in
    a cost-effective manner. No changes to product or consumer behaviour are
    required to prevent and reduce pellet losses. They are the third source of
    releases and account for 7-10% of microplastics unintentionally released
    in the EU.
    • Techniques to prevent pellet losses are already available to economic
    operators at an acceptable cost; and
    • Preventing and reducing pellet losses now does not impede any future
    action on other sources later, as there is no interference between the
    different sources of microplastics.
    The report should clarify
    what additional
    information would be
    needed to trigger action
    for the other sources of
    unintentional
    microplastic pollution to
    improve the analysis.
    The changes brought to this section of the report provide further clarity on why
    the other sources were not pursued in the context of this impact assessment. In
    particular, the changes point to (1) the importance of the data gaps preventing
    effective policy action on paints, textiles, detergent capsules and geotextiles at
    this moment in time; and (2) the existing EU legislative framework or to
    legislative proposals currently being negotiated by the co-legislators which
    would allow specific measures to be taken on all other identified sources. In
    particular:
    • the Construction Product Regulation and its proposed revision for paints
    and geotextiles;
    • the Euro 7 proposal for a Regulation to tackle microplastic releases from
    tyres by defining abrasion limits for the placing on the market and the
    existing Tyre Labelling Regulation for the labelling of tyres;
    10
    • the current Ecodesign Directive and the proposal for an Ecodesign for
    Sustainable product regulation to address microplastics from textiles, and
    possibly paints;
    • delegated acts under the future revision of the Detergents Regulation to
    tackle releases from detergent capsules if new scientific evidence points to
    the need).
    This is reflected in the updated conclusions of the preliminary analysis
    undertaken for the other sources, which can be found in Box 1 & Annex 15.
    (C2) The report should
    discuss the contribution
    of action on pellets to
    solving the entire
    problem of microplastics
    released in the
    environment, including
    from the degradation of
    macroplastics and define
    the relative scale of the
    microplastics from
    pellets problem. It should
    discuss if taking
    measures on pellets first
    would be most effective
    and efficient to reach the
    target of 30% reduction
    of microplastics from the
    Action Plan or if
    measures on other
    sources would be more
    urgent and contribute
    more to this target.
    Box 6 (Contribution of the preferred option to the Zero Pollution Action Plan
    target) has been added to section 8.2 (pp. 60) specifically addressing the
    contribution of the ‘pellets’ proposal towards the Zero Pollution Action Plan
    target. Pellet losses currently account for 7-10% of the microplastics released
    into the EU environment. It is estimated that the preferred option would result
    in a 60-83% decrease in these releases. Therefore, it could contribute to
    achieving a quarter of the target. This is a high contribution relative to its share
    of microplastic releases (up to a tenth), demonstrating why it is an effective
    course of action. In addition, this reduction does not require any costly product
    design changes, but rather the consistent application of existing pellet handling
    best practices at all stages of the supply chain and by all actors (not just a few
    as it is now). The preferred option would help bridge a regulatory and market
    gap to achieve this across the supply chain.
    There is potential to reduce microplastic releases from sources other than
    pellets but for the reasons presented in the report, it is not appropriate to pursue
    them in this initiative. However, based on the data available, a preliminary
    investigation shows a high cost-effectiveness of measures to reduce pellet
    losses compared to measures for the other sources (see the abatement curves
    in Figures 83 and 84). Measures on pellets are clearly ‘no regret’ measures
    therefore. The contribution of tyres would further need to be estimated within
    the context of the EURO 7 Regulation proposal. Regarding paints, textiles,
    detergent capsules and geotextiles, further data is first needed to allow for
    effective measures, where necessary, to be drawn up. Only then, their
    contribution to the target can be fully estimated, which can be done in the
    context of relevant, upcoming impact assessments. In contrast, enough
    evidence was available to justify action on pellets and estimate its contribution
    to the target.
    Moreover, it should
    clarify if this 30% target
    refers to microplastics in
    general (including
    degradation of
    macroplastics) or if it is
    for intentionally and
    unintentionally added
    microplastics, i.e.
    excluding degradation
    from macroplastics.
    The introduction of the report has been reworked (pp.9) to clarify that
    degradation of macroplastics is not addressed as a source in this impact
    assessment. The 30% reduction target does not apply to microplastics
    generated by the degradation of macroplastics improperly disposed of into the
    environment. This is because it is not possible to estimate the volume of
    microplastics from this source and the most effective policy action is reducing
    the presence of macroplastics in the environment. The Zero Pollution Action
    Plan therefore includes a 50% reduction target on marine litter which will help
    contribute to tackling this source.
    (C3) The report should
    further discuss the
    magnitude of the
    environmental impact of
    Further evidence has been added to the report to further explore the adverse
    impacts of microplastics in the environment, on climate and on human health
    both in the section 2.3 (pp. 21-24) and Annex 7. The introductory text (pp. 21)
    has also been reworked to highlight the uncertainties surrounding the health
    11
    pellets and the reliability
    of the estimates,
    including reference to
    scientific studies to
    support anecdotal
    evidence. It should
    identify the potential
    harmful climate and
    human health impacts
    from pellets specifically
    and be clear about the
    strength of scientific
    evidence in this area,
    justifying the invocation
    of the precautionary
    principle.
    impacts of microplastics, which do not preclude the application of the
    precautionary principle. Further explanations have also been provided (pp. 21)
    to justify the use of studies that are more general to microplastics to explain
    the harm of pellets. Indeed, there is a lack of data specific to the adverse
    impacts of pellets (apart to a certain extent for those related to the ingestion of
    pellets by a range of marine and costal species like sea turtles, seabirds and
    shellfish),but as they are a subset of microplastics, it is assumed that most of
    their impacts are comparable to those of microplastics more generally. In this
    context, it should be underlined that approximately 80 % of all plastic raw
    materials produced are approximately 2 mm to 5 mm in diameter, therefore
    well within the usual size of microplastics (up to 5mm). Of the remaining 20%,
    a significant portion is even smaller than 2 mm, such as powders, and a minor
    part can be slightly bigger. In particular, the portion with the smallest size can
    have an impact on health.
    (B2) The design of the options does not bring out clearly all available policy choices.
    (C4) The design of
    options should bring out
    clearly the available
    policy choices. On the
    one hand, the report
    should identify and
    clarify which actors in
    the supply chain are
    responsible for most
    losses.
    The estimated losses for the different actors in the value chain have been added
    to section 2.2 (pp. 20). This IA found that logistics contribute to the most losses
    (27 870 – 111 480 tonnes, followed by converters (15 600 – 46 800 tonnes),
    producers (7222 – 21 665 tonnes) and recyclers (1448 – 4345 tonnes). This
    results in between 52 140 tonnes and 184 290 tonnes of pellets lost to the
    environment in the EU in 2019, equivalent to 0.08% to 0.28% of total pellet
    volumes in the EU. A detailed table is added to Annex 8.
    It should be more
    specific on the measures
    proposed, in particular,
    on the operational
    controls, the equipment
    and the lighter regimes
    for SMEs, and consider if
    more targeted alternative
    options would be feasible
    regarding some of these
    measures.
    Box 4 (Overview of the measures and procedures included in the preferred
    option) has been added to the report to provide a clear overview of the measures
    included in the preferred option (pp. 56-57). It differentiates between micro-,
    small, medium and large enterprises to clarify the lighter requirements
    designed for small and micro- companies, in light of the concerns these firms
    have raised during the consultation targeting SMEs handling plastic pellets
    (producers, converters, recyclers and transporters/logistics - cf Annex 12). It
    was determined that the burden would also be too significant for enterprises
    with capacities below 1 000 t (the average volume handled by small
    companies). The consultation also indicated that medium enterprises did not
    require lighter requirements.
    The design of options was based on best practices already applied in industry,
    by both large companies and SMEs, in particular for Option 2 where these best
    practices become mandatory requirements. In line with their current
    application by the industry (e.g. under Operation Clean Sweep), these
    requirements were considered a package (regrouping essential actions under
    prevention, containment and clean-up) and the option of assessing each
    individual requirement was not considered. The wide variety of actors in the
    supply chain would make it very complicated to determine which actors could
    be relieved of certain requirements, what the cost implications would be, and
    what impact each of these requirements would have on pellet loss reduction.
    Nevertheless, the possibility of lightening these requirements for smaller firms
    was assessed due to results of the SME survey. This was done in the form of
    12
    sub-options under Option 2. Further reflections have since led to possible
    additional lighter requirements, which are explained in box 5 (but which are
    not part of the preferred option).
    It should explain how
    these measures go
    beyond existing
    environmental
    management systems.
    Existing environmental management systems do not explicitly cover pellet
    losses. Industry’s existing voluntary scheme on pellets, Operation Clean
    Sweep (OCS), is of direct relevance to pellet losses. The measures in Option 2
    do not go beyond OCS’s best practices. However, OCS has been mainly taken
    up by larger companies who produce pellets, meaning most of the pellets value
    chain does not abide by these best practices. In addition, it is difficult to assess
    the successful implementation of OCS and therefore whether it is significantly
    reducing pellet losses, although some evidence shows that at certain OCS
    signatories’ sites, pellet losses continue. Option 2 addresses these issues by
    ensuring all actors in the supply chain are subject to these requirements (thus
    preventing free riders and levelling the playing field) and enforcing
    implementation of the requirements (thus reducing pellet losses to the
    environment).
    On the other hand, if
    combinations of options
    are considered necessary
    to tackle all identified
    problems (such as Option
    1 and 2b and potentially
    different requirements
    within option 2b) these
    should be identified up-
    front and subsequently
    compared to the other
    options.
    The description of Option 1 (pp. 36) has been updated to clarify that this Option
    would be beneficial to the success of all of the other options and should feature
    in the Preferred Option. This has also been clarified in Section 7 where the
    different options are compared. Indeed, Option 1 should be pursued because it
    addresses the information failure problem driver. Therefore, its combination
    with other Options will allow for a more comprehensive response to the
    identified problems. In addition, Option 1 is complementary to the other
    Options as it would allow for their effective implementation. A standard
    methodology is essential to monitor the implementation of Option 2 and the
    evolution of pellet losses. It would facilitate the comparison of different
    packaging solutions for pellets, under Option 3. It would also be a necessary
    condition to set up an EU target under Option 4.
    Additional wording has also been added to the description of Option 2 (pp. 37)
    to clarify that lighter requirements were only considered for SMEs (sub-
    options 2a, 2b and 2c) because large operators did not raise any concerns about
    the economic burden of complying with mandatory requirements. Indeed, large
    operators had indicated (see stakeholder consultation, the reaction of
    PlasticsEurope) that implementation of such requirements would be relatively
    straight forward and quick as long as they built on existing industry best
    practices (e.g. Operation Clean Sweep).
    (B3) The impact analysis is not sufficiently developed. The comparison of options is not based
    on an assessment of their effectiveness, efficiency, coherence and proportionality.
    (C5) The report should
    further clarify and
    develop the impact
    analysis. It should
    quantify the costs to
    businesses related to the
    implementation (testing
    and reporting) of the
    mandatory standardised
    methodology to measure
    pellet losses or better
    explain why it is
    The cost of reporting pellet losses is already accounted for in the REACH
    restriction on pellets; this proposal brings no additional reporting costs.
    Further costs related to the definition of a mandatory standardised
    methodology by mandating CEN to work on a harmonised standard would be
    paid by the European Commission. These costs are described under Option 1
    in the range of 1.3 to 3.2 EUR million in the sections 6.1 (pp. 42) and 8.2.1
    (pp. 59), in Annex 3 and Annex 11.
    Again, the implementation costs incurred to use the common standard, once
    this is developed and tested, are already considered under the upcoming
    REACH restriction (as part of the reporting costs) and do not need to be taken
    into account here as the scope of companies is basically the same (the REACH
    restriction encompasses all uses, while the upcoming pellet proposal would be
    13
    considered that those
    costs are accounted for
    under the upcoming
    REACH proposal given
    the likely broader scope
    of businesses covered by
    this initiative.
    limited to uses above 5 tonnes). These costs would consist of the costs for the
    companies to set up specific reporting systems and for the public authority to
    set up verification and evaluation systems.
    It should also quantify
    the costs to businesses of
    the notification of the
    outcomes of the
    certification to
    demonstrate compliance
    with the defined
    mandatory requirements
    to prevent and reduce
    pellet losses or better
    explain why those costs
    are considered
    “minimal”.
    There might also be minor reporting costs that were added to the section 6.2
    (pp. 47) and in annex 11 (188 000 € per year) for the economic operators (to
    notify the outcome of the certification), as reporting already exists under
    REACH.
    The report should make
    an effort to further
    quantify and monetise
    the expected benefits. It
    should monetise the
    estimated reduction in
    CO2 emission.
    Due to their nature, it is very difficult to monetise the expected benefits: on the
    environment through improved ecosystems and biodiversity; on the economy
    through improved eco-systems services; on the sector itself via for instance
    modernised equipment or reduced waste; on society via reduced costs for
    monitoring or clean up. There is no data available that would allow further
    quantification or monetisation of the expected benefits. However, the
    estimated reduction in CO2 emissions has been monetised and added in the
    section 6.2 (pp. 45), table 7 (pp. 49) and in Annex 11. Under Option 2 and its
    sub-options 2a-2c, the reduction of pellet losses is expected to lead to an
    emission reduction of 84 to 583 ktCO2e, leading to savings of 8 – 58 M
    EUR/year.
    It should also explore
    whether it is possible to
    monetise the expected
    reduction in the spill
    clean-up costs and
    improvements in work
    safety.
    There is no data available on the costs of spill clean-ups. Pellet spills refer to
    situations where pellets escape their primary containment. These spills do not
    necessarily result in losses to the environment if they are contained inside the
    operating boundaries. However, the costs of cleaning up spills are considered
    to be minor, especially when compared to the costs of cleaning up losses (i.e.
    when the pellets are no longer contained and released into the environment)
    where efficiency will be much lower. Only limited anecdotal evidence is
    available on the costs of pellet loss clean-ups making it impossible to
    extrapolate an EU-wide estimation.
    It should provide clear
    overview tables of costs
    and benefits. The report
    should better explain the
    qualitative scoring of the
    environmental, economic
    and social impacts. As
    most of the impacts are
    not monetised, it should
    justify the conclusions on
    The summary tables, highlighting the impacts of each policy option in section
    6, have been reworked to clarify the benefit to cost assessments for each option.
    These assessments are not absolute but relative to the other options to allow
    for more effective comparison of the different options. Table 4 presents the
    coding used to classify the impacts, and the benefit to cost ratios.
    14
    “Low”, “Medium” and
    “High” Benefit Cost
    Ratios for each option.
    (C6) Once the impact
    analysis is improved, the
    report should compare all
    relevant (combinations
    of) options in terms of
    effectiveness, efficiency,
    coherence and
    proportionality and
    present this comparison
    in a clear comparison
    table.
    The report now includes a new table 11 comparing each option’s effectiveness,
    efficiency, coherence and proportionality (section 7, pp. 55). Text has also been
    added to the “summary” of the assessment of the individual options’ impacts
    to clarify their effectiveness, efficiency, coherence and proportionality. A
    simple scoring system has been used to assess each option along the
    dimensions of effectiveness, efficiency, coherence and proportionality. These
    assessments are based on each option’s relative costs, economic,
    environmental and social impacts, laid out in Section 6.
    It should better justify the
    selection of the preferred
    option given the high
    uncertainties around the
    scale of the problem and
    their impacts. These
    uncertainties should be
    clearly set out throughout
    and included when
    addressing and
    qualifying the costs and
    benefits of the measures.
    Relevant text has been added to section 6 (pp. 40) and section 8.1 (pp. 50). The
    report emphasises that the data on pellet losses is the most uncertain, and that
    there is a degree of uncertainty regarding the efficiency of the measures. This
    is due to a lack of reliable and comparable data on pellet losses at source. A
    degree of uncertainty remains around the impact of the policy options on pellet
    losses as the baseline pellet loss data is based on incomplete data, as
    highlighted and addressed by the use of ranges to present pellet losses. The
    preferred option includes a standardised measurement methodology to tackle
    this information failure and ensure better data is available. The quantification
    of the costs and comparison of different options has a higher degree of certainty
    as it is based on data provided by industry which are relatively well informed
    due to the existing implementation of the OCS-scheme. Therefore, the
    comparison of the different options is relatively certainty as it shows, how
    options rank.
    When selecting the
    preferred option, the
    report should better
    justify its proportionality.
    Relevant text has been added to section 8.1 (pp. 57). The report concludes that
    this preferred option is a case of formalising best practices in industry which
    will have an important positive impact on the issue of microplastic releases.
    Box 4 (overview of the measures and procedures included in the preferred
    option) has also been added to this section to further clarify the contents of the
    option, including the different regimes for different sized operators, thus
    emphasising the efforts put into ensuring the preferred option is proportional.
    Small and micro companies will benefit from lighter requirements to reduce
    the costs of the requirements, and further schemes to support these SMEs will
    be set up. Overall, the costs are low compared to the turnover of the supply
    chain (estimated cost of option 2b would represent about 0.13% of the EU
    plastics sector turnover), while still representing a clear cost to the smaller
    firms. However, the benefits to the environment, to human health and to
    affected economies and communities are undeniable. It will also be an
    important contributor to the achievement of the Zero Pollution Action plan
    target for a 30% reduction in microplastic releases.
    It should explain how it
    was concluded that the
    benefits significantly
    outweigh the costs given
    that the monetised costs
    Additional text has been added to section 8.1 (pp. 56) to clarify how the
    preferred option was constructed. It sets out that the preferred option was
    selected in light of the impacts of microplastics, including pellets, on the
    environment and possibly health, and that the benefits of significantly reducing
    microplastic releases (1/4th
    ) would outweigh the additional costs for industry.
    15
    are much higher than the
    monetised benefits.
    (B4) The analysis of the impacts on SMEs and EU sector competitiveness is inadequate.
    (C7) The concerns of
    SMEs, even for the
    lighter regimes, should
    be highlighted
    throughout the report.
    Relevant text has been added to the sections 6 (pp. 48) and 8 (pp. 60), along
    with Annexes 3 and 11, to highlight the concerns raised by SMEs which were
    collected during the targeted SME survey. These concerns included a lack of
    staff/time, a lack of information on risks and solutions and a lack of financial
    resources, making certain mandatory requirements too burdensome. The
    upfront investment costs and costs per tonne of pellets handled are more
    significant for SMEs, especially for micro-and small enterprises, relative to
    other enterprises. References to these concerns are made throughout the report
    and most notably in the sections outlining the impact of each option on SMEs.
    In light of these, lighter requirements for micro- and small companies were
    deemed essential to mitigating the impacts on these smaller players present
    throughout the value chain. These lighter requirements also complement
    existing EU programmes and support mechanisms which will help SMEs
    implement these requirements (COSME, Enterprise Europe, InvestEU,
    Horizon). National support could also be provided through Cohesion policy
    and NEXTGEN EU.
    The report should explain
    why not all SMEs would
    be included in the lighter
    regime, in particular in
    light of the response of
    SME stakeholders to the
    specific consultation.
    Relevant text has been added to the section 8.2.2 to clarify why medium
    companies have not been included in the lighter regime. The targeted SME
    survey showed that it was micro & small companies who expressed the main
    concerns about the burden of complying with any mandatory requirements (see
    Annex 12). In addition, the cost analysis carried out in the context of this
    impact assessment confirmed that the costs were much less burdensome for
    medium companies. The preferred option therefore only has lighter
    requirements for micro & small companies, as well as larger companies who
    handle less than 1000 tonnes of pellets every year. This threshold was selected
    because it corresponds to the average volume handled by small companies.
    The report should
    analyse the impact of the
    preferred option on
    international
    competitiveness of the
    sector as well as SME
    competitiveness.
    A new annex assessing the impact of the preferred option on international and
    SME competitiveness (Annex 5) has been added to the report to specifically
    address concerns about competitiveness. It emphasises that:
    • The costs of the preferred option would represent about 0.13% of the EU
    plastics sector turnover (2021 was EUR 405 billion) and are considered to
    be limited.
    • The additional costs are likely to have a very minor negative impact on the
    international competitiveness of the EU pellet producers, as their
    competitors outside the EU will not be subject to the requirements (although
    logistical operators importing pellets will have to comply within the EU).
    • There will be some cost savings as a result of reduced losses to the
    environment (as pellets are a raw material).
    • EU companies will have a first mover advantage if/when other countries
    adopt similar requirements, e.g. through an international agreement such as
    the Global Plastic Treaty.
    • The proposal will make a positive impact on the capacity to innovate as
    different actors of the value chain will develop solutions to minimise pellet
    spills in order to optimise their costs for controlling pellet losses.
    • The proposal includes lighter requirements for micro and small companies
    and for all companies with pellet capacities below 1000t and a longer
    16
    implementation period for medium companies to mitigate any potential
    impacts on their competitiveness, as well as support actions for SMEs.
    For the development of
    the measuring
    methodology, full
    coherence with REACH
    requirements should be
    further discussed.
    Relevant text has been added to the section 5.2.1 to explicitly state that the
    methodology will need to be fully in line with REACH requirements. In
    addition, the report now clarifies that the scope of the companies covered by
    the REACH reporting requirements for pellet losses is similar to this proposal
    with the exception that this proposal only applies to uses above 5 tonnes.
    Other
    (C8) The report should
    quantify the
    administrative costs and
    differentiate those that
    are in scope of the ‘One
    In, One Out’ approach.
    The administrative costs for public authorities and businesses have been further
    detailed in section 8.2.1 and Annex 3, where they are classified into recurrent
    and one-off costs. This allows for a clearer identification of administrative
    costs associated with the Commission’s one-in-one-out policy. Relevant text
    has also been added to section 6.2 and in Annex 11.
    The administrative costs for businesses are associated with internal
    assessments, external auditing and certification. There will also be minor costs
    for notifying the public authority of the certification. For micro- and small
    companies (and companies with a capacity of less than 1000t/year) will be
    subject to lighter requirements that are described in the new box 4. Costs for
    internal assessment, external audit and/or certification and notification are
    expected to be EUR 44 million: internal assessment for businesses – EUR 30.8
    million; carrying out external audit and/or application for certificate – EUR
    12.9 million; notification (i.e. filling forms and tables) – EUR 0.2 million;
    setting up systems in businesses for administrative procedures to report pellet
    losses – EUR 0.1 million (for annualised total net present value over the five
    year period).
    For public authorities, administrative costs, the processing costs are estimated,
    including data collection, verification, correction, and enforcement to be EUR
    313 000 (total annualised one-off administrative costs of EUR 36 700,
    discounted at 3% over 10 years) for the first year and EUR 125 000 per year
    for the whole EU. These costs will vary across Member States as it would be
    higher for larger ones and lower for smaller ones.
    (C9) As the report is now
    focused on pellets, this
    approach should be
    coherently adopted in the
    annexes, which should
    also focus on supporting
    the assessment for this
    specific source.
    To better reflect the scope of this report, the investigation initially undertaken
    for the other sources (paints, tyres, pellets, textiles, geotextiles) has been
    moved to the very last annex (Annex 15). Annex 15 can help serve as a basis
    for future research into paints, pellets, textiles and geotextiles, as well as guide
    future analysis and impact assessments for measures tackling microplastic
    releases. Annex 15 also provides information about the relative merits of action
    on pellets (compared to other sources) as asked for by the Board. The detailed
    analysis in the other annexes focuses on pellets.
    17
    4 MAIN LITERATURE SOURCES USED
    ADAC (2021) Tyre abrasion: wear and burden on the environment / 31940 RMU
    Air Quality Expert Group (2019) Non-Exhaust Emissions from Road Traffic. Available from:
    https://uk-
    air.defra.gov.uk/assets/documents/reports/cat09/1907101151_20190709_Non_Exhaust_Emissions_
    typeset_Final.pdf
    AISE (2022) Report on SOLUBLE FILMS IN SINGLE-DOSE DETERGENT PRODUCTS:
    Information on their purpose, technical characteristics, testing and usage (April 2022)
    AISE (2020) A.I.S.E.’s pan-European habits survey 2020, 2020
    AISE (2018) A.I.S.E. Pan-European Consumer Habits Survey 2017, 2018
    Alava, J.J. et al. Microplastics and Macroplastic Debris as Potential Physical Vectors of SARS-CoV-
    2: A Hypothetical Overview with Implications for Public Health. Microplastics 2022, 1, 156–166.
    https://doi.org/10.3390/microplastics1010010
    Alfonso, María B. et al. (2021) "Continental Microplastics: Presence, Features, And Environmental
    Transport Pathways". Science Of The Total Environment, vol 799, 2021, p. 149447. Elsevier BV,
    doi:10.1016/j.scitotenv.2021.149447. Accessed 25 Mar 2022.
    Allen, S. et al. (2021) "Evidence Of Free Tropospheric And Long-Range Transport Of Microplastic
    At Pic Du Midi Observatory". Nature Communications, vol 12, no. 1, 2021. Springer Science And
    Business Media LLC, doi:10.1038/s41467-021-27454-7. Accessed 25 Mar 2022.
    Alonso Raposo et al. (2019) The future of road transport, EUR 29748 EN, Publications Office of the
    European Union, Luxembourg, 2019, ISBN 978-92-76-14319-2, doi:10.2760/524662, JRC116644.
    Apostolidis, A., Kokarakis, J., & Merikas, A. (2012). Modelling the Dry-Docking Cost-The Case of
    Tankers. Journal of Ship Production & Design, 28(3)
    Arthur, C., Bamford, H. & Baker, J. (2009) ‘Proceedings of the International Research Workshop on
    the Occurrence, Effects and Fate of Microplastic Marine Debris. Sept 9-11, 2008’. NOAA Technical
    Memorandum NOS-OR&R-30.
    As You Sow, ‘Plastic Pellet Pollution’, 2021 (https://www.asyousow.org/our-work/waste/plastic-
    pellets).
    Baensch-Baltruschat et al. / Science of the Total Environment 733 (2020) 137823
    Bai, Xue et al. (2022) "Weathering Of Geotextiles Under Ultraviolet Exposure: A Neglected Source
    Of Microfibers From Coastal Reclamation". Science Of The Total Environment, vol 804, 2022, p.
    150168. Elsevier BV, doi:10.1016/j.scitotenv.2021.150168. Accessed 21 Mar 2022.
    Bertling, Jürgen; Zimmermann, Till; Rödig, Lisa (2021) Kunststoffe in der Umwelt: Emissionen in
    landwirtschaftlich genutzte Böden, Oberhausen, Fraunhofer UMSICHT 220 Seiten
    18
    Bhashyam, S. et al. (2021). Microplastics in the marine environment sources, impacts and
    recommendations. Research@THEA
    BIO by Deloitte (2014) Development of Guidance on Extended Producer Responsibility (EPR)”,
    2014 by , in collaboration with Arcadis, Ecologic, Institute for European Environmental Policy
    (IEEP), Umweltbundesamt (UBA).
    https://www2.deloitte.com/content/dam/Deloitte/fr/Documents/sustainability-
    services/deloitte_sustainability-les-filieres-a-responsabilite-elargie-du-producteur-en-europe_dec-
    15.pdf
    Boag et al. (1999) The pathology of interstitial lung disease in nylon flock workers. Am J Surg Pathol.
    Boomerang Alliance (2015), Submission into Senate Inquiry on the Threat of Marine Plastic, October
    2015
    Boulter, P. G. (2006) Review of emission factors and models for road vehicle non-exhaust particulate
    matter.“ Project Report PPR0065, Department for the Environment, Food and Rural Affairs, Scottish
    Executive, Welsh Assembly Government, and the Department of Environment in Northern Ireland,
    2006.
    Brennecke, D., Duarte, B., Paiva, F., Caçador, I. and Canning-Clode (2016) J. Microplastics as vector
    for heavy metal contamination from the marine environment. Estuar. Coast. Shelf Sci. 2016, 178,
    189–195.
    Byrne, Dominic et al. (2021) "Biodegradability Of Polyvinyl Alcohol Based Film Used For Liquid
    Detergent Capsules". Tenside Surfactants Detergents, vol 58, no. 2, 2021, pp. 88-96. Walter De
    Gruyter Gmbh, doi:10.1515/tsd-2020-2326. Accessed 16 Nov 2021
    BSI Knowledge, ‘Plastic pellets, flakes and powders. Handling and management throughout the
    supply chain to prevent their leakage to the environment. Specification - PAS 510:2021101’, 2021
    ().
    Cai Y, Mitrano DM, Heuberger M, Hufenus R, Nowack B (2020) The origin of microplastic fiber in
    polyester textiles: The textile production process matters, Journal of Cleaner Production
    California Assembly (2020), A.B. 1952.
    California Assembly (2018), A.B. 129.
    California Environmental Protection Agency, ‘Preproduction Plastic Debris Program’, 2008
    (https://www.waterboards.ca.gov/water_issues/programs/stormwater/plasticdebris.shtml).
    Carneiro, José Ricardo et al., 2018, "Laboratory Evaluation Of Interactions In The Degradation Of
    A Polypropylene Geotextile In Marine Environments". Advances In Materials Science And
    Engineering, vol 2018, 2018, pp. 1-10. Hindawi Limited, doi:10.1155/2018/9182658. Accessed 28
    Mar 2022.
    CBD – Secretariat of the Convention on Biological Diversity and the Scientific and Technical
    Advisory Panel – GEF (2012): Impacts of Marine Debris on Biodiversity: Current Status and
    Potential Solutions. In: CBD Technical Series No. 67, 61 pages.
    19
    CEDR (2016) Management of contaminated runoff water: current practice and future research needs
    Chand, R.; Rasmussen, L.A.; Tumlin, S.; Vollertsen, J. (2021) The occurrence and fate of
    microplastics in a mesophilic anaerobic digester receiving sewage sludge, grease and fatty slurries,
    Science of the Total Environment 2021, 798, 149287
    Changing Markets Foundation (2021) Fossil fashion, 2021
    Chronopoulos G., Cakmak, G. E., Tempany, P., Klein, G., Brinkmann, T., Zerger, B., & Roudier, S.
    Best Available Techniques (BAT) Reference Document on Surface Treatment Using Organic
    Solvents including Preservation of Wood and Wood Products with Chemicals.)CircularInnoBooster
    Fashion and Textile project (2021) Second-hand fashion, a new impetus for clothing consumption,
    2021
    Cole, M.; Lindeque, P.; Halsband, C. & T.S. Galloway (2011): Microplastics as contaminants in the
    marine environment: A review. In: Marine Pollution Bulletin 62: 2588-2597
    Draft COMMISSION REGULATION (EU) …/… of XXX amending Annex XVII to Regulation
    (EC) No 1907/2006 of the European Parliament and of the Council concerning the Registration,
    Evaluation, Authorisation and Restriction of Chemicals (REACH) as regards synthetic polymer
    microparticles. Comitology Register (europa.eu), Accessed on 15 March 2023.
    Connecticut, S. (2018), Substitute House Bill No. 5360,
    http://www.cga.ct.gov/2018/ACT/pa/2018PA-00181-R00HB-05360-PA.htm.
    Correia Prata Joana, João P. da Costa, Armando C. Duarte, Teresa Rocha-Santos (2019) Methods for
    sampling and detection of microplastics in water and sediment: A critical review, TrAC Trends in
    Analytical Chemistry, Volume 110, 2019, Pages 150-159, ISSN 0165-9936,
    https://doi.org/10.1016/j.trac.2018.10.029.
    Cox et al. (2020) Human consumption of microplastics. Environ. Sci. Technol. 2019, 53, 12, 7068–
    7074
    Danopoulos, E., Twiddy, M., West, R., & Rotchell, J. (2022). A rapid review and meta-regression
    analyses of the toxicological impacts of microplastic exposure in human cells. Journal Of Hazardous
    Materials, 427, 127861. doi: 10.1016/j.jhazmat.2021.127861
    DAWE (2021), National Plastics Plan 2021.
    Décret no 2021-461 du 16 avril 2021 relatif à la prévention des pertes de granulés de plastiques
    industriels dans l’environnement.
    Deltares and TNO (2016) Emissieschattingen Diffuse bronnen Emissieregistratie - Bandenslijtage
    wegverkeer
    Diaz et al. (2020) European vehicle market statistics 2020/21
    Dibke et al. (2021) Microplastic Mass Concentrations and Distribution in German 39 Waters by
    Pyrolysis–Gas Chromatography–Mass Spectrometry/Thermochemolysis Reveal Potential Impact of
    Marine Coatings: Do Ships Leave Skid Marks? https://doi.org/10.1021/acs.est.0c04522
    20
    Directive 2010/75/EU on industrial emissions (integrated pollution prevention and control) (recast)
    Dixon, N. et al. (2016) "Sustainability Aspects Of Using Geotextiles". Geotextiles, 2016, pp. 577-
    596. Elsevier, doi:10.1016/b978-0-08-100221-6.00026-7. Accessed 4 May 2022.
    Dris et al. (2017) A first overview of textile fibres, including microplastics, in indoor and outdoor
    environments. Environ Pollut.
    Dris et al. (2015) Microplastic contamination in an urban area: a case study in Greater Paris.
    Environmental Chemistry.
    Dutch Government (2020), “Towards Osaka Blue Ocean Vision: G20 Implementation Framework
    for Actions on Marine Plastic Litter” https://www.naturvardsverket.se/amnesomraden/plast/om-
    plast/mikroplast/
    Dutch Ministry of Infrastructure and Water Management, ‘Monitoring of pellets and mesoplastic
    fragments on Dutch beaches in 2021: a pilot study‘, 2022
    (https://puc.overheid.nl/rijkswaterstaat/doc/PUC_721767_31/1/)
    Dusza, H.M. et al, ‘Uptake, Transport, and Toxicity of Pristine and Weathered Micro- and
    Nanoplastics in Human Placenta Cells’, Environmental Health Perspectives, Vol; 130, No 9, 2022
    (https://ehp.niehs.nih.gov/doi/10.1289/EHP10873).
    EC Group of Chief Scientific Advisors (2019) Environmental and health risks of microplastic
    pollution
    ECHA (2022) "Microplastics - ECHA". Echa.Europa.Eu, 2022, Microplastics - ECHA (europa.eu)
    Accessed 14 Apr 2022.
    EDANA (2022) "Nonwovens Markets". Default, 2022, https://www.edana.org/nw-related-
    industry/nonwovens-markets. Accessed 21 Mar 2022.
    EEA (2019) ETC/WMGE, Textiles and the environment in a circular economy, November 2019
    Emission Analytics / PEW report (2022) - Research report - Tire chemical composition and wear
    emissions
    Еsiukova, Elena & Chubarenko, Boris & Simon, Franz. (2018). Debris of geosynthetic materials on
    the shore of South-Eastern Baltic (Kaliningrad Oblast, Russian Federation).
    Essel, Roland et al. (2014) Sources of microplastics relevant to marine protection, Report for Federal
    Environment Agency (Germany), November 2014
    Expertmarketresearch.Com (2022) “Global Plastic Market Report And Forecast 2022-2027”.
    https://www.expertmarketresearch.com/reports/plastic-market. Accessed 24 Mar 2022.
    ETRMA. (2019) Circular Economy. Available at: https://www.etrma.org/key-topics/circular-
    economy/
    21
    ETRMA. (2018) End of Life Tyres Management – Europe 2018 Status: https://www.etrma.org/wp-
    content/uploads/2020/09/Copy-of-ELT-Data-2018-002.pdf
    Eunomia (2016), Report for Fidra on Study to Quantify Pellet Emissions in the UK, March
    2016GESAMP. (2015). Microplastics in the ocean. A global assessment. GESAMP, The Joint Group
    of Experts on Scientific Aspects of Marine Environmental Protection, Working Group 40.
    EurEau, ‘Microplastics and the water sector’, 2019 (https://www.eureau.org/resources/briefing-
    notes/3940-briefing-note-on-microplastics-and-the-water-sector/file); Koelmans, A., Hazimah
    Mohamed Nor, N., Hermsen, E., Kooi, M. et al., ‘Microplastics in freshwaters and drinking water:
    Critical review and assessment of data quality‘, Water Research, Vol. 155, 2019, pp. 410-422.
    European Chemicals Agency, Opinion of the Committee for Risk Assessment and Opinion of the
    Committee for Socio-economic Analysis on an Annex XV dossier proposing restrictions on
    intentionally-added microplastics, ECHA/RAC/RES-O-0000006790-71-01/F and
    ECHA/SEAC/RES-O-0000006901-74-01/F, 2020, p.49
    (https://echa.europa.eu/documents/10162/a513b793-dd84-d83a-9c06-e7a11580f366).
    European Commission, Commission evaluation – Water pollution: EU rules on urban wastewater
    treatment (update), 2022 (https://ec.europa.eu/info/law/better-regulation/have-your-
    say/initiatives/12405-Water-pollution-EU-rules-on-urban-wastewater-treatment-update-_en).
    European Commission (2020) Regulation (EU) 2020/740 of the European Parliament and of the
    Council of 25 May 2020 on the labelling of tyres with respect to fuel efficiency and other parameters,
    amending Regulation (EU) 2017/1369 and repealing Regulation (EC) No 1222/2009 (Text with EEA
    relevance)
    European Commission (2019) Commission staff working document. Evaluation of the Council
    Directive 91/271/EEC of 21 May 1991, concerning urban waste-water treatment {SEC(2019) 448
    final} - {SWD(2019) 701 final}. https://ec.europa.eu/environment/water/water-
    urbanwaste/pdf/UWWTD%20Evaluation%20SWD%20448-701%20web.pdf
    European Commission (2019) Review study on household tumble driers, June 2019
    European Commission (2018) SWD 254 final Commission Staff Working Document: Reducing
    Marine Litter: action on single use plastics and fishing gear, Accompanying the document « Proposal
    for a Directive of the European Parliament and of the Council on the reduction of the impact of certain
    plastic products on the environment »
    European Commission/Eunomia (2016), Report to DG Environment on Study to support the
    development of measures to combat a range of marine litter sources, January 2016
    European Committee for Standardization (2012) EN 12226, Geosynthetics—General Tests for
    Evaluation following Durability Testing, European Committee for Standardization, Brussels,
    Belgium, 2012.
    European Committee for Standardization (2004) EN ISO 13438, Geotextiles and Geotextile-Related
    Products-Screening Test Method for Determining the Resistance to Oxidation, European Committee
    for Standardization, Brussels, Belgium, 2004.
    22
    European Committee for Standardization (2001) EN 12447, Geotextiles and Geotextile-Related
    Products-Screening Test Method for Determining the Resistance to Hydrolysis in Water, Brussels,
    Belgium, 2001.
    European Committee for Standardization (2001) EN 14030, Geotextiles and Geotextile-Related
    Products-Screening Test Method for Determining the Resistance to Acid and Alkaline Liquids,
    European Committee for Standardization, Brussels, Belgium, 2001.
    European Committee for Standardization (2000) EN 12224, Geotextiles and Geotextile-Related
    Products-Determination of the Resistance to Weathering, European Committee for Standardization,
    Brussels, Belgium, 2000.
    European Environment Agency, ‘Microplastics from textiles: Towards a circular economy for
    textiles in Europe’, 2022 (https://www.eea.europa.eu/publications/microplastics-from-textiles-
    towards-a).
    European TRWP Platform (2019) Way Forward Report
    Eurostat data on number of companies in the production of plastic in primary forms and turnover
    (https://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/databrowser/view/SBS_SC_OVW__custom_5884920/default/table?la
    ng=en).
    Federal Ministry of Food and Agriculture (2021) BioSinn – Products for Which Biodegradation
    makes sense, Renewable Carbon publication, edited in May 2021
    Fibre2Fashion (2017), Man-made fibres driving growth
    Folkö Amanda (2015) Quantification and characterization of fibres emitted from common synthetic
    materials during washing, Report for Käppala, 2015.
    French Senate (2021) Amendement n°2143 au projet de loi relatif à la lutte contre le dérèglement
    climatique, 10 juin 2021
    Gebbe et al. (1997) Quantifizierung des Reifenabriebs von Kraftfahrzeugen in Berlin
    Geilenkirchen et al. (2020) Methods for calculating the emissions of transport in the Netherlands
    German Federal Ministry for Economic Cooperation and Development (2019), Circular Economy in
    the Textile Sector
    Gewert B, Plassmann MM, MacLeod M. 2015. Pathways for degradation of plastic polymers floating
    in the marine environment. Environ Sci Process Impacts 17:1513–1521
    Good Karma Projects, New report out exposes alarming impacts of plastic pellets across Europe,
    2020 (https://goodkarmaprojects.org/2020/11/20/new-report-out-exposes-alarming-impacts-of-
    plastic-pellets-across-europe/?lang=en).
    Grand View Research Inc (2022) Geotextiles Market Size & Share, |Industry Report, 2020-2027.
    (2022). Retrieved 6 January 2022, from https://www.grandviewresearch.com/industry-
    analysis/geotextiles-industry
    23
    Grand View Research Inc (2014) https://www.estormwater.com/grand-view-research-forecasts-
    global-geotextiles-market
    Grigoratos T, Martini G. (2014) Non-exhaust traffic related emissions – Brake and tyre wear PM.
    EUR 26648. Luxembourg (Luxembourg): Publications Office of the European Union; 2014.
    JRC89231Kosuth et al., (2018) Anthropogenic contamination of tap water, beer, and sea salt,
    https://doi.org/10.1371/journal.pone.0194970
    Group of Chief Scientific Advisors, Scientific opinion on the environmental and health risks of
    microplastic pollution, April 2019.
    Hann et al. (2018) Investigating options for reducing releases in the aquatic environment of
    microplastics emitted by (but not intentionally added in) products
    Hollman, P.C.H.; Bouwmeester, H.; Peters, R.J.B. (2013) Microplastics in Aquatic Food Chain:
    Sources, Measurement, Occurrence and Potential Health Risks; RIKILT-Institute of Food Safety:
    Wageningen, The Netherlands, 2013; No. 2013.003.
    Hurley, R., & Nizzetto, L., ‘Fate and occurrence of micro(nano)plastics in soils: Knowledge gaps
    and possible risks’, Current Opinion in Environmental Science & Health, Vol. 1, 2018, pp. 6-11,
    Elsevier BV.
    International Baltic Earth Secretariat (2020) 3rd Baltic Earth Conference Earth system changes and
    Baltic Sea coasts, accessed October 15, 2021
    International Pellet Watch - Where can we find the plastic resin pellets? (pelletwatch.org/where)
    International Union for Conservation of Nature, ‘Primary Microplastics in the Oceans: A Global
    Evaluation of Sources’, 2017 (https://portals.iucn.org/library/sites/library/files/documents/2017-
    002-En.pdf).
    ISO (2020) ISO 22182 :2020, Geotextiles and geotextile-related products — Determination of index
    abrasion resistance characteristics under wet conditions for hydraulic applications
    IUCN (2017), Primary Microplastics in the Oceans: A Global Evaluation of Sources, February 2017
    IUCN (2016) Biodiversity Risk and Opportunities in the Apparel Sector
    Jenner et al. (2022) Detection of microplastics in human lung tissue using μFTIR spectroscopy.
    Science of The Total Environment, Volume 831
    Johannesson, M., & Lithner, D. (2022). Potential policy instruments and measures against
    microplastics from tyre and road wear: mapping and prioritisation
    Joint Group of Experts on the Scientific Aspects of Marine Environmental Protection (GESAMP),
    Global assessment on microplastics in the ocean, Joint Group of Experts on Scientific Aspects of
    Marine Environmental Protection, 2015.
    JRC (2019) Best available techniques (BAT) Reference Document for the Textiles Industry, 2019
    24
    JRC (2014) Environmental Improvement Potential of textiles (IMPRO Textiles), January 2014.
    Julinova M. et al. (2018) Water-soluble polymeric xenobiotics – Polyvinyl alcohol and
    polyvinylpyrrolidon – And potential solutions to environmental issues: A brief review J. Environ.
    Management 2018, 218, p. 6027
    K 2022 - Trend Report Europe https://www.k-
    online.com/en/Media_News/Press/Technical_article/K_2022_-_Trend_Report_Europe
    Kieran D. Cox, Garth A. Covernton, Hailey L. Davies, John F. Dower, Francis Juanes, and Sarah E.
    Dudas (2019) Human Consumption of Microplastics. Environmental Science & Technology 2019 53
    (12), 7068-7074 DOI: 10.1021/acs.est.9b01517
    KIMO, ‘Plastic pellets spill pollutes Danish, Norwegian, Swedish coastlines’, 2020
    (https://www.kimointernational.org/news/plastic-pellets-spill-pollutes-danish-norwegian-swedish-
    coastlines/).
    Kole PJ, Löhr AJ, Van Belleghem FGAJ, Ragas AMJ (2017). Wear and Tear of Tyres: A Stealthy
    Source of Microplastics in the Environment. Int J Environ Res Public Health. 2017;14(10):1265.
    Published 2017 Oct 20. doi:10.3390/ijerph14101265
    Klein et al. (2019) Methods for calculating the emissions of transport in the Netherlands.
    Kreider, Marisa L., Julie M. Panko, Britt L. McAtee, Leonard I. Sweet, und Brent L. Finley (2010)
    Physical and chemical characterization of tire-related particles: Comparison of particles generated
    using different methodologies.“ Science of The Total Environment, Vol. 408, 2010: 652-659
    Lacroix C. et Huvet A. (2019) Table ronde n°1 : Devenir et gestion dans les ports et les milieux
    littoraux – introduction scientifique : caractérisation de la pollution et risques associés. Conférence
    Journée Plastiques et Environnement 27-28 juin 2019
    Lares, Mirka et al. (2018) "Occurrence, Identification And Removal Of Microplastic Particles And
    Fibers In Conventional Activated Sludge Process And Advanced MBR Technology". Water
    Research, vol 133, 2018, pp. 236-246. Elsevier BV, doi:10.1016/j.watres.2018.01.049. Accessed 22
    Oct 2021.
    Lassen, C., S. Foss Hansen, K. Magnusson, F. Norén, N. I. Bloch Hartmann, P. Rehne Jensen, T.
    Gissel Nielsen and A. Brinch (2015). Microplastics - Occurrence, effects and sources of releases to
    the environment in Denmark.
    Lechner, Aaron, and David Ramler (2015) "The Discharge Of Certain Amounts Of Industrial
    Microplastic From A Production Plant Into The River Danube Is Permitted By The Austrian
    Legislation". Environmental Pollution, vol 200, 2015, pp. 159-160. Elsevier BV,
    doi:10.1016/j.envpol.2015.02.019. Accessed 28 Mar 2022.
    Lei, L.; Hu, X.; Yue, P.L.; Bossmann, S.H.; Göb, S.; Braun, A.M. (1998) Oxidative degradation of
    poly vinyl alcohol by the photochemically enhanced Fenton reaction. J. Photochem. Photobiol. A
    Chem. 1998, 116, 159–166.
    25
    Leslie, H.A., (2014) Review of microplastics in cosmetics. Scientific background on a potential
    source of plastic particulate marine litter to support decision-making. V.U. Institute for
    Environmental Studies, Amsterdam.
    Leslie, Heather A. et al. (2022) “Discovery And Quantification Of Plastic Particle Pollution In
    Human Blood”. Environment International, 2022, p. 107199. Elsevier BV,
    doi:10.1016/j.envint.2022.107199. Accessed 28 Mar 2022.
    Li, J.; Zhang, K.; Zhang, H. (2018) Adsorption of antibiotics on microplastics. Environ. Pollut. 2018,
    237, 460–467.
    Loubet et al. (2021) Life cycle inventory of plastics losses from seafood supply chains:Methodology
    and application to French fish products. Science of the Total Environment
    Lyn, T.E., ‘Sinopec pledges help to clear Hong Kong plastic spill’, Reuters, 2012
    (https://www.reuters.com/article/us-pollution-hongkong-sinopec-idUSBRE8780I920120809).
    https://www.reuters.com/article/us-pollution-hongkong-sinopec-idUSBRE8780I920120809
    Maisner et al. (2019) Geosynthetics in traffic infrastructure construction in contact with groundwater
    and surface water – Environmental aspects. Georesources Journal (special issue)
    Marketsandmarkets (2022) "Geotextile Market Size & Share | Global Industry Forecast To 2022&|
    Marketsandmarkets". Marketsandmarkets.Com, 3399,
    https://www.marketsandmarkets.com/Market-Reports/geotextiles-market-492.html. Accessed 21
    Mar 2022.
    Mason, Sherri A. et al. (2018) “Synthetic Polymer Contamination In Bottled Water”. Frontiers In
    Chemistry, vol 6, 2018. Frontiers Media SA, doi:10.3389/fchem.2018.00407. Accessed 25 Mar 2022.
    Mato Y, Isobe T, Takada H, Kanehiro H, Ohtake C, Kaminuma T. (2001). Plastic resin pellets as a
    transport medium for toxic chemicals in the marine environment.
    Methacanon, P., Weerawatsophon, U., Sumransin, N., Prahsarn, C., & Bergado, D. (2010). Properties
    and potential application of the selected natural fibers as limited life geotextiles. Carbohydrate
    Polymers, 82(4), 1090-1096. doi: 10.1016/j.carbpol.2010.06.036
    Miao, Lingzhan, Peifang Wang, Jun Hou, Yu Yao, Zhilin Liu, Songqi Liu, Tengfei Li, Distinct
    community structure and microbial functions of biofilms colonizing microplastics, Science of The
    Total Environment, Volume 650, Part 2, 2019, Pages 2395-2402, ISSN 0048-9697,
    https://doi.org/10.1016/j.scitotenv.2018.09.378.
    Ministry of Environment and Food of Denmark; Microplastics: Occurrence, effects and sources of
    releases to the environment in Denmark, Environmental project No. 1793, 2015
    Miszkowska A, Lenart, A & Koda, E. (2017) Changes of Permeability of Nonwoven Geotextiles due
    to Clogging and Cyclic Water Flow in Laboratory Conditions doi:10.3390/w9090660
    Müller, Werner W, and Fokke Saathoff (2015) "Geosynthetics In Geoenvironmental Engineering".
    Science And Technology Of Advanced Materials, vol 16, no. 3, 2015, p. 034605. Informa UK
    Limited, doi:10.1088/1468-6996/16/3/034605. Accessed 21 Mar 2022.
    26
    Nola.com, ‘No cleanup planned as millions of plastic pellets wash up along Mississippi River and
    flow to the Gulf’, 2020 (https://www.nola.com/news/environment/article_b4fba760-e18d-11ea-
    9b0b-b3a2123cf48b.html).
    Nova Institute (2023) Bio-based Building Blocks and Polymers Global Capacities, Production and
    Trends 2022–2027 https://renewable-carbon.eu/publications/product/bio-based-building-blocks-
    and-polymers-global-capacities-production-and-trends-2022-2027-short-version-pdf/
    OCS (2019) OCS-Progress-Report-2019-Web-LR-151020.pdf (opcleansweep.eu)
    Norén, F. & Ekendahl, S. (2009) Microscopic Anthropogenic Particles in Swedish Waters: many
    more than believed. Schwerin, Germany: Helsinki Commission
    OECD (2022) Global Plastics Outlook: Policy Scenarios to 2060
    OECD (2021) Policies to Reduce Microplastics Pollution in Water: Focus on Textiles and Tyres
    https://www.oecd-ilibrary.org/environment/policies-to-reduce-microplastics-pollution-in-
    water_7ec7e5ef-en
    OECD (2021) Modulated fees for Extended Producer Responsibility schemes (EPR), OECD
    Environment Working Papers No. 184
    OECD (2020) Non-exhaust Particulate Emissions from Road Transport
    OECD (2009) Emission Scenario Document On Adhesive Formulation, 2009
    OPC Clean Sweep - www.opcleansweep.eu
    OSPAR (2021) Guidelines in support of Recommendation 2021/06 on the reduction of plastic pellet
    loss into the marine environment https://www.ospar.org/documents?v=46269
    OSPAR (2018) Background document on pre-production plastic pellets, 2018,
    https://www.ospar.org/documents?v=39764. Accessed 12 Apr 2022.
    OSPAR (2017) Assessment document of land-based inputs of microplastics in the marine
    environment, 2017. Accessed March 28, 2022, from: https://www.ospar.org/documents?v=38018
    Partow, H.L., C., Le Floch, S., & Alcaro, L. (2021) X-PRESS PEARL MARITIME DISASTER SRI
    LANKA REPORT OF THE UN ENVIRONMENTAL ADVISORY MISSION JULY 2021. 2021,
    UN Environmental Advisory Mission
    Paruta et al. (2022) Plastic Paints the Environment, EAEnvironmental Action 2022, ISBN 978-2-
    8399-3494-7
    Peano et al. (2020) Plastic Leak Project. Methodological Guidelines.
    Persson et al. (2022) Outside the Safe Operating Space of the Planetary Boundary for Novel Entities.
    (2022). Environmental Science & Technology. Retrieved from
    https://pubs.acs.org/doi/10.1021/acs.est.1c04158
    27
    Pew Research (2022) Emission Analytics / PEW report (2022) - Research report - Tire chemical
    composition and wear emissions
    Pew Research (2020) Breaking the waves, Pew Charitable Trusts and SystemiQ
    https://www.systemiq.earth/wp-
    content/uploads/2020/07/BreakingThePlasticWave_MainReport.pdf
    Pimentel et al. (1975) Respiratory disease caused by synthetic fibres: a new occupational disease.
    Thorax 30
    "Plastic Pellets — As You Sow". As You Sow, 2021, https://www.asyousow.org/our-
    work/waste/plastic-pellets. Accessed 21 Oct 2021.
    Plastics Europe (2017) Operation Clean Sweep® Report
    Plastics Europe (2021) Plastics the Facts https://plasticseurope.org/wp-
    content/uploads/2021/12/Plastics-the-Facts-2021-web-final.pdf
    Plastics Recyclers Europe, Plastics Recycling Industry in Europe: Mapping of Installed Plastics
    Recycling Capacities 2021 Data, 2023
    Plastic Soup Foundation _ Do clothes make us sick? 2022
    Prambauer, M., Wendeler, C., Weitzenböck, J., & Burgstaller, C. (2019). Biodegradable geotextiles
    – An overview of existing and potential materials. Geotextiles And Geomembranes, 47(1), 48-59.
    doi: 10.1016/j.geotexmem.2018.09.006
    Prata et al., Methods for sampling and detection of microplastics in water and sediment: A critical
    review, TrAC Trends in Analytical Chemistry, 2019, 110: 150-159.
    Qing-Zhou Wang, Nan-Nan Wang, Ming-Lang Tseng, Yu-Man Huang, Ning-Li Li, (2019) Waste
    Tire Recycling Assessment: Road Application Potential and Carbon Emissions Reduction Analysis
    of Crumb Rubber Modified Asphalt in China, Journal of Cleaner Production (2019),
    https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jclepro.2019.119411
    Ragusa, Antonio et al. (2021) “Plasticenta: First Evidence Of Microplastics In Human Placenta”.
    Environment International, vol 146, 2021, p. 106274. Elsevier BV,
    doi:10.1016/j.envint.2020.106274. Accessed 28 Mar 2022.
    RDC Environment (2000) Emploi et investissements liés aux activités de collecte sélective, tri et
    recyclage des projets FOST PLUS, 2000
    République Française (2021) Décret no 2021-461 du 16 avril 2021 relatif à la prévention des pertes
    de granulés de plastiques industriels dans l’environnement.
    Rethink Plastic alliance (2021) PLASTIC PELLETS UNDER REACH: Strengthening requirements
    to enable effective supply chain legislation, Position Paper, March 2021,
    https://rethinkplasticalliance.eu/wp-content/uploads/2021/04/plastic_pellets_under_reach.pdf
    Accessed 14 April, 2022.
    28
    Revell et al., Direct radiative effects of airborne microplastics, Nature, 2021, 598: 462–467. Center
    for International Environmental Law (CIEL) (2019). Plastic & Climate: The Hidden Costs of a Plastic
    Planet
    Rochman (2019) Rethinking microplastics as a diverse contaminant suite – Environmental
    Toxicology and Chemistry – Wiley Online Library
    Rockström, J., W. Steffen, K. Noone, Å. Persson, F. S. Chapin, III, E. Lambin, T. M. Lenton, M.
    Scheffer, C. Folke, H. Schellnhuber, B. Nykvist, C. A. De Wit, T. Hughes, S. van der Leeuw, H.
    Rodhe, S. Sörlin, P. K. Snyder, R. Costanza, U. Svedin, M. Falkenmark, L. Karlberg, R. W. Corell,
    V. J. Fabry, J. Hansen, B. Walker, D. Liverman, K. Richardson, P. Crutzen, and J. Foley. 2009.
    Planetary boundaries:exploring the safe operating space for humanity. Ecology and Society 14(2):
    32. [online] URL: http://www.ecologyandsociety.org/vol14/iss2/art32/
    Rodrigues et al., Microplastic contamination in an urban estuary: Abundance and distribution of
    microplastics and fish larvae in the Douro estuary, Science of The Total Environment, 2019, 659:
    1071-1081.
    Rolsky, Charles, and Varun Kelkar (2021). "Degradation Of Polyvinyl Alcohol In US Wastewater
    Treatment Plants And Subsequent Nationwide Emission Estimate". International Journal Of
    Environmental Research And Public Health, vol 18, no. 11, 2021, p. 6027. MDPI AG,
    doi:10.3390/ijerph18116027. Accessed 16 Nov 2021.
    Royer, Sarah-Jeanne et al. “Production Of Methane And Ethylene From Plastic In The Environment”.
    PLOS ONE, vol 13, no. 8, 2018, p. e0200574. Public Library Of Science (Plos),
    doi:10.1371/journal.pone.0200574. Accessed 28 Mar 2022.
    Ryan, P. G. (2008) ‘Seabirds indicate changes in the composition of plastic litter in the Atlantic and
    south-western Indian Oceans’. Marine Pollution Bulletin
    Ryberg, Morten W. et al. (2019) “Global Environmental Losses Of Plastics Across Their Value
    Chains”. Resources, Conservation And Recycling, vol 151, 2019, p. 104459. Elsevier BV,
    doi:10.1016/j.resconrec.2019.104459. Accessed 25 Mar 2022.
    Sanad, R. A. (2016). Consumer attitude and purchase decision towards textiles and apparel products.
    World, 2(2016), 16-30.
    Scholz, Philipp et al. (2021) "Environmental Impact Of Geosynthetics In Coastal Protection".
    Materials, vol 14, no. 3, 2021, p. 634. MDPI AG, doi:10.3390/ma14030634. Accessed 21 Mar 2022.
    Schonberger, H.; Baumann, A.; Keller, W. (1997) Study of microbial degradation of polyvinyl
    alcohol (PVA) in wastewater treatment plants. Am. Dyest. Report. 1997, 86, 9–18.
    Schwabl, Philipp et al. (2019) “Detection Of Various Microplastics In Human Stool”. Annals Of
    Internal Medicine, vol 171, no. 7, 2019, pp. 453-457. American College Of Physicians,
    doi:10.7326/m19-0618. Accessed 28 Mar 2022.
    Schymanski et al., (2018), Analysis of microplastics in water by micro-Raman spectroscopy: Release
    of plastic particles from different packaging into mineral water,
    https://doi.org/10.1016/j.watres.2017.11.011
    29
    Seas at Risk (seas-at-risk.org) - Microplastic pollution in the marine environment and its climate
    implications: how to overcome the impacts?
    Secretariat of the Convention on Biological Diversity, ‘Impacts of marine debris on biodiversity:
    Current status and potential solutions’, CBD Technical Series, No 67, 2012.
    Sheavly et al. (2007) Marine Debris & Plastics: Environmental Concerns, Sources, Impacts and
    Solutions
    Shopova et al., ‘Risk assessment and toxicological research on micro- and nanoplastics after oral
    exposure via food products’, EFSA Journal, 2020 https://doi.org/10.2903/j.efsa.2020.e181102
    Sivan A. 2011. New perspectives in plastic biodegradation. Curr Opin Biotechnol 22:422–426
    SOLAS(2002) Chapter VII. Carriage Of Dangerous Goods". Rise.Odessa.Ua, 2022
    http://rise.odessa.ua/texts/solas02_glVIIe.php3. Accessed 12 Apr 2022.
    Sommer, F., Dietze, V., Baum, A., Sauer, J., Gilge, S., Maschowski, C. and Gieré, R. (2018). Tire
    Abrasion as a Major Source of Microplastics in the Environment. Aerosol Air Qual. Res. 18: 2014-
    2028. https://doi.org/10.4209/aaqr.2018.03.0099Sun et al. (2019) Microplastics in wastewater
    treatment plants: Detection, occurrence and removal. Water Research
    SQAS (2022) Questionnaire and Guidelines, 2022, Accessed April 15, 2022, from:
    https://www.sqas.org/downloads/core2022/SQAS%202022%20Core%20Questionnaire%20and%2
    0Guidelines%20(English).docx
    Sun, W.; Chen, L.; Wang, J. (2017) Degradation of PVA (polyvinyl alcohol) in wastewater by
    advanced oxidation processes. J. Adv. Oxid. Technol. 2017, 20.
    Sundt, P.; Schulze, P-E.; Syversen, F. (2014) Sources of microplastics-pollution to the marine
    environment. Norwegian Environment Agency (Miljødirektoratet)
    Surfrider Foundation Europe, Rethink Plastic, 2020. “Plastic giants polluting through the back door”
    TextileMission (2021) Microplastics of Textile Origin - A Holistic View: Optimized Processes and
    Materials, Material Flows and Environmental Behavior, https://bmbf-plastik.de/en/joint-
    project/textilemission
    The Guardian, ‘Sri Lanka faces disaster as burning ship spills chemicals on beaches’, 2021
    (https://www.theguardian.com/world/2021/may/31/sri-lanka-faces-disaster-burning-ship-spills-
    chemicals-beaches).
    "The Industrial Emissions Directive - Environment - European Commission". Ec.Europa.Eu, 2022,
    https://ec.europa.eu/environment/industry/stationary/ied/evaluation.htm. Accessed 14 Apr 2022.
    The Nature Conservancy, Bain & Company (2021) Toward eliminating pre-consumer emissions of
    microplastics from the textile industry, 2021
    30
    Timothy Elliott, R. B., Chiarina, D., Laurence, E., Chris, S., Ayesha, B., Mathilde, B., & Hilton, M.
    (2018). Assessment of measures to reduce marine litter from single-use plastics. ICF Consulting
    Services Limited and Eunomia, M. European Commission, Brussels
    Tromp, Peter et al. (2021) Comparison and improvement of analytical techniques for quality data on
    TWP in the environment / Setac Europe 2021
    Turner A. (2021) Paint particles in the marine environment: An overlooked component of
    microplastics, https://doi.org/10.1016/j.wroa.2021.100110)
    Two Oceans Aquarium, ‘The Great Nurdle Disaster: What to do if you find nurdles’, 2017
    (https://www.aquarium.co.za/blog/entry/the-great-nurdle-disaster-what-to-do-if-you-find-nurdles).
    https://www.aquarium.co.za/blog/entry/the-great-nurdle-disaster-what-to-do-if-you-find-nurdles
    TyreWearMapping (2021) Digitales Planungs- und Entscheidungsinstrument zur Verteilung,
    Ausbreitung und Quantifizierung von Reifenabrieb in Deutschland. Final Report 19F2050A-C
    UN Environment (2018) Mapping of global plastics value chain and plastics losses to the
    environment with a particular focus on marine environment
    United Nations Environment Programme, ‘X-Press pearl maritime disaster Sri Lanka – Report of the
    UN Environmental Advisory Mission’, 2021 (https://www.unep.org/resources/report/x-press-pearl-
    maritime-disaster-sri-lanka-report-un-environmental-advisory-mission).
    US Congress (2021) Break Free from Plastic Pollution Act of 2021, accessed October 21, from: Text
    - H.R.2238 - 117th Congress (2021-2022): Break Free From Plastic Pollution Act of 2021 |
    Congress.gov | Library of Congress
    US Department of Agriculture (1995) Geotextiles, A special Application of biofibers Retrieved 13
    January 2022, from https://www.fpl.fs.fed.us/documnts/pdf1995/engli95a.pdf
    US Environmental Protection Agency, ‘Industrial Stormwater fact sheet: Sector Y: Rubber,
    Miscellaneous Plastic Products, and Miscellaneous Manufacturing Industries’, 2006
    (https://www3.epa.gov/npdes/pubs/sector_y_rubberplastic.pdf).
    USEPA (1992) Plastic Pellets in the Aquatic Environment: Sources and Recommendations
    Venghaus et al. (2021) RAU - "Reifenabrieb in der Umwelt" Abschlusskonferenz "Plastik in der
    Umwelt" (20./21.04.2021)
    Venghaus et al. (2021) Report "Tire Wear in the environment - RAU" Berlin, 2021 BMBF-Vorhaben,
    Förderkennzeichen 13NKE011A
    Verschoor A.J. and E. de Valk, RIVM (2017) Potential measures against microplastic emissions to
    water, RIVM Report 2017-0193
    Verschoor et al. (2016) Emission of microplastics and potential mitigation measures
    Vogelsang et al. (2019) Microplastics in road dust – characteristics, pathways and measures
    31
    Wang, W. et al., ‘Environmental fate and impacts of microplastics in soil ecosystems: Progress and
    perspective’, Science of the Total Environment, Vol. 708, 2020.
    Water Briefing. (2016, November 7). Sewage sludge: new research warns over microplastics in soil.
    WBCSD. (2019) Global ELT Management. Available at:
    https://docs.wbcsd.org/2019/12/Global_ELT_Management%E2%80%93A_global_state_of_knowl
    edge_on_regulation_management_systems_impacts_of_recovery_and_technologies.pdf
    WBCSD. (2018) Managing End-of-Life Tires. Available at:
    https://docs.wbcsd.org/2018/02/TIP/End_of_Life_Tires-Full-Report.pdf
    WHO (2019) Microplastics in drinking-water. Geneva: World Health Organization; 2019. Licence:
    CC BY-NC-SA 3.0 IGO.
    Welden, Natalie A.C., Phillip R. Cowie (2016) Environment and gut morphology influence
    microplastic retention in langoustine, Nephrops norvegicus, Environmental Pollution, Volume 214,
    2016, Pages 859-865, ISSN 0269-7491, https://doi.org/10.1016/j.envpol.2016.03.067.
    Werner S; Budziak A; Van Franeker J; Galgani F; Hanke G; Maes T; Matiddi M; Nilsson P;
    Oosterbaan L; Priestland E; Thompson R; Veiga J; Vlachogianni T. Harm caused by Marine Litter.
    EUR 28317 EN. Luxembourg (Luxembourg): Publications Office of the European Union; 2016.
    JRC104308.
    Westerschelde-plastic-nurdles-versie-definitief-21-11-2021-2.pdf (plasticsoupfoundation.org)
    Wheatley, Q.; Baines, F., (1976) Biodegradation of polyvinyl alcohol in wastewater, AATCC, 1976,
    8, 28
    Wicke et al. (2015) Relevanz organischer Spurenstoffe im Regenwasserabfluss Berlins. Hg. v.
    Kompetenzzentrum Wasser Berlin. Kompetenzzentrum Wasser Berlin.
    Wik, Anna et al. (2009) Occurrence and effects of tire wear particles in the environment – A critical
    review and an initial risk assessment, Environmental Pollution, Volume 157, Issue 1, 2009, ISSN
    0269-7491, https://doi.org/10.1016/j.envpol.2008.09.028.
    Winternitz, K, Heggie, M & Baird, J (2019) 'Extended producer responsibility for waste tyres in the
    EU: Lessons learnt from three case studies – Belgium, Italy and the Netherlands', Waste
    Management, vol. 89, pp. 386-396. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.wasman.2019.04.023
    Wood et al. (2021) Support to the evaluation of the Sewage Sludge Directive – Exploratory Study
    Final Report
    Wright S.L. et al., ‘Atmospheric microplastic deposition in an urban environment and an evaluation
    of transport’, Environ Int, Vol. 136, 2020.
    WWF (2019) Solving plastic pollution through accountability, 2019, Accessed 28 Mar 2022. From:
    http://awsassets.panda.org/downloads/solving_plastic_pollution_through_accountability_eng_sprea
    d.pdf.
    32
    Www3.Epa.Gov, 2021, https://www3.epa.gov/npdes/pubs/sector_y_rubberplastic.pdf. Accessed 21
    Oct 2021.
    Ya-Qi Zhang, Marianna Lykaki, Mohammad Taher Arajoula, Marta Markiewicz, Caroline Kraas,
    Sabrina Kolbe, Kristina Klinkhammer, Maike Rabe, Robert Klauer, Ellen Bendt and Stefan Stolte
    (2021) Microplastics from textile origin – emission and reduction measures, Institute of Water
    Chemistry, June 2021
    33
    Annex 2:
    Stakeholder consultation (Synopsis report)
    1 INTRODUCTION
    The Impact Assessment accompanying the revision of this proposal included a thorough consultation
    process that included various consultation activities. During the process, the measures proposed for
    this proposal were consulted with stakeholders through bilateral meetings and stakeholder workshops
    (general and thematic). Furthermore, an Open Public Consultation and a Targeted Experts Survey
    and seven Stakeholder workshops have been conducted.
    These consultation activities aimed to engage with stakeholders, inform them about the progress of
    the ongoing analysis, and gather information for the analysis. The starting point for these activities
    was the consultation strategy which was presented in the inception report. The main consultation
    activities included an Open Public Consultation (OPC), several workshops and bilateral consultation
    with different stakeholders. Initially, the consultation activities focused on the unintentional release
    from three sources: 1) plastic pellets; 2) synthetic textiles; and 3) tyre abrasion. Later, the activities
    were extended to three additional sources, viz. paints, detergent capsules, and geotextiles.
    A summary of these consultation activities is presented below.
    2 CONSULTATION STRATEGY
    The consultation had the objective of gathering data and information to close the gaps in knowledge
    related to the following:
    • sources, pathways and impacts of microplastics on the environment as well as the potential
    impact on human health;
    • identification of measures to reduce the release of microplastics in the environment, e.g.
    labelling, standardisation, certification, voluntary and regulatory measures;
    • views on possible reduction measures; and
    • possible impacts of these measures on different stakeholders.
    Through consultation activities, information was gathered on the state of awareness and knowledge
    of the general public regarding microplastic pollution and more information from experts and
    stakeholders involved directly or indirectly linked to microplastics release and on who can play an
    active role in reducing it.
    The consultation strategy included these five main elements:
    • Stakeholder identification and mapping;
    • Open public consultation (OPC) (12-week long), with both closed and open-ended questions
    and the possibility to upload/send additional material;
    • Several workshops with stakeholders; and
    34
    • Interviews with selected stakeholders to clarify and/or complement the information received
    through the targeted stakeholder survey.
    3 MAPPING OF STAKEHOLDERS
    In the initial steps relevant stakeholders were identified. A dedicated website4
    for the underpinning
    study for this impact assessment was created where interested stakeholders could register; in total
    327 stakeholders registered through the website. Some stakeholders are common to the six sources,
    while others are specific to each source area. The following are the views of the main groups of
    stakeholders:
    • Competent authorities in Member States: Some Member States (e.g. France) have already
    started taking actions in this regard, and consulting them is crucial to ensure a coordinated
    effort to efficiently reduce microplastic pollution. In addition, the Convention for the
    Protection of the Marine Environment of the North-East Atlantic (the OSPAR Convention)
    has adopted a recommendation on pellets as well as guidelines.
    • Relevant economic actors along the value chain of the three sources (manufacturers, users,
    transporters, etc. covered by individual companies and trade associations). Being one of the
    main actors, they could provide an in-depth understating of microplastics release in the
    environment and potential reduction measures. Both voluntary commitments and business
    initiatives need to be understood as there are different industry initiatives that have already
    been set up by industry members to reduce and/or prevent microplastic pollution.
    • Civil society organisations: Some NGOs are raising awareness about microplastic pollution
    and conducting monitoring at local, national and/or international levels.
    • Certification bodies and monitoring organisations: There is still a lack of standardised
    methods for monitoring microplastics. These organisations can provide information on what
    can be achieved with the current state of analytical methods and information on
    standardisation efforts.
    • Academia, research and think tanks: Microplastic pollution is an active field of research,
    and this has helped raise awareness about the impacts of this pollution. They will be able to
    contribute the latest research evidence and help bridge the science-policy interface.
    • EU Citizens: User behaviour is an important issue in the case of textiles, tyres, paints and
    capsules and consulting citizens could provide useful insights on this aspect.
    4
    European Commission, Website dedicated to ‘Study on unintentional release of microplastics’, 2021
    (https://microplastics.biois.eu).
    35
    4 OPEN PUBLIC CONSULTATION
    4.1 Scope and Objective
    This public consultation aims to support the European Commission’s initiative on microplastic
    pollution. This initiative focuses on microplastics that are unintentionally released into the
    environment such as resulting from the use of a product, for instance by fragmentation or abrasion.
    It focuses on the sources with the highest known releases:
    1. Plastic Pellets (intermediate materials used for the fabrication of plastic items)
    2. Synthetic Textiles
    3. Tyre Abrasion
    4. Paints, including Architectural and Marine Paints, Road Markings
    5. Geotextiles (used for civil engineering works such as road construction, coastal erosion
    prevention, drainage, etc.)
    6. Detergent Capsules for Laundry and Dishwashers.
    This initiative does not address:
    • Intentionally added microplastics to products (e.g., cosmetics, detergents, fertilisers
    coatings): they are subject to a separate initiative under the REACH Regulation.
    • Microplastics resulting from the fragmentation of macroplastics: they are addressed by
    existing legislation such as the Single Use Plastics Directive.
    This public consultation will help gather data and information to close the gaps in knowledge related
    to the following:
    • Sources, pathways, and impacts of microplastics on the environment and on human health;
    • Identification of measures to reduce the release of microplastics in the environment, e.g.,
    labelling, standardization, voluntary and regulatory measures, behavioural change; and
    • Views on possible reduction measures.
    4.2 Data Preparation
    In total, 411 responses were received, and 410 responses were used for the final analyses, see in Table
    2: Final analyses of the received responses. Based on the division of the survey in various sections,
    some of which were not mandatory to answer, the team employed standard and specific cleaning
    procedures. Standard procedures consist of dealing with null values and spurious entries, where a
    respondent may have skimmed through the questionnaire without providing consistent answers. The
    team also employed a split and pivot to separate and transpose the responses of multiple-choice
    questions in individual rows.
    36
    Table 2: Final analyses of the received responses
    Cleaning Criteria Number
    Total Raw Responses 411 (100%)
    Number of responses omitted due to spurious personal information 0 (0%)
    Number of responses omitted due to being duplicates 0 (0%)
    Number of responses omitted for blank or unmeaningful submissions 1 (~2%)
    Number of responses requiring altered metadata/stakeholder types 0 (0%)
    Responses after Primary Cleaning 410
    4.3 Clustering of Responses and Special Processing
    The general section of the questionnaire detailed demographic information of the respondents, along
    with the sources of microplastic emissions that they would like to answer for, with each source having
    a detailed section later. Hence, the team had to first split and transpose respondents who answered
    for multiple sources and filter inconsistent answers.
    Moreover, the division of general and expert sections of the questionnaire implies that respondents
    will skip the expert sections if they do not have technical knowledge on the specific industry in
    question. Here, we encounter primarily two responses for further processing – null values and
    responses marked I don’t know/Not Applicable. Since the design of the questionnaire did not separate
    the latter response, the team was not able to filter spurious entries from the ones where the respondent
    knows the industry but does not know the answer to specific questions.
    The cleaning problem at hand is further accentuated because of the low number of responses in the
    expert section – in general, nulls/I don’t know accounted for more than 50% of the total responses
    and hence, omitting them across all sections will not be valuable.
    Table 3: Special Cleaning of the Data
    Cleaning Criteria Number
    Sample Size after Primary Cleaning 410 (100%)
    Total number of responses after splitting multiple entries 410 (100%)
    Number of responses omitted for duplicates after splitting multiple entries 0 (0%)
    General Range of Responses in the Expert Sections after filtering 35-154 (8.5% -38%)
    Number of responses requiring altered metadata/stakeholder types 0 (0%)
    Total Responses for Analysis 410 (100%)
    4.4 Open Answer Questions and Campaign Identification
    The survey across all sections extracted other information and general comments on specific
    questions for measures to prevent microplastic emissions, if the respondent believes that more options
    can be assessed apart from the ones outlined in the survey. Here, the data extracted is qualitative and
    open ended. Hence, we need to highlight duplicate responses and plagiarized comments that are
    37
    usually meant for lobbying purposes and to skew the distribution of responses. Using Tableau Prep,
    we remove duplicates and null values from the dataset using aggregation and filtering. Owing to the
    non-mandatory nature of the questions, a vast majority of the responses for open-text questions were
    nulls (~60-80%). Hence, textual and thematic duplicates that account for more than 2 responses per
    question were excluded from analysis. Moreover, irrelevant or comments duplicated from the
    questions themselves were excluded from thematic analysis. A detailed breakdown of the responses
    is provided in the thematic analysis.
    4.5 Methodologies Employed
    4.5.1 Analysis of Closed Questions
    The questionnaire in general uses a five-pronged scale of agreeability ranging from completely agree
    to completely disagree with another response for respondents that do not possess sufficient
    knowledge to reply. The questionnaire is divided into four sections:
    1. General information about the respondent
    2. General views and opinions on microplastic and prevention measures
    3. Specific sections on each highlighted source of microplastic emissions and prevention
    measures (subsections A-F)
    4. Questions directed at all sources of microplastic emissions and prevention measures
    The analysis of the consultation responses is purely descriptive, using visuals such as pie and stacked
    bar charts for composition of respondents based on demographics and general responses. For the bulk
    of the questionnaire including the expert sections, the team has employed highlighted tables. Such
    tables are quite informative as they are colour coded based on the observed frequency of the
    agreeability scale used for each question – the highest frequency of agreeability is coded with the
    deepest shade. Based on highlighted tables, one can immediately infer the general attitude towards
    an aspect of microplastic emissions and associated policy measures. For questions that outline a list
    of potential policy measures, the tables are broadly segregated into themes wherever applicable to
    enable a better understanding of thematic measures. Tables for each question per section are
    captioned with the number of respondents and an associated brief on frequencies as percentages of
    total count.
    4.5.2 Analysis of Open Text Questions
    The questionnaire includes 15 open text questions where respondents can provide more information
    about their attitude and position on a specific aspect of microplastics and associated policy. In such
    questions, respondents primarily are asked to provide more information if they agree with other
    aspects of microplastics than those specifically identified in the question. The thematic analysis of
    responses is done manually with the following broad steps:
    Step 1: Exploring an analytical framework and discovering general content. We identified
    keywords and an inspection of the topics relating to the key word. Then, we logically deduce
    general topics for inclusion into the analytical framework. We also highlight and discard the
    presence of campaigns and duplicate/plagiarized responses in absolute number and
    percentage of total count. The purpose of this analytical framework is to ensure that the
    analysis is rooted in and builds upon core topics of interest.
    38
    Step 2: Revising keywords and exploring themes. We revisit the keywords defined in Step 1
    and check for dominating correlations among them. Recurrent and similar keywords are
    discarded or merged to form another synonymous keyword. Based on the assignment
    outlined, we then segment responses based on the frequency of the keyword embedded in it
    using tables with grand totals.
    4.6 Part I. Respondent Profile
    This section summarizes the distribution of respondents across Europe and other general indicators
    of their demographics such as the percentage share of stakeholders, composition of organization
    respondents, and sources of microplastic emissions answered for. Figures 7-9 visually detail the
    same.
    Most respondents were from France and Germany, with an equal split of about 28%, followed by
    Italy and Spain with 14% and 6% respectively.
    EU citizens represented the highest share in total responses (30%), followed by company/business
    organisations (20%), business associations (18%), consumer and environmental NGOs (14%) and
    academic/research institutions (10%). Public authorities represented 4% of the respondents, and non-
    EU citizens and other respondents 2% each, as shown in Figure 2.
    Among Company/Businesses Organizations, respondents were divided into four groups depending
    on company size. Micro enterprises (1-9 employees) were represented by 24%, small enterprises (10-
    49 employees) 11%, medium enterprises (50-249 employees) 15%, large-sized companies
    (employing 250 or more employees) about 50%. A full breakdown of companies by size is presented
    in Figure 3.
    Most respondents wished to address Textiles as a source of microplastic emissions (21%), followed
    by Pellets (19%) and Detergent Capsules (17%). Paints and Tyres were addressed by 15% of the
    respondents while Geotextiles by 11%.
    39
    Figure 1: Composition of Responses by Country and Sources Answered
    Figure 2: Distribution of Responses, Total
    40
    Figure 3: Size of Organisations
    4.7 OPC Results
    The following section details visuals and summarizes the responses received within each section of
    the questionnaire. The highlighted tables are populated and aggregated by stakeholder composition.
    The summary following each table briefly explains general attitudes for each aspect of microplastics
    by country of origin with the highest responses. Creating visuals for attitudes by country has been
    omitted due to low response shares and the lack of a representative sample.
    4.7.1 Part II. General Public
    1. Please indicate to which extent you agree with the following concerns as to microplastic pollution
    (N=410)
    a) Overall, 76% of EU citizens agree with the hazardous nature of microplastic emissions,
    while about 16% somewhat agree. About 91% of NGOs, 67% of research institutions and 56%
    of business organisations completely recognise the hazards of microplastics. EU citizens
    (67%) completely agree with the harmful effects of microplastics on humans via ingestion
    and inhalation, whereas about 19% somewhat agree. About 41% and 20% of business
    organisations completely and somewhat agree on the same. More details on health concerns
    are shown in Figure 4.
    b) NGOs (88%), research institutions (77%), public authorities (69%), EU citizens (70%) and
    non-EU citizens (90%) completely agree with the long-distance transmission of
    microplastics, while 58% of business organisations and 24% of business associations
    completely agree to the same.
    c) Among EU citizens 75% and NGOs 88% completely agree with the persistence of
    microplastics. About 48% of business organisations and about 31% of business associations
    agree completely with the same. More details on the accumulations and persistence of
    microplastics are shown in Figure 5.
    d) Regarding the harmful economic effects of microplastics, EU citizens overall were spread
    out across the scale, where about 43% completely agree, 15% somewhat agree, and 29%
    41
    maintain a neutral stance. Business associations showed a similar pattern, and around 50% of
    business organisations agreed or somewhat agreed, while 65% of NGOs completely agreed
    with the statement.
    e) Around 25% of Company/Business Organisations and Public Authorities completely agree
    with plant assimilation of microplastics while 68% of NGOs and 43% or EU Citizens are in
    the same scale.
    Figure 4: Microplastic Pollution: Health Concerns
    42
    Figure 5: Microplastic Pollution: Accumulation and Persistence
    43
    Table 4: Microplastic Pollution: Other Concerns – Plants Assimilate Microplastics and Microplastics
    Harm the Economy
    Contribution As
    Completely
    agree
    Completely
    disagree
    I don't
    know/Not
    applicable
    Neither
    agree nor
    disagree
    Somewhat
    agree
    Somewhat
    disagree
    Company/Business
    Organisations
    24% 6% 42% 14% 10%
    Business associations 13% 6% 43% 11% 5% 4%
    NGOs 68% 17% 2% 12%
    Academic/Research
    Institutions
    17% 2% 12% 18% 38% 5%
    Public Authorities 25% 31% 6% 19%
    EU citizens 43% 5% 22% 8% 16% 4%
    Non-EU citizens 90% 10%
    Others 50% 20% 10% 20%
    Plants Assimilate Microplastics
    Contribution As
    Completely
    agree
    Completely
    disagree
    I don't
    know/Not
    applicable
    Neither
    agree nor
    disagree
    Somewhat
    agree
    Somewhat
    disagree
    Company/Business
    Organisations
    29% 4% 20% 11% 21% 11%
    Business associations 15% 7% 29% 14% 8% 13%
    NGOs 65% 2% 14% 4% 12% 4%
    Academic/Research
    Institutions
    21% 23% 3%
    Public Authorities 31% 31% 13% 6%
    EU citizens 43% 5% 10% 19% 15% 5%
    Non-EU citizens 80% 10% 10%
    Others 50% 10% 30% 10%
    Microplastics Harm the Economy
    44
    2. To reduce microplastics pollution, how and at what level should the action be (N=410)
    There is an overwhelming agreement among all stakeholders to undertake action at all levels of
    authority. Almost all respondents agree with voluntary measures (64%), regulatory measures (87%)
    and international action (95%).
    Figure 6: Agreement on the Level of Measures
    45
    3. To what extent would you agree to buy a product that releases less microplastics, even if it costs
    more? (N=357)
    a) There is general agreement on buying a variety of products if they’re made to be sustainable
    but expensive, except Business Association where more than 50% remained neutral.
    b) Academic/Research Institutions (75%) completely agree to buy sustainable clothing and
    around 70% of EU citizens and NGOs and 47% of Company/Business Organisations are on
    the same opinion.
    c) Most of all stakeholders completely or somewhat agree to buy sustainable furniture,
    sustainable detergent capsules, sustainable painted products, sustainable paints and sustainable
    tyres at higher prices while Business associations remain rather neutral. More details are show
    in Table 5 and Table 6.
    Table 5: Sustainable Choices for Households (1-3): Would you buy sustainable clothing at higher
    prices? – Would you buy sustainable furniture at higher prices? – Would you buy sustainable detergent
    capsules at higher prices?
    Contribution As
    Completely
    agree
    Completely
    disagree
    I don't
    know/Not
    applicable
    Neither
    agree nor
    disagree
    Somewhat
    agree
    Somewhat
    disagree
    Company/Business
    Organisations
    47% 27% 3% 19% 3%
    Business associations 32% 56% 2% 9%
    NGOs 69% 2% 17% 3% 7%
    Academic/Research
    Institutions
    76% 8% 3% 14%
    Public Authorities 67% 25% 8%
    EU citizens 72% 2% 6% 18% 2%
    Non-EU citizens 80% 20%
    Others 50% 20% 10% 20%
    Would you buy sustainable clothing at higher prices?
    46
    Contribution As
    Completely
    agree
    Completely
    disagree
    I don't
    know/Not
    applicable
    Neither
    agree nor
    disagree
    Somewhat
    agree
    Somewhat
    disagree
    Company/Business
    Organisations
    38% 3% 27% 8% 18% 5%
    Business associations 30% 56% 5% 5% 2%
    NGOs 68% 2% 17% 3% 8%
    Academic/Research
    Institutions
    62% 8% 8% 14% 5%
    Public Authorities 50% 25% 8% 17%
    EU citizens 67% 3% 2% 7% 17% 3%
    Non-EU citizens 80% 20%
    Others 60% 20% 20%
    Would you buy sustainable furniture at higher prices?
    Contribution As
    Completely
    agree
    Completely
    disagree
    I don't
    know/Not
    applicable
    Neither
    agree nor
    disagree
    Somewhat
    agree
    Somewhat
    disagree
    Company/Business
    Organisations
    49% 27% 5% 17%
    Business associations 28% 60% 4% 5%
    NGOs 68% 2% 20% 3% 5%
    Academic/Research
    Institutions
    73% 8% 5% 8%
    Public Authorities 67% 25% 8%
    EU citizens 72% 2% 6% 5% 14% 2%
    Non-EU citizens 80% 20%
    Others 60% 20% 20%
    Would you buy sustainable detergent capsules at higher prices?
    47
    Table 6: Sustainable Choices for Other Durables (1-3): Would you buy sustainable painted products at
    higher prices? – Would you buy sustainable paints at higher prices? – Would you buy sustainable tyres
    at higher prices?
    Contribution As
    Completely
    agree
    Completely
    disagree
    I don't
    know/Not
    applicable
    Neither
    agree nor
    disagree
    Somewhat
    agree
    Somewhat
    disagree
    Company/Business
    Organisations
    38% 6% 27% 8% 17% 3%
    Business associations 23% 5% 56% 2% 9% 2%
    NGOs 47% 2% 19% 20% 8% 2%
    Academic/Research
    Institutions
    62% 8% 5% 19%
    Public Authorities 50% 25% 8% 8%
    EU citizens 63% 2% 4% 11% 19% 2%
    Non-EU citizens 80% 20%
    Others 60% 20% 20%
    Would you buy sustainable painted products at higher prices?
    Contribution As
    Completely
    agree
    Completely
    disagree
    I don't
    know/Not
    applicable
    Neither
    agree nor
    disagree
    Somewhat
    agree
    Somewhat
    disagree
    Company/Business
    Organisations
    42% 3% 26% 8% 14% 6%
    Business associations 26% 2% 56% 2% 7% 4%
    NGOs 63% 2% 19% 7% 8%
    Academic/Research
    Institutions
    65% 8% 3% 19%
    Public Authorities 50% 25% 8% 8%
    EU citizens 63% 3% 4% 7% 21% 1%
    Non-EU citizens 90% 10%
    Others 50% 20% 10% 20%
    Would you buy sustainable paints at higher prices?
    48
    4.7.2 Part III. Expert Section
    Part III contains questions for which expert knowledge is required, but all types of respondents are
    welcome to respond. It includes questions on the sources of microplastics pollution being assessed
    by the European Commission (pre-production pellets, tyre wear particles, synthetic textiles, paints,
    geotextiles, and detergent capsules) and on the policy measures reducing unintentional release of
    microplastics.
    Note: Based on the pattern of responses, it appears from preliminary analysis that all Business
    Associations (n=12) tend to skew responses using neutral or moderate scales. While open text
    comments cannot throw conclusive light on the issue, this can appear as a campaign and must be
    examined and further discounted.
    4.7.2.1 Pre-Production Pellets (N=164)
    1. To what extent would you agree with the following weaknesses on how current systems deal with
    pellets?
    a) Most of Public Authorities (75%), NGOs (76%), Academic/Research Institutions (67%)
    and EU Citizens (64%) and half of the Company/Business Organisations completely or
    somewhat agree on the lack of risk assessment of pellet handling activities by
    companies, however, Business Associations are more widespread on the scale and
    maintain a rather neutral stance. (See Table 7)
    b) Most NGOs (74%), Company/Business Organisations (52%), Academic/Research
    Institutions (75%) and EU Citizens (51%), completely or somewhat agree on the lack of
    independent audit policies, but Business Associations and Public Authorities remain
    neutral. (See Table 7Table 7)
    Contribution As
    Completely
    agree
    Completely
    disagree
    I don't
    know/Not
    applicable
    Neither
    agree nor
    disagree
    Somewhat
    agree
    Somewhat
    disagree
    Company/Business
    Organisations
    43% 1% 30% 5% 16% 5%
    Business associations 28% 2% 58% 2% 5% 4%
    NGOs 69% 17% 3% 8% 2%
    Academic/Research
    Institutions
    73% 5% 14% 3%
    Public Authorities 67% 25% 8%
    EU citizens 69% 2% 4% 7% 16% 2%
    Non-EU citizens 80% 10% 10%
    Others 50% 20% 30%
    Would you buy sustainable tyres at higher prices?
    49
    c) NGOs, Business Associations and Company/Business Organisations stay rather neutral
    on the lack of economic incentives while half of Academic/Research Institutions and
    EU citizens completely agree. (See Table 7)
    d) NGOs (64%) completely agree with the improper handling of pellet-related activities
    and with the improper transferring protocols while other stakeholders remain rather
    neutral. (See Table 8)
    e) NGOs (68%), Public Authorities (54%) and Company/Business Organisations (41%)
    completely or somewhat agree on improper worker training while Business
    Associations remain neutral. (See Table 8)
    f) NGOs (65%) completely agree on improper sealing of packages and on improper
    handling of pellets, while Business Associations, Company/Business Organisations and
    Public Authorities maintain a neutral position. (See Table 8)
    g) NGOs (68%) completely disagree while other stakeholders remain rather neutral on the
    expensive cost of prevention equipment. (See Table 9)
    h) There is general agreement among almost all stakeholders for the lack of accounting
    for pellet discharge. Business Associations mostly however completely or somewhat
    disagree with the statement. (See Table 9)
    50
    Table 7: Specific Shortfalls (1-3): Lack of Risk Assessment of Pellet Handling Activities by Companies;
    Lack of Independent Auditing and Lack of Economic Incentives
    Contribution As Completely agree
    Completely
    disagree
    I don't know/Not
    applicable
    Neither agree nor
    disagree
    Somewhat agree
    Somewhat
    disagree
    Company/Business
    Organisations
    34.48% 20.69% 3.45% 10.34% 17.24% 13.79%
    Business associations 36.36% 9.09% 13.64% 22.73% 18.18%
    NGOs 69.49% 1.69% 16.95% 3.39% 6.78%
    Academic/Research Institutions 33.33% 16.67% 33.33% 8.33%
    Public Authorities 67% 25.00% 8.33%
    EU citizens 47.17% 5.66% 13.21% 3.77% 16.98% 5.66%
    Non-EU citizens 100%
    Others 66.67% 33%
    Company/Business
    Organisations
    34.48% 20.69% 17.24% 6.90% 17.24% 3.45%
    Business associations 18.18% 22.73% 13.64% 22.73% 9.09% 13.64%
    NGOs 67.80% 25.81% 6.45%
    Academic/Research Institutions 50.00% 25.00% 25.00%
    Public Authorities 36.36% 36.36% 27.27%
    EU citizens 39.62% 5.66% 18.87% 13.21% 11.32%
    Non-EU citizens 67% 33.33%
    Others 33.33% 67%
    Company/Business
    Organisations
    31.03% 17.24% 10.34% 24.14% 17.24%
    Business associations 13.64% 27.27% 9.09% 22.73% 13.64% 9.09%
    NGOs 19.35% 9.68% 25.81% 29.03% 12.90%
    Academic/Research Institutions 50.00% 8.33% 8.33% 25.00% 8.33%
    Public Authorities 45.45% 9.09% 18.18% 18.18%
    EU citizens 56.60% 9.43% 3.77% 9.43% 11.32% 1.89%
    Non-EU citizens 100%
    Others 67% 33.33%
    Lack of Risk Assessment of Pellet Handling Activities by Companies
    Lack of Independent Auditing
    Lack of Economic Incentices
    51
    Table 8: Operational Issues (1-5): Improper Transferring Protocols; Improper Worker Training;
    Improper Storage Protocols; Improper Sealing of Packages and Improper Handling
    Contribution As Completely agree
    Completely
    disagree
    I don't know/Not
    applicable
    Neither agree nor
    disagree
    Somewhat agree
    Somewhat
    disagree
    Company/Business
    Organisations
    20.69% 17.24% 24.14% 3.45% 24.14% 10.34%
    Business associations 27.27% 18.18% 13.64% 22.73% 13.64%
    NGOs 64.52% 25.81% 3.23% 6.45%
    Academic/Research Institutions 16.67% 33.33% 8.33% 41.67%
    Public Authorities 27.27% 36.36% 9.09% 18.18%
    EU citizens 24.53% 7.55% 26.42% 13.21% 11.32% 9.43%
    Non-EU citizens 67% 33.33%
    Others 100%
    Company/Business
    Organisations
    20.69% 17.24% 13.79% 6.90% 20.69% 17.24%
    Business associations 9.09% 31.82% 13.64% 9.09% 18.18% 18.18%
    NGOs 61.29% 25.81% 6.45% 6.45%
    Academic/Research Institutions 25.00% 33.33% 16.67% 25.00%
    Public Authorities 45.45% 27.27% 18.18% 9.09%
    EU citizens 33.96% 5.66% 20.75% 9.43% 18.87% 5.66%
    Non-EU citizens 67% 33.33%
    Others 100%
    Company/Business
    Organisations
    17.24% 20.69% 24.14% 3.45% 20.69% 13.79%
    Business associations 36.36% 13.64% 13.64% 4.55% 27.27%
    NGOs 64.52% 25.81% 3.23% 6.45%
    Academic/Research Institutions 16.67% 33.33% 25.00% 16.67% 8.33%
    Public Authorities 18.18% 45.45% 18.18% 18.18%
    EU citizens 20.75% 11.32% 24.53% 13.21% 16.98% 7.55%
    Non-EU citizens 67% 33.33%
    Others 100%
    Improper Transferring Protocols
    Improper Worker Training
    Improper Storage Protocols
    52
    Contribution As Completely agree
    Completely
    disagree
    I don't know/Not
    applicable
    Neither agree nor
    disagree
    Somewhat agree
    Somewhat
    disagree
    Company/Business
    Organisations
    13.79% 17.24% 20.69% 10.34% 17.24% 20.69%
    Business associations 4.55% 31.82% 22.73% 13.64% 9.09% 18.18%
    NGOs 64.52% 25.81% 3.23% 6.45%
    Academic/Research Institutions 25.00% 25.00% 25.00% 25.00%
    Public Authorities 27.27% 36.36% 18.18% 18.18%
    EU citizens 32.08% 5.66% 13.21% 15.09% 15.09% 13.21%
    Non-EU citizens 67% 33.33%
    Others 33.33% 67%
    Company/Business
    Organisations
    31.03% 31.03% 13.79% 6.90% 6.90% 10.34%
    Business associations 31.82% 18.18% 13.64% 4.55% 27.27%
    NGOs 64.52% 25.81% 3.23% 6.45%
    Academic/Research Institutions 25.00% 25.00% 16.67% 25.00% 8.33%
    Public Authorities 36.36% 9.09% 27.27% 18.18% 9.09%
    EU citizens 26.42% 7.55% 24.53% 7.55% 20.75% 5.66%
    Non-EU citizens 100%
    Others 100%
    Improper Sealing of Packages
    Improper Handling
    53
    Table 9: Miscellaneous Operational Issues (1-2): Expensive Prevention Equipment and Not Accounting
    for Pellet Discharge
    2. To what extent would you agree with the following non-regulatory measures improving voluntary
    schemes?
    a) There is general agreement with all stakeholders that the industry should prioritize
    preventive measures. Most of the NGOs (63.16%), Academic/Research Institutions
    (100%), EU citizens (67.92%), Non–EU citizens (100%), and Public Authorities
    (63.64%) completely agree that clearer public reporting, transparency and tracking of
    progress measures improve voluntary schemes. (See Table 10)
    b) Most of the Academic/Research Institutions (58%), EU citizens (49.6%) and Non–EU
    citizens (100%) completed agree, while Businesses Associations (40%) completely
    disagree with an initiative on the industry to create a remediation fund. (See Table
    10)
    c) All stakeholders completely or somewhat agree on independent auditing. (See Table
    11)
    d) Academic/Research Institutions (92%), Company/Business Organisations (59%),
    Business Associations (59%) and EU citizens (61%) completely or somewhat agree on
    the importance of multi stakeholders’ governance, while 42% EU Citizens completely
    agree on the same. (See Table 11)
    Contribution As Completely agree
    Completely
    disagree
    I don't know/Not
    applicable
    Neither agree nor
    disagree
    Somewhat agree
    Somewhat
    disagree
    Company/Business
    Organisations
    13.79% 20.69% 24.14% 13.79% 10.34% 13.79%
    Business associations 4.55% 22.73% 31.82% 18.18% 22.73%
    NGOs 3.23% 67.74% 22.58% 3.23% 3.23%
    Academic/Research Institutions 16.67% 33.33% 25.00% 16.67% 8.33%
    Public Authorities 9.09% 9.09% 36.36% 36.36% 9.09%
    EU citizens 11.32% 9.43% 39.62% 15.09% 11.32% 5.66%
    Non-EU citizens 33.33% 67%
    Others 100%
    Company/Business
    Organisations
    37.93% 13.79% 3.45% 10.34% 20.69% 10.34%
    Business associations 18.18% 13.64% 13.64% 13.64% 36.36%
    NGOs 70.97% 22.58% 6.45%
    Academic/Research Institutions 83.33% 16.67%
    Public Authorities 54.55% 9.09% 18.18% 18.18%
    EU citizens 62.26% 7.55% 7.55% 1.89% 11.32% 3.77%
    Non-EU citizens 100%
    Others 33.33% 67%
    Expensive Prevention Equipment
    Not Accounting for Pellet Discharge
    54
    Table 10: Industry Measures (1-3): Industry to Prioritise Preventive Measures; Industry to Create
    Remediation fund and Public Reporting
    Contribution As
    Completely
    agree
    Completely
    disagree
    I don't
    know/Not
    applicable
    Neither
    agree nor
    disagree
    Somewhat
    agree
    Somewhat
    disagree
    Company/Business
    Organisations
    59% 7% 31% 3%
    Business associations 55% 14% 32%
    NGOs 65% 26% 3% 6%
    Academic/Research
    Institutions
    67% 8% 8% 17%
    Public Authorities 64% 18% 18%
    EU citizens 72% 2% 2% 4% 13% 4%
    Non-EU citizens 67% 33%
    Others 33% 67%
    Industry to Prioritise Preventive Measures
    Contribution As
    Completely
    agree
    Completely
    disagree
    I don't
    know/Not
    applicable
    Neither
    agree nor
    disagree
    Somewhat
    agree
    Somewhat
    disagree
    Company/Business
    Organisations
    31% 24% 21% 10% 7% 7%
    Business associations 14% 41% 18% 9% 14% 5%
    NGOs 26% 19% 3% 6% 6%
    Academic/Research
    Institutions
    58% 17% 25%
    Public Authorities 36% 9% 36% 9%
    EU citizens 49% 11% 8% 11% 15% 2%
    Non-EU citizens 100%
    Others 33% 67%
    Industry to Create Remediation fund
    55
    Table 11: Miscellaneous Measures (1-2): Independent Auditing and Multi Stakeholders' Governance
    Contribution As
    Completely
    agree
    Completely
    disagree
    I don't
    know/Not
    applicable
    Neither
    agree nor
    disagree
    Somewhat
    agree
    Somewhat
    disagree
    Company/Business
    Organisations
    32% 7% 11% 18% 29% 4%
    Business associations 32% 5% 9% 23% 32%
    NGOs 63% 21% 5% 5% 5%
    Academic/Research
    Institutions
    100%
    Public Authorities 64% 9% 18% 9%
    EU citizens 68% 6% 19% 4%
    Non-EU citizens 100%
    Others 67% 33%
    Public Reporting
    Contribution As
    Completely
    agree
    Completely
    disagree
    I don't
    know/Not
    applicable
    Neither
    agree nor
    disagree
    Somewhat
    agree
    Somewhat
    disagree
    Company/Business
    Organisations
    38% 7% 3% 14% 28% 7%
    Business associations 45% 5% 23% 23% 5%
    NGOs 68% 26% 6%
    Academic/Research
    Institutions
    83% 8% 8%
    Public Authorities 64% 18% 9% 9%
    EU citizens 64% 2% 9% 4% 13% 2%
    Non-EU citizens 100%
    Others 33% 67%
    Independent Auditing
    56
    3. To what extent would you agree with the following regulatory measures for pellet loss
    prevention?
    a) Business Associations and Company/Business Organisations are widespread on the
    agreement scale while for other stakeholders there is general agreement on the need for
    EU legislation to set up a comprehensive system for pellet handling companies. (See
    Table 12)
    b) There is a general agreement (completely or somewhat agree) among all stakeholders
    for international measures. The same inference applies to extended producer
    responsibility where only Business Associations (50%) remain rather neutral. (See
    Table 12)
    Contribution As
    Completely
    agree
    Completely
    disagree
    I don't
    know/Not
    applicable
    Neither
    agree nor
    disagree
    Somewhat
    agree
    Somewhat
    disagree
    Company/Business
    Organisations
    38% 3% 21% 14% 21%
    Business associations 36% 5% 5% 32% 23%
    NGOs
    44% 6% 28% 17% 6%
    Academic/Research
    Institutions
    50% 8% 42%
    Public Authorities 27% 36% 27%
    EU citizens 42% 4% 11% 15% 19% 2%
    Non-EU citizens 67% 33%
    Others 100%
    Multi Staleholders' Governance
    57
    Table 12: Regulatory Measures (1-3): International Approaches; Extended Producer Responsibility
    and EU Legislation for Pellet Handling
    Contribution As
    Completely
    agree
    Completely
    disagree
    I don't
    know/Not
    applicable
    Neither
    agree nor
    disagree
    Somewhat
    agree
    Somewhat
    disagree
    Company/Business
    Organisations
    48% 3% 21% 24% 3%
    Business associations 32% 27% 23% 18%
    NGOs 87% 10% 3%
    Academic/Research
    Institutions
    67% 8% 25%
    Public Authorities 73% 9% 18%
    EU citizens 79% 2% 2% 13% 2%
    Non-EU citizens 100%
    Others 33% 67%
    International Approaches
    Contribution As
    Completely
    agree
    Completely
    disagree
    I don't
    know/Not
    applicable
    Neither
    agree nor
    disagree
    Somewhat
    agree
    Somewhat
    disagree
    Company/Business
    Organisations
    41% 10% 7% 10% 14% 17%
    Business associations 23% 27% 14% 9% 14% 9%
    NGOs 90% 10%
    Academic/Research
    Institutions
    75% 25%
    Public Authorities 64% 9% 9% 9% 9%
    EU citizens 75% 2% 2% 4% 9% 4%
    Non-EU citizens 100%
    Others 33% 67%
    Extended Producer Responsibility
    58
    4. Open Text Comments
    a) Respondents (n=1) maintain that the main issue is awareness of pellets as hazardous
    substances. As an application, they consult on using International Maritime
    Dangerous Goods (IMDG) Codes on pellet transportation with contingency plans for
    safe transport along with emergency policies among companies to manage pellet spills.
    b) Another respondent (n=2) agrees on improper management at the plant and
    transportation network. Apart from legislative penalties, they consult on tracers for
    pellets to pinpoint producer responsibility during transport. There also exists awareness
    that the level of measures undertaken are voluntary at the industry level, which
    needs more control to ensure compliance.
    c) There is another suggestion (n=1) on balancing legislative compliance between
    consumers and producers, where the respondent observes the incidence of excessive
    burden on EU producers.
    d) There is disagreement (n=1) on the extent of knowledge among public authorities of
    the modus operandi of the industry as well as the concepts of extended producer
    responsibility.
    4.7.2.2 Tyre Wear Particles (N=154)
    1. To what extent would you agree with the following measures to reduce microplastic emissions
    from tyres?
    a) All stakeholders completely or somewhat agree to have tyres designed to reduce
    abrasion. (See Table 13)
    b) There is support among most stakeholders to propose labelling of tyres in terms of
    abrasion, whereas Business Associations (42%) remain neutral. (See Table 13)
    Contribution As
    Completely
    agree
    Completely
    disagree
    I don't
    know/Not
    applicable
    Neither
    agree nor
    disagree
    Somewhat
    agree
    Somewhat
    disagree
    Company/Business
    Organisations
    38% 21% 7% 3% 17% 14%
    Business associations 23% 36% 14% 18% 9%
    NGOs 81% 10% 10%
    Academic/Research
    Institutions
    50% 8% 42%
    Public Authorities 91% 9%
    EU citizens 66% 6% 8% 17% 2%
    Non-EU citizens 100%
    Others 67% 33%
    EU Legislation for Pellet Handling
    59
    c) All stakeholders completely or somewhat agree on legal limits on tyre abrasion (see
    Table 14)
    d) Businesses associations (52%), Company/Business organisations (55%) and EU citizens
    (52%) completely agree on requirements on road infrastructure while
    Academic/Researchers Institutions (46%) and Public Authorities (55%) somewhat
    agree. (See Table 14)
    e) All stakeholders completely or somewhat agree on the capture and treatment of road
    run-off water where NGOs are split between agreement (44%) and disagreement (40%).
    All stakeholders completely or somewhat agree for improvements in road cleaning in
    high-emission spots. (See Table 15)
    f) Businesses Associations, NGOs and EU citizens somewhat or completely agree with
    implementing AI and advanced assisted driving technologies, whereas
    Academic/Researchers Institutions and Public Authorities are neutral or somewhat
    agree. (See Table 15)
    60
    Table 13: Design Parameters (1-2): Tyres Designed to Reduce Abrasion and Labelling of Tyres in terms
    of Abrasion
    Contribution As
    Completely
    agree
    Completely
    disagree
    I don't
    know/Not
    applicable
    Neither
    agree nor
    disagree
    Somewhat
    agree
    Company/Business
    Organisations
    72% 28%
    Business associations 42% 37% 21%
    NGOs 95% 3%
    Academic/Research
    Institutions
    54% 8% 38%
    Public Authorities 67% 22% 11%
    EU citizens 70% 4% 7% 7% 13%
    Non-EU citizens 100%
    Others 100%
    Tyres Designed to Reduce Abrasion
    Contribution As
    Completely
    agree
    Completely
    disagree
    I don't
    know/Not
    applicable
    Neither
    agree nor
    disagree
    Somewhat
    agree
    Company/Business
    Organisations
    50% 6% 44%
    Business associations 37% 42% 21%
    NGOs 85% 3% 3% 10%
    Academic/Research
    Institutions
    62% 38%
    Public Authorities 56% 11% 11% 22%
    EU citizens 59% 4% 9% 7% 20%
    Non-EU citizens 100%
    Others 100%
    Labelling of Tyres in terms of Abrasion
    61
    Table 14: Regulations (1-3): Legal Limits on Tyre Abrasion; Requirements on Road Infrastructure and
    Higher Fees in Extended Producer Responsibility
    Contribution As
    Completely
    agree
    Completely
    disagree
    I don't
    know/Not
    applicable
    Neither
    agree nor
    disagree
    Somewhat
    agree
    Somewhat
    disagree
    Company/Business
    Organisations
    53% 12% 12% 24%
    Business associations 68% 16% 16%
    NGOs 95% 3% 3%
    Academic/Research
    Institutions
    54% 31% 15%
    Public Authorities 44% 11% 11% 33%
    EU citizens 59% 4% 9% 4% 20% 4%
    Non-EU citizens 100%
    Others 100%
    Legal Limits on Tyre Abrasion
    Contribution As
    Completely
    agree
    Completely
    disagree
    I don't
    know/Not
    applicable
    Neither
    agree nor
    disagree
    Somewhat
    agree
    Somewhat
    disagree
    Company/Business
    Organisations
    56% 6% 33%
    Business associations 53% 11% 11% 16% 11%
    NGOs 25% 8% 43% 15% 10%
    Academic/Research
    Institutions
    23% 23% 46% 8%
    Public Authorities 11% 22% 56% 11%
    EU citizens 52% 2% 4% 11% 22% 9%
    Non-EU citizens 100%
    Others 25% 25% 25% 25%
    Requirements on Road Infrastructure
    62
    Table 15: Tech Improvements (1-3): Improve Road Cleaning in High Emission Spots; Artificial
    Intelligence and Advanced Driver Technology and Capture and Treat Road Run-Off Water
    Contribution As
    Completely
    agree
    Completely
    disagree
    I don't
    know/Not
    applicable
    Neither
    agree nor
    disagree
    Somewhat
    agree
    Somewhat
    disagree
    Company/Business
    Organisations
    50% 22% 11% 11% 6%
    Business associations 37% 42% 5% 16%
    NGOs 80% 3% 13% 5%
    Academic/Research
    Institutions
    38% 8% 23% 31%
    Public Authorities 33% 67%
    EU citizens 65% 7% 2% 11% 15%
    Non-EU citizens 100%
    Others 50% 50%
    Higher Fees in Extendedd Producer Responsibility
    Contribution As
    Completely
    agree
    Completely
    disagree
    I don't
    know/Not
    applicable
    Neither
    agree nor
    disagree
    Somewhat
    agree
    Somewhat
    disagree
    Company/Business
    Organisations
    44% 11% 11% 28%
    Business associations 53% 11% 21% 11%
    NGOs 23% 3% 13% 55% 5%
    Academic/Research
    Institutions
    54% 23% 23%
    Public Authorities 44% 22% 11% 22%
    EU citizens 65% 2% 9% 11% 13%
    Non-EU citizens 100%
    Others 25% 75%
    Improve Road Cleaning in High Emission Spots
    63
    Contribution As
    Completely
    agree
    Completely
    disagree
    I don't
    know/Not
    applicable
    Neither
    agree nor
    disagree
    Somewhat
    agree
    Somewhat
    disagree
    Company/Business
    Organisations
    39% 17% 22% 6% 11%
    Business associations 11% 5% 21% 58% 5%
    NGOs 13% 5% 8% 15% 55% 5%
    Academic/Research
    Institutions
    15% 15% 15% 31% 15% 8%
    Public Authorities 11% 44% 44%
    EU citizens 30% 13% 11% 17% 24% 4%
    Non-EU citizens 100%
    Others 50% 50%
    Artificial Intelligence and Advanced Driver Technology
    Contribution As
    Completely
    agree
    Completely
    disagree
    I don't
    know/Not
    applicable
    Neither
    agree nor
    disagree
    Somewhat
    agree
    Somewhat
    disagree
    Company/Business
    Organisations
    50% 6% 22% 17%
    Business associations 21% 11% 58% 11%
    NGOs 33% 3% 13% 13% 40%
    Academic/Research
    Institutions
    54% 8% 38%
    Public Authorities 44% 11% 11% 33%
    EU citizens 67% 2% 4% 9% 17%
    Non-EU citizens 100%
    Others 50% 50%
    Capture and Treat Road Run-Off Water
    64
    1. Open Text Comments
    a) Responses (n=2) include an emphasis on improving public transport to reduce traffic
    congestion and regulate demand for private vehicles, along with better management of
    freight transport.
    b) Another respondent points out potential emission issues with the measures listed on
    the survey – the intentional and inevitable nature of tyre production vis-à-vis
    microplastic emissions, AI as a redundant solution, and further contamination from
    cleaning roads with brushes.
    4.7.2.3 Synthetic Textiles (N=154)
    1. During which phase of the life cycle, microplastics emissions from textiles are the most
    significant?
    a) Most stakeholders believe that emissions from manufacturing of synthetic fibres,
    thread, yarn, and other raw material for garment production are very significant
    while the response of Business Associations is spread across the significance chart. (See
    Table 16)
    b) All stakeholders believe that emissions from garment production are very significant
    while the responses of Business Associations and EU citizens’ responses are spread
    across the significance scale. (See Table 16)
    c) Emissions from pre-wash cycles after production are very significant for all the
    stakeholders. (See Table 16)
    d) On the consumer end, garment wear contributes significantly to emissions for most EU
    Citizens (62%), while Business Associations (40.6%), and Public Authorities (44.4%)
    find it very little significant. (See Table 17)
    e) All stakeholders overwhelmingly attribute use-phase washing cycles as a very
    significant contributor to microplastic emissions while use-phase drying cycles as a
    source is more distributed in scale of significance – 70.8% of Academic/Researchers
    Institutions find it very significant and 44% of Public Authorities find it little significant.
    (See Table 17)
    f) A garment’s end of life holds high significance for the stakeholders in terms of
    emissions. Here, only Public Authorities (44%) believe it is completely insignificant.
    (See Table 17)
    65
    Table 16: Production and Consumer Usage I (1-3): Manufacturing of Synthetic Fibres, Thread, Yarn,
    other Raw Materials for Garment Production; Emission from Garment Production and Emission from
    Pre-Wash Cycles after Production
    Contribution As
    Completely
    insignificant
    Very little
    significant
    Somewhat
    significant
    Very
    significant
    I don't
    know/Not
    applicable
    Company/Business
    Organisations
    3% 10% 23% 50% 15%
    Business associations 31% 28% 22% 19%
    NGOs 4% 10% 67% 18%
    Academic/Research
    Institutions
    8% 29% 50% 13%
    Public Authorities 30% 20% 40% 10%
    EU citizens 3% 12% 22% 41% 22%
    Non-EU citizens 10% 10% 70% 10%
    Others 33% 50% 17%
    Manufacturing of Synthetic Fibres, Thread, Yarn, other Raw Materials for Garment
    Production
    Contribution As
    Completely
    insignificant
    Very little
    significant
    Somewhat
    significant
    Very
    significant
    I don't
    know/Not
    applicable
    Company/Business
    Organisations
    3% 8% 30% 40% 20%
    Business associations 34% 25% 25% 16%
    NGOs 2% 18% 57% 22%
    Academic/Research
    Institutions
    26% 52% 22%
    Public Authorities 11% 33% 44% 11%
    EU citizens 1% 15% 27% 33% 24%
    Non-EU citizens 20% 70% 10%
    Others 33% 50% 17%
    Emission from Garment Production
    66
    Table 17: Production and Consumer Usage II (1-4): Emission from Garment Wear; Emission from Use-
    Phase Washing Cycles; Emission from Use-Phase Drying Cycles and Emission from Garment End of
    Life
    Contribution As
    Completely
    insignificant
    Very little
    significant
    Somewhat
    significant
    Very
    significant
    I don't
    know/Not
    applicable
    Company/Business
    Organisations
    2% 2% 17% 63% 15%
    Business associations 6% 31% 50% 13%
    NGOs 2% 8% 76% 14%
    Academic/Research
    Institutions
    4% 25% 58% 13%
    Public Authorities 20% 70% 10%
    EU citizens 6% 27% 76% 19%
    Non-EU citizens 30% 70%
    Others 17% 83%
    Emission from Pre-Wash Cycles after Production
    Contribution As
    Completely
    insignificant
    Very little
    significant
    Somewhat
    significant
    Very
    significant
    I don't
    know/Not
    applicable
    Company/Business
    Organisations
    5% 15% 25% 43% 13%
    Business associations 3% 41% 28% 19% 9%
    NGOs 2% 55% 24% 18%
    Academic/Research
    Institutions
    22% 35% 39% 4%
    Public Authorities 44% 44% 11%
    EU citizens 6% 17% 20% 36% 21%
    Non-EU citizens 10% 20% 60% 10%
    Others 17% 67% 17%
    Emission from Garment Wear
    67
    Contribution As
    Completely
    insignificant
    Very little
    significant
    Somewhat
    significant
    Very
    significant
    I don't
    know/Not
    applicable
    Company/Business
    Organisations
    5% 24% 61% 10%
    Business associations 25% 44% 28% 3%
    NGOs 18% 71% 10%
    Academic/Research
    Institutions
    25% 75%
    Public Authorities 20% 70% 10%
    EU citizens 1% 4% 25% 53% 16%
    Non-EU citizens 10% 90%
    Others 100%
    Emission from Use-Phase Washing Cycles
    Contribution As
    Completely
    insignificant
    Very little
    significant
    Somewhat
    significant
    Very
    significant
    I don't
    know/Not
    applicable
    Company/Business
    Organisations
    15% 24% 44% 17%
    Business associations 19% 41% 31% 9%
    NGOs 2% 2% 41% 35% 20%
    Academic/Research
    Institutions
    4% 25% 71%
    Public Authorities 11% 44% 33% 11%
    EU citizens 6% 13% 21% 41% 19%
    Non-EU citizens 40% 50% 10%
    Others 17% 17% 50% 17%
    Emission from Use-Phase Drying Cycles
    68
    2. To what extent would you agree with the following measures to reduce microplastic emissions
    specifically from clothing, carp fabrics for furniture and similar?
    a) During Design or Production Phase –
    Business Associations and Public Authorities somewhat agree to a restriction of all
    synthetic fibres for certain applications and those with high microplastic content while
    63% and 85% EU Citizens are respectively of the same opinion. (See Table 18)
    Among all stakeholders there is complete agreement on product design requirements and
    specific waste-water treatment in production plants. (See Table 19)
    Business Associations are spread across agreement scale on mandatory pre-washing before
    market placement while 45% Academic/Researchers Institutions and 56% EU Citizens
    completely agree. (See Table 19)
    There is majority agreement among stakeholders on emissions limit during production and
    emissions limit on textiles on the EU Market. (See Table 20)
    b) During Use-Phase –
    Most stakeholders completely or somewhat agree on consumer awareness, washing
    machine filters, and laundry emission limits. (See Table 21)
    c) Transversal Policies –
    Contribution As
    Completely
    insignificant
    Very little
    significant
    Somewhat
    significant
    Very
    significant
    I don't
    know/Not
    applicable
    Company/Business
    Organisations
    5% 5% 21% 46% 23%
    Business associations 3% 6% 19% 38% 34%
    NGOs 2% 10% 67% 20%
    Academic/Research
    Institutions
    4% 38% 42% 17%
    Public Authorities 44% 11% 11% 33%
    EU citizens 3% 9% 20% 46% 22%
    Non-EU citizens 10% 90%
    Others 17% 33% 33% 17%
    Emission from Garment End of Life
    69
    There is overwhelming agreement among all stakeholders for all measures listed in the
    questionnaire. (See Table 21)
    Table 18: During design and production phase I (1-2): Restriction of all Synthetic Fibers for Certain
    Applications and Restriction on Synthetic Fibers with High Microplastic Content
    Contribution As
    Completely
    agree
    Completely
    disagree
    I don't
    know/Not
    applicable
    Neither
    agree nor
    disagree
    Somewhat
    agree
    Somewhat
    disagree
    Company/Business
    Organisations
    30% 28% 3% 10% 23% 8%
    Business associations 15% 45% 9% 12% 12% 6%
    NGOs 61% 6% 6% 8% 12% 6%
    Academic/Research
    Institutions
    33% 17% 17% 13% 21%
    Public Authorities 30% 10% 10% 30% 20%
    EU citizens 63% 4% 1% 4% 24% 3%
    Non-EU citizens 80% 20%
    Others 67% 17% 17%
    Restriction of all Synthetic Fibers for Certain Applications
    Contribution As
    Completely
    agree
    Completely
    disagree
    I don't
    know/Not
    applicable
    Neither
    agree nor
    disagree
    Somewhat
    agree
    Somewhat
    disagree
    Company/Business
    Organisations
    51% 7% 5% 5% 22% 10%
    Business associations 27% 12% 9% 9% 24% 18%
    NGOs 82% 8% 10%
    Academic/Research
    Institutions
    63% 29% 8%
    Public Authorities 60% 10% 30%
    EU citizens 86% 1% 1% 12%
    Non-EU citizens 100%
    Others 83% 17%
    Restriction on Synthetic Fibers with High Microplastic Content
    70
    Table 19: During design and production phase II (1-3): Product Design Requirements; Specific Waste
    Water Treatment in Production Plants and Mandatory Pre-Washing before Placing on the Market
    Contribution As
    Completely
    agree
    Completely
    disagree
    I don't
    know/Not
    applicable
    Neither
    agree nor
    disagree
    Somewhat
    agree
    Somewhat
    disagree
    Company/Business
    Organisations 66% 2% 2% 27% 2%
    Business associations
    48% 9% 12% 27% 3%
    NGOs
    90% 2% 8%
    Academic/Research
    Institutions 75% 8% 13% 4%
    Public Authorities
    70% 10% 20%
    EU citizens
    80% 1% 4% 13% 1%
    Non-EU citizens
    60% 40%
    Others
    50%
    50%
    Product Design Requirements
    Contribution As
    Completely
    agree
    Completely
    disagree
    I don't
    know/Not
    applicable
    Neither
    agree nor
    disagree
    Somewhat
    agree
    Somewhat
    disagree
    Company/Business
    Organisations 65% 3% 5% 25% 3%
    Business associations
    39% 3% 9% 42% 6%
    NGOs
    90% 2% 8%
    Academic/Research
    Institutions 83% 4% 8% 4%
    Public Authorities
    89% 11%
    EU citizens
    77% 3% 16% 4%
    Non-EU citizens
    70% 30%
    Others
    83% 17%
    Specific Waste Water Treatment in Production Plants
    71
    Table 20: During design and production phase III (1-2): Emission Limit During Production and
    Emission Limit on Textiles in the EU Market
    Contribution As
    Completely
    agree
    Completely
    disagree
    I don't
    know/Not
    applicable
    Neither
    agree nor
    disagree
    Somewhat
    agree
    Somewhat
    disagree
    Company/Business
    Organisations
    48% 15% 3% 10% 25%
    Business associations 24% 9% 15% 15% 21% 15%
    NGOs 71% 4% 6% 2% 14% 2%
    Academic/Research
    Institutions
    46% 4% 13% 25% 13%
    Public Authorities 40% 10% 50%
    EU citizens 57% 3% 9% 10% 20% 1%
    Non-EU citizens 30% 10% 10% 50%
    Others 50% 17% 17% 17%
    Mandatory Pre-Washing before Placing on the Market
    Contribution As
    Completely
    agree
    Completely
    disagree
    I don't
    know/Not
    applicable
    Neither
    agree nor
    disagree
    Somewhat
    agree
    Somewhat
    disagree
    Company/Business
    Organisations
    58% 5% 5% 10% 20% 3%
    Business associations 21% 9% 18% 15% 21% 15%
    NGOs 57% 4% 37% 2%
    Academic/Research
    Institutions
    54% 8% 33% 4%
    Public Authorities 40% 10% 50%
    EU citizens 70% 1% 7% 22%
    Non-EU citizens 70% 30%
    Others 33% 67%
    Emission Limit During Production
    72
    Table 21: Use phase and transversal policies (1-3): Consumer Awareness; Filters in Washing Machines
    and Regulate Emissions from Laundries
    Contribution As
    Completely
    agree
    Completely
    disagree
    I don't
    know/Not
    applicable
    Neither
    agree nor
    disagree
    Somewhat
    agree
    Somewhat
    disagree
    Company/Business
    Organisations
    65% 5% 5% 10% 13% 3%
    Business associations 24% 9% 15% 18% 18% 15%
    NGOs 86% 6% 8%
    Academic/Research
    Institutions
    50% 4% 13% 29% 4%
    Public Authorities 30% 30% 40%
    EU citizens 77% 1% 1% 6% 13% 1%
    Non-EU citizens 80% 10% 10%
    Others 50% 17% 33%
    Emission Limit on Textiles in the EU Market
    Contribution As
    Completely
    agree
    Completely
    disagree
    I don't
    know/Not
    applicable
    Neither
    agree nor
    disagree
    Somewhat
    agree
    Somewhat
    disagree
    Company/Business
    Organisations
    80% 2% 2% 15%
    Business associations 47% 6% 6% 41%
    NGOs 49% 4% 45% 2%
    Academic/Research
    Institutions
    67% 4% 25% 4%
    Public Authorities 20% 10% 60% 10%
    EU citizens 87% 3% 3% 6% 1%
    Non-EU citizens 70% 30%
    Others 100%
    Consumer Awareness
    73
    Contribution As
    Completely
    agree
    Completely
    disagree
    I don't
    know/Not
    applicable
    Neither
    agree nor
    disagree
    Somewhat
    agree
    Somewhat
    disagree
    Company/Business
    Organisations
    63% 2% 17% 17%
    Business associations 36% 3% 21% 33% 6%
    NGOs 41% 31% 27% 2%
    Academic/Research
    Institutions
    42% 4% 25% 25% 4%
    Public Authorities 40% 10% 40% 10%
    EU citizens 75% 6% 3% 1% 12% 3%
    Non-EU citizens 70% 10% 20%
    Others 33% 67%
    Filters in Washing Machines
    Contribution As
    Completely
    agree
    Completely
    disagree
    I don't
    know/Not
    applicable
    Neither
    agree nor
    disagree
    Somewhat
    agree
    Somewhat
    disagree
    Company/Business
    Organisations
    56% 2% 5% 5% 32%
    Business associations 27% 3% 24% 12% 30% 3%
    NGOs 43% 4% 2% 51%
    Academic/Research
    Institutions
    50% 13% 33% 4%
    Public Authorities 50% 10% 30% 10%
    EU citizens 79% 6% 1% 4% 10%
    Non-EU citizens 90% 10%
    Others 67% 17% 17%
    Regulate Emissions from Laundries
    74
    3. Open Text Comments
    a) Responses emphasize the incontrollable release of microplastics and the intentional
    spill over of emissions from microplastics during production. Improvements include
    sustainable materials such as polyester.
    b) Apropos washing cycles of textiles, one respondent proposes incineration methods for
    microplastics that end up in waste-water treatment plants because filters in washing
    machines are insufficient for full treatment.
    c) Other measures include taxation on polluting textiles and emphasis on eco-conception
    and regulations on fast fashion.
    d) Among design related regulations, suggested measures include recycling modifications
    for single type textiles and strict limits/possible phase out of elastane in fabrics.
    e) One respondent claimed that pre-use washing of fabrics before market placement
    reduces microplastic emissions more significantly than use-phase washing and hence,
    they emphasize this measure over others. This highlights the need to include
    microplastics as an important step of Life-Cycle Assessment for textiles.
    4.7.2.4 Paints (N=98-105)
    a. During which phase of the life cycle, microplastics emissions from paints are the most
    significant?
    Initial spray painting and end of life hold high significance for the stakeholders in terms of
    microplastic emissions. However, for spray painting, Academic/Researcher Institutions are
    split between believing it to be very little significant (42%) and very significant (42%) and
    59% of NGOs believe that it is somewhat significant. (See Table 22)
    b. Wear and tear of paints from –
    Wear and Tear from Infrastructure, Cars, and Buildings hold very high significance among
    many stakeholders. NGOs, Academic/Research Institutions, Public Authorities, EU citizens
    believe that wear and tear from Cars, Infrastructure are significant while Business
    Associations do not find it to be significant. (See Table 23)
    Almost all stakeholders believe that roads, ships, and boats are significant for wear and tear
    while the opinion of Business Associations and Company/Business Organisations is spread
    across the significance scale. (See Table 24)
    c. Emissions from the maintenance of –
    Maintenance emissions from ships and boats are very significant for most stakeholders
    except Business Associations and Companies/Business Organisations. (See Table 25)
    NGOs, Business Associations and Companies/Business Organisations are split between
    significance and insignificance for maintenance emissions from cars. NGOs (59%) and
    Academic/Research Institutions (57%) find maintenance emissions from infrastructure to
    be somewhat significant while Public Authorities (57%) and EU citizens (43%) gave a neutral
    response. (See Table 26)
    Almost all stakeholders find maintenance emissions from roads and buildings to be
    significant. However, Business Associations (50%) and Companies/Business Organisations
    (42%) gave a neutral response on the significance scale for the maintenance emissions from
    roads. (See Table 26)
    75
    Table 22: Life cycle emissions (1-2): Initial Spray Painting and Paint End of Life
    Contribution As
    Completely
    insignificant
    I don’t
    know/Not
    applicable
    Somewhat
    significant
    Very little
    significant
    Very
    significant
    Company/Business
    Organisations
    4% 26% 9% 43% 17%
    Business associations 6% 28% 6% 44% 17%
    NGOs 19% 59% 4% 19%
    Academic/Research
    Institutions
    14% 43% 43%
    Public Authorities 43% 43% 14%
    EU citizens 3% 38% 26% 10% 23%
    Non-EU citizens 100%
    Others 50% 50%
    Initial Spray Painting
    Contribution As
    Completely
    insignificant
    I don’t
    know/Not
    applicable
    Somewhat
    significant
    Very little
    significant
    Very
    significant
    Company/Business
    Organisations
    22% 26% 13% 4% 35%
    Business associations 17% 28% 11% 33% 11%
    NGOs 11% 11% 78%
    Academic/Research
    Institutions
    14% 86%
    Public Authorities 43% 43% 14%
    EU citizens 3% 33% 8% 3% 54%
    Non-EU citizens 70% 100%
    Others 50% 50%
    Paint End of Life
    76
    Table 23: Wear and tear I (1-3): Wear and Tear from Cars; Wear and Tear from Infrastructure and
    Wear and Tear from Buildings
    Contribution As
    Completely
    insignificant
    I don’t
    know/Not
    applicable
    Somewhat
    significant
    Very little
    significant
    Very
    significant
    Company/Business
    Organisations
    26% 17% 17% 22% 17%
    Business associations 50% 25% 13% 13%
    NGOs 7% 67% 11% 15%
    Academic/Research
    Institutions
    14% 57% 29%
    Public Authorities 57% 43%
    EU citizens 5% 35% 19% 14% 27%
    Non-EU citizens 100%
    Others 100%
    Wear and Tear from Cars
    Contribution As
    Completely
    insignificant
    I don’t
    know/Not
    applicable
    Somewhat
    significant
    Very little
    significant
    Very
    significant
    Company/Business
    Organisations
    9% 22% 26% 30% 13%
    Business associations 13% 25% 19% 38% 6%
    NGOs 15% 56% 30%
    Academic/Research
    Institutions
    29% 29% 43%
    Public Authorities 57% 14% 14% 14%
    EU citizens 41% 16% 5% 38%
    Non-EU citizens 75% 50% 100%
    Others
    Wear and Tear from Infrastructure
    77
    Table 24: Wear and tear II (1-2): Wear and Tear from Roads and Wear and Tear from Ships and Boats
    Contribution As
    Completely
    insignificant
    I don’t
    know/Not
    applicable
    Somewhat
    significant
    Very little
    significant
    Very
    significant
    Company/Business
    Organisations
    4% 26% 22% 30% 17%
    Business associations 18% 29% 18% 29% 6%
    NGOs 7% 7% 4% 81%
    Academic/Research
    Institutions
    29% 43% 29%
    Public Authorities 43% 29% 29%
    EU citizens 3% 42% 16% 8% 32%
    Non-EU citizens 100%
    Others 50% 50%
    Wear and Tear from Buildings
    Contribution As
    Completely
    insignificant
    I don’t
    know/Not
    applicable
    Somewhat
    significant
    Very little
    significant
    Very
    significant
    Company/Business
    Organisations
    17% 17% 35% 30%
    Business associations 25% 25% 38% 13%
    NGOs 11% 7% 81%
    Academic/Research
    Institutions
    14% 29% 57%
    Public Authorities 29% 14% 14% 43%
    EU citizens 3% 35% 16% 46%
    Non-EU citizens 100%
    Others 100%
    Wear and Tear from Roads
    78
    Table 25: Maintenance emissions I (1-3): Maintenance Emission from Ships and Boats; Maintenance
    Emission from Cars and Maintenance Emission from Infrastructure
    Contribution As
    Completely
    insignificant
    I don’t
    know/Not
    applicable
    Somewhat
    significant
    Very little
    significant
    Very
    significant
    Company/Business
    Organisations
    22% 17% 26% 35%
    Business associations 6% 25% 50% 19%
    NGOs 7% 93%
    Academic/Research
    Institutions
    14% 86%
    Public Authorities 25% 25% 13% 38%
    EU citizens 3% 32% 16% 3% 46%
    Non-EU citizens 100%
    Others 100%
    Wear and Tear from Ships and Boats
    Contribution As
    Completely
    insignificant
    I don’t
    know/Not
    applicable
    Somewhat
    significant
    Very little
    significant
    Very
    significant
    Company/Business
    Organisations
    27% 23% 14% 9% 27%
    Business associations 25% 25% 31% 19%
    NGOs 49% 4% 45%
    Academic/Research
    Institutions
    14% 86%
    Public Authorities 25% 25% 50%
    EU citizens 38% 16% 5% 41%
    Non-EU citizens 7% 7% 85%
    Others 50% 50%
    Maintenance Emission from Ships and Boats
    79
    Contribution As
    Completely
    insignificant
    I don’t
    know/Not
    applicable
    Somewhat
    significant
    Very little
    significant
    Very
    significant
    Company/Business
    Organisations
    36% 23% 14% 23% 5%
    Business associations 44% 25% 19% 13%
    NGOs 41% 31% 27%
    Academic/Research
    Institutions
    29% 57% 14%
    Public Authorities 57% 43%
    EU citizens 8% 38% 16% 16% 22%
    Non-EU citizens 100%
    Others 50% 50%
    Maintenance Emission from Cars
    Contribution As
    Completely
    insignificant
    I don’t
    know/Not
    applicable
    Somewhat
    significant
    Very little
    significant
    Very
    significant
    Company/Business
    Organisations
    27% 23% 18% 14% 18%
    Business associations 19% 25% 31% 13% 13%
    NGOs 15% 59% 26%
    Academic/Research
    Institutions
    57% 29% 14%
    Public Authorities 57% 14% 14% 14%
    EU citizens 43% 22% 5% 30%
    Non-EU citizens 100%
    Others 50% 50%
    Maintenance Emission from Infrastructure
    80
    Table 26: Maintenance Emissions II (1-2): Maintenance Emission from Buildings and Maintenance
    Emission from Roads
    Contribution As
    Completely
    insignificant
    I don’t
    know/Not
    applicable
    Somewhat
    significant
    Very little
    significant
    Very
    significant
    Company/Business
    Organisations
    24% 19% 14% 19% 24%
    Business associations 18% 24% 18% 35% 6%
    NGOs 7% 11% 4% 78%
    Academic/Research
    Institutions
    29% 29% 43%
    Public Authorities 29% 43% 14% 14%
    EU citizens 3% 39% 18% 11% 29%
    Non-EU citizens 100%
    Others 50% 50%
    Maintenance Emission from Buildings
    Contribution As
    Completely
    insignificant
    I don’t
    know/Not
    applicable
    Somewhat
    significant
    Very little
    significant
    Very
    significant
    Company/Business
    Organisations
    10% 43% 5% 24% 19%
    Business associations 6% 50% 19% 19% 6%
    NGOs 7% 19% 74%
    Academic/Research
    Institutions
    43% 29% 29%
    Public Authorities 29% 43% 14% 14%
    EU citizens 3% 38% 11% 8% 41%
    Non-EU citizens 100%
    Others 50% 50%
    Maintenance Emission from Roads
    81
    d. How much do you agree with the following measures to reduce microplastic pollution due to
    paints, depending on the application?
    a) Among most stakeholders, there is complete agreement on the Promotion of alternative
    solutions without paint to reduce microplastic pollution. However, Business Associations
    (52%) and Companies/Business Organisations (40%) completely disagree. (See Table 27)
    b) Most of the stakeholders agree with the measure of Including aspects of microplastics in
    EU ecolabel and Green Public Procurement to reduce microplastic pollution. (See Table
    27)
    c) Almost all stakeholders agree on the measures of Regulated Dust Protection and Capture
    for key industries and Regulation of plastic shares in paints to reduce microplastic
    pollution while Business Associations (47%) completely disagree with the measure of
    Regulation of plastic shares in paints. (See Table 28)
    d) Business Associations (42%) completely or somewhat disagree, and Companies/Business
    Organisations (56%) completely or somewhat agree for Increasing the share of
    biodegradable plastics in paint as a measure to reduce microplastic pollution. While
    Academic/Research Institutions (42%) completely disagree and the rest of stakeholders
    completely or somewhat agree with the measure. (See Table 29)
    e) Most of the stakeholders agree with the measure of Increasing Application yield and
    Improving Lifetime of paints while NGOs (55%) are neutral about the measure to reduce
    microplastic pollution. (See Table 29)
    f) Most of the stakeholders agree with the measures of Dust cover improvements and Capture
    scrap road markings to reduce microplastic pollution. (See Table 30)
    g) Most of the stakeholders agree on the measure of Gypsum waste management in
    construction and demolition waste while NGOs (55%) and Public Authorities (50%) take a
    neutral stance. (See Table 31)
    h) EU Citizens are broadly in agreement over all measures listed in the question.
    82
    Table 27: Paint Emission Measures: Promotion and Awareness (1-3): Promotion of Alternative
    Solutions without Paints; Awareness of Unused Purchases and Include Aspects of Microplastics in EU
    Ecolabel and Green Public Procurement
    Contribution As
    Completely
    agree
    Completely
    disagree
    I don't
    know/Not
    applicable
    Neither
    agree nor
    disagree
    Somewhat
    agree
    Somewhat
    disagree
    Company/Business
    Organisations
    32% 41% 9% 14% 5%
    Business associations 21% 53% 16% 5% 5%
    NGOs 30% 4% 4% 63%
    Academic/Research
    Institutions
    29% 14% 14% 14% 29%
    Public Authorities 63% 13% 25%
    EU citizens 67% 8% 3% 15% 5% 3%
    Non-EU citizens 100%
    Others 50% 50%
    Promotion of Alternative Solutions without Paints
    83
    Contribution As
    Completely
    agree
    Completely
    disagree
    I don't
    know/Not
    applicable
    Neither
    agree nor
    disagree
    Somewhat
    agree
    Somewhat
    disagree
    Company/Business
    Organisations
    27% 14% 18% 41%
    Business associations 39% 6% 11% 6% 33% 6%
    NGOs 15% 4% 19% 15% 48%
    Academic/Research
    Institutions
    14% 14% 14% 43% 14%
    Public Authorities 38% 13% 13% 13% 25%
    EU citizens 59% 13% 5% 8% 13% 3%
    Non-EU citizens 100%
    Others 50% 50%
    Awareness of Unused Purchases
    Contribution As
    Completely
    agree
    Completely
    disagree
    I don't
    know/Not
    applicable
    Neither
    agree nor
    disagree
    Somewhat
    agree
    Somewhat
    disagree
    Company/Business
    Organisations
    41% 27% 5% 5% 14% 9%
    Business associations 26% 32% 5% 16% 11% 11%
    NGOs 89% 4% 7%
    Academic/Research
    Institutions
    29% 14% 43% 14%
    Public Authorities 50% 13% 13% 25%
    EU citizens 77% 5% 3% 5% 8% 3%
    Non-EU citizens 100%
    Others 50% 50%
    Include Aspects of Microplastics in EU Ecolabel and Green Public Procurement
    84
    Table 28: Paint Emission Measures: Regulation and Operational Improvements (1-2): Regulate the
    Share of Plastic in Paints and Regulate Dust Protection and Capture for Key Industries
    Contribution As
    Completely
    agree
    Completely
    disagree
    I don't
    know/Not
    applicable
    Neither
    agree nor
    disagree
    Somewhat
    agree
    Somewhat
    disagree
    Company/Business
    Organisations
    27% 23% 14% 14% 14% 9%
    Business associations 21% 47% 16% 11% 5%
    NGOs 85% 15%
    Academic/Research
    Institutions
    14% 14% 57% 14%
    Public Authorities 50% 13% 13% 13% 13%
    EU citizens 68% 3% 8% 5% 13% 5%
    Non-EU citizens 100%
    Others 50% 50%
    Regulate the Share of Plastic in Paints
    Contribution As
    Completely
    agree
    Completely
    disagree
    I don't
    know/Not
    applicable
    Neither
    agree nor
    disagree
    Somewhat
    agree
    Somewhat
    disagree
    Company/Business
    Organisations
    43% 4% 30% 22%
    Business associations 33% 6% 11% 33% 17%
    NGOs 85% 12% 4%
    Academic/Research
    Institutions
    43% 57%
    Public Authorities 63% 25% 13%
    EU citizens 70% 3% 8% 8% 11%
    Non-EU citizens 100%
    Others 50% 50%
    Regulate Dust Protection and Capture for Key Industries
    85
    Table 29: Paint Emission Measures: Regulation and Operational Improvements (contd., 1-4): Increase
    Biodegradable Paint Content; Increase Application Yield; Increase Lifetime of Paint and Localised
    Preventive Maintenance
    Contribution As
    Completely
    agree
    Completely
    disagree
    I don't
    know/Not
    applicable
    Neither
    agree nor
    disagree
    Somewhat
    agree
    Somewhat
    disagree
    Company/Business
    Organisations
    26% 4% 4% 30% 35%
    Business associations 21% 21% 11% 26% 21%
    NGOs 15% 11% 59% 15%
    Academic/Research
    Institutions
    14% 43% 14% 14% 14%
    Public Authorities 38% 38% 25%
    EU citizens 65% 5% 3% 5% 18% 5%
    Non-EU citizens 100% 30%
    Others 50% 50%
    Increase Biodegradable Paint Content
    Contribution As
    Completely
    agree
    Completely
    disagree
    I don't
    know/Not
    applicable
    Neither
    agree nor
    disagree
    Somewhat
    agree
    Somewhat
    disagree
    Company/Business
    Organisations
    18% 5% 9% 18% 36% 14%
    Business associations 26% 16% 11% 16% 32%
    NGOs 15% 19% 56% 11%
    Academic/Research
    Institutions
    29% 14% 14% 14% 29%
    Public Authorities 50% 25% 25%
    EU citizens 56% 8% 3% 10% 21% 3%
    Non-EU citizens 100%
    Others 50% 50%
    Increase Application Yield
    86
    Contribution As
    Completely
    agree
    Completely
    disagree
    I don't
    know/Not
    applicable
    Neither
    agree nor
    disagree
    Somewhat
    agree
    Somewhat
    disagree
    Company/Business
    Organisations
    27% 14% 32% 27%
    Business associations 37% 5% 42% 16%
    NGOs 67% 7% 11% 15%
    Academic/Research
    Institutions
    43% 14% 14% 29%
    Public Authorities 75% 25%
    EU citizens 58% 8% 10% 20% 5%
    Non-EU citizens 100%
    Others 50% 50%
    Increase Lifetime of Paint
    Contribution As
    Completely
    agree
    Completely
    disagree
    I don't
    know/Not
    applicable
    Neither
    agree nor
    disagree
    Somewhat
    agree
    Somewhat
    disagree
    Company/Business
    Organisations
    36% 23% 36% 5%
    Business associations 32% 26% 5% 32% 5%
    NGOs 81% 7% 7% 4%
    Academic/Research
    Institutions
    29% 14% 14% 43%
    Public Authorities 38% 38% 13% 13%
    EU citizens 56% 8% 10% 23% 3%
    Non-EU citizens 100%
    Others 50% 50%
    Localised Preventive Maintenance
    87
    Table 30: Paint Emission Measures: Operational Improvements (1-3): Use Technologies Increasing
    Dust Cover; Capture Scrapped Road Markings and Capture and Treat Road Run-Off Water
    Contribution As
    Completely
    agree
    Completely
    disagree
    I don't
    know/Not
    applicable
    Neither
    agree nor
    disagree
    Somewhat
    agree
    Somewhat
    disagree
    Company/Business
    Organisations
    45% 9% 45%
    Business associations 32% 11% 21% 37%
    NGOs 81% 15% 4%
    Academic/Research
    Institutions
    57% 14% 29%
    Public Authorities 25% 75%
    EU citizens 58% 5% 8% 26% 3%
    Non-EU citizens 100%
    Others 50% 50%
    Use Technologies Increasing Dust Cover
    Contribution As
    Completely
    agree
    Completely
    disagree
    I don't
    know/Not
    applicable
    Neither
    agree nor
    disagree
    Somewhat
    agree
    Somewhat
    disagree
    Company/Business
    Organisations
    52% 26% 4% 17%
    Business associations 26% 47% 5% 21%
    NGOs 81% 7% 11%
    Academic/Research
    Institutions
    57% 29% 14%
    Public Authorities 50% 25% 13% 13%
    EU citizens 54% 10% 10% 23% 3%
    Non-EU citizens 100%
    Others 100%
    Capture Scrapped Road Markings
    88
    Table 31: Paint Emission Measures: Operational Improvements (contd., 1-2): Cleaning Shipyards Prior
    to Refloating of Ships and Boats and Gypsum Waste Management in Construction and Demolition
    Waste
    Contribution As
    Completely
    agree
    Completely
    disagree
    I don't
    know/Not
    applicable
    Neither
    agree nor
    disagree
    Somewhat
    agree
    Somewhat
    disagree
    Company/Business
    Organisations
    41% 41% 9% 9%
    Business associations 16% 5% 37% 32% 11%
    NGOs 19% 4% 11% 63% 4%
    Academic/Research
    Institutions
    86% 14%
    Public Authorities 50% 25% 13% 13%
    EU citizens 67% 8% 10% 15%
    Non-EU citizens 100%
    Others 100%
    Capture and Treat Road Run-Off Water
    Contribution As
    Completely
    agree
    Completely
    disagree
    I don't
    know/Not
    applicable
    Neither
    agree nor
    disagree
    Somewhat
    agree
    Somewhat
    disagree
    Company/Business
    Organisations
    45% 18% 27% 9%
    Business associations 37% 26% 16% 21%
    NGOs 81% 19%
    Academic/Research
    Institutions
    57% 14% 29%
    Public Authorities 50% 25% 13% 13%
    EU citizens 72% 8% 3% 18%
    Non-EU citizens 100%
    Others 100%
    Cleaning Shipyards Prior to Refloating of Ships and Boats
    89
    4.7.2.5 Detergent Laundry and Automatic Dishwasher Capsules (N=35-42)
    Some of these capsules have a plastic shell around the detergent that consists of polyvinyl alcohol
    (PVA), a synthetic polymer, intended to dissolve in water, but that may not fully biodegrade, leaving
    microplastics in the environment. The Detergents Regulation, currently under revision, already
    regulates certain aspects of biodegradability of these capsules
    a. Please provide any information regarding this shell and its biodegradability in wastewater and
    its treatment, including possible releases of microplastics. (Open Text Comments)
    i. While responses recognize the extant use of PVA in capsule shells, one response highlights
    recent advances in using Casein, a milk protein, as a polymeric film which is water-soluble
    and biodegradable. The comment encourages the recognition and further examination of other
    alternatives apart from PVA shells.
    ii. Another response highlights examining proper definitions of biodegradability in legislation
    and regulation of microplastic emissions that include a temporal and location-based
    degradation limit.
    b. If there would be sufficient evidence about the microplastics emissions of detergent capsules, to
    which extent would you agree with the following measures?
    i. Almost all the stakeholders completely or somewhat agree of all the measures listed in the
    Table 32.
    ii. However, Business Associations were neutral on the measures of Incentivise Eco-friendly
    Alternatives and Improve Waste-Water Treatment Plants. Public Authorities were neutral
    Contribution As
    Completely
    agree
    Completely
    disagree
    I don't
    know/Not
    applicable
    Neither
    agree nor
    disagree
    Somewhat
    agree
    Somewhat
    disagree
    Company/Business
    Organisations
    36% 23% 23% 18%
    Business associations 32% 5% 26% 16% 21%
    NGOs 15% 22% 56% 7%
    Academic/Research
    Institutions
    43% 14% 14% 29%
    Public Authorities 25% 50% 13% 13%
    EU citizens 64% 8% 5% 15% 8%
    Non-EU citizens 100%
    Others 100%
    Gypsum Waste Management in Construction and Demolition Waste
    90
    on the measures of Improve Waste-Water Treatment Plants and Monitoring of PVA in
    Waste-Water Treatment Plants. (See Table 32)
    iii. All stakeholders completely or somewhat agree with the measures of restriction of non-
    biodegradable water-soluble capsule shells, protocol to address the biodegradability of
    dissolvable capsule shells in real life conditions and extended producer responsibility.
    Business Associations are neutral with the measure of restriction of non-biodegradable
    water-soluble capsule shells. (See Table 33)
    Table 32: Emissions of detergent capsules I (1-4): Consumer Awareness; Incentivise Eco-Friendly
    Alternatives; Monitoring of PVA in Waste-Water Treatment Plants and Improve Waste-Water
    Treatment Plants
    Contribution As
    Completely
    agree
    Completely
    disagree
    I don't
    know/Not
    applicable
    Neither
    agree nor
    disagree
    Somewhat
    agree
    Somewhat
    disagree
    Company/Business
    Organisations
    47% 13% 40%
    Business associations 71% 7% 21%
    NGOs 29% 4% 7% 61%
    Academic/Research
    Institutions
    67% 33%
    Public Authorities 33% 11% 33% 22%
    EU citizens 79% 2% 19%
    Non-EU citizens 100%
    Others 50% 50%
    Consumer Awareness
    91
    Contribution As
    Completely
    agree
    Completely
    disagree
    I don't
    know/Not
    applicable
    Neither
    agree nor
    disagree
    Somewhat
    agree
    Somewhat
    disagree
    Company/Business
    Organisations
    60% 13% 27%
    Business associations 29% 7% 43% 21%
    NGOs 25% 43% 7% 11% 14%
    Academic/Research
    Institutions
    50% 17% 17% 17%
    Public Authorities 78% 11% 11%
    EU citizens 89% 2% 9%
    Non-EU citizens 100%
    Others 50% 50%
    Incestivise Eco-Friendly Alternatives
    Contribution As
    Completely
    agree
    Completely
    disagree
    I don't
    know/Not
    applicable
    Neither
    agree nor
    disagree
    Somewhat
    agree
    Somewhat
    disagree
    Company/Business
    Organisations
    43% 21% 29% 7%
    Business associations 7% 21% 7% 57% 7%
    NGOs 11% 11% 7% 68% 4%
    Academic/Research
    Institutions
    50% 17% 17% 17%
    Public Authorities 22% 22% 22% 22% 11%
    EU citizens 77% 2% 17% 4%
    Non-EU citizens 100%
    Others 50% 50%
    Monitoring of PVA in Waste-Water Treatment Plants
    92
    Table 33: Emissions of detergent capsules II (1-3): Protocol to Address the Biodegradability of
    Dissolvable Capsule Shells in Real Life Conditions; Extended Producer Responsibility and Restrict
    Non-Biodegradable Water Soluble Shells for Capsules
    Contribution As
    Completely
    agree
    Completely
    disagree
    I don't
    know/Not
    applicable
    Neither
    agree nor
    disagree
    Somewhat
    agree
    Somewhat
    disagree
    Company/Business
    Organisations
    40% 7% 7% 13% 20%
    Business associations 21% 7% 43% 14% 14%
    NGOs 14% 7% 11% 14% 50% 4%
    Academic/Research
    Institutions
    50% 17% 17% 17%
    Public Authorities 11% 33% 33% 22%
    EU citizens 77% 4% 17% 2%
    Non-EU citizens 100%
    Others 50% 50%
    Improve Waste-Water Treatment Plants
    Contribution As
    Completely
    agree
    Completely
    disagree
    I don't
    know/Not
    applicable
    Neither
    agree nor
    disagree
    Somewhat
    agree
    Somewhat
    disagree
    Company/Business
    Organisations
    64% 7% 7% 21%
    Business associations 71% 7% 7% 14%
    NGOs 36% 7% 7% 50%
    Academic/Research
    Institutions
    67% 17% 17%
    Public Authorities 67% 22% 11%
    EU citizens 89% 2% 4% 4%
    Non-EU citizens 100%
    Others 50% 50%
    Protocol to Address the Biodegradibility of Dissolvable Capsule Shells in Real Life Conditions
    93
    Contribution As
    Completely
    agree
    Completely
    disagree
    I don't
    know/Not
    applicable
    Neither
    agree nor
    disagree
    Somewhat
    agree
    Somewhat
    disagree
    Company/Business
    Organisations
    50% 14% 7% 7% 21%
    Business associations 50% 21% 14% 7% 7%
    NGOs 43% 4% 4% 50%
    Academic/Research
    Institutions
    67% 33%
    Public Authorities 44% 22% 11% 22%
    EU citizens 83% 2% 13% 2%
    Non-EU citizens 100%
    Others 50% 50%
    Extended Producer Responsibility
    Contribution As
    Completely
    agree
    Completely
    disagree
    I don't
    know/Not
    applicable
    Neither
    agree nor
    disagree
    Somewhat
    agree
    Somewhat
    disagree
    Company/Business
    Organisations
    73% 7% 20%
    Business associations 43% 14% 36% 7%
    NGOs 89% 7% 4%
    Academic/Research
    Institutions
    50% 17% 33%
    Public Authorities 89% 11%
    EU citizens 91% 9%
    Non-EU citizens 100%
    Others 100%
    Restrict Non-Biodegradable Water Soluble Shells for Capsules
    94
    c. Open Text Comments
    All unique responses received agree on regulating use by households, where suggestions include
    promotion of manual dish washing and prohibition of plastic pot cleaners. Comments also
    mention regulation of detergent discharge into water bodies.
    4.7.2.6 Geotextiles (N=49-112)
    1. How much do you agree with the following measures to reduce microplastic pollution from
    geotextiles?
    1.1. Most stakeholders completely agree with the following measures, Regulate the type of
    fibre or polymer used and Promote alternatives and eco-friendly materials, to
    reduce microplastic pollution while Business Associations are split on the agreement
    scale (40% agreement; 45% disagreement). (See Table 34)
    1.2. Business Associations completely or somewhat disagree (50%) with the measure to
    regulate the range of applications while the rest of the stakeholders agree. (See Table
    34)
    1.3. Business Associations and Public Authorities take a neutral stance with the measure of
    regulating emission limits while the rest of the stakeholders completely or somewhat
    agree. (See Table 35)
    Table 34: Emissions from Geotextiles I (1-3): Regulate the Types of Polymers and Fibers Used; Regulate
    the Range of Applications for Geotextiles and Promote Alternatives
    Contribution As
    Completely
    agree
    Completely
    disagree
    I don't
    know/Not
    applicable
    Neither
    agree nor
    disagree
    Somewhat
    agree
    Somewhat
    disagree
    Company/Business
    Organisations
    47% 7% 13% 27% 7%
    Business associations 30% 40% 15% 10% 5%
    NGOs 87% 4% 9%
    Academic/Research
    Institutions
    43% 14% 43%
    Public Authorities 33% 11% 11% 44%
    EU citizens 83% 3% 3% 7% 3%
    Non-EU citizens 75% 25%
    Others 67% 33%
    Regulate the Types of Polymers and Fibers Used
    95
    Contribution As
    Completely
    agree
    Completely
    disagree
    I don't
    know/Not
    applicable
    Neither
    agree nor
    disagree
    Somewhat
    agree
    Somewhat
    disagree
    Company/Business
    Organisations
    60% 13% 13% 13%
    Business associations 15% 30% 15% 20% 20%
    NGOs 83% 4% 4% 9%
    Academic/Research
    Institutions
    43% 29% 29%
    Public Authorities 33% 11% 11% 44%
    EU citizens 71% 3% 3% 16% 6%
    Non-EU citizens 75% 25%
    Others 33% 67%
    Regulate the Range of Applications ofr Geotextiles
    Contribution As
    Completely
    agree
    Completely
    disagree
    I don't
    know/Not
    applicable
    Neither
    agree nor
    disagree
    Somewhat
    agree
    Somewhat
    disagree
    Company/Business
    Organisations
    56% 25% 6% 6% 6%
    Business associations 25% 50% 5% 15% 5%
    NGOs 96% 4%
    Academic/Research
    Institutions
    57% 43%
    Public Authorities 44% 11% 11% 33%
    EU citizens 77% 3% 6% 10% 3%
    Non-EU citizens 100%
    Others 67% 33%
    Promote Alternatives
    96
    Table 35: Emissions from Geotextiles II (1-2): Promote Eco-Friendly Materials and Regulate Emission
    Limits
    Contribution As
    Completely
    agree
    Completely
    disagree
    I don't
    know/Not
    applicable
    Neither
    agree nor
    disagree
    Somewhat
    agree
    Somewhat
    disagree
    Company/Business
    Organisations
    69% 25% 6%
    Business associations 45% 5% 45% 5%
    NGOs 96% 4%
    Academic/Research
    Institutions
    57% 14% 14% 14%
    Public Authorities 67% 11% 11% 11%
    EU citizens 81% 6% 13%
    Non-EU citizens 100%
    Others 100%
    Promote Eco-Friendly Materials
    Contribution As
    Completely
    agree
    Completely
    disagree
    I don't
    know/Not
    applicable
    Neither
    agree nor
    disagree
    Somewhat
    agree
    Somewhat
    disagree
    Company/Business
    Organisations
    53% 7% 27% 13%
    Business associations 21% 26% 5% 26% 16% 5%
    NGOs 78% 4% 9% 9%
    Academic/Research
    Institutions
    43% 29% 14% 14%
    Public Authorities 11% 11% 33% 33% 11%
    EU citizens 83% 3% 13%
    Non-EU citizens 75% 25%
    Others 67% 33%
    Regulate Emission Limits
    97
    a. How much do you agree with the following statements related to the applications of geotextiles?
    i. Geotextiles for Coasts
    Almost all Public Authorities and EU citizens take a neutral stance when it comes to the types
    of geotextiles that can protect the coast – either woven, non-woven, or made with natural
    fibres. (See Table 36)
    Businesses Associations, on the other hand, are in complete agreement of the efficacy of
    geotextiles of all types. NGOs completely agree (70%) for geotextiles made with natural
    fibres to protect the coast from erosion. They mostly disagree with non-woven geotextiles
    (60%) and woven geotextiles (60%). (See Table 36)
    Table 36: Coastal Erosion (1-3): Non-Woven Geotextiles can Protect Coasts from Erosion; Woven
    Geotextiles can Protect Coasts from Erosion and Geotextiles from Natural Fibres can Protect Coasts
    from Erosion
    Contribution As
    Completely
    agree
    Completely
    disagree
    I don't
    know/Not
    applicable
    Neither
    agree nor
    disagree
    Somewhat
    agree
    Somewhat
    disagree
    Company/Business
    Organisations
    53% 7% 27% 7% 7%
    Business associations 56% 17% 17% 11%
    NGOs 4% 61% 17% 17%
    Academic/Research
    Institutions
    14% 29% 14% 29% 14%
    Public Authorities 13% 13% 50% 25%
    EU citizens 13% 17% 50% 7% 7% 7%
    Non-EU citizens 67% 33%
    Others 33% 33% 33%
    Non-Woven Geotextiles can Protect Coasts from Erosion
    98
    Contribution As
    Completely
    agree
    Completely
    disagree
    I don't
    know/Not
    applicable
    Neither
    agree nor
    disagree
    Somewhat
    agree
    Somewhat
    disagree
    Company/Business
    Organisations
    47% 7% 27% 13% 7%
    Business associations 59% 18% 24%
    NGOs 4% 61% 17% 17%
    Academic/Research
    Institutions
    29% 14% 29% 29%
    Public Authorities 13% 13% 50% 25%
    EU citizens 21% 17% 48% 7% 7%
    Non-EU citizens 67% 33%
    Others 33% 33% 33%
    Woven Geotextiles can Protect Coasts from Erosion
    Contribution As
    Completely
    agree
    Completely
    disagree
    I don't
    know/Not
    applicable
    Neither
    agree nor
    disagree
    Somewhat
    agree
    Somewhat
    disagree
    Company/Business
    Organisations
    50% 25% 6% 6% 13%
    Business associations 6% 11% 28% 11% 44%
    NGOs 70% 17% 9% 4%
    Academic/Research
    Institutions
    14% 14% 14% 43% 14%
    Public Authorities 38% 13% 50%
    EU citizens 42% 35% 6% 10% 6%
    Non-EU citizens 25% 25% 25% 25%
    Others 33% 33% 33%
    Geotextiles from Natural Fibers can Protect Coasts from Erosion
    99
    ii. Geotextiles for Roads
    All Academic/Researchers Institutions and Public Authorities remain neutral when it comes
    to the types of geotextiles that can be used to build roads – either woven, non-woven, or
    made with natural fibres. (See Table 37)
    Businesses Associations on the other hand, are in complete agreement of the efficacy of
    geotextiles of all types except natural fibres where they weakly agree (43%). (See Table 37)
    EU Citizens (45%) largely prefer geotextiles made with natural fibres as material to build
    roads. While they are mostly neutral on woven and non-woven geotextiles. NGOs completely
    disagree on woven (60%) and non-woven (60%) geotextiles while completely agree on natural
    fibres. (69.5%) (See Table 37)
    Table 37: Road Construction I (1-3): Woven Geotextiles can be Used to Build Roads; Non-Woven
    Geotextiles can be Used to Build Roads and Geotextiles from Natural Fibres can be Used to Construct
    Roads
    Contribution As
    Completely
    agree
    Completely
    disagree
    I don't
    know/Not
    applicable
    Neither
    agree nor
    disagree
    Somewhat
    agree
    Somewhat
    disagree
    Company/Business
    Organisations
    53% 7% 20% 7% 7% 7%
    Business associations 58% 16% 21% 5%
    NGOs 4% 61% 17% 17%
    Academic/Research
    Institutions
    14% 14% 29% 29% 14%
    Public Authorities 25% 13% 63%
    EU citizens 20% 10% 50% 7% 10% 3%
    Non-EU citizens 33% 33% 33%
    Others 33% 33% 33%
    Woven Geotextiles can be Used to Build Roads
    100
    Contribution As
    Completely
    agree
    Completely
    disagree
    I don't
    know/Not
    applicable
    Neither
    agree nor
    disagree
    Somewhat
    agree
    Somewhat
    disagree
    Company/Business
    Organisations
    60% 7% 20% 7% 7%
    Business associations 53% 16% 16% 16%
    NGOs 4% 61% 17% 17%
    Academic/Research
    Institutions
    14% 14% 14% 43% 14%
    Public Authorities 25% 13% 63%
    EU citizens 17% 10% 50% 3% 7% 13%
    Non-EU citizens 33% 33% 33%
    Others 33% 33% 33%
    Non-Woven Geotextiles can be Used to Build Roads
    Contribution As
    Completely
    agree
    Completely
    disagree
    I don't
    know/Not
    applicable
    Neither
    agree nor
    disagree
    Somewhat
    agree
    Somewhat
    disagree
    Company/Business
    Organisations
    57% 7% 21% 14%
    Business associations 39% 28% 11% 6% 17%
    NGOs 70% 17% 9% 4%
    Academic/Research
    Institutions
    14% 14% 14% 29% 29%
    Public Authorities 13% 13% 75%
    EU citizens 45% 39% 6% 6% 3%
    Non-EU citizens 50% 25% 25%
    Others 33% 33% 33%
    Geotextiles from Natural Fibers can be Used to Construct Roads
    101
    iii. All Public Authorities and EU citizens are neutral for the non-existence of alternatives to
    geotextiles for drainage while NGOs (82%) and Academic/Research Institutions (57%)
    completely or somewhat agree with the statement. (See Table 38)
    Table 38: Road Construction II
    4.7.3 Part IV. All Addressed Sources: Pellets, Synthetic Textiles, Tyres, Geotextiles, Detergent
    Capsules and Paints
    1. How much do you agree with the following measures to reduce microplastic pollution in general?
    (N=357)
    a) Apart from Business Associations who are neutral, all other stakeholders at large completely
    agree with a common system to monitor and report microplastic release throughout the
    lifecycle of the source. All stakeholders completely or somewhat agree on the measure on
    specific waste-water treatment in urban wastewater plants to reduce microplastic pollution.
    (See Table 39)
    b) There is an overwhelming support for international agreements across all stakeholders.
    Business Associations are neutral and almost all other stakeholder groups completely or
    somewhat agree on specific wastewater treatment in recycling plants to reduce the
    microplastic pollution. (See Table 40)
    Contribution As
    Completely
    agree
    Completely
    disagree
    I don't
    know/Not
    applicable
    Neither
    agree nor
    disagree
    Somewhat
    agree
    Somewhat
    disagree
    Company/Business
    Organisations
    6% 13% 31% 25% 19% 6%
    Business associations 17% 17% 39% 28%
    NGOs 74% 17% 9%
    Academic/Research
    Institutions
    43% 14% 29% 14%
    Public Authorities 25% 50% 13% 13%
    EU citizens 13% 13% 50% 13% 7% 3%
    Non-EU citizens 33% 33% 33%
    Others 33% 33% 33%
    There are no Alternatives to Geotextiles for Drainage
    102
    Table 39: General Emissions I (1-2): Common System to Monitor and Report Microplastic Releases
    throughout Life-Cycle and Specific Waste Water Treatment in Urban Waste Water Plants
    Contribution As Completely agree
    Completely
    disagree
    I don't know/Not
    applicable
    Neither agree nor
    disagree
    Somewhat agree
    Somewhat
    disagree
    Company/Business
    Organisations
    43.04% 11.39% 11.39% 2.53% 30.38% 1.27%
    Business associations 25.00% 22.06% 11.76% 10.29% 26.47% 4.41%
    NGOs 77.97% 3.39% 18.64%
    Academic/Research Institutions 70.27% 8.11% 21.62%
    Public Authorities 43.75% 12.50% 12.50% 18.75% 12.50%
    EU citizens 66.67% 1.71% 1.71% 5.98% 22.22% 1.71%
    Non-EU citizens 80.00% 20.00%
    Others 60.00% 10.00% 30.00%
    Company/Business
    Organisations
    46.91% 2.47% 18.52% 2.47% 28.40% 1.23%
    Business associations 32.84% 2.99% 20.90% 11.94% 23.88% 7.46%
    NGOs 42.37% 5.08% 11.86% 11.86% 28.81%
    Academic/Research Institutions 56.76% 8.11% 24.32% 10.81%
    Public Authorities 25.00% 18.75% 6.25% 31.25% 18.75%
    EU citizens 69.75% 0.84% 2.52% 5.88% 19.33% 1.68%
    Non-EU citizens 100%
    Others 40.00% 10.00% 10.00% 10.00% 30.00%
    Common System to Monitor and Report Microplastic Releases throughout Life-Cycle
    Specific Waste Water Treatment in Urban Waste Water Plants
    103
    Table 40: General Emissions II (1-2): Specific Waste Water Treatment in Recycling Plants and
    International Agreements
    Contribution As
    Completely
    agree
    Completely
    disagree
    I don't
    know/Not
    applicable
    Neither
    agree nor
    disagree
    Somewhat
    agree
    Somewhat
    disagree
    Company/Business
    Organisations
    43% 1% 19% 6% 29% 1%
    Business associations 25% 1% 39% 10% 22% 1%
    NGOs 47% 2% 3% 8% 14% 25%
    Academic/Research
    Institutions
    57% 6% 6% 31%
    Public Authorities 44% 19% 13% 25%
    EU citizens 76% 2% 3% 19%
    Non-EU citizens 90% 10%
    Others 40% 20% 10% 30%
    Specific Waste Water Treatment in Recycling Plants
    Contribution As
    Completely
    agree
    Completely
    disagree
    I don't
    know/Not
    applicable
    Neither
    agree nor
    disagree
    Somewhat
    agree
    Somewhat
    disagree
    Company/Business
    Organisations
    56% 5% 7% 32%
    Business associations 42% 10% 15% 31% 1%
    NGOs 54% 2% 5% 24% 15%
    Academic/Research
    Institutions
    84% 5% 11%
    Public Authorities 63% 6% 25% 6%
    EU citizens 80% 1% 6% 13% 1%
    Non-EU citizens 90% 10%
    Others 70% 10% 20%
    International Agreements
    104
    2. Please provide any additional information regarding microplastics and the reduction of
    emissions, in particular for paints, geotextiles, and detergent capsules. (Open Text Comments)
    While responses in this section are along the lines of those described in Section 6.1.2.1 (d.), one
    comment further accentuated the monitoring of and recognition of microplastic emissions at the
    industrial site level, while also suggesting the development of up-to-date databases on sustainable
    and eco-friendly alternative raw material. There is also a mention of studying fishing nets in
    agriculture as a major emitter of microplastics.
    3. Please provide any information if a significant fraction of the release might be in form of very
    fine particles (smaller than 1 micron, also called nano plastics), either in general, either for one
    of the specific sources, and the consequences that might have on possible measures. (Open Text
    Comments)
    In general, valid responses mention a lack of research for nano plastics, especially in terms of
    their rate of degradability (or lack thereof) vis-à-vis microplastics and their rate of accumulation
    over time.
    One response claims that paints and tyres contribute the most to the emission of nano plastics.
    There is also a need to examine forest ecosystems and micro-organisms where a lot of emissions
    are bioaccumulated over time, especially for nano plastics.
    5 STAKEHOLDER WORKSHOPS
    To complement the OPC, several online stakeholder workshops were organised to inform and engage
    stakeholders.
    5.1 First stakeholder workshop: 16 September 2021
    This first workshop had over 150 attendees from the industry, including SMEs, NGOs, Member
    States, and researchers. It presented the overall context of the European Strategy for Plastics in a
    Circular Economy as a part of Circular Economy Action Plan (CEAP) as well as the series of
    initiatives to tackle all types of plastics in general and microplastics in particular.
    The presentation of the study was made along with the problem definition specific to the three sources
    (pellets, tyres, and textiles). The discussion also focused on additional sources of microplastics on
    which the study could focus.
    5.2 Second series of thematic stakeholder workshops: 22, 24, 25 November 2021
    This workshop was of three half-day dedicated sessions, each dealing with a specific source. The
    goal of this workshop was to update the participants on the state of the analysis and to identify
    possible measures to reduce the unintentional release of microplastics, including pellets, into the
    environment. A background note was sent out in advance to all participants to enable a useful
    discussion.
    The participants were split into 4 groups to increase participation and discussion. The groups
    performed two activities:
    1. Identification of measures and classification into different categories and vote from the
    participants on which were their preferred measures to reduce emissions to the environment.
    105
    2. Analysis of the 20 measures which received the most votes using a matrix of effectiveness
    against technical feasibility. The scale was from 0 to 5, with 0 being an ineffective measure
    or a non-feasible measure and 5 being an extremely effective measure to tackle emissions or
    a measure that could be easily implemented.
    • 22 November 2021 – Textiles
    Overall, 155 measures (including duplicates and measures that could be grouped together) were
    identified by 44 participants (actively involved in the activities) out of more than 152 participants in
    total to the workshop.
    • 24 November 2021 – Tyres
    Overall, 205 measures (including duplicates and measures that could be grouped together) were
    identified by 49 participants (actively involved in the activities) out of more than 80 participants in
    total to the workshop.
    • 25 November 2021 – Pellets
    Overall, 173 measures (including duplicates and measures that could be grouped together) were
    identified by 41 participants (actively involved in the activities) out of more than 70 participants in
    total to the workshop.
    After the breakout sessions, a plenary session was organised where the measures were presented and
    discussed with stakeholders.
    5.3 Third stakeholder workshop: 17 February 2022
    This workshop focused on the new sources (paints, detergent capsules and geotextiles) as the scope
    of the analysis was expanded to these sources. It was attended by more than 100 participants. The
    presentation of the analysis was made along with the problem definition specific to the new sources.
    The methodological approach was explained to stakeholders and inputs were requested.
    5.4 Fourth stakeholder workshop: 17 March 2022
    The goal of this workshop was to update the participants on the state of the analysis and to identify
    possible measures to reduce unintentional release of microplastics, including pellets, into the
    environment. A background note was sent out in advance to all participants to enable a useful
    discussion. It was organised in 3 breakout sessions, one each on paints, detergent capsules and
    geotextiles.
    The paint session was attended by 42 participants and 61 ideas about potential measures were
    collected.
    The geotextiles session was attended by 28 participants and 58 ideas about potential measures were
    collected.
    The detergent capsules session was attended by 25 participants and 9 ideas about potential measures
    were collected.
    After the breakout sessions, a plenary session was organised where the measures were presented and
    discussed with stakeholders.
    106
    5.5 Fifth stakeholder workshop: 21 March 2022
    This workshop presented the progress on tyres, pellets and textiles, in particular the screening of
    measures and initial analysis of impacts of these measures. The workshop was attended by more than
    200 participants.
    5.6 Sixth stakeholder workshop dedicated to Member States representatives: 23 March 2022
    This dedicated workshop presented the progress on all six sources and feedback was collected from
    MS representatives. The meeting was attended by 27 participants including participants from the
    Commission.
    5.7 Seventh stakeholder workshop on pellets: 12 December 2022
    This dedicated workshop engaged in an in-depth discussion on baseline and policy options related to
    pellets. The meeting was attended by 53 participants covering NGOs, industry, and some Member
    States.
    6 SME CONSULTATION
    As an important part of the pellets volume is handled by SMEs, a dedicated SME consultation was
    carried out. The results can be found in Annex 12.
    7 BILATERAL CONSULTATIONS
    Extensive consultations were made with stakeholders (in particular, industry representatives relevant
    for the six sources, NGOs, as well various Commission services and other EU organisations such as
    EEA). An online tracker was maintained on the status and outcome of these meetings, which was
    regularly shared with DG ENV.
    The objective of these meetings was to collect feedback on different steps of the analysis and seek
    additional data and evidence. The excel file indicating these consultations was made available
    through Teams.
    107
    Annex 3:
    Who is affected and how?
    1 PRACTICAL IMPLICATIONS OF THE INITIATIVE ON PELLETS
    This annex sets out the practical implications of the preferred option for the various types of
    stakeholders concerned. The table below summarises such implications. This is followed by a
    summary per impact (economic, environmental, social), and overview tables for the preferred option.
    Stakeholders
    Businesses and
    the economy at
    large
    Businesses will benefit from the reduction of pellet losses and, therefore, from the
    reduction of adverse impacts linked to pellet losses. Reducing pellet losses will have
    positive knock-on economic effects on pellet businesses including reduced waste, less
    legacy pellet pollution, modernised equipment, improved staff awareness, reduced
    fire risk and improved reputation. On reduced waste, the analysis has demonstrated
    that for businesses owning the pellets, there would be an economic gain of EUR 25-
    141 million, thanks to the 25-141 thousand tonnes of pellets that would not
    be lost anymore (1000 EUR/t). It will also save annually 98 000 – 551 000 tonnes
    of GHG emissions. It is also expected that the playing field will be levelled, thus
    reinforcing the position of companies applying measures vis-à-vis companies that do
    not apply such measures, which would be beneficial for the sector as a whole.
    In areas that are particularly affected by pellet losses, reducing such losses will also
    have positive knock-on economic effects on commercial fishing and agriculture as
    well as recreation and tourism.
    At the same time, Option 1 “Mandatory standardised methodology” will have one-off
    costs for developing and testing the methodology that would have a higher impact on
    SMEs. Option 2b “Mandatory requirements” will entail direct compliance costs for
    every pellet handling company. In particular, the option will entail both adjustment
    (e.g. investing in equipment) and administrative (e.g. notifying certification) costs, as
    well as charges (i.e. auditing and certification by independent private bodies). The
    pellet industry will bear these costs. As it is already moving towards both the
    application of measures and a system of external auditing and certification, the direct
    economic costs will only be higher than those envisaged in the baseline for those firms
    that will not take actions in the meanwhile. In addition, this option foresees a series
    of mitigation measures (Option 2b) to alleviate the direct economic costs on the micro
    and small companies present in the pellet supply chain to mitigate concerns from
    SMEs (e.g. lack of staff/time, lack of information on risks and solutions and lack of
    financial resources). These measures will prevent these actors, who only represent a
    minor share of pellet losses, to make these costly investments which would have
    limited environmental benefits. It can thus be recommended.
    There would be cost savings thanks to the single harmonised measurement
    methodology to assemble the loss data and lower verification costs (option 1). The
    subsequent implementation costs of this methodology will be for industry, but they
    are already fully covered by their reporting obligation under the new REACH
    restriction. Therefore, the additional reporting under Option 2b (compliance) would
    result only in a very minor cost.
    The analysis undertaken shows that the market benefits of reducing pellet losses
    outweigh the costs of the measures needed to meet mandatory requirements.
    108
    Public
    authorities/admini
    strations
    Under Option 1, there will be costs for developing the harmonised measurement
    methodology, which could be borne by industry and/or public authorities. There could
    be cost for public authorities to assemble the loss data.
    Under option 2, increasing the stringency of requirements and of implementation can
    be expected to lead to an increase in direct administrative and enforcement costs on
    public authorities (e.g. public register, data collection, verification, correction and in
    the case of non-compliance, corrective measures and, where relevant, penalties).
    End Users Citizens, consumers and the society in general will benefit from better understanding
    of pellet losses under Option 1. Option 2b “Mandatory requirements” will result in a
    reduction of pellet losses to a level consistent with the Commission’s overall
    microplastic releases reduction target of 30% by 2030, thus bringing overall benefits
    for citizens, consumers and the society in general.
    Economic impacts on businesses - summary
    Impact
    categories
    Qualitative
    scoring of
    impact
    Affected
    stakeholders
    Description of impact
    Adjustment
    costs and
    conduct of
    business
    - Pellet
    manufacturers
    (virgin pellets),
    plastics recyclers
    (recycled
    pellets), pellet
    convertors,
    pellet
    transporters and
    storage operators
    There will be additional costs to put in place
    measures to prevent and contain pellet spills and
    losses. However, as the industry is already
    moving towards an OCS certification scheme, a
    part of industry will have anticipated these
    additional costs.
    Operators (including SMEs) will also benefit
    economically thanks to modernised equipment,
    improved reputation, reduced waste and a level
    playing field.
    Administrative
    burdens on
    businesses
    - Same as above The administrative burden will increase because
    of reporting requirements for the certification
    scheme, beyond the existing voluntary scheme.
    Operation /
    conduct of
    SMEs
    - /0 SMEs represent
    a significant
    share of the
    pellet supply
    chain, especially
    converters and
    logistics, and
    will be affected
    The impact will be in terms of measures needed
    to prevent and contain pellet spills and losses
    and reporting requirements for the certification
    scheme. Option 2b sets lighter requirements for
    micro- and small enterprises.
    Functioning of
    the internal
    market and
    competition
    0 All actors in the
    pellet supply
    chain
    If action is taken at EU level, the functioning of
    the internal market can be improved (same
    obligations on every operator, level playing
    field among them). The additional estimated
    cost of option 2b would represent about 0.13%
    of the EU plastics sector turnover, which would
    have a minor impact on its competitive
    advantage.
    109
    Impact
    categories
    Qualitative
    scoring of
    impact
    Affected
    stakeholders
    Description of impact
    Public
    authorities:
    Change in costs
    to authorities for
    compliance and
    enforcement
    activities
    0/- Member State
    competent
    authorities
    The impact would be low or negative.
    Depending on their pellet responsibilities (data
    collection, verification, correction and
    enforcement), they will need to manage the
    monitoring, enforcement and receive the data
    from companies, so there might be additional
    human resources needed.
    Public
    authorities:
    Change in costs
    to the
    Commission
    - European
    Commission /
    and EU
    institutions
    There might be costs involved with the
    development of a measurement standard, but
    there are cost savings in the existing reporting
    obligations towards ECHA.
    Innovation and
    research
    -/+ Researchers The development of a measurement standard
    (under option 1) will improve knowledge on
    plastic pellet losses.
    Third countries
    and
    international
    relations
    +/- Third countries No direct effects expected. As with other
    legislation, third countries could set up similar
    measures as a consequence of this initiative.
    Consumers and
    household (end
    users)
    0/- Households Measures could lead to a very slight increase in
    the price of plastic pellets, and therefore plastic
    products. However, industry might choose to
    absorb this increase, meaning consumers would
    not be impacted.
    110
    Environmental impacts - summary
    Impact
    category
    Qualitative
    scoring of
    impact
    Affected
    stakeholders
    Description of impact
    Quality of
    natural
    resources
    +++ General
    public
    Reduced pellets loss to the environment will results in
    a better quality of natural resources, improved eco-
    systems, improved biodiversity and improved services
    for the economy and society (e.g. fisheries), with the
    general public being the affected group.
    Efficient use
    of raw
    materials
    + Plastic
    industry
    Less pellet losses leads directly to the more efficient
    use of pellets
    International
    environmental
    impacts
    ++ General
    public, sea
    food
    industry
    Pollution caused by pellet loss affects both cross-
    border river basins and the seas and is, therefore, an
    important international impact. Reduced pellet loss
    will therefore lead to improved ecosystems and
    biodiversity globally.
    Waste
    production,
    generation
    and recycling
    and its impact
    on land use
    + Wastewater
    treatment
    companies
    Potentially
    tourism and
    agricultural
    sectors
    The accumulation of pellets may impact wastewater
    treatment infrastructure. If not properly managed,
    pellets can pile up in certain areas (such as coastal
    areas) and negatively impact other activities (tourism).
    As well as agriculture as around half of the sludge
    from wastewater is applied on agricultural land.
    Climate
    change
    + No specific
    group is
    impacted
    Reducing pellet loss will lead to less GHG emissions,
    as less plastics will be needed. There could be indirect
    effects on plankton growth.
    Social impacts - summary
    Impact
    category
    Qualitative
    scoring of
    impact
    Affected
    stakeholders
    Description of impact
    Public
    health and
    safety
    + Public &
    pellet value
    chain
    employees
    There are potential health impacts caused by
    microplastics, thus a reduction in pellet loss will
    reduce risks to human health. Fewer pellet spills will
    also increase safety at work.
    Affected
    populations
    + Populations
    in affected
    areas
    Reducing pellet losses will alleviate negative effects
    on affected populations, for example, by improving
    tourism, recreation, agriculture, and fishing.
    Employment + Plastics
    industry &
    public
    authorities
    The measures will create more job opportunities in the
    plastic sector, and more widely in public authorities if
    additional resources are required for the compliance
    checks.
    111
    2 SUMMARY OF COSTS AND BENEFITS
    The following table outlines the benefits, both direct and indirect, of the preferred option.
    I. Overview of Benefits (total for all provisions) – Preferred Option
    Description Amount Comments
    Direct benefits
    Reduction in pellet
    losses
    Measures under the preferred option could
    potentially result in the reduction of pellet
    losses to the environment in the range of
    25 142 to 140 621 tonnes by 2030, which
    will reduce adverse impacts on water
    resources (both marine and freshwater and
    management wastewater).
    As the reduction potential of all
    measures under the preferred option
    cannot be calculated, this estimation
    is conservative. All stakeholders
    will benefit because this will result
    in better environmental quality.
    Improved
    understanding of
    pellet loss pathways
    and mechanisms in
    reaching the
    environment
    The measurement standard and reporting
    will improve the availability of data on pellet
    losses.
    This benefit will be mostly for the
    industry and public authorities. This
    will be of much use in designing
    better products, monitoring the
    effectiveness of reduction measures.
    Creation of a level-
    playing field
    Option 2b will create a level playing field
    among different actors within the plastic
    value chain. It will also bring a competitive
    advantage to the EU industry by improving
    its global reputation around environmental
    protection and moving towards a circular
    economy. Better pellet management will
    increase the image of the EU industry.
    It could also negatively affect the
    competitiveness of the EU industry
    if a downstream actor in the value
    chain imports pellets from outside
    the EU, which could be cheaper in
    the absence of regulatory
    requirements.
    Indirect benefits
    Safer work
    environment
    The measure will reduce the amount of pellet
    spills and benefit the safety of employees
    working throughout the pellet chain by
    reducing their chances of falling. As a result,
    there will be fewer work accidents
    contributing to a safer work environment.
    Healthier soil The measure will reduce the quantities of
    pellets in soil due to less losses through direct
    spills or through the use of sewage sludge as
    a fertiliser.
    112
    Benefits to ecosystem
    services
    The measure will reduce the quantities of
    pellets in affected areas, having knock-on
    effects on sectors such as tourism and
    recreation (increased attractivity of the
    region), fisheries (less pellets being absorbed
    by marine animals) and agriculture (less
    pellets being released on soils).
    Reduced costs for
    affected populations
    The measure will reduce the need for local
    populations to finance clean-up operations
    following a spill.
    (1) Estimates are gross values relative to the baseline for the preferred option as a whole (i.e. the impact of individual
    actions/obligations of the preferred option are aggregated together); (2) Please indicate which stakeholder group is the
    main recipient of the benefit in the comment section;(3) For reductions in regulatory costs, please describe details as to
    how the saving arises (e.g. reductions in adjustment costs, administrative costs, regulatory charges, enforcement costs,
    etc.;).
    The following table provides an overview of the costs of the preferred option.
    113
    II. Overview of costs – Preferred option
    Citizens/Consumers Businesses Administrations
    One-off Recurrent One-off Recurrent One-off Recurren
    t
    Action
    (a)
    Direct
    adjustment costs
    No one-off
    cost
    A possible
    minor
    increase in
    the price of
    pellets could
    be passed on
    to the
    downstream
    users and,
    ultimately
    citizens
    because of
    an increase
    in the price
    of plastic
    products.
    The businesses
    need to adapt
    their operations
    and
    administrative
    procedures to
    the new
    requirements by
    the preferred
    option.
    Developing the
    measurement
    standard (option
    1) will entail
    adjustment costs
    between EUR
    1.3 – 3.2
    million,
    however
    compensated by
    recurrent
    savings in using
    a single method
    and in reporting.
    Costs for
    applying the
    methodology
    developed
    under option 1
    for
    monitoring
    however
    compensated
    by recurrent
    savings on
    reporting.
    Actions for
    implementing
    pellet loss
    reduction
    measures
    (EUR 332 to
    447 million of
    pellets
    handled
    during
    production,
    processing or
    logistics
    operations).
    Businesses
    could choose
    to absorb
    these or pass
    them on to
    consumers.
    Administra
    tions
    would
    potentially
    directly
    support the
    investment
    s needed to
    develop
    new
    methodolo
    gies and
    standards
    (option 1).
    Administr
    ations will
    need to
    ensure the
    enforceme
    nt of EU
    law on
    pellets and
    review the
    reports
    submitted.
    Direct
    administrative
    costs
    None None
    Setting up
    systems in
    businesses for
    administrative
    procedures to
    report pellet
    EUR 43.9
    million from
    the costs for
    internal
    assessment
    (EUR 30.8
    million),
    external audit
    and/or
    certification
    and
    Setting up
    systems in
    Member
    States for
    administrat
    ive
    procedures
    (EUR 36
    Costs
    (EUR 125
    000) for
    enforceme
    nt and
    analysis of
    the
    reported
    data.
    114
    losses (EUR 0.1
    million 5
    ).
    notification
    (EUR 12.9
    million), and
    minor costs
    (EUR 0.2
    million) for
    data
    collection,
    verification,
    correction and
    enforcement,
    but more cost
    savings
    expected in
    the existing
    reporting.
    700 6
    ),
    including
    setting up a
    register of
    certified
    companies.
    Direct
    regulatory fees
    and charges
    None None
    None Only if public
    authorities
    decide to put
    fees in place.
    None None
    Direct
    enforcement
    costs
    None None
    Putting in place
    administrative
    procedures.
    Minor costs
    for
    notification.
    Putting in
    place
    administrat
    ive
    procedures
    , including
    measures
    for
    ensuring
    complianc
    e.
    Costs for
    enforceme
    nt and
    analysis of
    the
    reported
    data.
    (1) Estimates (gross values) to be provided with respect to the baseline; (2) costs are provided for each identifiable
    action/obligation of the preferred option otherwise for all retained options when no preferred option is specified; (3) If
    relevant and available, please present information on costs according to the standard typology of costs (adjustment costs,
    administrative costs, regulatory charges, enforcement costs, indirect costs;).
    5
    Total initial cost are EUR 0.5 million for businesses, which have been annualised over a 5 year period using a discount
    rate of 3% (0.5 hour for medium and large businesses and 0.25 hour for small and micro businesses and using EU
    average wages (29 €/hour)). It is estimated that the internal assessment is already covering most of the related cost.
    6
    Total initial cost are EUR 313 000 million for public authorities, which have been annualised over a 10 year period
    using a discount rate of 3% (50 person days in average for each Member State using EU average wages (29 €/hour)).
    115
    III. Application of the ‘one in, one out’ approach – Preferred option
    [44 M€]
    One-off
    (annualised total net present
    value over the relevant period)
    Recurrent
    (nominal values per year)
    Total
    Businesses
    New administrative
    burdens (INs)
    Setting up systems in
    businesses for administrative
    procedures to report pellet
    losses (EUR 0.1 million7
    ).
    Costs for internal assessments,
    external auditing and certification
    of about EUR 43.9 million:
    - internal assessment – EUR 30.8
    million
    - external audit and/or certificate –
    EUR 12.9 million
    - filling forms and tables – EUR
    0.2 million (for notifying public
    authorities of the certification).
    EUR 44 mln €
    Removed
    administrative
    burdens (OUTs)
    None None None
    Net administrative
    burdens*
    EUR 0.1 mln € EUR 43.9 mln € EUR 44 mln €
    Adjustment costs**
    The businesses need to adapt
    their operations and
    administrative procedures to
    the new requirements by the
    preferred option.
    Developing the measurement
    standard (option 1) will entail
    adjustment costs between EUR
    1.3 – 3.2 million, however
    compensated by recurrent
    savings in using a single
    method and in reporting.
    Costs for applying the methodology
    developed under option 1 for
    monitoring however compensated by
    recurrent savings on reporting.
    Actions for implementing pellet loss
    reduction measures (EUR 332 to 447
    million of pellets handled during
    production, processing or logistics
    operations).
    Businesses could choose to absorb
    these or pass them on to consumers.
    Citizens
    New administrative
    burdens (INs)
    None None None
    Removed
    administrative
    burdens (OUTs)
    None None None
    Net administrative
    burdens*
    None None None
    Adjustment costs** None
    A possible minor increase in the
    price of pellets could be passed on to
    the downstream users and, ultimately
    citizens because of an increase in the
    price of plastic products.
    7
    Total initial cost are EUR 0.5 million for businesses, which have been annualised over a 5 year period using a discount
    rate of 3% (0.5 hour for medium and large businesses and 0.25 hour for small and micro businesses and using EU
    average wages (29 €/hour)). It is estimated that the internal assessment is already covering most of the related cost.
    116
    Total administrative
    burdens***
    EUR 0.1 mln € EUR 43.9 mln € EUR 44 mln €
    (*) Net administrative burdens = INs – OUTs;
    (**) Adjustment costs falling under the scope of the OIOO approach are the same as reported in Table 2 above. Non-
    annualised values;
    (***) Total administrative burdens = Net administrative burdens for businesses + net administrative burdens for citizens.
    3 RELEVANT SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT GOALS
    The following table sets out the Sustainable Development Goals which are of relevance to the
    preferred option.
    III. Overview of relevant Sustainable Development Goals – Preferred Option
    Relevant SDG Expected progress towards the Goal Comments
    SDG 14 – Conserve and
    sustainably use the
    oceans, seas and marine
    resources for sustainable
    development
    A reduction in the amount of pellet losses to
    the marine environment.
    SDG 2 – Ensure healthy
    lives and promote well-
    being for all at all ages
    Reduced microparticles from degradation and
    fragmentation of pellets also contribute to air
    pollution that is one of the causes for
    respiratory diseases. Similarly, reducing
    pellets losses into water will also ensure a less
    polluted food chain.
    SDG 12 - Ensure
    sustainable consumption
    and production patterns
    Reducing pellet losses leads to a more
    efficient use of resources (here, pellets) and
    thus more sustainable production patterns.
    117
    Annex 4:
    Analytical methods
    1 METHODOLOGY USED FOR THE INITIATIVE ON PELLETS
    The methodology to develop this initiative follows the Commission Better Regulation Guidelines.
    These guidelines place an emphasis on the need for analysis to rely on evidence-based knowledge
    and scientifically robust methods.
    There are significant knowledge gaps in the field of pellet losses, but it is an active field of research,
    and new evidence is appearing every day in scientific journals, national policy and international
    initiatives from multilateral organisations (e.g. OECD, UN), industry-led voluntary initiatives and
    civil society organisations. Main assumptions used in this impact assessment are presented below.
    Stakeholders were consulted to ensure the plausibility of these assumptions.
    All calculations were done for a base year, 2030.
    Assumptions for pellet production in the EU
    The data sources and assumptions used to estimate the total quantity of pellet production volumes
    and projections until 2030 are the following:
    • 2019 is taken as the base year, as 2020 is an outlier because of COVID, and we are seeing
    positive growth trends again from 2021;
    • For virgin pellets, the projections are made from 2019 figures8
    ; a growth rate of 0.9% per
    year is assumed till 20309
    ;
    • The source for recycled pellets production data (2019-2021) is Plastic Recyclers Europe; a
    growth rate of 5.6% per year is assumed10
    ;
    • The source for bio-based pellets production data (2019-2021) is Plastics Europe; for a growth
    rate CAGR of 14% for 2022-202711
    , and the same trend is assumed to continue till 2030;
    • Pellets imports and exports figures for virgin pellets are from Eurostat; a growth rate of 0.9%
    is assumed till 2030.
    Assumptions for quantifying chronic pellet losses
    There is no harmonised methodology for measuring pellet losses. Neither pellet loss measurements
    have been made at different steps of the value chain, nor are any systemic monitoring and reporting
    data available within the Member States or the industry to calculate the pellet losses. Hence, it is
    impossible to establish exact figures on pellet losses at each step because it depends on the installation
    size, actors involved, management practices, etc., and all these aspects are very heterogeneous in the
    8
    Plastics Europe changed the calculation method in 2021, excluding adhesives, paints and coatings, thus not used to
    be coherent with previous year estimates and also with import/export figures
    9
    Plastics Europe and SystemIQ
    10
    K 2022 - Trend Report Europe https://www.k-online.com/en/Media_News/Press/Technical_article/K_2022_-
    _Trend_Report_Europe
    11
    Nova Institute (2023) Bio-based Building Blocks and Polymers Global Capacities, Production and Trends 2022–2027
    https://renewable-carbon.eu/publications/product/bio-based-building-blocks-and-polymers-global-capacities-
    production-and-trends-2022-2027-short-version-pdf/
    118
    EU. Approaches to quantifying the amount of pellets entering the environment typically apply a ‘loss
    rate’ to the pellet volume handled. Robust empirical evidence is scarce to inform a ‘loss rate’ at
    different steps. However, the greater the number of steps at which pellets are handled, the greater the
    opportunities for loss.
    The following loss rates were assumed for calculating the losses occurring at four major steps:
    production, processing, recycling and logistics. It is estimated that losses happen at a higher rate at
    processing and recycling installations because of relatively small installations and a large number of
    steps than at production ones, and at an even higher rate during logistics operations.
    • Production: 0.01% - 0.03%
    • Processing: 0.02%-0.06%
    • Recycling: 0.02%-0.06%
    • Logistics: 0.03%-0.12%
    These rates account for the major handling steps in production, processing, recycling and logistics
    phases and do not take account of other handling steps occurring in other phases (e.g. distribution),
    for which no information is available. These figures are, therefore, at the same time uncertain due to
    the lack of a standardised methodology to measure pellet losses and scarce data.
    Pellet loss calculations were made using these ranges of pellet loss ratios (lower and higher figures)
    for the four types of operations, namely virgin pellet production, recycling, pellet processing and
    logistics. These pellet loss ratios are applied to the volume of pellets handled during different steps
    of the plastic value chain.
    Table 41: Pellet losses (tonnes per year) per sector and per size of the companies in 2030
    Micro Small Medium Large Total
    Production 0 0 0 8051 – 24 153 8051 – 24 153
    Waste
    management,
    including
    recycling
    0 0 0 2743 – 8228 2743 – 8228
    Conversion 727 – 2182 2909 – 8727 6644 – 19 930 8284 – 24 852 18 564 – 55 691
    Logistics
    2801 – 11 203 5334 – 21 334 8372 – 33 488 16 314 – 65 258 32 821 – 131 283
    Total
    3528 – 13 385 8243 – 30 061 15 015 – 53 418 35 392 – 122 491 62 178 – 219 355
    Impact of existing initiatives in reducing pellet losses
    The assumptions used for estimating the impact of the voluntary initiatives (OCS certification and
    RecyClass) and legislation in Member States (France) in terms of reduction of pellet losses in 2030
    are the following.
    119
    • Production: 90% of the total virgin pellet volume produced (by the members of Plastics
    Europe) and 5% for the non-Plastics Europe members will be certified compliant against OCS
    new rules and will be effectively implementing such rules with a success rate ranging from
    60% to 80%;
    • Recycling: 20% of the total recycled pellet volume will be certified compliant against
    RecyClass pellet provisions and will be effectively implementing the new provisions with a
    success rate ranging from 40% to 60%;
    • Processing: 30% of the total volume processed will be certified compliant against OCS’ new
    rules and will be effectively implementing such rules with a success rate ranging from 40%
    to 60%;
    • Logistics: 40% of the total volume handled by logistics companies will be SQAS assessed
    and will be effectively implementing such a scheme with a success rate ranging from 40% to
    60%.
    • French legislation: It will cover about 85% of the French pellet volume (about 10% of the EU
    volume), leading to a 60-80% pellet loss reduction in 2030.
    Assumptions taken in the calculation of the impacts of certain options
    The assumptions used for estimating the costs of the measures for the relevant industry were based
    on data from the industry and Eurostat and are the following:
    • Converters: The average costs for a small, medium and large converting enterprise, were
    calculated based from the converting industry data. They were based on Belgium and West-
    European figures. A correction factor (based on the relation between a Belgium and EU
    average salary) was used. The costs for the micro-enterprises were extrapolated from the three
    other categories.
    • Producers: Large enterprise costs for converters were applied to plastic producers (including
    virgin and recycled plastics, export and import) as they are generally large companies.
    • Logistics: It was also assumed that the structure of the whole transport sector (goods) could
    be applied on the subsector of transport dealing with pellets. The same assumption was made
    to the storage providers. The costs for the logistics operators (transport and storage providers,
    cleaning stations) were based on the basic assumption that the measures needed to be taken
    by a logistics enterprise are largely similar to a plastic converter enterprise. As an important
    part of the cost are related to personnel, it was assumed that an enterprise with the same
    number of persons would occur the same cost structure, and this for the main types: micro-,
    small, medium and large enterprises. Assumptions per industry (for each enterprise type):
    o storage providers, the same cost as for converters;
    o transport providers, no costs related to equipment and investments, only to personnel,
    external auditing and miscellaneous. It was assumed that 50% of the micro-enterprises
    in the transport sector will be subject to additional costs.
    o no additional costs for tank cleaning stations as those dealing with pellets are already
    complying with SQAS which has similar requirements.
    As the industry has already started implementing some of the proposed measures through their
    voluntary programs, such as OCS CS and RecyClass, some of these costs will already be incurred in
    the business-as-usual scenario, i.e. under the baseline. For this, the average of the assumptions used
    under “Impact of existing initiatives in reducing pellet losses” were used.
    120
    The total cost for enterprises was then calculated based on the volume (tonnes) of pellets handled by
    enterprise type. For the plastic converters and producers, it was calculated on a per tonne basis, using
    cost figures for a typical plant for each enterprise type. For the transport and storage providers, it was
    calculated per enterprise within each enterprise type. The cost calculation was made using ranges
    (lower and higher figures). Therefore, lower figure of the cost scenario is linked with lower figure of
    the pellet reduction scenario and higher costs are linked to higher pellet reduction. Therefor one
    should compare lower figure of a range of one option with the lower figure of a range of another
    option, (or the higher figure of a range over the different options).
    Uncertainties and data gaps
    The principal uncertainty comes from the loss rates used for production, recycling, processing, and
    logistics. There are uncertainties regarding the potential success of existing and upcoming measures
    on the reduction of pellet loss.
    There are data gaps on the structure of the sector (except for converters and producers), as well as
    on the exact costs and benefits that should be attributed under the different options, leading to some
    uncertainties. However, this could be solved using the assumptions as explained before.
    There are very few data available on the packaging used within the sector, and the impact packaging
    has on pellet losses.
    2 OVERVIEW OF METHODOLOGICAL STEPS
    1. The first step was to define the problem for which extensive desk research was conducted, as well
    as workshops with stakeholders and experts. The objective was to identify the main sources of
    microplastics and their relative contribution to microplastics present in the environment. While
    three main sources (pellets production and use, tyre abrasion, and synthetic textiles) were evident
    from the existing knowledge, more research and consultation led to the addition of three sources
    in the scope of this initiative: paints, detergent capsules, and geotextiles. These six sources were
    chosen due to the magnitude of their contribution to microplastic releases in the environment.
    Overall, these six sources cover up around 90% of the total microplastic emissions in the EU.
    2. While this initiative in the end only focusses on pellets, analytical work was first undertaken for
    all the sources identified. The analytical work on the other sources (paints, tyres, geotextiles,
    textiles and detergent capsules) is presented in Annex 15 and shows that there is potential to
    reduce and prevent unintentional microplastic releases from these 5 sources. In line with Better
    Regulation guidelines, they were not pursued here as the preliminary analysis demonstrated that
    existing or forthcoming instruments were better suited to targeting those sources, and/or that
    additional data needs to be collected on cost-effectiveness and on the impacts of alternatives. A
    major conclusion of this preliminary analysis is the lack of established methodology to estimate
    the amount of microplastics released of these six product groups.
    3. The information collected on pellets was, however, deemed sufficient for action to be taken.
    Especially, as there is currently no existing EU legislation specifically addressing plastic pellets
    as a form of pollution occurring along the entire supply chain.
    4. While analysing pellets’ contribution to microplastic releases, a major problem was identified:
    current practices for handling pellets lead to losses at each stage in the supply chain, causing
    adverse environmental and (potential) human health impacts.
    5. Deriving from this problem, several problem drivers were identified, namely market failure due
    to prices not reflecting negative externalities, market failure in the shape of imperfect information,
    and regulatory failure as existing EU legislation does not address pellets sufficiently.
    121
    6. The problem and its drivers led to the overall objective to prevent and reduce pellet losses to the
    environment that are due to current handling pellet practices at all stages of the supply chain.
    Three more specific objectives were also set out: reduce pellet losses to a level consistent with
    the 30% reduction target for microplastic releases by 2030 set out by the EU Zero Pollution
    Action Plan, improve information on pellet losses, and ensure appropriate mitigation of impacts
    for SMEs.
    7. To achieve these objectives, it was essential to identify policy options that could reduce pellet
    losses. These options were selected based on available literature and input from stakeholders,
    either bilateral or in stakeholder workshops, including a workshop organised in December 2022
    to specifically address pellets, the related baseline and preferred option. Information provided in
    response to the Inception Impact Assessment and the Public Consultation was also taken into
    account along with the findings of a survey carried out between January and February 2023
    targeting only SMEs active in the pellet supply chain.
    8. The measures within these policy options had previously been selected been selected from a first
    long list of measures, according to the screening criteria of the Better Regulation Guidelines and
    in coordination with stakeholders and the Inter-Service Consultation group.
    9. Following the assessment of the different options in terms of their environmental, economic and
    social impacts on different stakeholders and society, these options were compared, and a preferred
    option was constructed.
    10. To calculate the impact for the enterprises, who are dealing with the plastics pellets in the supply
    chain, data from industry and Eurostat was taken into account.
    122
    Annex 5: Competitiveness Check
    1 OVERVIEW OF IMPACTS ON COMPETITIVENESS
    Aspect of competitiveness Magnitude
    (++, +, 0,, -, -- or n.a.)
    Reference to
    description in main
    IA report or annex
    Costs and prices - Sections 6 and 8.2
    Annexes 3 and 11
    Capacity to innovate N/A N/A
    International competitiveness - Sections 6 and 8.2
    Annexes 3 and 11
    SME competitiveness - Section 8.2.3
    Annex 12
    2 ASSESSMENT AND EXPLANATION
    The turnover of the plastics sector in the EU27 in 2021 was EUR 405 billion. Therefore, the additional
    estimated costs of the preferred option would represent about 0.13% of the EU plastics sector
    turnover and are considered to be limited. The costs are expected to be greater in the short term but
    lower in the longer term once the appropriate systems and processes are in place and training
    undertaken. There will be some cost savings as a result of reduced losses to the environment (as
    pellets are a raw material). The proposal will encompass all actors in the pellet supply chain creating
    a level playing field in the EU. Some sectors currently impacted by pellet losses will benefit from the
    proposal e.g. agriculture, tourism.
    The additional costs are likely to have a very minor negative impact on the international
    competitiveness of the EU pellet producers, as their competitors outside the EU will not be subject
    to the requirements (although logistical operators importing pellets will have to comply within the
    EU). However, the EU companies will have a first mover advantage if/when other countries adopt
    similar requirements, e.g. through an international agreement such as the Global Plastic Treaty.
    The proposal will make a positive impact on the capacity to innovate as different actors of the value
    chain will develop solutions to minimise pellet spills in order to optimise their costs for controlling
    pellet losses.
    A targeted SME consultation was undertaken to understand the potential impacts of different options
    for SMEs including on their competitiveness. Feedback indicated that the direct economic impacts
    of all the requirements would be too high to be sustainable for micro and small companies, as well
    as companies with capacities below 1000t. As a result, the proposal includes lighter requirements for
    SMEs to mitigate potential impacts by setting less obligations (e.g. no internal assessment) for micro-
    and small companies and a longer implementation period for medium companies. There is a balance
    to be sought between the magnitude of cost effects on SMEs, and reducing pellet losses. We believe
    that the preferred option reaches the appropriate balance, but should the college want to go further,
    additional lighter requirements (not foreseen in sub-option 2b) are assessed and outlined in Box 4
    and Box 5. These might help reduce administrative costs for micro-, small and medium companies,
    along with carriers transporting pellets, but will increase pellet losses.
    123
    Annex 6:
    Legislation and actions relevant to reducing pellet losses to the EU
    environment
    1 EU POLICIES
    1.1 The REACH restriction on intentionally added microplastics
    A REACH restriction dossier has been in preparation since 2018 on intentionally added
    microplastics, covering also some aspects related to pellets. The Commission published a proposal
    for a restriction under Annex XVII of REACH. It was adopted on 25 September 202312
    . The EU-
    wide restriction covers intentionally added microplastics in multiple applications including
    agriculture, horticulture, cosmetic products, paints, coatings, detergents, maintenance products,
    medical and pharmaceutical applications, and rubber infill in artificial sport surfaces. It is estimated
    that the proposed restriction could result in a reduction in microplastics emissions of about half a
    million tonnes including infill material over 20 years, at an estimated total cost of up to 19 billion
    euros.
    Pellets are very partially covered by the REACH restriction on microplastics intentionally added to
    products13
    . The restriction does not prevent the placing on the market of pellets but does foresee
    lighter measures for so-called ‘derogated’ uses, meaning uses of microplastics at industrial sites,
    including plastic pellet sites, where releases can be prevented through risk management measures.
    These lighter measures are namely an ‘instructions for use and disposal’ requirement along the supply
    chain, and a ‘reporting’ requirement. The latter applies to pellets manufacturers and downstream
    users14
    and aims to gather information on three aspects:
    a) the uses of such microplastics;
    b) the generic identity of the polymers used; and
    c) an estimate of the quantity of microplastics released to the environment on an annual basis, via a
    prescribed electronic format.
    12
    Commission Regulation (EU) …/… amending Annex XVII to Regulation (EC) No 1907/2006 concerning the
    Registration, Evaluation, Authorisation and Restriction of Chemicals (REACH) as regards synthetic polymer
    microparticles.
    13
    European Chemicals Agency, Opinion of the Committee for Risk Assessment and Opinion of the Committee for
    Socio-economic Analysis on an Annex XV dossier proposing restrictions on intentionally-added microplastics,
    ECHA/RAC/RES-O-0000006790-71-01/F and ECHA/SEAC/RES-O-0000006901-74-01/F, 2020, p.49
    (https://echa.europa.eu/documents/10162/a513b793-dd84-d83a-9c06-e7a11580f366).
    14
    In REACH, ‘downstream users’ are defined as “any natural or legal person established within the Community, other
    than the manufacturer or the importer, who uses a substance, either on its own or in a mixture, in the course of his
    industrial or professional activities. A distributor or a consumer is not a downstream user. A re-importer exempted
    pursuant to Article 2(7)(c) shall be regarded as a downstream user”. Concretely, pellet converters, recyclers as well
    as storing operators who own the pellets would be considered as downstream users under REACH. Transporters are
    not all downstream users but emissions during transport would also need to be reported by the relevant downstream
    user. Instead, would not be covered by the reporting obligation: distributors, storing operators who store the pellets
    for third parties, retailers and consumers. A transitional period of 24 months is set for the entry into force of the
    reporting requirement.
    124
    The reported information on all ‘derogated’ uses would help identify high releases and prioritise them
    for further regulatory risk management. However, as they apply to all ‘derogated’ uses, these lighter
    measures are generally defined and not specific to each single ‘derogated’ use. Also, they do not help
    as such to effectively reduce pellet losses or prevent them (e.g. they are not a requirement on their
    handling), and the reporting requirement is not based on a methodology to measure pellet losses (it
    was left to the industry to develop a methodology).
    Moreover, where ‘instructions for use and disposal’ and ‘reporting’ requirements are proposed, a
    largely qualitative analysis of expected incremental costs to industry was presented based on the
    arguments that the effort needed to fulfil these requirements is expected to be limited and that
    sufficient time is given to the industry to established the efforts needed. In its conclusions, the
    Committee for Socio-economic Analysis (SEAC) agrees that the costs incurred to provide
    ‘instructions for use and disposal’ is likely to be moderate as cost effective communication tools are
    available, the extent of information required is limited and the transition period give actors sufficient
    time to smoothly implement the requirements. Instead, for the reporting requirement, the total costs
    of reporting could be substantial as the number of companies affected is likely to be large. SEAC
    considers that there are different options to reduce such costs, e.g. by excluding certain actors (small
    or micro-sized companies) from the requirement or by setting a threshold for microplastics volumes
    used or released to be reported. However, SEAC cannot draw a firm conclusion on how these
    different options would compromise the value of information obtained and hence the benefits of
    reporting in terms of facilitating better risk management. Moreover, SEAC considers that for certain
    actors in the supply chain, e.g. manufacturers of microplastics, a shorter transition period, i.e. 12
    months, seems to be justified.
    The Commission received the final ECHA opinion on the restriction proposal on 23 February 202115
    .
    Following discussions with Member States, the Commission published its restriction proposal on 30
    August 2022, and it was voted in the REACH Committee on 26 April 2023. The proposal was adopted
    on 25 September by the Commission.
    1.2 The Marine Strategy Framework Directive (MSFD)
    The Marine Strategy Framework Directive (MSFD) addresses the monitoring and assessment of the
    impacts of microlitter, including microplastics, in coastal and marine environments in a way that they
    can be linked to sources16
    . Currently, an update of the first MSFD guidance on monitoring marine
    litter guidance document is under development in view of harmonised methodologies, including to
    the monitoring of the presence and distribution of plastic pellets along the coastline. However, this
    work does not include specific requirements concerning the prevention or reduction of pellet losses
    at the source.
    15
    European Chemicals Agency, Opinion of the Committee for Risk Assessment and Opinion of the Committee for
    Socio-economic Analysis on an Annex XV dossier proposing restrictions on intentionally-added microplastics,
    ECHA/RAC/RES-O-0000006790-71-01/F and ECHA/SEAC/RES-O-0000006901-74-01/F, 2020, p.49
    (https://echa.europa.eu/documents/10162/a513b793-dd84-d83a-9c06-e7a11580f366).
    16
    “…micro-litter shall be monitored in the surface layer of the water column and in the seabed sediment and may
    additionally be monitored on the coastline. Micro-litter shall be monitored in a manner that can be related to point-
    sources for inputs (such as harbours, marinas, waste-water treatment plants, storm-water effluents), where feasible.”
    125
    1.3 The Urban Wastewater Treatment Directive and its revision
    The Urban Wastewater Treatment Directive (UWWT Directive) aims to protect the water
    environment from the adverse effects of discharges of urban wastewater and from certain industrial
    discharges.
    In October 2022, the Commission adopted a proposal for a revised UWWT Directive which contains
    provisions on microplastics (including pellets). The revised Directive proposes to monitor
    microplastics in UWWT plants (including in sludge). It also contains new requirements on storm
    water and urban runoff management (see Article 5 and Annex 15), which will have an impact on
    microplastics.
    Microplastics found in domestic wastewaters originate from the washing of textile, tyre abrasion on
    the roads, detergent capsules, and also from the bad handling of plastic pellets during transport when
    spilled pellets can reach urban wastewater through urban runoff entering combined sewer systems.17
    Heavy rains may lead to overflows which bypass the treatment facilities and result in releases of
    pellets and other (micro)plastics to the environment. If properly implemented, the revised UWWTD
    is expected to cut microplastics emissions by 9% from stormwater overflows by 2040. However, this
    estimate excludes the amount of microplastics coming back to environment with the sewage sludge.
    Most large pellet producers are connected to industrial wastewater treatment plants but some small
    recyclers and processors are connected to UWWT plants18
    . If a spill happens within these connected
    facilities, they may enter the urban wastewater collecting system and reach Urban Wastewater
    Treatment plants.
    Microplastics, including pellets, would appear to be relatively well captured in urban wastewater
    treatment plants,19
    where it is retained in sludge. The UWWTD revision also includes additional
    treatment requirements for larger facilities20
    meaning more microplastics, including pellets, will be
    captured in sludge in the future. The most common use of sludge is to spread it on agriculture so
    about half of microplastics captured in urban wastewater treatment facilities will be released into the
    environment. Sludge, however, also contains valuable nutrients which are beneficial for agriculture,
    so the revised UWWTD will seek to avoid the pollution of sludge, notably by proposing to track and
    trace industry wastewater that is not easily treatable in conventional treatment plants (Art. 14 and
    Art. 20).
    Although we do not have exact estimates, only a minor part of plastic pellets would seem to be
    captured by the urban sewage system and only when connected to urban wastewater treatment. This
    revision would therefore have a limited impact on the overall reduction pellet losses to the
    environment.
    17
    Hann, S., Sherrington, C., Jamieson, O. et al., Investigating options for reducing releases in the aquatic environment
    of microplastics emitted by (but not intentionally added in) products, Eunomia report for the Directorate-General for
    Environment, 2018.
    18
    As informed by recyclers
    19
    According to the UWWTD impact assessment, 80.5% of microplastics are captured after primary treatment, 97.5%
    after secondary treatment and 99.2% after tertiary treatment.
    20
    The revision of the UWWTD introduces mandatory tertiary treatments for all larger facilities treating a load equal to
    or greater than 100 000 p.e. (population equivalent). All agglomerations with a p.e. of 1.000 or more (compared to
    2.000 p.e. and more in the existing Directive), are obliged to proceed to two treatments.
    126
    1.4 The Sewage Sludge Directive
    The Sewage Sludge Directive (SSD) covers the use of sewage sludge in agriculture, while preventing
    harmful effects on soil, waters, vegetation, animals, and humans. The Directive prohibits the use of
    untreated sludge on agricultural land unless it is injected or incorporated into the soil. It also requires
    that sludge is used in such a way that plants’ nutrient requirements are satisfied and that the soil and
    surface and groundwater quality is not impaired. Microplastics are not addressed in the current
    Directive.
    Recent research from the Norwegian Water Institute estimated that “between 110 000 and 730 000
    tonnes of microplastics are transferred every year to agricultural soils in Europe and North
    America”.21,22
    The Sewage Sludge Directive is currently under evaluation. During this evaluation, the concept of
    source control, i.e. targeting substances such as microplastics and micropollutants at source, was
    widely supported by stakeholders to improve circularity in the wastewater treatment sector. Indeed,
    if sludge and/or water is reused, stakeholders highlighted that pollution must be tracked and prevented
    at source. It is not yet clear however which measures will be proposed in its future revision, and
    whether these would target microplastic pollution.
    Other water legislation
    The recast of the Drinking Water Directive (DWD), the update of the Groundwater Directive (GWD)
    and the Environmental Quality Standards Directive (EQSD) all include provisions related to
    downstream microplastics monitoring. Methodologies to monitor microplastics under the DWD will
    be further developed, to the extent possible, for use in groundwater, surface waters and coastal waters.
    Once a harmonised monitoring methodology is in place, microplastics may be included in the surface
    and groundwater watch lists and may be monitored. Subsequently, harmonised monitoring data on
    microplastics will be collected during a period of at least 2 years resulting in quality standards for
    microplastics in surface and groundwater. As for the drinking water, the Commission should adopt
    (by delegated acts) a methodology to measure microplastics by 12 January 2024 with a view to
    including them on the watch list. In addition, the Commission will submit, no later than 12 January
    2029, a report on the potential threat to sources of water intended for human consumption from
    microplastics, pharmaceuticals and, if necessary, other contaminants of emerging concern. The report
    will also address the potential associated health risks.
    1.5 The Industrial Emissions Directive
    The Industrial Emissions Directive (IED)23
    regulating prevention and control of pollution arising
    from industrial activities in large industrial installations is only partially suited to address pellet losses
    as a form of pollution occurring along the entire supply chain. While activities like the production of
    polymeric materials on an industrial scale fall under the scope of the IED, other activities like the
    conversion, storage or transport of pellets, usually operated by small and medium enterprises, are not
    covered. Moreover, the BAT Reference Document (BREF) for the production of polymers was
    adopted in 2007 and does not address the specific issue of pellet losses.
    21
    Hurley, R., & Nizzetto, L., ‘Fate and occurrence of micro(nano)plastics in soils: Knowledge gaps and possible risks’,
    Current Opinion in Environmental Science & Health, Vol. 1, 2018, pp. 6-11, Elsevier BV.
    22
    Water Briefing. (2016, November 7). Sewage sludge: new research warns over microplastics in soil.
    23
    Directive 2010/75/EU on industrial emissions (integrated pollution prevention and control) (recast)
    127
    1.6 The Waste Framework Directive
    The Waste Framework Directive (WFD)24
    lays down basic waste management principles and
    imposes general obligations to Member States to take measures to prevent waste generation. As for
    industrial production and manufacturing those measures shall, at least, contribute to reducing waste
    generation, considering the best available techniques adopted under the IED. Pellets may become
    waste as a substance or object which the holder discards intentionally or unintentionally.
    Member States shall establish waste prevention programmes setting out waste prevention measures.
    Examples of possible measures to be adopted by Member States addressing industrial production and
    distribution are listed in the Directive and include the provision of information on waste prevention
    techniques intending to facilitate the implementation of best available techniques by industry, the
    organisation of training of competent authorities as regards the insertion of waste prevention
    requirements in permits under the WFD and the IED, the inclusion of measures to prevent waste
    production at installations not falling under the IED, awareness campaigns or the provision of
    financial, decision making or other support to businesses, especially small and medium-sized
    enterprises, the use of voluntary agreements, or sectoral negotiations in order that the relevant
    businesses or industrial sectors set their waste prevention plans and the promotion of creditable
    environmental management systems.
    According to Article 29 (5) of the WFD, the Commission shall adopt guidelines to assist Member
    States in preparing their programmes and preventive measures.
    The generic provisions mentioned above have not resulted in any significant reduction of pellet losses
    and there is however no specific action or measure included in the WFD focussing on pellets.
    2 ACTIONS IN MEMBER STATES
    Several EU27 member states have been conducting research on microplastic (including pellets)
    emissions and some of them have even implemented measures to tackle pellet loss as presented in
    Table 42.
    For example, France and Austria have taken legislative measures to curb this pollution.
    The French legislation25
    covers businesses making and handling pellets in quantities higher than 5
    tonnes including logistic platforms but not transporters. The threshold has been reduced from what
    initially proposed i.e. 10 tonnes following public consultation. Businesses are subject to equipment
    and procedural obligations to prevent the loss and leakage of pellets, and are required to be regularly
    audited by independent and accredited certification bodies26
    . Obligations remain of a relatively
    generic nature. For instance, a business must identify areas where pellets are more likely to spill,
    check that the packaging used is designed to minimise the risk of spills and train and raise awareness
    24
    Directive 2008/98/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 19 November 2008 on waste and repealing
    certain Directives (https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/?uri=CELEX%3A02008L0098-20180705).
    25
    Décret no 2021-461 du 16 avril 2021 relatif à la prévention des pertes de granulés de plastiques industriels dans
    l’environnement [Decree n. 2021-461 of 16 April 2021 related to the prevention of the leakage of industrial plastic
    pellets into the environment], Journal official “Lois et Décrets” no. 0092 du 18 avril 2021 [JORF] [Official journal
    “Laws and Decrees” no. 0092 of 18 April 2021], 18 April 2021, Fr.
    26
    Décret no 2021-461 du 16 avril 2021 relatif à la prévention des pertes de granulés de plastiques industriels dans
    l’environnement [Decree n. 2021-461 of 16 April 2021 related to the prevention of the leakage of industrial plastic
    pellets into the environment], Journal official “Lois et Décrets” no. 0092 du 18 avril 2021 [JORF] [Official journal
    “Laws and Decrees” no. 0092 of 18 April 2021], 18 April 2021, Fr.
    128
    among staff. As a unique transparency measure, the company must make the summary of the auditing
    report available on its website. The Decree entered into force on January 1, 2022 for new sites, while
    for existing sites, it will enter into force in 2023, at the same time as equipment obligations.
    The Austrian government has set a threshold for the emissions of filterable substances (pellets are
    considered filterable substances) to the environment. 27
    However, the emission level (30mg/L)
    allowed is significant since companies can release up to 94.5 tonnes of pellets annually into the
    environment.28
    This legislation does not address pellets directly but rather “filterable substances”, to
    which pellets belong. In light of the high volume of pellets losses allowed, it seems that the current
    Austrian legislation on wastewater emissions is not sufficient to reduce pellet loss.
    In 2021, in response to a clear call for sufficiently reliable and comparable data on pellets at the
    European level from OSPAR and the European Task Group for Marine Litter, the Netherlands carried
    out a pilot monitoring project29
    showing that significant amounts of pellets and mesoplastics are
    present on Dutch beaches30
    . In view of these encouraging first results, they will continue the
    monitoring in coming years. Apart from this monitoring activity, there is no Dutch scheme or process
    to tackle pellet losses. Denmark launched a monitoring program, as a part of the Danish Marine
    Strategy (2018-2024), including monitoring of marine litter, analyses of microplastic in sediments,
    as well as analyses of macro and microplastics in the stomachs of two fish species31
    .
    In 2022, the Flemish Authorities consulted with stakeholders on techniques and measures to prevent
    and reduce plastic losses and which Best Available Techniques (BAT) to select. On the basis of this
    consultation, they hope to produce recommendations for Flemish environmental legislation (general
    binding rules and specific environmental permit conditions). In a recent meeting with the
    Commission, an OVAM representative reported that “there are pellet losses around the Port of
    Antwerp”. In recognition of this, the Port of Antwerp has been running the Antwerp Zero Pellet Loss
    Platform since 2017, to optimize the implementation of the European plastic industry voluntary
    programme called ‘OCS’ (see under industry initiatives), in the port of Antwerp.
    Spain’s actions are limited to promoting the implementation of the recently launched European
    plastic industry’s voluntary certification scheme called ‘OCS certification scheme’ (see under
    industry initiatives). Other countries are similarly relying on the industry efforts in this field.
    In Sweden, the 2020 guidelines on measures to minimise microplastic emissions from manufacturing
    and management of plastics are still used.32
    In order to promote upcoming standards and certification
    schemes to reduce the loss of plastic pellets throughout the entire plastic supply chain, there are plans
    27
    Lechner, A. and Ramler, D., ‘The Discharge Of Certain Amounts Of Industrial Microplastic From A Production Plant
    Into The River Danube Is Permitted By The Austrian Legislation’, Environmental Pollution, Vol. 200, 2015, pp. 159-
    160. Elsevier BV.
    28
    Lechner, Aaron, and David Ramler. "The Discharge Of Certain Amounts Of Industrial Microplastic From A
    Production Plant Into The River Danube Is Permitted By The Austrian Legislation". Environmental Pollution, vol
    200, 2015, pp. 159-160. Elsevier BV, doi:10.1016/j.envpol.2015.02.019. Accessed 28 Mar 2022.
    29
    Dutch Government, Policy Programme on (micro) plastics – European Marine Strategy Framework Directive, 2020
    (https://g20mpl.org/partners/netherlands).
    30
    Dutch Ministry of Infrastructure and Water Management, ‘Monitoring of pellets and mesoplastic fragments on Dutch
    beaches in 2021: a pilot study‘, 2022 (https://puc.overheid.nl/rijkswaterstaat/doc/PUC_721767_31/1/)
    31
    Ministry of Environment and Food of Denmark; Microplastics: Occurrence, effects and sources of releases to the
    environment in Denmark, Environmental project No. 1793, 2015
    32
    Swedish Government, ‘Microplastics’, 2022 (https://www.naturvardsverket.se/amnesomraden/plast/om-
    plast/mikroplast/).
    129
    to revise the Swedish guidelines to make them more comprehensive and include more actors along
    the plastic pellet value chain.
    Table 42: Selected actions in Member States
    Countries Measure
    Austria Threshold for the emissions of filterable substances (including pellets)
    Belgium
    (Flanders)
    Environmental permit system to be put in place/ Best Available Techniques
    Examining the option of an environmental management system with possible
    certification
    Denmark Monitoring
    Waiting for OCS certification scheme implementation and Commission’s proposal
    France Law adopted providing minimum obligations to prevent pellet losses for all actors in
    the supply chain along with mandatory external auditing
    Netherlands Research program on mitigation measures to avoid microplastic emissions, including
    from pellets, and monitoring
    Waiting for OCS certification scheme implementation
    Spain Promoting OCS certification scheme implementation
    Sweden Revision of current guidelines to make them more comprehensive and include more
    actors across the supply chain.
    3 INTERNATIONAL ACTIONS ON PELLETS
    Some countries, outside of the EU, have also started taking actions against pellet losses, as captured
    in Table 43.
    In 2021, the British Standards Institution published the Publicly Available Specification (PAS) PAS
    510:202133
    . This PAS is for use by any organisation of any size in any part of the supply chain that
    handles pellets, including raw material manufacturers, distributors, storage facilities, recyclers,
    transporters, and plastics processors. It builds on the groundwork laid by the industry-led Operation
    Clean Sweep® (OCS) programme (see under industry initiatives) by creating a standardised and
    consistent approach to risk management and the containment of pellets in order to prevent losses to
    the environment throughout the plastic supply chain34
    . The PAS may be considered for further
    development as a British standard or constitute part of the UK input into the development of a
    European or International standard on pellets.
    33
    Plastic pellets, flakes and powders. Handling and management throughout the supply chain to prevent their leakage
    to the environment. Specification - PAS 510:2021101
    34
    The PAS provides requirements in the following areas: a) Organizational responsibilities; b) Leadership and
    commitment; c) Competence, training and awareness; d) Risk assessment of pellet loss to the environment; e)
    Operational controls, i.e. prevention, containment and clean-up, procurement and suppliers; f) Internal and external
    communication; g) Performance evaluation, i.e. monitoring and documentation, auditing and verification of
    conformity; h) Improvement, i.e. internal and external non-conformity and corrective action, and continual
    improvement.
    130
    The USA has enforced the “Break Free from Plastic Pollution Act of 2021”,35
    prohibiting the
    emissions of pellets to wastewater, spills and runoff from plastics production facilities. Three years
    from when the senate passed the Bill (on 26 March 2021), Best Available Technology Economically
    Achievable (BAT) and New Source Performance Standards (NSPS) regarding pollution prevention
    will have to be available. Under the current regime, pellet manufacturers must obtain a National
    Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) permit to produce pellets. The permit comes with
    a set of Best Management Practices (BMPs) that aim to prevent pellet losses to the environment.36
    Prior to this national Bill, the Assembly Bill (AB) 258, which became effective in 2008, added
    Chapter 5.2 to Division 7 of the California Water Code, section 13367, entitled “Preproduction Plastic
    Debris Program.”37
    It enables the Regional and State Water Board to perform compliance inspections
    on pellets production, transportation and handling, enforcing action, in particular, to improve storm
    water discharges. They also facilitate multi-stakeholders actions, such as meetings between pellets
    producers and environmental action groups.
    Table 43: Selected international actions
    Countries Measure
    UK New PAS 510:2021 technical specifications provides requirements for the handling and
    managing of plastic pellets, flakes and powders throughout the supply chain to prevent spills,
    leaks and losses to the environment.
    USA The “Break Free from Plastic Pollution Act of 2021”,38
    prohibiting the emissions of pellets
    to wastewater, spills and runoff from plastics production facilities.
    Any plastic sector company needs to get a National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System
    (NPDES) permit to produce pellets. The permit comes with a set of Best Management
    Practices (BMPs) that aim to prevent pellet losses to the environment.39
    USA
    (California)
    The California Water Code, section 13367, entitled “Preproduction Plastic Debris
    Program.”40
    enables the Regional and State Water Board to perform compliance inspections
    on pellets production sites, transportation vehicles and during handling operations.
    4 MULTILATERAL ACTIONS
    Multilateral action targeting pellets is so far limited to the OSPAR Convention for the Protection
    of the Marine Environment of the North-East Atlantic. This Convention is an international legal
    instrument bringing together 16 signatories to coordinate the protection of the North-East Atlantic
    35
    US Congress, Break Free from Plastic Pollution Act of 2021, H.R. 2238, 2021 (https://www.congress.gov/bill/117th-
    congress/house-bill/2238/text).
    36
    US Environmental Protection Agency, ‘Industrial Stormwater fact sheet: Sector Y: Rubber, Miscellaneous Plastic
    Products, and Miscellaneous Manufacturing Industries’, 2006
    (https://www3.epa.gov/npdes/pubs/sector_y_rubberplastic.pdf).
    37
    California Environmental Protection Agency, ‘Preproduction Plastic Debris Program’, 2008
    (https://www.waterboards.ca.gov/water_issues/programs/stormwater/plasticdebris.shtml).
    38
    US Congress, Break Free from Plastic Pollution Act of 2021, H.R. 2238, 2021 (https://www.congress.gov/bill/117th-
    congress/house-bill/2238/text).
    39
    US Environmental Protection Agency, ‘Industrial Stormwater fact sheet: Sector Y: Rubber, Miscellaneous Plastic
    Products, and Miscellaneous Manufacturing Industries’, 2006
    (https://www3.epa.gov/npdes/pubs/sector_y_rubberplastic.pdf).
    40
    California Environmental Protection Agency, ‘Preproduction Plastic Debris Program’, 2008
    (https://www.waterboards.ca.gov/water_issues/programs/stormwater/plasticdebris.shtml).
    131
    marine environment. In 2021, signatories adopted the non-binding Recommendation 2021/0641
    to
    reduce the loss of plastic pellets in the marine environment. The recommendation invites contracting
    parties to promote pellet loss prevention standards and certification schemes according to a specific
    hierarchy of measures i.e. prevention, mitigation, cleaning and reporting. It provides minimum
    requirements for certification schemes to de developed. Detailed guidelines were also approved. This
    impact assessment builds on this non-binding recommendation, as explained in the relevant parts.
    In particular, the Recommendation contains the following guidance:
    Pellet handling standards:
    o Documentation of an Organisation’s Responsibilities identifying which are the
    operations during which spills can and cannot occur;
    o Management should demonstrate leadership to prevent pellet losses;
    o Training and awareness-raising of employees;
    o Risk assessment of pellet losses to be done by all members of the supply chain;
    o Operational controls are to be established by the business to prevent spills (by
    avoiding unnecessary handling and having best handling practices in place), mitigate
    and contain spills whenever they occur, and clean up spills after they have occurred;
    o Businesses should implement procurement policies relating to pellet handling;
    o Implemented measures should be communicated by businesses;
    o Businesses’ performances regarding pellet loss prevention measures should be
    evaluated regularly; and
    o Businesses should improve their practices whenever they are non-conform.
    A pellet certification scheme:
    o It should be international to ensure a level playing field for all businesses;
    o A database should be created to form a public Register storing all data related to the
    scheme;
    o The management and governance of the scheme should be developed and managed
    by an independent organisation;
    o To be certified, any site must have been audited first and passed an appropriate
    standard;
    o Joining the scheme should be simple;
    o The auditing should be regular and performed by an independent accredited auditor;
    o The certification body should be independent and well trained in the standard they are
    auditing; and
    o The scheme should acknowledge that a company has been accepted or that an update
    has occurred.
    The first full implementation report is due in January 2025. However, an interim report on the
    progress made will be published in 2024. OSPAR shared a preliminary interim report in February
    41
    www.ospar.org/convention/strategy
    132
    2023 and the actions reported by the Member States that are parties to the OSPAR Convention are
    presented in Table 42.
    In March 2022, the second session of the 5th
    United National Environment Assembly unanimously
    adopted resolution 14: End Plastic Pollution: towards an international legally binding instrument42
    (hereafter referred to as the resolution). The preamble to the resolution highlights that “plastic
    pollution includes microplastics”. This inclusion indicates that that intergovernmental negotiating
    committee (INC) will have to consider how to address microplastics in a forthcoming global
    agreement.
    In May 2019, the Conference of the Parties to the Basel Convention adopted a decision by which it
    amended Annexes II, VIII and IX of the Convention in relation to plastic waste. A Plastic Waste
    Partnership was created with the aim, among other things, to significantly reduce and eliminate waste
    discharge of plastics and microplastics in the environment.
    The OECD Council Recommendation on Water calls for Adherents to prevent, reduce and manage
    water pollution from all sources, while paying attention to pollutants of emerging concern, such as
    microplastics.
    In the International Maritime Organization (IMO), a Correspondence Group on Marine Plastic
    Litter from Ships looked at measures that could be relevant in reducing the environmental risks
    associated with the maritime transport of plastic pellets. While three primary measures including
    packaging were identified as particularly relevant (and a voluntary circular to this effect was drafted
    as a guidance document), the Group was not in a position to conclude on the most appropriate
    instrument for mandatory measures43
    . The Group noted that experience gained from the
    implementation of the voluntary measures could be useful in the further consideration of the most
    appropriate instrument for mandatory measures.
    A similar international initiative is ongoing on containers lost at sea, and discussions are held on the
    possibility of making the information on containers lost at sea available publicly (to date, sufficient
    information is reported only to insurance companies). If retained, this measure would allow for a
    better understanding of the scale and magnitude of pellets lost at sea and would facilitate liability
    identification and compensation arrangements in line with the polluter pays principle.
    5 VOLUNTARY ACTIONS ON PELLETS
    5.1 Industry actions
    The problem of pellet losses has been known about since the 1980s with the US Environmental
    Protection Agency (EPA) and the Center for Marine Conservation (now known as the Ocean
    42
    United Nations Environment Assembly, Resolution – End plastic pollution: towards an international legally binding
    instrument, UNEP/EA.5/Res.14, 02.03.2022.
    43
    The three primary measures identified as relevant are: Packaging provisions for plastic pellets carried at sea;
    Provisions for notifying the carrier so that containers containing plastic pellets can be identified; Stowage provisions
    for freight containers containing plastic pellets. Among the options for mandatory measures, the Group considered
    the three following options/instruments: Assignment of an individual UN Number (class 9) for plastic pellets
    transported at sea in freight containers (UN Number); Amendment to Appendix I of MARPOL Annex III that would
    recognize plastic pellets as a “harmful substance” (Harmful substance); A new chapter to MARPOL Annex III that
    would prescribe requirements for the transport of plastic pellets in freight containers without classifying the cargo as
    a harmful substance/dangerous goods.
    133
    Conservancy) “detecting plastic pellets in US waterways from the Atlantic to the Pacific”44
    . In 1986,
    SPI (the US Plastics Industry Trade Association, now known as the Plastics Industry Association)
    established the Resin Pellet Task Force to “educate the plastics industry [….] about the negative
    consequences of plastic pellets in the marine environment”. In 1991 the industry-led Operation Clean
    Sweep (OCS) initiative was created by SPI, with companies voluntarily signing a pledge to work
    towards zero plastic pellet losses.
    Since 2015, the European plastics manufacturing industry has also progressively adopted the
    international Operation Clean Sweep® (OCS) programme as a voluntary free pledge.45
    Under this
    programme, each company making or handling pellets recognises the importance of making zero
    pellet losses and 1) improves worksite set-up to prevent and address spills; 2) creates and publish
    internal procedures to achieve zero pellet loss; 3) provides employee training and accountability for
    spill prevention, containment, clean-up and disposal; 4) audits performance regularly; 5) complies
    with all applicable local and national regulations governing industrial pellet containment; 6)
    encourages partners to pursue the same objectives. Recommendations on how to deliver on each of
    these six actions are given in the form of a manual. The Operation Clean Sweep® (OCS) manual
    contains in particular the following guidelines to help plastics industry operations managers reduce
    the loss of pellets to the environment:
    Under ‘Work site set-up’:
    • Pave loading/unloading areas where unavoidable spills occur to facilitate clean-up
    • For clean-up in gravel yards, consider fitting vacuums with screen or mesh on intake hoses to
    collect pellets without disturbing gravel
    • Provide catch trays for use at all car/truck unloading valves
    • Use bulk-handling equipment that is designed to minimise pellet leakage
    • Install central vacuum systems where practical
    • Install connecting hoses equipped with valves that will close automatically when the
    connection is broken
    • Properly empty and seal bulk containers (rail or truck) after unloading
    • Assure proper handling when storing and removing waste pellets
    • Seal expansion joints in concrete floors with flexible material to avoid pellet accumulation in
    hard to clean spaces
    • Conduct routine inspections and maintenance of equipment used to capture and contain
    pellets
    • Install zero loss containment systems wherever necessary to prevent pellets from escaping
    plant boundaries
    • Place screening in all storm drains
    • Install baffles, skirts and booms in containment ditches or ponds
    • Finally, ensure that employees have ready access to: Brooms, dustpans, rakes, etc., Heavy-
    duty shop vacuums for inside use, Portable shop vacuums for outside use, Catch trays or
    traps, Wide-mouth sample collection jars or poly-bags, Tape for repairing bag or box damage,
    Scrap pellet containers, Procedures you expect them to undertake and checklists to assist in
    follow-through, Forklift clean-up kit.
    44
    Document Display | NEPIS | US EPA; Plastics Industry Association (2016) Operation Clean Sweep Celebrates 25
    Years, available at https://www.plasticsindustry.org/article/operation-clean-sweep-celebrates-25-years
    45
    https://www.opcleansweep.eu/
    134
    Then, under ‘Prevention, Containment & Clean-up Procedures’, best practices are provided for each
    handling step, namely: Cleaning Empty Tank Railcars and Trucks; Top Loading; Sealing Loading
    Railcars/Trucks; Storing at Intermediate Sites; Valve Opening; Completing Unloading; Sampling;
    Sealing Valves; Sampling from unloading tubes; Sampling from top hatches; Selecting Packaging
    Materials; Bags: Filling and Handling; Bags: Emptying and Disposal; Octabins.
    According to the industry, preventive measures taken separately have estimated pellet loss prevention
    efficiency ranging from 59% to 97%46
    , while mitigation measures taken separately have estimated
    pellet loss prevention efficiency ranging from 81% to 95%. These measures must not be used alone
    but in unison to achieve a satisfactory reduction of losses to the environment.
    While best practices measures are generally well understood, they have not been comprehensively
    implemented. As of April 2023, 2548 companies have committed to OCS47
    . This figure includes all
    PlasticsEurope’s members (adherence to OCS is mandatory for the members of this association) but
    only a very small number of converters and transporters. Regarding converters, only 2% of all EuPC’s
    members have committed to OCS (1,000 converters out of a total of close to 50,000). Regarding
    transporters, some 500 transport companies are OCS signatories. As no precise reporting has been
    made available within OCS, it is not possible to say whether those who have committed have also
    effectively or fully implemented the programme, with some evidence showing the opposite. Both
    acute and chronic pellet incidents have been reported to continue over the last years, including at sites
    that are OCS signatories48
    .
    Recognising the low take-up of OCS by the industry and the increasing rate of pellet losses, European
    plastic manufacturers (PlasticsEurope) and converters (EuPC) announced plans in 2019 to go beyond
    the OCS programme and develop a voluntary certification scheme building on OCS, including
    requirements, third-party, independent auditing, certification and some level of transparency (all
    aspects not foreseen under the current OCS programme). In January 2023, the new scheme was
    officially launched by its promoters based on the preparatory work carried out by a Supervisory Board
    gathering producers, converters, representatives of some Member States (Scotland, Germany and
    Spain), one NGO (Fauna & Flora International), some certification bodies (Aenor and Tuv-Nord) as
    well as one European Institution (the European Parliament). Representatives of the European
    Commission, the European Chemical Transport Association (ECTA) and Cefic took part in the
    discussions as observers.
    According to the scheme owners, OCS CS is aimed at “controlling and documenting compliance of
    companies throughout the entire supply chain with requirements aiming for a minimisation of pellet
    losses across the entire plastic supply chain. It will also support the effective, harmonized and
    quantifiable implementation of the OCS programme”. Companies will be invited to comply with
    requirements from the following categories:
    • Commit to making zero loss of pellets, flakes, and powder a priority;
    • Improve worksite set to prevent and address spills, meaning site risk assessments;
    46
    Confidential data provided by EUPC from their documents used to setup the OCS certification scheme.le
    47
    Idem
    48
    Regarding chronic pellet losses in the Netherlands, Belgium and Spain, see
    https://www.plasticsoupfoundation.org/wp-content/uploads/2022/03/Westerschelde-plastic-nurdles-versie-
    definitief-21-11-2021-2.pdf; https://surfrider.eu/en/learn/news/ecaussinnes-belgium-surfrider-foundation-tackles-
    industrial-plastic-granules-1211028228325.html; https://goodkarmaprojects.org/2020/11/20/new-report-out-
    exposes-alarming-impacts-of-plastic-pellets-across-europe/?lang=en.
    135
    • Create and publish internal procedures to achieve zero pellet loss goals meaning documented
    procedures, including, for instance, description of roles and responsibilities, but also
    recording, investigation and follow-up of incidents and effectiveness of procedures,
    equipment and instructions in place;
    • Provide employee training, including theory and practical hands-on exercises and
    accountability for spill prevention, containment, clean-up and disposal;
    • Audit performance regularly, meaning internal audits;
    • Comply with all applicable local and national regulations governing pellet containment; and
    • Encourage partners to pursue the same objectives to be monitored, for instance, via the % of
    contracts containing an OCS clause.
    Compliance will be verified at site level by third-party, independent auditors. Once successfully
    audited, companies will be certified compliant and will have the name of the company and the site
    location listed in a public register. The certification will be valid for 3 years after the date of the first
    audit, subject to an annual control audit. First audits were foreseen as of April 2023.
    5.2 NGO activities
    Several environmental non-governmental organisations (NGOs), such as Fidra, Fauna and Flora
    International (FFI), SOS Mal de Seine, are also working to reduce pellet losses. These organisations
    have implemented monitoring programs and engaged with authorities and the industry to promote
    good practices when handling pellets. Fidra has been working with the plastics industry since 2012
    to raise awareness and collaborates with trade associations, decision-makers and regulators to
    identify solutions that will build upon Operation Clean Sweep® (OCS). FFI has engaged with the
    plastics industry and with regulators in the UK and across Europe to promote wider uptake and
    implementation of OCS since 2012 and has encouraged the introduction of annual compliance audits
    and open reporting that feed into yearly OCS membership renewal (rather than automatic
    membership for life) to enable all stakeholders to see which companies have fully implemented best
    management practices for preventing pellet loss at their sites. SOS Mal de Seine is in contact with
    the French Ministry of Environment and participates in raising awareness around plastic pellet losses.
    Several other NGOs are also actively involved in promoting awareness and regulatory action at the
    European level. Since 2018, NGO As You Sow has challenged seven of the largest pellets
    manufacturers to report any pellet spills happening in their facilities49
    . The companies agreed to do
    so; however, public reporting has not been done yet50
    .
    49
    As You Sow, ‘Plastic Pellet Pollution’, 2021 (https://www.asyousow.org/our-work/waste/plastic-pellets).
    50
    Evidence gathered by the NGOs include:
    Dutch Ministry of Infrastructure and Water Management, ‘Monitoring of pellets and mesoplastic fragments on Dutch
    beaches in 2021: a pilot study‘, 2022 (https://puc.overheid.nl/rijkswaterstaat/doc/PUC_721767_31/1/);
    Rethink Plastic Alliance, Surfrider Foundation Europe, & Break Free from Plastic, ‘Plastic Giants polluting through
    the backdoor’, 2020 (https://rethinkplasticalliance.eu/wp-
    content/uploads/2020/12/bffp_rpa_pellets_polluting_through_the_backdoor.pdf);
    Greenpeace, ‘Inquinamento Silenzioso – Chi contamina le coste pugliesi con i granuli di plastica?’ [Silent Pollution
    – Who is contaminating Puglia’s coastline with plastic pellets?], 2022 (https://www.greenpeace.org/static/planet4-
    italy-stateless/2022/07/904ad868-inquinamento-silenzioso.pdf), It;
    KIMO, ‘Plastic pellets spill pollutes Danish, Norwegian, Swedish coastlines’, 2020
    (https://www.kimointernational.org/news/plastic-pellets-spill-pollutes-danish-norwegian-swedish-coastlines/);
    Legambiente & Italian National Agency for New Technologies, Energy and Sustainable Economic Development,
    ‘First preliminary study on microplastic within Italian lakes‘, 2016
    (https://www.legambiente.it/sites/default/files/docs/microplastic_in_italian_lakes_legambiente_2016.pdf);
    136
    Table 44: Selected Voluntary initiatives (Industry and NGO)
    Name Details
    Surfrider Field actions on the presence of pellets on beaches, called “pellet hunt”
    Rethink plastic
    alliance
    Microplastics
    Seas at Risk Microplastics
    Operation
    Clean Sweep
    (OCS)
    Awareness raising, promoting best practices and providing guidance and tools to
    implement pellet loss prevention measures. https://www.opcleansweep.eu/. Since 2023,
    mandatory certification for members of EU trade association Plastics Europe.
    SQAS Alternative system to the OCS for transporters, the section on pellets is still under
    development (www.sqas.org)
    RecyClass Certification for recyclers, the section on pellets is still under development
    (www.recyclass.eu).
    Italian National Agency for New Technologies, Energy and Sustainable Economic Development, ‘Environment:
    ENEA in the field for the microplastics emergency in Italian lakes‘, 2022 (https://www.enea.it/en/news-
    enea/news/environment-enea-in-the-field-for-the-microplastics-emergency-in-italian-lakes);
    SOS Mal de Seine, ’Granulés plastiques industriels sur le littoral français’, 2011
    (http://maldeseine.free.fr/documents%20granules/RAPPORT_version_WEB.htm);
    Mani, T., et al., ‘Repeated detection of polystyrene microbeads in the Lower Rhine River’, Environmental Pollution,
    Vol. 245, 2019, pp. 634-641, Elsevier BV.
    137
    Annex 7:
    Microplastics and pellets in the environment
    The following section captures the current state of play of research regarding microplastics. It looks
    at the definition of microplastics, the impacts on health, the environment and climate, and the
    difficulties related to its monitoring. Most of these impacts are related to microplastics in general,
    and the impacts of pellets losses to the environment are largely similar. We would generally expect
    that the adverse impacts of pellets will be proportional to their part in the total microplastic emissions.
    1 WHAT ARE MICROPLASTICS?
    Plastics are materials prepared from (semi-)synthetic polymers such as polyethylene,
    polyvinylchloride (PVC), polyethylene terephthalate (PET), nylon, rayon and cellulose nitrate that
    are generally treated with chemical additives to transform them into plastic products.
    Microplastics are plastic particles measuring less than 5 mm and include sub-micrometre particles
    called ‘nanoplastics’.
    While there is no legally binding definition of microplastics, there is a common understanding on
    their general characteristics:51
    • synthetic materials with a high polymer content,
    • solid particles,
    • smaller than 5 mm, and
    • not degradable.
    The REACH restriction52
    for intentionally added microplastics, defines microplastics as “particles
    containing solid polymer, to which additives or other substances may have been added, and where ≥
    1% w/w of particles have (i) all dimensions 0.1µm ≤ x ≤ 5mm, or (ii) a length of 0.3µm ≤ x ≤ 15mm
    and length to diameter ratio of >3. ” This definition excludes polymers with a solubility > 2 g/L. The
    size definition of microplastics was discussed at the first international research workshop on the
    occurrence, effects and fate of microplastic marine debris in 2008, hosted by NOAA.53 The
    participants adopted a pragmatic definition, suggesting an upper size limit of 5 mm. This was based
    on the premise that it would include a wide range of tiny particles that could readily be ingested by
    biota and such particles that might be expected to present a different kind of threat than larger plastic
    items such as entanglement. The minimum size of microplastics is most often defined as 1 μm as this
    can be verified by Raman microscopy, but due to methodological constraints of sampling or analysis
    limitations, different operational lower size limits, e.g., 10, 100, or 300 μm, are often used.
    In Europe, approximately 80 % of all plastic raw materials produced are in the form of round to oval
    granules of approximately 2 mm to 5 mm in diameter.54
    A relevant part of the remaining 20% is even
    51
    Leslie, H.A., ‘Review of microplastics in cosmetics: Scientific background on a potential source of plastic particulate
    marine litter to support decision-making’, V.U. Institute for Environmental Studies, 2014.
    52
    EUR-Lex - 32023R2055 - EN - EUR-Lex (europa.eu)
    53
    Arthur, C., Baker, J. and Bamford, H. (eds), ‘Proceedings of the International Research Workshop on the Occurrence,
    Effects, and Fate of Microplastics Marine Debris’, NOAA Marine Debris Program, 2008
    (https://marinedebris.noaa.gov/proceedings-international-research-workshop-microplastic-marine-debris).
    54
    PlasticsEurope, ‘PlasticsEurope Operation Clean Sweep® Report 2017’, 2017
    (https://www.opcleansweep.eu/application/files/8316/3456/6233/PlasticsEurope_OCS_progress_report-2017.pdf).
    138
    smaller than 2mm, such as powders, and a minor part can be slightly taller. It is common sense to
    tackle all these pellets together. This will equally avoid any action of the industry to make pellets
    slightly taller than 5mm in order to escape possible legislation. Figures from literature often refer to
    “pellets”, irrespective of their dimension and shape.
    1.1 Methodological challenges: lack of standardisation and reliable data
    Although the number of publications on microplastics has increased rapidly in recent years, a
    standardised procedure for identifying/quantifying microplastics is still lacking, even though a first
    standard describing “Principles for the analysis of microplastics present in the environment” (ISO
    24187:2023)55
    was recently released. Investigations are generally conducted using different methods,
    differing particle size ranges and expressed in different units that cannot be easily converted, making
    it challenging to compare results across studies resulting in largely incomparable data between
    studies. In a 2019 article, 40 bulk sampling and analysis methods for microplastics were studied and
    compared. It presents the general process for microplastic sampling and analysis in four steps:
    collection, density separation, digestion, and identification. It observed that each research team used
    one out of 2 to 5 different procedures depending on the article and the step (two for collection and up
    to five for identification). Hence, the reported abundance of microplastics and respective sources in
    the environment have high variability and may differ by several orders of magnitude, making
    harmonising sampling and analysis methods one of the biggest challenges when assessing the
    evolution of unintended release of microplastics.
    As it is a transboundary issue, a bottom-up solution is not possible. A top-down approach assessment
    will involve a large number of assumptions, which could further add to the uncertainty. An approach
    could be to use case studies to illustrate specific scenarios of the evolution of (unintentionally
    released) microplastic load.
    In the study, “Rethinking Microplastics as a Diverse Contaminant Suite”56
    , the authors strongly
    advocate changing the thinking from one contaminant, “microplastic”, to a diverse suite of
    contaminants, microplastics, as has been done for pesticides and flame retardants in the past.
    1.2 Monitoring
    Microplastics’ main pathways into the environment are runoff waters, treated or untreated
    wastewater, direct input to water compartments (rivers, lakes, ocean), soil and the air. Their adverse
    impacts also depends on the microplastic particles’ shape, size, on the polymer type and on the
    additives they contain, therefore gathering information on these microplastics’ characteristics with
    regards to their appearance is crucial to better understand the production, occurrence, distribution and
    degradation of microplastics. One of the main problems encountered in tackling microplastics is the
    insufficient data available on their release and presence in the environment. This information and
    knowledge failure is due to the lack of standardised protocols and common data bases. To observe
    and analyse microplastics particles in the environment, harmonised measurement protocols must be
    established and followed. The MSFD Technical Group on Marine Litter is currently updating the
    MSFD Guidance on Monitoring Marine Litter to improve harmonised monitoring of marine litter
    55
    ISO 24187:2023
    56
    Rochman, C.M., Brookson, C., Bikker, J., Djuric, N., Earn, A., Bucci, K., Athey, S., Huntington, A., McIlwraith, H.,
    Munno, K., De Frond, H., Kolomijeca, A., Erdle, L., Grbic, J., Bayoumi, M., Borrelle, S.B., Wu, T., Santoro, S.,
    Werbowski, L.M., Zhu, X., Giles, R.K., Hamilton, B.M., Thaysen, C., Kaura, A., Klasios, N., Ead, L., Kim, J.,
    Sherlock, C., Ho, A. and Hung, C. (2019), Rethinking microplastics as a diverse contaminant suite. Environ Toxicol
    Chem, 38: 703-711. https://doi.org/10.1002/etc.4371
    139
    (including microplastics) and to ensure consistency and comparability of monitoring data for the
    MSFD. These protocols have to be laid down after considering the steps and aspects detailed below.
    1.2.1 Sampling
    The sampling of microplastics can take place through direct sampling from water using sieving or
    through the collection of sediments. The distribution of microplastics is largely influenced by
    geographical, meteorological, and temporal factors thus the sampling time, sampling place, the
    sample volume, replications and field blanks are crucial for a uniform classification. The lower the
    available sample volume is, the more important replication become to minimise sampling error.
    Regarding the sampling method, it is important to specify where the samples were taken.57
    1.2.2 Extraction
    Various extraction procedures are available based on density separation, filtration, digestion, etc.
    Recovery and precision can vary depending on the properties and amount of microplastics present,
    the sample matrix and the protocol used. The utilisation of blanks is important to detect and control
    contamination by particles during sampling and the analytical procedure.
    1.2.3 Analysis
    The most common types of analysis are microscopic techniques using Raman or FTIR spectoscropy
    and thermo-analytical techniques based on gas chromatography/mass spectroscopy of decomposition
    (pyrolysis) products. Prior to measurement, sample preparation is required depending on the sample
    and the measurement technique. The limit of an instrument’s detection capacities must also be taken
    into account. Polymer libraries provide a means of identifying the polymers present in samples.
    2 WHAT ARE THE IMPACTS OF MICROPLASTICS AND PELLETS?
    Four types of adverse impacts can be observed from microplastics, such as pellets, finding their
    way into the environment: 1) on the environment; 2) on climate; 3) on human health; and 4) on
    the economy.
    Some of these impacts are related to microplastics in general, including pellets, while others are
    specific to pellets. It is to be noted that pellets can also be in the form of powder, thus very small and
    thus airborne, as well as slightly bigger than 5 mm in diameter.
    2.1 Impacts on the environment
    The significant adverse impacts of microplastics on the environment were highlighted in a recent
    publication58
    that revealed that the 5th
    planetary boundary of novel entities had been exceeded.
    Chemicals at large, including plastics, have been identified as fulfilling the characteristics of a novel
    entity. The planetary boundaries (9 in total) were defined in a 2009 article as the “boundaries within
    which we expect that humanity can operate safely”59
    .
    57
    J. C. Prata et al., Methods for sampling and detection of microplastics in water and sediment: A critical review, TrAC
    Trends in Analytical Chemistry, 2019, 110: 150-159.
    58
    https://pubs.acs.org/doi/10.1021/acs.est.1c04158Persson, L., Carney Almroth, B., Collins, C. et al., ‘Outside the safe
    operating space of the planetary boundary for novel entities’, Environmental Science and Technology, Vol. 56, No 3,
    2022, pp. 1510–1521, American Chemical Society.
    59
    Rockström, J., Steffen, W., Noone, K. et al., ‘Planetary boundaries: exploring the safe operating space for humanity’,
    Ecology and Society, Vol. 14, No 2, Article 32.
    140
    The presence of microplastics in soil may have effects on soil physicochemical properties. It might
    also trigger alterations in physical soil properties including soil bulk density, water holding capacity,
    and soil structures and in the soil biota negatively impacting the growth of some plants60
    .
    Detrimental effects have also been observed on marine biodiversity61,62
    . Once in the aquatic
    environment, microplastics can impact marine biodiversity in a number of ways. An increasing
    number of studies report microplastic ingestion throughout the food chain63,64
    . International Pellet
    Watch, initiated in 2005 by Hideshige Takada65
    and The Great Nurdle Hunt66
    , organised by UK
    charity FIDRA, both relied on pellet samples collected by citizens to demonstrate that pellet pollution
    is a global issue. Indeed, they are highly mobile and have been found thousands of kilometres from
    the nearest pellet production or conversion facility67
    , including in important Natura 2000 areas68
    .
    They can carry a wide range of contaminants and microbes which can form a biofilm on their surface,
    thus promoting the invasion of alien species in the ocean.69
    When pellets are encrusted with tiny
    biotas or larvae, the risk of introducing invasive species is increased, putting local native species at
    risk70
    .
    Once released into the environment, pellets can be easily ingested by aquatic wildlife including
    marine fish, squid, and different seabirds.71
    While only a few studies have focused specifically on the
    physiological effects of pellets, numerous laboratory studies have shown how microplastics interact
    with aquatic organisms and animals. Many animal species ingest plastic and microplastic, mistaking
    it for food – from large mammals, birds and fish to tiny zooplanktons, affecting among others feeding
    behaviour, reproduction, and growth, and sometimes leading to death72
    . Microplastics can be taken
    up by to the organisms at the bottom of the food chain due to their size and ubiquitous distribution in
    the open seas and lowest levels of water bodies. Microplastics have been found inside the digestive
    tract of more than 100 different species73
    .
    The Risk Assessment Committee of the European Chemicals Agency (ECHA) also stated74
    that
    ingestion in laboratory studies has been linked to a diverse range of sub-lethal endpoints, including
    60
    Wang, W. et al., ‘Environmental fate and impacts of microplastics in soil ecosystems: Progress and perspective’,
    Science of the Total Environment, Vol. 708, 2020.
    61
    P. L. Corcoran, Degradation of Microplastics in the Environment, Handbook of Microplastics in the Environment,
    2022, 531–542.
    62
    N. Kalogerakis et al., Microplastics Generation: Onset of Fragmentation of Polyethylene Films in Marine
    Environment Mesocosms, 2017, doi.org/10.3389/fmars.2017.00084
    63
    Cole, M., Lindeque, P., Halsband, C. and Galloway, T. S., ‘Microplastics as contaminants in the marine environment:
    A review’, Marine Pollution Bulletin, Vol. 62, 2011, pp. 2588-2597.
    64
    Koelmans, A. A. et al., Risk assessment of microplastic particles, Nature Reviews Materials, 7:138–152, 2022.
    65
    http://www.pelletwatch.org/index.html
    66
    https://www.nurdlehunt.org.uk
    67
    Corcoran P. L. et al., A comprehensive investigation of industrial plastic pellets on beaches across the Laurentian
    Great Lakes and the factors governing their distribution, Science of the Total Environment, 747:141227, 2020.
    68
    The unaccountability case of plastic pellet pollution - ScienceDirect
    69
    Khalid, N. et al., Linking effects of microplastics to ecological impacts in marine environments, Chemosphere, 264:
    128541, 2021.
    70
    Corcoran P. L. et al., A comprehensive investigation of industrial plastic pellets on beaches across the Laurentian
    Great Lakes and the factors governing their distribution, Science of the Total Environment, 747:141227, 2020.
    71
    Corcoran P. L. et al., A comprehensive investigation of industrial plastic pellets on beaches across the Laurentian
    Great Lakes and the factors governing their distribution, Science of the Total Environment, 747:141227, 2020.
    72
    Group of Chief Scientific Advisors, ‘Scientific opinion on the Environmental and Health risks of microplastics
    pollution’, Aprile 2019.
    73
    Secretariat of the Convention on Biological Diversity, ‘Impacts of marine debris on biodiversity: Current status and
    potential solutions’, CBD Technical Series, No 67, 2012.
    74
    ECHA Committee for Risk Assessment (RAC) Committee for Socio-economic Analysis (SEAC), Background
    Document to the Opinion on the Annex XV report proposing restrictions on intentionally added microplastics,
    (https://echa.europa.eu/documents/10162/2ddaab18-76d6-49a2-ec46-8350dabf5dc6).
    141
    survival, feeding, growth, reproduction, moulting, malformation, behaviour, photosynthesis,
    oxidative stress, enzyme activity, inflammation, gene expression and nutrient cycling. Typical
    harmful effects are inner and outer lesions and blockage of the gastrointestinal tract, leading to false
    satiation. Concerning micro- and nanoparticles, there are potentially three types of adverse effects
    associated with ingestion:
    • Physical effects related to consumption are similar to those found for macro plastics (but for
    smaller organisms);
    • Toxic responses from the release of hazardous substances derived from the additives in plastics
    or the toxic contaminants adsorbed on microplastics; and
    • The contamination of new media (the environment or animals) by the microorganisms which
    develop on the surface of the plastic particles.
    There is an emerging concern that microplastics can act as a carrier for microorganisms, including
    pathogenic species of bacteria, resulting in an increase in the occurrence of non-indigenous species.75
    GESAMP (2015)76
    suggests evaluating the potential significance of plastics and microplastics as a
    carrier for pathogenic microorganisms77
    . Although microplastics do not pose acute fatal effects on
    living organisms, they can cause chronic toxicity over the longer term. Due to their physical and
    chemical properties, microplastics can absorb and transport numerous organic contaminants such as
    polychlorinated biphenyls (PCBs), polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons (PAH), endocrine disrupting
    compounds (EDCs), various pharmaceuticals and heavy metals. Also, microplastics can contain a
    complex mixture of chemicals, which may subsequently be released into the environment and
    constitute new routes of exposure for organisms.
    Specific impacts on the environment from pellets
    Pellets have been found in areas including important Natura 2000 areas78
    . First of all, the persistence
    of a pellet in the aquatic environment may be measured over decades or more, depending on the
    polymer type, the types and amounts of additives, and the polymers’ and additives’ reactions to
    environmental processes (e.g. weathering, sunlight, wave action)79,80
    .
    Once in the environment, pellets are known to be eaten by a range of organisms and animals, and
    cause harm to biodiversity and habitats. In areas that are badly affected, pellets have been seen
    smothering sensitive habitats. Concerning biodiversity, as pellets are mainly constituted of either
    polyethylene or polypropylene, once in the aquatic environment81
    , they float unless they become
    heavily biofouled (the gradual accumulation of organisms such as algae, bacteria, etc, on the plastic)
    and then sink and accumulate in sediment. According to Werner et al. (2016), harm is caused by
    75
    P.J. Landrigan et al., The Minderoo-Monaco Commission on Plastics and Human Health, Annals of Global Health,
    Vol. 89, no. 1, pp. 23.
    76
    Sources, fate and effects of Microplastics in the marine environment: a global assessement
    77
    Cole, M., Lindeque, P., Halsband, C. and Galloway, T. S., ‘Microplastics as contaminants in the marine environment:
    A review’, Marine Pollution Bulletin, Vol. 62, 2011, pp. 2588-2597.
    78
    The unaccountability case of plastic pellet pollution - ScienceDirect
    79
    P. L. Corcoran, Degradation of Microplastics in the Environment, Handbook of Microplastics in the Environment,
    2022, 531–542.
    80
    N. Kalogerakis et al., Microplastics Generation: Onset of Fragmentation of Polyethylene Films in Marine
    Environment Mesocosms, 2017, doi.org/10.3389/fmars.2017.00084
    81
    The persistence of a pellet in the aquatic environment may be measured over decades or more, depending on the resin
    type, the types and amounts of additives, and the reactions of the resins and additives to environmental processes (e.g.
    weathering, sunlight, wave action). P. L. Corcoran, Degradation of Microplastics in the Environment, Handbook of
    Microplastics in the Environment, 2022, 531–542. N. Kalogerakis et al., Microplastics Generation: Onset of
    Fragmentation of Polyethylene Films in Marine Environment Mesocosms, 2017, doi.org/10.3389/fmars.2017.00084
    142
    pellets when they float or are in the water column, where they can be eaten by organisms and marine
    animals (e.g. seabirds, mammals, and fishes) either intentionally because they are mistaken for food
    or unintentionally when filter feeding animals take in seawater82
    . Several documented accounts
    describe pellet and other plastic ingestion by wildlife, most notably by seabirds and sea turtles83,84,85
    .
    Seabirds ingest pellets more frequently than any other animal, and approximately one-quarter of all
    seabird species are known to ingest pellets. Fulmars frequently ingest floating plastic debris,
    including pellets, as they capture prey from the sea surface86
    .
    Ingestion of pellets as any microplastic can cause physical harm such as internal injuries and impaired
    ability to breath, swallow, digest food properly, or immediate death87
    . In certain cases, plastic debris
    cannot pass through the digestive system, which can lead to malnutrition or starvation by creating a
    false feeling of fullness, known as pseudo‐satiation88
    .
    Finally, it has been demonstrated in studies89
    as early as 2001 that pellets, unintentionally released
    from the plastic industry to the environment, contained measurable concentrations of hazardous
    substances used as additives. These hazardous substances can then enter the food chain, and be a
    potential risk for human health.
    2.2 Climate impacts
    When considering the possible impacts of microplastics (including pellets) on the climate, global
    trends suggest that microplastic emissions will continue to increase. Microplastics represent a non-
    climatic pressure on ecosystems as carbon and nutrient cycling processes in soil can be greatly
    affected by the presence of microplastics and their further decomposition90
    (and might therefore lead
    to a decreased capacity for GHG absorption). In addition, plastics and microplastics are a source of
    GHG emissions, putting additional pressure on the climate. GHGs are emitted throughout the plastic
    life cycle, because all related activities (extraction, refining, manufacturing and end of life
    management) are carbon intensive. Conventional plastics (based on fossil fuels) produced in 2015
    82
    Werner S; Budziak A; Van Franeker J; Galgani F; Hanke G; Maes T; Matiddi M; Nilsson P; Oosterbaan L; Priestland
    E; Thompson R; Veiga J; Vlachogianni T. Harm caused by Marine Litter. EUR 28317 EN. Luxembourg
    (Luxembourg): Publications Office of the European Union; 2016. JRC104308
    83
    Lacroix C. et Huvet A., ‘Table ronde n°1 : Devenir et gestion dans les ports et les milieux littoraux – introduction
    scientifique : caractérisation de la pollution et risques associés’ [Roundtable n°1 : Outlook and management in ports
    and coastal environmentas – scientific introduction : the characterisation of pollution and associated risks],
    Conférence Journée Plastiques et Environnement associés’ [Conference : Day of plastics and associated
    environments], June 2019
    (https://enviroplast2019.sciencesconf.org/data/TR1_1_PPT_journe_es_plastiques_et_environnement_Lacroix_Huve
    t.pdf).
    84
    Ryan, P. G., ‘Seabirds indicate changes in the composition of plastic litter in the Atlantic and south-western Indian
    Oceans’, Marine Pollution Bulletin, Vol. 56, no. 8, 2008, pp. 1406-1409.
    85
    Sheavly, S.B. and Register, K.M., ‘Marine Debris & Plastics: Environmental Concerns, Sources, Impacts and
    Solutions’, Journal of Polymers and the Environment, Vol. 15, 2007, pp. 301-305.
    86
    Plastic particles in fulmars | OSPAR Commission
    87
    Group of Chief Scientific Advisors, ‘Scientific opinion on the Environmental and Health risks of microplastics
    pollution’, Aprile 2019.
    88
    The Convention for the Protection of the Marine Environment of the North‐East Atlantic (OSPAR) Commission,
    OSPAR Background document on pre-production plastic pellets, 2018.
    89
    Mato Y. et al., ‘Plastic resin pellets as a transport medium for toxic chemicals in the marine environment’,
    Environmental Science & Technology, Vol. 34, No. 2, 2001, pp. 318-324.
    90
    Rilling M. C. et al., Microplastic effects on carbon cycling processes in soils, Plos Biology, 2021,
    https://doi.org/10.1371/journal.pbio.3001130
    143
    accounted for 3.8% of total global CO2 emissions, and their share could reach 15% by 205091
    . A
    more recent study estimates even higher CO2 emissions from plastic production (1.96 Gt of CO2e)92
    .
    Microplastics are widely found in aquatic environments.93
    Their presence may cause more
    greenhouse gas emissions as they can negatively affect multiple factors, such as phytoplankton
    photosynthesis, which contribute to carbon sequestration.94
    Microplastics are widely identified in
    aquatic environments.95
    The impact of marine plastics on ecosystem responsible for the gas exchange
    and circulation of marine CO2 may cause more greenhouse gas emissions. Marine microplastics can
    negatively affect phytoplankton photosynthesis and growth, zooplankton and their development and
    reproduction, marine biological pump andocean carbon stock. Phytoplankton and zooplankton are
    the most important producer and consumer of the ocean.96
    Moreover, the climate change effects, e.g. more frequent heavy rainfall events, will exacerbate the
    problems linked with releases of those microplastics from urban runoff and stormwater overflows
    (SWO). Furthermore, the gradual degradation and fragmentation process of microplastics, when
    exposed to ambient solar radiation in ocean waters, may release methane, a potent greenhouse gas,97
    and ethylene into the atmosphere, depending on the type of microplastics, though the study also finds
    that this is likely to be an insignificant component of the global CH4 budget.
    2.3 Human health impacts
    Despite more and more research being carried out to understand microplastics’ impacts on human
    health, there is still no scientific consensus on these impacts. According to the Risk Assessment
    Committee of the European Chemical Agency (ECHA),98
    potential effects on terrestrial organisms
    in general, and on human health, have not been well studied but include infertility, genetic disruption,
    poisoning, reduced feeding and increased mortality in marine organisms and in humans if ingested
    in very large quantities. Inhalation of microplastics can provoke severe problems in the lung.
    Humans are exposed to microplastics everywhere via food consumption and inhalation. The annual
    intake of microplastics by humans has been estimated to range from 70 000 to over 120 000 particles
    a year depending on age, gender, region, and consumption99
    . This includes an estimated 70 000
    particles inhaled in air and 50 000 particles ingested in food and drink.
    91
    IPCC Working Group III Report: Mitigation of Climate Change (2022) https://www.ipcc.ch/report/sixth-assessment-
    report-working-group-3/
    92
    Cabernard, L., Pfister, S., Oberschelp, C. et al. Growing environmental footprint of plastics driven by coal
    combustion. Nat Sustain 5, 139–148 (2022).
    93
    Phytoplankton response to polystyrene microplastics: Perspective from an entire growth period - ScienceDirect
    94
    Can microplastics pose a threat to ocean carbon sequestration? - ScienceDirect
    95
    Phytoplankton response to polystyrene microplastics: Perspective from an entire growth period - ScienceDirect
    96
    Can microplastics pose a threat to ocean carbon sequestration? - ScienceDirect
    97
    Royer, S.-J. et al., ‘Production of methane and ethylene from plastic in the environment’, PLoS ONE, Vol. 13, No 8,
    2018, Public Library of Science.
    98
    European Chemicals Agency, Opinion of the Committee for Risk Assessment and Opinion of the Committee for
    Socio-Economic Analysis on an Annex XV dossier proposing restrictions on intentionally-added microplastics,
    ECHA/RAC/RES-O-0000006790-71-01/F and ECHA/SEAC/RES-O-0000006901-74-01/F, 2020
    (https://echa.europa.eu/documents/10162/a513b793-dd84-d83a-9c06-e7a11580f366).
    99
    Kieran D. Cox, Garth A. Covernton, Hailey L. Davies, John F. Dower, Francis Juanes, and Sarah E. Dudas (2019).
    Human Consumption of Microplastics. Environmental Science & Technology 2019 53 (12), 7068-7074 DOI:
    10.1021/acs.est.9b01517
    144
    The consumption of seafood, containing microplastics, is one of the main concerns for humans100
    .
    There is evidence to suggest that additives such as dyes or plasticisers could cause toxicity,
    carcinogenicity and mutagenicity.101,102
    Pellets are likely to carry toxic chemicals as well on their
    surface since persistent organic pollutants (POPs) such as polychlorinated biphenyls (PCBs),
    dichloro-diphenyltrichloroethane (DDT), hexachlorocyclohexanes (HCHs), and polycyclic aromatic
    hydrocarbons (PAHs) can be easily adsorbed to their surface and then released over time. 103
    The
    concentrations of these substances adsorbed onto plastic pellets are highly variable. The health
    impacts of POPs are not immediate but result rather from chronic, cumulative and long-term
    exposure.104
    Microplastics, including pellets would also pass up the food chain through plants which
    absorb synthetic contaminants from the soil105
    . Human exposure to microplastics through drinking
    water is believed to currently be low in Europe106
    , but a systematic review of available evidence is
    lacking107
    . People that predominately drink bottled water may ingest an additional 90 000 particles
    of microplastic a year108
    . Work is ongoing to produce up-to-date knowledge on the occurrence and
    possible toxic effects of ingesting micro- and nanoplastics via food products and beverages to provide
    a basis for risk assessment.109
    CUSP, the European Research Cluster to Understand the Health
    Impacts of Micro- and Nanoplastics is also carrying out research in this area110
    .
    Although additional research is still required on exposure to airborne microplastics, their prevalence
    in urban zones is concerning: one study found microplastics in all urban air samples and identified
    92% of them as fibrous.111
    Apart from inhaling fibres as fine dust in outdoors environments, humans
    are also exposed to indoor airborne microplastic pollution.112
    When inhalation rates are high,
    100
    Cox, K. D. et al., ‘Human consumption of microplastics’, Environmental Science and Technology, Vol. 53, No 12,
    2019, pp. 7068–7074.
    101
    Gasperi, J., et al., Microplastics in Air: Are We Breathing It In?, Current Opinion in Environmental Science & Health,
    1–5. 2018. https://doi.org/10.1016/J.COESH.2017.10.002
    102
    Blackburn, K., Green, D., The potential effects of microplastics on human health: What is known and what is
    unknown, Springer, Ambio, 51:518–530, 2021.
    103
    Corcoran P. L. et al., A comprehensive investigation of industrial plastic pellets on beaches across the Laurentian
    Great Lakes and the factors governing their distribution, Science of the Total Environment, 747:141227, 2020.
    104
    Nadal, M. et al., Climate change and environmental concentrations of POPs: A review, Environmental Research, 143:
    177-185, 2015.
    105
    Sciencealert.com, ‘Study shows how microplastics can easily clim the food chain. Should we be worried?’, 2022
    (https://www.sciencealert.com/study-shows-how-microplastics-can-easily-climb-the-food-chain-should-we-be-
    worried).
    106
    WHO (2019) Microplastics in drinking-water. Geneva: World Health Organization; Licence: CC BY-NC-SA 3.0
    IGO.
    107
    EurEau, ‘Microplastics and the water sector’, 2019 (https://www.eureau.org/resources/briefing-notes/3940-briefing-
    note-on-microplastics-and-the-water-sector/file); Koelmans, A., Hazimah Mohamed Nor, N., Hermsen, E., Kooi, M.
    et al., ‘Microplastics in freshwaters and drinking water: Critical review and assessment of data quality‘, Water
    Research, Vol. 155, 2019, pp. 410-422.
    108
    Cox, K. D. et al., Ibid.
    109
    Shopova et al., ‘Risk assessment and toxicological research on micro- and nanoplastics after oral exposure via food
    products’, EFSA Journal, 2020 https://doi.org/10.2903/j.efsa.2020.e181102
    110
    CUSP cluster - The European Research Cluster to Understand the Health Impacts of Micro- and Nanoplastics (cusp-
    research.eu)
    111
    Wright S.L. et al., ‘Atmospheric microplastic deposition in an urban environment and an evaluation of transport’,
    Environ Int, Vol. 136, 2020.
    112
    Plastic Soup Foundation _ Do clothes make us sick, 2022. This study found that 30% of the dust captured in air
    conditioning filters from dormitories, offices, and living rooms were microplastic fibres, with polyester, rayon, and
    cellophane as the dominant polymers. Fibre fragments are released from clothes and indoor textiles through use, wear
    and tear, the washing of garments, and drying. Fibres cannot always be cleared, for example by coughing. The
    dimensions of the fibres also play a role in toxicity. Thinner fibres are inhalable as their elongated shape allows fibres
    to deeply penetrate into the lungs. Longer fibres are more persistent and toxic to lungs cells. Fibres < 0.3 μm wide
    and >10 μm long are most carcinogenic.
    145
    accumulation of microplastics will occur in certain organs impacting their health. This process will
    cause chronic inflammation, which is known to be a leading cause of diseases such as cancer, heart
    disease, asthma, and diabetes. Both cellulosic and plastic microfibers were found in lung tissue taken
    from patients with different types of lung cancer. According to the same study, this may particularly
    affect people with a viral infection or children whose lungs are still developing. Also, children under
    the age of six inhale three times more microplastics than an average adult.
    Several studies on the occupational exposure of textile workers show (as early as 1975113
    ) that the
    inhalation of microplastic fibres from textiles can lead to pulmonary disease such as interstitial lung
    disease (linked to nylon flock exposure114
    ). Chronic exposure to plastic microfibres in urban air,
    indoor115
    or outdoor116
    , also raises concerns about the need for action reducing microplastic emissions
    in European cities.
    A recent study117
    analysed 17 studies on the toxicity of microplastics to human cells establishing
    detrimental impacts (including cytotoxic), triggering immune responses, causing oxidative stress, and
    the shape of microplastics influencing these negative effects (irregularly shaped microplastics had
    more adverse effects than spherical ones). However, it also states that the “overall certainty of the
    body of evidence” is low due to the fact that researchers couldn’t access the original data. High levels
    of exposure to microplastics are believed to induce inflammatory reactions and toxicity, possibly due
    to the additives used to produce the plastic.118
    In addition, microplastics could potentially act as
    vectors for pathogens and microbes119
    .
    However, the precautionary principle should be applied since the presence of microplastics in human
    stool120
    demonstrate intestinal exposure. In addition, some studies seem to suggest that microplastics
    can be found in pregnant women’s placenta,121
    and more recently, in human blood122
    .
    113
    Pimentel, J. C., Avila, R. and Lourenço, A. G., ‘Respiratory disease caused by synthetic fibres: A new occupational
    disease’, Thorax, Vol. 30, No 2, 1975, pp. 204–2019.
    114
    Boag, A., Thomas V., Fraire, A., Kuhn, C. et al., ‘The pathology of interstitial lung disease in nylon flock workers’,
    American Journal of Surgical Pathology, Vol. 23, No 12, 1999, pp. 15–39.
    115
    Dris, R., Gasperi, J., Mirande, C. et al., ‘A first overview of textile fibres, including microplastics, in indoor and
    outdoor environments’, Environmental Pollution, Vol. 221, 2017, pp. 453–458.
    116
    Dris, R., Gasperi, J., Rochr, V. et al., ‘Microplastic contamination in an urban area: A case study in Greater Paris’,
    Environmental Chemistry, Vol. 12, No 5, 2015.
    117
    Danopoulos, E., Twiddy, M., West, R. and Rotchell, J., ‘A rapid review and meta-regression analyses of the
    toxicological impacts of microplastic exposure in human cells’, Journal of Hazardous Materials, Vol. 427, No 6,
    2022.
    118
    Potential Health Impact of Environmentally Released Micro- and Nanoplastics in the Human Food Production Chain:
    Experiences from Nanotoxicology | Environmental Science & Technology (acs.org)
    119
    Microplastics from textiles: towards a circular economy for textiles in Europe — European Environment Agency
    (europa.eu)
    120
    Schwabl, P. et al., ‘Detection of various microplastics in human stool’, Annals of Internal Medicine, Vol. 171, No 7,
    2019, pp. 453–457, American College of Physicians.
    121
    Ragusa, A. et al., ‘Plasticenta: First evidence of microplastics in human placenta’, Environment International, Vol.
    146, 2021, Elsevier BV. ; Dusza, H.M. et al, ‘Uptake, Transport, and Toxicity of Pristine and Weathered Micro- and
    Nanoplastics in Human Placenta Cells’, Environmental Health Perspectives, Vol; 130, No 9, 2022.
    122
    Leslie, H. A. et al., ‘Discovery and quantification of plastic particle pollution in human blood’, Environment
    International, Vol. 163, 2022, Elsevier BV.
    146
    2.4 Economic impacts
    In addition to the versatile effects on environment, climate and health, there are potentially negative
    impacts on the economy as well. Some of these impacts are related to microplastics in general,
    including pellets, others to pellets specifically.
    The growing evidence/awareness of microplastics’ presence in seafood, salt, honey, fruits, vegetables
    and drinking water could undermine consumer confidence and bear economic consequences.
    There are potential negative economic impacts on activities such as commercial fishing and
    agriculture (e.g. reduced fishing due to impacts of microplastics on marine eco-systems and fauna,
    which eats it) as well as recreation and tourism (reduced attractiveness due to impacts of microplastics
    on beaches and vulnerable areas like national parks, rivers and lakes123
    ).
    Clean-up costs are often unknown and operations are usually the responsibility of local communities
    with a negative impact on their budgets. For example beach clean-ups are estimated to cost EUR1
    000 000 per year for the city of Marseille (France)124
    . SOS Mal de Seine Association highlighted the
    lack of capacity of public authorities to deal with large‐scale pollution of pellets on beaches (e.g.
    caused by lost containers). As a matter of fact, clean‐up operations are complex to undertake because
    these particles are difficult to see due to their size and that vegetation may hide them. They should
    also be carried out within an hour of an incident to prevent widespread pollution by wind, rain, and/or
    tides. Monitoring costs of plastic pellet ingestion by species are also unknown. However, the costs
    of La Rochelle Aquarium’s monitoring of microplastic ingestion by loggerhead sea turtles was a total
    of EUR50 000 over four years. Another pertinent example is the monitoring of microplastic ingestion
    by fulmars provided by ornithological groups, which costs EUR33 300 for one winter season.
    123
    Plastic Giants polluting through the backdoor; Silent Pollution – Who is contaminating Puglia’s coastline with plastic
    pellets?; Plastic pellets spill pollutes Danish, Norwegian, Swedish coastlines; Microplastic pollution in the surface
    waters of Italian Subalpine Lakes; Granulés plastiques industriels sur le littoral français
    124
    OSPAR Background document on pre-production Plastic Pellets, 2018
    147
    Annex 8:
    Problem definition – pellet losses to the EU environment
    1 PROBLEM DEFINITION
    Current practices for handling pellets lead to losses at each stage in the supply chain, causing
    adverse environmental and potential human health impacts.
    Plastic raw materials come in different forms, including pellets, flakes, powders and in liquid forms,
    all referred to collectively as “pre-production plastic pellets”125
    . In Europe, approximately 80 % of
    all plastic raw materials produced are in the form of round to oval granules of approximately 2 mm
    to 5 mm in diameter126
    . A relevant part of the remaining 20% is even smaller than 2mm, such as
    powders, and a minor part can be slightly bigger. It is common sense to tackle all these pellets
    together. This will also ensure pellets that might be slightly bigger will still be subject to possible
    legislation, thus avoiding possible attempts by industry to avoid relevant legislation by making pellets
    slightly bigger than 5mm. Figures from literature often refer to “pellets”, irrespective of their
    dimension.
    1.1 The pellet supply chain
    Pellets can reach the environment through losses occurring at every stage of the supply chain:
    production (virgin or recycled), processing (compounding, masterbatch making, converting, etc.),
    logistic operations (transport, storage and tank cleaning), waste management, etc. Therefore, tackling
    pellet losses clearly requires a supply chain approach.
    The pellet supply chain is complex. Virgin pellets are manufactured at large installations, and then
    stored in silos; they are mostly either filled directly into tankers, or packed for transport to conversion
    sites, where final plastic products are made. Losses can also occur at recycling facilities, where post‐
    consumer plastic waste is recycled back into pellets in order to be reintroduced into the plastic
    manufacturing cycle127
    .
    Box 7: Companies handling pellets
    Companies handling pellets are categorised as follows:
    • producers who create virgin plastic pellets from oil, gas and other raw materials;
    • recyclers who collect, sort, clean and process plastic waste into recycled plastic flakes
    or pellets;
    • traders/brokers who purchase the plastic material and store it or otherwise handle it
    before selling it to converters or exporting;
    125
    The Convention for the Protection of the Marine Environment of the North‐East Atlantic (OSPAR) Commission,
    OSPAR Background document on pre-production plastic pellets, 2018. Technically, according to ISO 472:2013, a
    pellet is a “small mass of preformed moulding material, having relatively uniform dimensions in a given lot, used as
    feedstock in moulding and extrusion operations”.
    126
    PlasticsEurope, ‘PlasticsEurope Operation Clean Sweep® Report 2017’, 2017
    (https://www.opcleansweep.eu/application/files/8316/3456/6233/PlasticsEurope_OCS_progress_report-2017.pdf).
    127
    Hann, S., Sherrington, C., Jamieson, O., Hickmann, M., Kershaw, P., Bapasola, A., Cole, G. (2018). Investigating
    options for reducing releases in the aquatic environment of microplastics emitted by (but not intentionally added in)
    products, Eunomia.
    148
    • intermediary facilities that handle the plastic material between the producer and the
    processor, such as storage and repacking facilities;
    • processors who transform the plastic pellets by either mixing them with other materials
    to alter their physical properties or by transforming them directly into manufactured
    goods (the former are called compounders and the latter converters);
    • distributors who sell (a small portion of) the plastic pellets to sectors such as
    construction;
    • logistic companies; and
    • waste management companies.
    Producers: in Europe, there are close to 100 large polymer-producing companies that are members
    of the trade association “Plastics Europe”.128
    These companies produce some 54.8 million tonnes of
    virgin pellets per year and represent 90% of the total EU production. In 2021, circa 138,000 people
    worked for plastic manufacturers in the EU27. The number of individual enterprises was around
    2300. In 2021, plastic manufacturers generated a turnover of EUR 117 billion.
    Processors: the situation of the processors is significantly different: the trade association “European
    Plastic Converters” (EuPC) totals about 51 national and European industry associations, representing
    90% of the total EU processing, equivalent to approximately 48 000 individual companies, out of
    which 66% are micro-companies (some 31 400 micro-enterprises handling an average tonnage below
    100T and representing an average turnover of EUR 300 000 annually, equivalent to 4% of the total
    turnover of the industry)129
    . Converters employ 1.3 million people and have an annual turnover of
    EUR 269 billion130
    .
    Processors transform raw pellets by either mixing them with other materials to alter their physical
    properties (changing their melting point, colour, insulation properties, etc.) or by transforming them
    directly into manufactured goods. The former is called compounders and the latter converters.
    Compounders can either be part of a converter’s system to alter their physical properties on the same
    site that they are manufacturing the finished product or independent members of the value chain
    supplying new pellets (thus adding a link to the value chain where loss is possible).
    Transporters: the “European Chemical Transport Association” (ECTA) represents approximately
    100 transport companies active in the transport of chemical products including pellets131
    . These
    ECTA members are the major Logistic Service Providers in this sector in Europe and most of them
    are not SMEs. They cover 30% of the total pellet transport in Europe. Beyond ECTA members,
    transporters are largely micro and small entreprises, ca. 13 000.
    Transporters move plastic pellets from their manufacturing grounds to the facility they will be used
    in. Transport occurs by three main delivery mediums: Sea cargo ships; Road lorries; Railways; Air.
    Each distribution method uses different types of containers to store plastic pellets, ranging from small
    bags (20‐25 kg) to silo trucks (up to 35 t) and large maritime containers. Not all bags are sealed,
    airtight and puncture-resistant to prevent damage and tears.
    128
    Plastics Europe, ‘Membership’ (https://plasticseurope.org/about-us/membership/).
    129
    European Plastic Converters (EuPC), ‘Organisation’ (https://www.plasticsconverters.eu/).
    130
    Source Eurostat (20210 figures) for EU-27 (Statistics | Eurostat (europa.eu))
    131
    European Chemical Transport Association, ‘List of ECTA and ECTA RC* Members 2023’
    (https://www.ecta.com/organization/list-of-members/).
    149
    Other logistic operators: the “European Federation of Tank Cleaning Organizations” (EFTCO)
    declares 630 tank cleaning stations in Europe, out of which at least 440 deal with tanks containing
    pellets. Also, there would be around 850 warehouses in Europe storing pellets. These companies are
    largely micro and small enterprises. They provide intermediary services to the supply chain, aside
    from transporters. These intermediary points are important as they represent additional stages at
    which pellets are handled and can be lost.
    Waste management companies: they collect waste pellets from processors to treat them. Producers,
    processors and intermediary facilities typically employ commercial waste management firms to
    handle their waste.
    Recyclers: in 2021, there were some 730 plastic recycling companies in the EU132
    . They occupy
    more than 20 000 employees and create a turnover of EUR 8.5 billion annually. In 2021, they
    produced 7.6 million tonnes of recycled pellets, while the installed capacity is roughly of 11 million
    tonnes. 165 plastic recycling companies are members of the trade association “Plastics Recyclers
    Europe” (PRE) regrouping both industry associations and individual companies, mostly large
    companies. These companies represent 80% of the EU market installed capacity.
    More information on the share of SMEs in the pellet supply chain is presented in Annex 12.
    1.2 Pellet losses
    While the pellets supply chain is mainly grouped into the above mentioned categories, there are
    several intermediate steps where pellet losses can occur, such as:
    • Production
    o Granulation: cutting with a knife in the water nearby or in the pellet receptacles in
    the factory
    o Packaging (bagging or tanking)
    o Unloading by handling or pneumatic
    o Technical problems: pneumatic accidents with plug
    o Electrostatic phenomenon
    • Compounding (similar steps as for production)
    • Processing (conversion or transformation of pellets into products)
    o Unloading of pellets
    o Delivery in bags, octabins or tanks
    o Storage
    o Conversion
    • Logistics
    o Storage in silos by pneumatic
    o Palletisation of containers = bags (big bags) or octabins
    o Bagging fractionation steps
    o Handling pallets of bags or octabins
    o Installation of pallets in unconfined storage parking lots
    o Loading of pallets on flatbed trailers or in (road) containers
    o Chronic losses during road or rail transport and accidental losses
    o Chronic losses shipping and accidental losses
    132
    Plastics Recyclers Europe, ‘Plastics Recycling Industry in Europe: Mapping of Installed Plastics Recycling Capacities
    2021 Data’, 2023 (https://www.residuosprofesional.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/Plastics-Recycling-Industry-
    in-Europe-2023.pdf).
    150
    o Chronic losses during port handling and accidental losses
    Other steps where pellet losses can occur are:
    • Waste and cleaning steps
    o Operating waste
    o Recovery of empty containers for recycling
    o Tank washing
    o Cleaning of flatbed trailers
    • Water used in different processes can also contain pellets
    o Granulation water
    o Cleaning water
    o Recycled water
    o Washing water
    o Retention water
    o others (stormwater, road washing and leaching)
    The Commission of the regional convention for the protection of the Marine Environment of the
    North-East Atlantic (OSPAR)133
    distinguishes the following:
    • Pellet spill as a “One-off escape of pellets from primary containment (not necessarily
    resulting in loss to the environment)”;
    • Pellet loss as a “One-off or prolonged escape of pellets to the environment”.
    Spills – if not contained – may end up as “losses” in the environment. A part of these pellets are
    recovered (in the wastewater treatment system for example), the other part is considered as lost or
    released into the environment.
    Figure 7: Pellet losses in the environment
    133
    OSPAR Commission, ‘Guidelines in support of Recommendation 2021/06 on the reduction of plastic pellet loss into
    the marine environment’, 2021 (https://www.ospar.org/documents?v=46269).
    151
    Pellet losses can be the result of:
    1) chronic, ongoing pellet incidents during routine operations. This usually occurs as a result of lack
    of awareness and improper training, poor handling and housekeeping practices and due to the absence
    of pellet loss preventive and mitigating measures.
    2) acute, one-off, pellet incidents. This usually occurs as a result of accidents during transport or
    major equipment failures in the absence of pellet loss preventive and mitigating measures.
    1.2.1 Chronic pellet losses
    Chronic pellet losses typically happen during both bulk and packed loading and unloading operations
    at special installations and during transport and logistic operations. The report from the plastics
    producers on Operation Clean Sweep134
    corroborates this presumption by adding process and mixing
    points as other pellet loss hotspots. The report states that: “The majority of companies (97%) have
    analysed the sources of potential pellet spills at their facilities and identified that loading and
    unloading areas, process and mixing points are the three main locations where pellets losses occur
    more often at different sites”.
    The main reasons of these losses are the following135
    :
    • In the production process, the most common causes of pellet losses are the incompletely
    sealed conveying systems, damaged or leaky packaging, rail hopper car and bulk truck
    cleaning operations, lack of a containment system, failure of the containment system during
    heavy rainfall, infrequent or inadequate housekeeping, unsealed or unsecured rail hopper car
    valves and the lack of employee awareness.
    • During transport, pellet losses occur due to incompletely sealed bags or leaking bag valves,
    improper bag storage practices, lack of employee awareness, inadequate training of forklift
    operators, infrequent routine maintenance, improperly or inadequately sealed or secured rail
    hopper car valves, lack of a containment system or other control mechanisms, improper
    handling of pellet cargo at ship docks and aboard ship, overfilling of storage silos,
    displacement of the conveyor system ports and accidents of ships carrying pellets.
    • In processing facilities, pellet losses can occur because of the lack of communication
    between industry management, inadequate employee awareness and training, inadequate
    facilities like lack of waste-, or storm-water containment systems in place, careless routine
    operations, inadequate housekeeping practices, easily damaged or leaky packaging and
    improper unloading and warehousing procedures.
    There is evidence of point source input near plastic processing plants, where the abundance of plastic
    pellets or powders can be relatively high.136
    Chronic pellet incidents have been reported at production
    134
    Plastics Europe, ‘Operation Clean Sweep® Progress Report 2019’, 2020 (https://plasticseurope.org/knowledge-
    hub/operation-clean-sweep-progress-report-2019/).
    135
    US Environmental Protection Agency, ‘Plastic Pellets in the Aquatic Environment: Sources and Recommendations’,
    1992 (http://www.globalgarbage.org/13%20EPA%20Plastic%20Pellets.pdf).
    136
    Norén, F. & Ekendahl, S., ‘Microscopic Anthropogenic Particles in Swedish Waters: many more than believed’, 2009,
    Schwerin, Germany: Helsinki Commission.
    152
    sites in the Netherlands137
    , Belgium138
    , Spain139
    , the UK coastline, Scotland140
    , Denmark141
    and
    Sweden142
    . Logistic platforms like ports are hotspots for pellet losses, and the ports of Rotterdam,
    Antwerp and Tarragona have been reported to be heavily polluted locations by several organisations
    active in the monitoring of pellet losses143
    . An important part of chronic pellet incidents happens also
    during the transport of pellets across land (e.g. road and rail), such as in Belgium144
    , or during
    maritime transport145
    .
    1.2.2 Acute pellet losses
    Acute pellet incidents have happened in industrial facilities in Italy146
    and during the transport of
    pellets across land, e.g. in France147
    and during maritime transport, e.g. in the Netherlands148
    or in
    Denmark149
    . Acute pellet incidents occurring in the form of containers lost at sea result in large
    quantities of pellets released directly into the marine environment150
    . Some big incidents with
    unknown origin have also to be mentioned such as the ones in Southampton, England151
    and in the
    Loire-Atlantique coastline of France152
    among several others in Europe and worldwide153
    .
    Box 8: Examples of major acute pellet incidents during maritime transport
    2012: In Hong Kong, after being blown by Typhoon Vicente on 24 July 2012, some containers
    belonging to Chinese oil giant Sinopec which were carrying over 150 tonnes of plastic pellets,
    were blown into the sea, washing up on southern Hong Kong coasts, such as Shek O, Cheung
    Chau, Ma Wan and Lamma Island. The spill disrupted marine life and was credited with killing
    stocks of fish-on-fish farms154
    .
    2017: A nurdle spill of about two billion nurdles (49 tonnes) from a shipping container in Durban
    Harbour required extended clean-up efforts. These nurdles have also been spotted washing up
    on the shore in Western Australia155
    .
    137
    Westerschelde-plastic-nurdles-versie-definitief-21-11-2021-2.pdf (plasticsoupfoundation.org)
    138
    Ecaussinnes (Belgium): Surfrider Foundation tackles industial plastic granules
    139
    New report out exposes alarming impacts of plastic pellets across Europe - Good Karma Projects
    140
    Fife beach 'worst' for nurdle pollution - BBC News
    141
    Tackling sources of Marine Plastic Pollution through effective corporate engagement: a Danish Case Study
    142
    The unaccountability case of plastic pellet pollution - ScienceDirect
    143
    Plastic Giants polluting through the backdoor. New report out exposes alarming impacts of plastic pellets across
    Europe - Good Karma Projects
    144
    Ecaussinnes (Belgium): Surfrider Foundation tackles industial plastic granules
    145
    Sources, fate and effects of Microplastics in the marine environment: a global assessement
    146
    Nurdle pollution hotspot identified in Italy (nurdlehunt.org.uk)
    147
    Morbihan. Un camion perd sa marchandise, 28 tonnes de granulés en plastique sur la route (ouest-france.fr)
    148
    24 million plastic pellets from MSC Zoe on northern Dutch coastline – The Northern Times
    149
    Plastic pellets spill pollutes Danish, Norwegian, Swedish coastlines – KIMO (kimointernational.org)
    150
    In 2021, the container ship MV X-Press Pearl caught fire and sank losing approximately 1680 tonnes of plastic pellets
    in a single event (some 84 billion pellets). In Europe, in 2020, the MV Trans Carrier lost more than 10 tonnes of
    plastic pellets in the German Bight. Plastic pellets spill pollutes Danish, Norwegian, Swedish coastlines – KIMO
    (kimointernational.org) 24 million plastic pellets from MSC Zoe on northern Dutch coastline – The Northern Times
    151
    Plastic pollution at Chessel Bay nature reserve in Southampton | Daily Echo
    152
    Les plages de la côte Atlantique polluées par une marée de granulés plastiques, l’Etat porte plainte (lemonde.fr)
    153
    https://www.nurdlehunt.org.uk/nurdle-finds.html
    154
    Lyn, T.E., ‘Sinopec pledges help to clear Hong Kong plastic spill’, Reuters, 2012 (https://www.reuters.com/article/us-
    pollution-hongkong-sinopec-idUSBRE8780I920120809). https://www.reuters.com/article/us-pollution-hongkong-
    sinopec-idUSBRE8780I920120809
    155
    Two Oceans Aquarium, ‘The Great Nurdle Disaster: What to do if you find nurdles’, 2017
    (https://www.aquarium.co.za/blog/entry/the-great-nurdle-disaster-what-to-do-if-you-find-nurdles).
    https://www.aquarium.co.za/blog/entry/the-great-nurdle-disaster-what-to-do-if-you-find-nurdles
    153
    2018: A semi-truck crash led to the release of bright blue-coloured nurdles into Pocono Creek
    and the waterways of the Lehigh Valley, Pennsylvania.
    2020: On 23rd February 2020, the MV Trans Carrier lost more than 10 tonnes of plastic pellets
    in the German Bight when the cargo on board moved during a storm, damaging one of the
    containers, which broke open156
    .
    2020: During a thunderstorm on August 20th, a 12 m shipping container with 25 tonnes of
    nurdles fell off the CMA CGM Bianca ship into the Mississippi River in New Orleans. No
    official clean-up took place157
    .
    2021: On 2 June 2021, the cargo ship “X-Press Pearl” containing 1680 tonnes of plastics
    pellets158
    sank off the coast of Sri Lanka, spilling chemicals and microplastic nurdles and causing
    the worst environmental disaster in the country's history159
    . The actual quantity of pellets lost to
    the environment is unknown.
    Existing monitoring programs in Europe show the presence of plastic pellets in the marine
    environment. In addition to those implemented in the framework of the Marine Strategy Framework
    Directive, which requires all Member States to monitor microplastic litter on beaches160
    , there are
    programs like the Port of Antwerp’s collaboration with PlasticsEurope161
    . In the area of the port of
    Antwerp, home to 10 pellets producers, in 2017, about 4 tonnes of plastics pellets were collected in
    the environment centred on the port area during a citizens’ action, with most pellets found close to
    the production plants162
    . The Port of Antwerp has been running the Antwerp Zero Pellet Loss
    Platform since 2017 with the aim of improving the implementation of the OCS programme in the
    port of Antwerp. In 2022, an OVAM representative163
    confirmed that “there are still pellet losses
    around the Port of Antwerp”.
    Since the 1970s, plastic pellets have been observed in marine environments around the world,
    including at sites which are not close to petrochemical or polymer industries. These have been
    documented using different observation protocols developed by NGOs such as SOS Mal de Seine
    and Fidra. This demonstrates that while pellet losses can be concentrated in one geographical area,
    they are also extremely mobile and can be dispersed by surface water and sea currents, as well as
    through the air.
    156
    KIMO, ‘Plastic pellets spill pollutes Danish, Norwegian, Swedish coastlines’, 2020
    (https://www.kimointernational.org/news/plastic-pellets-spill-pollutes-danish-norwegian-swedish-coastlines/).
    157
    Nola.com, ‘No cleanup planned as millions of plastic pellets wash up along Mississippi River and flow to the Gulf’,
    2020 (https://www.nola.com/news/environment/article_b4fba760-e18d-11ea-9b0b-b3a2123cf48b.html).
    158
    United Nations Environment Programme, ‘X-Press pearl maritime disaster Sri Lanka – Report of the UN
    Environmental Advisory Mission’, 2021 (https://www.unep.org/resources/report/x-press-pearl-maritime-disaster-sri-
    lanka-report-un-environmental-advisory-mission).
    159
    The Guardian, ‘Sri Lanka faces disaster as burning ship spills chemicals on beaches’, 2021
    (https://www.theguardian.com/world/2021/may/31/sri-lanka-faces-disaster-burning-ship-spills-chemicals-beaches).
    160
    In 2016, Spain started the MSFD subprogram on microplastics on beaches, and pellets were detected with an average
    concentration of 47.8 pellets/kg or 419.2 pellets/m2. Currently, the MSFD Technical Group on Litter is developing a
    protocol for monitoring pellets on beaches.
    161
    Plastics Europe, ‘Port of Antwerp Activity report 2021’, 2021 (https://plasticseurope.org/knowledge-hub/port-of-
    antwerp-activity-report-2021/).
    162
    Rethink Plastic Alliance, Surfrider Foundation Europe, & Break Free from Plastic, ‘Plastic Giants polluting through
    the backdoor’, 2020 (https://rethinkplasticalliance.eu/wp-
    content/uploads/2020/12/bffp_rpa_pellets_polluting_through_the_backdoor.pdf).
    163
    Ovam, Personal communication, 2022.
    154
    1.3 Pellet pathways
    Spilled pellets can reach the environment and become losses through several pathways.
    Figure 8: Pellet pathways (solid lines represent pellet movements and dotted lines are loss pathways)
    The plastic pellet value chain is not airtight, and there are numerous opportunities for pellets to be
    lost into the environment. Pellets are released by the plastics industry at all stages of their life-cycle:
    during production, conversion, transport and storage (at every facility they are handled in). When
    pellets are spilled, they can reach the environment through two routes:
    Direct releases into the environment:
    o Aquatic environment: Pellets may be released directly into waterways, during
    handling operations, in particular at ports or during cargo transport at sea.
    o Land environment: Pellets may be released at site or during transportation due to
    leaking packaging or during handling when transferring between different modes of
    transportation.
    o Air: some pellets are in the form of powder and could be found in air when not
    properly contained.
    Discharges in wastewater: via rainwater into storm-water drains, or wastewater treatment
    systems (WWT).
    When pellets are spilled during logistic and shipping operations, they normally reach the environment
    directly and end up in water, land, and sometimes air.
    Lost pellets may be carried by rainwater into storm-water drains. These transport the water into the
    urban wastewater treatment (WWT) plants, when connected, which is approximately 65% of the
    cases. The pellets may then be discharged into the aquatic environment through storm-water
    discharges or, where the sewage and storm sewers are combined, through WWT discharges.
    Normally, stormwater drains are designed to collect and carry rainwater, melted snow, and other
    precipitation from the land surface. Stormwater drains are typically separate from wastewater drains,
    which carry sewage and other household or industrial wastes to wastewater treatment plants. In some
    cases, depending on local regulations and infrastructure, stormwater and wastewater may be
    combined in a single drain. Some may discharge directly into nearby water bodies, while others may
    flow into retention ponds, infiltration basins, or other types of stormwater management systems. In
    155
    urban areas, stormwater may also be collected and treated before discharge to reduce the risk of
    flooding or water pollution.
    When pellets are spilled inside installations where pellets are handled, dry or wet cleaning is possible.
    In the case of dry cleaning, pellets are collected and then go to waste management (mostly for
    incineration), except for recyclers who collect and put them back in the recycling process. Wet
    cleaning pushes pellets to drains. From there, spilled pellets typically reach industrial wastewater
    treatment in the case of production installations. Processing and recycling installations are either
    linked to industrial or urban wastewater treatment systems.
    In industrial wastewater treatment facilities, pellets are mostly captured in sludge and incinerated.
    However the effluent may still contain some pellets (particularly, flakes and powders). In urban
    wastewater treatment facilities, pellets are also captured in sludge (between 95-99%, depending on
    the treatment efficiency). Depending on the sludge management, microplastics are either destroyed
    (through incineration, for example) or released into the environment if sludge is spread on agricultural
    lands (on average 50% of all sludge in the EU is applied in agriculture as fertilizer). These pellets
    may stay in the soil or ultimately reach the aquatic environment (runoff to surface water or through
    soil to groundwater). Pellets can also reach water via overflows, bypassing the wastewater facilities.
    Therefore, the main pathways of pellets lost are water-related, i.e. urban, rain and storm water for
    losses occurring in terrestrial areas and marine water for losses at cargo handling installations at ports
    or occurring during cargo transport at sea.
    1.4 Scale of the problem
    While observable, these losses are not routinely measured, or indeed readily measurable at any
    specific step. There is no harmonised methodology for measuring pellet losses. Neither pellet loss
    measurements have been made at different steps of the supply chain, nor are any systemic monitoring
    and reporting data available within the Member States or the industry to calculate pellet losses.
    Hence, it is impossible to establish exact figures on pellet losses at each step because it depends on
    the installation size, actors involved, management practices, etc., and all these aspects are very
    heterogeneous in the EU.
    Efforts to quantify the amount of pellets entering the environment typically apply a ‘loss rate’ as well
    as a number of handling steps to the total pellet volume handled. Robust empirical evidence to inform
    a ‘loss rate’ or a number of handling steps is scarce. However, the greater the number of steps at
    which pellets are handled, the greater the opportunities for loss.
    The major handling steps occur at production plants (of both virgin and recycled pellets), processing
    installations and during logistic operations, i.e. all loading and unloading operations to transport
    pellets from one installation to another including warehouse installations, where pellets are stored
    and/or re-packed, and cleaning installations.
    Several studies use the figures for pellet losses of 0.01%-0.04% (according to Sundt et al. (2014)164
    .
    However, this figure is an estimate from just one processor and is based on measurement in the
    effluent, so it does not measure losses at other steps of the supply chain, nor emissions happening
    otherwise, i.e. direct emissions to air, water and soil. Given the high uncertainty and potential double
    counting, rates in the range of 0.001% and 0.1% have been suggested by some studies such as Peano
    164
    Norway (2014) Sources of microplastic pollution to the marine environment, Report for Norwegian Environment
    Agency.
    156
    et al. (2020)165
    . Compared to the total pellet volume, loss estimates in various publications show a
    wide variation (see table below), making it difficult to estimate the exact magnitude of the problem166
    .
    The reason for such a large variation is that the actors involved in the supply chain range from very
    small micro-enterprises to large companies and the level of awareness and measures in place to
    prevent pellet losses vary considerably. Similarly, the number of handling steps in a typical supply
    chain is influenced by the size of the operation, which is often driven by the demand for specific
    plastics products and also external factors (e.g. petrol prices, pandemic, economic crisis, energy
    price).
    During the stakeholder meeting of 12 December 2022, stakeholders overall agreed with the approach
    but had diverging opinions on the loss rates (the industry considers them too high) and the number
    of handling steps (NGOs consider them too low167
    ).
    OSPAR168
    has further detailed the reasons leading to the lack of reliable information as follows:
    • Most of the data were collected by interviews or questionnaires and not by measurements;
    • The number of companies in the studies is relatively low;
    • Different phases of the plastic cycle are involved (transport and production);
    • Different companies may be involved (producers, transporters, storage companies and
    converters);
    • The difference in the definition of pellet loss: some respondents seem to focus on the total
    pellet spill. In contrast, other respondents focus on the fraction of pellets that are washed into
    the drains or surface waters. An unknown fraction of the lost pellets will be collected and
    disposed of with solid waste; and
    • Different study designs: For example, the German study estimated resource efficiency
    (production yield) by comparing the mass of the feedstock purchased and the mass of the final
    product sold, whereas, in other studies, the mass of pellet spills was estimated based on
    observations.
    Due to the lack of data and awareness, it was difficult to provide exact numbers on pellet loss. This
    is well exemplified by the fact that all estimates in literature on pellet losses during the production
    phase are based on one single Norwegian plant.
    To take into account these uncertainties, a range of loss rates is used to calculate the losses occurring
    at four major steps: production, processing, recycling and logistics. It is estimated that losses happen
    at a higher rate at processing and recycling installations because of relatively small installations and
    large number of handling steps (0.02%-0.06% of the total volume processed/recycled) than at
    production ones (0.01%-0.03% of the total volume produced), and at an even higher rate during
    transport and logistic operations (0.03%-0.12%) because of pellets normally entering the
    environment directly. These rates count for the major handling steps in production, processing,
    165
    Peano et al., ‘Plastic Leak Project’, 2020 (https://quantis.com/who-we-guide/our-impact/sustainability-
    initiatives/plastic-leak-project/).
    166
    OSPAR, ‘Assessment document of land-based inputs of microplastics in the marine environment’, 2017
    (https://www.ospar.org/documents?v=38018 Page 22).
    167
    Seas at Risk provided a long list of different handling steps where pellet losses could occur, however without any
    figures on loss rates.
    168
    OSPAR Commission, ‘Assessment document of land-based inputs of microplastics in the marine environment’, 2017
    (https://www.ospar.org/documents?v=38018).
    157
    recycling and transport/logistic phases and do not take account of other handling steps occurring in
    other phases (e.g. distribution), for which no data is available. These figures are therefore at the same
    time uncertain due to the lack of a standardised methodology to measure pellet losses and scarce data,
    and conservative. As said, losses depend on the volume handled, type of facility, variability in pellet
    handling practices across the sector and Member states, etc. These figures will be improved once the
    reporting obligation under REACH (and possibly complemented with a harmonised methodology
    under this initiative) is in place.
    Pellet loss calculations were made using these ranges of pellet loss ratios (lower and higher figures)
    for the four types of operations, namely virgin pellet production, recycling, pellet processing and
    logistics. These pellet loss ratios are applied to the volume of pellets handled during different steps
    of the pellet supply chain.
    The table below presents a recap of the main evidence available to date.
    Table 45: Summary of Literature on microplastic emissions due to pellets
    Author and Year Area of
    Study
    Estimate of Pellet Loss Basis of Estimate
    OECD (2009)169
    USA The emission factor (EF) for dust
    emissions from transferring solid powders
    is estimated at 5 kg per tonne (0.5%)
    This was the default emission factor as
    found in a previous USEPA (2006)
    model to estimate dust releases from
    transferring solid powders, using data
    from industries including paint and
    varnish formulation, plastic
    manufacturing, printing ink formulation,
    rubber manufacturing, and chemical
    manufacturing
    Nova Institute
    (2015)170
    Germany 0.1 – 1.0% of total plastics production
    21000 to 210 000 tonnes/year for
    Germany
    Estimates of resource efficiency
    comparing how much raw material is
    needed to make a tonne of manufactured
    product
    Norway
    (2014)171
    Norway 0.09% of total plastics production (0.05%
    from transport and 0.04% from
    processors)
    450 tonnes/year for Norway
    The transport estimate is based on the
    OECD (2009) emission factor for dust
    emissions from transferring solid
    powders and an assumption that 10% of
    this will not be contained by spill control
    measures. A Norwegian reprocessor
    provided the estimate of 0.04%.
    Denmark
    (2015)172
    Denmark On average, 0.01% of raw material
    consumption at plastics facilities.
    Maximum 0.0013% of raw material
    Estimates were provided by processors
    who have joined OCS in a survey
    undertaken by the Danish Plastics
    Federation. The figures represent the loss
    to sewage from within the companies’
    169
    OECD, ‘Emission Scenario Document On Adhesive Formulation’, 2009
    (https://www.oecd.org/officialdocuments/publicdisplaydocumentpdf/?cote=env/jm/mono(2009)3&doclanguage=en)
    170
    Essel, R. et al., Report for the German Federal Environment Agency ‘Sources of microplastics relevant to marine
    protection in Germany’, 2015
    (https://www.umweltbundesamt.de/sites/default/files/medien/378/publikationen/texte_64_2015_sources_of_micropl
    astics_relevant_to_marine_protection_1.pdf).
    171
    Sundt, P. et al. Sources of microplastics-pollution to the marine environment, Norwegian Environment Agency
    Miljødirektoaret, 2014
    172
    Lassen et al. Microplastics - Occurrence, effects and sources of releases to the environment in Denmark, The Danish
    Environmental Protection Agency, 2015.
    158
    consumption for processors that have
    joined OCS.
    Total emissions = 3 to 56 tonnes/year for
    Denmark
    area (incl. unloading from trucks that
    deliver raw materials). The authors
    adjust the potential for bias in providing
    this information by assuming the average
    facility will lose ten times as many
    pellets.
    Boomerang
    Alliance
    (2015)173
    Australia 1% of domestic production, relating to a
    medium scenario of nurdle loss in
    domestic production and transport.
    10,000 tonnes/year for Australia
    The source of this estimate is not given
    in the paper – not based on empirical
    evidence.
    EC/Eunomia
    (2016)174
    EU 0.04% losses of domestic production from
    production, of which 0 – 57% will be
    captured in wastewater treatment. 0.05%
    losses of domestic production from
    transport, of which 10 – 50% will be
    captured in some way before they reach
    the oceans.
    24,000 to 48,450 tonnes/year for Europe.
    The data was reported as unreliable /
    unrepresentative in the report.
    Both pellet loss figures are taken from
    the Mepex study. The wastewater
    capture is calculated from 63% of EU
    population being connected to tertiary
    wastewater treatment. In the best case
    90% of microplastics are captured in
    these facilities and the worst case, no
    microplastics are captured. The capture
    of losses from transport is an assumption
    reflecting the likelihood that pellet spills
    that occur during transport – especially
    oceanic – will not be captured in a
    wastewater treatment system
    Eunomia
    (2016)175
    UK 0.001 – 0.01% loss at each stage (four
    stages studied – producers, processors,
    storage and transport, offsite waste
    management)
    105 to 1054 tonnes/year for the UK
    Loss rates based on Danish EPA
    (Denmark, 2015). The lower bound of
    this range assumed that every UK facility
    loses no more pellets than the Danish
    processors reported that they lost. The
    Danish EPA study assumes that the
    average facility loses ten times more than
    the best performing, but this provided the
    highest rate of pellet loss reviewed that
    could be used in the study. Instead of
    better data, and supported by personal
    communication with a Scottish
    processor, this estimate was therefore
    used for the worst-performing facility,
    i.e., the upper bound figure.
    Sweden (2016)
    176
    Sweden Pellet loss is calculated at two points – a
    0.04% emission factor is assumed from
    plastic pellet production, and a lower and
    upper estimate of 0.0005% - 0.01% loss
    rate is estimated from pellet handling at
    processors. The latter is estimated as net
    emission figures (i.e. emissions to the
    environment).
    The pellet loss from production figures is
    taken from the (Norway, 2014) study.
    The handling figure is based on
    (Denmark, 2015)
    173
    Boomerang Alliance, Submission to Australian Senate inquiry ‘The threat of marine plastic pollution in Australia’,
    2015
    (https://assets.nationbuilder.com/boomerangalliance/pages/158/attachments/original/1445317763/Environment_Co
    mmunications_marine_plastic_sub77.pdf?1445317763).
    174
    Eunomia, ‘Report to DG Environment on Study to support the development of measures to combat a range of marine
    litter sources’, 2016.
    175
    Eunomia, ‘Report for Fidra on Study to Quantify Pellet Emissions in the UK’, 2016.
    176
    Magnusson et al. Swedish sources and pathways for microplastics to the marine environment, Swedish Environmental
    Protection Agency, 2016.
    159
    310-533 tonnes/year for Sweden
    IUCN (2017)177
    Global Losses are computed at four stages:
    production of primary plastics,
    manufacturing of plastics, transport on
    land (for domestic uses of plastics
    products) and water (for interregional
    trade of plastics products), as well as
    plastic end-of-life. Optimistic
    (0.000003%) / central (0.00001) /
    pessimistic (0.0001%) of microplastics
    losses per stage
    Loss rates are wrongly stated to be based
    on Fidra 2016. No other basis for the
    range of loss rates is provided. Fidra’s
    assumption is that in this report there was
    a reporting error.
    UN
    Environment
    (2018)178
    Global 0,04% losses during production and
    processing.
    The average value, i.e. 0.005%, (estimate
    between 0.0005% and 0.01%.) was used
    for estimating losses during loading,
    reloading and transportation of the pellets.
    30,000 tonnes/year global
    The loss rates figures were taken from
    Norwegian polystyrene plant where a
    loss of 0.4 g/kg was reported (Norway,
    2014). This value was used to estimate
    losses from the production and
    processing of pellets.
    The loss of pellets during transport and
    handling was calculated based on
    (Sweden, 2016) report.
    Ryberg et al.
    (2019) 179
    0,04% losses during Production.
    Between 0,001% to 0,01% during
    processing.
    0,0035% during handling and
    transportation.
    20,000 tonnes/year global
    The study uses four sources to estimate
    the losses (Norway, 2014), (Denmark,
    2015) (Sweden, 2016) and Eunomia
    2016180
    Production losses based on (Norway,
    2014).
    Processing losses based on (Denmark,
    2015) and Eunomia 2016
    Handling and Transportation losses
    based on (Sweden, 2016) and Eunomia
    2016
    1.5 Chronic losses in reference year
    High volumes of pellets are produced and handled every year, both globally and in Europe. There is
    a direct relationship between the amount of pellets produced and the amount released in the
    environment.
    In Europe, in 2019, about 65.3 million tons of pellets (57.9 million tonnes of virgin, 6.5 million tonnes
    of recycled, and 0.9 million tonnes of bio-based) were produced in the EU. In the same year, 12.7
    million tonnes of pellets were imported to Europe to be converted into final plastic products at a
    converting site in the EU, while 14.9 million tonnes of pellets were exported.
    177
    International Union for Conservation of Nature, ‘Primary Microplastics in the Oceans: A Global Evaluation of
    Sources’, 2017 (https://portals.iucn.org/library/sites/library/files/documents/2017-002-En.pdf).
    178
    Ryberg et al. Mapping of global plastics value chain and plastic losses to the environment, UN Environment, 2018.
    179
    Ryberg et al. Global environmental losses of plastics across their value chains, Resources, conservation and recycling,
    2019 https://doi.org/10.1016/j.resconrec.2019.104459
    180
    Eunomia, ‘Report for Fidra on Study to Quantify Pellet Emissions in the UK’, 2016.
    160
    This impact assessment has found that the amount of pellets lost to the environment in the EU
    in 2019 can be estimated to be between 52 140 tonnes and 184 290 tonnes (see the table below
    for the the value chain), equivalent to 0.08% to 0.28% of total pellet volumes in the EU.
    Table 46: Pellets lost (tonnes per year) per sector and per size of the companies
    Micro Small Medium Large Total
    Production 0 0 0 7222 – 21 665 7222 – 21 665
    Waste
    management,
    including
    recycling
    0 0 0 1448 – 4345 1448 – 4345
    Conversion 611 – 1834 2445 – 7334 5583 – 16 748 6961 – 20 884 15 600 – 46 800
    Logistics 2378 – 9513 4529 – 18 116 7109 – 28 436 13 854 – 55 414 27 870 – 111 480
    Total 2990 – 11 347 6974 – 25 450 12 692 – 45 185 29 485 – 102 308 52 140 – 184 290
    The calculations are explained in Annex 9, on the baseline.
    Figure 9 shows the global distribution of pellets losses, as well as the importance of these losses.
    Figure 9: Scale of pellet losses at global level181
    181
    International Pellet Watch, ‘Where can we find the plastic resin pellets?’
    (http://pelletwatch.org/where#:~:text=Plastic%20resin%20pellets%20are%20distributed,trash%2C%20wood%2C%
    20shell).).
    161
    2 ADVERSE IMPACTS
    Four types of adverse impacts can be observed from pellets finding their way into the environment:
    1) on the environment itself; 2) on climate; 3) on human health; 4) and on the economy.
    These impacts are described in Annex 7.
    3 PROBLEM DRIVERS
    There are several market and regulatory failures.
    3.1 Market failures
    1) Prices do not reflect negative externalities: The activities of economic operators do not
    integrate the negative externalities caused by pellets finding their way into the environment,
    leading to a suboptimal market outcome. On one side, due to their small size, pellets are easy to
    spill; on the other side, it is relatively costly to prevent spills or to clean up after spills as good
    handling practices require measures to be taken, such as training of staff. The cost of lost pellets,
    incurred by economic operators involved in the production, use and transport of pellets, is not
    sufficiently high to motivate a change in behaviour. In addition, once spilled, pellets are
    considered contaminated and therefore become waste182
    . There are no incentives for economic
    operators to integrate the negative externalities caused by pellets finding their way into the
    environment.
    2) Imperfect information: Economic operators do not have sufficient information to be fully aware
    of the pellets which are unintentionally lost from their operations (and of consequential impacts).
    This applies notably to the smaller companies present in the pellet supply chain, mostly on the
    conversion side. As no systematic monitoring and reporting systems are in place, they are not
    aware of quantities released, and because there is no or insufficient awareness raising about the
    impacts, they are not aware of the negative externalities. Furthermore, as information on available
    preventive and mitigating measures by responsible companies is not sufficiently promoted
    throughout the supply chain, they are not aware of possible actions to be taken. Under these
    circumstances, it is difficult for economic operators to make sustainable choices when investing
    in new equipment, determining their internal procedures and choosing partners along the supply
    chain. A lack of specific support for the smallest companies present in the supply chain, especially
    on the conversion side, also explains a suboptimal market outcome.
    As such, economic operators do not sufficiently integrate concerns about pellet losses in their
    operations and no sufficient information about quantities, impacts, actions etc., is routinely sought
    or promoted.
    3.2 Regulatory failures
    Existing EU legislation does not address pellets sufficiently: The absence of specific requirements
    to implement best handling practices is arguably the most significant of the problem drivers. While
    existing EU regulatory frameworks could be relevant (governing marine litter, water, industrial
    emissions, waste, packaging, chemicals and transport activities), they do not specifically address the
    issue of pellet losses and their responsible handling to prevent and reduce losses to the environment.
    182
    Hann, S., Sherrington, C., Jamieson, O., Hickmann, M., Kershaw, P., Bapasola, A., Cole, G. (2018). Investigating
    options for reducing releases in the aquatic environment of microplastics emitted by (but not intentionally added in)
    products, Eunomia.
    162
    At the national level, the very large majority of facilities involved in the conversion of pellets or in
    logistic operations related to pellets are too small to attract attention and receive routine visits from
    environmental regulators as to for instance implementation of waste legislation.
    Pellets are very partially covered by the REACH restriction on microplastics intentionally added to
    products183
    . The restriction proposal does not prevent the placing on the market of pellets but does
    foresee lighter measures for so-called ‘derogated’ uses, meaning uses of microplastics at industrial
    sites, including plastic pellet sites, where releases can be prevented through risk management
    measures. These lighter measures are namely an ‘instructions for use and disposal’ requirement along
    the supply chain, and a ‘reporting’ requirement, as outlined in detail in Annex 6. All together, the
    reported information on all ‘derogated’ uses would help identify high releases and prioritise them for
    further regulatory risk management. However, as they apply to all ‘derogated’ uses, these lighter
    measures are generally defined and not specific to each single ‘derogated’ use. Also, they do not help
    as such to effectively reduce pellet losses or prevent them (e.g. they are not a requirement on their
    handling), and the reporting requirement is not based on a methodology to measure pellet losses (it
    was left to the industry to develop a methodology).
    The Marine Strategy Framework Directive addresses the monitoring and assessment of the impacts
    of microlitter, including microplastics, in coastal and marine environments in a way that they can be
    linked to sources184
    . Currently, a guidance document is under development in view of a harmonized
    method to monitor the presence of plastic pellets along EU coastlines. However, this work does not
    include specific requirements concerning the prevention or reduction of pellet losses at source.
    The revised Urban Waste Water Treatment Directive (UWWTD)185
    proposes to measure
    microplastics in the inlets and outlets of the urban WWT plants (including in the sludge) for
    agglomerations. The measures proposed in the UWWTD are only end-of-pipe solutions and no
    specific requirements concerning the prevention or reduction of pellet losses at the source are
    foreseen.
    The Sewage Sludge Directive (SSD)186
    does not address microplastics. During its evaluation, the
    concept of source control i.e. targeting substances such as microplastics and micropollutants at
    source, was widely supported by stakeholders in order to improve circularity in the wastewater
    treatment sector. Indeed, for the sludge and/or water is to be reused, stakeholders highlighted that
    there is a need for tracking and preventing pollution at source.
    The recast of the Drinking Water Directive (DWD), the update of the Groundwater Directive (GWD)
    and the Environmental Quality Standards Directive (EQSD) all include provisions related to
    microplastics monitoring at the end-of-life stage only.
    183
    Commission Regulation (EU) …/… amending Annex XVII to Regulation (EC) No 1907/2006 concerning the
    Registration, Evaluation, Authorisation and Restriction of Chemicals (REACH) as regards synthetic polymer
    microparticles.
    184
    EUR-Lex - 32017D0848 - EN - EUR-Lex (europa.eu) “…micro-litter shall be monitored in the surface layer of the
    water column and in the seabed sediment and may additionally be monitored on the coastline. Micro-litter shall be
    monitored in a manner that can be related to point-sources for inputs (such as harbours, marinas, waste-water treatment
    plants, storm-water effluents), where feasible.”
    185
    Council Directive of 21 May 1991 concerning urban waste water treatment (91/271/EEC) (https://eur-
    lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/?uri=CELEX%3A01991L0271-20140101).
    186
    Council Directive of 12 June 1986 on the protection of the environment, and in particular of the soil, when sewage
    sludge is used in agriculture (86/278/EEC) (https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-
    content/EN/TXT/?uri=CELEX%3A01986L0278-20220101).
    163
    The Industrial Emissions Directive (IED)187
    aims to prevent and control pollution arising from
    industrial activities in large industrial installations, and is only partially suited to address pellet losses
    as a form of pollution occurring along the entire supply chain. While activities like the production of
    polymeric materials, such as pellets, on an industrial scale fall under the scope of the IED, other
    activities like the conversion, transport or storage of pellets, usually operated by small and medium
    enterprises, are not covered. In addition, the BAT Reference Document (BREF) for the production
    of polymers was adopted in 2007 and does not address the specific issue of pellet losses.
    Waste legislation such as the Waste Framework Directive (WFD)188
    and Packaging and Packaging
    Waste Directive189
    does not specifically address the pellet loss issue as they do not regulate emissions
    during the production of products or packaging. The WFD imposes Member States a generic
    obligation to take waste preventive measures addressing the industrial generation of waste as pellets
    can be. The Commission could adopt guidelines to assist Member States in preparing their
    programmes and preventive measures based on the WFD. Nevertheless, the implementation of these
    guidelines by Member States is voluntary thus not ensuring the harmonised implementation of
    preventive measures throughout the EU and the level playing field among economic operators.
    4 OBJECTIVE
    4.1 General objectives
    The general objective of this initiative is to contribute to the reduction of microplastic-related
    pollution by preventing and reducing pellet losses to the environment that are due to current handling
    pellet practices at all stages of the supply chain within the EU, thus reducing the adverse
    environmental, economic and (potential) human health consequences of pellet pollution..
    4.2 Specific objectives
    Accordingly, the above general objective translates into three specific objectives:
    • To reduce and prevent pellet losses in an economically proportionate manner to a level
    consistent with the Commission’s 2030 target of a 30% reduction in both intentional and
    unintentional microplastic releases (compared to 2016 levels);
    • To improve information on the magnitude of pellet losses throughout the pellet supply chain,
    in particular the accuracy of loss estimates, and to raise awareness among relevant actors; and
    • To ensure the appropriate mitigation of impacts on SMEs involved in the pellet supply chain.
    187
    Directive 2010/75/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of 24 November 2010 on industrial emissions
    (integrated pollution prevention and control) (Recast) (annexe 6
    https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/?uri=CELEX%3A02010L0075-20110106).
    188
    Directive 2008/98/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 19 November 2008 on waste and repealing
    certain Directives (https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/?uri=CELEX%3A02008L0098-20180705).
    189
    European Parliament and Council Directive 94/62/EC of 20 December 1994 on packaging and packaging waste
    (https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/?uri=CELEX%3A01994L0062-20180704).
    164
    Annex 9:
    Baseline
    To develop the baseline for pellet losses to the environment, the following methodology was used
    due to a lack of pre-existing harmonised methodology, along with significant knowledge gaps in data
    and reporting.
    1 THE PELLET SUPPLY CHAIN
    In the pellet supply chain, pellet losses can occur at different steps of production, processing, and
    logistical activities. It is important to distinguish between the three types of chains detailed below to
    consider which activities are relevant. However, the magnitude of pellet losses will depend on the
    number of intermediate steps and on pellet handling practices at different facilities.
    • For pellets produced and processed in the EU, pellet losses could occur during all three
    activities.
    • For pellets produced in the EU and exported, pellet losses could occur at the pellet
    production facilities and during the logistics for export.
    • For pellets imported into the EU and processed in the EU, there could be losses during
    import logistics and losses during processing.
    The pellets supply chain is mainly grouped into three main categories: production, processing and
    logistics. Each step contains several steps where pellets losses can occur (see Annex 8). There is
    however hardly any info on the pellet spills and losses at each step. Therefore a different method
    needs to be used to estimate pellet losses to the environment.
    For production, one also needs to distinguish between virgin pellet production and pellets produced
    through plastic recycling (pre-consumer and post-consumer), as recycling plants also include small
    facilities and have therefore higher risks of pellet losses.
    The data sources and assumptions used to estimate the total quantity of pellets production are the
    following:
    • 2019 is taken as the baseline year, as 2020 is an outlier because of COVID, and we are seeing
    positive growth trends again from 2021;
    • For virgin pellets, the projections are made from 2019 figures190
    ; a growth rate of 0.9% per
    year is assumed till 2030191
    ;
    • The source for recycled pellets production data (2019-2021) is Plastic Recyclers Europe; a
    growth rate of 5.6% per year is assumed192
    ;
    190
    Plastics Europe changed the calculation method in 2021, excluding adhesives, paints and coatings, thus not used to
    be coherent with previous year estimates and also with import/export figures
    191
    Plastics Europe and SystemIQ
    192
    K 2022 - Trend Report Europe https://www.k-online.com/en/Media_News/Press/Technical_article/K_2022_-
    _Trend_Report_Europe
    165
    • The source for bio-based pellets production data (2019-2021) is Plastics Europe; for a growth
    rate CAGR of 14% for 2022-2027193
    , and the same trend is assumed to continue till 2030;
    • Pellets imports and exports figures for virgin pellets are from Eurostat; a growth rate of 0.9%
    is assumed till 2030.
    Using these assumptions, the total pellet production is expected to reach about 79 million tonnes in
    2030. If we take into account imports and exports, the net volume of pellets used in the EU would be
    around 76 million tonnes in 2030. The total figures estimated here are within 1% range compared to
    the estimates made by the recent OECD scenario194
    that used a modelling approach (see Figure 10).
    Figure 10: Pellet production volumes in EU-27 and projections until 2030
    2 HOW WILL PELLET LOSSES EVOLVE IN 2030?
    To define the projected development of total pellet losses in 2030, consideration was given to the
    following: 1) Existing and forthcoming EU legislation; 2) National and international initiatives; 3)
    Industry initiatives. These pieces of legislation and initiatives are presented below.
    2.1 Existing and forthcoming EU legislation
    The existing and forthcoming EU legislation with relevance for pellet losses is described in detail in
    Annex 6. This legislation includes the REACH restriction on unintentionally added microplastics,
    the Marine Strategy Framework Directive, several pieces of water-related legislation, the Industrial
    Emissions Directive and the Waste Framework Directive. Globally this legislation is not explicitly
    considered in the baseline as (1) the analysis was done at the same time and it was not clear which
    measures would be proposed, or more importantly (2) the measures applying or under consideration
    193
    Nova Institute (2023) Bio-based Building Blocks and Polymers Global Capacities, Production and Trends 2022–2027
    https://renewable-carbon.eu/publications/product/bio-based-building-blocks-and-polymers-global-capacities-
    production-and-trends-2022-2027-short-version-pdf/
    194
    OECD (2022) Global Plastics Outlook: Policy Scenarios to 2060. https://www.oecd.org/publications/global-plastics-
    outlook-aa1edf33-en.htm
    166
    are limited in scope and impact, or generic (mainly reporting, monitoring or provisions for larger
    plants only).
    2.2 National and international initiatives
    A few Member States have already started to introduce measures to tackle pellet losses. These
    measures are summarised in Table 47 and presented in detail in Annex 6.
    Table 47: Member State actions targeting pellet losses
    Country Actions
    Austria • Law adopted addressing “filterable substances” to which pellets belong
    Belgium
    (Flanders)
    • Introducing environmental permit system / Best Available Techniques
    • Examining an environmental management system with possible certification
    Denmark • Monitoring
    • Waiting for OCS certification scheme implementation and Commission’s proposal
    France • Law adopted providing minimum obligations to prevent pellet losses for all actors in
    the supply chain along with mandatory external auditing
    The
    Netherlands
    • Monitoring
    • Waiting for OCS certification scheme implementation
    Spain • Promoting OCS certification scheme implementation
    Sweden • Revising current guidelines to make them more comprehensive and include more actors
    across the supply chain
    France is the only Member State to have adopted legislation specifically targeting pellet losses. This
    legislation covers businesses making and handling pellets in quantities higher than 5 tonnes including
    logistic platforms but not transporters. The threshold has been reduced from what initially proposed
    i.e. 10 tonnes following public consultation. Businesses are subject to equipment and procedural
    obligations to prevent the loss and leakage of pellets, and are required to be regularly audited by
    independent and accredited certification bodies195
    . Obligations remain of a relatively generic nature.
    For instance, a business must identify areas where pellets are more likely to spill, check that the
    packaging used is designed to minimise the risk of spills and train and raise awareness among staff.
    As a unique transparency measure, the company must make the summary of the auditing report
    available on its website. The Decree entered into force on January 1, 2022 for new sites, while for
    existing sites, it will enter into force in 2023, at the same time as equipment obligations.
    In 2021, the British Standards Institution published the Publicly Available Specification PAS
    510:2021196
    , for use by organisations of any size across the pellet handling supply chain. It builds on
    the industry-led Operation Clean Sweep® (OCS) programme (see Annex 6) by creating a
    195
    Décret no 2021-461 du 16 avril 2021 relatif à la prévention des pertes de granulés de plastiques industriels dans
    l’environnement [Decree n. 2021-461 of 16 April 2021 related to the prevention of the leakage of industrial plastic
    pellets into the environment], Journal official “Lois et Décrets” no. 0092 du 18 avril 2021 [JORF] [Official journal
    “Laws and Decrees” no. 0092 of 18 April 2021], 18 April 2021, Fr.
    196
    BSI Knowledge, ‘Plastic pellets, flakes and powders. Handling and management throughout the supply chain to
    prevent their leakage to the environment. Specification - PAS 510:2021101’, 2021
    (https://knowledge.bsigroup.com/products/plastic-pellets-flakes-and-powders-handling-and-management-
    throughout-the-supply-chain-to-prevent-their-leakage-to-the-environment-specification?version=standard).
    167
    standardised and consistent approach to risk management and containment of pellets197
    . The PAS
    might be considered for further development as a British standard or constitute part of the UK input
    into the development of a European or International standard on pellets.
    In 2021, the parties to the Convention for the Protection of the Marine Environment of the North-
    East Atlantic (OSPAR) adopted the non-binding Recommendation 2021/06198
    to reduce the loss of
    plastic pellets in the marine environment by promoting the timely development and implementation
    of effective and consistent pellet loss prevention standards and certification schemes for the entire
    plastic supply chain. The Recommendation was accompanied by supporting guidelines which set out
    essential requirements for standards and certification schemes. The first full implementation report
    is due in January 2025, with an interim report due in 2024. A preliminary interim report was
    informally shared by OSPAR in February and the actions reported by the Member States that are
    parties to the OSPAR Convention are presented in the above Table 47.
    In the International Maritime Organization (IMO), a Correspondence Group on Marine Plastic Litter
    from Ships looked at measures that could be relevant in reducing the environmental risk associated
    with the maritime transport of plastic pellets. While three primary measures including packaging
    were identified as particularly relevant to reduce the environmental risks associated with the maritime
    transport of plastic pellets (and a voluntary circular to this effect was drafted), the Group was not in
    a position to conclude on the most appropriate instrument for mandatory measures199
    . The Group
    noted that experience gained from the implementation of voluntary measures could be useful in the
    further consideration of the most appropriate instrument for mandatory measures.
    A similar international initiative is ongoing on containers lost at sea, and discussions are held on the
    possibility of making the information on containers lost at sea available publicly (to date, such
    information is reported only to insurance companies). If retained, this measure would allow for a
    better understanding of the scale and magnitude of pellets lost at sea and would facilitate liability
    identification and compensation arrangements in line with the polluter pays principle.
    2.3 Industry initiatives
    Since 2015, the European plastic manufacturing industry has progressively adopted the Operation
    Clean Sweep® (OCS) programme200
    as a voluntary pledge to work towards zero plastic pellet losses.
    This programme is presented in detail in Annex 6.
    197
    The PAS provides requirements in the following areas: a) Organizational responsibilities; b) Leadership and
    commitment; c) Competence, training and awareness; d) Risk assessment of pellet loss to the environment; e)
    Operational controls, i.e. prevention, containment and clean-up, procurement and suppliers; f) Internal and external
    communication; g) Performance evaluation, i.e. monitoring and documentation, auditing and verification of
    conformity; h) Improvement, i.e. internal and external non-conformity and corrective action, and continual
    improvement.
    198
    www.ospar.org/convention/strategy
    199
    The three primary measures identified as relevant are: Packaging provisions for plastic pellets carried at sea;
    Provisions for notifying the carrier so that containers containing plastic pellets can be identified; Stowage provisions
    for freight containers containing plastic pellets. Among the options for mandatory measures, the Group considered
    the three following options/instruments: Assignment of an individual UN Number (class 9) for plastic pellets
    transported at sea in freight containers (UN Number); Amendment to Appendix I of MARPOL Annex III that would
    recognize plastic pellets as a “harmful substance” (Harmful substance); A new chapter to MARPOL Annex III that
    would prescribe requirements for the transport of plastic pellets in freight containers without classifying the cargo as
    a harmful substance/dangerous goods.
    200
    www.opcleansweep.eu
    168
    While best practices are generally well understood, they have not been comprehensively
    implemented. As of April 2023, 2548 companies have committed to OCS201
    . This figure includes all
    PlasticsEurope’s members (these are producers; adherence to OCS is mandatory for the members of
    this association). Only 2% of EuPC’s members (converters) have committed to OCS (around 1 000
    converters out of 48 000); and only some 500 transport companies. As no precise reporting has been
    made available within OCS, it is not possible to say whether those who have committed have also
    effectively or fully implemented the programme, with evidence showing the opposite. Both acute and
    chronic pellet incidents have been reported to continue over the last years, including at sites that are
    OCS signatories202
    .
    The recent launch of the OCS Certification Scheme (OCS CS) aims to address these issues.
    Recognising the low uptake of OCS by the industry, in 2019, European plastic manufacturers
    (PlasticsEurope) and converters (EuPC) announced plans to develop a voluntary certification scheme
    building on OCS and including requirements, third-party, independent auditing, certification and
    some level of transparency (all aspects not foreseen under the current OCS programme). In January
    2023, the new scheme was officially launched by its promoters. It is presented in detail in Annex 6.
    While going in the right direction, the new scheme constitutes only a partial attempt by the industry
    to adopt a genuine supply chain approach and pursue the zero pellet pollution objective effectively.
    First of all, while the requirements are in principle applicable to all companies handling pellets, and
    all companies can get audited and certified, when fully in place, the new scheme will be required
    only for producers (adherence to the existing OCS programme is already mandatory for the members
    of PlasticsEurope since 2019203
    ). Not all producers are members of PlasticsEurope. Thus, the new
    scheme will not be binding for key players in the pellet supply chain, such as converters, transporters,
    warehousing operators and recyclers.
    EuPC, representing converters, found it difficult to make adherence to the new scheme mandatory
    for their members (to date, adherence of converters to the existing OCS programme is very low). As
    explained in Annex 8, members of EuPC are European and national associations representing close
    to 50,000 individual companies, out of which 66% are micro-companies. It is estimated that the
    certification process is relatively short for producers, (PlasticsEurope expect all their members to be
    certified by the end of 2024, some producers reporting however a longer period before certifying all
    their sites), while the process is set to be much longer for converters.
    Transporters, warehousing operators and clean tankers are observers of the new OCS certification
    scheme and will be assessed (not certified) under the chemical industry’s Safety and Quality
    Assessment for Sustainability (SQAS) system, which has contained requirements to tackle pellet
    losses starting since March 2023204
    . Full alignment between the new OCS certification scheme and
    the SQAS system is still pending. In particular, there are no plans currently to force OCS-certified
    201
    www.opcleansweep.eu
    202
    Regarding chronic pellet losses in the Netherlands, Belgium and Spain, see
    https://www.plasticsoupfoundation.org/wp-content/uploads/2022/03/Westerschelde-plastic-nurdles-versie-
    definitief-21-11-2021-2.pdf; https://surfrider.eu/en/learn/news/ecaussinnes-belgium-surfrider-foundation-tackles-
    industrial-plastic-granules-1211028228325.html; https://goodkarmaprojects.org/2020/11/20/new-report-out-
    exposes-alarming-impacts-of-plastic-pellets-across-europe/?lang=en.
    203
    OCS becomes an intrinsic part of PlasticsEurope’s DNA - Operation Clean SweepOperation Clean Sweep
    (opcleansweep.eu)
    204
    A first addition to the SQAS assessment questionnaire was made in January 2022. The current version of the
    questionnaire is available here
    https://www.sqas.org/downloads/ts2022/SQAS%202022%20TS%20Questionnaire%20and%20Guidelines%20Rev
    %202%20(English).docx
    169
    companies to work exclusively with SQAS-assessed transport companies. To date, there are
    approximately 3000 transport companies which are SQAS-assessed and even more transport
    companies which are non SQAS-assessed. According to the sector, SQAS-assessed transport
    companies cover 80% of the total pellet transport of virgin pellet producers in Europe. Clean tankers
    are mostly SQAS assessed, while among warehousing operators only a part is SQAS assessed.
    To test the new scheme, nine pilot audits covering producers, converters and transporters were held
    in 2021 in five countries: Belgium, Netherlands, Portugal, Spain and France. The bodies that
    conducted these audits were well-known bodies like Aenor, Bureau Veritas, SGS, etc. All audited
    companies failed to pass. The strongest point observed by auditors was a good involvement of
    management, while the weakest one was related to the objective of encouraging partners to pursue
    the same objectives.
    At the end of 2021, FFI decided to resign from the Supervisory Board of the new OCS certification
    scheme arguing that it did not fully align with the guidelines of the OSPAR Recommendation
    2021/06, and citing issues with the governance of the scheme, the level of transparency, the lack of
    a formal standard from a recognised standardisation body, the fact that the whole supply chain is not
    captured adequately, and the lack of timelines for compliance. FFI called instead for the introduction
    of effective legislation applicable to all pellet handling companies and based on a supply chain
    approach to eliminate this source of pollution fully205
    .
    Recyclers are neither promoters nor observers of the new scheme and have their own certification
    scheme in place (RecyClass), which has a section on pellet losses requiring the implementation of a
    procedure to prevent leakage within the premises and surrounding of the recycling plant, and ensure
    the training of staff. To go a step further, recyclers are conducting a study on potential areas in the
    recycling process where microplastics could be generated and released, and on preventive measures.
    The recommendations of this study will be used to complete the RecyClass certification scheme’s
    pellet loss/microplastics requirements.
    2.4 The baseline
    All in all, the above national and international initiatives are expected to contribute to very limited
    reduction in pellet losses by 2030. France is the only country to have adopted specific national
    legislation to prevent pellet losses via legal obligations. The relevant provisions are relatively generic
    and do not cover transporters. However, the baseline considers an estimated reduction from it. The
    other national initiatives are non-legislative and limited in scope (e.g. research and monitoring
    activities). Both the BSI PAS and the OSPAR Recommendation provide for a non-binding
    comprehensive set of measures to be taken and are reference documents in the field. However, in
    both cases, it is up to the companies or parties to implement such measures, and it was not possible,
    at the moment of the impact assessment, to evaluate their precise implementation. The IMO work on
    pellets focuses on one aspect only i.e. shipping of pellets, and has resulted so far in voluntary
    measures only, with very limited effects up to date.
    205
    FFI call for the introduction of effective legislation that will require all pellet (flake and powder) handling companies
    across the whole supply chain to provide independent verification that pellet loss prevention measures have been
    implemented, maintained and monitored for effectiveness towards the goal of zero pellet loss to the environment,
    prior to materials being placed on the market. They also call for tighter restrictions on the packaging and labelling of
    pellets being prepared for transport to reduce the risk of loss and improve communication. Finally, EU legislation
    should complement international maritime legislation for pellets currently being considered by IMO to reduce the
    risk of catastrophic pellet pollution at sea.
    170
    Once fully in place, the new industry-led OCS certification scheme is expected to contribute to some
    reduction in pellet losses by 2030. It is difficult to assess the take-up of the new scheme by the
    industry, and therefore its effectiveness. This counts equally for similar schemes by the recyclers or
    logistics companies (RecyClass and SQAS).
    For the baseline, it has been assumed that by 2030:
    1. 90% of the total virgin pellet volume produced (by the members of PlasticsEurope) and 5%
    for the non-PlasticsEurope members, will be certified compliant against OCS new rules and
    will be effectively implementing such rules with a success rate ranging from 60% to 80%;
    2. 20% of the total recycled pellet volume will be certified compliant against RecyClass pellet
    provisions and will be effectively implementing the new provisions with a success rate
    ranging from 40% to 60%;
    3. 30% of the total volume processed will be certified compliant against OCS new rules and will
    be effectively implementing such rules with a success rate ranging from 40% to 60%;
    4. 40% of the total volume handled by logistics companies will be SQAS assessed and will be
    effectively implementing such a scheme with a success rate ranging from 40% to 60%; and
    5. The French legislation will cover about 85% of the French pellet volume (about 10% of the
    EU volume), leading to a 60-80% pellet loss reduction in 2030.
    Based on the pellet loss calculations taking into account industry efforts (OCS new rules, RecyClass
    and SQAS) and Member State legislation (France), in 2030, there will still be pellet losses in the
    range of 42 050 – 170 266 tonnes per year.
    Table 48: Emissions in 2030 (in tonnes) considering the impact of ongoing/upcoming initiatives
    Low emission scenario High emission scenario
    Without considering
    ongoing initiatives
    62 178 219 355
    OCS reduction potential:
    • Producers 4 130 - 5 507 12 390 - 16 521
    • Recyclers 197 - 296 592 – 889
    • Processors 2 005 - 3 007 6 015 - 9 022
    • Logistics 4 726 - 7 089 18 905 - 28 357
    French legislation 3 171 - 4 228 11 187 - 14 916
    Pellet losses in 2030 in the
    baseline scenario
    42 050 - 47 948 149 651 - 170 266
    171
    Annex 10:
    Policy options to reduce pellet losses
    1 METHODOLOGY TO IDENTIFY MEASURES
    Measures, i.e. specific technological and behavioural standards/changes affecting pellet losses, were
    identified from collected evidence (literature review) and stakeholder consultation (OPC, targeted
    interviews and workshops, targeted SME survey).
    Overall, 173 ideas were identified during desk research and in the stakeholder workshops conducted
    in November 2021 and December 2022. After eliminating the duplicates, the long list of measures
    was as follows:
    • Development of measurement standards for pellets;
    • Voluntary Commitment to industry-led OCS certification scheme;
    • Reduction target: devise a reduction target for pellet losses considering the current situation;
    • Development of a universal information leaflet and labelling for packaging of plastic pellets
    for their transport;
    • Training obligations (with regular updates) for all actors in the plastic pellet value chain;
    • Ensure that all containers used for transport and storage are environmentally sealed, airtight
    and puncture resistant to prevent damage and tears;
    • Classify pellets as harmful in the International Maritime Law (MARPOL Annexes III and V
    and inclusion of pellets in the International Maritime Dangerous Goods (IMDG) Code as
    hazardous or dangerous substances). Slots below deck or in more protected areas would be
    used to reduce the risk of container loss at sea;
    • Mandatory reporting system for containers lost at sea in international waters. (Not just to
    insurance companies);
    • Address/sanction big pellet losses under the EU Environmental Crime Directive;
    • Support for SMEs, including financial incentives;
    • Extended producer responsibility system for pellets / Set up an environmental damage
    remediation fund, financed by industry;
    • Obligation for all supply chain players to prevent pellet losses through measures embedded
    in EU law;
    • All installations, producing, converting, handling, transporting etc., can only operate having
    an environmental permit issued by a competent authority, by using the EU Industrial
    Emissions Directive;
    • Independent verification of best practices using well-designed standards and certification
    schemes as promoted by the Commission of the regional convention for the protection of the
    172
    Marine Environment of the North-East Atlantic (OSPAR)206
    ;
    • Prohibition on discharges (zero tolerance threshold similar to Formosa Plastic Consent
    Decree).
    2 SCREENING OF MEASURES
    The identified measures were screened using the criteria defined in the Better Regulation Tool #16.
    From the outset, the option of developing standardised methods to measure pellet losses was retained
    (Option 1).
    Voluntary commitments like the one under the industry-driven OCS and OCS certification scheme
    were considered as suitable options to address the identified problem driver ‘Market failure (prices
    do not reflect negative externalities)’. In particular, the new industry-led OCS certification scheme
    was first retained as an option, then, discarded as the new scheme has in the meantime been launched
    by its promoters. Therefore, this impact assessment considers such commitment as part of the
    baseline.
    The option of developing voluntary verification of best practices using well-designed standards and
    certification schemes is ongoing under the work of the Commission of the regional convention for
    the protection of the Marine Environment of the North-East Atlantic (OSPAR) and in the framework
    of the above mentioned industry efforts. Therefore, this impact assessment considers such
    development as part of the baseline. Also, certification is an essential part of Option 2.
    Information/awareness raising on the handling of pellets throughout the pellet supply chain, and the
    development of a universal information leaflet and labelling for packaging of plastic pellets for their
    transport, were considered as suitable options to address the identified problem driver ‘Market failure
    in the shape of imperfect information’. However, this impact assessment considers that this would be
    better taken up by the mandatory requirements in Option 2.
    Training obligations (with regular updates) for all actors in the pellet supply chain were also
    considered as a suitable option, however, again, this impact assessment considers that this would be
    better taken up by the mandatory requirements in Option 2. Indeed, training is an essential part of
    this option.
    The possibility of using the Industrial Emissions Directive to address pellet losses at relevant
    installations was discarded on the ground of effectiveness, efficiency and relevance. The IED is not
    suited to address pellet losses as a form of pollution occurring along the entire supply chain. While
    activities like the production of polymeric materials on an industrial scale fall under the scope of the
    IED, other activities like the conversion, transport or storage of pellets, usually operated by small and
    medium enterprises, are not covered. The permits are primarily designed for large installations with
    multiple environmental issues. Moreover, the BAT Reference Document (BREF) for the production
    of polymers was adopted in 2007 and does not address the specific issue of pellet losses.
    206
    https://www.ospar.org/convention/text
    173
    The possibility of using the Environmental Crime Directive207
    to sanction all pellet losses was
    discarded on the ground of the limited scope of this legal instrument due to its nature (criminal law)
    and therefore not adequate to address all types of unintentional losses.
    Supporting SMEs, including via financial incentives, is integrated in option 2 as a way to mitigate
    the regulatory burden on SMEs.
    The possibility of setting extended producer responsibility schemes and environmental damage
    remediation funds, financed by industry, were discarded on the ground of technical feasibility and
    relevance. EPR targets a product, while for pellets, we have different types of “producers”, those who
    manufacture the pellets, those who transform them into a product etc. Also, EPR aims to tackle the
    end-of-life, i.e. when the product becomes waste, while for pellets, it is a diffused pollution issue
    along the entire supply chain.
    Classifying pellets as a “harmful substance” in the International Maritime Law was seen by some
    stakeholders as a positive measure to reduce the environmental risk associated with the maritime
    transport of pellets. However, an initiative on this precise issue is currently ongoing in the
    International Maritime Organization with the support of the European Union. At the same time, the
    Ship Source Pollution Directive is under revision, and one of the options could be to extend the scope
    of this Directive to MARPOL Annex III, where pellets could be classified as “harmful substance”.
    Therefore, while addressing the maritime transport of pellets by means of more stringent packaging
    or stowing provisions may help reduce pellet losses at sea, this impact assessment considers such
    initiatives as part of the baseline. The same applies to developing a mandatory reporting system for
    containers lost at sea in international waters (initiative ongoing). On these acute pellet incidents,
    while losses of pellets coming from containers lost at sea are very visible and impactful on the shores
    affected, these losses are estimated not to represent the biggest losses in quantities.
    The table below summarises the measures that have been screened out from the evaluation as well as
    the reasons for their exclusion.
    Table 49: Discarded measures
    Problem Area Measure Title Reason for screening out
    Market failure/
    Information/knowledge
    failure
    Support for SMEs,
    including financial
    incentives
    This measure is integrated in option 2 as a way to mitigate
    the regulatory burden on SMEs.
    Market failure /
    Information failure
    Development of a
    universal information
    leaflet and labelling for
    packaging of plastic
    pellets for their transport
    The information on good practices exists, but is not well
    enough implemented. However, this impact assessment
    considers that this would be better taken up by the
    mandatory requirements in option 2.
    Market failure /
    Information failure
    Training obligations (with
    regular updates) for all
    actors from the plastic
    pellet value chain
    Such obligations would help, but this impact assessment
    considers that this would be better taken up by the
    mandatory requirements in option 2.
    207
    Directive 2008/99/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 19 November 2008 on the protection of the
    environment through criminal law.
    174
    Market/Regulatory
    failure
    Extended producer
    responsibility (EPR) / Set
    up an environmental
    damage remediation fund,
    financed by industry
    This measure is discarded on the ground of technical
    feasibility and relevance. EPR targets a product, while for
    pellets, we have different types of “producers”, those who
    manufacture the pellets, those who transform them into a
    product etc. Also, EPR aims to tackle the end-of-life, i.e.
    when the product becomes waste, while for pellets, it is a
    diffused pollution issue along the entire supply chain.
    Regulatory Failure Independent verification
    of best practices using
    well-designed standards
    and certification schemes
    as promoted by OSPAR.
    The verification of the best practices could be ensured by
    the industry-led OCS CS; this impact assessment considers
    this as a part of the baseline.
    Regulatory failure Prohibition on discharges
    (zero tolerance threshold
    similar to Formosa Plastic
    Consent Decree)
    This relates to intentional illegal discharges. This is not a
    relevant measure, as pellet loss is an “unintentional”
    release.
    Regulatory failure All installations,
    producing, converting,
    handling, transporting
    etc., can only operate
    having an environmental
    permit issued by a
    competent authority.
    This measure is discarded on the grounds of effectiveness,
    efficiency and relevance. The production phase of polymers
    is already covered by the Industrial Emissions Directive
    (IED) but the concerned BREF was adopted in 2007 and
    does not address the specific issue of pellet losses. In
    addition, The IED is not suited to address pellet losses as a
    form of pollution occurring along the entire supply chain.
    Regulatory failure Sanction big pellet losses
    under the EU
    Environmental Crime
    Directive
    This measure is discarded on the ground of legal feasibility.
    While it may be relevant to sanction big losses of plastic
    pellets (causing serious pollution and environmental
    impacts), currently, there are no legal obligations in place
    or deriving from EU law regarding plastic pellets. Therefore
    it is not possible to identify any breach of legislation. The
    sanction for duty-holders on the ground would become
    possible once such obligations are in place.
    Regulatory failure Classifying pellets as a
    “harmful substance” in
    the International Maritime
    Law
    An initiative on this precise issue is currently already
    ongoing in the International Maritime Organization with the
    support of the European Union.
    Regulatory failure Developing a mandatory
    reporting system for
    containers lost at sea in
    international waters
    Ongoing initiative with the support of the European Union.f
    3 FINAL LIST OF MEASURES / OPTIONS
    Four options for action were identified.
    Option 1: Mandatory standardised methodology to measure pellet losses
    Under this option, the Commission initiates the development of a standardised method to measure
    pellet losses from the range of relevant pellet-related industrial activities (i.e. production, conversion,
    175
    recycling, transport and other logistic operations), to be used for the reporting on estimates of
    quantities released on an annual basis, as obliged under the REACH restriction. The new standard
    will improve the quality of the reporting on the quantities released (one methodology for all instead
    of several, different ones) improving the information on the magnitude of pellet losses throughout
    the pellet supply chain, while also raising awareness among relevant actors as they can measure pellet
    spills and losses and assess their evolution over time.
    Currently, there is no standardised methodology to measure pellet losses. It is expected that under
    REACH, there will be a reporting requirement on estimates of quantities released on an annual basis
    for pellet manufacturers and downstream users208
    , but not a methodology. This option would be
    developed via the European Standards Organisation (CEN), which typically takes 3-4 years to
    complete. The umbrella association of European converters (EuPC) is developing for the OCS
    certification scheme signatories a methodology for measuring such losses, named the Bow-tie model,
    and this work can serve as the basis of the harmonised methodology. This model focuses on a risk
    analysis to identify, at first, the most probable sources of pellets leakages that should be solved in
    priority. Once the risk areas have been defined, the model proposes several ways to quantify the
    losses based on the available information (e.g. amount of pellets sent to waste) or on amounts of
    pellets collected in existing prevention (trays, buckets etc.) and mitigation (vacuum cleaners, filters,
    etc.) barriers.
    This option addresses the problem drivers of market (imperfect information) and regulatory failures.
    Option 2: Mandatory requirements to prevent and reduce pellet losses in a new EU law
    Under this option, mandatory requirements are defined and imposed on the entire pellet supply chain
    thus maximising the opportunities of preventing and reducing pellet losses. The requirements to
    comply with at the site level are based on those already identified by stakeholders in the framework
    of the BSI PAS and OSPAR recommendation and the industry-led OCS certification scheme. Firms
    will need to provide evidence of the following:
    1. The creation and publication of internal procedures such as defining organisational
    responsibilities, a pellet loss prevention policy with pellet loss prevention objectives, a regular
    risk mapping exercise and corresponding risk management assessment at site level;
    2. Competence, training and awareness of staff to prevent, contain and clean up spills including
    maintaining a record of spills;
    3. Operational controls including preventive, mitigating and clean up measures and equipment;
    4. Communication of implemented policies, measures and objectives both within the
    organisation and externally, as well as of improvement as reaction to non-conformity.
    A risk mapping exercise needs to be performed to identify the leakage potential of all necessary,
    handling steps in all high-risk areas and pathways to the external environment. According to industry,
    208
    In REACH, ‘downstream users’ are defined as “any natural or legal person established within the Community, other
    than the manufacturer or the importer, who uses a substance, either on its own or in a mixture, in the course of his
    industrial or professional activities. A distributor or a consumer is not a downstream user. A re-importer exempted
    pursuant to Article 2(7)(c) shall be regarded as a downstream user”. Concretely, pellet converters, recyclers as well
    as storing operators who own the pellets would be considered as downstream users under REACH. Transporters are
    not all downstream users but emissions during transport would also need to be reported by the relevant downstream
    user. Instead, would not be covered by the reporting obligation: importers, distributors, storing operators who store
    the pellets for third parties, retailers and consumers. A transitional period of 24 months is set for the entry into force
    of the reporting requirement.
    176
    special attention should be given to the following areas where there is a high likelihood of loss to the
    environment: nearby sewers and drains that do not have any pellet collection facilities or that are not
    connected to the facility’s WWTP; in areas with high traffic (e.g. near gates); in areas close to the
    fence line; nearby gravelled or non-paved areas; in areas where pellets being spilled or lost may be
    picked up by the wind or water (rain and storm water) and transported outside209
    . Once this is done,
    there needs to be a risk management assessment performed to determine where actions are required
    for equipment, best practice handling, mitigation and remediation.
    Knowing that the first step should be to avoid all unnecessary handling of pellets, preventive barriers
    include “Avoidance of Unnecessary Handling” (as the possibility of minimising the number of
    transfer points in the supply chain is the starting point for reducing spill opportunities) and “Best
    Practice Handling”. The latter can take the form of collection and retention trays. Mitigation and
    clean-up measures can take the form of filters, vacuum systems to remove accumulated pellets, and
    tools for immediate cleaning (shovel, broom, brush, vacuum cleaner).
    This is also the option of mandatory external auditing and certification. To demonstrate compliance
    with the defined mandatory requirements, all pellet handling companies including logistic platforms
    and transporters must be externally audited and certified at the site level by independent certifying
    bodies selected among accredited organisms, in order to operate. This implementation approach is
    consistent with the non-binding OSPAR Recommendation, adopted by OSPAR contracting parties
    including the EU and 11 Member States, which promotes certification schemes for the entire supply
    chain. It is also fully in line with the polluter pays principle as the cost of the audits would be borne
    by the industry itself, and it allows for a harmonised implementation across the EU as a whole,
    ensuring a level playing field among operators. Certification obligations will be imposed in a phased
    manner. Once externally audited, companies must notify the public authority about the outcome of
    the external audit. In the case of non-compliance, they are also responsible for imposing corrective
    measures and, where relevant, penalties.
    This option does not include reduction targets and it is assumed that over a period of time the
    certification process will deliver results. Once the measure under Option 1 is in place, the reduction
    targets could possibly be defined. The measure under Option 1 would enable measuring its possible
    success rate.
    There will be a 5 tonnes/year threshold for the requirements (as done in the existing French
    legislation210
    - this limit was decided as a consequence of a public consultation in France). It avoids
    requiring costly investments with very limited environmental benefits in terms of pellet loss
    reduction.
    This option addresses the problem drivers of market and regulatory failures.
    Option 3: Improved packaging for pellet logistics
    This option aims to ensure that all bags and containers used for pellet logistics (transport, storage
    etc.) are environmentally sealed, airtight and puncture-resistant to prevent damage and tears, which
    could lead to pellet losses. The option imposes the use of specific types of bags and containers for
    209
    SQAS
    210
    Décret no 2021-461 du 16 avril 2021 relatif à la prévention des pertes de granulés de plastiques industriels dans
    l’environnement [Decree n. 2021-461 of 16 April 2021 related to the prevention of the leakage of industrial plastic
    pellets into the environment], Journal official “Lois et Décrets” no. 0092 du 18 avril 2021 [JORF] [Official journal
    “Laws and Decrees” no. 0092 of 18 April 2021], 18 April 2021, Fr.
    177
    pellet handling, transport and storage. It can be set up as an independent legislation or can be
    implemented as part of the legal proposal in Option 2.
    This option addresses the problem drivers of market and regulatory failures.
    Option 4: EU target to reduce pellet losses
    This option is to establish an EU reduction target in line with the Commission’s overall microplastic
    releases reduction target of 30% by 2030. Each Member State must introduce the necessary
    transposing legislation and measures to ensure delivery, including compliance assurance and
    reporting by economic operators to track progress against the target. Periodic reporting by competent
    national authorities to the Commission would also be necessary to ensure delivery and appropriate
    remedial action in case of shortfall in reducing pellet losses.
    This needs an established harmonised measuring methodology or standard (Option 1) first. Without
    it, it would be challenging to establish a baseline and measure the achievement/non-achievement of
    the established target.
    4 THE INTERVENTION LOGIC
    The diagram below sets out the underlying reasoning of this impact assessment by illustrating the
    logical connection between the problem, its drivers the specific objectives and the policy options
    which are assessed in Annex 11.
    Figure 11: The intervention logic
    178
    Annex 11:
    Impacts of Policy options to reduce pellet losses
    1 IDENTIFICATION AND SCREENING OF IMPACTS
    The first step in assessing the impacts of a policy option is to identify the significant ones, both direct
    and indirect. The following table sets out the impacts that were considered as significant in this impact
    assessment.
    Table 50: Impact categories and indicators with degree of significance (+, ++, +++)
    Broad impact
    category
    Indicator Significance
    Environmental impacts
    Quality of natural
    resources
    Change in quality of ecosystems and biodiversity: reducing pellet
    losses improves ecosystems and biodiversity
    +++
    Efficient use of raw
    materials
    Change in the efficient use of raw materials: reducing pellet losses
    reduces the amount of pellets that become waste (and need to be
    recycled)
    +
    International
    environmental
    impacts
    Change in quality of ecosystems and biodiversity outside the EU due
    to transboundary nature of pellet pollution: reducing pellet losses
    improves ecosystems and biodiversity globally
    +
    Climate change Reducing pellet losses has positive effects on plankton and therefore
    on climate change
    +
    Economic impacts
    Society & economy
    at large
    Change costs to society when taking action to reduce pellet losses,
    including clean up and monitoring costs, reduced ecosystem services
    from activities like commercial fishing and agriculture, tourism and
    recreation in areas affected by losses
    ++
    Businesses
    including SMEs
    Change in benefits to businesses when taking action to reduce pellet
    losses, including reduced waste (and reduced value loss for pellets
    that are lost) and other economic benefits
    Change in costs (adjustment and administrative costs) to businesses
    when taking action to reduce pellet losses, including costs for SMEs
    present in the supply chain
    ++
    +++
    Internal market and
    competition
    Change in costs due to improper functioning of the internal market
    due to internal market fragmentation
    +
    End users Change (increase) in prices of final plastic products to end users as a
    negative knock-on effect of change in costs to businesses
    +
    EU competitiveness The additional costs are likely to have minor negative impact the
    competitiveness of EU pellet producers as their competitors outside
    the EU will not be affected
    +
    Innovation /
    Technological
    development /
    digital economy
    The innovation and research impact category covers the impacts on
    technological development related to the sectors concerned
    +
    Social Impacts
    Public health &
    safety
    Effects of measures on public health because of risks to food chain;
    effects of measures on safety at work (pellets spilled on the floor)
    +
    179
    Sensitive
    populations
    Effects of measures on sensitive populations in areas affected by
    pellet losses (ports, beaches, protected areas, etc.)
    +
    Employment Effects of measures on employment (additional job opportunities in
    the plastic sector)
    +
    Administrative burden
    Public authorities Change in costs to public authorities in the Member States and to the
    European Commission
    ++
    Then, the significant impacts have been examined by indicating whether they are likely to be positive
    or negative and which stakeholder groups they are most likely to impact. Colour coding is used to
    summarise the impacts referring to the direction (positive or negative) and size (small or large). Note
    that for several indicators no extensive quantification has been possible, due to the lack of available
    data. In these cases, the assessment is based on expert judgement provided via the underpinning
    support study.
    Table 51: Coding used to present likely impacts
    Score Description
    +++ Very significant direct positive impact or benefit
    ++ Significant direct positive impact or benefit
    + Small direct positive impact or benefit
    (+) Indirect positive impact or benefit
    +/- Both direct positive and negative impacts, and balance depends on how implemented
    0 No impact or only very indirect impacts
    (-) Indirect negative impact or cost
    - Small direct negative impact or cost
    -- Significant direct negative impact or cost
    --- Very significant direct negative impact or cost
    High High Benefits significantly outweigh costs of measure
    Medium Medium Benefits on balance outweigh costs of measure
    Low Low Benefits close to or even below costs of measure
    Uncertain Potential high benefits, but significant questions as to whether the measure can deliver
    outcome
    The outcome of this step is the final list of likely impacts.
    Table 52: Screening of impacts
    Impact Impacts Stakeholder groups impacted Justification for inclusion /
    exclusion
    Environmental impacts
    Quality of
    natural
    resources
    +++ Reduced pellet losses lead to better
    quality of natural resources (improved
    eco-systems and biodiversity)
    The objective is to reduce pellet
    losses and related adverse impacts
    on the environment, so this is a key
    impact category
    Efficient use of
    raw materials
    + Reduced pellet losses lead to fewer
    pellets becoming waste
    Less pellet losses leads directly to
    the more efficient use of pellets
    International
    environmental
    impacts
    ++ Reduced pellet losses lead to
    improved ecosystems and biodiversity
    globally
    Pellet pollution is trans-boundary
    (it affects both cross-border river
    basins and seas) and global pellet
    pollution is an important key
    impact category
    180
    Climate change + No specific group is impacted Reducing pellet loss will lead to
    less GHG emissions, for example,
    during all steps of the plastic value
    chain, but as well due to indirect
    effects on plankton growth.
    Economic impacts
    Society &
    economy at
    large
    + Reduced pellet losses lead to less costs
    on society (e.g. clean up costs) and
    economy at large (sectors such as
    commercial fishing and agriculture,
    recreation and tourism)
    The objective is to reduce pellet
    losses for environmental, societal
    and economic reasons
    Businesses
    including SMEs
    -- Industrial operators bear the costs of
    taking action to reduce pellet losses.
    However, reduced pellet losses lead to
    less value loss when pellets are lost for
    those owning them, and to other
    economic benefits for operators in
    general including SMEs (e.g.
    modernised equipment, improved
    reputation and level playing field
    among operators)
    The objective is to reduce pellet
    losses in an economically
    proportionate manner, so this is a
    key impact category. Certain costs
    could be unbearable for some of
    the SMEs present in the pellet
    supply chain thus the need for
    mitigating measures
    Internal market
    and
    competition
    + A few Member States are starting to
    take action to reduce pellet losses
    If action is taken at EU level, the
    functioning of the internal market
    can be improved (same obligations
    on every operator, level playing
    field among them)
    End users - Measures could negatively affect
    consumers through price increases.
    Measures could negatively affect
    consumers through price
    increases.
    Third countries
    and
    international
    relations
    - There could be limited effects on
    countries outside of the EU with both
    direct and indirect impacts
    There could be limited effects on
    countries outside of the EU with
    both direct and indirect impacts.
    Innovation /
    technological
    development /
    digital economy
    ? Research and innovation institutes and
    industry
    Development of a common
    monitoring methodology and
    innovative measures to prevent
    and reduce pellet losses
    Social impacts
    Public health &
    safety
    + Reduced pellet losses lead to
    improved public health (less polluted
    food chain) and safety at work (less
    pellets spilled on the floor)
    The objective is to reduce pellet
    losses and related adverse impacts
    on public health, so this is a key
    impact category
    Affected
    populations
    + Reduced pellet losses lead to less
    negative effects on populations in
    affected areas
    Reducing negative effects on
    affected populations, e.g. working
    in tourism, agriculture, fisheries,
    incl. less clean-up costs and health
    impacts
    Employment + Reduced pellet losses lead to more job
    opportunities in the plastic sector
    Estimation of job opportunities
    Administrative burden
    Administrative
    burden on
    businesses
    -- Industrial operators bear the costs of
    taking action to reduce pellet losses
    including administrative costs
    The objective is to reduce pellet
    losses in an economically
    proportionate manner, so this is a
    key impact category
    181
    The economic impacts are primarily related to the economic costs of implementing the measures, and
    the environmental impacts are primarily related to the environmental benefits associated with the
    reductions in pellet losses.
    Whilst it is not feasible to quantify or value changes in environmental impacts, reductions in pellet
    losses will reduce the negative environmental impacts compared to the baseline. In most cases, the
    reductions will affect emissions to all environmental compartments. Hence, the environmental
    impacts will be more or less proportional to the reduced losses. There will also be associated changes
    in GHG emissions, as microplastics releases, including pellets, affect plankton and therefore the
    absorption of GHG. Similarly, the social impacts, which include possible negative human health
    effects, are also likely to be affected proportionally to the reduction in pellet losses. It means that all
    measures have more or less the same types of environmental and social impacts, and only the
    magnitude differs.
    The approach to the assessment of cost impacts draws on evidence identified during the literature
    review and stakeholder consultations. In many cases, the costs are affected by multiple factors, so the
    cost estimates presented are generally order of magnitude estimates. Similarly, many factors
    influence the assessment of the reduction potential and its likely fulfilments, so the assessment
    provides an order of magnitude of the options.
    All calculations are made in relation to the baseline for 2030.
    2 OPTION 1: MANDATORY STANDARDISED METHODOLOGY TO MEASURE PELLET LOSSES
    This option proposes a standardised measurement methodology to be used for the reporting on
    estimates of quantities released on an annual basis, as obliged under REACH. This option would also
    be beneficial for all the other options as it would allow them to tackle the information failure problem
    driver and enable their effective implementation.
    Environmental impacts
    Under this option, there are no direct reductions of pellet losses, but a standardized methodology
    to measure such losses will enable relevant actors to tackle them, thus reducing pellet losses to
    the environment. The common standard will improve the quality of the reporting on the quantities
    released (one methodology for all instead of several, different ones) improving the information on
    the magnitude of pellet losses throughout the pellet supply chain, while also raising awareness among
    relevant actors as they can measure pellet spills and losses and assess their evolution over time. It is
    already a necessary step to measure any reduction measure's success rate.
    This option will benefit all other options as the magnitude of pellet losses is a critical knowledge gap.
    Social impacts
    Public
    authorities: MS
    - Member State public authorities (at
    local, regional and/or national levels)
    depending on pellet responsibilities
    (activities of data collection,
    verification, correction and
    enforcement)
    The objective is to reduce pellet
    losses in an economically
    proportionate manner, so this is a
    key impact category
    Public
    authorities:
    European
    Commission
    - European Commission depending on
    pellet responsibilities
    The objective is to reduce pellet
    losses in an economically
    proportionate manner, so this is a
    key impact category
    182
    No significant social impacts are expected.
    Economic impacts
    This option will entail both costs and savings. The cost of developing (and testing) the methodology
    will be one-off and will depend on the time required to develop the methodology. The European
    Standards Organisation (CEN) typically takes 3-4 years to complete the process, and has mostly
    members from the industry. It could be seen if the industry bears this cost entirely or if the
    Commission can support such development through a dedicated study (e.g. the one being conducted
    for tyre abrasion). The advantage of the latter approach is more likely if the standard has to be taken
    up in legislation.
    When developing the common standard, CEN will take into account the methodology that is being
    developed under the OCS certification scheme.
    Therefore, the cost of this measure will be related to developing a draft method and calibrating it
    through the data collected by initial monitoring. It will be important to conduct such monitoring along
    the whole supply chain, viz., from pellets production, conversion and recycling, along with transport
    and logistic operations between different supply chain steps. Modelling approaches could also be
    used to validate different scenarios, e.g. the difference between virgin vs recycled pellet products,
    small production facilities vs larger ones, etc.
    Table 53: Assumptions used for calculating the costs of Option 1
    Description Data Unit Source
    Number of people working full time necessary to elaborate the
    standard between 12 and 36 months211
    7.25 persons ISO website
    Mean cost of labour in EU of one expert working full-time 39.5
    EUR/hou
    r Eurostat
    Number of hours per week in a full-time job (48 working weeks/year) 40.6
    hours/we
    ek Eurostat
    Number of companies conducting tests for testing the standard 30 Number Assumption
    Number of experts necessary per company to conduct the tests 1 person Assumption
    Number of hours necessary per company to conduct the tests 24 hours Assumption
    This assessment has estimated the cost of developing the common standard to be between EUR 558
    087 (12 months development) and EUR 1 674 263 (36 months development). The testing cost at one
    facility will cost about EUR 700-1500 per test, depending on the installation size. Assuming that
    about 1 000 installations will test the standard during the development phase, the testing will cost
    between EUR 700 000 and 1 500 000. The total would be between EUR 1 258 000 and 3 174 000
    (rounded figures). As the common standard would be based on developments under the OSC
    certifications scheme, it is estimated that the lower end of the cost estimation is more likely.
    Once the standard is operational, it will need to be implemented in the value chain. The application
    frequency and sample size of measuring pellet losses will need to be decided and could depend on
    company size. The costs for a company will vary depending on the number of installations of the
    211
    The ISO sub-committee 14 of the technical committee ISO/TC 61 on the environmental aspects of plastics is
    comprised of 29 members (the national standardisation organisations).standardization organisation). We assume that
    each member contributes 0.25 FTE to work on the committee.
    183
    company and their size. Furthermore, with time, the application of the standard methodology could
    be automatised, and costs brought down.
    The implementation costs to be incurred by the industry to use the common standard, once this is
    developed and tested, are already considered under the REACH restriction (as part of the reporting
    costs) and do not need to be taken into account here. These costs will consist of the costs for the
    companies to set up specific reporting systems and for the public authority to set up verification and
    evaluation systems212
    . There is however no concrete information available at this moment on how
    the reporting obligation under REACH would look like in practise (mainly as it has been voted only
    recently). Once this information is available, this standardised measurement methodology will need
    to be coherent with specific requirements.
    At the same time, imposing a standardised methodology to measure pellet losses has the potential to
    save costs on different levels:
    - The plastic industry is developing a methodology, however, it is not clear how much such a
    method would be accepted by the whole value chain. Some partners in the value chain could
    develop their own methodology. Some Member States might also develop a methodology on
    their own. Under Option 1, there is only one cost for developing the methodology, and not
    several.
    - More importantly, businesses will have to apply only one methodology in the different parts
    of the supply chain and in different countries.
    - The verification and evaluation of the reporting by the public authority will be simplified.
    While it is difficult to do an exact cost-benefit assessment, the cost savings would be higher than the
    development costs for the standard. These cost savings are fully in line with the Communication
    COM(2021) 219 final on joining forces to make better laws.
    Stakeholder views: Stakeholders generally agree on this option. In the targeted SMEs consultation
    conducted early 2023, a standardised methodology to measure pellet spills and losses was mentioned
    by 51% of respondents as a support measure that could best help them to take action to reduce pellet
    losses. The testing cost of one facility would be about EUR 700 per test, which means a proportionally
    greater cost for small compared to large companies. However, these costs are already covered under
    the REACH restriction.
    Summary: This is the basis for setting up the framework to measure pellet losses and thus
    fundamental for monitoring pellet losses and their evolution in the future. It will facilitate and
    improve the quality of the reporting under REACH, while also raising awareness among relevant
    actors as they can measure pellet spills and losses and assess their evolution over time. While an
    exact cost-benefit assessment could not be made, the cost savings are expected to be higher than the
    development costs of the standard.
    Table 54: Summary of impacts of Option 1
    Economic impacts Environmental impacts Social impacts
    212
    For the Committee for Socio-economic Analysis (SEAC), established under REACH, the total costs of reporting
    could be substantial as the number of companies affected is likely to be large. SEAC considers that there are different
    options to reduce such costs, e.g. by excluding certain actors (small or micro-sized companies) from the requirement
    or by setting a threshold for microplastics volumes used or released to be reported. However, SEAC did not draw a
    firm conclusion on how these different options would compromise the value of information obtained and hence the
    benefits of reporting in terms of facilitating better risk management.
    184
    Cost savings No environmental impacts but will contribute to
    better monitoring of losses in other options
    No relevant impacts are
    expected
    3 OPTION 2: MANDATORY REQUIREMENTS TO PREVENT AND REDUCE PELLET LOSSES IN A NEW
    EU LAW
    In this option, imposing mandatory requirements and certification for all pellet handling companies
    is the EU’s responsibility. Industry bears the costs of the external auditing and certification. Public
    authorities in Member States are responsible, in the case of non-compliance, for imposing corrective
    measures and, where relevant, penalties.
    As it is a mandatory approach covering the full value chain with explicit requirements, a certification
    scheme and a check in case of non-compliance, we estimate that the sector will have a high degree
    of compliance (95% of the total virgin pellet volume handled) and will be effectively implementing
    such rules with a success rate ranging from 80 to 95% (meaning that pellet losses would reduce with
    these percentages).
    Economic impacts
    In this option, industry costs were calculated based on data input from a survey conducted by the
    industry. As the data was based on Belgium’s experience and on a survey answered mainly by
    enterprises located in Western Europe, a correction factor was used to apply these costs at the EU
    level (EU average wage is 29 EUR/h, Belgium average wage is 41 EUR/h). The correction factor
    was applied to all costs, not only for personnel costs as price levels differ across EU Member States
    and therefore it would better describe actual additional costs of the measure.
    What would be the costs of this option for the sector?
    There is little direct information available regarding the costs to companies of taking measures to
    adhere with best practice handling. Discussions with stakeholders in the course of this IA suggest
    that the costs of implementing Option 2 could be limited as the plastics industry is already moving
    towards measures and a system of external auditing and certification based on OCS. Some
    transporters and other firms in the logistics chain already implement similar measures as best practice
    from a health and safety standpoint. However, some costs could still be significant for some
    companies, in particular those that have not introduced any measure to counter pellet losses.
    Direct compliance costs for the sector
    This option requires that all supply chain actors comply. The cost of this option varies significantly
    according to the type of actor (producer, converter, transporter, storage, and recycler) in question,
    and to the size of the installation or company. For example, micro and small companies (which
    constitute meaning 89% of all converters, but only 20% of turnover) would be significantly affected
    by the costs incurred by the upgrade of their facilities, the introduction of procedures including
    internal and external audit and the training of their personnel. There is also a significant number of
    transport companies needing certification, thus increasing the measure's costs.
    a) Producers and Converters
    According to estimates from the converting industry, the cost of setting up this option is calculated
    as described in the table below. The costs of 100t, 1kt, 10kt and >50kt/year presented above represent
    on average the costs for a micro, small, medium and large converting enterprise. The costs for the
    micro-enterprises were extrapolated from the three other categories. Large plant costs are also applied
    185
    to the plastic producers (including virgin and recycled plastics, plastic export and import) as they are
    generally large companies. This is consistent with the figure of the plastic production (about 1 FTE
    per 500 kt handled)213
    .
    Table 55: Potential costs incurred by plastic converters
    Type of cost
    –
    Type of enterprise
    Plant capacity 100 t
    /year
    Micro
    Plant capacity 1
    kt/year
    Small
    Plant capacity 10 kt
    /year
    Medium
    Plant capacity > 50
    kt /year
    Large
    Resource EUR/
    year
    Resource EUR/
    year
    Resource EUR/
    year
    Resource EUR/
    year
    Personnel: dedicated
    resource
    5 persondays/
    year @ 303
    EUR/day
    1 514 20 persondays/
    year @ 303
    EUR/day
    6 055 60
    persondays/
    year @ 303
    EUR/day
    18 164 120
    persondays/
    year @ 303
    EUR/day
    36 328
    Personnel: training
    of staff
    2.5 x ½
    persondays/
    year = 1.25
    persondays @
    303 EUR/day
    363 10 x ½
    training/year =
    5 persondays
    @ 303
    EUR/day
    1 514 30 x ½
    training/year
    =15
    persondays @
    303 EUR/day
    4 541 70 x ½
    training/year
    = 35
    man/days @
    303 EUR/day
    10 596
    Personnel: internal
    audit
    1
    personday/year
    @ 303
    EUR/day
    303 5 persondays/
    year @ 303
    EUR/day
    1 514 5 persondays/
    year @ 303
    EUR/day
    1 514 5
    persondays/
    year @ 303
    EUR/day
    1 514
    Cleaning
    equipment(vacuum
    cleaners, brooms,
    shovels)
    EUR 4 000
    amortised over
    6 years
    472 EUR 4 000
    amortised over
    6 years
    472 EUR 12 000
    amortised
    over 6 years
    1 415 EUR 12 000
    amortised
    over 6 years
    1 415
    Panels, signage EUR 3 750
    amortised over
    6 years
    442 EUR 7 500
    amortised over
    6 years
    884 EUR 7 500
    amortised
    over 6 years
    884 EUR 7 500
    amortised
    over 6 years
    884
    Collection and
    retention trays,
    containment systems
    EUR 5 000
    amortised over
    6 years
    590 EUR 10 000
    amortised over
    6 years
    1 179 EUR 30 000
    amortised
    over 6 years
    3 537 EUR 30 000
    amortised
    over 6 years
    3 537
    Miscellaneous
    external services
    (
    sewer map etc.)
    EUR 5 000
    amortised over
    6 years
    590 EUR 10 000
    amortised over
    6 years
    1 179 EUR 10 000
    amortised
    over 6 years
    1 179 EUR 10 000
    amortised
    over 6 years
    1 179
    Cost of auditing
    (external)
    707 1 061 1 061 1 061
    Automated transport
    system
    17 683
    Sewage treatment
    systems/
    improvement of
    sewage/ construction
    EUR 50 000
    amortised over
    10 years
    3
    537
    EUR 100 000
    amortised over
    10 years
    7 073 EUR 150 000
    amortised
    over 10 years
    10 610 EUR 300
    000
    amortised
    over 10 years
    21 220
    Maintenance cost 354 707 2 829 17 683
    213
    Personal communication from a main plastic producer
    186
    Type of cost
    –
    Type of enterprise
    Plant capacity 100 t
    /year
    Micro
    Plant capacity 1
    kt/year
    Small
    Plant capacity 10 kt
    /year
    Medium
    Plant capacity > 50
    kt /year
    Large
    Resource EUR/
    year
    Resource EUR/
    year
    Resource EUR/
    year
    Resource EUR/
    year
    Cost/year (EUR) 8 870 21 638 45 733 113 098
    Cost/tonne (EUR/t) 88.70 21.64 4.57 2.26
    The total cost for producers and converters was then calculated based on the volume (tons) of pellets
    handled by enterprise type.
    In the plastic converters industry, there are ca 48 000 enterprises. The breakdown of converters
    according to the size of the plant in 2019 (in 2021, the shares are similar) has been calculated with
    Eurostat data and is as follows:
    • Micro - 4% of the pellet volume processed
    • Small - 16% of the pellet volume processed
    • Medium - 36% of the pellet volume processed
    • Large - 44% of the pellet volume processed
    Although micro-enterprises represent 66% of the enterprises in the processing sector, their overall
    turnover accounts for less than 4% of the sector. Both Plastics Europe and PRE have confirmed that
    their members are not SMEs. However, recyclers are generally small installations, even if they belong
    to a large company.
    b) Logistics
    Costs for the logistics operators were not available. There are three main parts in logistics:
    • Transport,
    • Storage or warehouses,
    • Cleaning stations.
    The cost for these were calculated at enterprise level, based on the basic assumption that the measures
    needed to be taken by a firm are largely similar and will mostly depend on the size of the firm. As an
    important part of the cost are related to personnel, it was assumed that a firm with the same number
    of persons would occur the same cost structure, and this for the main classes: micro-, small, medium
    and large enterprises. For the storage providers, the same cost as for converters were taken. For the
    transport providers, there are no costs related to equipment and investments, only to personnel,
    external auditing and miscellaneous (see the table below).
    Table 56: Potential costs incurred by the transport providers per type of enterprise
    Type of cost Micro Small Medium Large
    EUR/ year EUR/year EUR/ year EUR/ year
    Personnel: dedicated resource 1 514 6 055 18 164 36 328
    Personnel: training of staff 363 1 514 4 541 10 596
    187
    Personnel: internal audit 303 1 514 1 514 1 514
    Cost of auditing (external) 707 1 061 1 061 1 061
    Total 2 887 10 143 25 280 49 498
    The total costs for transport was calculated based on the number of firms working in the sector. The
    sector structure of the transport sector (all types of goods - rail, road, water and inland water),
    according to the number of persons working in the enterprise is as follows 214
    :
    • Micro - 81% of the transport providers
    • Small - 16% of the transport providers
    • Medium - 2.6% of the transport providers
    • Large - 0.4% of the transport providers
    It was assumed that not all micro enterprises in the transport sector will be subject to additional costs
    under this option for the following reasons:
    • There will be a 5 tonnes/year threshold for the requirements, so not all micro enterprises will
    be concerned.
    • After setting up new rules for the pellets transport, it is expected that certain enterprises will
    no longer transport pellets, especially among micro enterprises, so the costs will not occur.
    This is even more the case as in transport the size of the micro enterprises seem smaller than
    in converting (e.g. a one truck company).
    • Eurostat data estimates the data on micro-enterprises with “low reliability”.
    Therefore we assume that only 50% of the micro enterprises will be concerned with the higher
    costs under this option.
    Based on the transport sector input, about 50 large companies are dealing with pellets, all members
    of the European Chemical Transport Association (ECTA). Starting from this figure, the assumptions
    above, and assuming that the transport of pellets follows the same division of enterprises as the total
    transport, the number of enterprises per size could be calculated, and therefore the costs for the
    transport sector.
    Based on these calculations, it results that about 4-5% of the transport companies are working with
    pellets. We assume that a similar part and enterprises structure for the storage providers or
    warehouses (NACE H 52.1) who are dealing with pellets.
    There will be no additional costs for tank cleaning stations as the ones, who are dealing with pellets,
    are already complying with SQAS which has similar requirements. The profile of these tank cleaning
    stations is the following:
    214
    Eurostat 2021: Nomenclature of Economic Activities (NACE) codes were included – H 49.2 - Freight rail transport,
    H 49.4 - Freight transport by road and removal services and H 50.4 - Inland freight water transport. Data for H 50.2.
    Sea and coastal freight water transport was not available by Eurostat. For inland water transport, the same structure
    as for rail transport was assumed.
    188
    Table 57: Enterprise structure of cleaning stations (enterprises)
    Number of
    employees Number % over Total
    Less than 10 300 68
    10-50 125 28
    More than 50 15 4
    Total 440 100
    It is still possible that additional external auditing would be needed. An audit costs around EUR 707
    for a micro-enterprise, and EUR 1061 for small and medium enterprises. In that case, the cost would
    be:
    440 warehouses x (68% x 707 EUR + 32% x 1061 EUR) = 224 587 EUR
    Based on the above, we estimate that, ca 13 000 transport providers, 850 storage or warehouse
    providers and 440 cleaning stations are dealing with pellets and will be affected by the requirements.
    Note: The analysis is done using a rough estimate of the costs per tonne. However, to deal with pellet
    losses, both investments (fixed costs) and variable costs will depend on the progress made by
    companies in the meantime through their voluntary commitments. The upfront investment costs will
    be relatively more important for SMEs, especially for micro-enterprises than for other enterprises.
    Micro-enterprises could therefore merit receiving special attention.
    Costs taken up in the base line
    As the industry has already started implementing some of the proposed measures through their
    voluntary programs, such as OCS CS and RecyClass, some of these costs will already be incurred in
    the business-as-usual scenario, i.e. under the baseline. We use the following volume assumptions for
    the costs incurred under the baseline:
    • about 70% (referring to the efficiency rate of loss reduction) of the 90% of the total virgin
    pellet volume produced (by the members of Plastics Europe) and 5% for the non-Plastics
    Europe members;
    • about 50% (referring to the efficiency rate of loss reduction) of the 20% of the total recycled
    pellet volume produced;
    • 50% (referring to the efficiency rate of loss reduction) of the 30% of the total volume
    processed; and
    • 30% (referring to the efficiency rate of loss reduction) of the 40% of the total volume handled
    by logistics companies (transport – storage).
    These values are based on the ones used to estimate the baseline. Where, in the baseline, a lower and
    higher boundary were proposed, the average value was taken here.
    Stakeholder views: When consulted in the framework of the open public consultation (Annex 2),
    stakeholders agreed that there is improper handling of pellets. The umbrella association of European
    converters, EuPC, pointed to limited resources as a barrier to implementing voluntary measures under
    the industry-driven OCS programme. More recently, the umbrella association of European
    manufacturers, PlasticsEurope, agreed the most effective approach to tackling pellet losses is
    mandatory external auditing and certification building on OCS and applied to all actors throughout
    189
    the supply chain. Producers therefore considered a legislative proposal requiring certification of an
    OCS-like pellet loss prevention management system would be very quickly implementable
    throughout the whole supply chain because it would benefit from the existing industry initiative and
    would reinforce it.
    A second consultation targeting all SMEs handling pellets was conducted from January to February
    2023 in all EU languages (Annex 12). Based on the 330 replies received, it emerged that for a majority
    of respondents, only a lighter version of requirements could be imposed on such companies.
    Specifically, they reported that the requirement on the training of staff should be made mandatory in
    the same way for all companies, but the obligation of being externally audited and certified should
    not be imposed at all on SMEs. The survey also indicated that the direct economic impacts of this
    option would be too high to be sustainable for micro and small companies, as well as companies with
    capacities below 1000t. Among the various best handling practices, the mandatory use of specific
    equipment and of specific packaging (i.e. airtight, puncture-resistant and environmentally sealed)
    was identified as the most expensive measure. Generally, the cost per tonne of the measures to be
    implemented would become insignificant for companies with capacities above 5000t. Finally,
    financial support and standardised methodology to measure pellet losses were identified as the
    support that would best help respondents.
    In light of the above, three sub-options have been considered and assessed in the form of lighter
    requirements for the micro, small and medium companies present in the pellet supply chain (see table
    below). A derogation for companies making and handling pellets in quantities lower than 5 tonnes
    will also apply in all scenarios. Such an approach will avoid requiring costly investments which
    would only deliver very limited environmental benefits in terms of pellet loss reduction.
    These lighter requirements are also justified following the principle of proportionality and the need
    to match the nature and intensity of a given measure to the identified problem.
    Sub-options “Lighter requirements for micro-, small- and medium-enterprises”
    From the calculation above, it is clear that the relative cost for an SME are higher than for large
    companies. It was therefore estimated that lighter requirements would be needed to alleviate a part
    of these costs. This is also consistent with the replies and request received through the stakeholder
    consultations.
    The lighter requirements assume that:
    • There will be no requirement for a sewage treatment system and maintenance;
    • Certification requirements will be reduced to 5 years for micro-enterprise and 3 years for
    small ones; and
    • A reduction of 10% reduction of personnel costs.
    With these reduced requirements, we assume that the pellet loss will be 35% higher for converter and
    20 % for logistics (for transport, there is no sewage treatment system, thus neither related
    requirements) from these companies than under the main scenario. This assumption means that the
    other requirements are still the most important ones to reduce pellet losses, but that there is already a
    significant increase in pellet loss.
    190
    Table 58: Costs for lighter requirements for micro, small and medium sized companies for typical plant
    capacities
    Type of cost
    Type of enterprise
    Plant capacity 100 t
    /year
    Micro
    Plant capacity 1
    kt/year
    Small
    Plant capacity 10 kt
    /year
    Medium
    Resource EUR/yea
    r
    Resource EUR/ye
    ar
    Resource EUR/y
    ear
    Personnel: dedicated
    resource
    10%
    lower
    than main
    option
    1 362 10% lower
    than main
    option
    5 449 10% lower than
    main option
    16 384
    Personnel: training of staff 327 1 362 4 087
    Personnel: internal audit 272 1 362 1 362
    Cleaning equipment
    (vacuum cleaners,
    brooms, shovels)
    Same as
    main
    option
    472 Same as
    main
    option
    472 Same as main
    option
    1 415
    Panels, signage 442 884 884
    Collection and retention
    trays, containment
    systems
    590 1 179 3 537
    Miscellaneous external
    services (sewer map etc.)
    590 1 179 1 179
    Cost of auditing (external)
    (normally every year)
    Every 5
    years
    141 Every 3
    years
    354 Every 3 years 1 061
    Sewage treatment
    systems/ improvement of
    sewage/ construction
    No
    sewage
    treatment
    No sewage
    treatment
    No sewage
    treatment
    Maintenance cost No
    maintena
    nce cost
    No
    maintenan
    ce cost
    No maintenance
    cost
    Cost/year (EUR) 4 196 12 242 29 872
    Cost/tonne (EUR/t) 41.96 12.24 2.99
    As with the main option 2, the equivalence for the logistics sector is made.
    The cost of implementing Option 2 would be 742 and the sub-options 2a, 2b, and 2c would be
    615, 516 and 479 million EUR/year respectively.
    The cost-effectiveness of the options range from 2672 EUR/tonne avoided per year to 26 342
    EUR/tonne avoided per year, depending on the sub-option and the lower/higher estimation of losses.
    The cost of measures under option 2 and its sub-options vary between sectors (see table below).
    191
    Table 59: The cost of measures under option 2 and sub-options 2a, 2b and 2c for the value chain (M
    EUR/year) (without taking the savings into account)
    Option 2 Option 2a Option 2b Option 2c
    Plastic converters 616.36 497.70 402.29 365.51
    Plastic producers, including recyclers 65.92 65.92 65.92 65.92
    Transport providers 51.32 45.42 42.99 42.41
    Storage providers 8.12 5.88 5.13 4.68
    Total 741.72 614.92 516.32 478.51
    Table 59 shows the costs for the different parts of the value chain. However, this does not yet take
    into account the benefits of the pellets saved, which are quite important, see the following table,
    which is only done for option 2b.
    Table 60: Summary of impacts in 2030 of Sub-option 2b per part of the supply chain
    Plastic
    converters
    Plastic
    producers,
    incl. recyclers
    Transport &
    storage
    Total
    Cost of the measure (M€/y) 402.3 65.9 48.1 516.3
    Savings from pellet losses (M€/y) 10.1 - 40.7 2.4 – 16.2 16.1 – 91.3 28.6 – 148.3
    Net cost to business (M€/y) 375.7 – 491.2*
    * It is not possible to calculate the net cost for each part of the supply chain as it is not clear who benefits
    exactly from reduced pellet losses. This depends on who owns the pellets and can valorise the savings from
    less pellets lost. This is not known for the pellets in transport and storage.
    The additional costs are likely to negatively impact the competitiveness of the EU pellet producers
    as their competitors outside the EU will not be affected. According to EuPC the turnover of the
    plastics sector in the EU27 in 2021 was EUR 405 billion215
    . Therefore, this additional estimated cost
    of option 2b would represent about 0.13% of the EU plastics sector turnover and would only have a
    very minor impact on the competitiveness.
    What would be the cost for the public authorities?
    The costs arising will depend on the manner it is implemented in Member States. The focus is on
    administrative costs, i.e. procedures to follow, monitoring, delays, complaint-handling mechanism,
    access to justice, etc. Further costs can be related to competent authorities for the setting up of the
    system, i.e. one-off costs at the beginning as well as some costs for the maintenance of the system
    and compliance promotion, such as awareness raising, information to stakeholders, training of
    officials, developing and providing of guidance and capacity building of public authority officials
    and enforcement actions. However, it may not be necessary to set up a new system in Member States
    as some of these mechanisms already exist through other legislation, such as IED, Environmental
    Liability Directive, Environmental Crime Directive, UWWTD, and synergies could be achieved by
    integrating some of the costs for public authorities related to pellet losses. These costs vary
    215
    https://www.plasticsconverters.eu
    192
    significantly across Member States depending on the current situation on implementing
    environmental legislation.
    Further to that, it could be envisaged that the public authorities in the Member States would be
    required to hold a public register of certified companies to ensure full transparency and traceability
    of the supply chain, including to ensure compliance with the requirements. This registry could done
    through an existing system to lower the costs. This would imply separate minor reporting costs (EUR
    188 000 per year) for the economic operators (notifying the public authority about the outcome of
    the external auditing, as the reporting on the pellet losses to ECHA already will be required), and
    processing costs for the public authorities in the Member States. Also, there might be minor additional
    costs related to reporting obligations to the Commission to ensure compliance with the regulation as
    the Commission could assemble such system. However, this would be a minor task for Member
    States as they would have necessary data in the registry.
    About 50 person days in average would be needed to set up the system for receiving the notification
    from the companies, about 20 days each year for compiling and quality assurance and appropriate
    follow-up measures (e.g. enforcement) for each Member State. Using average Eurostat wages (EUR
    29/hour), we can estimate the processing costs, including data collection, verification, correction, and
    enforcement to be EUR 313 000 (total annualised one-off administrative costs of EUR 36 700,
    discounted at 3% over 10 years) for the first year and EUR 125 000 per year for the whole EU. These
    cost will vary across Member States as it would be higher for larger ones and lower for smaller ones.
    What would be the benefits for the sector?
    For businesses owning the pellets, this option could reduce the estimated economic loss of EUR 42
    – 170 million coming from about 42 050 – 170 266 tonnes per year tonnes of pellets lost in 2030
    (1000 EUR/t, mainly coming from less pellets lost by logistics, but also by producers and converters
    as described in Table 48 in Annex 9). (Prices of plastics are fluctuating and depend on the exact
    polymer type and the stage of processing).
    Benefits for SMEs from implementing the BSI PAS (a system with similar requirement in the UK to
    reduce pellet losses) were reported to be:
    • modernised equipment thanks to grants they secured;
    • less legacy pellet pollution, which had previously been extensive around the sites;
    • reduced waste (and lower waste management costs);
    • improved staff awareness and training;
    • reduced fire risk because proper and regular site assessments revealed build-up of dust in
    areas previously unchecked;
    • involvement of suppliers/customers – all site visitors are required to read and accept rules
    relating to proper pellet management; and
    • Improved reputation.
    What would the benefits of this option be for the economy at large and society?
    Under this option, reducing pellet losses may have positive knock-on economic impacts on sectors
    such as tourism. In some coastal areas (such as in the vicinity of Antwerp and Tarragona ports216
    ),
    216
    https://surfrider.eu/wp-content/uploads/2020/11/report-pellet-pollution-2020.pdf
    193
    pellets can be found in significant quantities including in protected areas217
    . Their removal would
    reinforce the attractivity of these areas for tourism purposes.
    Similarly, the reduction of pellet losses into the environment may have positive knock-on economic
    impacts on commercial fishing and agriculture, in areas where these activities are particularly
    affected by the releases with significant harm to ecosystems and biodiversity. In particular, there will
    be fewer pellets lost into the marine environment and, thus, fewer perturbations to all marine
    organisms, including economically important organisms such as oyster and seabass218
    . Considering
    that the ecosystem services provided by the Ocean are estimated to be worth over USD 24 trillion,
    the regulation of microplastics and the protection of marine ecosystems and habitats seems to be of
    significant importance219
    . Similarly, there would be fewer pellets lost in the installations’ wastewater
    and in the sludge resulting from their treatment. Consequently, there will be less pellets lost to the
    soil after sludge application on agricultural land.
    Benefits also include avoided costs to society. Cleaning up pellet pollution and remediation measures
    can cause harm to ecosystems as it is almost impossible to specifically remove them without affecting
    the environment they are spilled into220
    . They are also challenging to local communities in terms of
    technological, human and financial resources. For example, it was estimated that beach clean-ups
    cost the city of Marseille (France) an average of EUR 1 000 000 per year221
    . KIMO Netherlands
    reported that the clean-up costs of the 2019 pellet spill of the MSC Zoe in the Wadden Sea would be
    approximately EUR 100 000 annually222
    . These are obviously only examples. Even if there are no
    figures available, the sum of the clean-up costs for the whole EU shore should be much higher.
    By applying the costs of the clean-up operations of the 2017 MSC Susanna loss in Durban, South
    Africa, (where 35.8 tonnes of pellets were collected over the period of the operation) to an EU
    context, each tonne of pellets on average costs EUR 1.21 to EUR 1.82 million to collect.
    Environmental impacts
    As this option requires that all actors of the supply chain comply with mandatory requirements and
    certification (with the only exception of companies making and handling pellets in quantities lower
    than 5 tonnes), the main expected environmental impact from this option is a significant reduction
    of pellet losses that are likely to be harmful to ecosystems and biodiversity and may affect human
    health.
    The overall reduction is expected to be between 27 128 tonnes/year (low emission scenario) and
    148 879 tonnes/year (high emission scenario), representing a 65% and 87% reduction overall,
    respectively (compared to the baseline). It will also save annually 106 – 583 of GHG emissions in
    kilotonnes of CO2 equivalent 223
    .
    When providing for lighter requirements for the smallest or micro-enterprises, the reduction of
    pellet losses ranges from 26 730 tonnes/year to 147 227 tonnes/year (105 – 576 ktCO2e). With
    lighter requirements for the micro and small enterprises, the reduction of pellet losses ranges from
    217
    The unaccountability case of plastic pellet pollution - ScienceDirect
    218
    Zhu, X. et al. (2020) ‘Bioaccumulation of microplastics and its in vivo interactions with trace metals in edible oysters’,
    Marine Pollution Bulletin, 154, 111079. doi: https://doi.org/10.1016/j.marpolbul.2020.111079 83 Barboza, L.G.A et
    al. (2018) ‘Microplastics cause neurotoxicity, oxidative damage and energy-related changes and interact with the
    bioaccumulation of mercury in the European seabass, Dicentrarchus labrax (Linnaeus, 1758)’, Aquatic Toxicology,
    195, pp. 49-57. doi: https://doi.org/10.1016/j.aquatox.2017.12.008.
    219
    WWF Report 2015; Reviving the ocean economy
    220
    UN Environment; Marine Litter - Socioeconomic Study, 2015
    221
    OSPAR Background document on pre-production Plastic Pellets 2018
    222
    Fishing for Litter fleet cleans up after MSC Zoe but who pays the costs? – KIMO (kimointernational.org)
    223
    Calculation is based on the report ”Plastic leakage and greenhouse gas emissions are increasing - OECD”
    194
    25 142 tonnes/year to 140 621 tonnes/year (98 – 551 ktCO2e). Similarly, with lighter requirements
    for micro-, small and medium-enterprises, the reduction of pellet losses ranges from 21 569
    tonnes/year to 125 757 tonnes/year (84 – 492 ktCO2e).
    Social impacts
    This measure will require additional staff to prevent pellet losses and for training. Applying the same
    assumptions made on the share of the volume between small, medium and large factories,
    implementing the measure would need from 3772 to 4103 FTE personnel.
    Since this option may increase the cost of plastic raw materials, the general public may be impacted
    by an increase in the cost of plastic goods. Since plastic is used everywhere, any increase in its cost
    will be felt in society. However, the cost increase is likely to be limited as the cost of the measure is
    small compared to the turnover of the sector. For large companies, in particular, it is possible that the
    manufacturer would absorb such a slight increase in its production costs and that consumers would
    be unaffected.
    Summary: The introduction of mandatory requirements and certification would result in significant
    reductions of pellet losses. The more losses are avoided, the greater the positive impacts are for the
    environment and for economic activities like commercial fishing, agriculture, tourism and recreation.
    the costs incurred by the sector under Option 2 and its sub-options (without micro/without micro and
    small companies/ without micro, small and medium companies) may increase the cost of plastic
    goods produced and/or converted in the EU. There would be a cost for public administrations as they
    would be in charge of monitoring its implementation, but this would be via a unique instrument i.e.
    a public register of certified companies.
    This option has less risks as to the probability of reaching the objectives and massively reduces the
    number of free riders. The system is set up in a way to limit public costs as it involves third party
    auditing and certification. The possibility of a public register of certified companies at national level
    would further increase the transparency and traceability of the supply chain, with limited processing
    costs for the public authorities in the Member States.
    Costs for business are expected to be higher in the beginning as some investments need to be done
    and go down afterwards. There will also be a learning curve reducing costs later on.
    Table 61: Summary of impacts in 2030 of Option 2 and its sub-options 2a-2c
    Option 2 Option 2a: Lighter
    requirements for
    micro-enterprises
    Option 2b:
    Lighter
    requirements
    for micro-and
    small
    enterprises
    Option 2c:
    Lighter
    requirements
    for micro-, small
    and medium-
    enterprises
    Environmental
    impacts (i.e.
    reduced pellet
    losses) (tonnes)
    27 128 – 148 879 26 730 – 147 227 25 142 – 140 621 21 569 – 125 757
    Environmental
    impact (GHG
    emission savings)
    (tonnes of CO2 eq)
    106 210 – 582
    890
    104 655 – 576 424 98 437 – 550 560 84 446 – 492 366
    195
    Option 2 Option 2a: Lighter
    requirements for
    micro-enterprises
    Option 2b:
    Lighter
    requirements
    for micro-and
    small
    enterprises
    Option 2c:
    Lighter
    requirements
    for micro-, small
    and medium-
    enterprises
    Economic impacts
    Cost of the
    measure (M
    EUR/year)
    742 615 516 479
    Savings from the
    pellet losses (M
    EUR/year)
    27 - 149 27 - 147 25 – 141 22 - 126
    Net cost to
    businesses (M
    EUR/year)
    593 - 715 468 - 588 376 - 491 353 - 457
    Cost-effectiveness
    (EUR/tonne/year)
    3 982 – 26 342 3 177 – 22 005 2 672 – 19 536 2 805 – 21 186
    Savings from
    GHG emission
    (MEUR/y)^
    11 – 58 10 – 58 10 – 55 8 – 49
    Other economic
    impacts
    Public Administrations: increased costs for data collection (i.e. public register) and
    overall monitoring of the implementation, intervention in case of non-compliance
    (i.e. enforcement of the sanctions)
    Citizens: limited increase of the cost of plastics goods
    Tourism and recreation: increased attractivity through the reduction of pellets in
    coastal areas and other vulnerable areas
    Fisheries: fewer pellets released in water and improved ecosystem services due to
    fewer pellets absorbed by marine organisms and animals in areas affected
    Agriculture: fewer pellets released on soils and improved ecosystem services due
    to fewer pellets affecting soil properties in areas affected
    Other
    environmental
    impacts
    Society: fewer costs related to clean up and remediation activities by local
    communities in affected areas
    Social impacts
    (jobs in FTE)
    4103 4004 3858 3772
    Note: 1 tonne of CO2
    estimated value is 100 EUR€/t. Therefore, it can add 8 – 58 M EUR€/year in savings.
    * Net cost: cost – savings. In every option there are 2 scenarios of the projection of the pellet losses. Therefore,
    higher pellet loss reduction refers to lower costs and vice versa.
    4 OPTION 3: IMPROVED PACKAGING FOR LOGISTIC OF PELLETS
    This option targets in particular the logistics sector operators to prevent losses from transport,
    intermediate storage and handling during these operations. The option imposes the use of specific
    types of bags and containers for pellet handling, transport and storage and, where relevant, product
    design measures. It can be set up as an independent piece of legislation or can be implemented as
    part of the legal proposal in Option 2.
    196
    What would be the costs of this option?
    Current packaging materials used to transport pellets are:
    • plastic bags (containing up to 25kg of pellets) stacked on pallets with a total weight of up to
    1.5 tonnes;
    • octabins (cardboard containers containing between 0.5 and 1.3 tonnes of pellets);
    • big bags, containing from 0.5 to 1 tonne of pellets;
    • containers, containing up to 25 tonnes of pellets; and
    • silo trucks, containing up to 35 tonnes of pellets.
    These different packaging materials do not present the same pellet loss risks, with plastic bags
    holding the most risk for pellet losses and silo trucks the least. As shown in the figures below, silo
    trucks have airtight suction mechanisms and the loading and unloading of these trucks leave little
    room for pellet spills, but if they are spilled, then they are collected for disposal.
    Figure 12: Loading pellets into a silo truck
    Source: Schmidt-heilbronn Company
    197
    Figure 13: Unloading pellets from a silo truck
    Source: Schmidt-heilbronn Company
    The costs of imposing specific packaging and accompanying measures could be potentially high,
    especially for producers, who may have to change their production lines since plastic bags are
    automatically filled on-site through their own manufacturing chain. Similarly, logistics operators will
    have to adapt their transport and storage approaches depending on the type of packaging.
    Plastic bags are the packaging materials which would be targeted first because of their poor resistance
    to tears during operations. In its background document on pre-production plastic pellets224
    , OSPAR
    mentions that plastic bags and octabins could be replaced with reusable rigid HDPE barrels or with
    intermediate bulk containers (IBC). IBC Containers’ pricing ranges from EUR 165 up to 4500 225
    while HDPE barrels are cheaper and cost between EUR 13 to 40226
    depending on their specifications
    e.g. size, material, and type of opening. Replacing existing machinery and processes might also
    generate extra costs. Another approach could be to use thicker plastic bags which are more resistant
    to tears.
    224
    OSPAR Commission, Background document on pre-production plastic pellets, 2018,
    https://www.ospar.org/documents?v=39764. Accessed 12 Apr 2022.
    225
    www.ibctanks.com/chemical
    226
    www.hasdrums.com.sg
    198
    Figure 14: Returnable rigid HDPE barrels Figure 15: Intermediate bulk containers
    (IBC)
    The IMO Correspondence Group on Marine Plastic Litter from Ships that is looking at how to reduce
    the environmental risk associated with the maritime transport of plastic pellets considered packaging
    provisions for plastic pellets carried at sea as primary measures to take forward for further
    assessment.
    However, they acknowledge the high cost of this measure to the industry because production facilities
    are already fitted with bagging lines to package pellets. The bags have several advantages over the
    rigid containers and the IBC because they enable flexibility in the size of shipments and prevent dust
    contamination. Bags are also more suitable to fill up means of transport, and therefore increase freight
    loads. This reduces the number of freights so GHG emissions and transport costs would be lower
    when using bags.
    Data is lacking on:
    - the volume of pellet losses due to packaging in general and specific packaging types, and the
    share of these losses in the overall pellet loss estimates;
    - the market shares of the different types of packaging used for pellet transport; and
    - the cost difference between actual packaging and improved packaging.
    What would be the benefits of this option?
    This option could potentially significantly reduce pellet losses during transport and intermediate
    storage, as well as handling during these operations. Also, with increased efficiency in their
    processes, the sector would gain from the investments. However, no quantification could be made to
    estimate the losses due to torn plastic bags or octabins.
    Economic impacts
    Due to important data gaps, it was not possible to quantify the direct investment and compliance costs
    for the sector deriving from this option.
    The cost of this option would probably be high, relative to turnover, but so could the gains in terms
    of pellet loss prevention. However, the cost per tonne of pellet losses avoided is expected to be higher
    than with Option 2 because it will force the industry to overhaul their production lines to effectively
    remove the bagging lines and replace for instance plastic bags with returnable rigid HDPE barrels or
    199
    with intermediate bulk containers IBC. Imposing thicker more resistant plastic bags could lower such
    costs. However, as all these solutions mainly represent an investment cost, smaller enterprises would
    be affected more than bigger ones respective to their size.
    Environmental impacts
    This option would yield positive environmental impacts by reducing pellet losses to the environment;
    however, it can also increase CO2 emissions. Indeed, rigid HDPE barrels and IBC do not offer the
    same flexibility as plastic bags. When not entirely filled up with material, they increase storage
    volume for a given quantity of material, increasing the CO2 emissions incurred by transport. If thicker
    bags would be chosen, there would only be a minor increase of GHG emissions (As thicker bags are
    used, there is an increase in the amount of plastics used for the bags. This is expected to be minor
    compared to the GHG emissions from transport).
    Social impacts
    There are no social impacts foreseen for this option. However, moving towards more automated
    solutions like silo trucks could reduce the number of jobs (more workforce is needed for manual
    loading and unloading of pellet containers/bags).
    Stakeholder views: While there is no precise information available on the proportion of pellet losses
    that can be attributed to poor quality packaging, NGOs often emphasise its relevance. Industry seems
    less convinced, especially in light of the expected high costs of improved packaging. The umbrella
    association of European manufacturers, PlasticsEurope, considers that more robust packaging of
    plastic pellets or prohibiting certain types of packaging does not address the root cause of the
    problem, and is not an effective alternative for excluding the transport sector or any other sector in
    the plastic supply chain from mandatory provisions.
    In the second consultation conducted early 2023 targeting all SMEs handling pellets (Annex 12),
    respondents consistently reported the potential high costs of changing the packaging structure. In
    particular, it emerged that while two-thirds of respondents consider the use of specific packaging
    effective to reduce pellet losses, only 54% do it always or often (and a third never does it or has no
    opinion). Views on whether this should become a mandatory requirement are mixed: 33% in favour,
    20% in favour if lighter requirements for SMEs, and 27% against, while the use of specific packaging
    is estimated as the most costly measure both in terms of person/days and euros/tonne/year. Financial
    support was identified as the form of support that would best help respondents, along with a
    standardised methodology to measure pellet losses.
    Summary: The use of more resistant packaging materials and spill-proof packaging options would
    reduce pellet losses throughout the supply chain. However, the impacts differ according to the type
    of improved packaging chosen. While switching out plastic bags for barrels would likely present a
    greater reduction in losses, it would also increase the GHG emissions and costs of transport, in
    addition to require greater investment costs (as infrastructure will need to be replaced). Opting for
    thicker more resistant plastic bags would avoid these investment costs and allow for greater volumes
    to be transported per unit of transport. This option could be incorporated into a more comprehensive
    set of requirements, such as those laid out in option 2. There was not enough data to be able to
    calculate the precise costs, but it was estimated that the cost effectiveness of this option would be
    lower than for option 2.
    5 OPTION 4: EU TARGET TO REDUCE PELLET LOSSES
    An emission reduction target for pellet losses will be set under this option. The target can be
    ambitious as the plastic production and conversion industry responsible for the OCS certification
    scheme believes that a 95% reduction of losses in their facilities is achievable. While this seems
    200
    correct if all firms would implement, it is not clear if this would be realistic, and if this 95% target is
    achievable for the whole sector.
    This option can only be implemented if a measurement standard for pellets losses is developed
    (Option 1). It would also be useful to gain more knowledge before its implementation, which can be
    done through the REACH reporting requirement. A new piece of legislation could be used to create
    and enforce a pellet loss reduction target, but it could also be integrated into Option 2.
    The target could be set either for the whole plastics industry, or at sector level allowing the supply
    chain to optimise processes to achieve the target. In the latter case, there could be differentiated
    targets depending on the place in the value chain.
    An emission target mechanism could be set up to define and enforce the target by:
    • Setting a maximum volume of pellets which can be lost either per unit of pellet
    produced/converted/transported in mg/kg or setting a maximum quantity of pellets which can
    be lost to the environment; or
    • Setting a maximum percentage of the production volume that can be lost, enforced by
    measuring the content of catchment devices (e.g. filters) part of the plants' containment
    systems and sampling on the plant’s premises and vicinity.
    A more sector-oriented approach would require a kind of clearinghouse which would report the pellet
    losses every year, as well as close cooperation and engagement from all actors throughout the supply
    chain, which is not the case today. (For instance producers and processors are discussing together the
    implementation of the OCS certification scheme, but recyclers and logistics operators are still
    external to the process. Also, they all have different strategies, ambitions, and means to tackle pellet
    losses).
    Whatever the approach, the thresholds will need to be refined after additional data is gathered from,
    for example, the REACH reporting requirements. Building on the results of this first monitoring
    exercise, it will be possible to define an achievable threshold for pellet losses.
    Enforcement will be the main difficulty in this option; indeed, sampling protocols for pellet losses
    are in development, and there are currently no standards to do so.
    This is a medium to long-term option, which should be in phase with the time necessary to identify
    the relevant threshold. Indeed, the REACH restriction on intentionally added microplastics was
    adopted on 25 September 2023.227
    In this restriction, the reporting on estimates of quantities released
    is proposed, but there are some limitations, as identified by Rethink Plastic Alliance228
    in their
    position paper:
    • The ECHA restriction does not require the industry to report the tonnages handled, yet, this
    would help define a spill rate, which would be useful in defining a possible threshold;
    • The ECHA restriction does not provide minimum requirements for the reporting on estimates
    of quantities released, but having this information would be essential to provide comparable
    data; and
    • The entry into force of the reporting requirement takes a long time. In view of voluntary
    227
    Commission Regulation (EU) …/… amending Annex XVII to Regulation (EC) No 1907/2006 concerning the
    Registration, Evaluation, Authorisation and Restriction of Chemicals (REACH) as regards synthetic polymer
    microparticles.
    228
    Rethink Plastic alliance, PLASTIC PELLETS UNDER REACH: Strengthening requirements to enable effective
    supply chain legislation, Position Paper, March 2021, https://rethinkplasticalliance.eu/wp-
    content/uploads/2021/04/plastic_pellets_under_reach.pdf Accessed 14 April, 2022.
    201
    initiatives, which will include reporting, that the plastic pellet supply chain is putting in place,
    the Restriction now includes a 24-month transitional period for the reporting requirement.
    The ECHA reporting requirement could be used to define a threshold for pellet emissions to the
    environment; however, it may need some improvements depending on the decisions to come
    regarding the comments made to the proposal. It will also need some more years before the data
    becomes available.
    Once the threshold is defined, it could be possible to include it in legislation.
    What would be the costs?
    The cost of setting the emissions reduction targets would depend on the measurement standard
    developed to measure pellet losses accurately. Once developed, the standard would need to be applied
    over 12 to 36 months to generate a statistically strong database with and without implementing
    prevention, mitigation and clean-up measures. The target could be defined as the result of this
    observation phase.
    The implementation of the targets are expected to generate the same or similar costs as the
    requirements under option 2. Similarly, lighter requirements would be needed for for SMEs,
    especially for micro and/or smaller firms to mitigate concerns raised by SMEs (e.g. lack of staff/time,
    lack of information on risks and solutions and lack of financial resources – see Annex 12). The
    follow-up costs might be higher than under Option 1 as a more stringent system would need to be set
    up.
    What would be the costs for the public authorities?
    The costs of applying the emission reduction targets through legislation would be similar as those
    under Option 2.
    What would be the benefits?
    Pellet losses would be similar as in Option 2. As discussed earlier, this will only be achieved in the
    medium to long term as it requires adopting a methodological standard for the quantification of pellet
    losses, as well as its testing in various sites of different sizes over a significant period (minimum of
    12 months). This option, independently from Option 2, only looks at the objective, and not at the
    means to achieve it. The measurement and follow up of such spills and losses will not be feasible
    without having the methodology (Option 1).
    Therefore this measure is not favoured in the short term.
    Economic impacts
    The economic impacts of this option will be on the pellets value chain. The cost to adapt procedures
    and sites would be comparable to Option 2 as similar prevention, mitigation and clean-up measures
    would be implemented. However, accurate monitoring following the measurement standard
    developed under Option 1 would be needed to ensure that the emissions targets are respected (not
    included in Option 2 which focuses on requirements and certification). Also, the public authorities in
    Member States will bear additional costs for compliance and enforcement.
    Environmental impacts
    Environmental impacts will depend on the already avoided losses through measures such as Option
    2 or Option 3, but also on the ambition level set. As compliance checks and verification is estimated
    to be more difficult, they are expected to be slightly lower than in option 2.
    Social impacts
    The main social impact is additional job creation mainly for the industry, and some for the competent
    authorities, again relatively similar to option 2.
    202
    Stakeholder views: This option was not discussed by the stakeholders in detail. It was however
    mentioned that setting up a performance monitoring system, essential for such as system, would be
    costly.
    Summary: Defining an EU emission reduction target for pellet losses, once a mandatory standardised
    methodology has been developed, tested and applied, can significantly reduce pellet losses as it
    requires preventive, mitigation and clean-up measures to be taken. However, this option, in contrast
    with Option 2, only looks at the objective, and not at the means to achieve it. Implementation and
    enforcement by the Member States seem more challenging than in Option 2. As this option requires
    a performance monitoring system first, its implementation would take time. Therefore this option is
    not favoured in the short term.
    6 SUMMARY OF THE IMPACTS
    The table below illustrates the economic costs of implementing the measures and the environmental
    benefits of reducing pellet losses for the four options assessed. Other impacts (costs and benefits) are
    also presented.
    Table 62: Summary of impacts for the four options
    Impacts Assessment and considerations Benefit -
    cost
    Env Eco Soc Cos
    t
    Option 1 (+) (+) 0 (+) A mandatory standardised methodology benefits all
    other options, implying (development and testing)
    costs for the sector. It will result in cost savings as
    only one method needs to be developed and applied,
    also leading to lower verification costs.
    High
    Option 2 +++ + + --- Mandatory requirements and certification have the
    highest reduction in pellet losses, with the highest
    direct compliance costs for the sector.
    Medium
    2a +++ + + -- The reduction of pellet losses is still very high, but
    costs are lower than under Option 2 thanks to lighter
    requirements for micro-enterprises.
    Medium
    2b +++ + + - The reduction of pellet losses is still very high, and
    costs are lower than under Option 2a thanks to lighter
    requirements for micro- and small enterprises.
    High
    2c ++ + + - The reduction of pellet losses is lower than under the
    other sub-options, and costs are only slightly lower
    than under Option 2b due to lighter requirements for
    micro-, small, and medium-enterprises.
    Medium
    Option 3 + - 0 -- Improved packaging reduces pellet losses
    throughout the supply chain (not quantified), but
    generates more GHG emissions (subject to the
    packaging type), while entailing potentially quite
    high investment costs for the sector.
    Medium
    - Low
    Option 4 ++ + + --- An EU emission target has potentially a high
    reduction of pellet losses, as operators have to adopt
    preventive, mitigation and clean-up measures, but
    the enforcement might be challenging. Its costs are
    comparable than those of Option 2. As it depends on
    Option 1, it can only be implemented afterwards,
    leading to a delay in implementation time.
    Low
    203
    Annex 12:
    Impacts on SMEs
    1 IDENTIFICATION OF AFFECTED BUSINESSES
    This initiative focuses on the unintentional release of microplastics from plastic pellets. Among pellet
    producers, the exact number of SMEs is not known because, in Eurostat, the statistics per enterprise
    size are aggregated in a broader category including basic chemicals, fertilisers, plastics and synthetic
    rubber229
    . In this broader category, SMEs account for 24% of the total turnover. As to pellet
    converters, according to Eurostat230
    , there are 47 710 companies manufacturing plastic products, out
    of which 31 400 are micro-enterprises (66%), 15 410 are small companies and medium-sized
    companies (32%), and 900 are large companies (2%). In terms of turnover, the micro-enterprises
    represent about 4%, while small companies and medium-sized companies account for 52%, and the
    large ones for 44%231
    . In addition, for the transport and storage sector in the number of companies
    (based on Eurostat 2021 data, see calculation in annex 11): 0.4% large are large enterprises, 3%
    medium, 16% small and 81% micro.
    Regarding plastic producers, large enterprises represent 76%, while medium-sized enterprises 22%
    and small enterprises 2% (note: Plastics Europe estimates that there are only large firms). Among the
    730 plastic recycler companies in Europe, half of them are SMEs, and there are several micro-
    enterprises.
    2 GENERAL CONSULTATION OF SMES
    The Commission first consulted SMEs through its open public consultation covering six sources,
    including pellets. The consultation period started on 22 February 2022 and ended on 17 May 2022,
    lasting 12 weeks. Among the respondents from businesses (about 67% of the 411 respondents) to the
    open public consultation, 85 were micro, 54 small and 36 were medium-sized enterprises. The closed-
    ended questions didn’t have questions specific to SMEs, and they did not respond to the open-ended
    questions.
    In addition, five virtual stakeholder meetings were organised, where sectoral business organisations
    (Plastics Europe, EuPC, and PRE) participated actively. During the meeting dedicated to the
    identification of potential measures on pellets, the following possibilities were suggested by the
    business organisations:
    • Voluntary implementation of EuCertPlast to prevent pellet loss by recyclers;
    • Voluntary commitment to OCS certification scheme by Plastics Europe and EuPC;
    • Compounding, masterbatch and converting industry’s voluntary commitment to minimise
    pellet losses;
    • Use existing waste legislation, where appropriate, to require that pellet handling sites have
    adequate measures to prevent plastic pellets from being released to the environment;
    229
    NACE code [C201]: Manufacture of basic chemicals, fertilisers and nitrogen compounds, plastics and synthetic
    rubber in primary forms
    230
    [C222] Manufacture of plastics products (not sure if it covers only convertors or other plastic product manfacturers)
    231
    EuPC
    204
    • Development of universal information leaflet and labelling for packaging of plastic pellets;
    • Development of best practice guidelines; and
    • Awareness raising and training of the personnel.
    Stakeholders consistently highlighted the need for financial support for SMEs. During bilateral
    discussions with umbrella organisation EuPC, limited resources were indicated as a barrier to
    implementing the voluntary OCS certification.
    3 TARGETED SME CONSULTATION
    3.1 Summary of the results
    A second consultation targeting SMEs that are handling plastic pellets (producers, converters,
    recyclers and transporters/logistics) took place via the Enterprise Europe Network from 26 January
    to 23 February 2023 in all EU languages. Based on the 330 replies received by 23 February 2023, the
    following analysis was made:
    • The survey included the following list of nine individual pellet management measures:
    1) Get expert advice
    2) Undertake external audit/certification
    3) Monitor and report annual quantities
    4) Use airtight, puncture resistant packaging
    5) Have specific equipment
    6) Train staff
    7) Establish rules and procedures
    8) Have specific protocols
    9) Identify the risky locations and processes
    • Respondents were asked to indicate whether they implemented these measures in their company,
    whether they deemed these measures effective to reduce pellet losses, and whether they would be
    in favour of making these measures mandatory. For seven measures, a majority was in favour
    of making them mandatory under the condition that requirements are lighter for smaller
    companies (Figure 18). This was however not the case for: (1) the training of staff (more than
    50% are in favour of making this mandatory in any case); and (2) external auditing (49% are
    against making it mandatory in any case).
    • Respondents were also asked to estimate the costs of the nine pellet management measures, as
    well as total combined costs of reducing pellet spills and losses. The analysis of these estimated
    costs shows a significant burden for micro and small companies, as well as companies with
    capacities below 1 000 t (see Table 63). Important note: as shown in Table 65 and Table 66, there
    is some correlation between the company size and the tonnage capacities, however, there is no
    perfect correlation; some micro and small companies indicate plastics processing capacities above
    1 000 or even 5 000 tonnes per year while some mid-sized or large companies indicate capacities
    below this threshold. Among the nine pellet management measures, the use of specific equipment
    and of specific packaging232
    are identified as the most costly.
    • A large majority (86%) of respondents indicated that plastic pellet management is dealt with
    as an important or priority matter in their company (Figure 16: Behavioural profile of
    respondents on plastic pellet management). Six pellet management measures233
    out of nine can be
    232
    i.e. airtight, puncture resistant and /or environmentally sealed packaging to transport and store pellets
    233
    i.e. measures related to procedures and protocols, and staff training
    205
    considered consensual (i.e. more than two-thirds of respondents do them “always” or “often”,
    consider them effective and could accept some mandatory requirement – see Figure 16, Figure 17
    and Figure 18). However, there is no such consensus on the measures related to monitoring234
    and external auditing235
    (as well as expert advice236
    ) (see Figure 16, Figure 17 and Figure 18).
    This is coherent, as 67% of respondents do not quantify the spills and losses in their company
    (only 30% do so – see Figure 19) and only 22% of respondents have some mandatory
    environmental auditing scheme in place (while 38% have a voluntary one and 30% don’t have any
    auditing – see Figure 21).
    • The specific case of equipment237: over two-thirds of respondents indicated having specific
    equipment to reduce pellet losses in their company (“always” or “often”) and consider this
    measure to be effective, but views are mixed on whether this measure should become mandatory
    (28% of respondents consider it should remain voluntary, 27% think it should be mandatory and
    33% mandatory with lighter requirements for SMEs). This is coherent as this is a measure which
    respondents estimated as costly. Besides 25% of respondents mention a “lack of financial
    resources to buy equipment” as a barrier preventing their company from taking action to reduce
    pellets losses, and 52% mention “financial support (e.g. to invest in specific equipment)” as the
    measure that could help them the most (Figure 19 and Figure 20).
    The specific case of packaging238
    : while two-thirds of respondents consider the use of specific
    packaging effective to reduce pellets losses, only 54% do it always or often (and a third never
    does it or has no opinion). Views on whether this should be mandatory are mixed(33% in favour,
    20% in favour if lighter requirements for SMEs, and 27% against), while the use of specific
    packaging is estimated as the most costly measure both in person/days and euros/t/year (Table
    64).
    • Barriers preventing respondents from taking pellet management measures fall into three main
    categories (Figure 19): lack of staff/time (55% of respondents), lack of information on risks and
    solutions (50%) and lack of financial resources (48%). Financial support comes first as a support
    measure that could best help respondents (Figure 20), followed by measures to improve
    information (standardised method to assess spills and losses, courses and material, workshops)
    and assist respondents (external expertise).
    • 60% of the respondents have some external environmental auditing scheme in place
    (voluntary or mandatory), and out of these, 61% think this would probably make it easier or
    cheaper for them to implement an audit on pellets. In other words, 37% of respondents (61% of
    60%) can reasonably expect a limited cost of a new audit on pellets (Figure 21 and Figure 22).
    • 71% of respondents know Operation Clean Sweep (OCS) and implement it or intend to do so, and
    9% have another similar programme (the most mentioned being the IK voluntary programme
    ‘Zero Pellet Loss’ in Germany). This means 80% of respondents take or intend to take action
    to reduce pellet losses. However, among these 80%, 24% of respondents, who currently
    implement OCS, do not indicate their intention to continue implementing OCS Europe in the
    future (Figure 25).
    234
    “Monitor and report annual quantities of spills and losses, including spillage incidents”
    235
    “Undertake external audit/ certification / inspection on spills and losses”
    236
    “Get expert advice on the risks and good practices for our company”. This measure is not considered to be made
    mandatory.
    237
    Equipment to reduce pellet spills and losses (e.g. dust remover, vacuum cleaners, protective barriers etc.)
    238
    Airtight, puncture resistant and /or environmentally sealed packaging to transport and store pellets, e.g. thicker plastic
    bags, rigid plastic packaging or well-sealed octabins.
    206
    Figure 16: Behavioural profile of respondents on plastic pellet management
    Figure 17: General opinion of respondents on the efficiency of plastic pellet management measures
    0 20 40 60 80 100
    Identify the risky locations and processes
    Have specific protocols
    Establish rules and procedures
    Train staff
    Have specific equipment
    Use airtight, puncture resistant packaging
    Monitor and report annual quantities
    Undertake external audit/ certification
    Get expert advice
    % of respondents who do it... (n=330)
    Always Often Sometimes Never N/A
    0 20 40 60 80 100
    Establish rules and procedures
    Identify the risky locations and processes
    Train staff
    Have specific equipment
    Have specific protocols
    Use airtight, puncture resistant packaging
    Get expert advice
    Undertake external audit/ certification
    Monitor and report annual quantities
    % of respondents who think this is... (n=330)
    Very/quite effective N.A Not/not very effective
    207
    c
    Figure 18: General opinion of respondents on the importance of possible plastic pellet management
    measures
    Figure 19: Barriers preventing respondents from taking pellet management measures
    Among the other difficulties mentioned, we find a recurring statement around the lack of awareness
    (internally or among value chain partners). And the various following items: varied packaging
    formats from suppliers, damaged packaging, externalised storage /transport, difficulty to identify
    pellet containers among other containers, difficulty to measure the spills and losses, lack of space,
    lack of suitable equipment and technology solution.
    0 20 40 60 80 100
    Train staff
    Identify the risky locations and processes
    Have specific protocols
    Establish rules and procedures
    Use airtight, puncture resistant packaging
    Have specific equipment
    Monitor and report annual quantities
    Undertake external audit/ certification
    % of respondents who think this should be...
    (n=330)
    Mandatory Mandatory but lighter for SMEs N.A. Voluntary
    208
    Figure 20: Support that would best help respondents
    Figure 21: Respondents in percentage having external environmental audits in place
    3
    20
    22
    25
    30
    32
    33
    47
    51
    52
    Other
    List of certified supply chain partners
    Recognition of voluntary efforts
    Additional information on risks
    Training courses
    External expertise
    Meetings/workshops with similar companies
    Material to inform/train staff
    Standardised methodology to quantify spills and losses
    Financial support
    Support that would best help respondents
    (%, n=330)
    38%
    22%
    30%
    10%
    Yes, voluntary Yes, mandatory No N.A.
    % of respondents who have external
    environmental audits in place (n=330)
    209
    Figure 22: Audit on pellets with external review in place
    3.2 Details of the results: analysis of estimated costs
    Respondents were asked to estimate the costs in person/days and euros/year of the nine pellets
    management measures tested in the survey, plus the total combined costs of reducing pellets spills
    and losses in their company. The estimates show large variations, probably because respondents
    have a different understanding of the extent/depth of the measures to implement, plus they are starting
    from different levels of pellets management. For example, companies that replied “we implement
    OCS and will implement OCS Europe”, i.e. companies that probably have already taken substantial
    action to reduce pellets losses, have estimated substantially lower investment costs for equipment in
    comparison with other respondents (this suggests they have likely already made investments). A
    company’s organisation can be another factor. An extreme example comes from a large French
    recycler who estimated a total annual cost of EUR 950,000 and explains it as follows: “we have nine
    sites that handle plastic pellets overall. In question 9, we did a global estimation where the total
    estimated cost is the one of the first year (implementing operational procedures/systems). For the
    person/days/year value, we estimated 1 person per site (9 persons in total) on 220 days. This value
    includes all the staff involved in a year: QSE, risk analysis, training, audits, controlling, cleaning,
    equipment maintenance, etc.”
    3.2.1 Total cost of all actions to reduce pellet losses (combined cost)
    The average total cost (combined cost) is 115 person /days per year (Table 63). The larger the
    company, the higher the person/days (which is coherent, due to the larger operational perimeter).
    However, the burden is proportionally more significant for micro and small companies, considering
    their limited staff. The average absolute cost is 106 404 euros per year (72 895 when retreated239
    ).
    The burden seems very significant for companies with a capacity below 1 000 tonnes (Table 63)
    (this might also be due to estimated investment costs which should be amortized over several years
    for a more accurate cost estimation) and significant for companies with 1 000 to 5 000 tonnes
    capacity (accounting for 1 - 4% of their total sales), although the number of replies is insufficient for
    239
    i.e. when removing very high or inconsistent values (e.g. negative/nil values)
    25%
    36%
    14%
    7%
    12%
    7%
    Very likely Quite likely Not very likely Not likely at all I don't know No Answer
    As you have external review in place, will it be easier and
    more affordable to do an audit on pellets? (%, n=199)
    210
    this latter category to ensure definitive interpretation. The cost per tonne becomes insignificant
    beyond this 5 000 tonne threshold. If we assume a selling price of 800-1 800 euros per tonne of
    plastics, the extra cost is considerable (3% of sales) for companies processing less than 1 900 to
    4 000 tonnes per year, and substantial for companies process less than 5 900 to 13 000 tonnes
    per year240. The proportionally higher burden for smaller companies and capacities repeats in
    a similar way for all individual pellet management measures (see below).
    Table 63: Total cost for all measures (combined cost)
    in person days in euros/year/tonne
    All data
    (n=163)
    Retreated*
    (n=156)
    All data
    (n=162)
    Retreated239
    (n=150)
    Average 115 104 Average 984 600
    Micro 115 63 0-1kt 2513 1612
    Small 73 67 1-5kt 27 14
    Mid-sized 142 109 5-10kt 3 3
    Large 370 183 10-50kt 7 7
    >50kt 3 1
    * Inconsistent values (e.g. negative or extremely high) have been removed.
    3.2.2 Costs per individual measures to reduce pellet losses
    The sum of the costs for the individual measures is 262 person days per year, 130 069 euros/year,
    and 1 302 euros/tonne processed per year (Table 64). This is higher than the total combined costs
    shown in Table 63, which is coherent as many companies only provided estimates for some of the
    measures (i.e. they only selected those individual measures most relevant to their business
    operations).
    Average values are however not very meaningful: more in-depth analysis shows that costs are
    considerable or significant for micro and small companies and for companies with capacities
    below 1 000 tonnes, and limited for mid-sized companies or even negligible for large companies
    and capacities above 5 000 tonnes.
    The use of airtight, puncture-resistant and environmental sealed packaging shows the highest
    average costs in both person/days and euros/t/y, with estimated significant costs for all sizes of
    company (including 55 euros/t for large companies). Having specific equipment to reduce pellets
    losses is the other measure with significant costs whatever the company size (including 20 euros/t for
    large companies).
    240
    This is however a calculation on averages, so to be used carefully. It somehow confirms the order of magnitude.
    211
    Table 64: Detailed estimated costs per measure
    Person
    days per
    year
    (average
    )
    Absolute
    costs/y
    (average
    )
    Costs in euros per tonne processed/y
    Average
    for all
    Micr
    o
    Smal
    l
    Mid-
    sized
    <1000
    t
    <5000
    t
    Expert advice 12.57 4443 79 94 107 5 217 2
    Identify locations & processes 17.63 4371 89 774 69 13 233 1
    Monitor 19.10 4905 94 147 36 17 83 1
    Train staff 33.09 10 005 108 747 120 7 283 1
    Establish rules & procedures 43.56 8680 113 288 131 33 208 2
    External audit 41.20 5956 116 514 202 24 314 2
    Have equipment 29.12 37 251 186 1664 112 20 528 12
    Have protocols 15.98 3554 199 1987 32 15 515 0,8
    Use specific packaging 50.01 50 914 318 2426 148 55 822 11
    TOTAL 262.26 130 079 1302
    Colour Cost represents X% of selling price of 1 tonne:
    35-133%
    11-35%
    2-10%
    <1%
    3.3 Other detailed results
    The majority of respondents indicated that it is important (49%) or very important (36%) for their
    company to reduce pellet spills and losses (Figure 23); however, only 31% quantify the pellet spills
    and losses at their site (Figure 24). 47% currently implement OCS Europe, 24% intend to implement
    OCS Europe in the futureFigure 25, and 9% implement another similar programme (Figure 25).
    212
    Figure 23: Importance of reduced pellet spills and losses
    Figure 24: Quantifying pellet spills and losses241
    241
    The data on estimated quantities of spills and losses are not reliable/exploitable for two reasons: 1) limited number of
    replies (36 in total, including 22 converters), and 2) it is unclear whether they indicated estimated quantities of spills
    or losses, hence replies show too large variations (e.g. from 0.01% to 33% for converters).
    36%
    49%
    5%
    6% 4%
    Is it important for your company to reduce spills
    and losses? (%, n=330)
    Very important, this is a
    priority for us
    Important, we do our best to
    reduce spills and losses
    We do it when we can, our
    priority remains business first
    We don't see this as a major
    issue for our company
    N.A.
    31%
    67%
    3%
    Do you quantify spills and losses? (%, n=330)
    Yes No N.A.
    213
    Figure 25: Views on OCS242
    Other comments by respondents: Only 30 respondents submitted additional comments that can be
    summarised as follows. While they showed clear interest in good practices for zero pellet loss, the
    additional comments suggest general concern about the extra costs and burden associated with new
    requirements, leading to a potential disruption of the level playing field for EU companies. One
    respondent suggests that mandatory certification would only be acceptable to SMEs if available for
    free or at a reduced rate. Two respondents stress the improvement potential of packaging. Two
    respondents warned against classifying pellets as harmful under IMO. Two respondents plea for the
    OCS part of SQAS (note: the management system in place for transport) to become a recognised
    standard.
    3.3.1 Profile of respondents
    Respondents by country are shown in Figure 26. Regarding their business activity, 25 out of 28 respondents
    active in transport are in road transport. 41 respondents indicated an “other” activity, and out of these,
    37 specified the following: 10 converters, 11 service providers (transport sector, consultancy), 8
    companies from other plastics-using sectors (e.g. metal, wood, fertilisers), 3 waste operators, 2
    business organisations, 1 distributor, 1 additives manufacturer, and 1 public authority (see Figure
    27).
    242
    The “other similar programmes” mentioned are in-house corporate programmes, ISO14001, EMAS, the IK voluntary
    programme ‘Null Granulat Verlust’ (Zero Pellet Loss), “AFNOR certification” and the implementation of the FR
    decree (perceived as redundant with OCS, except if OCS prove compliance)
    26%
    21%
    24%
    9%
    22%
    6%
    4%
    7%
    What are your views on OCS? (%, n=330)
    We implement OCS
    We implement OCS and will
    implement OCS Europe
    We would like to implement
    OCS Europe in the future
    We implement another
    similar programme
    We don't know this
    programme
    We are not interested in this
    programme
    Other
    N.A.
    214
    Figure 26: Respondents by country
    Figure 27: Respondents by business activity
    Figure 28
    Per main business activity (%, n=330)
    Production of plastic pellets
    (virgin)
    Converting of plastics pellets
    Plastics recycling
    Transport of plastic pellets
    Storage & handling
    (warehousing) of plastic pellets
    Other
    215
    Figure 28: Respondents by company size
    311 respondents indicated the annual tonnages they process, see details below in Table 65 and Table
    66. Companies that process between 5 000 and 20 000 tonnes/y include 26% of micro and small
    companies. Companies processing over 20 000 tonnes/y include 10% of small companies.
    Table 65: Average tonnages per size of company
    Size of company Number of replies % of replies Average tonnage Lowest Highest
    self-employed 2 1% 0 0 0
    1-9 31 10% 1140 0 15 000
    10-19 29 9% 4261 0 70 000
    20-49 73 23% 10 967 0 500 000
    50-249 131 42% 52 240 0 3 117 977
    >250 45 14% 214 728 0 4 000 000
    Table 66: Declared tonnages vs. size of company
    Including
    Declared tonnage/y Nb of respondents Self empl. Micro Small Mid-sized Large
    <1kt 122 2% 22% 43% 28% 5%
    1kt<x< 5kt 63 0% 3% 44% 48% 5%
    5kt <x<20kt 74 0% 3% 23% 55% 19%
    > 20kt 52 0% 2% 8% 50% 40%
    0% 5% 10% 15% 20% 25% 30% 35% 40% 45%
    Self-employed (no employee)
    Between 1 and 9
    Between 10 and 19
    Between 20 and 49
    Between 50 and 249
    250 and more
    Per size of company (%, n=330)
    216
    4 MEASUREMENT OF THE IMPACT ON SMES
    Option 1: Mandatory standardised methodology to measure pellet losses
    The cost of developing a mandatory standardised methodology to measure pellet losses was estimated
    to be between EUR 558 000 and 1 674 000. The testing cost of one facility would be about EUR 700
    to 1 500 per test which means proportionally greater costs for SMEs and micro-enterprises than for
    larger companies. The lower costs are the more likely ones as ongoing OCS+ work can be used as a
    basis.
    This option will help shed light on the actual volume of losses from SMEs. In the targeted SME
    consultation conducted by the Commission in January-February 2023 (see above), a standardised
    methodology to assess pellet spills and losses was mentioned by 51% of respondents as a support
    measure that could best help them to take action to reduce pellet losses.
    66% of plastics converters are micro-enterprises and they account for only 4% of the quantities of
    converted pellets. While there is no data on the relationship between pellet loss and company size, it
    is likely that micro-enterprises do not account for a significant share of these losses. However, the
    costs for smaller companies would be more significant. In the targeted SME consultation, the cost of
    monitoring the quantities of pellet spills and losses was estimated to be 19 man/days/year.
    Nevertheless, according to REACH restriction, they would still have to report the pellet losses and
    having a standardised methodology could simplify the reporting.
    Option 2: Mandatory requirements to prevent and reduce pellet losses in a new EU law
    The introduction of a mandatory certification scheme for the pellet supply chain as proposed under
    the policy Option 2 would have a higher cost impact for micro-enterprises and other SMEs processing
    plastic pellets. It would impose concrete obligations on SMEs involved at different steps of the pellet
    supply chain, from production to compounding to converting to transport and recycling. These
    obligations would be the following:
    • Conducting site risk assessments to document pellet handling activities and identify the risk
    of spills and losses and their potential impacts. The assessment should identify high-risk areas
    and pathways to the external environment and include measures, equipment and procedures
    for prevention, containment, handling and clean-up.
    • Setting up internal procedures with a zero-pellet loss objective:
    - Define roles and responsibilities and routines in case of a pellet spill/loss incident;
    - Identify appropriate steps to prevent the reoccurrence of pellet spill/loss incidents;
    - Roles and procedures for informing the competent regulatory bodies;
    - Instructions for managing the clean-up, the use of clean-up equipment and disposal of
    the pellets after an incident in order to prevent impact on the environment; and
    - Guidance for good cleaning.
    • Employee training and accountability for spill prevention, containment, clean-up and
    disposal, including written procedures.
    • Regular auditing and performance reporting covering the following aspects:
    - effectiveness of the procedures to avoid spills and potential losses into the
    environment;
    - set intervals to carry out the audits;
    - management of any change in the operations of the facility;
    217
    - compliance with the routine inspection plan inside and outside its physical boundaries
    and its effectiveness;
    - estimation of the amount of pellets lost per year to track progress towards the objective
    of zero pellet loss;
    - training and or competence of the internal auditors;
    - independence of the internal auditors;
    - actions for non-conformities identified in the audits; and
    - records of the audits.
    The findings of the targeted SME consultation run by the Commission in January-February 2023
    indicate a cost between 100 000 and 130 000 EUR/plant on average, with large variations depending
    on the company’s business operations and past investments. This might indeed be the case for the
    larger firms. This impact assessment calculates the costs for micro-enterprises to around 4 000 EUR,
    and 113 000 for the large plants, equally based on figures coming from the converting industry,
    formed by many SMEs. Lighter requirements for the smaller firms are proposed.
    Option 3: Improved packaging for the transport of pellets
    A measure on improved packaging for the transport of pellets means potentially high extra costs.
    First, the currently used plastic bags should be replaced by more resistant holders; second, the
    automated filling unit of the manufacturing chain would likely need to be adapted or replaced.
    Contrary to the cheap price of plastic bags, IBC Container’s pricing ranges from EUR 165 up to
    4500243
    while HDPE barrels cost EUR 13 to 40244
    depending on their specifications e.g. size, material,
    type of opening.
    In the targeted SME consultation conducted by the Commission in January-February 2023 (see
    above), the cost of “using airtight, puncture-resistant and environmentally-sealed packaging to store
    and transport pellets” was estimated at 50 man/days/year and 50 914 EUR/year, corresponding to an
    average 318 EUR/tonne processed/year. The cost was found to be considerable for companies
    processing less than 1 000 tonnes, as well as for micro- and small enterprises, and still significant for
    larger companies.
    Option 4: EU/national targets to reduce pellet losses
    Once a methodological standard for pellet loss assessment is available, an EU (or national) reduction
    target for pellet losses could be set, e.g. as an absolute maximum quantity of pellets losses or a
    maximum percentage of the processed quantities. Both scenarios imply costs and impacts comparable
    to option 2, as similar prevention and mitigation measures would be implemented.
    5 MINIMISING NEGATIVE IMPACTS ON SMES
    Phased implementation
    Phased implementation with a longer implementation period for some companies may give them
    more time to adapt and align their compliance actions and investments with their normal business
    243
    www.ibctanks.com/chemical
    244
    www.hasdrums.com.sg
    218
    activities. The costs are slightly reduced where companies have more flexibility to build compliance
    into their normal investment cycle.
    They could potentially choose to operate their existing facility until the compliance deadline before
    replacing it, but the longer-term benefits would be the same.
    Size-related exemptions and derogations
    Exemptions or derogations could be applied based on:
    - the number of employees;
    - the annual processing capacities;
    - the turnover;
    - the EU definitions of micro- and small enterprise245
    ; and
    - a combination of these criteria.
    The targeted SME consultation, conducted by the Commission in January-February 2023, suggested
    a degree of correlation between company size (micro, small, mid-sized or large) and processing
    capacities. The processing capacities tend to increase with size:
    - micro-companies who responded to the SME targeted consultation indicated an average
    capacity of 1 309 tonnes
    - Small companies: 9 446 tonnes
    - Mid-sized companies: 50 126 tonnes
    - Large companies: 197 245 tonnes
    However this correlation between size and tonnages is not perfect: in each size category, there are
    companies, including micro and small, that indicated processing capacities above 1 000 or even 5 000
    tonnes per year, and some large companies indicated small tonnages (see above).
    The targeted SME consultation suggested that the processing capacity of companies (in tonnes per
    year) is a key criterion to assess the impact of extra costs related to pellet management on the
    profitability. The consultation showed a disproportionate burden and considerable relative costs for
    micro and small companies, as well as companies with processing capacities below 1 000 tonnes of
    plastic materials per year.
    Respondents estimated the total combined costs for implementing all measures at EUR 106 404 on
    average. Assuming a selling price per tonne of plastic material between EUR 800 and 1 800, then the
    costs would account for more than 3% of turnover for companies processing less than 1 900-4 400
    tonnes per year.
    In the SME targeted consultation, respondents with capacities below 1 000 tonnes accounted for a
    third of all respondents, but only 0.02% of all declared capacities. Respondents with capacities below
    5 000 tonnes accounted for 55% of respondents, but only 1.3% all declared capacities.
    As a reply to his SME targeted consultation, lighter requirements for micro-enterprises from the scope
    of the mandatory certification scheme are part of the preferred option. Marginal quantities of pellets
    245
    https://single-market-economy.ec.europa.eu/smes/sme-definition_en
    219
    could be excluded from the scope. The French decree on plastic granulates246
    follows a similar logic
    where the operators processing less than 5 tonnes of pellets per year are excluded.
    The targeted SME consultation also showed that mandatory monitoring of quantities of pellet losses
    and mandatory audit would be the least acceptable measures. Lighter requirements can be proposed
    for micro-enterprises involved in the production, storage, transport, storage and converting. Also
    small enterprises would be required to comply with less demanding requirements and could be given
    special assistance.
    Financial support
    In the targeted SME consultation, conducted by the Commission in January-February 2023, the lack
    of financial resources was mentioned by 48% of respondents as a barrier preventing companies from
    taking action to reduce pellet losses. Financial support came first as a support measure that could best
    help respondents to take action to reduce pellet losses (mentioned by 52% of respondents). The
    burden on SMEs could be reduced if Member States provide financial support to certain enterprises
    (e.g. micro-enterprises and other SMEs) to help them meet regulatory requirements.
    In particular, EU state aid rules allow for:
    - state aid with no prior notification to the Commission (“block exemption”) covering up to
    50% of consultancy costs in favour of SMEs, 60-70% of training costs, 50-60% (100% in
    case of competitive bidding complying with the conditions set out in Article 36(9)) of extra
    investment costs for improving environmental protection beyond Union standards in force or
    in the absence of Union standards or to comply with Union standards that have been adopted
    but are not yet in force at the latest 18 months before their entry into force 247
    – the latter two
    options seem especially relevant as the preferred option envisages that requirements for
    smaller companies could be less demanding or apply at a later date.
    - state aid subject to prior notification to the Commission248
    covering up to 50-70% of extra
    investment costs for projects preventing or reducing pollution in the absence of Union
    standards or going beyond Union standards as well as complying with Union standards
    adopted but are not yet in force at least 18 months in advance249
    .
    The financial support can be direct (e.g. loans or support programmes) or indirect (e.g. reduced fees).
    This approach would reduce compliance costs for SMEs but increase costs for Member States,
    depending on the specific measures adopted.
    Non-financial support
    The Commission and/or the Member States could provide some other support. In the targeted SME
    consultation, lack of staff/time and lack of information on risks and solutions were mentioned as
    barriers preventing action to reduce pellet losses by respectively 55 and 50% of respondents.
    Coherently, measures to improve information on pellet management (including a standardised
    methodology to assess spills and losses, information and training materials, training courses and
    246
    Décret n° 2021-461 du 16 avril 2021 relatif à la prévention des pertes de granulés de plastiques industriels dans
    l'environnement
    247
    Commission Regulation (EU) No 651/2014 (“General Block Exemption regulation”), in particular Article 18 on
    consultancy in favour of SMEs, Article 31 on training aid and Article 36 on investment aids for environmental
    protection, including climate protection.
    248
    Member States may notify to the Commission a scheme (e.g., a national aid measure for SMEs), in which case it
    would in principle not be necessary to notify aid for each individual project supported under the scheme.
    249
    Guidelines on State aid for climate, environmental protection and energy 2022, C/2022/481, Section 4.5 on Aid for
    the prevention or reduction of pollution other than greenhouse gases.
    220
    workshops) came second as support measure that could best help respondents to take action to reduce
    pellet losses.
    Such support could take the form of advisory services to SMEs. For example, a project could be
    supported by the Commission which would:
    develop SME-specific guidance and training materials and tools to help compliance with the new
    legal requirements. It is essential that these materials and tools are first tested with SMEs, before
    being rolled out, to ensure they are clear and relevant to SMEs;
    deliver advisory services, e.g. through the Enterprise Europe Network and/or in cooperation with
    the relevant business organisations, to help SMEs understand the new legal requirements and
    prepare for compliance; and
    establish a help desk/expert pool (5-6 contact persons with in-depth expertise of the new legal
    requirements and the compliance solutions) to assist first-level advisers and deal with more
    difficult questions or issues.
    Such support can be open to larger companies but SMEs should be the primary targets, as they have
    fewer resources to understand and implement abatement technologies. This option would however
    incur costs for the competent authorities and/or the Commission (a first estimated budget could be
    around EUR 1 Million for a first project covering points 1 to 3 above).
    221
    Annex 13:
    Prodcom codes used to quantify pellet production, export and import into
    the EU in 2020
    Item PRODCOM
    code
    Linear polyethylene having a specific gravity < 0,94, in primary forms 20161035
    Polyethylene having a specific gravity < 0,94, in primary forms (excluding
    linear) 20161039
    Polyethylene having a specific gravity of >= 0,94, in primary forms 20161050
    Ethylene-vinyl acetate copolymers, in primary forms 20161070
    Polymers of ethylene, in primary forms (excluding polyethylene, ethylene-vinyl
    acetate copolymers) 20161090
    Expansible polystyrene, in primary forms 20162035
    Polystyrene, in primary forms (excluding expansible polystyrene) 20162039
    Styrene-acrylonitrile (SAN) copolymers, in primary forms 20162050
    Acrylonitrile-butadiene-styrene (ABS) copolymers, in primary forms 20162070
    Polymers of styrene, in primary forms (excluding polystyrene, styrene-
    acrylonitrile (SAN) copolymers, acrylonitrile-butadiene-styrene (ABS)
    copolymers) 20162090
    Polyvinyl chloride, not mixed with any other substances, in primary forms 20163010
    Non-plasticised polyvinyl chloride mixed with any other substance, in primary
    forms 20163023
    Plasticised polyvinyl chloride mixed with any other substance, in primary forms 20163025
    Vinyl chloride-vinyl acetate copolymers and other vinyl chloride copolymers, in
    primary forms 20163040
    Polymers of halogenated olefins, in primary forms, n.e.c. 20163090
    Polyacetals, in primary forms 20164013
    Polyethylene glycols and other polyether alcohols, in primary forms 20164015
    Polyethers, in primary forms (excluding polyacetals, polyether alcohols) 20164020
    Polycarbonates, in primary forms 20164040
    Polyethylene terephthalate in primary forms having a viscosity number of >= 78
    ml/g 20164062
    Other polyethylene terephthalate in primary forms 20164064
    222
    Unsaturated polyesters, in primary forms (excluding liquid polyesters,
    polyacetals, polyethers, epoxide resins, polycarbonates, alkyd resins,
    polyethylene terephthalate) 20164080
    Polyesters, in primary forms (excluding polyacetals, polyethers, epoxide resins,
    polycarbonates, alkyd resins, polyethylene terephthalate, other unsaturated
    polyesters) 20164090
    Polypropylene, in primary forms 20165130
    Polymers of propylene or of other olefins, in primary forms (excluding
    polypropylene) 20165150
    Polymers of vinyl acetate, in primary forms (excluding in aqueous dispersion) 20165250
    Polymers of vinyl esters or other vinyl polymers, in primary forms (excluding
    vinyl acetate) 20165270
    Polymethyl methacrylate, in primary forms 20165350
    Acrylic polymers, in primary forms (excluding polymethyl methacrylate) 20165390
    Polyamide -6, -11, -12, -6,6, -6,9, -6,10 or -6,12, in primary forms 20165450
    Polyamides, in primary forms (excluding polyamide -6, -11, -12, -6,6, -6,9, -
    6,10 or -6,12) 20165490
    Polyurethanes, in primary forms 20165670
    Petroleum resins, coumarone-indene resins, polyterpenes, polysulphides,
    polysulphones, etc., n.e.c., in primary forms 20165920
    Petroleum resins, coumarone-indene resins, polyterpenes, polysulphides,
    polysulphones, etc., n.e.c., in primary forms 20165945
    Petroleum resins, coumarone-indene resins, polyterpenes, polysulphides,
    polysulphones, etc., n.e.c., in primary forms 20165950
    Petroleum resins, coumarone-indene resins, polyterpenes, polysulphides,
    polysulphones, etc., n.e.c., in primary forms 20165955
    Natural and modified natural polymers, in primary forms (including alginic acid,
    hardened proteins, chemical derivatives of natural rubber) 20165960
    Petroleum resins, coumarone-indene resins, polyterpenes, polysulphides,
    polysulphones, etc., n.e.c., in primary forms 20165965
    Reclaimed rubber in primary forms or in plates, sheets or strips 22191000
    Other compounded rubber, unvulcanised, in primary forms or in plates, sheets
    or strip 22192019
    223
    Annex 14:
    Other sources of microplastics identified but not retained
    1 ALL IDENTIFIED SOURCES
    At the beginning of the analysis, relevant sources of microplastic releases were identified through
    literature review, stakeholder workshops and consultations. The table below summarizes the results
    of this exercise as of December 2022.
    Table 67: Compilation of sources of microplastics
    Source Quantity (tonnes/year) EU
    Paints 231 000 – 863 000
    Tyres 360 000 – 540 000
    Pellets 52 140 – 184 290
    Road markings (included in paints) 94 358a
    according to Eunomia (2018) (20 000
    according to EA study)
    Artificial turfs (with granules) 18 000-72 000
    Textiles 1 649 – 61 078
    Geotextiles 6 000-19 750*
    Brake pads 53 000
    Detergent capsules 4 140 – 5 980
    Fishing gear 478 – 4 780
    Biobeadsb
    1442
    Marine paintsc
    (included in paints) 1 194 - – 5 970 according to Eunomia (2018) (probably
    grossly underestimated, EA study estimated 223 000)
    Agricultural plastics 1 000 d
    Shoe soles (data for Denmark) 100-1 000 e
    . (5.6%e
    of the country’s total yearly
    microplastics emissions)
    Indoor and outdoor building materials of plastic
    (data for Denmark)
    80-480 (2.9%e
    of the country’s total yearly
    microplastics emissions)
    Cooking utensils and scouring pads (data for
    Denmark)
    40-380 (2.2%e f
    of the country’s total yearly
    microplastics emissions)
    Cast rubber playground surfaces (data for
    Sweden)
    16 (0.12% - 0.15%g
    of the country’s total yearly
    microplastics emissions)
    Artificial grass (data for Sweden) 2.4 (0.022% – 0.017%g
    of the country’s total yearly
    microplastics emissions)
    City Dust Not quantified in Europe
    Telephone poles and railway sleepers Not quantified
    Shipping Not quantified
    Cooling water Not quantified
    224
    Plastic balls used in soft gun games Not quantified
    Macroplastics Not quantified
    *: This figure is probably a factor 10 too high, see the section on geotextiles (annex 15) for more explanation.
    a: Extrapolated from German data,250
    neglecting the fact that not all Member States use sludge as a fertilizer
    (Germany represents 14% of agriculture production in the EU in value and emits 8380 tonnes of microplastics from
    sewage sludge, so 8380/0.14 = 59 857 tonnes).
    b: UK data is thought to represent EU data given that the uptake of Biobeads for waste water treatment in the EU is
    limited.
    c: Recent study suspects a gross underestimation of marine paints emissions to the environment, to the point of
    questioning the 80/20 ratio of microplastics emissions coming from land or water sources.251
    d: Extrapolated from German data250
    (Germany represents 14% of agriculture production in the EU in value, and
    uses 139 tonnes of mulching plastics, so 139/0.14 = 1000 tonnes).
    e: Calculated using the mean emission of microplastics for that source and the mean total microplastics emission for
    Denmark: 9 700 tonnes per year.252
    f: Emissions from textile clothes are included in the estimation but should be included in the textile emissions, the
    quantities released thus are lower than in the table.
    g: Calculated using total microplastics emissions of 10 437 – 13 457 tonnes per year in Sweden253
    In Table 67, the results are summarised and ranked according to their contribution to EU
    microplastics pollution. The emissions are not given in g per capita because it would not be a good
    metric since citizens' habits and industry practices vary widely in the EU. The “ranking” provides
    information on the place in the emission hierarchy of microplastic emissions for each source using
    the higher estimate of the said contribution to get a worst-case scenario analysis.
    The following sources were not retained in our analysis due to a lack of sufficient information being
    available.
    2 SOURCES NOT RETAINED FOR ANALYSIS
    2.1 Fragmentation of ‘macro’ plastics in the environment
    In Europe, nearly 26 million tonnes of plastic waste is produced each year254
    . Substantial
    bibliographical evidence exists on the large accumulation of debris in European seas, sea floors, and
    coasts. Different environmental factors such as radiation, heat and mechanical stress lead to the
    250
    Nabu.De, 2021, https://www.nabu.de/imperia/md/content/nabude/konsumressourcenmuell/210521-
    fraunhofer_oekopol_studie_plastik_landwirtschaft.pdf. Accessed 15 Oct 2021.
    251
    Turner, Andrew. "Paint Particles In The Marine Environment: An Overlooked Component Of Microplastics". Water
    Research X, vol 12, 2021, p. 100110. Elsevier BV, doi:10.1016/j.wroa.2021.100110. Accessed 14 Oct 2021
    252
    Lassen, C., S. Foss Hansen, K. Magnusson, F. Norén, N. I. Bloch Hartmann, P. Rehne Jensen, T. Gissel Nielsen and
    A. Brinch, Microplastics - Occurrence, effects and sources of releases to the environment in Denmark, 2015
    253
    "Mikroplast Från Gjutet Gummigranulat Och Granulatfria Konstgräsytor". Ivl.Se, 2021,
    https://www.ivl.se/publikationer/publikationer/mikroplast-fran-gjutet-gummigranulat-och-granulatfria-
    konstgrasytor.html. Accessed 14 Oct 2021.
    254
    EU Plastics Strategy, 2018 (https://environment.ec.europa.eu/topics/plastics_en).
    225
    fragmentation of larger plastic objects or macroplastics.255
    The resulting microplastics are referred to
    as secondary microplastics, as opposed to primary microplastics which are plastics manufactured
    deliberately in micron-scale sizes.
    Maritime plastic litter (including fishing nets), mismanaged plastic waste and macroplastics, and
    discarded plastics, can therefore be sources of microplastics due to weathering, photolysis, abrasion
    or microbial disintegration. Indeed, in principle, all macroplastics sooner or later degrade into
    microplastics.
    The fragmentation of macroplastics results in a continuous increase of secondary microplastics in the
    environment. In addition to the environmental factors, the fragmentation rate also depends on the
    type and composition of macroplastics. Fragmentation must be taken into account when assessing
    the long-term presence of microplastics in the environment.256
    There is still an important distinction to be made. Macroplastics, when found in the environment, can
    fragment in pieces and ultimately end up as microplastics. In this case, it is first the macroplastic that
    is discarded into the environment, and therefor policies aiming at reducing discarding these
    macroplastics should prevail.
    It is also possible that microplastics are released directly, for instance due to the abrasion of the use
    of larger plastics, or due to mishandling (e.g. of pellets). This is called the unintentional releases of
    microplastics, which is the focus of this analysis.
    Combating the issue of macroplastics that are littered or found in the environment requires upstream
    policies preventing them from being thrown into the environment, and then solutions to remove those
    already in situ. Similarly, the issue of macroplastics’ degradation should be handled before they
    degrade into microplastics as existing solutions to remove microplastics are very complex and costly.
    Macroplastic pollution is dealt with by various existing and forthcoming policy instruments so
    macroplastics as a source of microplastics fall outside of the scope of this IA.
    Currently, the following EU-level actions target macroplastic pollution:
    - The Plastic Bags Directive (Directive (EU) 2015/720), an amendment to the Packaging &
    Packaging Waste Directive, targets the use of lightweight plastic bags which have a wall
    thickness below 50 microns. Member States are required to adopt measures either reducing
    the annual consumption of lightweight plastic carrier bags or preventing these bags from
    being provided free of charge.
    - The Single-Use Plastics Directive (Directive (EU) 2019/904) targets macroplastic pollution
    by ensuring that single-use plastic products, for which more sustainable alternatives are
    available and affordable, cannot be placed on the market. It also applies to products made
    from oxo-degradable plastic and fishing gear containing plastic. Specific targets on single use
    plastics include a 77% separate collection target for plastic bottles by 2025, increasing to 90%
    by 2029, and incorporating 25% of recycled plastic in PET beverage bottles from 2025, and
    30% in all plastic beverage bottles from 2030.
    255
    Gomiero, A., Pierluigi S. & Fabi, G., ‘From Macroplastic to Microplastic Litter: Occurrence, Composition, Source
    Identification and Interaction with Aquatic Organisms. Experiences from the Adriatic Sea’, 2018
    (https://www.intechopen.com/chapters/63956).
    256
    Gomiero, A., Pierluigi S. & Fabi, G., ‘From Macroplastic to Microplastic Litter: Occurrence, Composition, Source
    Identification and Interaction with Aquatic Organisms. Experiences from the Adriatic Sea’, 2018
    (https://www.intechopen.com/chapters/63956).
    226
    - The Waste Framework Directive (Directive (EU) 2008/98) establishes the waste hierarchy,
    placing the priority on waste prevention. Plastics fall within the scope of this Directive and
    Member States were required to set up the separate collection of plastics in order to ensure
    50% of this waste stream was prepared for re-use and recycling by 2020.
    - The EU Water Framework Directive (Directive 2000/60/EC) and the Marine Strategy
    Framework Directive (Directive 2008/56/EC) are also of relevance to macroplastic pollution
    as they should prevent litter from entering the marine environment. The MSFD also comprises
    regular monitoring and assessments of marine litter (including macro- and microlitter) in the
    marine environtment, putting in place measuses to achieve or maintain the good
    environmental status.
    - From 1 January 2021, new EU rules apply also to shipments of plastic waste, including
    exports from the EU, imports into the EU and intra-EU shipments. These rules should help
    cut down on pollution by ensuring plastic waste is only traded if parties have proved they are
    able to deal with it properly.
    - In March 2022, the EU was instrumental in the adoption of a resolution for negotiations on a
    legally binding global agreement. This agreement will establish an international instrument
    to prevent plastic pollution throughout the entire lifecycle. The EU is committed to ensuring
    this instrument focuses on upstream measures.
    - On 30 November 2022, the Commission made a proposal for a new Packaging and Packaging
    Waste Regulation. By revising the existing Packaging and Packaging Waste Directive, the
    Commission hopes to reduce the generation of packaging waste, with a particular focus on
    plastic-containing packaging.
    - The Port Reception Facilities Directive (EU) 2019/883) deals with waste coming from ships.
    2.2 Sewage sludge
    The microplastics emitted by sewage sludge are not generated by the sludge itself but accumulated
    there from other sources. Most of microplastics emitted in households (textile microplastics during
    washing and personal care product microbeads in majority) and those released on urban roads (tyre
    and brake pad wear particles, pellets when accidents have occurred) end up in wastewater treatment
    plants to undergo treatment before release to the environment. Indeed, there, microplastics will be
    separated from the inlet stream and caught in the sewage sludge. The microplastics quantities in the
    sludge are significant (it was estimated that 8380 tons of microplastics are released yearly from the
    use of sewage sludge as fertilizer in Germany alone) and are toxic due to the biofilms that develop
    on their surface since they are in contact with a high concentration of organic matter, microorganisms
    and bacteria within the sludge.
    Since sewage sludge is used as fertilizer and that Germany represents 14% of the EU’s total
    agricultural production (in value), an estimation of the total amount of microplastics emitted from
    sludge spreading as fertiliser in Europe is: 8380/0.14 = 59857 tons/year. However, this is likely an
    overestimate since not all countries spread sludge to fertilise their crops and that in countries where
    they do, the agricultural method differ and so may require different quantities of sludge to be spread.
    It is estimated that about half of sludge from urban wastewater treatment ends up on agricultural land.
    However, the microplastics emitted by wastewater sludge are not generated by the sludge itself but
    rather released by it after having been accumulated there from other sources. This makes wastewater
    sludge a sink of microplastics and so the best way to reduce emissions of microplastics from sludge
    is through preventing microplastics from reaching the wastewater treatment plant altogether. Hence,
    sewage sludge is considered a pathway and not a direct source of microplastics.
    227
    Moreover, there is already a legislation regulating sewage sludge application in agriculture – the
    Sewage Sludge Directive. The issue of microplastics will be dealt with by the future revision of the
    Sewage Sludge Directive and also the UWWTD.
    2.3 Brake Pads
    The impact of brake pads is difficult to assess because of the impossibility of distinguishing them
    from other particles. Indeed, they are emitted at the same time as tyre wear particles, road wear
    particles, and road marking particles. Moreover, they are smaller particles mostly emitted to the
    atmosphere112
    , rendering them even harder for the sample and thus quantify. Given the quantity of
    microplastics emitted by brake pads and their potential adverse effects on human health, and the
    uncertainties on the scale of the emitted quantities, it is recommended to have further research into
    microplastics emitted from brake pads in order to have more reliable numbers before further action
    can be undertaken. Further, the increasing penetration rate of electric vehicles will dramatically
    mitigate emissions from brake pads and disks. Electric vehicles, in fact, have a regenerative breaking
    system recovering the kinetic (when slowing down) and gravity (when going downhill) energy,
    recharging the battery. An average EV, used on a mix path, recovers between 15 and 25% of energy
    in this way. Brake pads usually last 4 times more in electric vehicles, compared to internal
    combustion ones and disks usually last even more than the vehicle itself.
    2.4 Artificial / synthetic turf
    Artificial / synthetic can be divided into two categories:
    • Artificial turfs containing infill material;
    • Artificial turf not containing infill materials (can also be called artificial grass); the same
    material is used as artificial grass with and without the granulate infill material.
    Synthetic turf is typically used in regions with rainy or extremely dry climatic conditions.
    Microplastics from infill material: In order to keep the synthetic fibres in an upright position and
    provide the desired elasticity of the field, granulates are often used as infill. This practice is typical
    for synthetic football and synthetic rugby pitches.
    The total emission from microplastics generated from artificial turfs was between 18,000-72,000 tons
    per year. As per the ECHA dossier dated 11th June 2020, 16,000 tons of microplastics are released
    per year from artificial rubber granules used as infill in synthetic turf sport pitches. The dossier states
    that these are the largest contributors at European level in terms of both quantities of intentionally
    added microplastics used and released to the environment. The Commission proposal for a restriction
    on intentionally added microplastics includes a ban for the use of granular infill in artificial sport
    surfaces, with a transitional period of 6 years. The proposal is currently being discussed in the
    REACH Committee and could be adopted in the first half of 2023, after a positive vote in the
    Committee and the scrutiny by Council and Parliament. Since infill material is an intentionally added
    microplastic is out of the scope of this assessment.
    Microplastics released from wear and tear of artificial grass fibres and granulates: Besides the
    infill material itself, which is a source of releases of primary microplastics, secondary microplastics
    may be formed from wear and tear of the artificial grass fibres with a typical straw length of 3-6 cm.
    The synthetic grass mostly consists of plastic fibres attached to a perforated polypropylene or
    polyester fabric. A latex-based glue is applied to the fabric, which is then cured. Infill is used between
    the fibres in order to stabilise the fibres as well as to achieve the desired functionality.
    228
    Wear and tear from the granulates may also occur. The use of ethylene-propylene-diene-rubber
    (EPDM) for playgrounds, school grounds and sports facilities is also increasing, and their wear and
    tear may also release microplastics.
    Very little information was found regarding these sources of microplastics.
    2.5 Cast rubber surfaces for playgrounds
    These surfaces are used to cover playground areas in outdoor facilities, schools and running tracks.
    They are made of rubber granules made of either newly manufactured ethylene-propylene-diene-
    rubber (EPDM) or recycled SBR from old tyres and bonded with a polyurethane-based adhesive.
    Very little information was found regarding these sources of microplastics.
    Table 68: Comparison of microplastic releases from different sources
    Surface Emissions
    (g/m2
    *year)
    Tons/year
    Artificial grass with granules 98 6.9 km2 * 98g / m2/ year = 676 tons / year
    Artificial grass without granules 0.4-20 0.451 km2 * 5.3g / m2/ year = 2.4 tons / year
    Cast rubber surfaces 0.6-48 1.2 km2 * 13.4g / m2/ year = 16 tons / year
    Roads (5500 – 13000 AADT) 56 8 190
    Source: Swedish Environment Protection Agency
    Hence, artificial grass and cast rubber surfaces should not be priorities of the Commission further
    studies. However, the Swedish environment agency points out that extremely emitting cast rubber
    surfaces (up to 48g/m2
    *year) are low hanging fruits to reduce microplastic releases from these
    surfaces and that they should be banned to remove the most polluting surfaces.
    Artificial turfs containing granulate infill materials should also not be a priority for the Commission
    either since they will be tackled already by the REACH restriction. However, it should be kept in
    mind that the restriction is addressing the releases from the artificial infill, not from the artificial
    grass.257
    Table 69: Microplastic releases from wear and tear of artificial grass
    Study Findings
    (OSPAR, 2017) 4-6% of fibre release per year. Out of which 0.1-1% is released to surface water.
    Estimated release to surface water: 3-42 tons/year for OSPAR countries.
    (Ryber et al., 2019) Not identified.
    (UN Environment,
    2018)
    Considered of low importance at global level as the artificial turfs are likely to be
    more common in northern countries.
    ** OSPAR 2017 and EC/Eunomia 2018 consider the Denmark data unrealistic as the average life of
    the turf is approximately 10 years.
    257
    Annex XV addition to REACH Regulation
    229
    2.6 Fishing Gear
    Fishing gear is a big source of marine litter. The microplastic pollution from fishing gear is a result
    of:
    • Lost or abandoned fishing gear and its subsequent degradation; and
    • Weathering of in use fishing gear.
    Since fishing gear is a macroplastic already being addressed by the SUP and Fishing Gear Directive
    and Port Reception Facilities Directives, it should not be addressed in this study.
    Table 70: Microplastic releases from wear and tear of fishing gear
    Study Findings
    (EC/Eunomia,
    2018)
    478-4,780 tons/year in the EU.
    The report notes that “this estimate is highly speculative, and both the loss rate and
    the fishing net data are very uncertain at this stage”.
    (OSPAR, 2017) Not quantified.
    (Ryber et al., 2019) Identified but not quantified due to lack of data.
    (UN Environment,
    2018)
    Considered important source but could not quantified due to lack of data.
    2.7 Agriculture plastics
    Plastics are widely used in the agricultural sector, and found in applications such as silage bales, bags
    and horticultural foil. As in any sector, there is some loss of material. Weathering and abrasion might
    generate small plastic particles from agricultural plastics in use. The particle may be lost to the soil
    environment or be transported with the wind. The most likely pathway of releases of plastics from
    the agricultural sector is the generation larger pieces of plastics. Such larger pieces might fragment
    to smaller pieces generating microplastics in the environment.
    The proportion of conventional plastic mulch films that are typically left remaining is not known
    (figures in the range of 5-25% are often quoted, but the root of these have no direct link back to a
    published scientific study). There is no demonstrable link between common practice resulting in a
    particular proportion being left on the field. It is also unclear what is achievable if best practice is
    employed and to what extent technological improvements in field removal machinery could achieve.
    Anecdotal evidence suggests thicker films will result in less residue, but further study is required to
    determine the exact thickness (and therefore strength specification) that would be required.
    A recent study258
    calculates that if 5-25% mulch film remaining in the fields is averaged across the
    EU, the annual use of 83,000 tonnes of mulch film would result in 4,750 -20,750 tonnes of
    conventional plastic remaining on agricultural land every year. Several Member States have already
    established a collection scheme for these plastics, or are in the process of doing so.
    258
    Eunomia, 2021. Circabc (europa.eu)
    230
    Table 71: Microplastic releases from wear and tear of agriculture plastics
    Study Findings
    (EC/Eunomia, 2018) Identified but not quantified.
    (OSPAR, 2017) Not identified.
    (Ryber et al., 2019) Identified but not quantified.
    (NABU, 2021)23
    556 tons/year of plastics for Germany, reduced to 139 tons/year for
    microplastics.
    (UN Environment,
    2018)
    Considered of medium importance but could not be identified due to lack of
    data.
    The amount of microplastics emitted from the agricultural sector is not well quantified, however, the
    recent German study indicates that 139 tons of microplastics are emitted yearly in Germany. This
    number is to be put in the European context; Germany’s agriculture represents 14 % Europe’s total
    production in value in 2019. (A worst-case scenario would be 1 000 tons per year).
    The small and uncertain quantity of microplastics released by the European agriculture associated
    with its low toxicity may not be significant from unintentional microplastic release perspective.
    2.8 City Dust
    City dust is a generic name given to several sources that are grouped together because their individual
    contribution is small, but they account together for a considerable amount of losses as per some recent
    studies. While the UN Environment, study refers to data from IUCN report for calculating the
    microplastics generation through city dust, the definition of the city dust varies.
    One of the reasons of city dust as a main contributor of microplastic pollution in global studies and
    not in the European studies could be attributed to the fact that the losses related to city dust are driven
    by population number and regions most associated with this number are Africa, China, India.
    Table 72: Microplastic releases from city dust
    Study Findings
    (Eunomia, 2018) City dust is mentioned in the long list of microplastic sources and includes
    indoor dust and road dust only.
    (OSPAR, 2017) Mentioned as tyre dust, no quantification found.
    (Ryber et al., 2019) Global emissions 500 000 tons/year.
    (UN Environment, 2018) Global emissions 650 000 tons/year.
    City dust is not a single identified source of microplastics but rather a collection of sources and cannot
    be tackled as a single entity. Therefore, to reduce city dust amounts, the efforts could be better focused
    on individual sources composing the city dust such as tyre wear particles, textile fibres, combustion
    engine particles, etc.
    231
    Indoor and outdoor building materials of plastic (Floorings, pipes, roof coverings, garden plastic
    furniture)
    Plasticised as well as hard polyvinyl chloride (PVC) makes up the majority of the plastic building
    materials subject to deterioration and weathering. The main sources are believed to be flooring,
    roofing and gutters
    While indoor microplastics releases typically go to the municipal sewage system, the outdoor parts
    are likely to release to the soil, surface water and urban run offs (entering the municipal sewage
    system and/or going direct to the local environment).
    Table 73: Microplastic releases from indoor and outdoor building material of plastics
    Study Findings
    (EC/Eunomia, 2018) Mentioned in the long list of microplastic release source. No
    quantification found.
    (OSPAR, 2017) Not identified.
    (Ryber et al., 2019) Included in city dust.
    (UN Environment, 2018) Included in city dust.
    Although containing flame retardants and other such toxic chemicals, given the lack of reliable
    information on the quantity of emissions from these sources, these sources may not need to be
    explored further.
    2.9 Shoe soles
    Soles of footwear are typically made of PVC, polyurethane or synthetic rubber. During wear
    microplastics particles are formed. The only finding that quantifies this source is Denmark 2015. The
    EC/Eunomia (2018) report refers to the same data.
    Table 74: Microplastic releases from wear and tear of shoe soles
    Study Findings
    (EC/Eunomia, 2018) Identified and quantified only for Denmark.
    (OSPAR, 2017) No mention was found except in case of release from shoes after
    use of artificial turf.
    (Ryber et al., 2019) Included in city dust.
    (UN Environment, 2018) Included in city dust.
    The data on the quantities emitted by shoe soles is too scarce and too uncertain to enable further
    analysis.
    2.10 Cooking utensils and scouring pads
    Wear and tear in tools, scouring pads and plastic clothes used in kitchens and bathrooms may cause
    a release of microplastics directly discharged to sewage.
    232
    Table 75: Microplastic releases from cooking utensils and scouring pads
    Study Findings
    (EC/Eunomia, 2018) Kitchen utensils identified in the long list of microplastics.
    (OSPAR, 2017) Not identified
    (Ryber et al., 2019) Included in city dust.
    (UN Environment, 2018) Included in city dust.
    The main issue related to microplastic releases from kitchenware are the PFAs emitted from non-
    stick pans because of their toxicity. A potential solution to reduce the danger represented by these
    emissions could be to enforce a ban of these substances from kitchenware. The lack of information
    on the potential released quantities of microplastics makes it difficult further analysis.
    2.11 Additional sources identified through stakeholder interactions
    Telephone poles and railway sleepers
    Plastic substitutes to the wooden or concrete telephone poles and railway sleepers were introduced
    in 2009. Microplastic releases from railway sleepers might exist especially from wear and tear but
    have not yet been quantified.
    No information on quantities of microplastic release from these sources were found. Researchers at
    the Dutch RIVM are investigating the microplastic releases and will publish their results, thus if
    railway sleepers appear to be a significant source of microplastics, it can be considered.
    Shipping
    Shipping of goods by cargo worldwide is increasing and shipping activities incur losses of containers
    to the sea the 3-year average container loss for the period 2017 – 2019 was 779 containers. These
    containers can then release their content to the environment, thus (when containing plastics goods
    which is often the case) increasing the amount of plastic waste in the oceans. These plastic emissions
    although leading to an increase in the quantity of plastics in the sea are not microplastics directly, the
    microplastics will be emitted after the weathering of these plastic waste at sea under the conjugated
    effects of abrasion, salt water and UV.
    As these are not microplastics resulting from the use phase of the materials nor are they manufactured
    as microplastics, this source was not assessed in this study. Moreover, legislative instruments are
    already in place to limit these emissions. This issue will be addressed with the transport of pellets.
    Cooling water
    No quantification of the emissions could be found and only one mention of cooling water as a source
    of microplastics was found in the scientific literature. Moreover, the Industrial Emissions Directive
    will tackle any emissions from the cooling water since it is an industrial effluent. This leads to the
    conclusion the emissions are limited and that there is already a legislative framework in place.
    233
    Plastic balls used in soft gun games
    Microplastics from airsoft guns were mentioned in one article as having been identified in
    microplastics sampled on a beach. However, there does not seem to be a big amount of these specific
    microplastics released into the environment especially since users of these recreational guns are
    aware of the potential harm that plastic beads may have on the environment and so the industry and
    the users are shifting towards biodegradable pellets.
    Given the lack of data combined with the expected low quantity of microplastics emitted from this
    source as well as the industry and players’ shift towards biodegradable pellets, this source may not
    be relevant to explore further.
    Biobeads
    Biobeads or biological aerated flooded filter (BAFF) media are pellet like materials used in
    wastewater treatment plants for tertiary treatment. The losses occur because of failures of steel mesh
    retainers and because of continuous leaks (one the main manufacturer mentions 1% per year as a
    possibility but that if operated correctly there should be no losses). It uses polystyrene beads which
    are already known to cause microplastic pollution.
    From the information provided by the Cornish Plastic Pollution Coalition, the European biobead
    pollution seems to be concentrated in the UK, it is possible that this specific type of BAFF medium
    is mostly used there. The emissions at that country’s level may require action but they are no longer
    under the Commission’s jurisdiction. In any case, these amounts would not justify launching a study
    in the near future, however, given the fact that biobeads bear a biofilm, there is a potential health risk
    letting them be released. Being emitted from pathways s (wastewater treatment plants) it should be
    possible to tackle these emissions with already in place legislative tools such as the Wastewater
    Treatment Directive or the Industrial Emissions Directive.